Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 15, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Bermuda   6331   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

The Waterfront, Chesney House

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 08 Bermuda

+1 441 542-3300

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.

99 Washington Avenue

Suite 1008

Albany, NY 12260

(888) 705-7274

(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven J. Slutzky, Esq.   John R. Berger   Michael Groll, Esq.
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP   Chief Executive Officer   Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
919 Third Avenue   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.   787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10022   96 Pitts Bay Road   New York, New York
(212) 909-6000   Pembroke HM 08 Bermuda   (212) 728-8000
  +1 441 542-3300  

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares, $0.10 par value per share

  $250,000,000   $34,100.00

 

 

 

(1) Includes offering price of shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED July 15, 2013

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of common shares of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. We are offering              common shares to be sold in the offering. The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              common shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. No public market currently exists for our common shares. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.

We intend to apply to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “TPRE.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under applicable federal securities laws and may utilize reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

 

    Per Share     Total  

Initial public offering price

  $                   $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $                   $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Third Point Reinsurance Ltd . (1)

  $                   $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Selling Shareholders

  $                   $                

 

 

  (1) We estimate that we will incur approximately              in expenses in connection with this offering, including fees and expenses incident to any required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

The underwriters also may purchase up to              additional shares from us and from the selling shareholders at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We intend to apply for, and expect to receive, consent under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) for the issue and transfer of our common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. In granting such consent the BMA accepts no responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about             , 2013.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Credit Suisse    Morgan Stanley
BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup

 

Aon Benfield Securities, Inc.

 

Dowling & Partners Securities LLC

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

Macquarie Capital   Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

                    , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     12   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     50   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     52   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     53   

CAPITALIZATION

     54   

DILUTION

     55   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     56   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     59   

BUSINESS

     93   

CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

     119   

MANAGEMENT

     130   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     136   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     145   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     154   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     157   

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     162   

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     169   

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     171   

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     183   

LEGAL MATTERS

     189   

EXPERTS

     189   

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

     189   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     190   

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND FINANCIAL TERMS

     G-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. Neither this prospectus nor any free writing prospectus is an offer to sell anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or to sell securities under applicable law. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling shareholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” and the “Company,” as used in this prospectus, refer to Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries, including Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“Third Point Re”), as a combined entity, except where otherwise stated or where it is clear that the terms mean only Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. exclusive of its subsidiaries. We refer to Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. as the “Catastrophe Fund Manager,” Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. as the “Catastrophe Fund” and Third Point Re Cat Ltd. as the “Catastrophe Reinsurer.” For your convenience, we have included a glossary beginning on page G-1 of selected insurance, reinsurance and financial terms. All dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Overview

We are a Bermuda-based property and casualty reinsurer with a reinsurance and investment strategy that we believe differentiates us from our competitors. Our goal is to deliver attractive equity returns to shareholders by combining profitable reinsurance underwriting with superior investment management provided by Third Point LLC, our investment manager.

Our reinsurance strategy is to be highly opportunistic and disciplined. During periods of extremely competitive or soft reinsurance market conditions we intend to be selective with regard to the amount and type of reinsurance we write and conserve our risk-taking capital for periods when market conditions are more favorable to us from a pricing perspective.

Substantially all of our investable assets are managed by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, which is wholly owned by Daniel S. Loeb, one of our founding shareholders. Third Point LLC is an SEC-registered investment adviser headquartered in New York, managing $13.5 billion in assets as of May 31, 2013. We directly own our investments, which are held in a separate account and managed by Third Point LLC on substantially the same basis as its main hedge funds, including Third Point Partners L.P., the original Third Point LLC hedge fund.

We were incorporated on October 6, 2011 and completed our initial capitalization transaction on December 22, 2011 with $784.3 million of equity capital, and commenced underwriting business on January 1, 2012. In January 2012, we received an A- (Excellent) financial strength rating from A.M. Best Company, Inc., or A.M. Best.

Our management team is led by John R. Berger, a highly-respected reinsurance industry veteran with over 30 years of experience, the majority of which was spent as the principal executive officer of three successful reinsurance companies. In addition, we have recruited a management team around Mr. Berger that also has significant senior leadership and underwriting experience in the reinsurance industry. We believe that our experience and longstanding relationships with our insurance company clients, senior reinsurance brokers, insurance regulators and credit rating agencies are an important competitive advantage.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated net income of $99.4 million, which represented a return on beginning shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders as of December 31, 2011 of 13.0%. For 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, our gross premiums written totaled $190.4 million and $96.0 million, respectively, and earned premiums totaled $96.5 million and $33.5 million, respectively. For

 

 

1


Table of Contents

the same periods our net investment income totaled $136.4 million and $80.7 million, respectively, which represent net returns of 17.7% and 8.7%, respectively, on our investments managed by Third Point LLC. In 2012, our combined ratio for our property and casualty reinsurance segment was 135.5%, reflecting the impact of high general and administrative expenses relative to earned premiums due to the start-up nature of our business in 2012; a $10.0 million underwriting loss in our crop line of business attributable to the severe drought that impacted most of the U.S. farm belt in 2012; and the fact that crop was our largest line of business by earned premium, representing almost half of earned premium for the year. Our combined ratio for our property and casualty reinsurance segment for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 116.0% due to a significant decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of earned premium. As of March 31, 2013, we had shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders of $944.7 million.

Reinsurance Strategy

Our reinsurance strategy is to build a reinsurance portfolio that generates stable underwriting profits, with margins commensurate with the amount of risk assumed, by opportunistically targeting sub-sectors of the market and specific situations where reinsurance capacity and alternatives may be constrained. Our management team has differentiated expertise that allows us to identify profitable reinsurance opportunities. The level of volatility in our reinsurance portfolio will be determined by market conditions but will typically be lower than that of most other reinsurance companies. We manage reinsurance volatility by focusing on lines of business that have historically demonstrated more stable return characteristics, such as limited catastrophe exposed property, which we refer to as “property quota share”, auto, workers compensation and certain segments of crop. These lines of business are often characterized as having exposure to higher frequency and lower severity claims activity. We seek to further manage the volatility of our reinsurance results by writing reinsurance contracts on a quota share basis, where we assume an agreed percentage of premiums and losses for a portfolio of insurance policies. We also make use of contractual terms and conditions within our reinsurance contracts that include individual or aggregate loss occurrence limits, which limit the dollar amount of loss that we can incur from a particular occurrence or series of occurrences within the term of a reinsurance contract; loss ratio caps, which limit the maximum loss we can incur pursuant to a contract to a defined loss ratio; sliding scale commissions that vary with accordance to the client’s performance; and sub-limits and exclusions for particular risks not covered by a particular reinsurance contract.

We wrote 11 quota share contracts and one deposit accounted reserve cover during 2012 in our property and casualty reinsurance segment, and a further five quota share contracts in our property and casualty reinsurance segment during the three months ended March 31, 2013, all with underlying U.S. exposure. For the year ended December 31, 2012, three contracts each contributed more than 10% of our gross premiums written. These three contracts contributed 22%, 20% and 12%, respectively, of total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, two contracts each contributed more than 10% of total gross premiums written. These two contracts each represented 36.5% of total gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As we expand our business over time, we expect that the proportion of total gross premiums written represented by individual contracts will decline. Under current market conditions, we focus primarily on writing quota share agreements pursuant to which we assume an agreed percentage of premiums and losses for a portfolio of insurance policies and share that percentage of premiums and losses with the reinsured.

We underwrite a mix of short to medium tail personal lines and commercial lines. We intend to increase our geographic spread over time by adding reinsurance programs from European, Asian and South American clients; however, we expect that a majority of our reinsurance business will continue to be composed of U.S. exposure.

Most of our clients buy reinsurance from us for capital management purposes, primarily to increase their capacity to write insurance premium. The most common form of reinsurance used for this purpose is quota share

 

 

2


Table of Contents

reinsurance. Many of the clients that buy these contracts are growing as a result of securing primary rate increases and growth in the number of policies they write. Because quota share reinsurance typically includes structural and contractual features that limit the amount of risk assumed by the reinsurer, it therefore carries relatively lower expected margins than excess of loss reinsurance and other more volatile forms of reinsurance. During periods of less favorable market conditions, margins on quota share reinsurance written for the capital management purposes of our clients typically remain stable and are sufficient to support our business plan. As market conditions improve, we may expand the lines of business and forms of reinsurance on which we focus to increase our risk-adjusted returns.

We typically write larger customized reinsurance contracts that require significant interaction during the course of negotiations between the client, intermediaries and our management. Our management team lead underwrites most of our reinsurance contracts, meaning that we establish the pricing and terms and conditions of the reinsurance contract, except in certain instances where we will follow terms and conditions established by our competitors if we believe the opportunity meets our return hurdles and helps us balance our reinsurance portfolio.

Our property and casualty reinsurance operations also generate excess cash flows, or float, which we track in managing our business. We believe that continuing to seek net investment income from float is a key part of our reinsurance strategy and an important consideration in evaluating the overall contribution of our property and casualty reinsurance operations to our consolidated results.

In contrast to many reinsurers with whom we compete, we have elected to limit our underwriting of property catastrophe exposures and write excess of loss catastrophe reinsurance exclusively through the Catastrophe Fund, which is a separately capitalized reinsurance fund vehicle. We established the Catastrophe Fund, the Catastrophe Fund Manager and the Catastrophe Reinsurer on June 15, 2012, in partnership with Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited, or Hiscox. Our investment in and management of the Catastrophe Fund allow us to provide a product that is critical to most of our reinsurance clients and to earn fee income over time. Because the Catastrophe Fund is capitalized in part by investments from unrelated parties, our financial exposure to the higher volatility and liquidity risks associated with property catastrophe losses is limited to our investment commitment to the Catastrophe Fund, which as of the date hereof was $50 million, out of total commitments of $94.7 million. Until our investment in the Catastrophe Fund drops below 50% of total investment in the Catastrophe Fund, we will consolidate the financial results of the Catastrophe Fund. As there are no additional guarantees or recourse to us beyond this investment, we anticipate that our property catastrophe exposures will consistently remain relatively low when compared to many other reinsurers with whom we compete.

The following table provides a breakdown by line of business of gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Gross Premiums Written

   Amount      Percentage
of Total
    Amount      Percentage of
Total
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Property and Casualty Reinsurance Segment

          

Property

   $ 350         0.3   $ 103,174         54.2

Casualty

     52,208         54.4     44,700         23.5

Specialty

     40,313         42.0     42,500         22.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     92,871         96.7     190,374         100.0

Catastrophe Risk Management Segment

     3,149         3.3     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,020         100.0   $ 190,374         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Investment Strategy

Our investment strategy distinguishes us from most other reinsurers, who typically concentrate their investment portfolios on long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities. As implemented by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, our investment strategy is intended to achieve superior risk-adjusted returns by deploying capital in both long and short investments with favorable risk/reward characteristics across select asset classes, sectors and geographies. Third Point LLC identifies investment opportunities via a bottom-up, value-oriented approach to single security analysis supplemented by a top-down view of portfolio and risk management. Third Point LLC seeks dislocations in certain areas of the capital markets or in the pricing of particular securities and supplements single security analysis with an approach to portfolio construction that includes sizing each investment based on upside/downside calculations, all with a view towards appropriately positioning and managing overall exposures. Dislocations in capital markets refer to any major movements in prices of the capital markets as a whole, certain segments of the market, or a specific security. If Third Point LLC has what it considers to be a differentiated view from the perceived market sentiment with respect to such movement, Third Point LLC may trade securities in our investment account based on that differentiated view. If the ultimate market reaction with respect to the event or movement ultimately proves to be closer to Third Point LLC’s original viewpoint, we may have investment gains in our investment portfolio as a result of the shift in market sentiment. Through our investment manager, Third Point LLC, we make investments globally, in both developed and emerging markets, in all sectors, and in equity, credit, commodity, currency, options and other instruments.

Third Point LLC has historically favored event-driven situations, in which it believes that a catalyst, either intrinsic or extrinsic, will unlock value or alter the lens through which the greater market values a particular investment. Third Point LLC attempts to apply this event framework to each of its single security investments and this approach informs the timing and risk of each investment. For additional detail regarding Third Point LLC’s investment strategy and event-driven framework utilized in managing our investment portfolio, please refer to the expanded description under “Investments—Investment Strategies.”

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC has the contractual right to manage substantially all of our investable assets pursuant to an investment management agreement that has an initial term expiring on December 22, 2016, subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties of its intention to terminate at least six months prior to the end of a term. Third Point LLC is required to follow our investment guidelines and to act in a manner that is fair and equitable in allocating investment opportunities to us. However, it is not otherwise restricted with respect to the nature or timing of making investments for our account. Our investment guidelines require Third Point LLC to manage our investment portfolio on a substantially equivalent basis to its main funds; but in any event to keep at least 60% of the investment portfolio in debt and equity securities, cash, cash equivalents or precious metals; limit single position concentration to no more than 15% of the portfolio assets managed; and limit net exposure to no greater than 1.5 times portfolio assets managed for more than 10 trading days in any 30-day period. Net exposure represents the short exposure subtracted from the long exposure in a given category. We have the contractual right to withdraw funds from our managed account to pay claims and expenses as needed. The net increase in the value of our investment portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 17.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the net increase in the value of our investment portfolio was 8.7% compared to 4.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Third Point Partners L.P., which is Third Point LLC’s oldest fund, has reported a compounded annualized return of approximately 21.0% from its formation in June 1995 through December 31, 2012, and a compounded annual return of 9.7% and 17.7% for the five- and ten-year periods ended December 31, 2012. The following chart sets forth Third Point Partners L.P.’s total return after fees and incentive allocation for each year in the period since inception as measured against various equity and alternative management indices. The linear graph below illustrates the compounded growth of a hypothetical $1,000 investment in Third Point Partners L.P. at inception in June 1995, assuming no redemptions and net of fees and expenses as described below:

 

Historical

Performance of

  Third Point
Partners L.P. (1)(2)(3)

   

Illustrative Return After Fees, Expenses and Incentive Allocation Since Inception—

Third Point Partners L.P. (2)(3)(4)

2012

     20.96   LOGO

2011

     -0.35  

2010

     41.81  

2009

     38.44  

2008

     -32.75  

2007

     17.31  

2006

     15.03  

2005

     19.51  

2004

     30.36  

2003

     52.02  

2002

     -6.65  

2001

     15.05  

2000

     17.07  

1999

     42.16  

1998

     6.61  

1997

     52.07  

1996

     44.29  

1995

     37.00  
    

 

(1) For 2012, results of Third Point Partners L.P. as reported are higher than results for our investment portfolio due primarily to timing of the initial investment of our portfolio and differences in management and performance fees.
(2) Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. All investments involve risk including the loss of principal.
(3) The historical performance of Third Point Partners L.P. (i) for the years 2001 through 2012 reflects the total return after incentive allocation for each such year as included in the audited statement of financial condition of Third Point Partners L.P. for those years and (ii) for the years 1995 through 2000 reflects the total return after incentive allocation for each such year as reported by Third Point Partners L.P. Total return after incentive allocation for the years 2001 through 2012 is based on the net asset value for all limited partners of Third Point Partners L.P. taken as a whole, some of whom pay no incentive allocation or management fees, whereas total return after incentive allocation for the years 1995 through 2000 is based on the net asset value for only those limited partners of Third Point Partners L.P. that paid incentive allocation and management fees. In each case, results are presented net of management fees, brokerage commissions, administrative expenses, and accrued performance allocation, if any, and include the reinvestment of all dividends, interest, and capital gains.
(4) The illustrative return is calculated as a theoretical investment of $1,000 in Third Point Partners, L.P. at inception relative to the same theoretical investment in two hedge fund indices designed to track performance of certain “event-driven” hedge funds over the same period of time. All references to the Dow Jones Credit Suisse HFI Event Driven Index (“DJ-CS HFI”) and HFRI Event-Driven Total Index (“HFRI”) reflect performance calculated through December 31, 2012. The DJ-CS HFI is an asset-weighted index and includes only funds, as opposed to separate accounts. The DJ-CS HFI uses the Dow Jones Credit Suisse database and consists only of event driven funds deemed to be “event-driven” by the index and that have a minimum of $50 million in assets under management, a minimum of a 12-month track record, and audited financial statements. The HFRI consists only of event driven funds with a minimum of $50 million in assets under management or a minimum of a 12-month track record. Both indices state that returns are reported net of all fees and expenses. Please see the glossary included in this prospectus beginning on page G-1 for a description of how these indices are calculated. While Third Point Partners L.P. has been compared here with the performance of well-known and widely recognized indices, the indices have not been selected to represent an appropriate benchmark for Third Point Partners L.P., whose holdings, performance and volatility may differ significantly from the securities that comprise the indices.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

Our operations are designed to achieve superior results through a combination of our reinsurance underwriting and our investment management strategies. We believe that our flexible business model has the potential to outperform through both reinsurance and capital markets cycles, which differentiates us from many of the reinsurers with whom we compete:

 

   

Balanced Business Model : Our reinsurance underwriting strategy and portfolio construction and our investment strategy are designed to be complementary and to maximize the risk-taking opportunity set available to us.

 

   

Disciplined and Opportunistic Underwriting Approach : We will focus on reinsurance transactions where we can compete most efficiently through cultivating our relationships with intermediaries and insurance and reinsurance company clients, contributing to our ability to structure the coverage and lead underwrite the terms and conditions of the transactions on which we focus. We intend to manage reinsurance pricing cycles by reducing our risk-taking during periods of less favorable market conditions and potentially increasing our risk-taking when conditions improve.

 

   

Differentiated Investment Strategy : Our investment portfolio is managed by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, according to its event-driven opportunistic strategy, which we believe will lead to higher risk-adjusted returns than can be achieved by the portfolios of many of the reinsurers with whom we compete, which are typically concentrated in long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities.

 

   

Experienced Management Team : We have assembled an experienced management team led by industry veteran John Berger. Our management team’s breadth of underwriting experience and strong relationships with key intermediaries and insurance company clients provide access to a significant flow of reinsurance opportunities.

 

   

Strong Balance Sheet : We have a strong balance sheet with no debt, low operating leverage, no legacy liabilities, limited catastrophe exposure and minimal liquidity risk.

Market Trends and Opportunities

The reinsurance markets in which we operate have historically been cyclical. During periods of excess underwriting capacity, as defined by the availability of capital, competition can result in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurers and reinsurers. During periods of reduced underwriting capacity, pricing and policy terms and conditions are generally more favorable for insurers and reinsurers. Historically, underwriting capacity has been affected by several factors, including industry losses, the impact of catastrophes, changes in legal and regulatory guidelines, new entrants, investment results (including interest rate levels) and the credit ratings and financial strength of competitors.

While our management believes that pricing trends for the type of quota share business on which we focus have been relatively stable, there is significant underwriting capacity currently available, and we therefore believe market conditions will remain competitive in the near term. We believe there are several market developments, however, that indicate the potential for improving conditions in the medium term. These include improving pricing in several primary insurance lines of business which historically have flowed through to the reinsurance market, decelerating reserve releases from prior underwriting years, and the rapid decrease in recent periods in yields from the investment portfolios consisting mostly of long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities. These companies are now focused on the need for pricing increases to offset the drop in investment income or on increasing the risk profile of their investment portfolios, which consumes more of their risk capital.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

We anticipate that we will continue to see attractive opportunities for the following reasons: intermediaries and reinsurance buyers are increasingly familiar with Third Point Re, leading to increased submission volume in the lines and types of reinsurance we target; our primary insurance company clients are growing gross premium primarily through realizing rate increases and, to a lesser extent, adding to the number of policies they write and consequently increasing their need for quota share reinsurance; and the number of distressed situations for which our customized solutions may be helpful appears to be increasing.

We intend to continue to monitor market conditions to participate in future underserved or capacity constrained lines of business as they arise and offer products that we believe will generate favorable returns on equity over the long term. For instance, we recently reinsured certain obligations of a U.S. mortgage insurance company with respect to newly originated residential mortgages. The U.S. mortgage market suffered severe dislocation during the financial crisis of 2008 and as a result, mortgage insurers suffered severe losses and several needed to increase their capital both by means of new equity issuances and buying increased amounts of reinsurance. At the same time, we believe that the quality of the mortgages that mortgage insurers now insure has generally improved due to more rigorous lending standards imposed by banks and other industry participants. We believe this recent transaction presented an attractive opportunity because of the improved quality of newly originated mortgages, the underlying risk of the reinsurance contract, and the recapitalization of the mortgage insurer, which eliminated most of the residual servicer performance risk.

We also believe that increasingly competitive market conditions in the property catastrophe reinsurance market, due to an influx of capacity from collateralized reinsurance funds and separately capitalized reinsurance vehicles managed by traditional reinsurance companies, which are often termed “sidecars,” has affected business opportunities available to us in two ways: First, over 36.5% of our property and casualty gross premiums written since inception represented property quota share business, where the clients purchase separate catastrophe coverage from another reinsurer. To the extent these clients are able to access more attractively priced catastrophe reinsurance from another reinsurer, the profitability of their underlying business is increased, thereby improving their financial condition and reducing our residual counterparty credit risk. Second, while the expected margins generated by our Catastrophe Fund are expected to be negatively impacted by decreasing reinsurance pricing, the expected overall impact on our results is tempered by our catastrophe fund’s portfolio construction and focus on smaller, regional companies. These companies may have more limited access to collateralized reinsurance funds because of the size of their reinsurance programs and tend to favor reinsurance providers with whom they have had a long term relationship.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of these risks include:

 

   

limited history of operations;

 

   

reinsurance underwriting and/or investment losses;

 

   

fluctuation in results of operations;

 

   

losses exceeding reserves;

 

   

dependence on Third Point LLC to implement our investment strategy;

 

   

risks associated with our investment strategy being greater than those faced by our competitors;

 

   

increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers affecting our reputation;

 

   

potentially being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law;

 

   

potential characterization of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and/or Third Point Re as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

 

   

other risks and factors listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Ownership and Certain Corporate Information

Founders Overview

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. was incorporated on October 6, 2011. On December 22, 2011, KEP TP Holdings, L.P. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P., which are affiliates of Kelso & Company (collectively, “Kelso”) and Pine Brook L VR, L.P., an affiliate of Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC (collectively, “Pine Brook”, and Pine Brook and together with Kelso, the “Lead Investors” and each individually, a “Lead Investor”), Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P., an affiliate of Dowling Capital Management, LLC (collectively, “Dowling”), P RE Opportunities Ltd. (“PROL”), Third Point LLC, Daniel S. Loeb and affiliates associated with Mr. Loeb (collectively, the “Loeb Entities”) and our chief executive officer John R. Berger (collectively, the “Founders”), together with certain members of management, committed $523.0 million to capitalize Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Daniel S. Loeb

Mr. Loeb is a successful and experienced figure in the investment management industry. Mr. Loeb is the Chief Executive Officer of Third Point LLC, which he founded in 1995. Mr. Loeb leads portfolio management, risk management and research activities at Third Point LLC.

Before founding Third Point LLC, Mr. Loeb worked as a capital markets professional on both the buy and the sell sides for over a decade, gaining dedicated experience in distressed debt, high-yield bond sales, risk arbitrage, and private investments. He built a network of resources and gained an understanding of the investment spectrum that provides significant yields for his investors today.

Immediately before starting Third Point LLC, Mr. Loeb was Vice-President of high-yield bond sales at Citigroup. Previously, he was a Senior Vice-President in the distressed debt department at Jefferies & Co., where he worked as a bankruptcy analyst, bank loan trader, and as a distressed securities salesman. Before Jefferies, he was a risk arbitrage Analyst at Lafer Equity Investors. He began his finance career as an Associate in private equity at Warburg Pincus. Mr. Loeb graduated from Columbia University with an A.B. in economics.

Mr. Loeb has a majority of his investable net worth in Third Point LLC’s funds.

Kelso & Company

Kelso is one of the oldest and most established firms specializing in private equity. Since 1980, Kelso has invested in over 120 companies in a broad range of industry sectors, with aggregate initial capitalization at closing of over $45.0 billion. Kelso is currently investing its eighth investment partnership, Kelso Investment Associates VIII, L.P., with $5.1 billion of committed capital.

Pine Brook

Pine Brook is a New York-based investment firm that provides “business building” and other equity to new and growing businesses, primarily in the energy and financial services sectors. Over the course of their careers, Pine Brook’s financial services investment professionals have invested over $3.0 billion in more than 30 financial services companies, 17 of which were (re)insurance companies. Pine Brook’s experience in (re)insurance includes investments in companies such as Arch Capital Group Ltd., Catlin Group Limited, Lancashire Holdings Limited, Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd. and Renaissance Re Holdings Ltd.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Dowling Capital Partners

Dowling Capital Partners is a private equity firm focused on investing in insurance and related services and distribution companies. Collectively, the management of Dowling Capital Partners has over 80 years of senior level industry experience, including insurance-related private equity investment management, investment banking, industry research and operational and board-level roles within major insurance, reinsurance and brokerage companies. V.J. Dowling, on behalf of his business partners and his family, has invested in 28 individual insurance-related private equity investments since 1998. Thirteen of these transactions involved the funding of start-up entities, including prominent (re)insurers Axis Capital Holdings Limited, Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., Validus Group, Ariel Holdings Ltd. and Ironshore Insurance Ltd.

P RE Opportunities Ltd. and the Permal Group

PROL serves as an investment vehicle for certain of Permal Asset Management LLC’s discretionary advisory clients. Permal Asset Management LLC is a member of the Permal Group, a global alternative asset manager offering investment solutions through established funds and customized portfolios. Today, the Permal Group manages approximately $24 billion with a global investment team based in New York and London, and additional investment resources in Singapore and Paris. Established in 1973, the Permal Group is today part of the Legg Mason Group of Companies. Legg Mason is one of the world’s largest asset management firms with a diverse family of independent investment managers.

As of May 31, 2013, Kelso owned approximately 33.6% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis, Pine Brook owned approximately 16.9% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis, the Loeb Entities owned approximately 10.8% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis, PROL owned approximately 6.8% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis, Dowling owned approximately 2.1% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis and Mr. Berger owned approximately 1.4% of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis, in each case after giving effect to the exercise of applicable options and warrants as described under “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Selling Shareholders”. Following the completion of this offering and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, Kelso, Pine Brook, the Loeb Entities, Dowling, PROL and Mr. Berger will own approximately     %,     %,     %,     %,     %, and     %, of our issued and outstanding common shares, respectively on an as converted basis.

Our Corporate Information

We are incorporated in Bermuda and our corporate offices are located at The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda. Our telephone number is +1 (441) 542-3300. Our website address is http://www.thirdpointre.bm. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus. All website addresses in this prospectus are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares offered by us

             shares

 

Common shares offered by selling shareholders

             shares

 

Total common shares offered

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional common shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase an additional              common shares from us and the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Common shares to be issued and outstanding after this offering

             shares (or              shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

 

Conflicts of Interest

One of the underwriters in offering, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is considered to be an affiliate of Kelso for purposes of Rule 5121 of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. Since Kelso owns more than 10% of our issued and outstanding common shares, a “conflict of interest” would be deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f) (5)(B). Accordingly, we intend that this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Since Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. As such, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer.

 

Dividend policy

We do not currently expect to pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future.

 

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

TPRE

As of the date of this prospectus, 78,432,132 of our common shares were issued and outstanding. See “Description of Share Capital.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to the issuance of              common shares in this offering;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

assumes that the initial public offering price of our common shares will be $             per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

 

   

does not give effect to shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase common shares held by certain of the Founders and certain entities that acted as advisors in connection with our initial capitalization, which following the completion of this offering will represent the right to receive an aggregate of 4,651,163 common shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $10.00 per share, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million;

 

   

does not give effect to shares issuable pursuant to common share purchase options held by our directors and officers, with a weighted average exercise price of $13.20 per share, which following the completion of this offering will be exercisable (subject to vesting) for 10,666,139 common shares, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million;

 

   

does not give effect to any future issuances of options to purchase up to 755,816 common shares available for grant under our current equity incentive compensation plan, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million;

 

   

does not give effect to 619,300 currently issued and outstanding restricted shares; and

 

   

gives effect to amendments to our bye-laws to be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our summary financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the period from October 6, 2011 (which is our incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012. We were capitalized in December 2011 and commenced underwriting operations in January 2012. Because we have a limited operating history, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations for full fiscal years are not yet possible and may not be meaningful in the near future. We derived the financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (which is our incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results, and the unaudited interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2013. You should read the following summary financial data together with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2012
    Period from
October 6,
2011 to
December 31,
2011
 
     2013     2012      
     (In thousands, except share and per share data and ratios)  

Selected Statement of Income Data:

        

Gross premiums written

   $ 96,020      $ 92,650      $ 190,374      $ —     

Net premiums earned

     33,541        13,837        96,481     

Net investment income

     80,691        33,848        136,422        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     114,232        47,685        232,903        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     18,638        12,285        80,306        —     

Acquisition costs, net

     13,073        712        24,604        —     

General and administrative expenses

     7,008        4,159        27,376        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     38,719        17,156        132,286        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) including non-controlling interests

     75,513        30,529        100,617        (1,130

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (1,083     (306     (1,216     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 74,430      $ 30,223      $ 99,401      $ (1,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share (1 ) :

        

Basic

   $ 0.95      $ 0.39      $ 1.27      $ (0.01

Diluted

   $ 0.85      $ 0.35      $ 1.14      $ (0.01

Weighted average number of ordinary shares:

        

Basic

     78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132   

Diluted

     87,777,462        85,335,404        87,253,760        78,432,132   

Selected ratios:

        

Property and casualty reinsurance – underwriting ratios (2) :

        

Loss ratio (3)

     57.1     88.8     83.2     n/a   

Acquisition cost ratio (4)

     39.8     5.1     25.5     n/a   

General and administrative expense ratio (5)

     19.1     30.1     26.8     n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined ratio (6)

  

 

 

 

116.0

 

    124.0     135.5     n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment return (7)

     8.7     4.5     17.7     n/a   

 

(1)

Basic earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes the dilutive effect of warrants currently held by the Founders and Aon Corporation, or Aon, which acted as an advisor in connection with our initial capitalization, which following the

 

 

12


Table of Contents
  completion of this offering will represent the right to receive an aggregate of 4,651,165 common shares, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million, options held by our directors and officers, which, following the completion of this offering will be exercisable (subject to vesting) for 10,666,139 common shares, assuming that this offering yields net proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million, and 619,300 unvested restricted shares.
(2) Underwriting ratios are for the property and casualty reinsurance segment only. See additional information in Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net, by net premiums earned.
(4) Acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs, net by net premiums earned.
(5) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(6) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net, acquisition costs, net and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(7) Net investment return represents the return on our investments managed by Third Point LLC, net of fees.

 

    As of
March 31,
2013
    As of December, 31  
              2012                     2011          
    (In thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

     

Total investments in securities and commodities

  $ 968,976      $ 937,690      $ —     

Cash and cash equivalents (1 )

    37,739        34,005        603,841   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

    90,557        77,627        —     

Securities purchased under an agreement to sell

    38,110        60,408        —     

Reinsurance balances receivable, net

    136,998        84,280        —     

Deferred acquisition costs, net

    53,270        45,383        —     

Total assets

    1,498,197        1,402,017        605,263   

Deposit liability (2 )

    51,116        50,446        —     

Unearned premium reserves

    153,878        93,893        —     

Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves

    75,321        67,271        —     

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    149,071        176,454        —     

Total liabilities

    527,539        473,696        19,838   

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders (3)

    944,726        868,544        585,425   

Non-controlling interests

    25,932        59,777        —     

Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 970,658      $ 928,321      $ 585,425   

Book value per share data:

     

Book value per share (4 )

  $ 12.05      $ 11.07      $ 9.73   

Diluted book value per share (5 )

  $ 11.76      $ 10.89      $ 9.73   

Selected ratios:

     

Growth in diluted book value per share (6)

    8.0     11.9     n/a   

Return on beginning shareholders’ equity (7)

    8.6     13.0     n/a   

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents consists of cash, cash held with investment managers and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of ninety days or less.
(2) Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts or deposit contracts. During 2012, one contract was deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk and has been accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Using the deposit method of accounting, a deposit liability, rather than written premium, is initially recorded based upon the consideration received less any explicitly identified premiums or fees. In subsequent periods, the deposit liability is adjusted by calculating the effective yield on the deposit to reflect actual payments to date and future expected payments.
(3) Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders and total shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011 is reflected net of subscriptions receivable of $177.5 million in accordance with SEC Regulation S-X.
(4) Book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, by the number of issued and outstanding shares at period end. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Book Value Per Share and Fully Diluted Book Value Per Share.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(5) Diluted book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, and adjusted to include unvested restricted shares and the exercise of all in-the-money options and warrants. For purposes of this calculation, the market share price is assumed to be equal to the fully diluted book value per share. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Book Value Per Share and Fully Diluted Book Value Per Share.”
(6) Growth in diluted book value per share is calculated by taking the change in diluted book value per share divided by the beginning of period diluted book value per share.
(7) Return on beginning shareholders’ equity as presented is a non-GAAP financial measure. Return on beginning shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing net income by the beginning of year total shareholders’ equity. For purposes of determining December 31, 2011 equity, we add back the impact of subscriptions receivable to total shareholders’ equity. Management believes this adjustment more fairly presents the return on equity over the period.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your original investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are a start-up operation with limited historical information available for investors to evaluate our performance or a potential investment in our shares.

We have a limited history of operations. We were incorporated on October 6, 2011 and began underwriting reinsurance transactions on January 1, 2012. As a result, there is limited historical information available to help prospective investors evaluate our performance or an investment in our shares.

In general, reinsurance and insurance companies in their initial stages of development present substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. They must develop business relationships, establish operating procedures, hire staff, install information technology systems, implement management processes and complete other tasks appropriate for the conduct of their intended business activities. In particular, our ability to implement our reinsurance underwriting strategy will depend on, among other things:

 

   

our ability to attract clients;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain personnel with sufficient underwriting, actuarial and accounting and finance expertise;

 

   

our ability to maintain at least an A- (Excellent) rating from A.M. Best or a similar financial strength rating from one or more other ratings agencies;

 

   

our ability to evaluate the risks we assume under reinsurance contracts that we write;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to provide certain services; and

 

   

the risk of being deemed a passive foreign investment company or an investment company if we are deemed to not be in the active conduct of an insurance business or to not be predominantly engaged in an insurance business. See ‘‘Risks Relating to Insurance and Other Regulations—We are subject to the risk of becoming an investment company under U.S. federal securities law’’ and “Risks Relating to Taxation—United States persons who own our shares may be subject to United States federal income taxation on our undistributed earnings and may recognize ordinary income upon disposition of shares.”

We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient demand for the reinsurance products we plan to write to support our planned level of operations, or that we will accomplish the tasks necessary to implement our business strategy.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our operational structure is currently being developed.

We are in the process of developing and implementing our operational structure and enterprise risk management framework, including exposure management, financial reporting, information technology and internal controls, with which we will conduct our business activities. Our operations are currently supplemented by manual processes, and we expect to migrate over time to a fully-automated control system. While we utilize manual processes, our controls may not be adequate to identify or eliminate risks. There can be no assurance that the development of our operational structure or the implementation of our enterprise risk management framework will proceed smoothly or on our projected timetable or achieve the aforementioned goals.

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments, which are even more difficult than those made in a mature company, and which, if inaccurate, could cause volatility in our results.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes the item that requires the most subjective and complex estimates is the reserve for losses and loss expenses. Due to our relatively short operating history, loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim may take years to develop. In addition, the possibility of future litigation or legislative change that may affect interpretation of policy terms further increases the degree of uncertainty in the reserving process. The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, together with the potential for unforeseen developments, including changes in laws and the prevailing interpretation of policy terms, may result in losses and loss expenses materially different from the reserves initially established. Changes to prior year reserves will affect current underwriting results by increasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be redundant or by decreasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be insufficient. We expect volatility in results in periods in which significant loss events occur because U.S. GAAP does not permit insurers or reinsurers to reserve for loss events until they have occurred and are expected to give rise to a claim. As a result, we are not allowed to record contingency reserves to account for expected future losses. We anticipate that claims arising from future events may require the establishment of substantial reserves from time to time.

Our results of operations fluctuate from period to period and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

The performance of our reinsurance operations and our investment portfolio fluctuate from period to period. Fluctuations result from a variety of factors, including:

 

   

reinsurance contract pricing;

 

   

our assessment of the quality of available reinsurance opportunities;

 

   

the volume and mix of reinsurance products we underwrite;

 

   

loss experience on our reinsurance liabilities;

 

   

our ability to assess and integrate our risk management strategy properly; and

 

   

the performance of our investment portfolio.

In particular, we seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable return on equity over the long term. In addition, our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in book value result in fluctuations in total premiums written from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

 

16


Table of Contents

Established competitors with greater resources may make it difficult for us to effectively market our products or offer our products at a profit.

The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major reinsurers, many of which have substantially greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do, as well as other potential providers of capital willing to assume insurance or reinsurance risk. Competition in the types of business that we underwrite is based on many factors, including:

 

   

price of reinsurance coverage;

 

   

the general reputation and perceived financial strength of the reinsurer;

 

   

relationships with reinsurance brokers;

 

   

terms and conditions of products offered;

 

   

ratings assigned by independent rating agencies;

 

   

speed of claims payment and reputation; and

 

   

the experience and reputation of the members of our underwriting team in the particular lines of reinsurance we seek to underwrite.

Our competitors include, among others, Tokio Millennium Re Ltd., Endurance Specialty Reinsurance Ltd., AXIS Specialty Limited, Arch Reinsurance Ltd., ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd., Transatlantic Reinsurance Company and S.A.C. Re, Ltd. In addition, Greenlight Reinsurance, Ltd. has a business model similar to ours, and we expect to compete with them in many lines of business and geographies. In addition, in the future, we may have to compete for the type of reinsurance we intend to underwrite with new start-up companies that have a business model similar to ours.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in the reinsurance market. Our failure to compete effectively would significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations and may increase the likelihood that we are deemed to be a passive foreign investment company or an investment company. See “Risks Relating to Insurance and Other Regulations—We are subject to the risk of becoming an investment company under U.S. federal securities law” and “Risks Relating to Taxation—United States persons who own our shares may be subject to United States federal income taxation on our undistributed earnings and may recognize ordinary income upon disposition of shares.”

If actual renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our premiums written in future years and our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Many of our contracts are generally written for a one-year term. In our financial forecasting process, we make assumptions about the renewal of our prior year’s contracts. The insurance and reinsurance industries have historically been cyclical businesses with intense competition, often based on price. If actual renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write on a renewal basis because of pricing conditions, our premiums written in future years and our future operations would be materially adversely affected. This risk is especially prevalent in the first quarter of each year when a larger number of reinsurance contracts are subject to renewal.

The inherent uncertainty of models and the use of such models as a tool to evaluate risk may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We license analytic and modeling capabilities software from third parties to facilitate our pricing, capital modeling software and objective risk assessment relating to risks in our reinsurance portfolio. These models help us to control risk accumulation, inform management and other stakeholders of capital requirements and to improve the risk/return profile or minimize the amount of capital required to cover the risks in each reinsurance contract in our overall portfolio of reinsurance contracts. However, given the inherent uncertainty of modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, these models and databases may not accurately address the emergence of a variety of matters which might be deemed to impact certain of our coverages. Accordingly, these models may understate the exposures we are assuming and our financial results may be adversely impacted, perhaps significantly.

 

17


Table of Contents

Operational risks, including human or systems failures, are inherent in our business.

Operational risks and losses can result from many sources including fraud, errors by employees, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements or information technology failures.

We believe our modeling, underwriting and information technology and application systems are critical to our business and reputation. Moreover, our technology and applications are an important part of our underwriting process and our ability to compete successfully. We have licensed certain systems and data from third parties. We cannot be certain that we will have access to these, or comparable systems, or that our technology or applications will continue to operate as intended. In addition, we cannot be certain that we would be able to replace these systems without slowing our underwriting response time. A major defect or failure in our internal controls or information technology and application systems could result in management distraction, harm to our reputation, a loss or delay of revenues or increased expense.

Technology breaches or failures, including those resulting from a malicious cyber-attack on us or our business partners and service providers, could disrupt or otherwise negatively impact our business.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, store and protect the electronic information, financial data and proprietary models that are critical to our business. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between our employees and our business, banking and investment partners depends on information technology and electronic information exchange. Like all companies, our information technology systems are vulnerable to data breaches, interruptions or failures due to events that may be beyond our control, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, theft, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, hackers and general technology failures.

We believe that we have established and implemented appropriate security measures, controls and procedures to safeguard our information technology systems and to prevent unauthorized access to such systems and any data processed or stored in such systems, and we periodically evaluate and test the adequacy of such systems, controls and procedures. In addition, we have established a business continuity plan which is designed to ensure that we are able to maintain all aspects of our key business processes functioning in the midst of certain disruptive events, including any disruptions to or breaches of our information technology systems. Our business continuity plan is routinely tested and evaluated for adequacy. Despite these safeguards, disruptions to and breaches of our information technology systems are possible and may negatively impact our business.

It is possible that insurance policies we have in place with third parties would not entirely protect us in the event that we experienced a breach, interruption or widespread failure of our information technology systems. Furthermore, we have not secured insurance coverage designed to specifically protect us from an economic loss resulting from such events.

Although we have never experienced any known or threatened cases involving unauthorized access to our information technology systems or unauthorized appropriation of the data contained within such systems, we have no assurance that such technology breaches will not occur in the future.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to grow our business in the future, which could require additional capital, systems development and skilled personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet our capital needs, expand our systems effectively, allocate our human resources optimally, identify and hire qualified employees or incorporate effectively the components of any businesses we may acquire in our effort to achieve growth. Additionally, as we grow, the ability of our management to source sufficient reasonably priced reinsurance business in the segments we target may be limited. The failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our losses may exceed our loss reserves, which could significantly and negatively affect our business.

Our results of operations and financial condition depends upon our ability to assess accurately the potential losses associated with the risks we reinsure. Reserves are estimates of claims an insurer ultimately expects to pay, based upon facts and circumstances known at the time, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claim severity and other variable factors. The inherent uncertainties of estimating loss reserves generally are greater for reinsurance companies as compared to primary insurers, primarily due to:

 

   

the lapse of time from the occurrence of an event to the reporting of the claim and the ultimate resolution or settlement of the claim;

 

   

the diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties; and

 

   

the necessary reliance on the client for information regarding claims.

Actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid may deviate substantially from the estimates of our loss reserves, to our detriment. If we determine our loss reserves to be inadequate, we will increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which we identify the deficiency. Such a reduction would negatively affect our results of operations. If our losses exceed our loss reserves, our financial condition may be significantly and negatively affected.

As a newly formed reinsurance company, we do not have the benefit of extended loss experience with our cedents. With additional time, we may determine that our cedents’ loss emergence, incurred and payment patterns are different from those implied in the original submission data. Consequently, we may experience greater than average deviation in our loss reserve estimates when compared to our more established competitors.

The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Although we seek to mitigate our loss exposure through a variety of methods, property and casualty reinsurance risk is inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing, frequency and severity of loss events with statistical certainty or estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events and, to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We seek to manage reinsurance volatility by focusing on lines of business that have historically demonstrated more stable return characteristics, such as property quota share, auto, workers’ compensation and certain segments of crop. These lines of business are often characterized as having exposure to higher frequency and lower severity claims activity, although this has not always been the case. For example, during 2012, we incurred a $10.0 million underwriting loss in our crop line of business. We seek to further manage the volatility of our reinsurance results by writing policies on a quota share basis and through the use of contractual terms and conditions, such as loss ratio caps, within our reinsurance contracts. In addition, in contrast to many reinsurers with whom we compete, we write property catastrophe reinsurance on an excess of loss basis exclusively through the Catastrophe Reinsurer, which is a separately capitalized reinsurance vehicle. However, there can be no assurance that these loss limitation methods will be effective in mitigating our exposure, or that market or other conditions would necessitate a different loss mitigation strategy. The failure or ineffectiveness of any of our loss limitation methods could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The property and casualty reinsurance industry is highly cyclical, and we expect to continue to experience periods characterized by excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates.

Historically, reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, general economic conditions, changes in equity, debt and other investment markets, changes in legislation, case law and prevailing concepts of

 

19


Table of Contents

liability and other factors. In particular, demand for reinsurance is influenced significantly by the underwriting results of primary insurers and prevailing general economic conditions. The supply of reinsurance is related to prevailing prices and levels of surplus capacity that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return being realized in the reinsurance industry on both underwriting and investment sides.

As a result, the reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition due to high levels of available underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity have permitted favorable premium levels and changes in terms and conditions. The supply of available reinsurance capital has increased over the past several years and may increase further, either as a result of capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing insurers or reinsurers.

Continued increases in the supply of reinsurance may have consequences for us and for the reinsurance insurance generally, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention, and less favorable policy terms and conditions. As a result, we may be unable to fully execute our reinsurance strategy of selling lower-volatility business. The effects of cyclicality could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The effect of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business is uncertain.

As industry practices and legal, judicial and regulatory conditions change, unexpected issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. Various provisions of our contracts, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, may be difficult to enforce in the manner we intend, due to, among other things, disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond the period that we intended or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not manifest themselves until many years after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by these changes. As a result, we may not be able to ascertain the full extent of our liabilities under our insurance or reinsurance contracts for many years following the issuance of our contracts. The effects of unforeseen development or substantial government intervention could adversely impact our ability to adhere to our goals.

A downgrade or withdrawal of our A.M. Best rating would significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy successfully.

Companies, insurers and reinsurance brokers use ratings from independent ratings agencies as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of reinsurers. A.M. Best has assigned us a financial strength rating of A- (Excellent), which is the fourth highest of 15 ratings that A.M. Best issues. This rating reflects the rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet obligations. It is not an evaluation directed toward the protection of investors or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our shares. A.M. Best periodically reviews our rating, and may revise it downward or revoke it at its sole discretion based primarily on its analysis of our balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. Factors which may affect such an analysis include:

 

   

if we change our business practices from our organizational business plan in a manner that no longer supports A.M. Best’s initial rating;

 

   

if unfavorable financial or market trends impact us;

 

   

if our losses exceed our loss reserves;

 

   

if we are unable to retain our senior management and other key personnel;

 

   

if our investment portfolio incurs significant losses; or

 

   

if A.M. Best alters its capital adequacy assessment methodology in a manner that would adversely affect Third Point Re’s rating.

 

20


Table of Contents
   

if A.M. Best downgrades or withdraws our rating, we could be severely limited or prevented from writing any new reinsurance contracts which would significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy.

If A.M. Best downgrades our rating below A- (Excellent), places us on credit watch or withdraws our rating, we could be severely limited or prevented from writing any new reinsurance contracts which would significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy. A downgrade may also require us to establish trusts or post letters of credit for ceding company clients. In addition, almost all of our reinsurance contracts provide the client with the right to terminate the agreement or require us to transfer premiums on a funds withheld basis if our A- (Excellent) A.M. Best rating is downgraded. The contracts containing such a termination right represented approximately 95.8% of gross premiums written during 2012 and 92.9% of gross premiums written during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

A significant decrease in our capital or surplus could enable certain clients to terminate reinsurance agreements or to require additional collateral.

Certain of our reinsurance contracts contain provisions that permit our clients to cancel the contract or require additional collateral in the event of a downgrade in our ratings below specified levels or a reduction of our capital or surplus below specified levels over the course of the agreement. Whether a client would exercise such cancellation rights would likely depend, among other things, on the reason the provision is triggered, the prevailing market conditions, the degree of unexpired coverage and the pricing and availability of replacement reinsurance coverage.

If any such provisions were to become exercisable, we cannot predict whether or how many of our clients would actually exercise such rights or the extent to which they would have a significant and negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations or future prospects but they could have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

We are dependent on key executives, the loss of whom could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends to a significant extent on the efforts of our senior management, in particular Mr. Berger, and other key personnel, such as our chief financial officer and chief operating officer, our chief actuary and chief risk officer and our senior underwriting executives, to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available and qualified executives with substantial experience in our industry. Accordingly, the loss of the services of one or more of the members of our senior management, in particular Mr. Berger, or other key personnel could delay or prevent us from fully implementing our business strategy and, consequently, significantly and negatively affect our business.

We do not currently maintain key man life insurance with respect to any of our senior management. If any member of senior management dies or becomes incapacitated, or leaves the company to pursue employment opportunities elsewhere, we would be solely responsible for locating an adequate replacement for such senior management and for bearing any related cost. To the extent that we are unable to locate an adequate replacement or are unable to do so within a reasonable period of time, our business may be significantly and negatively affected.

In addition, our business operations require the services of a number of specialized employees to carry out day-to-day business operations. There can be no assurance that we can attract and retain the necessary employees to conduct our business activities on a timely basis or at all.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our failure to obtain sufficient letter of credit facilities or to increase our letter of credit capacity on commercially acceptable terms as we grow could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy.

We are not licensed or admitted as a reinsurer in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Certain jurisdictions, including in the United States, do not permit insurance companies to take statutory credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers unless appropriate security measures are implemented. Consequently, certain clients require us to obtain a letter of credit or provide other collateral through funds withheld or trust arrangements. In connection with obtaining letter of credit facilities, we are typically required to provide customary collateral to the letter of credit provider in order to secure our obligations under the facility. Our ability to provide collateral, and the costs at which we provide collateral, is primarily dependent on the composition of our investment portfolio.

Typically, letters of credit are collateralized with fixed-income securities. Banks may be willing to accept our investment portfolio as collateral, but on terms that may be less favorable to us than reinsurance companies that invest solely or predominantly in fixed-income securities. The inability to renew, maintain or obtain letters of credit collateralized by our investment portfolio may significantly limit the amount of reinsurance we can write or require us to modify our investment strategy.

We may need additional letter of credit capacity as we grow, and if we are unable to renew, maintain or increase our letter of credit facilities or are unable to do so on commercially acceptable terms, such a development could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy.

Our ability to pay dividends may be constrained by our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other factors.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. is a holding company that conducts no reinsurance operations of its own. The majority of our reinsurance operations are conducted through our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Third Point Re, and Third Point Re may also receive income relating to its shareholdings in the Catastrophe Fund. Our cash flows consist primarily of dividends and other permissible payments from Third Point Re and income generated from management fees payable to the Catastrophe Fund Manager, our majority owned subsidiary that provides management services to the catastrophe fund. Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. depends on such payments to receive funds to meet its obligations, including the payment of any dividends and other distributions to our shareholders.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. is indirectly subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints placed on Third Point Re and the Catastrophe Reinsurer, which is the licensed special purpose insurer that writes policies for the Catastrophe Fund. This affects our ability to pay dividends on the shares and make other payments. Under the Insurance Act, Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin (“MSM”), enhanced capital ratio (“ECR”) or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.

In addition, Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.

 

22


Table of Contents

The Catastrophe Reinsurer, as a special purpose insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such minimum margin. If the Catastrophe Reinsurer, as a special purpose insurer, were to fail to meet its minimum solvency margin on the last day of any financial year, it would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.

In addition, under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended (the “Companies Act”), Bermuda companies such as Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Third Point Re and the Catastrophe Reinsurer may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the relevant Bermuda company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

We may need additional capital in the future in order to operate our business, and such capital may not be available to us or may not be available to us on acceptable terms. Furthermore, additional capital raising could dilute your ownership interest in our company and may cause the value of the shares to decline.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future through offerings of debt or equity securities or otherwise to:

 

   

fund liquidity needs caused by underwriting or investment losses;

 

   

replace capital lost in the event of significant reinsurance losses or adverse reserve developments;

 

   

satisfy letters of credit or guarantee bond requirements that may be imposed by our clients or by regulators;

 

   

meet rating agency or regulatory capital requirements; or

 

   

respond to competitive pressures.

Additional capital may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, any additional capital raised through the sale of equity could dilute your ownership interest in our company and may cause the value of our shares to decline. Additional capital raised through the issuance of debt may result in creditors having rights, preferences and privileges senior or otherwise superior to those of the holders of our shares.

Changing climate conditions may adversely affect our financial condition, profitability or cash flows.

Climate change, to the extent it produces extreme changes in temperatures and changes in weather patterns, could affect the frequency or severity of weather events and wildfires. Further, it could reduce the affordability and availability of homeowners insurance, which could have an effect on pricing. Changes in weather patterns could also affect the frequency and severity of other natural catastrophe events to which we may be exposed. For example, due to the severe drought that impacted most of the U.S. farm belt in 2012, we suffered a $10.0 million underwriting loss on $42.5 million of earned crop premium.

Our reinsurance operations may make us vulnerable to losses from catastrophes and may cause our results of operations to vary significantly from period to period.

While Third Point Re, our Class 4 reinsurer, currently does not directly underwrite catastrophe exposed reinsurance business on an excess of loss basis, we recently launched an open-ended catastrophe reinsurance fund with an exposure to a diversified portfolio of peak zone natural catastrophe risk. Involvement in catastrophe exposed excess of loss reinsurance through our investment in the Catastrophe Fund exposes us to claims arising out of unpredictable catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, hailstorms, tornados, windstorms, severe winter weather, earthquakes, floods, droughts, fires, explosions, volcanic eruptions, acts of war or terrorism or political unrest and other natural or man-made disasters. The incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently

 

23


Table of Contents

unpredictable but the loss experience of property catastrophe reinsurers has been generally characterized as low frequency and high severity. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year.

In addition, we are exposed to the impact of catastrophic events in some cases through the property and casualty quota share reinsurance business of Third Point Re, as significant disasters or weather events can result in increased claims under such lines of business as auto or crop. If a natural or man-made disaster significantly increased the amount of claims payable under the types of property and casualty reinsurance written by Third Point Re, our reinsurance results of operation could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our clients’ evaluations of the risks associated with their insurance underwriting, which may subject us to reinsurance losses.

In most of our quota share reinsurance business we do not separately evaluate each of the original individual risks assumed under these reinsurance contracts. Therefore, we are dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by ceding companies. We are subject to the risk that the clients may not have adequately evaluated the insured risks and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume. We also do not separately evaluate each of the individual claims made on the underlying insurance contracts. Therefore, we are dependent on the original claims decisions made by our clients. We are subject to the risk that the client may pay invalid claims, which could result in reinsurance losses for us.

The involvement of reinsurance brokers subjects us to their credit risk.

In accordance with industry practice, we frequently pay amounts owed on claims under our policies to reinsurance brokers, and these brokers, in turn, remit these amounts to the ceding companies that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with us. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, we might remain liable to the client for the deficiency notwithstanding the broker’s obligation to make such payment. Conversely, in certain jurisdictions, when the client pays premiums for policies to reinsurance brokers for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the client will no longer be liable to us for these premiums, whether or not we have actually received them. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with reinsurance brokers around the world.

The inability to obtain business provided from brokers could adversely affect our business strategy and results of operations.

We market our reinsurance worldwide primarily through reinsurance brokers. Business placed by our top three reinsurance brokers, Guy Carpenter & Company, LLC, Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC, and Aon Benfield, accounted for almost 60% of our gross premiums written during the year ended December 31, 2012. Affiliates of these brokers have also co-sponsored the formation of Bermuda reinsurance companies that may compete with us, and these brokers may favor their own reinsurers over other companies. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of these brokers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be unable to purchase reinsurance for the liabilities we reinsure, and if we successfully purchase such reinsurance, we may be unable to collect, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While we did not purchase retrocessional coverage in 2012, we have begun to do so in the first half of 2013 and may continue to do so in the future, in order to mitigate the effect of a potential concentration of losses upon our financial condition. The insolvency or inability or refusal of a reinsurer to make payments under the terms of its agreement with us could have an adverse effect on us because we remain liable to our client. From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases have prevented, reinsurers from obtaining the types and

 

24


Table of Contents

amounts of retrocession that they consider adequate for their business needs. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain our desired amounts of retrocessional coverage or negotiate terms that we deem appropriate or acceptable or obtain retrocession from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness. Our failure to establish adequate retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Currency fluctuations could result in exchange rate losses and negatively impact our business.

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. However, we may in the future write a portion of our business and receive premiums in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, our investment manager, Third Point LLC, invests a portion of our portfolio in assets denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Consequently, we may experience exchange rate losses to the extent our foreign currency exposure is not hedged or is not sufficiently hedged, which could significantly and negatively affect our business. If we do seek to hedge our foreign currency exposure through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts or currency swaps, we may be subject to the risk that our counterparties to the arrangements fail to perform.

Our ability to implement our business strategy could be delayed or adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions relating to the ability to obtain and retain work permits for key employees in Bermuda.

Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Our success may depend in part on the continued services of key employees in Bermuda, and none of our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and chief operating officer, our chief actuary and chief risk officer or our senior underwriting executives are Bermudians or spouses of Bermudians. A work permit may be granted or renewed upon showing that, after proper public advertisement, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian or a holder of a permanent resident’s certificate or holder of a working resident’s certificate) is available who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer. A work permit is issued with an expiry date (up to ten years) and no assurances can be given that any work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term. If work permits are not obtained, or are not renewed, for our principal employees, we would lose their services, which could materially affect our businesses.

Risks Relating to Our Investment Strategy and Investment Manager

We have limited control over how our investment portfolio is allocated, and its performance depends on the ability of our investment manager, Third Point LLC, to select and manage appropriate investments.

We have engaged Third Point LLC to act as our exclusive investment manager for substantially all of our investment portfolio and to recommend appropriate investment opportunities. Although Third Point LLC is contractually obligated to follow our investment guidelines, we cannot assure shareholders as to exactly how assets will be allocated to different investment opportunities, including long and short positions and derivatives trading, which could increase the level of risk in our investment.

The performance of our investment portfolio depends to a great extent on the ability of Third Point LLC, as our investment manager to select and manage appropriate investments. We have entered into an investment management agreement with Third Point LLC which terminates on December 22, 2016 and is subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties at least six months prior to the end of a term that it wishes to terminate the investment management agreement at the end of such term. We have limited ability to terminate the investment management agreement earlier. We cannot assure you that Third Point LLC will be successful in meeting our investment objectives. The failure of Third Point LLC to perform adequately could significantly and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

The historical performance of Third Point LLC should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our investment portfolio or of our future results or of any returns expected on our common shares.

The historical returns of the funds managed by Third Point LLC are not directly linked to returns on our common shares. Although as our investment manager, Third Point LLC has agreed to invest our portfolio on substantially the same basis as Third Point LLC’s hedge funds, results for our investment portfolio could differ from results of the funds managed by Third Point LLC as a result of restrictions imposed by our investment guidelines. In addition, even if our investment portfolio generates investment income in a given period, our overall performance could be adversely affected by losses generated by our reinsurance operations. Poor performance of our investment portfolio will cause a decline in our revenue from that portfolio and will therefore have a negative effect on our financial performance.

Moreover, with respect to the historical performance of funds or accounts managed by Third Point LLC, including our investment portfolio:

 

   

the historical performance of funds managed by Third Point LLC should not be considered indicative of the future results that should be expected from our investment portfolio; and

 

   

the returns of funds managed by Third Point LLC have benefited historically from investment opportunities and general market conditions that currently may not exist and may not repeat themselves, and there can be no assurance that Third Point LLC will be able to avail itself of profitable investment opportunities in the future.

The risks associated with Third Point LLC’s strategy in managing our investment portfolio may be substantially greater than the investment risks faced by other reinsurers with whom we compete.

We may derive a significant portion of our income from our investment portfolio. As a result, our operating results depend in part on the performance of our investment portfolio. We cannot assure you that Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, will successfully structure our investments in relation to our anticipated liabilities. Failure to do so could force us to liquidate investments at a significant loss or at prices that are not optimal, which could significantly and adversely affect our financial results.

The risks associated with Third Point LLC’s investment strategy may be substantially greater than the risks associated with traditional fixed-income investment strategies employed by many reinsurers with whom we compete. Third Point LLC makes investments globally, in both developed and emerging markets, in all sectors, and in equity, credit, commodity, currency, option and other instruments with a focus on event-driven situations, in which Third Point LLC believes that a catalyst, either intrinsic or extrinsic, will unlock value or alter the lens through which the greater market values a particular investment. Making long equity investments in an up or rising market may increase the risk of not generating profits on these investments and we may incur losses if the market declines. Similarly, making short equity investments in a down or falling market may increase the risk of not generating profits on these investments and we may incur losses if the market rises. The market price of our common shares may be volatile and the risk of loss may be greater when compared with other reinsurance companies.

The termination by Third Point LLC of our investment management agreement at the end of its term or any successive term could materially adversely affect our investment results.

We depend upon Third Point LLC, our investment manager, to implement our investment strategy. The investment management agreement, which terminates on December 22, 2016, is subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties at least six months prior to the end of a term that it wishes to terminate the investment management agreement at the end of such term. If Third Point LLC chooses to terminate the investment management agreement at the end of such term, there is no assurance that we could find a suitable replacement.

 

26


Table of Contents

Potential conflicts of interest with Third Point LLC may exist that could adversely affect us.

Neither Third Point LLC nor its principals, including Daniel S. Loeb, who is one of our shareholders, are obligated to devote any specific amount of time to our affairs. Affiliates of Third Point LLC manage, and expect to continue to manage other client accounts, some of which have objectives similar to ours, including collective investment vehicles managed by Third Point LLC’s affiliates and in which Third Point LLC or its affiliates may have an equity interest. Pursuant to our investment management agreement with Third Point LLC, Third Point LLC has the exclusive right to manage our investment portfolio and is required to follow our investment guidelines and act in a manner that is fair and equitable in allocating investment opportunities to us, but the agreement does not otherwise impose any specific obligations or requirements concerning allocation of time, effort or investment opportunities to us or any restriction on the nature or timing of investments for our account and for Third Point LLC’s own account or other accounts that Third Point LLC or its affiliates may manage. Third Point LLC’s interest and the interests of its affiliates, may at times conflict, possibly to Third Point LLC’s detriment, which may potentially adversely affect our investment opportunities and returns.

Our investment portfolio may contain large positions which could result in large losses.

Our investment guidelines provide that as our investment manager, Third Point LLC may commit up to 15% of our assets under management to any one investment. Our investment portfolio could be subject to significant losses if it holds a relatively large position in a single issuer, industry, market or a particular type of investment that declines in value, and the losses could increase even further if the investments cannot be liquidated without adverse market reaction or are otherwise adversely affected by changes in market conditions or circumstances. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the net exposure of our portfolio was 62.8% and 69.9%, respectively, and the largest ten long and short positions comprised an aggregate of 41% and 24% and 43% and 20%, respectively, of our investment portfolio. Since our investment portfolio may not be widely diversified at times, it may be subject to more rapid changes in value than would be the case if the investment portfolio were required to maintain a wide diversification among companies, securities and types of securities.

We are exposed to credit risk from the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations.

To the extent that transactions in our investment portfolio are entered into directly and not through a broker or clearinghouse, including, but not limited to, forward foreign currency transactions, swap transactions, and the purchase and sale of bonds and other fixed income securities directly from the current holder thereof, we must rely on the creditworthiness of the counterparty to the extent it is unable to deliver the promised asset or cash flows in the case of cash settled transactions, net of any collateral that has been posted by or to the counterparty. The bankruptcy or insolvency of these counterparties could also result in a loss of any collateral posted against these transactions.

In addition, any prime broker or custodian through whom transactions are effected in our investment portfolio will each have a lien over assets held in a margin account with such counterparty. Further, should a prime broker or custodian become insolvent, those assets may become unavailable for redemption and potentially classified as belonging to the defaulting party. The insolvency of any such prime broker or custodian could result in the loss of a substantial portion or all of the assets held with such counterparty. Assets which are deposited with brokers as collateral against margin loss may become available to the creditors of the brokers in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the broker to the extent that it is needed to satisfy obligations to the insolvent party. Any reduction in our assets as a result of a default by a prime broker could negatively affect the net asset value of our investment portfolio.

If Third Point LLC’s risk management systems are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

Third Point LLC continually refines its risk management techniques, strategies and assessment methods. However, its risk management techniques and strategies do not fully mitigate the risk exposure of its funds and managed accounts, including our investment portfolio, in all economic or market environments, or against all

 

27


Table of Contents

types of risk, including risks that they might fail to identify or anticipate. Some of Third Point LLC’s strategies for managing risk are based upon its use of historical market behavior statistics. Any failures in Third Point LLC’s risk management techniques and strategies to accurately quantify such risk exposure could limit the risk-adjusted returns of our investment portfolio. In addition, any risk management failures could cause losses in the portfolios managed by Third Point LLC, including our managed account, to be significantly greater than the historical measures predict. Third Point LLC’s approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses in our investment portfolio.

In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC may trade on margin and use other forms of financial leverage, which could potentially adversely affect our revenues.

Our investment guidelines provide Third Point LLC with the ability to trade on margin and use other forms of financial leverage. Fluctuations in the market value of our investment portfolio could have a disproportionately large effect in relation to our capital. As of March 31, 2013, our investment account had approximately $31.0 million of margin debt at its brokers. A common metric used to determine financial leverage for accounts such as our investment portfolio is the “gross exposure” of our managed account. The “gross exposure” is shown as a percentage of the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the account, and represents the market exposure in the account (long and short) versus the NAV. In other words, if the NAV of an account is $100, and the account holds securities “long” with an aggregate market exposure of $100 (100% long), and has sold short securities with an aggregate market exposure of $25 (25% short), then the gross exposure would be 125% (i.e., $125 of investments against $100 of NAV). As of March 31, 2013, the gross exposure of our investment portfolio was 169.5%. Any event which may adversely affect the value of positions we hold could significantly and negatively affect the net asset value of our investment portfolio and thus our results of operations.

In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC engages in short sales that may subject us to unlimited loss potential.

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC routinely enters into transactions for our account in which it sells a security that we do not own, which we refer to as a short sale, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. Short sales for our account theoretically will involve unlimited loss potential since the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase. If the market price of the subject security increases considerably, Third Point LLC might have to cover short sales at suboptimal prices. As of March 31, 2013, short exposure in the portfolio was $508.6 million over 174 debt, equity and index positions.

Third Point LLC’s representatives’ service on boards and committees may place trading restrictions on our investments.

Third Point LLC may from time to time place its or its affiliates’ representatives on creditors’ committees or boards of certain companies in which our portfolio is invested. While such representation may enable Third Point LLC to enhance the sale value of our investments, it may also place trading restrictions on our investments.

As of the date hereof, representatives of Third Point LLC sat on the board of directors of Yahoo! Inc. and Enphase Energy, Inc., whose securities are publicly traded and included in our investment portfolio.

The ability to use ‘‘soft dollars’’ may provide Third Point LLC with an incentive to select certain brokers that may take into account benefits to be received by Third Point LLC.

Under certain circumstances and subject to compliance with the safe harbor provided by section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, Third Point LLC is entitled to use so-called ‘‘soft dollars’’ generated by commissions paid in connection with transactions for our investment portfolio to pay for certain categories of expenses relating to research and related services provide by brokers. Soft dollars are a means of paying brokerage firms for their services through commission revenue, rather than through direct payments. Third Point LLC’s right to use soft dollars may give Third Point LLC an incentive to select brokers or dealers for our transactions, or to negotiate commission rates or other execution terms, in a manner that takes into account the soft dollar benefits received by Third Point LLC rather than giving exclusive consideration to the interests of our investment portfolio and, accordingly, may create a conflict.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our investment management agreement has limited termination provisions.

Our investment management agreement with Third Point LLC has limited termination provisions which restrict our ability to manage our investment portfolio outside of Third Point LLC. Because the investment management agreement contains exclusivity and limited termination provisions, we are unable to use investment managers other than Third Point LLC for so long as the agreement is in effect. The investment management agreement was entered into on December 22, 2011 and has an initial term of five years, subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties at least six months prior to the end of a term that it wishes to terminate the investment management agreement at the end of such term. We may also terminate the investment management agreement upon the death, long-term disability or retirement of Daniel S. Loeb, or the occurrence of other circumstances in which Mr. Loeb is no longer directing the investment program of Third Point LLC.

We may also withdraw as participants under the investment management agreement prior to the expiration of the investment management agreement’s term at any time only “for cause”, which is defined as:

 

   

a material violation of applicable law relating to Third Point LLC’s advisory business;

 

   

Third Point LLC’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement;

 

   

a material breach by Third Point LLC of our investment guidelines that is not cured within a 15-day period;

 

   

a conviction or, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime affecting the asset management business of Third Point LLC by certain senior officers of Third Point LLC;

 

   

any act of fraud, material misappropriation, material dishonesty, embezzlement, or similar conduct against or involving us by senior officers of Third Point LLC; or

 

   

a formal administrative or other legal proceeding before the Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Association, or any other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory organization against Third Point LLC or certain key personnel which would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, we may withdraw as a participant under the investment management agreement prior to the expiration of its term if our portfolio underperforms as measured against specified benchmarks.

We may not withdraw or terminate the investment management agreement on the basis of performance other than as provided above. If we become dissatisfied with the results of the investment performance of Third Point LLC as our investment manager but the contractually specified termination threshold has not been met, we will be unable to hire new investment managers until the investment management agreement expires by its terms or is terminated for cause.

Certain of our investments may have limited liquidity and lack valuation data, which could create a conflict of interest.

Our investment guidelines provide Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, with the flexibility to invest in certain securities with limited liquidity or no public market. This lack of liquidity may adversely affect the ability of Third Point LLC to execute trade orders at desired prices. To the extent that Third Point LLC invests our investable assets in securities or instruments for which market quotations or other independent pricing sources are not readily available, under the terms of the investment management agreement the valuation of such securities and instruments for purposes of compensation to Third Point LLC will be determined by Third Point LLC, whose determination, subject to audit verification, will be conclusive and binding in the absence of bad faith or manifest error. Because the investment management agreement gives Third Point LLC the power to determine the value of securities with no readily discernible market value, and because the calculation of Third Point LLC’s fee is based on the value of the investment account, a conflict may exist or arise.

 

29


Table of Contents

The U.S. and global economic downturns could harm the performance of our investment portfolio, our liquidity and financial condition and our share price.

Volatility in the United States and other securities markets may adversely affect our investment portfolio. The ability of Third Point LLC to manage our investment portfolio profitably is dependent upon conditions in the global financial markets and economic and geopolitical conditions throughout the world that are outside of our control and difficult to predict. Factors such as equity prices, equity market volatility, asset or market correlations, interest rates, counterparty risks, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws or regulation (including laws relating to the financial markets generally or the taxation or regulation of the hedge fund industry), trade barriers, commodity prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and controls, and national and international political circumstances (including governmental instability, wars, terrorist acts or security operations) can have a material impact on the value of our investment portfolio.

If Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, fails to react appropriately to difficult market, economic and geopolitical conditions, our investment portfolio could incur material losses.

Third Point LLC’s use of hedging and derivative transactions in executing trades for our account may not be successful, which could materially adversely affect our investment results

In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC may utilize various financial instruments both for investment purposes and for risk management purposes in order to protect against possible changes in the market value of our investment portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest rates, protect unrealized gains in the value of our investment portfolio, facilitate the sale of any such investments, enhance or preserve returns, spreads or gains on any investment in our investment portfolio, hedge the interest rate or currency exchange rate on certain liabilities or assets, protect against any increase in the price of any securities Third Point LLC anticipates purchasing for our account at a later date or for any other reason that Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, deems appropriate. The success of such hedging strategy will be subject to Third Point LLC’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of such hedging strategy will also be subject to Third Point LLC’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. While Third Point LLC may enter into hedging transactions for our account to seek to reduce risk, such transactions may result in a poorer overall performance for our investment portfolio than if it had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. For a variety of reasons, in managing our investment portfolio Third Point LLC may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent Third Point LLC from achieving the intended hedge or expose our investment portfolio to risk of loss.

Our investment portfolio includes investments in mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, whose investment characteristics differ from corporate debt securities.

Our investment portfolio may from time to time be invested in mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, whose investment characteristics differ from corporate debt securities. As of March 31, 2013, the exposure in our investment portfolio of asset-backed securities was $185.9 million long ($13.9 million short). For a discussion of the performance of such instruments included in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2012 see “Investments—Investment Strategy—Asset-Backed Securities Strategy.” Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities may also be subject to call risk and extension risk. For example, because homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages, the duration of a security backed by home mortgages can either shorten or lengthen. In general, if interest rates on new mortgage loans fall sufficiently below the interest rates on existing outstanding mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment

 

30


Table of Contents

would be expected to increase. Conversely, if mortgage loan interest rates rise above the interest rates on existing outstanding mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment would be expected to decrease. In either case, a change in the prepayment rate can result in losses to investors. If our investment portfolio includes securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, we may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. In addition, our investment portfolio may, from time to time, be invested in structures commonly known as “Re-REMICS,” in which case a trust is further split between a senior tranche and a junior tranche. Third Point LLC usually buys the junior tranche for its funds and the account it manages in such circumstances. An unexpectedly high rate of default on mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments holders of such securities, reducing the value of those securities or rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include “sub-prime” mortgages. Changes in laws and other regulatory developments relating to mortgage loans may impact the investments of our portfolio in mortgage-backed securities in the future.

Our investment portfolio may include investments in securities of issuers based outside the United States, including emerging markets, which may be riskier than securities of U.S. issuers.

Under our investment guidelines, Third Point LLC may invest in securities of issuers organized or based outside the United States that may involve heightened risks in comparison to the risks of investing in domestic securities, including unfavorable changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations, reduced and less reliable information about issuers and markets, less stringent accounting standards, illiquidity of securities and markets, higher brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and custody fees, local economic or political instability and greater market risk in general. In particular, investing in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries involves additional risks, such as exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature than, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability than, those of developed countries. Other characteristics of emerging market countries that may affect investment in their markets include certain national policies that may restrict investment by foreigners in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and the absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. The typically small size of the markets for securities of issuers located in emerging markets and the possibility of a low or nonexistent volume of trading in those securities may also result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility of those securities. In addition, dividend and interest payments from and capital gains in respect of certain foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes that may or may not be reclaimable. Finally, many transactions in these markets are executed as a “total return swap” or other derivative transaction with a financial institution counterparty, and as a result our investment portfolio has counterparty credit risk with respect to such counterparty.

In addition, within the Euro-zone, there remains significant market concern as to the potential default of government issuers. In addition to European sovereign debt, we have other assets in our investment portfolio that are Euro-denominated. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $61 million by market exposure of our invested assets were denominated in Euros. A devaluation of the Euro could lead to a significant decline in the value of these assets. Should governments default on their obligations, there could be a negative impact on both our direct holdings within our investment portfolio as well as non-government issues held within the country of default.

Third Point LLC’s role as an engaged investor in special situation and distressed investments may subject us or Third Point Re to increased risks including the incurrence of additional legal or other expenses.

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC may invest a portion of our investment portfolio in special situation companies. This generally involves investments in securities of companies in event-driven special situations such as acquisitions, tender offers, bankruptcies, recapitalizations, spinoffs, corporate and financial restructurings, litigation or other liability impairments, turnarounds, management changes, consolidating industries and other catalyst-oriented situations. Third Point LLC may also invest our portfolio in securities of issuers in weak financial condition, experiencing poor operating results, having substantial financial needs or negative net worth or facing special competitive or product obsolescence issues or that are involved in

 

31


Table of Contents

bankruptcy reorganization proceedings, liquidation or other corporate restructuring. Investments of this type involve substantial financial business risks that can result in substantial or total losses. Among the problems involved in assessing and making investments in troubled issuers is that fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the condition of such issuer. The market prices of the securities of such issuers are also subject to abrupt and erratic market movements and above average price volatility and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. It may take a number of years for the market prices of such securities to reflect their intrinsic values, if at all. It is anticipated that some of such securities may not be widely traded, and that a position in such securities may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities.

As a consequence of Third Point LLC’s role as an engaged investor in special situation and distressed investments, our investment portfolio may be subject to increased risk of incurring additional legal, indemnification or other expenses, even if we are not named in any action. In distressed or special situations litigation often follows when disgruntled shareholders, creditors, and other parties seek to recover losses from poorly performing investments. The enhanced litigation risk for distressed companies is further elevated by the potential that Third Point LLC may have controlling or influential positions in the companies. Some of the claims that can be asserted against Third Point LLC as a distressed investor include: aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty; equitable subordination of the investors’ claims; recharacterization of the investor’s claims; and preference or fraudulent transfer claims. Third Point LLC’s use of short-selling for its funds and the accounts it manages has subjected, and may continue to subject Third Point LLC and the short sellers to increased risk of litigation. Lawsuits can be brought against short sellers of a company’s stock to discourage short selling. Among other claims, these suits may allege libel, conspiracy, and market manipulation.

Third Point LLC’s diminution or loss of service or loss of key employees could materially adversely affect our investment results.

We depend upon Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, to implement our investment strategy. All investment decisions with respect to our investment portfolio are made by Third Point LLC, subject to our investment guidelines, under the general supervision of Daniel S. Loeb. As a result, the success of our investment strategy depends largely upon the abilities of Mr. Loeb. While we may terminate the investment management agreement with Third Point LLC upon the death, long-term disability or retirement of Mr. Loeb, or the occurrence of other circumstances in which Mr. Loeb is no longer directing the investment program of Third Point LLC, no assurance can be given that a suitable replacement could be found.

The compensation arrangements of Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may create an incentive to effect transactions that are risky or speculative.

Third Point LLC is entitled to two forms of compensation under our investment management agreement:

 

   

a management fee of 2% annually (less the founders payment paid to the Lead Investors and Dowling, as described in our investment management agreement), charged monthly, based on net assets under management; and

 

   

performance compensation based on the appreciation, including unrealized appreciation, in the value of our investment portfolio equal to 20% of net profits, subject to a loss carryforward provision.

While the performance compensation arrangement provides that losses will be carried forward as an offset against net profits in subsequent periods, Third Point LLC generally will not otherwise be penalized for realized losses or decreases in the value of our portfolio. These performance compensation arrangements may create an incentive for Third Point LLC as our investment manager to engage in transactions that focus on the potential for short-term gains rather than long-term growth or that are particularly risky or speculative.

 

32


Table of Contents

Increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers and certain trading methods such as short selling may affect Third Point LLC’s ability to manage our investment portfolio or affect our business reputation.

The regulatory environment for investment managers is evolving, and changes in the regulation of managers may adversely affect the ability of Third Point LLC to effect transactions in our investment portfolio that utilize leverage or to pursue its trading strategies in managing our investment portfolio. In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The SEC, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. Any future regulatory change could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, a number of states and municipal pension plans have adopted so-called “pay-to-play” laws, regulations or policies which prohibit, restrict or require disclosure of payments to (and/or certain contacts with) state officials by individuals and entities seeking to do business with state entities, including investments by public retirement funds. The SEC also has adopted rules that, among other things, prohibit an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for a period of up to two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees make a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates. If Third Point LLC, its employees or affiliates or any service providers acting on their behalf, including, without limitation, a placement agent, fail to comply with such pay-to-play laws, regulations or policies, such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on Third Point LLC and our investment portfolio.

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC routinely engages in short selling for our account in managing our investments. Short sale transactions have been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including the imposition of restrictions on short selling certain securities and reporting requirements. Third Point LLC’s ability to execute a short selling strategy in managing our investment portfolio may be materially and adversely impacted by temporary or new permanent rules, interpretations, prohibitions, and restrictions adopted in response to these adverse market events. Temporary restrictions or prohibitions on short selling activity may be imposed by regulatory authorities with little or no advance notice and may impact prior and future trading activities of our investment portfolio. Additionally, the SEC, its non-U.S. counterparts, other governmental authorities or self-regulatory organizations may at any time promulgate permanent rules or interpretations consistent with such temporary restrictions or that impose additional or different permanent or temporary limitations or prohibitions. The SEC might impose different limitations or prohibitions on short selling from those imposed by various non-U.S. regulatory authorities. These different regulations, rules or interpretations might have different effective periods.

Regulatory authorities may, from time to time, impose restrictions that adversely affect our ability to borrow certain securities in connection with short sale transactions. In addition, traditional lenders of securities may be less likely to lend securities under certain market conditions. As a result, Third Point LLC may not be able to effectively pursue a short selling strategy due to a limited supply of securities available for borrowing. We may also incur additional costs in connection with short sale transactions effected in our investment portfolio, including in the event that Third Point LLC is required to enter into a borrowing arrangement for our account in advance of any short sales. Moreover, the ability to continue to borrow a security is not guaranteed and our account will be subject to strict delivery requirements. The inability to deliver securities within the required time frame may subject us to mandatory close out by the executing broker-dealer. A mandatory close out may subject us to unintended costs and losses. Certain action or inaction by third parties, such as executing broker-dealers or clearing broker-dealers, may materially impact our ability to effect short sale transactions in our investment portfolio.

 

33


Table of Contents

An increase in Third Point LLC’s assets under management may adversely affect the returns of our investment portfolio.

It is possible that if the amount of assets Third Point LLC manages for us, in its funds and for other accounts it manages were to increase materially, it could be more difficult for Third Point LLC to invest profitably for those accounts because of the difficulty of trading larger positions without adversely affecting prices and managing risks associated with larger positions. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be appropriate investment opportunities to accommodate future increase in assets under management, which may force Third Point LLC to modify its investment decisions for the accounts it manages because it cannot deploy all the assets in a manner it desires. Furthermore, due to the overlap of strategies and investments across many of the portfolios managed by Third Point LLC, including its hedge funds, the accounts may be adversely affected in the event of rapid or large liquidations of investment positions held by the accounts due to a lack of liquidity resulting from large position sizes in the same investments held by the other accounts. While the hedge funds managed by Third Point LLC are currently closed for new investment subject to limited exceptions, Third Point LLC may revisit this decision based on market conditions and any increase in assets under management could adversely affect the returns of our investment portfolio.

Risks Relating to Insurance and Other Regulations

Any suspension or revocation of Third Point Re’s reinsurance license would materially impact our ability to do business and implement our business strategy.

Our subsidiary Third Point Re is licensed as a reinsurer only in Bermuda and we do not plan to seek licenses in any other jurisdiction. The suspension or revocation of Third Point Re’s license to do business as a reinsurance company in Bermuda for any reason would mean that we would not be able to enter into any new reinsurance contracts until the suspension ended or Third Point Re became licensed in another jurisdiction. Any such suspension or revocation of our license would negatively impact our reputation in the reinsurance marketplace and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If we become subject to insurance statutes and regulations in jurisdictions other than Bermuda or there is a change to Bermuda law or regulations or application of Bermuda law or regulations, there could be a significant and negative impact on our business.

Third Point Re, our wholly owned operating subsidiary, is a registered Bermuda Class 4 insurer. As such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda. Bermuda insurance statutes, regulations and policies of the BMA require Third Point Re, among other things:

 

   

maintain a minimum level of capital, surplus and liquidity;

 

   

satisfy solvency standards;

 

   

restrict dividends and distributions;

 

   

obtain prior approval of ownership and transfer of shares;

 

   

maintain a principal office and appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda; and

 

   

provide for the performance of certain periodic examinations of Third Point Re and its financial condition.

These statutes and regulations may, in effect, restrict our ability to write reinsurance policies, to distribute funds and to pursue our investment strategy.

The process of obtaining licenses is very time consuming and costly, and we may not be able to become licensed in a jurisdiction other than Bermuda should we choose to do so. The modification of the conduct of our business resulting from our becoming licensed in certain jurisdictions could significantly and negatively affect

 

34


Table of Contents

our business. In addition, our inability to comply with insurance statutes and regulations could significantly and adversely affect our business by limiting our ability to conduct business as well as subjecting us to penalties and fines.

In addition, the BMA could revoke or suspend Third Point Re’s license in certain circumstances, including circumstances in which (i) it is shown that false, misleading or inaccurate information has been supplied to the BMA by Third Point Re or on its behalf for the purposes of any provision of the Insurance Act; (ii) we have ceased to carry on business; (iii) Third Point Re has persistently failed to pay fees due under the Insurance Act; (iv) Third Point Re has been shown to have not complied with a condition attached to its registration or with a requirement made of us under the Insurance Act; (v) we are convicted of an offence against a provision of the Insurance Act; (vi) Third Point Re is, in the opinion of the BMA, found not to have been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles; or (vii) if any of the minimum criteria for registration under the Insurance Act is not or will not have been fulfilled. If the BMA suspended or revoked Third Point Re’s license we could lose our exception under the Investment Company Act. See “—We are subject to the risk of becoming an investment company under U.S. federal securities law.”

We are subject to the risk of becoming an investment company under U.S. federal securities law.

The U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Investment Company Act”, regulates certain companies that invest in or trade securities. We rely on an exception under the Investment Company Act that is available to a company organized and regulated as a foreign insurance company which is engaged primarily and predominantly in the reinsurance of risks on insurance agreements. The law in this area has not been well developed and there is a lack of guidance as to the meaning of “primarily and predominantly” under the relevant exception under the Investment Company Act. For example, there is no standard for the amount of premiums that need be written relative to the level of a company’s capital in order to qualify for the exception. If this exception were deemed inapplicable, we would have to seek to register under the Investment Company Act as an investment company, which, under the Investment Company Act, would require an order from the SEC. Our inability to obtain such an order could have a significant adverse impact on our business.

Assuming that we were permitted to register as an investment company, registered investment companies are subject to extensive, restrictive and potentially adverse regulation relating to, among other things, operating methods, management, capital structure, our ability to raise additional debt and equity securities or issue stock options or warrants (which could impact our ability to compensate key employees), financial leverage, dividends, board of director composition and transactions with affiliates. Accordingly, if we were required to register as an investment company we would not be able to operate our business as it is currently conducted, nor would we be permitted to have many of the relationships that we have with our affiliated companies. Accordingly, we likely would not be permitted to engage Third Point LLC as our investment manager, unless we obtained board and shareholder approvals under the Investment Company Act. If Third Point LLC were not our investment manager, we may be required to liquidate our investment portfolio and we would seek to identify and retain another investment manager with a similar investment philosophy. If we could not identify or retain such an advisor, we would be required to make substantial modifications to our investment strategy. Any such changes to our investment strategy could significantly and negatively impact our investment results, financial condition and our ability to implement our business strategy.

If at any time it were established that we had been operating as an investment company in violation of the Investment Company Act, there would be a risk, among other material adverse consequences, that we could become subject to monetary penalties or injunctive relief, or both, that we could be unable to enforce contracts with third parties or that third parties could seek to obtain rescission of transactions undertaken during the period in which it was established that we were an unregistered investment company. If, subsequently, we were not permitted or were unable to register as an investment company, it is likely that we would be forced to cease operations.

 

35


Table of Contents

To the extent that the laws and regulations change in the future so that contracts we write are deemed not to be reinsurance contracts, we will be at greater risk of not qualifying for the Investment Company Act exception. Additionally, it is possible that our classification as an investment company would result in the suspension or revocation of our reinsurance license.

Insurance regulators in the United States or elsewhere may review our activities and claim that we are subject to additional licensing requirements.

We do not presently expect that we will be admitted to do business in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. In general, Bermuda insurance statutes, regulations and the policies of the BMA are less restrictive than United States state insurance statutes and regulations. We cannot assure you that insurance regulators in the United States or elsewhere will not review our activities and claim that we are subject to such jurisdiction’s licensing requirements. In addition, we will be subject to indirect regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions that may limit our ability to provide reinsurance. For example, our ability to write reinsurance may be subject, in certain cases, to arrangements satisfactory to applicable regulatory bodies and proposed legislation and regulations may have the effect of imposing additional requirements upon, or restricting the market for, non-U.S. reinsurers such as us.

If in the future we were to become subject to regulation under the laws of any state in the United States or the laws of the United States or of any other country, we may consider various alternatives to our operations. If we attempt to become licensed in another jurisdiction, for instance, we may not be able to do so and the modification of the conduct of our business or the non-compliance with insurance statutes and regulations could significantly and negatively affect our business.

Our reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and our failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.

In 2008, the BMA introduced new risk-based capital standards for insurance companies as a tool to assist the BMA both in measuring risk and in determining appropriate levels of capitalization. The amended Bermuda insurance statutes and regulations pursuant to the new risk-based supervisory approach required additional filings by insurers to be made to the BMA. The required statutory capital and surplus of our Bermuda-based operating subsidiary increased under the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model. While Third Point Re, as operating, currently has excess capital and surplus under these new requirements, there can be no assurance that such requirement or similar regulations, in their current form or as may be amended in the future, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any failure to meet applicable requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action by regulators, including restrictions on dividend payments, limitations on our writing of additional business or engaging in finance activities, supervision or liquidation. Further, any changes in existing risk based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we might be unable to do.

Changes in law or regulations could cause a significant and negative impact on our reinsurance business.

From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. The extreme turmoil in the financial markets has increased the likelihood of changes in the way the financial services industry is regulated. Governmental authorities worldwide have become increasingly interested in potential risks posed by the insurance industry as a whole, and to commercial and financial systems in general. While we cannot predict the exact nature, timing or scope of possible governmental initiatives, there may be increased regulatory intervention in our industry in the future.

Our exposure to potential regulatory initiatives could be heightened by the fact that we are domiciled in, and operate exclusively from, Bermuda. Bermuda is a small jurisdiction and may be disadvantaged when participating

 

36


Table of Contents

in global or cross-border regulatory matters as compared with larger jurisdictions such as the United States or the leading European Union countries.

Because we are a Bermuda company, we are subject to changes in Bermuda law and regulation that may have an adverse impact on our operations, including through the imposition of tax liability or increased regulatory supervision. In addition, we will be exposed to any changes in the political environment in Bermuda.

The Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions. As a result, the BMA has recently implemented and imposed additional requirements on the companies it regulates, such as Third Point Re, as part of its efforts to achieve equivalence under Solvency II, the EU regulatory regime which was enacted in November 2009 and which imposes new solvency and governance requirements across all EU Member States. Although Solvency II was originally supposed to have become effective by November 1, 2012, a proposed Omnibus II directive was to set revised dates for transposition and implementation of Solvency II by the EU Member States. However, there have been a series of delays in the European Parliament vote to approve the Omnibus II directive. To avoid legal uncertainty, the EU Commission enacted a short directive which amends Solvency II with regard to the dates of its transposition and implementation by EU Member States. The current proposed date for transposition of Solvency II by EU Member States, as set out in this short amending directive, is June 30, 2013 with the implementation of Solvency II by January 1, 2014. While no formal announcement has been made by the European Commission, there has been much focus on the failure to proceed with the European Parliament vote on Omnibus II. It is now possible that agreement on issues central to finalization of Omnibus II will be postponed until completion of the next quantitative impact study due to be completed in the summer of 2013. Further delay in the implementation of Solvency II is likely, but the extent and nature of the delay is uncertain. The detail of the Solvency II project will be set out in “delegated acts” and binding technical standards which will be issued by the European Commission and will be legally binding. No official drafts for any of these measures have been released. As a result of the delay in implementation of Solvency II, it is unclear when the European Commission will take a final decision on whether or not it will recognize the solvency regime in Bermuda to be equivalent to that laid down in Solvency II.

While we cannot predict the future impact on our operations of changes in the laws and regulation to which we are or may become subject, any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Bermuda insurance laws regarding the change of control of insurance companies may limit the acquisition of our shares.

Under Bermuda law, for so long as we have an insurance subsidiary registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may at any time, by written notice, object to a person holding 10% or more of its common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not or is no longer fit and proper to be such a holder. In such a case, the BMA may require the shareholder to reduce its holding of our common shares and direct, among other things, that such shareholder’s voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person who does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. This may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our Company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

Changes in accounting principles and financial reporting requirements could result in material changes to our reported results and financial condition.

U.S. GAAP and related financial reporting requirements are complex, continually evolving and may be subject to varied interpretation by the relevant authoritative bodies. Such varied interpretations could result from differing views related to specific facts and circumstances. Changes in U.S. GAAP and financial reporting

 

37


Table of Contents

requirements, or in the interpretation of U.S. GAAP or those requirements, could result in material changes to our reported results and financial condition. Moreover, the SEC is currently evaluating IFRS to determine whether IFRS should be incorporated into the financial reporting system for U.S. issuers. Certain of these standards could result in material changes to our reported results of operation. See Note 2 of the Notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of pending changes in accounting principles or financial reporting requirements that could affect our results and disclosures.

Risks Relating to Taxation

In addition to the risk factors discussed below, we advise you to read “Certain Tax Considerations” and to consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of your investment in our shares.

We may be subject to United States federal income taxation.

We are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and we believe that our activities, as contemplated, will not cause us to be treated as engaging in a United States trade or business and will not cause us to be subject to current United States federal income taxation on our net income. However, because there are no definitive standards provided by the Internal Revenue Code, regulations or court decisions as to the specific activities that constitute being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and as any such determination is essentially factual in nature and must be made annually, we cannot assure you that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not successfully assert that we are engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, if applicable under the income tax treaty between the U.S. and Bermuda (the “Bermuda Treaty”), engaged in a trade or business in the United States through a permanent establishment, and thus are subject to current United States federal income taxation. If we were deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States (and, if applicable under the Bermuda Treaty, were deemed to be so engaged through a permanent establishment), Third Point Re generally would become subject to United States federal income tax on its income “effectively connected” (or treated as effectively connected) with the U.S. trade or business, and would become subject to the “branch profits” tax on its earnings and profits that are both effectively connected with the U.S. trade or business and deemed repatriated out of the United States. Any such federal tax liability could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

United States persons who own our shares may be subject to United States federal income taxation on our undistributed earnings and may recognize ordinary income upon disposition of shares.

PFIC . Significant potential adverse United States federal income tax consequences generally apply to any United States person who owns shares in a PFIC. In general, either we or Third Point Re would be a PFIC for a taxable year if 75% or more of its income constitutes “passive income” or 50% or more of its assets were held to produce “passive income.” Passive income generally includes interest, dividends and other investment income but does not include income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation predominantly engaged in an insurance business. This exception for insurance companies is intended to ensure that a bona fide insurance company’s income is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. However, there is very little authority as to what constitutes the active conduct of an insurance business for purposes of the PFIC rules. The IRS has notified taxpayers in IRS Notice 2003-34 that it intends to scrutinize the activities of certain insurance companies located outside of the United States, including reinsurance companies that invest a significant portion of their assets in alternative investment strategies, to determine whether such companies qualify for the active insurance company exception in the PFIC rules.

We believe that our financial reserves are consistent with industry standards and are not in excess of the reasonable needs of our insurance business, and that we are actively engaged in insurance activities that involve sufficient transfer of risk. However, we cannot assure you the IRS will agree with our position and will not successfully assert that we do not qualify for the insurance exception. Moreover, our expectation with respect to

 

38


Table of Contents

any taxable year is based on the amount of risk that we expect to underwrite during that year. If we are unable to underwrite sufficient amount of risk for any taxable year, the Company and/or Third Point Re might be treated as a PFIC. Furthermore, in certain circumstances, we may seek to manage the volatility of our reinsurance results by writing policies that contain certain contractual terms and conditions (such as loss ratio caps), which may cause the IRS to assert that such policies lack sufficient risk transfer to constitute insurance for United States federal income tax purposes, increasing the risk that the Company and/or Third Point Re may be treated as a PFIC.

The consequences of the Company and/or Third Point Re being treated as a PFIC and certain elections designed to mitigate such consequences, including a “Protective QEF Election,” are discussed in more detail under the heading “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”. If you are a United States person, we advise you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the potential tax consequences to you under the PFIC rules and to assess your tolerance of this risk.

CFC . United States persons who, directly or indirectly or through attribution rules, own 10% or more of the voting power of our shares, which we refer to as United States 10% shareholders, may be subject to the CFC rules. Under the CFC rules, each United States 10% shareholder must annually include its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if no distributions are made. In general (subject to the special rules applicable to “related person insurance income” described below), a foreign insurance company will be treated as a CFC only if United States 10% shareholders collectively own more than 25% of the total combined voting power or total value of the company’s shares for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any year. We believe that the restrictions placed on the voting power of our shares should generally prevent shareholders who acquire shares from being treated as United States 10% shareholders of a CFC. We cannot assure you, however, that these rules will not apply to you. If you are a United States person we strongly urge you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the controlled foreign corporation rules.

Related Person Insurance Income . If (a) our gross income attributable to insurance or reinsurance policies pursuant to which the direct or indirect insureds are our direct or indirect United States shareholders or persons related to such United States shareholders equals or exceeds 20% of our gross insurance income in any taxable year; and (b) direct or indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds own directly or indirectly 20% or more of the voting power or value of our shares, a United States person who owns any shares directly or indirectly on the last day of the taxable year would most likely be required to include its allocable share of our related person insurance income for the taxable year in its income, even if no distributions are made. We do not expect that it is likely that either or both of the 20% gross insurance income threshold or the 20% direct or indirect ownership threshold will be met. However, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Consequently, we cannot assure you that a person who is a direct or indirect United States shareholder will not be required to include amounts in its income in respect of related person insurance income in any taxable year.

Dispositions of Our Shares. If a United States shareholder is treated as disposing of shares in a CFC of which it is a United States 10% shareholder, or of shares in a foreign insurance corporation that has related person insurance income and in which United States persons collectively own 25% or more of the voting power or value of the company’s share capital, any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the extent of the United States shareholder’s portion of the corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits, as the case may be, that were accumulated during the period that the United States shareholder owned the shares. In addition, the shareholder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the direct or indirect United States shareholder. Although not free from doubt, we believe it would be reasonable for a U.S. person to take the position that these rules should not apply to dispositions of our shares because we should not have any United States 10% shareholders and will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will interpret the proposed regulations potentially applicable to such dispositions in this manner or that the proposed regulations will not be promulgated in final form in a manner that would cause these rules to apply to dispositions of our shares.

 

39


Table of Contents

United States tax-exempt organizations who own our shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.

A United States tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of our subpart F insurance income is allocated to it. In general, subpart F insurance income will be allocated to a tax-exempt organization owning (or treated as owning) our shares if we are a CFC as discussed above and it is a United States 10% shareholder or we earn related person insurance income and the exceptions described above do not apply. We cannot assure you that United States persons holding our shares (directly or indirectly) will not be allocated subpart F insurance income. United States tax-exempt organizations should consult their own tax advisors regarding the risk of recognizing unrelated business taxable income as a result of the ownership of our shares.

We may become subject to U.S. withholding and information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) provisions.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Code (“FATCA”) generally impose a 30% withholding tax regime with respect to (i) certain U.S. source income (including interest and dividends) and gross proceeds from any sale or other disposition after December 31, 2016, of property that can produce U.S. source interest or dividends (“withholdable payments”) and (ii) “passthru payments” (generally, withholdable payments and payments that are attributable to withholdable payments) made by foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”). As a general matter, FATCA was designed to require U.S. persons’ direct and indirect ownership of certain non-U.S. accounts and non-U.S. entities to be reported to the IRS. The application of the FATCA withholding rules will be phased in beginning January 1, 2014, with withholding on foreign passthru payments made by FFIs taking effect no earlier than 2017.

The Bermuda government recently announced that it will negotiate and sign a “Model 2” intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to implement FATCA. If we and/or Third Point Re are treated as FFIs for the purposes of FATCA, under the Model 2 IGA, we and/or Third Point Re will be directed to ‘register’ with the IRS and enabled to comply with the requirements of FATCA, including due diligence, reporting and withholding. Assuming registration and compliance pursuant to a Model 2 IGA, an FFI would be treated as FATCA compliant and not subject to withholding. However, at this early stage, there can be no certainty how such Model 2 IGA would modify the application of FATCA to us and/or Third Point Re. An FFI that satisfies the eligibility, information reporting and other requirements of an IGA generally is not subject to the regular FATCA reporting and withholding obligations discussed below. However, there can be no assurance that the government of Bermuda and the United States will enter into an IGA and it is not clear whether and how such IGA would modify the application of FATCA to the Company and/or Third Point Re. As a result, the following discussion assumes that the Company and/or Third Point Re will not be subject to an IGA. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the government of Bermuda and the United States will ultimately sign a Model 2 IGA. As a result, the following discussion assumes that the Company and/or Third Point Re will not be subject to an IGA.

If the Company and/or Third Point Re are treated as FFIs for purposes of FATCA, withholdable payments and passthru payments made to the Company and/or Third Point Re will be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless an agreement with the IRS (an “FFI Agreement”) is in effect, pursuant to which the Company and/or Third Point Re would be required to provide information regarding its U.S. direct or indirect owners and to comply with other reporting, verification, due diligence and other procedures established by the IRS, including a requirement to seek waivers of non-U.S. laws that would prevent the reporting of such information. The IRS may terminate the FFI Agreement if the IRS notifies the Company and/or Third Point Re that it is out of compliance with the FFI Agreement and the Company and/or Third Point Re does not remediate the compliance failure. Even if the Company and Third Point Re are subject to an FFI Agreement, distributions to an investor that are treated as passthru payments generally will be subject to a 30% withholding tax (a) if the investor fails to provide information or take other actions required for the the Company and/or Third Point Re to comply with the FFI Agreement including, in the case of a non-U.S. investor, providing information regarding certain U.S. direct and

 

40


Table of Contents

indirect owners of the investor (and, in certain circumstances, obtaining waivers of non-U.S. law to permit such reporting), or (b) if the investor is an FFI, unless the investor (i) is subject to an FFI Agreement, (ii) establishes that an exemption applies or (iii) is required to comply with FATCA under an applicable IGA.

Under the regulations implementing FATCA, a foreign insurance company (or foreign holding company of an insurance company) that issues or is obligated to make payments with respect to an account is a foreign financial institution. For this purpose, insurance contracts treated as having “cash value” and annuity contracts issued or maintained by a financial institution are considered accounts, and certain term life insurance contracts are not considered accounts. Insurance companies that issue only property and casualty insurance contracts, or that only issue life insurance contracts lacking cash value (or that provide for limited cash value) generally would not be considered FFIs under the final regulations. However, a holding company may be treated as an FFI if it is formed in connection with or availed of by a collective investment vehicle, mutual fund, exchange traded fund, hedge fund, venture capital fund, leveraged buyout fund, or any similar investment vehicle established with an investment strategy of investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets. Moreover, a company may be treated as an FFI if its gross income is primarily attributable to investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets and the entity is managed by an FFI, or the entity functions or holds itself out as an investment vehicle established with an investment strategy of investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets. There can be no certainty as to whether Company and/or Third Point Re will be treated as a “foreign financial institution” under FATCA. Even if the Company and Third Point Re are not treated as FFIs, then depending on whether the shares of the Company is treated as “regularly traded on one or more more established securities markets” under the FATCA rules and whether the income and assets of Third Point Re meet the requirements for the treatment of Third Point Re as an “active NFFE,” withholdable payments to the Company and/or Third Point Re may be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless the Company and/or Third Point Re provide information regarding its U.S. direct or indirect owners.

Potential additional application of the Federal Insurance Excise Tax.

The IRS, in Revenue Ruling 2008-15, has formally announced its position that the U.S. federal insurance excise tax (the “FET”) is applicable (at a 1% rate on premiums) to all reinsurance cessions or retrocessions of risks by non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers to non-U.S. reinsurers where the underlying risks are either (i) risks of a U.S. entity or individual located wholly or partly within the U.S. or (ii) risks of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. which are located within the U.S. (“U.S. Situs Risks”), even if the FET has been paid on prior cessions of the same risks. The legal and jurisdictional basis for, and the method of enforcement of, the IRS’s position is unclear. We have not determined if the FET should be applicable with respect to risks ceded to us by, or by us to, a non-U.S. insurance company. If the FET is applicable, it should apply at a 1% rate on premium for all U.S. Situs Risks ceded to us by a non-U.S. insurance company, or by us to a non-U.S. insurance company, even though the FET also applies at a 1% rate on premium ceded to us with respect to such risks.

Change in United States tax laws may be retroactive and could subject us and/or United States persons who own our shares to United States income taxation on our undistributed earnings.

The tax laws and interpretations thereof regarding whether a company is engaged in a United States trade or business, is a CFC, has related party insurance income or is a PFIC are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the passive foreign investment company rules to an insurance company and the regulations regarding related party insurance income are in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming from the IRS. We are not able to predict if, when or in what form such guidance will be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 31, 2035, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and your investment.

The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda, as amended, has given us an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to us or any of our operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035, except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to any taxes payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. See “Certain Tax Considerations—Bermuda Tax Considerations.” Given the limited duration of the Bermuda Minister of Finance’s assurance, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 31, 2035.

Risks Relating to This Offering and Our Common Shares

Our common shares have no prior public market and the market price of our common shares may be volatile and could decline after this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares, and an active market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We will negotiate the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common shares after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common shares will develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common shares. In addition, the market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our share price are:

 

   

general market conditions;

 

   

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial performance;

 

   

changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts;

 

   

action by institutional shareholders or other large shareholders, including future sales;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

investor perception of us and our industry;

 

   

changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, contracts, acquisitions or strategic partnerships;

 

   

any future sales of our common shares or other securities;

 

   

potential characterization of the Company or Third Point Re as a PFIC;

 

   

regulatory developments; and

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel.

In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the

 

42


Table of Contents

trading price of our common shares. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against such company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Future sales of shares by existing shareholders could cause our share price to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common shares to decline. Based on shares issued and outstanding as of             , 2013, upon completion of this offering, we will have              issued and outstanding common shares of (or              issued and outstanding common shares, assuming exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining              common shares issued and outstanding as of              will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements entered into among us, the underwriters and shareholders holding approximately              of our common shares.             , may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” Upon completion of this offering, we may file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the common shares to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all common shares acquired upon exercise of share options granted under our plans would also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of 11,712,655 common shares are reserved for issuance under our current share incentive plans. As of March 31, 2013, there were share options outstanding which following the completion of this offering will be exercisable (subject to vesting) for 10,666,139 common shares, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, we have reserved for issuance common shares underlying certain warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4,651,163 common shares.

We, our executive officers and shareholders holding approximately              common shares , including              shares held by the selling shareholders, have agreed to a “lock-up,” meaning that, subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor they will sell any shares without the prior consent of             , for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period,              of our common shares will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. See “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of the common shares that may be sold into the public market in the future. In addition, certain of our significant shareholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market following the expiration of the lock-up period. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144A. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common shares could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, existing holders of our common shares have registration rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders in the future. In the event that we register the common shares for the holders of registration rights, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements.

In the future, we may issue additional common shares or other equity or debt securities convertible into common shares in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing shareholders and could cause the trading price of our common shares to decline.

 

43


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage or if one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

If the ownership of our common shares continues to be highly concentrated, it could prevent you and other shareholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Following the completion of this offering, our Founders will beneficially own approximately     % in the aggregate of our issued and outstanding common shares, on an as converted basis after giving effect to the issuance of warrants representing the right to receive 4,069,868 common shares and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, the Founders could exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common shares.

The interests of our existing shareholders may conflict with the interests of our other shareholders. Our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will, among other things, address potential conflicts between a director’s interests and our interests. In addition, we intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that, among other things, requires our employees to avoid actions or relationships that might conflict or appear to conflict with their job responsibilities or our interests and to disclose their outside activities, financial interests or relationships that may present a possible conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict to our general counsel. These corporate governance guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will not, by themselves, prohibit transactions with our Founders.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure and other requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting and other requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We expect to qualify as an emerging growth company upon completion of this offering and will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (b) the last day of our fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (2) have been required to file annual, quarterly and current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for

 

44


Table of Contents

a period of at least 12 calendar months, and (3) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Securities Act of 1934. As a result, we may qualify as an emerging growth company until as late as December 31, 2018.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common shares less attractive if we choose to rely on one or more of these exemptions or if our decision to avail ourselves of the reduced requirements may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result of our decision to utilize one or more of the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and the market price of our common shares may be adversely affected.

Under Section 102(b) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Pursuant to Section 107(b) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, we have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our share price.

We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will impose significant new compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs, including as a result of our engagement of a third party to assist us in developing our internal audit function. These changes will also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff, which may not have prior public company experience or experience working for a newly public company, and on our financial accounting and information systems. We may in the future hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:

 

   

prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other shareholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and NYSE rules;

 

   

define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions; and

 

   

evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

In particular, upon completion of this offering, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-

 

45


Table of Contents

Oxley Act of 2002 unless we choose to utilize the exemption from such attestation requirement available to “emerging growth companies.” As described above, we expect to qualify as an emerging growth company upon completion of this offering and could potentially qualify as an emerging growth company until December 31, 2018. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the NYSE, or other regulatory authorities.

We estimate that the increase in out-of-pocket costs related to being a public company will be approximately $2.5 to $3.0 million per annum. We retained the services of advisors at the beginning of 2012 to assist with preparing for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and to help us develop an internal audit function in anticipation of effecting an initial public offering as required by contractual arrangements with our Founders. Since we have already incurred certain costs related to becoming a public company, the $2.5 to $3.0 million estimated annual additional costs does not reflect the total costs of being a public company.

Investors purchasing common shares in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

The initial public offering price per share will significantly exceed the net tangible book value per share of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, investors purchasing common shares in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $         a share, based on an initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors purchasing common shares in this offering will contribute approximately         % of the total amount we have raised since our inception, but will own only approximately         % of our total common shares immediately following the completion of this offering. In addition, we have issued options and warrants to acquire common shares at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. These options and warrants contain contractual provisions that increase the number of our common shares issuable thereunder depending on the amount of proceeds payable to us in the offering. To the extent outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, or if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing common shares in this offering will experience additional dilution.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.

We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our share capital for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common shares for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in our common shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares.

We may repurchase your common shares without your consent.

Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder to sell to us at fair market value the minimum number of common shares which is necessary to avoid or cure any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders if our board of directors reasonably determines, in good faith, that failure to exercise our option would result in such adverse consequences or treatment.

 

46


Table of Contents

Holders of our shares may have difficulty effecting service of process on us or enforcing judgments against us in the United States.

We are incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda and our business is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets are located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, we have been advised that there is doubt as to whether:

 

   

a holder of our shares would be able to enforce, in the courts of Bermuda, judgments of United States courts against persons who reside in Bermuda based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws;

 

   

a holder of our shares would be able to enforce, in the courts of Bermuda, judgments of United States courts based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws;

 

   

a holder of our shares would be able to bring an original action in the Bermuda courts to enforce liabilities against us or our directors and officers who reside outside the United States based solely upon United States federal securities laws.

Further, we have been advised that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of United States courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of United States courts. Because judgments of United States courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.

U.S. persons who own our shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

The Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act and our bye-laws which differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not discuss all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

Interested Directors : Bermuda law provides that we cannot void any transaction we enter into in which a director has an interest, nor can such director be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing, to the directors. Under Delaware law such transaction would not be voidable if:

 

   

the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests were disclosed or were known to the board of directors and the board of directors had in good faith authorized the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors;

 

   

such material facts were disclosed or were known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction were specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon; or

 

   

the transaction were fair as to the corporation as of the time it was authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, the interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Business Combinations with Large Shareholders or Affiliates : As a Bermuda company, we may enter into business combinations with our large shareholders or affiliates, including mergers, asset sales and other transactions in which a large shareholder or affiliate receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders, without obtaining prior approval from our board of directors or from our shareholders. If we were a Delaware corporation, we would need prior approval from our board of directors or a supermajority of our shareholders to enter into a business combination with an interested

 

47


Table of Contents

shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant Delaware statute. Following this offering, however, we expect that our bye-laws will include a provision restricting business combinations with interested shareholders consistent with the corresponding Delaware statute. See “Description of Share Capital—Certain Bye-laws Provisions—Business Combinations.”

Shareholders’ Suits : The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders in many United States jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of the company to remedy a wrong done to the company where an act is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company, is illegal or would result in the violation of our memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, a court would consider acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the company, against any director or officer for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to stockholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.

Indemnification of Directors : We may indemnify our directors or officers or any person appointed to any committee by the board of directors acting in their capacity as such in relation to any of our affairs for any loss arising or liability attaching to them by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the company other than in respect of his own fraud or dishonesty. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not be opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Provisions in our bye-laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of our shares.

In general, and except as provided under our bye-laws and as provided below, the common shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the shares of a shareholder are treated as “controlled shares” (as determined pursuant to sections 957 and 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of any United States person (that owns shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person will be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder’s voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any direct or indirect shareholder or its affiliates. “Controlled shares” include, among other things, all shares that a U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The amount of any reduction of votes that occurs by operation of the above limitations will generally be reallocated proportionately among our other shareholders whose shares were not “controlled shares” of the 9.5% U.S. Shareholder so long as such reallocation does not cause any person to become a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.

 

48


Table of Contents

Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership.

We are authorized under our bye-laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder’s voting rights are to be reallocated under the bye-laws. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate the shareholder’s voting rights.

Following the offering, our bye-laws may contain provisions that could discourage takeovers and business combinations that our shareholders might consider in their best interests.

In connection with this offering, we intend to seek the consent of our shareholders to amend our bye-laws to include certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring, preventing or rendering more difficult a change in control of us that our shareholders might consider in their best interests.

For example, we anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our bye-laws will be amended to:

 

   

provide the right of shareholders to act by majority written consent for so long as our the Lead Investors and the Loeb Entities collectively hold at least 35% of our issued and outstanding shares;

 

   

establish a classified board of directors;

 

   

require advance notice of shareholders’ proposals in connection with annual general meetings;

 

   

authorize our board to issue “blank cheque” preferred shares;

 

   

prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common shares for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common shares unless board and shareholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition;

 

   

require that directors only be removed from office for cause by majority shareholder vote once the Lead Investors and the Loeb Entities cease to collectively hold at least 35% of our issued and outstanding shares;

 

   

provide that vacancies on the board, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

 

   

allow each of Kelso and Pine Brook to appoint one director for so long as they hold not less than 25% of the number of shares respectively held as of December 22, 2011;

 

   

require a supermajority vote of shareholders to effect certain amendments to our memorandum of association and bye-laws; and

 

   

provide a consent right on the part of Kelso, Pine Brook and Daniel S. Loeb to any amendments to our bye-laws or memorandum of association which would have a material adverse effect on their rights for so long as they hold not less than 25% of the number of shares respectively held as of December 22, 2011.

Any such provision could prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of any of these provisions could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they were viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

 

49


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have developed from independent research firms, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources or our internal data and estimates. Independent research reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, none of the issuer of the securities offered hereby, the selling shareholders or the underwriters have independently verified the data. Our internal data, estimates and forecasts are based on information obtained from our investors, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had such information verified by any independent sources.

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding our industry, business strategy, plans, goals and expectations concerning our market position, international expansion, future operations, margins, profitability, future efficiencies, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. When used in this discussion, the words “may,” “believes,” “intends,” “seeks,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “should,” “assumes,” “continues,” “could,” “will,” “future” and the negative of these or similar terms and phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give you no assurance these expectations will prove to have been correct. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these risks and factors, they include, among others, the following:

 

   

limited historical information about us;

 

   

operational structure currently is being developed;

 

   

fluctuation in results of operations;

 

   

more established competitors;

 

   

losses exceeding reserves;

 

   

downgrades or withdrawal of ratings by rating agencies;

 

   

dependence on key executives;

 

   

dependence on letter of credit facilities that may not be available on commercially acceptable terms;

 

   

potential inability to pay dividends;

 

   

unavailability of capital in the future;

 

   

dependence on clients’ evaluations of risks associated with such clients’ insurance underwriting;

 

   

suspension or revocation of our reinsurance license;

 

   

potentially being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law;

 

   

potential characterization of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and/or Third Point Re as a PFIC;

 

   

dependence on Third Point LLC to implement our investment strategy;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

termination by Third Point LLC of our Investment Management Agreement;

 

   

risks associated with our investment strategy being greater than those faced by competitors;

 

   

increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers affecting our reputation;

 

   

potentially becoming subject to United States federal income taxation;

 

   

potentially becoming subject to U.S. withholding and information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions; and

 

   

other risks and factors listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

In light of these risks, uncertainties and other factors, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might not prove to be accurate and you should not place undue reliance upon them. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $         million. See “Underwriting.”

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the common shares to be sold by the selling shareholders in this offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company, which we estimate will result in additional costs of approximately $2.5 to $3.0 million per annum. We presently intend to contribute substantially all the remaining net proceeds of this offering to our subsidiary Third Point Re’s surplus to increase its underwriting capacity in order to support the growth of our reinsurance premium writings. To the extent that this additional surplus is not immediately needed to pay claims or expenses, it will be invested consistent with past practice pursuant to the terms of our investment management agreement with Third Point LLC. The terms of the agreement among members entered into with our existing shareholders requires that we effect an initial public offering within a contractually specified time period. We are conducting this offering both to raise capital to support the growth of our reinsurance business and to provide a liquidity realization event to our existing shareholders who elect to participate as selling shareholders in this offering. All of our existing shareholders have the contractual right to request the inclusion of shares to be sold on their behalf in this offering pursuant to a registration rights agreement.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        , assuming estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of          shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and the total consideration paid to us by all shareholders by $         million, assuming the initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will vary based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

52


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and for working capital and general corporate purposes. Any payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors then existing, including earnings, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In addition, under the Companies Act, we may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due or that the realized value of our assets would thereafter be less than our liabilities.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an adjusted basis to reflect the sale by us of          common shares in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each $         increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share would increase (decrease) our total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).

 

     As of March 31, 2013  
     Actual     As Adjusted  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 37,739      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ —   (1)     $     

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common shares, $0.10 par value per share, 150,000,000 shares authorized, 78,432,132 shares issued and outstanding actual and                  shares issued and outstanding as adjusted ( 2 )

   $ 7,843      $     

Additional paid-in capital

     764,182     

Retained earnings

     172,701     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     944,726     

Non-controlling interests

     25,932        25,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 970,658      $     

Total capitalization

   $ 970,658      $     

You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(1) We do not currently have any long-term debt. We utilize letters of credit facilities to secure certain reinsurance contract obligations.
(2) Does not include options and warrants held by management, directors, our Founders and Aon.

 

54


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering.

Our shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders as of March 31, 2013 was $944.7 million, or $12.05 per common share, and our pro forma book value per share was $12.05. Pro forma book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders by the number of common shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012.

After giving effect to the sale of common shares sold by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders at March 31, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in book value per share of $         to the existing shareholders and dilution in book value per share of $         to new investors who purchase shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma book value per share as of         , 2013

   $                   

Increase in book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

   $        

Pro forma book value per share after this offering

      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilution of book value per share to new investors

      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us set forth on the front cover of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of          million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all shareholders by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of         , 2013 the total number of common shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering (amounts in thousands, except percentages and per share data):

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

   

 

Total Consideration

   

 

Average
Price
Per Share

 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

               $                      $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $           100   $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The foregoing table does not reflect proceeds to be realized by existing shareholders in connection with the sales by them in this offering, options outstanding under our share option plans or share options to be granted at or after this offering. As of March 31, 2013 we had outstanding options with a weighted average exercise price of $13.20 per share, which following the completion of this offering will be exercisable (subject to vesting) for 10,666,139 common shares; warrants which following the completion of this offering will represent the right to purchase 4,651,163 common shares with an average exercise price of $10.00 per share, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million; and 619,300 exercisable (subject to vesting) restricted shares. As of March 31, 2013, 755,816 shares remained available for grant, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million.

 

55


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth our summary financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the period from October 6, 2011 (which is our incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012. We were capitalized in December 2011 and commenced underwriting operations in January 2012. Because we have a limited operating history, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations for full fiscal years are not yet possible and may not be meaningful in the near future. We derived the financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (which is our incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results, and the unaudited interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2013. You should read the following summary financial data together with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Period from
October 6,
2011 to
December 31,
2011
 
     2013     2012      
     (In thousands, exceptshare and per share data and ratios)  
                          

Selected Statement of Income Data:

        

Gross premiums written

   $ 96,020      $ 92,650      $ 190,374      $ —     

Net premiums earned

     33,541        13,837        96,481     

Net investment income

     80,691        33,848        136,422        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     114,232        47,685        232,903        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     18,638        12,285        80,306        —     

Acquisition costs, net

     13,073        712        24,604        —     

General and administrative expenses

     7,008        4,159        27,376        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     38,719        17,156        132,286        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) including non-controlling interests

     75,513        30,529        100,617        (1,130

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (1,083     (306     (1,216     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 74,430      $ 30,223      $ 99,401      $ (1,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share (1 ) :

        

Basic

   $ 0.95      $ 0.39      $ 1.27      $ (0.01

Diluted

   $ 0.85      $ 0.35      $ 1.14      $ (0.01

Weighted average number of ordinary shares:

        

Basic

     78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132   

Diluted

     87,777,462        85,335,404        87,253,760        78,432,132   

Selected ratios:

        

Property and casualty reinsurance – underwriting ratios (2) :

        

Loss ratio (3)

     57.1     88.8     83.2     n/a   

Acquisition cost ratio (4)

     39.8     5.1     25.5     n/a   

General and administrative expense ratio (5)

     19.1     30.1     26.8     n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined ratio (6)

     116.0     124.0     135.5     n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment return (7)

     8.7%        4.5     17.7     n/a   

 

(1)

Basic earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes the dilutive effect of warrants currently held by the Founders and Aon, which acted as an advisor in connection with our initial capitalization, which following the completion of this offering will represent the right to receive an aggregate of 4,651,165 common shares, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to

 

56


Table of Contents
  us of not less than $215.7 million, and options held by our directors and officers which following the completion of this offering will be exercisable (subject to vesting) for 10,666,139 common shares, assuming that this offering yields net proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million, and 619,300 unvested restricted shares.
(2) Underwriting ratios are for the property and casualty reinsurance segment only. See additional information in Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net by net premiums earned.
(4) Acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs, net by net premiums earned.
(5) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(6) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net, acquisition costs, net and general and administrative expenses, by net premiums earned.
(7) Net investment return represents the return on our investments managed by Third Point LLC, net of fees.

 

     As of
March 31,
2013
    As of December, 31  
       2012     2011  
     (In thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Selected Balance Sheet Data

      

Total investments in securities and commodities

   $ 968,976      $ 937,690      $ —     

Cash and cash equivalents (1 )

     37,739        34,005        603,841   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     90,557        77,627        —     

Securities purchased under an agreement to sell

     38,110        60,408        —     

Reinsurance balances receivable, net

     136,998        84,280        —     

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     53,270        45,383        —     

Total assets

     1,498,197      $
1,402,017
  
  $ 605,263   

Deposit liability (2 )

     51,116        50,446        —     

Unearned premium reserves

     153,878        93,893        —     

Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves

     75,321        67,271        —     

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

     149,071        176,454        —     

Total liabilities

     527,539        473,696        19,838   

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders (3)

     944,726        868,544        585,425   

Non-controlling interests

     25,932        59,777        —     

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 970,658      $ 928,321      $ 585,425   

Book value per share data:

      

Book value per share (4 )

   $ 12.05      $ 11.07      $ 9.73   

Diluted book value per share (5 )

   $ 11.76      $ 10.89      $ 9.73   

Selected ratios:

      

Growth in diluted book value per share (6)

     8.0     11.9     n/a   

Return on beginning shareholders’ equity (7)

     8.6     13.0    
n/a
  

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents consists of cash, cash held with investment managers and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of ninety days or less.
(2) Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts or deposit contracts. During 2012, one contract was deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk and has been accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Using the deposit method of accounting, a deposit liability, rather than written premium, is initially recorded based upon the consideration received less any explicitly identified premiums or fees. In subsequent periods, the deposit liability is adjusted by calculating the effective yield on the deposit to reflect actual payments to date and future expected payments.
(3) Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders and total shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011 is reflected net of subscriptions receivable of $177.5 million in accordance with SEC Regulation S-X.
(4) Book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, by the number of issued and outstanding shares at period end. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Book Value Per Share and Fully Diluted Book Value Per Share.”

 

57


Table of Contents
(5) Diluted book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, and adjusted to include unvested restricted shares and the exercise of all in-the-money options and warrants. For purposes of this calculation, the market share price is assumed to be equal to the fully diluted book value per share. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Book Value Per Share and Fully Diluted Book Value Per Share.”
(6) Growth in diluted book value per share is calculated by taking the change in diluted book value per share divided by the beginning of period diluted book value per share.
(7) Return on beginning shareholders’ equity as presented is a non-GAAP financial measure. Return on beginning shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing net income by the beginning of year total shareholders’ equity. For purposes of determining December 31, 2011 equity, we add back the impact of subscriptions receivable to total shareholders’ equity. Management believes this adjustment more fairly presents the return on equity over the period.

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis is intended to help the reader understand our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources. You should read this discussion in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Our fiscal year ends December 31 and, unless otherwise noted, references to year or fiscal are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Overview

We are a Bermuda-based specialty property and casualty reinsurer with a reinsurance and investment strategy that we believe differentiates us from our competitors. Our objective is to deliver attractive equity returns to shareholders by combining profitable reinsurance underwriting with our investment manager, Third Point LLC’s superior investment management.

We manage our business on the basis of two operating segments: Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. We also have a corporate function that includes our investment results.

Property and Casualty Reinsurance

We provide treaty reinsurance to insurance and reinsurance companies. Treaty reinsurance contracts are contractual arrangements that provide for automatic reinsurance of an agreed upon portion of business written as specified in a reinsurance contract. Contracts can be written on an excess of loss basis or quota share basis, although all contracts written to date have been on a quota share basis. The product lines that we currently underwrite for this operating segment are: property, casualty and specialty.

Insurance float is an important aspect of our property and casualty reinsurance operation. In an insurance or reinsurance operation, float arises because premiums and proceeds associated with deposit accounted reinsurance contracts are collected before losses are paid. In some instances, the interval between premium receipts and loss payments can extend over many years. During this time interval, insurance and reinsurance companies invest the premiums received and generate investment returns. Although float can be calculated using numbers determined under U.S. GAAP, float is a non-GAAP financial measure and, therefore, there is no comparable U.S. GAAP measure.

We believe that our property and casualty reinsurance segment will contribute to our results by both generating underwriting income as well as generating float. In addition, we expect that float will grow over time as our reinsurance operations expand.

Catastrophe Risk Management

In contrast to many reinsurers with whom we compete, we have elected to limit our underwriting of property catastrophe exposures and write excess of loss catastrophe reinsurance exclusively through the

 

59


Table of Contents

Catastrophe Fund, which is a separately capitalized reinsurance fund vehicle. We established on June 15, 2012, the Catastrophe Fund, the Catastrophe Fund Manager and the Catastrophe Reinsurer, in partnership with Hiscox. Our partnership with Hiscox is governed by a shareholders’ agreement that provides for certain matters relating to governance of the Catastrophe Fund Manager and restrictions on transfers of its shares. Our investment in and management of the Catastrophe Fund allow us to provide a product that is critical to most of our reinsurance clients and to earn fee income over time. Because the Catastrophe Fund is capitalized in part by investments from unrelated parties, our financial exposure to the higher volatility and liquidity risks associated with property catastrophe losses is limited to our investment commitment to the Catastrophe Fund, which as of the date hereof was $50.0 million, out of total commitments of $94.7 million. We anticipate that our property catastrophe exposures will consistently remain relatively low when compared to many other reinsurers with whom we compete and there are no additional guarantees or recourse to us beyond this investment.

The Catastrophe Fund Manager is a property catastrophe fund management company, which began writing catastrophe risk through the Catastrophe Fund and related Catastrophe Reinsurer on January 1, 2013. The Catastrophe Fund Manager receives fee income in the form of management fees and performance fees from the Catastrophe Fund. We own 85% of The Catastrophe Fund Manager and Hiscox owns the remaining 15%. We consolidate the Catastrophe Fund Manager’s results in our consolidated Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. results with a non-controlling interest recorded for the 15% Hiscox ownership. The objective of the Catastrophe Fund is to achieve positive uncorrelated investment returns by transacting, through the Catastrophe Reinsurer, in a portfolio of collateralized reinsurance treaties and other insurance-linked securities, including catastrophe bonds and industry loss warranties. The Catastrophe Reinsurer is a Bermuda based special purpose insurer authorized to write collateralized property catastrophe reinsurance business. The Catastrophe Fund Manager owns 100% of the voting, non-participating, common shares of the Catastrophe Reinsurer. The Catastrophe Fund owns 100% of the non-voting participating, preferred shares of the Catastrophe Reinsurer. The Catastrophe Fund, the Catastrophe Fund Manager and the Catastrophe Reinsurer commenced underwriting activity on January 1, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, the Catastrophe Fund had drawn $41.6 million (our share was $22.0 million) with remaining commitments of $53.0 million (our share was $28.0 million) drawn effective April 1, 2013 and June 1, 2013. As a result of our 53% majority interest in the Catastrophe Fund, we were required to consolidate the results of the Catastrophe Fund and the Catastrophe Reinsurer as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The Catastrophe Fund is actively seeking new third party investments and we expect our interest to drop below 50% at some point which would potentially allow us to deconsolidate the Catastrophe Fund and the Catastrophe Reinsurer. Market conditions, however, have been challenging due to the launch in the past year of several similar funds and a resulting drop in catastrophic reinsurance pricing.

Investment Management

Our investment strategy is implemented by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, under a long-term investment management contract. We directly own the investments which are held in a separate account and managed by Third Point LLC on substantially the same basis as Third Point LLC’s main hedge funds .

Limited Operating History and Comparability of Results

We were incorporated on October 6, 2011 and completed our initial capitalization on December 22, 2011. We began underwriting business on January 1, 2012. As a result, we have a limited operating history and are exposed to volatility in our results of operations. Period to period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. In addition, the amount of premiums written may vary from year to year and period to period as a result of several factors, including changes in market conditions and our view of the long-term profit potential of individual lines of business.

Key Performance Indicators

We believe that by combining a disciplined and opportunistic approach to reinsurance underwriting with investment results from the active management of our investment portfolio, we will be able to generate attractive

 

60


Table of Contents

returns to our shareholders. The key financial measures that we believe are meaningful in analyzing our performance are: net underwriting income (loss) for our property and casualty reinsurance segment, combined ratio for our property and casualty reinsurance segment, net investment income, net investment return on investments managed by Third Point LLC, change in fully diluted book value per share and return on beginning shareholders’ equity.

The table below shows the key performance indicators for our consolidated business for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from October 6, 2011, which is our incorporation date, to December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012:

 

    
 
Three Months Ended
March 31
  
  
   
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 
 
  
   
 
 
Period Ended
December 31,
2011
 
 
  
     2013        2012       
     ($ in thousands except percentages and per share amounts)  

Key underwriting metrics for Property and Casualty Reinsurance segment:

        

Net underwriting loss

   $ (5,209   $ (3,319   $ (34,271     n/a   

Combined ratio

     116.0     124.0     135.5     n/a   

Key investment return metrics:

        

Net investment income

   $ 80,691      $ 33,848      $ 136,422        n/a   

Net investment return on investments managed by Third Point LLC

     8.7     4.5     17.7     n/a   

Key shareholders’ value creation metrics:

        

Book value per share

   $ 12.05      $ 10.13      $ 11.07      $ 9.73   

Diluted book value per share

   $ 11.76      $ 10.04      $ 10.89      $ 9.73   

Growth in diluted book value per share

     8.0     3.2     11.9     n/a   

Return on beginning shareholders’ equity

     8.6     5.2     13.0     n/a   

Net Underwriting Income (Loss) for Property and Casualty Reinsurance Segment

One way that we evaluate the performance of our property and casualty reinsurance results is by measuring net underwriting income or losses. We do not measure performance based on the amount of gross premiums written. Net underwriting income or loss is calculated from premiums earned, less net loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses related to the underwriting activities.

Combined Ratio for Property and Casualty Reinsurance Segment

The combined ratio compares the amount of net premiums earned to the amount incurred in claims and underwriting related expenses. This ratio is a key indicator of a reinsurance company’s profitability. It is calculated by dividing premiums earned by the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative operating expenses related to underwriting activities. A combined ratio greater than 100% means that loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses related to underwriting activities exceeded net premiums earned.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income is an important measure that affects overall profitability. Net investment income is affected by the performance of Third Point LLC as our exclusive investment manager and the amount of investable cash, or float, generated by our reinsurance operation. Pursuant to the investment management agreement, Third Point LLC is required to manage our investment portfolio on substantially the same basis as its main hedge funds, subject to certain conditions set forth in our investment guidelines. These conditions include limitations on investing in private securities, a limitation on portfolio leverage, and a limitation on portfolio

 

61


Table of Contents

concentration in individual securities. The investment management agreement allows us to withdraw cash from our investment account with Third Point LLC at any time with three days’ notice to pay claims and with five days’ notice to pay expenses.

We track excess cash flows generated by our property and casualty reinsurance operation, or float, in a separate account which allows us to also track the net investment income generated on the float. We believe that net investment income generated on float is an important consideration in evaluating the overall contribution of our property and casualty reinsurance operation to our consolidated results. It is also explicitly considered as part of the evaluation of management’s performance for purposes of incentive compensation.

Net investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and year ended December 31, 2012 was comprised of the following:

 

       For the Three Months Ended      Year ended  
       March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Net investment income on float

   $ 5,526      $ —         $ 4,901   

Net investment income on capital

     75,072        33,848         131,521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income on investments managed by Third Point LLC

     80,598        33,848         136,422   

Deposit liability investment allocation

     (670     —           —     

Net gain on reinsurance contract derivatives

     763        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 80,691      $ 33,848       $ 136,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Investment Return on investments managed by Third Point LLC

The net investment return is the percentage change in value of a dollar invested over the reporting period on our investment assets managed by Third Point LLC. Net investment return is the key indicator by which we measure the performance of Third Point LLC, our investment manager.

Return on beginning shareholders’ equity

Return on beginning shareholders’ equity as presented is a non-GAAP financial measure. Return on beginning shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing net income by the beginning shareholders equity and is a commonly used calculation to measure profitability. For purposes of this calculation, we add back the impact of subscriptions receivable to total shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011.

Book Value Per Share and Fully Diluted Book Value Per Share

Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, by the number of issued and outstanding shares at any period end. Fully diluted book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, and adjusted to include unvested restricted shares and the exercise of all in-the-money options and warrants. For purposes of this calculation, the market share price is assumed to be equal to the fully diluted book value per share.

Revenues

We derive our revenues from two principal sources:

 

   

premiums from reinsurance on property and casualty reinsurance business assumed; and

 

   

income from investments.

 

62


Table of Contents

Premiums from our property and casualty reinsurance business assumed are directly related to the number, type and pricing of contracts we write. Premiums are earned over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered which is typically 12 to 24 months.

Income from our investments is primarily comprised of interest income, dividends and gains, and net realized and unrealized gains on investment securities included in our investment portfolio.

Expenses

Our expenses consist primarily of the following:

 

   

loss and loss adjustment expenses;

 

   

acquisition costs;

 

   

investment-related expenses; and

 

   

general and administrative expenses.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses are a function of the amount and type of reinsurance contracts we write and of the loss experience of the underlying coverage. Loss and loss adjustment expenses are based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Depending on the nature of the contract, loss and loss adjustment expenses may be paid over a period of years.

Acquisition costs consist primarily of brokerage fees, ceding commissions, premium taxes and other direct expenses that relate to our writing reinsurance contracts and are presented net of commissions ceded under reinsurance contracts. We amortize deferred acquisition costs over the related contract term in the same proportion that the premiums are earned.

Investment-related expenses primarily consist of management and performance fees we pay to our investment manager, Third Point LLC and certain of our Founders, pursuant to the investment management agreement. A 2% management fee calculated on assets under management is paid monthly to Third Point LLC and certain of our Founders, and a performance fee equal to 20% of the net investment income is paid annually to Third Point Advisors LLC (“TPGP”). We include these expenses in net investment income in our consolidated statement of income.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits and related costs, including costs associated with our incentive compensation plan, share compensation expenses, legal and accounting fees, travel and client entertainment, fees relating to our letter of credit facilities, information technology, occupancy and other general operating expenses.

For share option expenses, we calculate compensation cost using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and expense shares options over their vesting period, which is typically five years

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions. We have performed a current assessment of our critical accounting policies in connection with preparing our interim unaudited statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013. We believe that the critical accounting policies set forth in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 continue to describe the significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies pertain to premium recognition, loss and loss adjustment expenses and fair value of financial instruments. If actual events

 

63


Table of Contents

differ significantly from the underlying judgments or estimates used by management in the application of these accounting policies, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Premium Revenue Recognition

We estimate the ultimate premiums for the entire contract period and record this estimate at the inception of the contract. These estimates are based primarily on information in the underlying contracts as well as information provided by the clients or brokers. Premiums written are earned over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that relate to the unexpired term of the contracts in force.

Changes in premium estimates are expected and may result in adjustments in any reporting period. These estimates change over time as additional information regarding the underlying business volume is obtained. Any subsequent adjustments arising on such estimates are recorded in the period in which they are determined. Changes in premium estimates do not necessarily result in a direct impact to net income or shareholders’ equity since changes in premium estimates would generally be offset by pro rata changes in acquisition costs and net loss and loss adjustment expenses.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded $2.1 million of negative premium adjustments, representing 2.3% of gross premiums written, primarily due to lower premium estimates on a crop contract based on more current information by the cedent.

Deferred acquisition costs

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, brokerage and excise taxes that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal reinsurance contracts. These costs are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. We evaluate the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment income is greater than expected future loss and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition costs. If a loss is probable on the unexpired portion of contracts in force, a premium deficiency loss is recognized. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, deferred acquisition costs are fully recoverable and no premium deficiency has been recorded.

Acquisition costs also include profit commissions that are expensed when incurred. Profit commissions are calculated and accrued based on the expected loss experience for contracts and recorded when the current loss estimate indicates that a profit commission is probable under the contract terms. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had not recognized any profit commissions on our contracts.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves

Our reserves for losses and loss expenses include case reserves and reserves for losses incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR reserves”). Case reserves are established for losses that have been reported, but not yet paid, based on loss reports from brokers and ceding companies. IBNR reserves represent the estimated ultimate cost of events that have occurred but have not been reported to us, or specifically identified by us. IBNR reserves are established by management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Inherent in the estimate of ultimate losses and loss expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors that may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate losses and loss expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are recorded in our consolidated income in the period in which they become known.

 

64


Table of Contents

We perform an actuarial projection of our reserves quarterly and have an independent actuarial review performed annually. All reserves are estimated on an individual contract basis; there is no aggregation of contracts for projection of ultimate loss or reserves. The company records the reserve estimates produced by our quarterly actuarial reserves as the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses; there are no adjustments made by management on the calculated reserves.

We initially reserve every individual contract to the expected loss and loss expense ratio in the pricing analysis. As loss information is received from the cedents, we incorporate other actuarial methods in our projection of ultimate losses and, hence, reserves. In our pricing analyses, we typically utilize a significant amount of information unique to the individual client and, when necessary, supplement the analysis with industry data. Industry data primarily takes the form of paid and incurred development patterns from statutory financial statements and statistical agencies.

For our actuarial reserve projections, the relevant information we receive from our reinsurance clients include premium estimates, paid loss and loss adjustment expense and case reserves. We review the data for reasonableness and research any anomalies. On each contract, we compare the expected paid and incurred amounts at each quarter-end with actual amounts reported. We also compare premiums received with projected premium receipts at each quarter end.

There is a time lag between when a covered loss event occurs and when it is actually reported to our cedents. The actuarial methods that we use to estimate losses have been designed to address this lag in loss reporting. There is also a time lag between reinsurance clients paying claims, establishing case reserves and re-estimating their reserves, and notifying us of the payments and/or new or revised case reserves. This reporting lag is typically 60 to 90 days after the end of a reporting period, but can be longer in some cases. We use techniques that adjust for this type of lag. While it would be unusual to have lags that extend beyond 90 days, our actuarial techniques are designed to adjust for such a circumstance.

The principal actuarial methods (and associated key assumptions) we use to perform our quarterly loss reserve analysis may include one or more of the following methods:

A Priori Loss Ratio Method . To estimate ultimate losses under the a priori loss ratio method, we multiply earned premiums by an expected loss ratio. The expected loss ratio is selected as part of the pricing and utilizes individual client data, supplemented by industry data where necessary. This method is often useful when there is limited historical data due to few losses being incurred.

Paid Loss Development Method . This method estimates ultimate losses by calculating past paid loss development factors and applying them to exposure periods with further expected paid loss development. The paid loss development method assumes that losses are paid at a rate consistent with the historical rate of payment. It provides an objective test of reported loss projections because paid losses contain no reserve estimates. For some lines of business, claim payments are made slowly and it may take many years for claims to be fully reported and settled.

Incurred Loss Development Method . This method estimates ultimate losses by using past incurred loss development factors and applying them to exposure periods with further expected incurred loss development. Since incurred losses include payments and case reserves, changes in both of these amounts are incorporated in this method. This approach provides a larger volume of data to estimate ultimate losses than paid loss methods. Thus, incurred loss patterns may be less varied than paid loss patterns, especially for coverages that have historically been paid out over a long period of time but for which claims are incurred relatively early and case loss reserve estimates established.

Bornhuetter-Ferguson Paid and Incurred Loss Methods . These methods are a weighted average of the a priori loss ratio and the relevant development factor method. The weighting between the two methods depends

 

65


Table of Contents

on the maturity of the business. This means that for the more recent years a greater weight is placed on the a priori loss ratio, while for the more mature years a greater weight is placed on the development factor methods. These methods avoid some of the distortions that could result from a large development factor being applied to a small base of paid or incurred losses to calculate ultimate losses. This method will react slowly if actual paid or incurred loss experience develops differently than historical paid or incurred loss experience because of major changes in rate levels, retentions or deductibles, the forms and conditions of coverage, the types of risks covered or a variety of other factors.

IBNR to Outstanding Ratio Method . This method is used in selected cases typically for very mature years that still have open claims. This method assumes that the estimated future loss development is indicated by the current level of case reserves.

Key to the projection of ultimate loss is the amount of credibility or weight assigned to each actuarial method. Each method has advantages and disadvantages, and those can change depending on numerous factors including the reliability of the underlying data. For most actuaries, the selection and weighting of the projection methods is a highly subjective process. In order to achieve a desirable amount of consistency from study to study and between contracts, we have implemented a weighting scheme that incorporates numerous “rules” for the weighting of actuarial methods. These rules attempt to effectively codify the judgmental process used for selecting weights for the various methods. There can be extenuating circumstances where the rules would be modified for a specific reinsurance contract; examples would include a large market event or new information on historical years that may cause us to increase our a priori loss ratio.

As part of our quarterly reserving process, loss-sensitive contingent expenses (e.g., profit commissions, sliding-scale ceding commissions, etc.) are calculated on an individual contract basis. These expense calculations are based on the updated ultimate loss estimates derived from our quarterly reserving process.

Our reserving methodologies use a loss reserving model that calculates a point estimate for our ultimate losses. Although we believe that our assumptions and methodologies are reasonable, we cannot be certain that our ultimate payments will not vary, potentially materially, from the estimates we have made.

As of December 31, 2012, approximately 77.7% of our total IBNR reserves related to our crop book of business; as of March 31, 2013, that percentage had decreased to 41.6% of the total IBNR reserves. Crop is a relatively fast paying line of business with the majority of losses from any underwriting year paying out within nine months after the end of the calendar year.

We do not produce a range of IBNR reserves. However, a 10% increase in IBNR reserves would translate into a 0.7% decrease in total shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2012 and a 0.4% decrease in total shareholders’ equity as of March 31, 2013.

Deposit assets and liabilities

Certain reinsurance contracts are deemed not to transfer sufficient insurance risk in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 944, Financial Services—Insurance and Topic 340-30 Insurance contracts that do not transfer insurance risk , and   are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts or deposit contracts. Using the deposit method of accounting, a deposit liability, rather than written premium, is initially recorded based upon the consideration received less any explicitly identified premiums or fees. In subsequent periods, the deposit liability is adjusted by calculating the effective yield on the deposit to reflect actual payments to date and future expected payments.

Effective October 1, 2012, we entered into a single aggregate excess of loss contract for consideration of $50.0 million. This contract was deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk or timing risk, and has therefore

 

66


Table of Contents

been accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Under the terms of the agreement, we maintain a notional experience account, the value of which is determined by adding premiums to the $50.0 million of consideration less claims paid plus a crediting rate multiplied by the annual starting balance of the notional experience account. The crediting rate varies from a minimum of 3% to a maximum of 6.1%, based on our actual investment returns.

The following table details the deposit liability as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

       March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Initial consideration received

   $ 50,000       $ 50,000   

Net investment income allocation accrued

     1,116         446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 51,116       $ 50,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value measurement

Our investments are managed by Third Point LLC and are carried at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying value of our assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, approximates the fair value presented in the consolidated balance sheet.

Our investment manager Third Point LLC, has a formal valuation policy that sets forth the pricing methodology for investments to be implemented in fair valuing each security in our portfolio. The valuation policy is updated and approved at least on an annual basis by Third Point LLC’s valuation committee (the “Committee”), which is comprised of officers and employees who are senior business management personnel. The Committee meets on a monthly basis. The Committee’s role is to review and verify the propriety and consistency of the valuation methodology to determine the fair value of investments. The Committee also reviews any due diligence performed and approves any changes to current or potential external pricing vendors.

Securities and commodities listed on a national securities or commodities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ are valued at their last sales price as of the last business day of the period. Listed securities with no reported sales on such date and over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities are valued at their last closing bid price if held long by the Company, and last closing ask price if held short by the Company. As of March 31, 2013, securities valued at $308.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $248.4 million), representing 31.8% (December 31, 2012 – 26.5%) of investments in securities and commodities, and $47.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $68.8 million), representing 31.6% (December 31, 2012 – 39.0%) of securities sold, not yet purchased, are valued based on dealer quotes or other quoted market prices for similar securities.

Our derivatives are recorded at fair value. Third Point LLC values exchange-traded derivative contracts at their last sales price on the exchange where it is primarily traded. OTC derivatives, which include swap, option, swaption, and forward currency contracts, are valued by third party sources when available; otherwise, fair values are obtained from counterparty quotes that are based on pricing models that consider the time value of money, volatility, and the current market and contractual prices of the underlying financial instruments.

As an extension of its underwriting activities, the Catastrophe Reinsurer has sold derivative instruments that provide reinsurance-like protection to third parties for specific loss events associated with certain lines of business. These derivatives are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, with the offset recorded in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income. These contracts are valued on the basis of models developed by us.

Our holdings in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are substantially invested in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). The balance of the ABS positions were held in commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and student loan asset-backed securities. All of these classes of ABS are sensitive to changes in interest rates and any resulting change in the rate at which borrowers sell their properties, refinance,

 

67


Table of Contents

or otherwise pre-pay their loans. Investors in these classes of ABS may be exposed to the credit risk of underlying borrowers not being able to make timely payments on loans or the likelihood of borrowers defaulting on their loans. In addition, investors may be exposed to significant market and liquidity risks.

We value investments in investment funds at fair value, which is an amount equal to the sum of the capital accounts in the investment funds generally determined from financial information provided by the investment managers of the investment funds. The resulting net gains or net losses are reflected in our consolidated statement of income.

The fair values of all investments are estimated using prices obtained from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities that we are unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values were estimated using information obtained from Third Point LLC. We perform several processes to ascertain the reasonableness of the valuation of all of our investments comprising our investment portfolio, including securities that are categorized as Level 2 and Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. These processes include (i) obtaining and reviewing weekly and monthly investment portfolio reports from Third Point LLC, (ii) obtaining and reviewing monthly NAV and investment return reports received directly from our third-party fund administrator which are compared to the reports noted in (i), and (iii) weekly update discussions with Third Point LLC regarding the investment portfolio, including, their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside service providers. As of March 31, 2013, the investments for which we did not receive a fair value from a pricing service or broker accounted for less than 1% of our investment portfolio. The actual value at which these securities could actually be sold or settled with a willing buyer or seller may differ from our estimated fair values depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, current and future economic conditions, the quantity sold or settled, the presence of an active market and the availability of a willing buyer or seller.

During the year ended December 31, 2012 and three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no changes in the valuation techniques as it relates to the above.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the closing rates of exchange as of March 31, 2013. Transactions during the period are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. We do not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments, dividends and interest from the fluctuations arising from changes in fair values of securities and derivatives held. Periodic payments received or paid on swap agreements are recorded as realized gain or loss on investment transactions. Such fluctuations are included within net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

Private securities are not registered for public sale and are carried at an estimated fair value at the end of the period, as determined by Third Point LLC. Valuation techniques used by Third Point LLC may include market approach, last transaction analysis, liquidation analysis and/or using discounted cash flow models where the significant inputs could include but are not limited to additional rounds of equity financing, financial metrics such as revenue multiples or price-earnings ratio, discount rates and other factors. In addition, Third Point LLC may employ third party valuation firms to conduct separate valuations of such private securities. The third party valuation firms provide written reports documenting their recommended valuation as of the determination date for the specified investments.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of valuation for private securities, the estimated fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for these investments. As of March 31, 2013, we had $2.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $2.8 million) of private securities fair valued by the Third Point LLC representing less than 1% of total investments in securities and commodities.

U.S. GAAP disclosure requirements establish a framework for measuring fair value, including a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

 

   

Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets/exchanges for identical investments as of the reporting date. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities, commodities, futures and option contracts listed in active markets.

 

68


Table of Contents
   

Level 2 – Pricing inputs other than observable inputs including, but not limited to, prices quoted for similar assets or liabilities in active markets/exchanges or prices quoted for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities traded on non-active exchanges, corporate, sovereign, asset-backed and bank debt securities, forward contracts and certain derivatives.

 

   

Level 3 – Pricing inputs unobservable for the investment and include activities where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs applied in the determination of fair value require significant management judgment and estimation. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include certain corporate and bank debt, private investments and certain derivatives.

Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability including assumptions about risk; for example, the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique used to measure fair value including such a pricing model and/or the risk inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. Inputs may be observable or unobservable.

Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources other than those of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The key inputs for corporate, government and sovereign bond valuation are coupon frequency, coupon rate and underlying bond spread. The key inputs for asset-backed securities are yield, probability of default, loss severity and prepayment.

Key inputs for OTC valuations vary based on the type of underlying security on which the contract was written:

 

   

The key inputs for most OTC option contracts include notional, strike price, maturity, payout structure, current foreign exchange forward and spot rates, current market price of underlying and volatility of underlying.

 

   

The key inputs for most forward contracts include notional, maturity, forward rate, spot rate, various interest rate curves and discount factor.

 

   

The key inputs for swap valuation will vary based on the type of underlying on which the contract was written. Generally, the key inputs for most swap contracts include notional, swap period, fixed rate, credit or interest rate curves, current market or spot price of the underlying and the volatility of the underlying.

Investments

Our investments are classified as “trading securities” and are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings in our consolidated statement of income (loss).

Fair values of our fixed maturity investments are based on quoted market prices, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications and/or internal pricing valuation techniques.

 

69


Table of Contents

Investment transactions are recorded on a trade date basis with balances pending settlement recorded separately in the consolidated balance sheet as receivable for investments sold or payable for investments purchased.

We record security and commodity transactions and related income and expense on a trade-date basis. Realized gains and losses are determined using cost calculated on a specific identification basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Income and expense are recorded on the accrual basis including interest and premiums amortized and discounts accreted.

Share-based compensation

We account for our share plans in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Share Compensation.”

U.S. GAAP requires that share-based compensation transactions be recognized using the fair value of the award at the grant date. We measure compensation for restricted shares based on the price of our common shares at the grant date and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share purchase options at the grant date requires significant estimation and judgment. We use an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value for share purchase options.

For share purchase options issued under the employee stock incentive plan, compensation cost is calculated and expensed over the vesting periods on a graded vesting basis. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions, particularly in relation to the estimation of volatility that requires the most judgment due to our limited operating history, share-based compensation expense, primarily with respect to future share-based awards, could be materially impacted.

We have established a Share Incentive Plan for directors, employees and consultants. The following is a summary as of the date of this prospectus of authorized and granted shares under the Share Incentive Plan:

 

       Exercise
Price
     Authorized      Granted      Aggregate fair
value of
granted options
and shares (1)
 
                          ($ in thousands)  

Management options

   $ 10         6,976,744         6,523,256      
   $ 16         2,325,581         2,174,417      
   $ 20         2,325,581         2,174,417      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        11,627,906         10,872,090       $ 33,297   

Director options

   $ 10         50,848         50,848      
   $ 16         16,950         16,950      
   $ 20         16,950         16,950      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        84,748         84,748         260   

Management restricted shares

     n/a         619,300         619,300         6,193   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,331,954         11,576,138       $ 39,751   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Aggregate fair value of management options granted includes $7.0 million related to management options that have not met the performance condition described below.

In the absence of a public market for our common shares and in light of the proximity of the dates of the grants of incentive options to our initial capitalization, our board of directors, with input from management, estimated the fair value of our common shares on the date of each such grant as being equivalent to the original $10.00 per share price in our initial private placement capitalization.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table provides, by grant date, the number of stock options awarded during the year ended December 31, 2012, the exercise price for each set of grants, the associated estimated fair value of our common stock and the fair value of the option:

 

Grant date

   Options
granted
     Exercise
price
     Fair
value of
common
shares
     Fair
value of
option
 

2/1/2012

     5,651,163       $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 3.73   
     1,883,719       $ 16.00       $ 10.00       $ 2.34   
     1,883,719       $ 20.00       $ 10.00       $ 1.78   

2/13/2012

     348,837       $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 3.73   
     116,279       $ 16.00       $ 10.00       $ 2.34   
     116,279       $ 20.00       $ 10.00       $ 1.78   

2/16/2012

     50,848       $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 3.73   
     16,950       $ 16.00       $ 10.00       $ 2.34   
     16,950       $ 20.00       $ 10.00       $ 1.78   

4/16/2012

     348,837       $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 3.73   
     116,279       $ 16.00       $ 10.00       $ 2.34   
     116,279       $ 20.00       $ 10.00       $ 1.78   

6/4/2012

     174,419       $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 3.73   
     58,140       $ 16.00       $ 10.00       $ 2.34   
     58,140       $ 20.00       $ 10.00       $ 1.78   
  

 

 

          
     10,956,838            
  

 

 

          

There were no stock options awarded during the three months ended March 31, 2013. Our board of directors and management intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the estimated per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

The following table provides, by grant date, the number of restricted share awards for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the estimated fair value of our common stock on the grant date:

 

Grant date

   Restricted
shares
granted
     Fair value of
common
shares
 

2/1/2012

     585,300       $ 10.00   

4/16/2012

     34,000       $ 10.00   
  

 

 

    
     619,300      
  

 

 

    

There were no restricted stock awards granted during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Share based compensation expense of $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (2012—$1.1 million) was included in general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2013, we have $30.7 million of unamortized share compensation expense related to management and director options, including $7.0 million related to management stock options that have not met the performance condition described below.

The vesting of the options issued pursuant to the Share Incentive Plan is subject to satisfaction of both (i) a service condition and (ii) a capital condition. The service condition will be met as to 20% of the options on each of the first five anniversaries of the employee’s first day of employment with us. As of March 31, 2013, we had raised $784.3 million, or 78.4% of $1 billion targeted total capital to be raised, of aggregate consideration from the subscription of shares. Consequently, 8,383,742 of the management options outstanding have met the performance condition as of March 31, 2013 and 2,197,649 of the management options outstanding would be considered exercisable (subject to the service condition) only if the additional capital is raised. We did not

 

71


Table of Contents

consider it probable as of March 31, 2013 that this performance condition would be met; therefore, we have not recorded share compensation expense for these 2,197,649 management options as of March 31, 2013.

The director options contain only a service condition that will be met with respect to 20% of the director options on each of the five anniversary dates following the grant date of the director options.

The Share Incentive Plan’s management and director options activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
options
    Weighted
average exercise
price
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted—employees

     10,872,090        13.20   

Granted—directors

     84,748        13.20   

Forfeited

     —          —     

Exercised

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     10,956,838        13.20   

Granted—employees

     —       

Granted—directors

     —       

Forfeited

     (290,699     13.20   

Exercised

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of March 31, 2013

     10,666,139      $ 13.20   
  

 

 

   

The fair value of stock options issued during 2012 was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The estimated share price used for purposes of determining the fair value of stock options was $10.00 based on the proximity to the $10.00 original offering price per share. The volatility assumption used of 31.25% was based on average estimated volatility of a reinsurance company peer group. The other assumptions used in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 1.9%, expected life of ten years and a 0.0% dividend yield.

The following table summarizes information about our management and director stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2013:

 

       Options outstanding      Options exercisable  

Range of exercise prices

   Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
contractual
life
     Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$10.00

     6,399,685       $ 10.00         8.78         951,329       $ 10.00   

$16.00

     2,133,227       $ 16.00         8.78         317,110       $ 16.00   

$20.00

     2,133,227       $ 20.00         8.78         317,110       $ 20.00   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     10,666,139       $ 13.20         8.78         1,585,549       $ 13.20   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded $1.3 million (2012—$0.8 million) of share compensation expense related to stock options.

Restricted shares vest either ratably or at the end of the required service period and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded $1.8 million (2012—$1.1 million) of share compensation expense related to restricted awards.

 

72


Table of Contents

Restricted share award activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
non-vested
restricted shares
    Weighted
average grant
date fair value
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted

     641,800        10.00   

Forfeited

     (22,500     10.00   

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     619,300        10.00   

Granted

     —       

Forfeited

     —       

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2013

     619,300      $ 10.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrants

We account for certain warrant contracts issued to our Founders and Aon in conjunction with our initial capitalization, and which may be settled by us using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods, in accordance with EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants has been recorded in equity as an addition to additional paid-in capital. The associated cost of these warrants has been recorded as a component of capital raise costs and is included in general and administrative expenses. We use an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value for share purchase warrants issued.

We account for certain warrant contracts issued to an advisor in connection with our initial capitalization, where services have been received by the Company, in part, in exchange for equity instruments, based on the fair value of such services, in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, and ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. The associated cost of these warrants has been recorded as capital raise costs, and are included in additional paid in capital in the consolidated statement of shareholders equity.

Capital raise costs

Capital raise costs of $20.5 million incurred in connection with our initial capitalization through private common share offerings, including placement agent and investment banking fees, legal fees and the fair value of warrants issued to our founders and advisors were deducted from the proceeds of the offering and reported net in shareholders’ equity and the statement of cashflows. Incorporation costs not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses.

Foreign currency transactions

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date and foreign exchange gains and losses, if any, are included in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Taxes and uncertain tax positions

Under current Bermuda law, Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and its Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income or capital gains taxes. In the event that such taxes are imposed, Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries would be exempted from any such taxes until March 2035 pursuant to the Tax Assurance Certificates issued to such entities pursuant to the Bermuda Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we did not have any uncertain tax positions.

 

73


Table of Contents

Non-controlling interests

Third Point Re consolidates the results of entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. We record the portion of shareholders’ equity attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line item within shareholders’ equity of the consolidated balance sheet. We record the portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line within the consolidated statement of income.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes any dilutive effect of outstanding warrants, options and convertible securities such as unvested restricted shares. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents including any dilutive effects of warrants, options and other awards under stock plans. U.S. GAAP requires that unvested share awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid (referred to as ‘‘participating securities”), be included in the number of shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. We treat our unvested restricted stock as participating securities. In the event of a net loss, the participating securities are excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted loss per share.

Subscriptions receivable

In December 2011, we entered into subscription agreements with shareholders to purchase 78,432,132 common shares for $784.3 million. All of the shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of the subscriptions. As of December 31, 2011, we had received $606.8 million resulting in a subscriptions receivable balance of $177.5 million. The remaining subscriptions receivable were received in the first quarter of 2012. In accordance with SEC Regulation S-X, this subscription receivable has been recorded as a reduction in shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Leases

Leases in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized in the consolidated statement of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Comprehensive income (loss)

We have no comprehensive income (loss) other than the net income (loss) disclosed in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Segment information

Under U.S. GAAP, operating segments are based on the internal information that management uses for allocating resources and assessing performance as the source of the our reportable segments. Third Point Re reports two operating segments—Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. We have also identified a corporate function that includes our investment results. For more information, see Note 24 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

74


Table of Contents

Business Outlook

Property and Casualty Reinsurance

The reinsurance markets in which we operate have historically been cyclical. During periods of excess underwriting capacity, as defined by the availability of capital, competition can result in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurers and reinsurer. During periods of reduced underwriting capacity, pricing and policy terms and conditions are generally more favorable for insurers and reinsurer. Historically, underwriting capacity has been impacted by several factors, including industry losses, including the impact of catastrophes, changes in legal and regulatory guidelines, new entrants, investment results including interest rate levels and the credit ratings and financial strength of competitors.

While our management believes that pricing trends for the type of quota share business on which we focus have been relatively stable, there is significant underwriting capacity currently available, and we therefore believe market conditions will remain competitive in the near term. We believe there are several market developments, however, that indicate the potential for improving conditions in the medium term. These include improving pricing in several primary insurance lines of business which historically have flowed through to the reinsurance market, decelerating reserve releases from prior underwriting years, and the rapid decrease in recent periods in yields from the investment portfolios consisting mostly of long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities. These companies are now focused on the need for pricing increases to offset the drop in investment income or on increasing the risk profile of their investment portfolios, which consumes more of their risk capital.

We anticipate that we will continue to see attractive opportunities for the following reasons: Intermediaries and reinsurance buyers are increasingly familiar with Third Point Re, leading to increased submission volume in the lines and types of reinsurance we target. In addition, our primary insurance company clients are growing gross premium primarily through realizing rate increases and, to a lesser extent, expansion of the number of policies they write. As a consequence their need for quota share reinsurance has increased. Finally, the number of distressed situations for which our customized solutions may be helpful appears to be increasing.

Catastrophe Risk Management

We intend to continue to monitor market conditions to participate in future underserved or capacity constrained lines of business as they arise and offer products that we believe will generate favorable returns on equity over the long term. For instance, we believe that market conditions for property catastrophe reinsurance have deteriorated due to the significant influx of capacity from collateralized reinsurance funds and sidecars. The resultant drop in catastrophe pricing impacts us in two ways: First, 36.5% of our property and casualty gross premiums written since inception represented property quota share business, where the clients purchase separate property catastrophe coverage from another reinsurer. To the extent these clients are able to access more attractively priced property catastrophe reinsurance from another reinsurer, the profitability of their underlying business is increased, thereby improving their financial condition and reducing our residual counterparty credit risk. Second, while the expected margins generated by our catastrophe fund are expected to be negatively impacted by decreasing reinsurance pricing, the expected overall impact on our results is tempered by our catastrophe fund’s portfolio construction and focus on smaller, regional companies.

Consolidated Results of Operations—Three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Overview

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we reported net income of $74.4 million, compared to net income of $30.2 million reported for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

75


Table of Contents

Underwriting Results for our Property and Casualty Reinsurance Segment

The net underwriting loss from our property and casualty reinsurance segment for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $5.2 million, compared to a net underwriting loss from our property and casualty reinsurance segment of $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The change was due to several, generally offsetting factors, as follows:

Factors resulting in increases in net underwriting income (decrease in underwriting loss):

 

   

Net premiums earned is a function of the earning of gross premiums written and reinsurance premiums ceded over the last several quarters and, therefore, changes in net premiums earned generally lag quarterly increases and decreases in gross premiums written and reinsurance premiums ceded. The increase in net premiums earned for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily due to the continued expansion of our underwriting and related gross premiums written since our reinsurance operations commenced in January 2012.

Factors resulting in decreases in underwriting income (increase in underwriting loss):

 

   

Net loss and loss adjustment expenses increased compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to the larger in-force underwriting portfolio; however, the net loss and loss expense ratio was lower due to changes in the mix of business. The reinsurance contracts that we write have a wide range of expected loss ratios. The three months ended March 31, 2012 included a higher proportion of net premiums earned related to crop business which is booked at a higher initial loss ratio compared to other property and casualty reinsurance business.

 

   

Acquisition costs and related acquisition cost ratio increased primarily due to changes in the mix of business. The reinsurance contracts that we write have a wide range of acquisition cost ratios. The three months ended March 31, 2012, included a higher proportion of net premiums earned related to one crop contract which had a very low acquisition cost ratio.

 

   

General and administrative expenses increased from $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to increased headcount and related staff costs as we continued to build out our management team and infrastructure over the course of 2012.

Investment Results

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded net investment income of $80.7 million, compared to $33.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The return on investments managed by Third Point LLC was 8.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 4.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in net investment income was primarily due to the higher investment return generated by Third Point LLC during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The equity strategy was the largest contributor to overall investment returns representing approximately 45% of the total return driven primarily by the technology, financial and consumer sectors. In addition, net investment income benefitted from higher average investable assets for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to positive cash flow contributed by our reinsurance operations. Also impacting net investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was an unrealized gain on derivative reinsurance contracts written by the Cat Reinsurer partially offset by the allocation of $0.7 million of investment income related to a deposit accounted reinsurance contract.

All of our investable assets managed by Third Point LLC are held in a separate account and managed under an investment management agreement whereby TP GP, an affiliate of Third Point LLC, has a non-controlling interest in the assets held in the separate account. The value of the non-controlling interest is equal to the amounts invested by TP GP, plus performance fees paid by us to Third Point LLC and TP GP and investment gains and losses thereon.

 

76


Table of Contents

Book Value Per Share

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the book value per share increased by $0.98 per share, or 8.9%, to $12.05 per share from $11.07 per share as of December 31, 2012. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, fully diluted book value per share increased by $0.87 per share, or 8.0%, to $11.76 per share from $10.89 per share as of December 31, 2012. The increase was driven primarily from net income generated in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The growth in fully diluted book value per share was impacted by warrants and share compensation issued to our Founders, employees and an advisor in conjunction with our initial formation and build-out of the management team.

Book value per share as used by our management is a non-GAAP measure, as it is calculated after deducting the impact of non-controlling interests, and adding back subscriptions receivable. Fully diluted book value per share is also a non-GAAP measure and represents book value per share combined with the impact from dilution of all in-the-money share options issued, warrants and unvested restricted shares outstanding as of any period end. We believe that long-term growth in fully diluted book value per share is the most important measure of our financial performance because it allows our management and investors to track over time the value created by the retention of earnings. In addition, we believe this metric is used by investors because it provides a basis for comparison with other companies in our industry that also report a similar measure.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and fully diluted book value per share as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     (In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Basic and fully diluted book value per share numerator:

  

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 970,658       $ 928,321   

Less: Non-controlling interests

     25,932         59,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     944,726         868,544   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

     36,480         36,480   

Effect of dilutive stock options issued to directors and employees

     50,302         51,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fully diluted book value per share numerator:

   $ 1,031,508       $ 956,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and fully diluted book value per share denominator:

     

Issued and outstanding shares

     78,432,132         78,432,132   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

     3,648,006         3,648,006   

Effect of dilutive stock options issued to directors and employees

     5,030,156         5,167,045   

Effect of dilutive restricted shares issued to employees

     619,300         619,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fully diluted book value per share numerator:

     87,729,594         87,866,483   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic book value per share

   $ 12.05       $ 11.07   

Diluted book value per share

   $ 11.76       $ 10.89   

Segment Results—Three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

The determination of our business segments is based on the manner in which our management monitors the performance of our operations. Our business currently comprises two operating segments—Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. We have also identified a corporate function that includes our investment results.

 

77


Table of Contents

Property and Casualty Reinsurance

The Property and Casualty Reinsurance segment provides property, casualty and specialty treaty reinsurance to insurance and reinsurance companies on a worldwide basis. Treaty reinsurance contracts are contractual arrangements that provide for automatic reinsurance of an agreed upon portion of business written as specified in a reinsurance contract. Contracts can be written on an excess of loss basis or quota share basis, although all contracts we have written to date have been on a quota share basis. The product lines that we currently underwrite are property, casualty and specialty.

Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written increased by $0.2 million, or 0.2%, to $92.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $92.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The following table provides a breakdown of our property and casualty reinsurance segment’s gross premiums written by line of business for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Property

   $ 350         0.4   $ —           0.0

Casualty

     52,208         56.2     42,700         46.1

Specialty

     40,313         43.4     49,950         53.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 92,871         100.0   $ 92,650         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change in gross premiums written was driven by:

Factors resulting in increases:

 

   

We wrote $43.2 million of new business in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

   

Contracts that renewed during the three months ended March 31, 2013 resulted in increased premiums of $23.7 million due primarily to an increased line size on one contract.

Factors resulting in decreases:

 

   

Negative premium adjustments relating to the prior year’s contracts were $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to a lower premium estimate on one crop contract based on more current premium information provided by the cedent.

 

   

We did not renew two reinsurance contracts that accounted for approximately $64.7 million of premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Premiums ceded. The $10.0 million of premiums ceded for the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to the purchase of a retrocessional contract relating to certain rules on our crop contract.

Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned increased $18.8 million, or 135.9%, to $32.6 million. Third Point Re began underwriting on January 1, 2012. The three months ended March 31, 2013 reflects net premiums earned on a larger in-force underwriting portfolio compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Net loss and loss expenses. Net loss and loss expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $18.6 million, or 57.1% of net premiums earned, compared to $12.3 million, or 88.8% of net premiums earned, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in the loss ratio was primarily due to a shift in business mix. The reinsurance contracts that we write have a wide range of expected loss ratios. The three months ended March 31, 2012 included a higher proportion of net premiums earned related to crop business, which is booked at a higher initial loss ratio compared to our other property and casualty reinsurance business.

 

78


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we also recorded a $2.4 million decrease in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves primarily due to a decrease in a premium estimate on our crop contract which is currently booked to a greater than 100% loss ratio. These adjustments offset resulting in no net underwriting income impact in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Acquisition costs. Acquisition costs include commissions, brokerage and excise taxes. Acquisition costs are presented net of commissions ceded under reinsurance contracts. Acquisition costs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $13.0 million, or 39.8% of net premiums earned, compared to $0.7 million, or 5.1% of net premiums earned, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The reinsurance contracts that we write have a wide range of acquisition costs. The acquisition cost ratio increased due to a higher proportion of net premiums earned related to property and casualty quota share contracts which generally have a higher acquisition cost ratio. The three months ended March 31, 2012 included a higher proportion of net premiums earned related to one crop contract which had a very low acquisition cost ratio.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $6.2 million, or 19.1% of net premiums earned, compared to $4.2 million, or 30.1% of net premiums earned, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in the general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to an increase in headcount and related staff costs over the comparable prior year period as we have increased our staffing and headcount over the course of 2012. The lower general and administrative ratio is primarily due to higher net premiums earned as a result of having a larger in-force underwriting portfolio compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Catastrophe Risk Management

The Catastrophe Reinsurer wrote no business before January 1, 2013. From January 1, 2013, the underwriting results of the Catastrophe Reinsurer as well as results of the Catastrophe Fund, and the entities for which the Catastrophe Fund Manager underwrites and manages catastrophe risk, are captured in this segment. We are currently required to consolidate the results of the Catastrophe Fund and the Catastrophe Reinsurer with our other operations because we control a majority of the outstanding interests in these entities. However, as an open-ended investment fund, the Catastrophe Fund is continuing to market its interests to third-party investors. We expect that the Catastrophe Fund may achieve levels of third-party investment to potentially allow us to deconsolidate its results during 2013.

Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written were $3.1 million consisting of property catastrophe business written.

Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned was $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Net investment income . Net investment income of $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 consists primarily of net unrealized gain on derivative reinsurance contracts written by the Catastrophe Reinsurer.

Net loss and loss expenses. There were no losses recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to the absence of any property catastrophe losses impacting our contracts.

Acquisition costs. Acquisition costs include commissions, brokerage and excise taxes. Acquisition costs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.1 million, or 9.1% of net premiums earned.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.8 million. General and administrative expenses consist of costs associated with the employee leasing agreement, cat modeling and legal and accounting expenses.

 

79


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations—Year ended December 31, 2012 and Period from October 6, 2011 to December 31, 2011

Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $99.4 million, compared to net loss of $1.1 million reported for the period from October 6, 2011, our date of incorporation, to December 31, 2011.

Underwriting Results

The net underwriting loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $34.3 million. We commenced underwriting activity on January 1, 2012. The key drivers of the underwriting loss recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

   

We incurred a full year of general and administrative expenses, including certain start-up related costs, compared to only a partial year of net premiums earned as our underwriting portfolio continues to increase. Although we would expect modest increases in our general and administrative expenses due to additional staff and professional services, including services required once we become subject to reporting requirements applicable to public companies, we also expect our general and administrative expense ratio to decrease as the net premiums earned on our underwriting portfolio increase.

 

   

We recognized a net underwriting loss of $10.0 million on the sole crop reinsurance contract written, largely due to severe drought conditions impacting most of the United States farm belt. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration reported that 55% of the contiguous United States was under moderate to extreme drought conditions, which was the largest land area in the United States to be affected by a drought since December 1956. The net underwriting loss on our crop contract was partially offset by net underwriting income of $1.6 million on the remaining reinsurance business written.

Investment Results

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded net investment income of $136.4 million, representing a return of 17.7% on our investments managed by Third Point LLC. The performance of our investment portfolio, as managed by Third Point LLC, was driven by positive results across all investment strategies coupled with strong gains in several core holdings, particularly large positions in Greek government bonds and Yahoo! Inc. In August and September of 2012, Third Point LLC purchased the restructured strip of Greek government debt at a significant discount to face value and sold a large portion of the position back to the Greek government in late December 2012, realizing significant returns. The investment in Yahoo! Inc. was prompted by an identification of several key positive catalysts with the potential to unlock substantial shareholder value coupled with a perceived undervaluation of Yahoo! by the market. Both investments appreciated in value considerably by year end and continue to be core positions in our portfolio. Positive performance throughout the first half of 2012 was led by investments in corporate and structured credit instruments. Our equity portfolio boosted gains in the second half of the year as our investment manager increased both gross (or long plus short positions) and net (or long minus short positions) exposure as market conditions improved in the third quarter. Equities accounted for approximately 50% of 2012 overall investment returns driven primarily by the energy, industrials and technology sectors. In addition to positive investments, Third Point LLC successfully employed several process-focused initiatives including increasing concentration in selected positions and lowering the overall number of positions.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net investment income reflected contributions for all of the investment strategies employed by Third Point LLC. Primary contributions included long and short equity, corporate credit, asset-backed securities, and macroeconomic and other positions which contributed $61.5 million, $28.2 million, $18.9 million and $27.8 million, respectively.

 

80


Table of Contents

We were formed on October 6, 2011 and received initial proceeds from our capitalization transactions in December 2011. These proceeds were invested in January 2012. As of December 31, 2011, we held only cash and cash equivalents which did not generate any net investment income for that period.

All of our investable assets are held in a separate account and managed under the Investment Management Agreement whereby TP GP, an affiliate of Third Point LLC, has a minority interest in the assets held in the separate account. The value of the minority interest is equal to the amounts invested by TP GP, plus performance fees paid by us to Third Point LLC and TP GP and investment gains and losses thereon.

Book Value Per Share

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our book value per share increased by $1.35 per share, or 13.8%, to $11.07 per share from $9.73 per share as of December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our fully diluted book value per share increased by $1.16 per share, or 11.9%, to $10.89 per share from $9.73 per share as of December 31, 2011. The growth in fully diluted book value per share was impacted by warrants and share compensation issued to our Founders, employees and an advisor in conjunction with our initial formation and build-out of the management team.

Book value per share as used by our management is a non-GAAP measure, as it is calculated after deducting the impact of non-controlling minority interests, and adding back subscriptions receivable. In addition, fully diluted book value per share is also a non-GAAP measure and represents book value per share combined with the impact from dilution of all in-the-money share options issued, warrants and unvested restricted shares outstanding as of any period end. We believe that long-term growth in fully diluted book value per share is the most important measure of our financial performance because it allows our management and investors to track over time the value created by the retention of earnings. In addition, we believe this metric is used by investors because it provides a basis for comparison with other companies in our industry that also report a similar measure.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and fully diluted book value per share as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

        December 31,
     2012
        December 31,
     2011
 
    (In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Basic and fully diluted book value per share numerator:

   

Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 928,321      $ 585,425   

Less: Non-controlling interests

    59,777        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

    868,544        585,425   

Add: Subscriptions receivable:

    —          177,507   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per share numerator

    868,544        762,932   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

    36,480        —     

Effect of dilutive share options issued to directors and employees

    51,670        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fully diluted book value per share numerator:

  $ 956,694      $ 762,932   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and fully diluted book value per share denominator:

   

Issued and outstanding shares

    78,432,132        78,432,132   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

    3,648,006        —     

Effect of dilutive restricted shares issued to employees

    619,300        —     

Effect of dilutive share options issued to directors and employees

    5,167,045        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fully diluted book value per share numerator:

    87,866,483        78,432,132   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic book value per share

  $ 11.07      $ 9.73   

Fully diluted book value per share

  $ 10.89      $ 9.73   

 

81


Table of Contents

Segment Results—Year ended December 31, 2012 and Period from October 6, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

The determination of our business segments is based on the manner in which our management monitors the performance of our operations. Our business currently comprises two operating segments—Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Property Catastrophe Risk Management. We have also identified a corporate function that includes our investment results.

Property and Casualty Reinsurance

The Property and Casualty Reinsurance segment provides treaty reinsurance to insurance and reinsurance companies on a worldwide basis. Treaty reinsurance contracts are contractual arrangements that provide for automatic reinsurance of an agreed upon portion of business written as specified in a reinsurance contract. Contracts can be written on an excess of loss basis or quota share basis although all contracts written to date have been on a quota share basis. The product lines that we currently underwrite are property, auto, workers compensation and crop quota share contracts.

Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written consisted of $190.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. We commenced underwriting activities on January 1, 2012. The following table provides a breakdown of our property and casualty reinsurance segment’s gross premiums written by line of business for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     ($ in thousands)  

Property

   $ 103,174         54.2

Casualty

     44,700         23.5

Specialty

     42,500         22.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 190,374         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned consisted of $96.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net loss and loss expenses. Net loss and loss expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $80.3 million, or 83.2% of net premiums earned.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $52.1 million, or 54.0% of net premiums earned, of loss and loss adjustment expenses on our sole crop reinsurance contract. This crop reinsurance contract accounted for $10.0 million of net underwriting loss for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Acquisition costs. Acquisition costs include commissions, brokerage and excise taxes. Acquisition costs for the year ended were $24.6 million, or 25.5%, of net premiums earned. The reinsurance contracts that we write have a wide range of acquisition costs. The acquisition cost ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects a high proportion of net premiums earned related to the sole crop reinsurance contract referred to above, which had a very low acquisition cost ratio.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $25.8 million, or 26.8%, of net premiums earned, compared to $1.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in headcount and related staff costs over those incurred during 2011 due to the build-out of the management team and infrastructure over the course of 2012. In addition, the 2011 period reflects only the period from October 6, 2011, our date of incorporation, to December 31, 2011.

 

82


Table of Contents

Catastrophe Risk Management

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Catastrophe Fund Manager incurred $1.5 million of general and administrative expenses including the cost of employees, allocated overhead expenses, the licensing of property catastrophe modeling software and legal expenses. The Catastrophe Reinsurer wrote no business before January 1, 2013. From January 1, 2013, the underwriting results of the Catastrophe Reinsurer as well as results of the Catastrophe Fund, the entities for which the Catastrophe Fund Manager underwrites and manages catastrophe risk, are captured in this segment. We are currently required to consolidate the results of the Catastrophe Fund and the Catastrophe Reinsurer with our other operations because we control a majority of the outstanding interests in these entities. However, as an open-ended investment fund, the Catastrophe Fund is continuing to market its interests to third-party investors. We expect that the Catastrophe Fund may achieve levels of third-party investment to potentially allow us to deconsolidate its results during 2013.

Management and Director Options

The Plan grants an option to employees, including employees of the Catastrophe Fund Manager, and directors to purchase our common shares.

The Plan’s activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
options at
the current
capital level
     Weighted
average exercise
price
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —         $ —     

Granted – employees

     8,526,994         13.20   

Granted – directors

     84,748         13.20   

Forfeited

     —           —     

Exercised

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     8,611,742         13.20   
  

 

 

    

The weighted average fair value of options granted on February 8, 2012 was $3.07 per share. The fair value of each option issued was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The volatility assumption used, of 31.25% was based on average estimated volatility of a reinsurance company peer group. The other assumptions used in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 1.9%, expected life of ten years and a 0.0% dividend yield. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding was 9 years.

Options vest ratably over five years and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. As of December 31, 2012, 583,680 stock options were exercisable. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $4.8 million (2011 – nil) of share compensation expense related to stock options.

Restricted Shares

Restricted shares vest either ratably or at the end of the required service period and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $1.6 million (2011 – nil) of share compensation expense related to restricted awards.

 

83


Table of Contents

Restricted share award activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of non-
vested restricted
shares
    Weighted
average grant
date fair value
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted

     641,800        10.00   

Forfeited

     (22,500     10.00   

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     619,300        10.00   
  

 

 

   

We anticipate increases in general and administrative expenses due to additional staff and professional services, including services that will be required once we become subject to reporting requirements applicable to publicly held companies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our investment portfolio is concentrated in tradeable securities and is valued to market each day. Pursuant to our investment guidelines as specified in our Investment Management Agreement with Third Point LLC, at least 60% of our portfolio must be invested in securities of publicly traded companies and governments of OECD high income countries, asset-backed securities, cash, cash equivalents and gold and other precious metals. We can liquidate all or a portion of our investment portfolio at any time with not less than three days’ notice depending on cash need to pay claims on our reinsurance contracts, and with not less than five days’ notice to pay for expenses or on not less than 30 days’ notice in order to satisfy a requirement of A.M. Best. Since we do not write excess of loss property catastrophe contracts or other types of reinsurance contracts that are typically subject to sudden, acute liquidity demands, we believe the liquidity provided by our investment portfolio will be sufficient to satisfy all liquidity requirements.

 

General

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. is a holding company and has no substantial operations of its own. Its assets consist primarily of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.’s investments in subsidiaries. Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.’s ability to pay dividends or return capital to shareholders will depend upon the availability of dividends or other statutorily permissible distributions from those subsidiaries.

We and our Bermuda subsidiaries are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that affect our and our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends. Under the Companies Act, as amended, a Bermuda company may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only if it has reasonable grounds for believing that it is, or would after the payment, be able to pay its liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of its assets would thereby not be less than its liabilities. Under the Insurance Act, Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin (“MSM”), enhanced capital ratio (“ECR”) or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.

In addition, Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least 2 directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio.

 

84


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Cash Flows

Our cash flows from operations generally represent the difference between: (l) premiums collected and investment earnings realized and (2) losses and loss expenses paid reinsurance purchased an underwriting and other expenses paid. Cash flows from operations may differ substantially from net income. The potential for a large claim under a reinsurance contract means that substantial and unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively short periods of time.

Our sources of funds primarily consist of premiums written, reinsurance recoveries, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments. Cash is used primarily to pay loss and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance premiums, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses and to purchase investments.

Cash flows used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $32.6 million compared to $1.6 million for the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011. Cash flows provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $5.9 million compared to cash flows used in operating activities of $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Cash flows from operating activities generally represent net premiums collected, net investment gains realized less loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses paid.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $766.0 million. Cash flows used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $3.3 million, compared to $748.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The cash flows used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012, reflects the initial investment of our portfolio during the first quarter of 2012.

Cash flows provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $228.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively, compared to $605.4 million for the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 and $158.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of the receipt of subscriptions receivable, net of costs, funds received related to a deposit liability contract and contributions from minority interests. Cash flows from financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 consisted of the receipt of subscriptions receivable, net of costs.

Cash flows from financing activities for the period from October 6, 2011, our date of incorporation, to December 31, 2011 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of shares, net of costs.

For the period from inception until March 31, 2013, we have had sufficient cash flow from proceeds of our initial capitalization and from operations and investments to meet our liquidity requirements. We expect that projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months will be met by our balance of cash, funds generated from underwriting activities, investment income and proceeds of this offering. We may incur indebtedness in the future if we determine that it would be an efficient part of our capital structure.

In addition, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility to execute our strategic objectives. Our ability to generate cash, however, is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash and cash equivalents, investment returns and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing shareholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of additional indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. There is no assurance that we would be able to raise the additional funds on favorable terms or at all.

 

85


Table of Contents

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. The effects of inflation are considered implicitly in pricing our reinsurance contracts through the modeled components such as demand surge. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved.

Cash and restricted cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in banks, cash held with investment managers and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of ninety days or less.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in trust accounts with the Catastrophe Reinsurer securing collateralized reinsurance contracts written as well as cash held with brokers securing letters of credit issued under credit facilities.

Letter of Credit Facilities

As of March 31, 2013, we had entered into the following letter of credit facilities, which automatically renew annually unless terminated by either party in accordance with the required notice period:

 

     Facility      Renewal date      Notice period
(Unused  Facility Portion)
 
     ($ in thousands)  

BNP Paribas

   $ 100,000         February 15, 2014         60 days prior to termination date   

Citibank (1)

     150,000         January 23, 2014         90 days prior to termination date   

J.P. Morgan

     50,000         August 22, 2013         60 days prior to termination date   
  

 

 

       
   $ 300,000         
  

 

 

       

 

  (1) Effective January 1, 2013, the Citibank facility was reduced from $250 million to $150 million.

As of March 31, 2013, $61.0 million (December 31, 2012 – $60.9 million) of letters of credit, representing 20.3% of the total available facilities, had been drawn upon (December 31, 2012 – 15.3% (based on total available facilities of $400 million)).

Under the facilities, we provide collateral that may consist of equity securities, debt securities, restricted cash, and cash and cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2013, total cash and cash equivalents with a fair value of $61.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $64.8 million) were pledged as security against the letters of credit issued. These amounts are included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet. Each of the facilities contain customary events of default and restrictive covenants, including but not limited to, limitations on liens on collateral, transactions with affiliates, mergers and sales of assets, as well as solvency and maintenance of certain minimum pledged equity requirements, A.M. Best Company rating of “A-” or higher, and restricts issuance of any debt without the consent of the letter of credit provider. Additionally, if an event of default exists, as defined in the letter of credit facilities, we will be prohibited from paying dividends. We were in compliance with all of the covenants as of March 31, 2013.

Financial Condition

Shareholders’ equity

As of December 31, 2012, shareholders’ equity was $928.3 million compared to $585.4 million as of December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to the receipt of subscriptions due from shareholders, net income of $99.4 million, and contributions of non-controlling interests of $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

86


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2013, shareholders’ equity was $970.7 million compared to $928.3 million as of December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to net income of $74.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 partially offset by withdrawals of non-controlling interests of $35.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Investments

As of December 31, 2012, total cash and investments at fair market value was $1,049.3 million compared to $603.8 million as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the receipt of the remaining subscriptions receivable during the first quarter of 2012, $136.4 million of net investment income generated for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the generation of $59.0 million of float from our property and casualty reinsurance operation.

As of March 31, 2013, total cash and investments at fair value was $1,097.3 million compared to $1,049.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to net investment income generated for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The following tables present our investments, categorized by the level of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012:

 

    Quoted prices
in active
markets

(Level 1)
    Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
    Total  
    ($ in thousands)  

Assets

 

Equity securities

  $ 496,473      $ 1,699      $ —        $ 498,172   

Private common equity securities

    —          —          2,757        2,757   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equities

    496,473        1,699        2,757        500,929   

Asset-backed securities

    —          191,401        —          191,401   

Bank debts

    —          22,531        54        22,585   

Corporate bonds

    —          56,814        1,046        57,860   

Sovereign debt

    —          7,485        —          7,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    —          278,231        1,100        279,331   

Investment in limited partnership

    —          91,287        —          91,287   

Commodities

    51,093        —          —          51,093   

Options

    3,191        276        —          3,467   

Trade claims

    —          11,583        —          11,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other investments

    54,284        103,146        —          157,430   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    550,757        383,076        3,857        937,690   

Net unrealized gain on derivative contracts

    1,025        24,603        —          25,628   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 551,782      $ 407,679      $ 3,857      $ 963,318   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Equity securities

  $ 104,308      $ —        $ —        $ 104,308   

Sovereign debt

    —          59,918        —          59,918   

Corporate bonds

    —          8,924        —          8,924   

Options

    3,259        45        —          3,304   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities sold, not yet purchased

    107,567        68,887        —          176,454   

Net unrealized loss on derivative contracts

    10        12,982        —          12,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 107,577      $ 81,869      $ —        $ 189,446   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we made no significant reclassifications of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following tables present our investments, categorized by the level of the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2013:

 

     As of March 31, 2013  
     Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other observable
inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets

           

Equity securities

   $ 512,654       $ 1,715       $ —         $ 514,369   

Private common equity securities

     —           —           4,406         4,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equities

     512,654         1,715         4,406         518,775   

Asset-backed securities

     —           217,993         —           217,993   

Bank debts

     —           44,999         —           44,999   

Corporate bonds

     —           63,749         9,354         73,103   

Sovereign debt

     —           3,000         —           3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     —           329,741         9,354         339,095   

Investment in limited partnership

     —           31,720         —           31,720   

Commodities

     44,048         —           —           44,048   

Options

     12,064         2,320         —           14,384   

Trade claims

     —           20,954         —           20,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other investments

     56,112         54,994         —           111,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain on derivative contracts

     —           27,981         763         28,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 568,766       $ 414,431       $ 14,523       $ 997,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Equity securities

   $ 88,850       $ —         $ —         $ 88,850   

Asset-backed securities

     —           509         —           509   

Sovereign debt

     —           37,658         —           37,658   

Corporate bonds

     —           10,682         —           10,682   

Options

     9,787         1,585         —           11,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities sold, not yet purchased

     98,637         50,434         —           149,071   

Net unrealized loss on derivative contracts

     32         11,252         —           11,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 98,669       $ 61,686       $ —         $ 160,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we made no significant reclassifications of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2012:

 

     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5
years
     More than 5
years
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Reserve for losses and loss expenses (1)

   $ 67,271       $ 60,798       $ 5,342       $ 1,131       $ —     

Other operating agreements (2)

     2,179         526         1,653         —           —     

Rental Leases (3)

     1,699         404         1,295         —           —     

Deposit liability (4)

     50,446         —           50,446         —           —     

Remaining capital commitments to the Catastrophe Fund (5)

     28,000         28,000         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 149,595       $ 89,728       $ 58,736       $ 1,131       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

 

(1) We have estimated the expected payout pattern of the reserve for losses and loss expenses by applying estimated payout patterns by contract. The amount and timing of actual loss payments could differ materially from the estimated payouts in the table above. Please refer to Critical Accounting Estimates—Reserve for losses and loss expenses for additional information.
(2) On December 20, 2011, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. acquired from NetJets Sales Inc., two 12.5%, five year, undivided interests in two aircraft. The agreement with NetJets provides for monthly management fees, occupied hourly fees and other fees.
(3) We lease office space at Chesney House in Bermuda. This two year lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2013, with an option to renew for an additional three years.
(4) We entered into an aggregate excess of loss agreement for consideration of $50.0 million. Under the terms of the agreement we maintain a notional experience account, the value of which is determined by adding premiums to the $50.0 million of consideration less claims paid plus a crediting rate multiplied by the annual starting balance of the notional experience account. The crediting rate carries from a minimum of 3% to a maximum of 6.1% based on actual investment returns. For purposes of this contractual obligations table, we have assumed that this contract would settle at its first commutation date at October 1, 2016.
(5) We committed to invest $50 million in the Catastrophe Fund of which we had invested $22.0 million as of December 31, 2012. We received capital call notices to invest $10.2 million and $17.8 million into the Catastrophe Fund which were funded on April 1, 2013 and June 1, 2013, respectively, representing the remainder of our commitment.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, other than those derivatives in our investment portfolio and disclosed in our financial statements, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We believe we are principally exposed to the following types of market risk:

 

   

equity price risk;

 

   

foreign currency risk;

 

   

interest rate risk;

 

   

commodity price risk;

 

   

credit risk; and

 

   

political risk.

Equity Price Risk

Our Investment Manager, Third Point LLC, continually tracks the performance and exposures of our entire investment portfolio, each strategy and sector, and selective individual securities. A particular focus is placed on “beta” exposure, which is the portion of the portfolio that is directly correlated to risks and movements of the equity market as a whole (usually represented by the S&P 500 index) as opposed to idiosyncratic risks and factors associated with a specific position. Further, the performance of our investment portfolio has historically been compared to several market indices, including the S&P 500, CS/Tremont Event Driven Index, HFRI Event Driven Index, and others.

As of March 31, 2013, our investment portfolio included long and short equity securities, along with certain equity-based derivative instruments, the carrying values of which are primarily based on quoted market prices.

 

89


Table of Contents

Generally, market prices of common equity securities are subject to fluctuation, which could cause the amount to be realized upon the closing of the position to differ significantly from their current reported value. This risk is partly mitigated by the presence of both long and short equity securities in our investment portfolio. As of March 31, 2013, a 10% decline in the price of each of these listed equity securities and equity-based derivative instruments, would have resulted in a $49.8 million, or 4.98%, decline in the fair value of our total investment portfolio.

Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical equity price changes are based on numerous assumptions, including the maintenance of the existing level and composition of investment securities and should not be relied on as indicative of future results.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our investment manager continually measures foreign currency exposures and compares current exposures to historical movement within the relevant currencies. Within the typical course of business, Third Point LLC may decide to hedge foreign currency risk within our investment portfolio by using short-term forward contracts; however, from time to time Third Point LLC may determine not to so hedge based on its views of the likely movements of the underlying currency.

As of March 31, 2013, 100% of our reinsurance contracts were denominated in U.S. dollars, and any losses related to these contracts would be paid in U.S. dollars. As such, were not currently exposed to foreign currency risk with regard to our underwriting operations as of March 31, 2013.

We are exposed to foreign currency risk through cash, forwards, options and investments in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency exchange rate risk is the potential for adverse changes in the U.S. dollar value of investments (long and short) and foreign currency derivative instruments, which we employ from both a speculative and risk management perspective, due to a change in the exchange rate of the foreign currency in which cash and financial instruments are denominated. As of March 31, 2013, our total net exposure to foreign denominated securities represented 2.6% of our investment portfolio including cash and cash equivalents, at ($26.5) million. This number was negative due to longer short positions than long positions.

The following table summarizes the net impact that a 10% increase and decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against select foreign currencies would have had on the value of our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2013:

 

     10% increase in U.S.
dollar
    10% decrease in U.S. dollar  
Foreign Currency    Change
in fair
value
    Change in fair
value as % of
investment
portfolio
    Change in
fair value
    Change in fair
value as % of
investment
portfolio
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Euro

   $ (610     -0.06   $ 610        0.06

Japanese Yen

     3,414        0.49     (3,414     -0.49

British Pounds

     (16     0.02     16        -0.02

Other

     (134     -0.01     134        0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,655        0.44   $ (2,655     -0.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical currency price changes are based on numerous assumptions, including the maintenance of the existing level and composition of investment securities denominated in foreign currencies and related foreign currency instruments, and should not be relied on as indicative of future results. We and our investment manager periodically monitor our net exposure to foreign exchange rates and generally do not expect changes in foreign exchange to have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

 

90


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Our investment portfolio includes interest rate sensitive securities, such as corporate and sovereign debt instruments, asset-backed securities (“ABS”), and interest rate options. One key market risk exposure for any debt instrument is interest rate risk. As interest rates rise, the market value of our long fixed-income portfolio falls, and the opposite is also true as interest rates fall. Additionally, some of our corporate and sovereign debt instruments, ABS and derivative investments may also be credit sensitive and their value may indirectly fluctuate with changes in interest rates.

The effects of interest rate movement have historically not had a material impact on the performance of our investment portfolio as managed by Third Point LLC. However, our investment manager monitors the potential effects of interest rate shifts by performing stress tests against the portfolio composition using a proprietary in-house risk system.

The following table summarizes the impact that a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would have on the value of our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2013:

 

     100 basis point increase
in interest rates
    100 basis point decrease
in interest rates
 
     Change in
fair value
    Change in fair
value as % of
investment
portfolio
    Change
in

fair
value
    Change in fair
value as % of
investment
portfolio
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Corporate and Sovereign Debt Instruments

   $ 628        0.06   $ (379     -0.04

Asset Backed Securities (1)

     (10,045     -0.99     10,244        1.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure to interest rate risk

   $ (9,417     -0.92   $ 9,845        0.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes instruments for which durations are available on March 31, 2013. Includes a convexity adjustment if convexity is available. Not included are mortgage hedges which would reduce the impact of rate changes.

For the purposes of the above tables, the hypothetical impact of changes in interest rates on debt instruments, ABS, and interest rate options was determined based on the interest rates and credit spreads applicable to each instrument individually. We and our investment manager periodically monitor our net exposure to interest rate risk and generally do not expect changes in interest rates to have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

Commodity Price Risk

In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC periodically monitors and actively trades to take advantage of, and/or seeks to minimize any damage from, fluctuations in commodity prices. As our investment manager, Third Point LLC may choose to opportunistically make a long or short investment in a commodity or in a security directly impacted by the price of a commodity as a response to market developments.

As of March 31, 2013, our investment portfolio included exposure to changes in commodity prices, through ownership of physical commodities and commodity-linked securities. We purchase such investments from time to time from both a speculative and risk management perspective. Generally, market prices of commodities are subject to fluctuation. As of March 31, 2013, a 10% decline in the price of each of these commodities and commodity-linked securities would have resulted in a $4.0 million, or 0.4%, decline in the fair value of our total investment portfolio.

We and our investment manager periodically monitor our exposure to commodity price fluctuations and generally do not expect changes in commodity prices to have a materially adverse impact on our operations.

 

91


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit risk from our clients relating to balances receivable under our reinsurance contracts, including premiums receivable, and the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations to us. The risk of counterparty default is partially mitigated by the fact that any amount owed to us from a reinsurance counterparty is netted against any claims related losses we would pay in the future. We monitor the collectability of these balances on a regular basis.

Third Point LLC typically performs intensive fundamental analysis on the broader markets, credit spreads, security-specific information, and the underlying issuers of debt securities that are contained in our investment portfolio.

In addition, the securities, commodities, and cash in our investment portfolio are held with several prime brokers, subjecting us to the related credit risk from the possibility that one or more of them may default on their obligations to us. Our investment manager closely and regularly monitors the concentration of credit risk with each broker and if necessary, transfers cash or securities among brokers to diversify and mitigate our credit risk.

Political Risk

We are exposed to political risk to the extent that our investment manager trades securities that are listed on various U.S. and foreign exchanges and markets. The governments in any of these jurisdictions could impose restrictions, regulations or other measures, which may have a material impact on our investment strategy and underwriting operations. We currently do not write political risk coverage on our insurance contracts; however, changes in government laws and regulations may impact our underwriting operations.

In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC routinely monitors and assesses relative levels of risks associated with local political and market conditions and focuses its investments primarily in countries in which it believes the rule of law is respected and followed, thereby affording more predictable outcomes of investments in that country.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2 of our audit consolidated financial statement for the year ended December 31, 2012 for details of recently issued accounting standards.

 

92


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a Bermuda-based property and casualty reinsurer with a reinsurance and investment strategy that we believe differentiates us from our competitors. Our goal is to deliver attractive equity returns to shareholders by combining profitable reinsurance underwriting with the superior investment management provided by Third Point LLC, our investment manager.

Our reinsurance strategy is to be highly opportunistic and disciplined. During periods of extremely competitive or soft reinsurance market conditions we intend to be selective with regard to the amount and type of reinsurance we write and conserve our risk-taking capital for periods when market conditions are more favorable to us from a pricing perspective.

Substantially all of our investable assets are managed by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, which is wholly owned by Daniel S. Loeb, one of our founding shareholders. Third Point LLC is an SEC-registered investment adviser headquartered in New York, managing $13.5 billion in assets as of May 31, 2013. We directly own our investments, which are held in a separate account and managed by Third Point LLC on substantially the same basis as its main hedge funds, including Third Point Partners L.P., the original Third Point LLC hedge fund.

We were incorporated on October 6, 2011 and completed our initial capitalization transaction on December 22, 2011 with $784.3 million of equity capital, and commenced underwriting business on January 1, 2012. In January 2012, we received an A- (Excellent) financial strength rating from A.M. Best.

Our management team is led by John R. Berger, a highly-respected reinsurance industry veteran with over 30 years of experience, the majority of which was spent as the principal executive officer of three successful reinsurance companies. In addition, we have recruited a management team around Mr. Berger that also has significant senior leadership and underwriting experience in the reinsurance industry. We believe that our experience and longstanding relationships with our insurance company clients, senior reinsurance brokers, insurance regulators and credit rating agencies are an important competitive advantage.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated net income of $99.4 million, which represented a return on beginning shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders, adjusted for subscriptions receivable, of 13.0%. For 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, our gross premiums written totaled $190.4 million and $96.0 million, respectively, and earned premiums totaled $96.5 million, respectively. For the same periods our net investment income totaled $136.4 million and $80.7 million, respectively, which represent net returns of 17.7% and 8.7%, respectively, on our investments managed by Third Point LLC. In 2012 our combined ratio was 135.5%, reflecting the impact of high general and administrative expenses relative to earned premiums due to the start-up nature of our business in 2012; a $10.0 million underwriting loss on our sole crop reinsurance contract attributable to the severe drought that impacted most of the U.S. farm belt in 2012; and the fact that this crop contract was our largest contract by earned premium, representing almost half of earned premium for the year. Our combined ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 116.0% due to a significant decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of earned premiums. As of March 31, 2013, we had equity attributable to shareholders of $944.7 million.

Reinsurance Strategy

Our reinsurance strategy is to build a reinsurance portfolio that generates stable underwriting profits, with margins commensurate with the amount of risk assumed, by opportunistically targeting sub-sectors of the market and specific situations where reinsurance capacity and alternatives may be constrained. Our management team has differentiated expertise that allows us to identify profitable reinsurance opportunities. The level of volatility in our reinsurance portfolio will be determined by market conditions but will typically be lower than that of most other reinsurance companies. We manage reinsurance volatility by focusing on lines of business that have historically demonstrated more stable return characteristics, such as limited catastrophe exposed property, which

 

93


Table of Contents

we refer to as “property quota share,” auto, workers compensation and certain segments of crop. These lines of business are often characterized as having exposure to higher frequency and lower severity claims activity. We seek to further manage the volatility of our reinsurance results by writing reinsurance policies on a quota share basis, where we assume an agreed percentage of premiums and losses for a portfolio of insurance policies. We also make use of contractual terms and conditions within our reinsurance contracts that include individual or aggregate loss occurrence limits, which limit the dollar amount of loss that we can incur from a particular occurrence or series of occurrences within the term of a reinsurance contract; loss ratio caps, which limit the maximum loss we can incur pursuant to a contract to a defined loss ratio; sliding scale commissions that vary with accordance to the client’s performance; and sub-limits and exclusions for particular risks not covered by a particular reinsurance contract.

We wrote 11 quota share contracts and one deposit accounted reserve cover during 2012 in our property and casualty reinsurance segment and a further five quota share contracts during the three months ended March 31, 2013, all with underlying U.S. exposure. For the year ended December 31, 2012, three contracts contributed more than 10% of our gross premiums written. These three contracts contributed 22%, 20% and 12% respectively, of total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, two contracts each contributed more than 10% of total gross premiums written. These two contracts each represented 36.5% of total gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As we expand our business over time, we expect that the proportion of total gross premiums written represented by individual contracts will decline. Under current market conditions, we focus primarily on writing quota share agreements pursuant to which we assume an agreed percentage of premiums and losses for portfolio of insurance policies and share that percentage of premiums and losses with the reinsured.

We intend to increase our geographic spread over time by adding reinsurance programs from European, Asian and South American clients; however, we expect that a majority of our reinsurance business will continue to be composed of U.S. exposure. The following table provides a breakdown of gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2013, by line of business:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Gross Premiums Written

   Amount      Percentage
of Total
    Amount      Percentage of
Total
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Property and Casualty Reinsurance Segment

          

Property

   $ 350         0.3   $ 103,174         54.2

Casualty

     52,208         54.4     44,700         23.5

Specialty

     40,313         42.0     42,500         22.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 92,871         96.7   $ 190,374         100.0

Catastrophe Risk Management Segment

     3,149         3.3     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,020         100.0   $ 190,374         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Most of our clients buy reinsurance from us for capital management purposes, primarily to increase their capacity to write insurance premium. The most common form of reinsurance used for this purpose is quota share reinsurance. Many of the clients that buy these contracts are growing as a result of securing primary rate increases and through expansion in the number of policies they write. Because quota share reinsurance typically includes structural and contractual features that limit the amount of risk assumed by the reinsurer, it therefore carries relatively lower expected margins than excess of loss reinsurance and other more volatile forms of reinsurance. During periods of less favorable market conditions, margins on quota share reinsurance written for the capital management purposes of our clients typically remain stable and are sufficient to support our business plan. As market conditions improve, we may expand the lines of business and forms of reinsurance on which we focus to increase our risk-adjusted returns.

We typically write larger customized reinsurance contracts that require significant interaction during the course of negotiations between the customer, intermediaries and our management. Our management team lead

 

94


Table of Contents

underwrites most of the reinsurance contracts we underwrite, meaning that we establish the pricing and terms and conditions of the reinsurance contract, except in certain instances where we will follow terms and conditions established by our competitors if we believe the opportunity meets our return hurdles and helps us balance our reinsurance portfolio.

We track excess cash flows generated by our property and casualty reinsurance operations, or float, in a separate account which allows us to also track the net investment income generated on the float. We believe that net investment income generated on float is an important consideration in evaluating the overall contribution of our property and casualty reinsurance operations to our consolidated results.

In contrast to many reinsurers with whom we compete, we have elected to limit our underwriting of property catastrophe exposures and write excess of loss catastrophe reinsurance exclusively through the Catastrophe Fund, which is a separately capitalized reinsurance fund vehicle. We established the Catastrophe Fund, the Catastrophe Fund Manager and the Catastrophe Reinsurer on June 15, 2012, in partnership with Hiscox. Our investment in and management of the Catastrophe Fund allow us to provide a product that is critical to most of our reinsurance clients and to earn fee income over time. Because the Catastrophe Fund is capitalized in part by investments from unrelated parties, our financial exposure to the higher volatility and liquidity risks associated with property catastrophe losses is limited to our investment commitment to the catastrophe fund, which as of the date hereof was $50 million, out of total commitments of $94.7 million. Until our investment in the Catastrophe Fund drops below 50% of total investment in the Catastrophe Fund, we will consolidate the financial results of the Catastrophe Fund. As there are no additional guarantees or recourse to us beyond this investment, we anticipate that our property catastrophe exposures will consistently remain relatively low when compared to many other reinsurers with whom we compete.

Investment Strategy

Our investment strategy distinguishes us from most other reinsurers, who typically concentrate their investment portfolios on long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities. As implemented by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, our investment strategy is intended to achieve superior risk-adjusted returns by deploying capital in both long and short investments with favorable risk/reward characteristics across select asset classes, sectors and geographies. Third Point LLC identifies investment opportunities via a bottom-up, value-oriented approach to single security analysis supplemented by a top-down view of portfolio risk management. Third Point LLC seeks dislocations in certain areas of the capital markets or in the pricing of particular securities and supplements single security analysis with an approach to portfolio construction that includes sizing each investment based on upside/downside calculations, all with a view towards appropriately positioning and managing overall exposures. Dislocations in capital markets refer to any major movements in prices of the capital markets as a whole, certain segments of the market, or a specific security. If Third Point LLC has what it considers to be a differentiated view from the perceived market sentiment with respect to such movement, Third Point LLC may trade securities in our investment account based on that differentiated view. If the ultimate market reaction with respect to the event or movement ultimately proves to be closer to Third Point LLC’s original viewpoint, we may have investment gains in our investment portfolio as a result of the shift in market sentiment. Through our investment manager, Third Point LLC, we make investments globally, in both developed and emerging markets, in all sectors, and in equity, credit, commodity, currency, options and other instruments.

Third Point LLC has historically favored event-driven situations, in which it believes that a catalyst, either intrinsic or extrinsic, will unlock value or alter the lens through which the greater market values a particular investment. Third Point LLC attempts to apply this event framework to each of its single security investments and this approach informs the timing and risk of each investment. For additional detail regarding Third Point LLC’s investment strategy and event-driven framework utilized in managing our investment portfolio, please refer to the description under “Investments—Investment Strategies.”

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC has the contractual right to manage substantially all of our investable assets pursuant to an investment management agreement that has an initial term expiring on

 

95


Table of Contents

December 22, 2016, subject to automatic renewal for successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties of its intention to terminate at least six months prior to the end of a term. Third Point LLC is required to follow our investment guidelines and to act in a manner that is fair and equitable in allocating investment opportunities to us. However, it is not otherwise restricted with respect to the nature or timing of making investments for our account. Our investment guidelines require Third Point LLC to manage our investment portfolio on a substantially equivalent basis to its main funds; but in any event to keep at least 60% of the investment portfolio in debt and equity securities, cash, cash equivalents or precious metals; limit single position concentration to no more than 15% of the portfolio assets managed; and limit net exposure to no greater than 1.5 times portfolio assets managed for more than 10 trading days in any 30-day period. Net exposure represents the short exposure subtracted from the long exposure in a given category. We have the contractual right to withdraw funds from our managed account to pay claims and expenses as needed. The net increase in the value of our investment portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 17.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 the net increase in the value of our investment portfolio was 8.7% compared to 4.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Third Point Partners L.P., which is Third Point LLC’s oldest fund, has reported a compounded annualized return of approximately 21.0% from its formation in June 1995 through December 31, 2012, and a compounded annual return of 9.7% and 17.7% for the five- and ten-year periods ended December 31, 2012. The following chart sets forth Third Point Partners L.P.’s total return after fees and incentive allocation for each year in the period since inception as measured against various equity and alternative management indices. The linear graph below illustrates the compounded growth of a hypothetical $1,000 investment in Third Point Partners L.P. at inception in June 1995, assuming no redemptions and net of fees and expenses as described below:

 

Historical

Performance of

  Third Point
Partners L.P. (1)(2)(3)   

   

Illustrative Return After Fees, Expenses and Incentive Allocation Since Inception—
Third Point Partners L.P. (2)(3)(4)

2012

     20.96   LOGO

2011

     -0.35  

2010

     41.81  

2009

     38.44  

2008

     -32.75  

2007

     17.31  

2006

     15.03  

2005

     19.51  

2004

     30.36  

2003

     52.02  

2002

     -6.65  

2001

     15.05  

2000

     17.07  

1999

     42.16  

1998

     6.61  

1997

     52.07  

1996

     44.29  

1995

     37.00  
    

 

(1) For 2012, results of Third Point Partners L.P. as reported are higher than results for our managed account due primarily to timing of the initial investment of our portfolio and differences in management and performance fees.
(2) Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. All investments involve risk including the loss of principal.
(3)

The historical performance of Third Point Partners L.P. (i) for the years 2001 through 2012 reflects the total return after incentive allocation for each such year as included in the audited statement of financial condition of Third Point Partners L.P. for those years and (ii) for the years 1995 through 2000 reflects the total return after incentive allocation for each such year as reported by Third Point Partners L.P. Total return after incentive allocation for the years 2001 through 2012 is based on the net asset value for all limited partners of Third Point Partners L.P. taken as a whole, some of whom pay no incentive allocation or management fees, whereas total return after

 

96


Table of Contents
  incentive allocation for the years 1995 through 2000 is based on the net asset value for only those limited partners of Third Point Partners L.P. that paid incentive allocation and management fees. In each case, results are presented net of management fees, brokerage commissions, administrative expenses, and accrued performance allocation, if any, and include the reinvestment of all dividends, interest, and capital gains.
(4) The illustrative return is calculated as a theoretical investment of $1,000 in Third Point Partners, L.P. at inception relative to the same theoretical investment in two hedge fund indices designed to track performance of certain “event-driven” hedge funds over the same period of time. All references to the Dow Jones Credit Suisse HFI Event Driven Index (“DJ-CS HFI”) and HFRI Event-Driven Total Index (“HFRI”) reflect performance calculated through December 31, 2012. The DJ-CS HFI is an asset-weighted index and includes only funds, as opposed to separate accounts. The DJ-CS HFI uses the Dow Jones Credit Suisse database and consists only of event driven funds deemed to be “event-driven” by the index and that have a minimum of $50 million in assets under management, a minimum of a 12-month track record, and audited financial statements. The HFRI consists only of event driven funds with a minimum of $50 million in assets under management or a minimum of a 12-month track record. Both indices state that returns are reported net of all fees and expenses. Please see the glossary included in this prospectus beginning on page G-1 for a description of how these indices are calculated. Although Third Point Partners L.P. has been compared here with the performance of well known and widely recognized indices, the indices have not been selected to represent an appropriate benchmark for Third Point Partners L.P., whose holdings, performance and volatility may differ significantly from the securities that comprise the indices.

Competitive Strengths

Our operations are designed to achieve superior results through a combination of our reinsurance underwriting and our investment management strategies. We believe that our flexible business model has the potential to outperform through both reinsurance and capital markets cycles, which differentiates us from many of the reinsurers with whom we compete:

 

   

Balanced Business Model : Our reinsurance underwriting strategy and portfolio construction and our investment strategy are designed to be complementary and to maximize the risk-taking opportunity set available to us.

 

   

Disciplined and Opportunistic Underwriting Approach : We will focus on reinsurance transactions where we can compete most efficiently through cultivating our relationships with intermediaries and insurance and reinsurance company clients, contributing to our ability to structure the coverage and lead underwrite the terms and conditions of the transactions on which we focus. We intend to manage reinsurance pricing cycles by reducing our risk taking during periods of less favorable market conditions and potentially increasing our risk-taking when conditions improve.

 

   

Differentiated Investment Strategy : Our investment portfolio is managed by our investment manager, Third Point LLC, according to its event-driven opportunistic strategy, which we believe will lead to higher risk-adjusted returns than can be achieved by the portfolios of many of the reinsurers with whom we compete, which are typically concentrated in long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities.

 

   

Experienced Management Team : We have assembled an experienced management team led by industry veteran John Berger. Our management team’s breadth of underwriting experience and strong relationships with key intermediaries and insurance company clients provide access to a significant flow of reinsurance opportunities.

 

   

Strong Balance Sheet : We have a strong balance sheet with no debt, low operating leverage, no legacy liabilities, limited catastrophe exposure and minimal liquidity risk.

 

97


Table of Contents

Market Trends and Opportunities

The reinsurance markets in which we operate have historically been cyclical. During periods of excess underwriting capacity, as defined by the availability of capital, competition can result in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurers and reinsurers. During periods of reduced underwriting capacity, pricing and policy terms and conditions are generally more favorable for insurers and reinsurers. Historically, underwriting capacity has been affected by several factors, including industry losses, the impact of catastrophes, changes in legal and regulatory guidelines, new entrants, investment results (including interest rate levels) and the credit ratings and financial strength of competitors.

While our management believes that pricing trends for the type of quota share business on which we focus have been relatively stable, there is significant underwriting capacity currently available, and we therefore believe market conditions will remain competitive in the near term. We believe there are several market developments, however, that indicate the potential for improving conditions in the medium term. These include improving pricing in several primary insurance lines of business which historically have flowed through to the reinsurance market, decelerating reserve releases from prior underwriting years, and the rapid decrease in recent periods in yields from the investment portfolios consisting mostly of long-only, investment grade, shorter-term, fixed income securities. These companies are now focused on the need for pricing increases to offset the drop in investment income or on increasing the risk profile of their investment portfolios, which consumes more of their risk capital.

We anticipate that we will continue to see attractive opportunities for the following reasons: Intermediaries and reinsurance buyers are increasingly familiar with Third Point Re, leading to increased submission volume in the lines and types of reinsurance we target; our primary insurance company clients are growing gross premium primarily through realizing rate increases and, to a lesser extent adding to the number of policies they write and consequently increasing their need for quota share reinsurance; and the number of distressed situations for which our customized solutions may be helpful appears to be increasing.

We intend to continue to monitor market conditions to participate in future underserved or capacity constrained lines of business as they arise and offer products that we believe will generate favorable returns on equity over the long term. For instance, we recently reinsured certain obligations of a U.S. mortgage insurance company with respect to newly originated residential mortgages. The U.S. mortgage market suffered severe dislocation during the financial crisis of 2008 and as a result, mortgage insurers suffered severe losses and several needed to increase their capital both by means of new equity issuances and buying increased amounts of reinsurance. At the same time, we believe that the quality of the mortgages that mortgage insurers now insure has greatly improved due to more rigorous lending standards imposed by banks and other industry participants. We believe this recent transaction presented an attractive opportunity because of the improved quality of newly originated mortgages, the underlying risk of the reinsurance contract, and the recapitalization of the mortgage insurer, which eliminated most of the residual servicer performance risk.

We also believe that the increasingly competitive market conditions in the property catastrophe reinsurance market due to an influx of capacity from collateralized reinsurance funds and separately capitalized reinsurance vehicles managed by traditional reinsurance companies, which are often termed “sidecars,” has affected business opportunities available to us in two ways: First, over 36.5% of our property and casualty gross premiums written since inception represented property quota share business, where the clients purchase separate catastrophe coverage from another reinsurer. To the extent these clients are able to access more attractively priced catastrophe reinsurance from another reinsurer, the profitability of their underlying business is increased, thereby improving their financial condition and reducing our residual credit risk. Second, while the expected margins generated by our catastrophe fund are expected to be negatively impacted by decreasing reinsurance pricing, the expected overall impact on our results is tempered by our catastrophe fund’s portfolio construction and focus on smaller, regional companies. These companies may have more limited access to collateralized reinsurance funds because of the size of their reinsurance programs and tend to favor reinsurance providers with whom they have had a long term relationship.

 

98


Table of Contents

Plan of Operation

Our plan of operation for the remainder of 2013 and the first six months of 2014 is to:

 

   

continue to pursue profitable reinsurance underwriting opportunities;

 

   

continue to invest of substantially all of our investable assets with our investment manager, Third Point LLC; and

 

   

conserve our risk-taking capital for periods when market conditions are more favorable to us from a pricing perspective

We believe cash flows from our reinsurance operations, investment income and proceeds of this offering will satisfy cash requirements for the foreseeable future and do not expect that it will be necessary to raise additional funds to meet operating expenses during the next six months.

Property and Casualty Segment Products

Our underwriting team has extensive experience in underwriting in all forms of property and casualty reinsurance products. As of March 31, 2013, we had written 16 quota share treaties in our property and casualty reinsurance segment that covered risks for U.S. based exposures. In the current market, which we categorize as being highly competitive, our focus will continue to be on property quota share treaties that offer stable returns. We have also considered and written programs such as loss portfolio transfers where we are able to leverage our investment capabilities. During periods of less favorable market conditions, margins on quota share reinsurance written for the capital management purposes of our clients typically remain stable and are sufficient to support our business plan. As market conditions improve, we may expand the lines of business and forms of reinsurance on which we focus to increase our risk-adjusted returns.

While we expect to establish a diversified portfolio, our allocation of risk will vary based on our perception of the opportunities available in each line of business. Moreover, our focus on certain lines will fluctuate based upon market conditions and we may only offer or underwrite a limited range of lines in any given period. We intend to:

 

   

target markets where capacity and alternatives are underserved or capacity constrained;

 

   

employ strict underwriting discipline;

 

   

select reinsurance opportunities with favorable economics over the life of the contract; and

 

   

potentially offer lines that are not identified in this prospectus.

Through March 31, 2013, we bound the following lines of business:

Personal Automobile Insurance. Personal automobile insurance is purchased for individually owned or leased cars designed to provide the insured with financial protection against bodily injury or physical damage resulting from traffic accidents and against liability that could arise from such occurrences. In addition, automobile insurance may offer financial protection against theft or damage of the vehicle from incidents other than collisions. Each state has different rules and regulations in place for compulsory coverage and the specific terms of automobile insurance policies will vary from company to company. Third Point Re generally focuses on providing proportional reinsurance to small, single state and regional carriers that specialize in minimum financial responsibility limits required by their respective states. This business is often referred to as “non-standard” automobile business and was historically overlooked by standard markets. More recently, however, standard companies have expanded their appetite for such business and it is written by a broad range of carriers.

Workers Compensation Insurance . Workers compensation insurance provides wage replacement and medical benefits to employees injured in the course of employment in exchange for the mandatory relinquishment of the employee’s right to sue the employer for negligence. While plans differ among

 

99


Table of Contents

jurisdictions, provisions can be made for payments in place of wages (functioning as a form of disability insurance), compensation for economic loss (past and future), reimbursement or payment of medical and like expenses (functioning as a form of health insurance), and benefits payable to dependents of workers killed during employment (functioning as a form of life reinsurance). General damages for pain and suffering and punitive damages for employer negligence are not generally available in workers compensation plans. Our approach to workers compensation is very selective and targets insurance companies that are very specialized within the workers compensation line and geographically focused. We limit the volatility and tail of this line of business by capping our per occurrence exposures.

Homeowners’ Insurance. Homeowners’ insurance coverage combines various personal insurance protections, which can include losses occurring to one’s home, their contents, loss of use (including additional living expenses), or loss of other personal possessions of the homeowner, as well as liability insurance for accidents that may happen at covered homes or at the hands of the homeowners. Third Point Re provides quota share reinsurance which limits the amount of catastrophic losses that can be recovered; in many cases, hurricanes and other serious natural events are excluded totally. There are also often other loss sensitive features that vary the cost of the reinsurance as results improve or deteriorate, buffering the potential volatility to us.

Crop Insurance . Crop insurance on growing crops in the United States provides protection to farmers for crop losses caused by weather, disease, and insects. Two types of policies are available. Multiple peril crop insurance, or MPCI, is subsidized by the U.S. Department of Agriculture and covers a most natural perils. Additionally, farmers can purchase single peril policies such as hail insurance. These products are not subsidized and the farmer pays the entire premium. Other single peril policies cover the perils such as wind, freeze, and excess rain. We predominantly support MPCI business. As of March 31, 2013 the majority of our portfolio is multiple-peril and written on a quota share basis.

Marketing

We expect that the majority of our business will be sourced through reinsurance brokers. Brokerage distribution channels provide us with access to an efficient, variable cost, and global distribution system without the significant time and expense that would be incurred in creating a wholly-owned distribution network. We believe that our financial strength rating, unencumbered balance sheet, well known and respected management team, and responsive client service are enhancing our working relationships with clients and brokers.

Our objective is to build long-term relationships with senior individuals at reinsurance brokers, and with our clients. We meet frequently in Bermuda and London with brokers and senior representatives of clients and prospective clients, and encourage client visits to our executive offices in Bermuda in order to help distinguish us and to develop mutually beneficial understandings of our respective businesses. We believe that by leveraging the underwriting experience and relationships of our management team, we have transferred and expanded on pre-existing relationships, as evidenced by rates of submission flow, open dialogue, and successful closing of targeted accounts. Reinsurance brokers receive a brokerage commission that is usually a percentage of gross premiums written. They are typically paid only if a placement is completed. We seek to become the first choice of brokers and clients by providing:

 

   

creative solutions that address the specific business needs of our clients;

 

   

rapid and substantive responses to structuring and pricing quote requests;

 

   

financial security; and

 

   

clear indication of risks we will and will not underwrite.

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our premiums written by brokers or placed directly as of the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
    Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Premiums written     % of Total     Premiums written      % of Total  
     (dollars in thousands, except percentages)  

Name of Broker/Direct Placement

         

Guy Carpenter & Company, LLC.

   $ 1,564        1.6   $ 65,072         34.2

Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC

     (640     (0.7 )%      22,473         11.8

Aon Benfield—a division of Aon plc

     49,904        52.0     22,000         11.6

Validus Reinsurance Ltd*

     35,000        36.5               

James River Insurance Company*

     (2,900     (3.0 )%      42,500         22.3

Other

     13,092        13.6     38,329         20.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,020        100.0   $ 190,374         100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Direct placement

We believe that the number of brokers with whom we do business will expand over time, and by maintaining close working relationships with brokers who have completed at least one transaction with us we are able to increase our chances of successfully growing our account and accessing a broader range of potential clients.

Underwriting

We have established a senior team of underwriters and actuaries to develop and manage our reinsurance business. We believe that their experience, industry presence, and long-standing relationships will allow us to tailor our portfolio to specific market segments. Our approach to underwriting will allow us to deploy our capital in a variety of lines of business and to capitalize on opportunities that we believe offer favorable returns on equity over the long term. Our underwriters and actuaries have expertise in a number of lines of business and we will also look to outside consultants to help us with niche areas of expertise when we deem it appropriate. From time to time, we may consider investment income in our underwriting and pricing of a particular transaction.

We generally apply the following underwriting management principles:

Team Approach

Each submission is assigned to an underwriter. If the program meets our underwriting criteria, the actuarial team is invited into the analysis process. The underwriter and actuary work in concert to evaluate the opportunity, determine the optimal structure, and price the deal. When capital is committed to any transaction, the evaluation team creates a deal analysis memorandum that highlights the key components of the proposed transaction and presents the proposed transaction to a senior group of staff including the Chief Underwriting Officer and representatives of the underwriting, actuarial and finance teams. This group must agree that the transaction meets or exceeds our profitability requirements before we submit a binding proposal. Our Chief Underwriting Officer maintains the exclusive ultimate authority to bind contracts.

Actuarial Pricing

We have developed proprietary actuarial models and also use several commercially available tools to assist in pricing our business. Our analysis considers the data and information provided by the potential cedent as well as relevant industry data, where appropriate. We use this cedent specific and industry data to develop our own point estimate of the expected losses under each potential contract. We also use a stochastic model to simulate a distribution of potential loss outcomes and the impact of any contractual features that may exist such as sliding scale ceding commissions or profit commissions.

 

101


Table of Contents

One of the key metrics that we consider as a result of this process is the expected combined ratio on a particular transaction. We also consider the projected outcomes at various percentiles, with a specific focus on outcomes in the tail. As a part of this process, we also specifically test each transaction to determine if there is sufficient risk transfer to qualify for reinsurance accounting. The results of this pricing process are shared with the underwriter on a contract, and if a deal is bound summary exhibits are attached to a memo summarizing the actuarial pricing analysis that was performed.

Act as Lead Underwriter

Typically, one or two reinsurers will act as the lead or co-lead markets in developing and negotiating treaty pricing, terms and conditions of reinsurance contracts. We act as the lead underwriter for the majority of the premium that we underwrite. We believe that lead underwriting is a critically important factor in achieving long-term success, as lead underwriters have greater control of overall economics of their programs. In addition, we believe that reinsurers that lead policies are generally solicited for a broader range of business and have greater access to attractive risks.

Alignment of Interests

We seek to ensure that every contract we underwrite aligns our interests with our client’s interest. Specifically, we may seek to:

 

   

Require our clients to maintain a meaningful risk position in their business.

 

   

pay our clients a commission based upon actual expenses and offer an additional commission as an incentive based upon profitability

 

   

include deficit carry-forward provisions in our contracts which allows us to potentially offset underwriting losses from one year to the next.

 

   

charge the client a premium for reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage to the full amount reduced as a result of a reinsurance loss payment, which we refer to as a reinstatement premium.

We believe these tools help us align our risk with the risk of the client and provide incentive to clients to manage our mutual interests. We also believe that aligning our interests with our client’s interests promotes profitability, accurate reporting of information, timely settling and management of claims, and limits the potential for disputes. Adjustments to profit commissions and other participating features would be recorded in our financial statements based on the ultimate loss ratio pick, which refers to an underwriter’s or actuary’s estimation of future losses based on past losses, and the contractual provisions of the reinsurance contract.

During the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period ended March 31, 2013, losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred totaled $80.3 million and $18.6 million, respectively. Subsequent adjustments to our loss reserves for these contracts may result in corresponding adjustments to profit commission and other participating features based upon the structure of the contract, the level of losses accounted for in our financial statements and the timing of the subsequent changes. As part of our quarterly reserving process, profit commissions and other participating features are calculated on an individual contract basis. Profit commissions and other participating features are considered probable when our actuarial loss estimate results in estimated profit commission based on the terms of the contract. As of March 31, 2013 we have not recognized any profit commissions on our contracts.

Underwriting Operations

We currently have three senior executives that comprise our Underwriting Team. The team consists of our Chief Executive Officer/Chief Underwriting Officer and two Executive Vice Presidents. All three underwriters have in excess of 30 years of experience in the reinsurance business. The two Executive Vice Presidents have

 

102


Table of Contents

held the Chief Executive Officer position in former companies. All underwriting activity is performed in Bermuda. The Chief Underwriting Officer has exclusive authority to bind Third Point Re to risk.

Detailed Underwriting Diligence

We employ selective underwriting criteria in the contracts we choose to underwrite and spend a significant amount of time with our clients and brokers to understand the risks and appropriately structure the contracts. We usually obtain significant amounts of data from our clients to conduct a thorough actuarial modeling analysis. As part of our pricing and underwriting process, we assess among other factors:

 

   

the client’s and industry historical loss data and current market conditions;

 

   

the business purpose served by a proposed contract;

 

   

the client’s pricing and underwriting strategies;

 

   

the expected duration for claims to fully develop;

 

   

the geographic areas in which the client is doing business and its market share;

 

   

the reputation and financial strength of the client;

 

   

the reputation and expertise of the broker;

 

   

proposed contract terms and conditions; and

 

   

reports provided by independent industry specialists.

Retrocessional Coverage

Retrocessional coverage consists of reinsurance purchased to cover a portion of the risks that we reinsure on behalf of our clients. While we did not purchase retrocessional coverage in 2012, we began doing so in the first half of 2013 and we will continue to do so in the future. From time to time, we consider purchases of retrocessional coverage for one or more of the following reasons: to manage our overall exposure, to reduce our net liability on individual risks, to obtain additional underwriting capacity and to balance our underwriting portfolio. Additionally, retrocession can be used as a mechanism to share the risks and rewards of business written and therefore can be used as a tool to align our interests with those of our counterparties. We currently have coverage that provides for recovery of a portion of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred on one crop contract. Loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable from the retrocessionaires are recorded as assets. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred reported on our consolidated statement of income are net of loss and loss expenses recovered of $2.1 million. Retrocession contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to the insureds. Failure of retrocessionaires to honor their obligations could result in losses to us. As of March 31, 2013, we had loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable of $2.1 million with one retrocessionaire who was rated “A (Excellent)” by A.M. Best. We regularly evaluate the financial condition of our retrocessionaires to assess the ability of the retrocessionaires to honor their obligations.

Claims Management

As all of our in force contracts are quota share agreements, our claims management process begins upon receipt of reports from our clients. These statements are reviewed on an individual basis, evaluated against company expectations and catalogued in our management system for portfolio analysis and reporting purposes. In addition to analyzing report statements and results, claims audits are performed on specific contracts based on results and management direction to ensure the clients are reporting and reserving their claims accurately and appropriately.

Our team and infrastructure also has the capability and experience to manage excess of loss claims if we determine to underwrite business on that basis in the future.

 

103


Table of Contents

Reserves

On a quarterly basis, our actuaries produce an actuarial central estimate of the gross and net loss reserves for all contracts bound as of the evaluation date. The reserves are calculated on an undiscounted basis with regards to future investment income. The projections also include estimates of loss-sensitive contingent times such as profit commissions and sliding scale ceding commissions. All calculations are done on a contract-by-contract basis and reflect the most recent premium and loss information provided by our cedents.

In estimating our reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, it is necessary to project future loss and loss adjustment expense payments. It is certain that actual future losses and loss adjustment expenses will not develop exactly as projected and may, in fact, significantly vary from the projections. Further, the projections make no provision for extraordinary future emergence of new classes of losses or types of losses not sufficiently represented in our or the applicable cedent’s historical database or which are not yet quantifiable.

Collateral Arrangement/ Letter of Credit Facility

We are not licensed or admitted as an insurer in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Many jurisdictions such as the United States do not permit clients to take credit for reinsurance on their statutory financial statements if such reinsurance is obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers without appropriate collateral. As a result, we anticipate that all of our U.S. clients and a portion of our non-U.S. clients will require us to provide collateral for the contracts we bind with them. We expect this collateral to take the form of funds withheld, trust arrangements or letters of credit. We had in place letter of credit facilities from Citibank, N.A., BNP Paribas and J.P. Morgan in a maximum aggregate amount of $300 million, as of March 31, 2013 and had have issued letters of credit totaling $61.0 million in favor of clients. The failure to maintain, replace or increase our letter of credit facility on commercially acceptable terms may significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our failure to obtain sufficient letter of credit facilities or to increase our letter of credit capacity on commercially acceptable terms as we grow could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy.”

Competition

The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We expect to compete with major reinsurers, most of which are well established, have a significant operating histories and strong financial strength ratings and have developed long-standing client relationships.

Although we seek to provide coverage where capacity and alternatives are limited, we directly compete with larger companies due to the breadth of their coverage across the property and casualty market in substantially all lines of business. We also compete with smaller companies and other niche reinsurers from time to time.

While we have a limited operating history, we believe that our unique approach to underwriting and broad relationships will allow us to be successful in underwriting transactions against more established competitors.

Risk Management

We have developed a comprehensive risk management strategy that is governed by an articulated vision of risk appetite and control that is conveyed throughout the organization and measured in a transparent and consistent manner. Our risk management strategy, metrics and progress is summarized in a report that is presented to the board of directors on a quarterly basis. Our internal capital model incorporates statistics from the pricing, reserving and investment processes to produce an estimate of the amount of capital used at set points in time (e.g., each quarter-end) as well as the overall variability in the prospective financial results. We work closely with the risk management personnel of Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, to measure and report the variability of our investment portfolio. We also monitor the contractual exposure to catastrophic losses as aggregated across all bound reinsurance contracts.

 

104


Table of Contents

Catastrophe Risk Management

Our goal is to build a fund management business that ultimately offers investors a diverse range of products tied to the performance of catastrophe reinsurance risk. Catastrophe reinsurance is an asset class that has historically provided uncorrelated, attractive returns with relatively low volatility. The investor base has grown considerably since 2006, and now includes pension funds, endowments and foundations and family offices.

Our fund management business combines a world-class team and platform with deal flow partly sourced through a partnership with global reinsurer Hiscox Ltd. Each potential transaction is underwritten and modeled by a dedicated team with significant experience in a wide range of reinsurance transactions including traditional reinsurance, retrocession, catastrophe bonds and indexed instruments. We use third-party catastrophe models and portfolio management tools to evaluate the suitability of each deal, and all transactions must be reviewed and approved by our Chief Risk Officer and our Chief Underwriting Officer.

The Catastrophe Fund is an open-ended fund providing exposure to a diversified portfolio of peak zone natural catastrophe risk. The Catastrophe Fund seeks return through a unique portfolio construction that limits exposure to any single peril or region. The Catastrophe Fund was launched on January 1, 2013.

Ratings

We currently have an A- (Excellent) financial strength rating with a stable outlook from A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of 15 ratings. We believe that a strong rating is an important factor in the marketing of reinsurance products to clients and brokers. This rating reflects the rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet obligations. It is not an evaluation directed toward the protection of investors or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our common shares.

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement

On December 22, 2011, we entered into the investment management agreement with Third Point LLC, Third Point Re, and TP GP (Third Point Re and TP GP, together with any other party admitted in the future as a participant, the “Participants” and each a “Participant”) pursuant to which the parties created a joint venture (the “Account”) whereby Third Point LLC manages the assets of Third Point Re and TP GP as well as our assets and any of our subsidiaries’ assets, if any, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the investment management agreement.

Management Fee

Pursuant to the investment management agreement, Third Point LLC is entitled to receive a monthly payment in advance by each Participant (other than TP GP) and is equal to (i) 0.1667% (2.00% annualized) of the capital account of such Participant (before accounting for any accrual of the Performance Allocation (as defined in the investment management agreement)) minus (ii) the aggregate amount of founders payments paid for such month pursuant to the Founders Agreement, in each case pro-rated for intra-month withdrawals or contributions (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Person Transactions—Founders Agreement”). This payment is debited against the capital account of each relevant Participant and paid in cash to Third Point LLC.

Performance Allocation

As further set out in the investment management agreement, the Account has established one or more capital accounts to which capital contributions, withdrawals, net profit and net loss will be allocated in respect of each Participant. At the end of each fiscal year, the Performance Allocation (equal to 20% of the net profit allocable to the capital account of each Participant) will be reallocated to the capital account of TP GP from the capital account of each other Participant, provided, however, that a Performance Allocation will not be made

 

105


Table of Contents

with respect to such capital account until such capital account has recouped the amount of any unrecouped net capital loss in its Loss Recovery Account (as defined in the investment management agreement). If a Participant withdraws all or a portion of its capital account other than at the end of a fiscal year, the Performance Allocation accrued and attributable to the portion withdrawn will be debited against such Participant’s capital account and credited to TP GP’s capital account at the time of withdrawal.

Third Point LLC is required to maintain a Loss Recovery Account in respect of each Participant, the opening balance of which will be zero. Thereafter, for any fiscal year, the Loss Recovery Account balance shall be the sum of all prior year net loss amounts allocated to the Participant and not subsequently offset by prior year net profit amounts allocated to such Participant; provided that the Loss Recovery Account balance shall be reduced proportionately to reflect any withdrawals made by such Participant. TP GP may waive or reduce the Performance Allocation, in its sole discretion. Third Point LLC and TP GP may elect, at the beginning of each fiscal year to restructure the Performance Allocation as a performance fee to Third Point LLC with the same terms as the Performance Allocation.

Investment Guidelines

As detailed in our Investment Management Agreement, Third Point LLC is required to adhere to the following investment guidelines:

 

   

Composition of Investments : At least 60% of the investment portfolio will be held in debt or equity securities (including swaps) of publicly traded companies (or their subsidiaries) and governments of OECD (the Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development) high income countries, asset-backed securities, cash, cash equivalents and gold and other precious metals. Except with the prior written consent of the investment committee, none of the assets in the investment portfolio will be held in illiquid investments traditionally considered “venture capital” or private equity investments. In addition, no investments in third party managed funds or other investment vehicles will be made without the consent of the investment committee.

 

   

Concentration of Investments : Other than cash, cash equivalents and United States government obligations, no single investment in the investment portfolio will constitute more than 15% of the portfolio.

 

   

Liquidity : Assets will be invested in such fashion that Third Point Re has a reasonable expectation that it can meet any of its liabilities as they become due. Third Point Re reviews the liquidity of the Third Point LLC portfolio on a periodic basis.

 

   

Net Exposure Limits : The investment portfolio may not employ greater than 1.5 times portfolio assets managed for more than 10 trading days in any 30-trading day period.

Term

The investment management agreement has an initial term of five years, subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties at least six months prior to the end of a term that it wishes to terminate the investment management agreement at the end of such term.

We may also terminate the Investment Management Agreement upon the death, long-term disability or retirement of Daniel S. Loeb, or the occurrence of other circumstances in which Mr. Loeb is no longer directing the investment program of Third Point LLC.

We may also withdraw as participants under the investment management agreement prior to the expiration of the investment management agreement’s term at any time only ‘‘for cause’’, which is defined as:

 

   

a material violation of applicable law relating to Third Point LLC’s advisory business;

 

   

Third Point LLC’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreement;

 

106


Table of Contents
   

a material breach by Third Point LLC of our investment guidelines that is not cured within a 15-day period;

 

   

a conviction or, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime affecting the asset management business of Third Point LLC by certain senior officers of Third Point LLC;

 

   

any act of fraud, material misappropriation, material dishonesty, embezzlement, or similar conduct against or involving us by senior officers of Third Point LLC; or

 

   

a formal administrative or other legal proceeding before the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Association, or any other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory organization against Third Point LLC or certain key personnel which would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, we may withdraw as a participant under the investment management agreement prior to the expiration of its term if net investment performance of Third Point LLC has (a) incurred a loss in two successive calendar years and (ii) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 10 percentage points for such two successive calendar years, taken as a whole, or (b) (i) incurred a cumulative loss of 10% or more during any 24-month period and (ii) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 15 percentage points for such 24-month period. We may not withdraw or terminate the investment management agreement on the basis of performance. If we become dissatisfied with the results of the investment performance of Third Point LLC, we will be unable to hire new investment managers until the investment management agreement expires by its terms or is terminated for cause.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we incurred management fees of $2.4 million and $0.0 million, respectively, payable to Third Point LLC and performance fees of $33.9 and $0.0 million, respectively, payable to TP GP. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, management fees payable to Third Point LLC were $724,000 and $574,000, respectively, and performance fees were $20.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively.

Investments

Investment Strategy

As our investment manager, Third Point LLC has the contractual right to manage substantially all of our investable assets until December 22, 2016, and is required to follow our investment guidelines and to act in a manner that is fair and equitable in allocating investment opportunities to us. However, it is not otherwise restricted with respect to the nature or timing of making investments for our account. We have the contractual right to withdraw funds from our managed account to pay claims and expenses as needed. The increase in the value of our investment portfolio assets managed by Third Point LLC for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 17.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, returns on our investment portfolio were 8.7% compared to 4.5% three months ended March 31, 2012.

Third Point LLC utilizes the following strategies, among others, in managing our investment portfolio:

Long Special Situation and Value Equities Strategy. Third Point LLC’s approach to investing in long equity securities is to identify companies undergoing changes such as a corporate restructuring, management changes, acquisition, capital structure alteration, proxy fight or similar extraordinary circumstance. Third Point LLC believes that its experience in these “special situations,” when combined with its bottom-up analysis capabilities, allows it to identify companies where the catalyst for change will be accretive to the share price. In addition, Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may discover “extrinsic,” or market-based catalysts, that may lead to a “re-rating” of the company’s equity, or recognition in the marketplace of the actual value of such a company. Examples of these “extrinsic” catalysts include an anticipated reassessment by Wall Street analysts of a previously underappreciated asset on a company’s balance sheet as a result of changes in investor sentiments

 

107


Table of Contents

with relation to such assets, an IPO or another offering by a competitor of the subject company highlighting the value of that company, or simply a shift in the worth of the products or services the company manufactures or offers due to shifting global demand.

In terms of timing, the occurrence of certain special situations may cause Third Point LLC to focus on specific companies affected thereby, while some investment opportunities arise in anticipation of the occurrence of an extraordinary corporate event. Thus, investments may be on the one hand prospective and on the other retrospective. The following are certain typical kinds of special situations and events Third Point LLC seeks to identify.

Initial Public Offerings and New Issues. Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may purchase new issues of equity securities of companies in initial public offerings which may be inexpensive relative to their peers because they do not have established transparency, valuation, management teams, or analyst coverage. In addition, Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may take positions for our investment portfolio in securities of companies engaged in the process of secondary stock offerings, which may be attractive as a result of a short-term depression in the stock price as a result of such offering.

Litigation. Third Point LLC may purchase shares of companies for our portfolio whose prices have dropped dramatically in response to the issuance of unfavorable legal decisions, or perceived legal liabilities as a result of an event. Third Point LLC’s specialized analysis of the results of the litigation outcome includes the likelihood of penalties being assessed, and whether the impact is likely to be long lasting on a business or one of its units. Conversely, Third Point LLC may purchase securities for our investment portfolio in anticipation of legal outcomes that may favorably influence security valuations based on an analysis of existing case law, the facts of the complaint, and the strength of the legal claim. Third Point LLC’s substantial resources within the legal community and long history of taking positions in these types of outcomes provide insights that may not be available to all investors.

Post-Reorganization Equities. Third Point LLC may invest in securities for our investment portfolio issued by companies emerging from bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, particularly common shares issued to creditors under a plan of reorganization. As our investment manager, Third Point LLC believes that the market for these securities is typically inefficient due to a lack of institutional ownership and selling pressure generated by former creditors who have become equity holders through the plan of reorganization, but due to either their investment restrictions or practices are unwilling equity holders. These equity securities often go through a period where they are not listed on major exchanges and trade only through brokers. In addition, many of these companies have complex capital structures. For traditional equity holders, these companies may be difficult to analyze without the resources of credit analysts capable of understanding debt securities and plans of reorganization.

Value Investing with a Catalyst. Third Point LLC will seek opportunities to invest our investment portfolio in undervalued securities in which a potential catalyst for an extraordinary gain exists. These might take the form of a long-awaited product launch, a large holder advocating the sale of a company whose shares are trading at a substantial discount to the potential sales price, companies considering or engaged in spin-off transactions, and other types of reorganizations a company may devise in the face of an external threat or to bolster securities perceived to be undervalued. Particular attention will be paid to the spread between market price and the fundamental value of the security or potentially restructured package of securities suggested by Third Point LLC’s analysis.

Short Special Situation and Value Equities Strategy. Many of the above approaches are equally applicable to short-selling securities. Selling securities short involves selling securities that the seller does not own. To make delivery to the purchaser of the securities, Third Point LLC will borrow securities for our investment portfolio from a third party lender. Typically, Third Point LLC, on behalf of our investment portfolio, will return the borrowed securities to the lender by delivering to the lender securities purchased in the market.

 

108


Table of Contents

Third Point LLC mainly pursues a short selling strategy that involves evaluating individual equity positions that may be overvalued due to weaknesses in earnings, product lines, or a poor management team, particularly those likely to suffer in comparison to market peers. These short selling positions are often sector-focused and may result from comparable analysis of similarly positioned companies within a sector. Where Third Point LLC can identify perceived overvalued equities due to excessive leverage, which might trigger a liquidity crisis or bankruptcy, it may initiate a short position on behalf of the fund.

Third Point LLC will occasionally sell securities in our investment portfolio, in particular exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), short as a hedge against the decline in the value of our other portfolio investments.

High Yield Corporate Credit Strategy. As our investment manager, Third Point LLC will, from time to time, invest in performing credit (generally corporate credit that is not in default and/or in bankruptcy proceedings). Typically, only performing credit where Third Point LLC has a differentiated view as to the company’s ability to repay will be considered for investment in available corporate debt. Third Point LLC will most often select “high-yield” securities that are trading at lower prices, or higher yields, than Third Point LLC believes appropriate due to the market overestimating default risk and/or undervaluing the potential recovery that the holders of such debt would receive should the issuer ultimately default. Generally, Third Point LLC will seek to achieve favorable total returns based on current cash flow and potential capital appreciation. Such securities may be pay-in-kind or zero coupon securities. Third Point LLC will look for securities of companies that may be involved in extraordinary transactions that could result in the sale of the company (in which case debt is typically repaid in full) or a similar value-producing transaction. When Third Point LLC believes there has been a market overreaction to an event affecting a company, it may purchase performing credit with a higher yield, and hold it until the market recognizes that the event may not be as severe as originally thought, in which case the spread re-compresses and the yield shrinks, allowing the fund to dispose of the investment for a profit.

For example, a bond of a company going through a crisis may become substantially less expensive to purchase in the market than bonds of its competitors. If Third Point LLC believes that the crisis is likely to be short-lived, or that the company is likely to be acquired by another, more credit-worthy entity, the debt in question may become attractive for investment by the fund.

Distressed Corporate Credit Strategy. Third Point LLC may invest assets in our investment portfolio in publicly and non-publicly traded debt securities and other debt obligations, such as bank loans, bonds, notes, convertible bonds, promissory notes and payables to trade creditors, of companies that are experiencing significant financial or business distress. Under many circumstances, these instruments will be in default. Third Point LLC may invest in reorganizations in any foreign jurisdiction, although historically Third Point LLC’s investments in these types of securities have occurred primarily in the United States and Europe.

Companies that are experiencing significant financial or business distress include, but are not limited to, companies that are or are likely to become subject to bankruptcy proceedings; companies that are candidates for restructuring or recapitalization ( e.g. , through exchange offers, rights offerings, workouts and other extraordinary transactions), liquidation or sale of all or a portion of their assets; companies currently experiencing operating difficulties but that offer the potential for significant earnings and cash flow improvement; and companies in need of “rescue” financing for purposes of avoiding bankruptcy.

Third Point LLC may invest at the outset of the bankruptcy, and occasionally may participate on a creditors’ committee, to seek an active role in determining the company’s path towards reorganization and the ultimate realization of the Fund’s investment. In addition, Third Point LLC may also purchase distressed securities at the later stage of a bankruptcy proceeding, once a plan of reorganization has been submitted to the court, which provides Third Point LLC with insight into the value of the assets of the company, the tenor of its projections, and the character of the management team.

Asset-Backed Securities Strategy. Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, believes that asset-backed securities, including, without limitation, mortgage-backed securities (both residential and commercial), often

 

109


Table of Contents

represent attractive risk reward scenarios. Third Point LLC will typically purchase only securities securitizing the loans at issue, rather than the actual loans themselves, although if “whole loans” represent a compelling investment opportunity, Third Point LLC may purchase these loans for our account.

Third Point LLC’s approach to investing our investment portfolio in asset-backed securities relies on an analysis of the expected payments to the issuing trust or similar entity. This analysis may incorporate existing pre-payments, the duration of the security, the vintage of the security, the historical default behavior patterns in the selected type of security, and the value of the collateral underlying the obligation. Third Point LLC typically seeks scenarios where its assumptions about the rate of defaults are differentiated from the prevailing market consensus. Market conditions are critical to understanding the value of asset-backed securities and so Third Point LLC will generally hold a directional view on loan valuation in the context of the broader macroeconomic environment. Third Point LLC considers interest rates, housing prices, unemployment levels, housing stock, rental rates, weather disruptions, and tax changes when developing its macroeconomic view on housing. When reviewing a potential investment in an asset-backed security, however, Third Point LLC analyzes housing on a market-by-market basis, rather than a taking general view on housing in the United States as a whole.

In addition to investing in individual ABS bonds, Third Point LLC may also take long or short positions in indices referencing certain asset-backed securities. These indices generally consist of a finite set of underlying bonds, which can be analyzed individually to impute the total appropriate price for the index. These indices are typically large and liquid and so allow for more frequent trading and larger individual positions. From time to time, Third Point LLC will discover an anomaly in the price of a specific index as compared to its analysis of the value of the underlying bonds. In these circumstances, Third Point LLC may exploit such anomalies by arbitraging or buying the bonds and selling short the index (or vice versa). Such indices may also be used (long or short) as a hedge against the direct securities in the portfolio.

Beyond mortgage securities, Third Point LLC is continually searching the market for opportunities in other securitized pools, including without limitation, student loans, patent royalties, credit card receivables, car loans, etc. Third Point LLC’s approach to these pools is similar to that applied to mortgages, namely an evaluation of likely full payments versus defaults and expected level of defaults.

The following table summarizes our gross portfolio exposure as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

Gross Portfolio Exposure

 

     Long/Short Equity     Corporate Credit     Asset-Backed Securities     Macro/Other  

3/31/2013

     53.7     15.7     11.5     19.1

12/31/2012

     54.2     14.6     12.2     19.0

The following table summarizes our return contribution:

Return Contribution

 

     Long/Short Equity     Corporate Credit     Asset-Backed Securities     Macro/Other  

Jan – Mar 2013

     5.33     0.58     2.25     0.49

Jan – Dec 2012

     7.84     3.60     2.42     3.54

Risk Arbitrage Strategy. Risk arbitrage involves the purchase of securities which are the subject of a takeover attempt, exchange offer, merger or other acquisition prior to the time the market price of the securities fully reflects the value offered in the transaction. Risk arbitrage positions may involve both long and short positions, or a combination thereof. For example, Third Point LLC may purchase the security of the target company for our investment portfolio and sell short the security of the acquirer to be issued in the transaction in the expectation that the short position will be covered by delivery of the acquirer’s security when issued. These positions may be hedged or leveraged through the purchase of put and call options. If Third Point LLC believes

 

110


Table of Contents

that the prospects for a successful consummation of the transaction are high and that the imputed return to the fund from such an investment is sufficient relative to other potential investments, as well as on an absolute basis relative to Third Point LLC’s assessment of the downside risk in the case of non-consummation, an investment may be made. If the transaction is not consummated, however, the price of the target company’s shares may decline and Third Point LLC may sell such securities at a loss. More detailed descriptions of various risk arbitrage related transactions are below.

Balance Sheet Arbitrage. Balance sheet arbitrage is defined as the purchase of securities of an issuer coupled with the sale of another type of securities of the same issuer to take advantage of attractive price disparities in such securities as a result of the issuer’s perceived financial situation or anomalous market conditions. Balance sheet arbitrage typically proves to be successful upon the occurrence of a triggering event within the company, such as a default in payment on debt securities or a sharp decline in business operations.

Cash Tender Offers and Cash Mergers. At a time that a cash tender or merger is announced, the market price of the securities affected is typically less than the price offered to security holders upon consummation of the transaction. Third Point LLC intends to focus on hostile acquisitions and tender offers, where it believes the risk/reward characteristics to be more favorable than in “friendly” transactions.

Catalyzed Sales Process. A company may find itself the target of a dissident shareholder group attempting to force an auction of the company or some other extraordinary transaction involving the company. Third Point LLC from time to time may align with other holders to act as a principal in these situations and may also initiate on its own, or with others, shareholder proposals, proxy fights, consent solicitations or other catalysts.

Exchange Offers. In the context of a takeover bid, either hostile or friendly, a transaction may be structured as an exchange offer using securities of the acquiring company in lieu of or in addition to cash. Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, will attempt to value the new securities to be issued taking into account the structure, liquidity, marketability and other considerations as well as the transaction’s likelihood of consummation.

Minority Squeeze-Outs. A parent company that owns the majority of a subsidiary’s stock may propose to purchase from public shareholders the balance of the company’s shares that it does not own. Third Point LLC will analyze these transactions with respect to, among other things, the value of the target, the premium offered over recent and historical stock prices, probable timing perceived, ability to extract additional consideration and obstacles to consummation.

Voluntary Sale Process. If a company announces that it has decided to seek buyers for the company as a whole or for a substantial portion of its assets, Third Point LLC will analyze the prospects of such a sale with respect to, among other things, value, timing, potential buyers, regulatory restraints, the circumstances surrounding the decision to sell the company, and the capitalization of the subject company.

On the other hand, securities of companies involved in a voluntary sales process may at times trade up to unrealistic levels in relation to their fair value. In such instances, Third Point LLC may sell for our account short securities of such a company and we could realize a profit if the sale price is lower than the trading price of shares at the time the company commenced the sale process or if the sale process is abandoned.

Long or Short Physical and Exchange-Traded Commodities Strategy. Third Point LLC may hold both physical and exchange-traded commodities for our investment portfolio including precious metals and indices or ETFs reflecting the value of such commodities. The value of these commodities may rise dramatically due to an impending market-based catalyst or when serving as a hedge against macroeconomic pressures.

Third Point LLC’s approach to investing our portfolio in commodities is typically either speculative or in conjunction with risk-focused “tail trades.” Speculative investments take into consideration a wide variety of supply and demand fundamentals analyses, combined with a macroeconomic viewpoint.

 

111


Table of Contents

“Tail trades” —which are not always related to commodities, as outlined below—are asymmetric bets designed to hedge the risk of losses in the event of unusual market downside activity. Typically, Third Point LLC structures these trades so as to spend only a small amount of premium to maintain the position until such time as either the downside event comes to pass or until Third Point LLC sees a more compelling, less costly opportunity to structure a tail trade that provides similar protections.

Long or Short Currencies or Government Debt Strategy. Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may invest our portfolio selectively in currencies or in government debt—both domestic and foreign—in a speculative fashion where events linked to the structural stability of a nation or region may impact the price of its currency or value of its public obligations. Third Point LLC’s approach to investing in currencies is typically either speculative or in conjunction with risk management “tail trades.”

Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, evaluates the risk/reward in these investments by taking under consideration leading economic indicators such as employment trends, industrial production, consumer demand, political environments, and other factors to determine whether a country’s currency or debt is likely to undergo a fundamental move in pricing, either appreciating or depreciating. Third Point LLC in each instance looks for catalysts that will result in large shifts in valuation, rather than approaching these investments with a heavy trading strategy that seeks to capitalize on small shifts in pricing.

In addition, since our account denominated in U.S. Dollars, Third Point LLC will seek when possible to hedge all or substantially all of the exposure of our investment portfolio to debt and equities denominated in other currencies unless Third Point LLC has a differentiated view on the prospects for such non-U.S. currency, in which case the above paragraph will apply.

Fixed Income Securities Generally . Third Point LLC, as our investment manager, may invest our investment portfolio in fixed income securities. Investment in these securities may offer opportunities for income and capital appreciation, and may also be used for temporary defensive purposes and to maintain liquidity. Fixed income securities are obligations of the issuer to make payments of principal and/or interest on future dates, and include, among other securities: bank debt, bonds, notes, and debentures issued by corporations; debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities or by a non-U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities; municipal securities; and mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. These securities may pay fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest, and may include zero coupon obligations. Fixed income securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s or a guarantor’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations (i.e., credit risk) and are subject to price volatility due to factors such as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, general market liquidity (i.e., market risk), government interference, economic news, and investor sentiment. The fixed income investments in our investment portfolio may be subject to early redemption features, refinancing options, pre-payment options or similar provisions which, in each case, could result in the issuer repaying the principal on an obligation earlier than expected. This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, or when a borrower’s performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt. To the extent such early prepayments increase, they may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and the profits on capital invested in fixed income investments. As with other investments we make, there may not be a liquid market for any of the debt instruments in which we invest, which may limit our ability to sell these debt instruments or to obtain the desired price. Third Point LLC may also purchase loans for our account as participations from certain financial institutions and our portfolio may be subject to the credit risk of the selling financial institution as well as that of the underlying borrower.

Third Point LLC may attempt to take advantage of undervalued fixed income securities or relative mispricings in disrupted credit markets. The identification of attractive investment opportunities in disrupted credit markets is difficult and involves a significant degree of uncertainty. During periods of “credit squeezes” or “flights to quality,” the market for fixed income investments can become substantially reduced. This poses a particular risk that leveraged credit instrument positions may need to be sold at discounts to fair value in order to

 

112


Table of Contents

meet margin calls. At the same time, the dealers may correspondingly reduce the value of outstanding positions, resulting in additional margin calls as loan to value triggers are hit under prime brokerage and swap agreements.

Bank Loans . As our investment manager, Third Point LLC may invest in loans and loan participations originated by banks and other financial institutions. These investments may include highly-leveraged loans to borrowers with below investment grade credit ratings. Such loans are typically private corporate secured loans that are negotiated by one or more commercial banks or financial institutions and syndicated among a group of commercial banks and financial institutions. In order to induce the lenders to extend credit and to offer a favorable interest rate, the borrower often provides the lenders with extensive information about its business that is not generally available to the public. To the extent Third Point LLC obtains such information that is material and nonpublic, it may be unable to effect trades for the accounts it manages, including our investment portfolio, in the other securities of the borrower until the information is disclosed to the public or otherwise ceases to be material, nonpublic information. A failure to advance requested funds to a borrower could result in claims and in possible assertions of offsets against amounts previously lent. Depending on the way in which Third Point LLC acquires interests in a bank loan, we may be exposed to credit risks of both the borrower and the institution which sold us its interest in the loan. Also, bank loan transfers typically require consent of the issuer and agent bank, so the settlement period is longer and creates increased credit risk.

Other Strategies

Cash Investments . Third Point LLC may, without limitation, hold cash or invest in cash equivalents for our account.

Foreign Securities . Third Point LLC may invest our assets in securities of foreign corporate or governmental issuers. These investments include both equity and credit securities and can be made in any global market, as Third Point LLC is not limited to specific countries. Third Point LLC’s investing of our assets in foreign securities, particularly securities of issuers located in emerging markets, involves considerations not typically associated with investing in securities of domestic companies.

Credit Default Swaps . Third Point LLC may invest our assets in broker-offered or bespoke-created credit default swaps (long or short) referencing a corporate entity’s or government’s debt obligations. These investments are made based on an analysis of the likelihood of full repayment of the debt owed and of the likelihood of default. These investments are made with consideration of the size of the CDS pool outstanding and Third Point LLC’s relative position and potential liquidity within that issuance.

Futures and Swaps . As our investment manager, affiliates of Third Point LLC may purchase and write futures contracts, options on futures, or certain swaps, either directly or through investments in other collective investment vehicles, each of which are instruments that are subject to regulation by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC expects to use futures and swaps, in addition to any strategies described above, for hedging and risk management purposes, but may engage in speculative trading of these instruments as well. A futures contract is an agreement, executed on the floor of a commodity exchange, to sell or buy a specific amount of a commodity or a security at a specific time and price. Unless the contract is sold to another before settlement date, participants in the contract must buy or sell the underlying commodity. Futures contracts include those contracts traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange. Swaps subject to regulation by the CFTC include: (i) options, such as puts, calls, caps and floors on most reference assets; (ii) swaps, such as those on interest rates, broad-based securities indices and most other reference assets; (iii) credit default swaps; (iv) any other instrument “that is or becomes commonly known as a swap;” (v) foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts; and (vi) an instrument that combines any of the above.

Third Point LLC has claimed an exemption from registration as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) under the United States Commodity Exchange Act pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.13(a)(3), which allows Third Point LLC to

 

113


Table of Contents

invest our assets in futures, options on futures and certain swaps (“commodity interests”), provided that the overall use of such instruments is limited. As a result of claiming the exemption, Third Point LLC is not required to comply with the disclosure, reporting and recordkeeping requirements generally applicable to registered CPOs, including delivery to investors of a disclosure document and a certified annual report designed to meet CFTC requirements. Third Point LLC has also claimed exemption from registration with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor (“CTA”) under CFTC Rule 4.14(a)(8), which exempts from registration CTAs who advise pools that operate pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.13(a)(3). If at any time Third Point LLC invests in commodity interests above the limited amounts described above, Third Point LLC may be required to register as a commodity pool operator and may be required to register as a CTA as well.

Trading in Forward Contracts . As our investment manager, Third Point LLC may engage in the trading of forward contracts from time to time. In contrast to futures contracts traded on an exchange, forward contracts are not guaranteed by any exchange or clearing house and are subject to the creditworthiness of the counterparty of the trade. Banks and other dealers with whom Third Point LLC may transact in such forwards on our behalf may require the deposit of margin with respect to such trading, although margin requirements are often minimal or nonexistent. Counterparties are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts and these contracts can experience periods of illiquidity, sometimes of significant duration. There have been periods during which certain counterparties have refused to continue to quote prices for forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread (the difference between the price at which the counterparty is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell). Arrangements to trade forward contracts may be made with only one or a few counterparties, and liquidity problems therefore might be greater than if such arrangements were made with numerous counterparties. In addition, disruptions can occur in any market we trade due to unusually high trading volume, political intervention, or other factors. Market illiquidity or disruption could result in major losses.

Metals and Commodities . Third Point LLC may invest directly or indirectly for our account in metals, commodities and similar materials. Since ownership of such investments does not generate any income, the sole source of return would be from gains realized on sales of the investments, and a negative return would be realized to the extent such investments are sold at a loss. Certain metals, commodities and similar materials may incur storage or insurance costs that are higher than the custody fees paid on traditional financial assets. Prices of such metals, commodities and materials are affected by factors such as cyclical economic conditions, political events, and monetary policies of various governments and countries. Certain metals, commodities and similar materials are also subject to governmental action for political reasons. Markets for physical commodities are at times volatile, and there may be sharp fluctuations in prices even during periods of rising prices. There is also a risk that such metals, commodities or similar investments could be lost, suffer damage or deterioration if not adequately stored, or stolen, or that access to such investments could be restricted by natural events (e.g., force majeure) or tortious human actions. Such risks are increased to the extent we take possession of a physical commodity. The storage costs for physical commodities are higher than the custody fees paid on financial assets, although Third Point LLC will contract with internationally recognized custodians to hold any of our owned physical commodities. However, these custodians, consistent with market practice, may not have insurance adequate to cover any such loss. Finally, it is complicated to leverage positions in physical commodities, and to the extent we need to raise cash on an expedited basis, such commodities may not be available to borrow against on commercial terms.

Securities Options Strategies . In managing our investment portfolio, Third Point LLC may engage in various investment strategies involving options, including index options, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio positions or for speculation. When Third Point LLC purchases an option for our account, we will be required to pay the price of the option and transaction charges to the broker effecting the transaction. If the option is exercised, the total cost of the option may be more than the amount of the brokerage costs that would be payable if the security were to be purchased directly. If the option expires unexercised, our account will lose an amount equal to the cost of the option. Third Point LLC may also cause us to write (sell) call and put options on securities its owns and those not currently in our portfolio. Third Point LLC will engage in the latter practice, known as selling uncovered or naked options, on our behalf on only an infrequent basis.

 

114


Table of Contents

As the investment management agreement requires Third Point LLC to invest our portfolio on substantially the same basis as its hedge funds, the purpose of which is to invest, long and short, in favorable risk-reward scenarios, Third Point LLC has a broad mandate and reserves the right to invest on behalf of our account in strategies and asset classes that may not be described above, but as to which Third Point LLC has determined are in the best interests of our account. Third Point LLC provides monthly and quarterly updates as to exposures and profit/loss attribution and any material changes in strategy are conveyed through such communications.

Risk Management . The entire process of portfolio creation as described above is an exercise in risk management. While Third Point LLC does not employ hard limits, such as “stop losses” or sector caps, in order to construct our portfolio, considerations such as value-at-risk, sector correlations, portfolio stress tests, factor risks and the like are continuously monitored, and portfolio changes are made on a real-time basis as a result of such analyses. In addition, investments for our account are subject to our investment guidelines.

Third Point LLC has developed risk management tools and formed a risk management committee, comprised of individuals from its business and investment team, to support in the monitoring and evaluation of risk in the portfolio. The risk management team of Third Point LLC works closely with Third Point LLC’s operations group and investment professionals to ensure that the risk profile of all investments is properly captured. Individual positions are sized based on probability-based estimates of upside and downside movements. The risk management tools, which may include those provided by third party risk management firms, are designed to ensure that material underlying portfolio risk data are available on a real-time basis for the risk management, research and trading teams to perform their various responsibilities.

Investment Portfolio

The following table represents the total long and short exposure and geographic exposure of our investment portfolio as managed by Third Point LLC, as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013:

 

     March 31,  2013
Exposure
    December 31,  2012
Exposure
 
     Long     Short     Net     Long     Short     Net  

Long/Short Equity

            

Consumer

     7.5     -2.5     5.0     6.7     -2.7     4.0

Energy & Utilities

     4.4     -1.6     2.8     6.3     -2.4     3.9

Financials

     6.7     -1.1     5.6     10.4     -0.9     9.5

Healthcare

     2.3     -2.6     -0.3     2.7     -3.1     -0.4

Ind. & Comdty.

     10.6     -1.6     9.0     12.8     -2.8     10.0

TMT

     29.3     -4.9     24.4     20.3     -1.4     18.9

Market Hedges

     6.2     -9.7     -3.5     3.8     -7.2     -3.4

Total L/S Equity

     67.0     -24.0     43.0     63.0     -20.5     42.5

Credit

            

Distressed

     8.6     0.0     8.6     5.1     0.0     5.1

Performing

     9.8     -8.3     1.5     12.9     -4.8     8.1

ABS (1)

     18.2     -1.4     16.8     17.6     -1.5     16.1

Total Credit

     36.6     -9.7     26.9     35.6     -6.3     29.3 % 1  

Macro

            

Gold

     4.3     -0.5     3.8     5.5     -0.6     4.9

Government

     2.6     -9.9     -7.3     4.3     -19.5     -15.2

Tail Risk

     9.3     -5.8     3.5     0.1     0.0     0.1

Total Macro

     16.2     -16.2     0.0     9.9     -20.1     -10.2

Other

            

Risk Arbitrage

     0.0     0.0     0.0     1.2     0.0     1.2

Currency (2)

     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

Total Other

     0.0     0.0     0.0     1.2     0.0     1.2

 

(1) Includes RMBS, CMBS, and related indices.
(2) Gains and losses that are attributable to foreign currency price movements on portfolio positions vs. the U.S. dollar.

 

115


Table of Contents

Geographic Exposure

   March 31,  2013
Exposure
    December 31,  2012
Exposure
 
     Long     Short     Net     Long     Short     Net  

Americas

     93     -30     63     95     -30     65

EMEA

     14     -12     2     14     -11     3

Asia

     13     -8     5     1     -6     -5

In managing our investment account, Third Point LLC assigns every investment position a sector, strategy and particular geographic category. The dollar exposure of each position under each category is aggregated and the exposure percentages listed in the exposure table represent the aggregate market exposure of a given category against the total net asset value of the account. Long and short exposure percentages represent the aggregate relative value of all long and short positions in a given category, respectively. Net exposure represents the short exposure subtracted from the long exposure in a given category. Third Point LLC reports the composition of our total managed portfolio on a market exposure basis, which it believes is the appropriate manner in which to assess the exposure and profile of investments and is the way in which it manages the portfolio. Under this methodology, the exposure for equity swaps and futures contracts are reported at their full notional amount. The notional amount of any derivative contract is the underlying value upon which payment obligations are computed. For an equity total return swap, for example, the notional amount is the number of shares underlying the swap multiplied by the market price of those shares. Options are reported at their delta adjusted basis. The delta of an equity option is the sensitivity of the option price to the underlying stock price. The delta adjusted basis is the number of shares underlying the option multiplied by the delta and the underlying stock price. Credit derivatives are reported in accordance with their equivalent underlying security exposure. Currency derivatives are reported at fair market value. Cash and cash equivalents are excluded from exposure calculations.

Investment Returns

A summary of our consolidated net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

     For the three
months  ended
March 31,
    For the year  ended
December 31, 2012
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Change in net unrealized gains on investments and investment derivatives

   $ 1,769      $ 22,802      $ 113,422      $ —     

Net realized gains on investments and investment derivatives

     99,576        19,318        55,632        —     

Dividend and interest income, net of withholding taxes

     5,545        5,190        25,269        —     

Interest and other net investment income (expenses)

     (1,190     (955     (5,615     —     

Dividends paid on securities sold, not yet purchased

     (270     (294     (1,629     —     

Management and performance fees

     (24,832     (12,213     (50,211     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income from investments managed by Third Point LLC

     80,598        33,848        136,868        —     

Deposit liability allocation

     (670     —          (446     —     

Net gain on reinsurance contract derivatives

     763        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 80,691      $ 33,848      $ 136,422      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

The investment return is based on the total assets in our investment account managed by Third Point LLC, which includes the majority of our equity capital and collected premiums. Investment returns for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, net of all fees and expenses, is as follows: (1)

 

     For the three
months  ended
March 31,
    For the  year
ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012  

Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd.

     8.7     4.5     17.7

S&P 500

     10.0     12.0     16.0

 

(1) Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.

Investment Regulatory Concerns and Restrictions

Third Point LLC is involved regularly in trading activities which involve a broad number of U.S. and foreign securities law regimes, including laws governing trading on inside information, market manipulation and a broad number of technical trading requirements that involve fundamental market regulation policies. Violation of such laws could result in severe restrictions on Third Point LLC’s activities and, indirectly, damage to our investment portfolio and/or reputation as our Investment Management Agreement has limited termination provisions.

Third Point LLC’s failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions. The regulations that Third Point LLC is subject to are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets. They are not designed to protect us or, indirectly, you. Even if a sanction imposed against Third Point LLC or one of its personnel by a regulator was for a small monetary amount, the adverse publicity related to such sanction against Third Point LLC by regulators could harm its reputation and, possibly, ours.

In recent years, there has been debate in both the U.S. and foreign governments about new rules or regulations to be applicable to alternative investment advisers, like Third Point LLC.

In August 2007, the SEC adopted a new rule intended to clarify the SEC’s authority to bring enforcement actions against investment advisers for fraud against investors and prospective investors in their funds (as opposed to fraud against the funds themselves). Although we do not believe the SEC’s rule has directly affected us, Third Point LLC and, accordingly, our investment strategy, may be adversely affected if new or revised legislation or regulations are enacted or by changes to existing rules and regulations of U.S. or foreign governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets.

It is possible that increased regulation of alternative investment advisers could adversely affect Third Point LLC’s ability to manage our investment portfolio or its ability to manage our portfolio pursuant to our existing investment strategy, which could cause us to alter our existing investment strategy and could significantly and negatively affect our business and results of operations. In addition, adverse publicity regarding alternative investment strategies generally, or Third Point LLC or its affiliates specifically, could negatively affect our business reputation and attractiveness as a counterparty to brokers and clients.

Other Trading Restrictions

Third Point LLC may from time to time place it or its affiliates’ representatives on creditors committees or boards of certain companies in which our portfolio is invested. While such representation may enable Third Point LLC to enhance the value of our investments, it may place trading restrictions on certain securities included in our investment portfolio.

 

117


Table of Contents

Information Technology

We have a disaster recovery plan with respect to our information technology infrastructure that includes arrangements with an offshore data center. Our secondary off-island location for data systems back-up and recovery is located in Toronto, Canada, due to its non-correlated nature with Bermuda. The environment is configured to be live within one hour of a disaster scenario and supports all of the business capabilities of our primary Bermuda site.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently involved in any litigation or arbitration. We anticipate that, similar to the rest of the reinsurance industry, we will be subject to litigation and arbitration from time to time in the ordinary course of business.

If we are subject to disputes in the ordinary course of our business we anticipate engaging in discussions with the parties to the applicable contract to seek to resolve the matter. If such discussions are unsuccessful, we anticipate invoking the dispute resolution provisions of the relevant contract, which typically provide for the parties to submit to arbitration or litigation, as applicable, to resolve the dispute.

Properties

We lease office space at Chesney House in Pembroke, Bermuda, pursuant to a two-year lease agreement. This two-year lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2013, with an option to renew for an additional three years. We believe for the foreseeable future this office space will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations.

Employees

As of July 15, 2013, we had 17 employees, 16 of whom were based in Bermuda and one of whom was based in the United Kingdom. We believe that our employee relations are good. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements, and we are not aware of any current efforts to implement such agreements.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

Bermuda Insurance Regulation

The Insurance Act of 1978

The Insurance Act of 1978, as amended, and related regulations of Bermuda (the “Insurance Act”), which regulates the insurance business of Third Point Re and the Catastrophe Reinsurer, provides that no person shall carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the BMA. Under the Insurance Act insurance business includes reinsurance business. The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to its complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose from time to time. The Insurance Act also grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies.

An insurance advisory committee appointed by the Bermuda Minister of Finance advises the BMA on matters connected with the discharge of the BMA’s functions and sub-committees thereof supervise and review the law and practice of insurance in Bermuda, including reviews of accounting and administrative procedures.

The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements and grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.

Classification of Insurers

The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business, insurers carrying on general business and insurers carrying on special purpose business. There are six classifications of insurers carrying on general business, ranging from Class 1 insurers (pure captives) to Class 4 insurers (very large commercial underwriters). There is only one classification of special purpose insurer. Third Point Re is registered as a Class 4 insurer and the Catastrophe Reinsurer is registered as a special purpose insurer.

Classification as a Class 4 insurer

A body corporate is registrable as a Class 4 insurer where (i) it has at the time of its application for registration, or will have before it carries on insurance business, a total statutory capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000; and (ii) it intends to carry on general insurance business, including excess liability business or property catastrophe reinsurance business. Class 4 insurers are required to maintain fully paid-up share capital of $1,000,000.

Classification as a Special Purpose Insurer

A special purpose insurer (“SPI”) means an insurer that carries on special purpose business. Special purpose business is defined under the Insurance Act as insurance business under which an insurer fully funds its liabilities to the persons insured through (a) the proceeds of any one or more of (i) a debt issuance where the repayment rights of the providers of such debt are subordinated to the rights of the person insured, or (ii) some other financing mechanism approved by the BMA; (b) cash; and (c) time deposits.

Principal Representative and Principal Office

Third Point Re and the Catastrophe Reinsurer are each required to maintain a principal office and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, the principal office of

 

119


Table of Contents

Third Point Re is at our principal executive offices in Bermuda, and Third Point Re’s principal representative is John Berger. The principal office of the Catastrophe Reinsurer is at The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, HM 08 Bermuda and the Catastrophe Reinsurer’s principal representative is Prime Management Limited. Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days’ notice in writing to the BMA is given of the intention to do so.

It is the duty of the principal representative to forthwith notify the BMA where the principal representative believes there is a likelihood of the insurer (for which the principal representative acts) becoming insolvent or that a reportable “event” has, to the principal representative’s knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred. Examples of a reportable “event” include a failure by Third Point Re to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon it by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio, a significant loss likely to cause the insurer to fail to comply with its enhanced capital requirement (discussed below) and the occurrence of a “material change” (as such term is defined under the Insurance Act) in its business operations.

Within 14 days of such notification to the BMA, the principal representative must furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative.

Loss Reserve Specialist

As a Class 4 insurer, Third Point Re must appoint an individual approved by the BMA to be its loss reserve specialist. In order to qualify as an approved loss reserve specialist, the applicant must be an individual and possess adequate professional qualifications as a casualty actuary and/or possess adequate experience to assess the sufficiency of insurance reserves of the insurer. The Class 4 insurer is required to submit annually an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its loss and loss expense provisions.

As an SPI, the Catastrophe Reinsurer is not required to appoint a loss reserve specialist.

Annual Financial Statements

As a Class 4 insurer, Third Point Re must prepare and submit, on an annual basis, both audited U.S. GAAP and statutory financial statements.

The Catastrophe Reinsurer, as an SPI, must prepare and submit annual statutory financial statements, unless an application has been filed under the Insurance Act to have the statutory filing requirement waived. Where such a waiver has been granted, the BMA will accept unaudited management accounts from the SPI prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) or international financial reporting standards that apply in Bermuda, Canada, the United Kingdom or the United States of America. The Catastrophe Reinsurer is also required to provide the BMA with a copy of the unaudited management statement accounts as soon as practicable after the same have been submitted to the participants and, at a minimum, within four months at the end of each financial year.

The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, income statement, a statement of capital and surplus, and notes thereto). The statutory financial statements include detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the insurer. In addition, as a Class 4 insurer, Third Point Re is also required to prepare and submit to the BMA financial statements which have been prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards (“GAAP financial statements”).

As a Class 4 insurer, Third Point Re’s annual U.S. GAAP and statutory financial statements are required to be filed with the BMA within four months from the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended).

 

120


Table of Contents

The statutory financial statements do not form part of the public records maintained by the BMA but the GAAP financial statements are available for public inspection.

Annual Statutory Financial Return and Annual Capital and Solvency Return

Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, and the Catastrophe Reinsurer, as an SPI, are required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended) unless the Catastrophe Reinsurer has filed and obtained a waiver, as outlined above. The statutory financial return includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of the insurer, a general business, or special purpose business, as applicable, solvency certificate, the statutory financial statements themselves and the opinion of the loss reserve specialist.

The principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer must sign the solvency certificate. The directors are required to certify whether the minimum solvency margin has been met, and the independent approved auditor is required to state whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to make this certification.

Where an insurer’s accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return.

In addition, each year Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, is also required to file with the BMA a capital and solvency return along with its annual financial statutory return. The prescribed form of capital and solvency return comprises the insurer’s Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (“BSCR”) model or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof (more fully described below), a schedule of fixed income investments by rating categories, a schedule of net loss and loss expense provisions by line of business, a schedule of premiums written by line of business, a schedule of risk management, a schedule of fixed income securities, a schedule of commercial insurer’s solvency self assessment (CISSA), a schedule of catastrophe risk return, a schedule of loss triangles or reconciliation of net loss reserves and a schedule of eligible capital.

Neither the statutory financial return nor the capital and solvency return is available for public inspection.

Quarterly Financial Statements

Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer not being otherwise subject to group supervision (described below), is required to prepare and file quarterly financial returns with the BMA on or before the last day of the months May, August and November of each year. The quarterly financial returns consist of (i) quarterly unaudited financial statements for each financial quarter (which must minimally include a balance sheet and income statement and must also be recent and not reflect a financial position that exceeds two months) and (ii) a list and details of material intra-group transactions and risk concentrations that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or annual financial returns, details surrounding all intra-group reinsurance and retrocession arrangements and other intra-group risk transfer insurance business arrangements that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or annual financial returns and details of the ten largest exposures to unaffiliated counterparties and any other unaffiliated counterparty exposures exceeding 10% of the insurer’s statutory capital and surplus. Quarterly financial statements are not required where the Class 4 insurer is subject to group supervision.

Independent Approved Auditor

Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, must appoint an independent auditor who will annually audit and report on the insurer’s GAAP financial statements, its statutory financial statements and its statutory financial returns, each of which are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The auditor must be approved by the BMA as the independent auditor of the insurer. If the insurer fails to appoint an approved auditor or at any time fails to fill a vacancy for such auditor, the BMA may appoint an approved auditor for the insurer and shall fix the remuneration to be paid to the approved auditor within 14 days, if not agreed sooner by the insurer and the auditor.

 

121


Table of Contents

The Catastrophe Reinsurer, as an SPI, may file an application under the Insurance Act to have this requirement waived, as outlined above.

Non-insurance Business

Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer may not engage in non-insurance business unless that non-insurance business is ancillary to its core business. Non-insurance business means any business other than insurance business and includes carrying on investment business, managing an investment fund as operator, carrying on business as a fund administrator, carrying on banking business, underwriting debt or securities or otherwise engaging in investment banking, engaging in commercial or industrial activities and carrying on the business of management, sales or leasing of real property. Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer registered before December 31, 2012, will be permitted to continue engaging in non-insurance business but must discontinue doing so not later than year-end 2016.

Minimum Liquidity Ratio

The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. As an insurer engaged in general business, Third Point Re is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance balances receivable and funds held by ceding reinsurers.

There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.

The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined) and letters of credit and guarantees.

Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements

The Insurance Act provides that the value of the statutory assets of a Class 4 insurer must exceed the value of its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin (“MSM”).

The MSM that must be maintained by a Class 4 insurer with respect to its general business is the greater of (i) $100 million, or (ii) 50% of net premium written (with a credit for reinsurance ceded not exceeding 25% of gross premiums) or (iii) 15% of net discounted aggregate loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves.

The Insurance Act provides that an SPI is required to maintain a minimum solvency margin by which the value of the special purpose business assets must exceed its special purpose business liabilities by at least $1.

Class 4 insurers are also required to maintain available statutory capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of its enhanced capital requirement (“ECR”) which is established by reference to either the BSCR model or an approved internal capital model.

The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer’s capital requirements (statutory capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the insurer’s business. The BSCR formulae establish capital requirements for eight categories of risk: fixed income investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to asset, premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater underlying risk and lower factors for less risky items.

 

122


Table of Contents

While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act, the BMA has also established a target capital level (“TCL”) for each Class 4 insurer equal to 120% of its ECR. While a Class 4 insurer is not currently required to maintain its statutory capital and surplus at this level, the TCL serves as an early warning tool for the BMA and failure to maintain statutory capital at least equal to the TCL will likely result in increased regulatory oversight.

Any Class 4 insurer which at any time fails to meet its MSM requirements must, upon becoming aware of such failure, immediately notify the BMA and, within 14 days thereafter, file a written report with the BMA containing particulars of the circumstances that gave rise to the failure and setting out its plan detailing specific actions to be taken and the expected timeframe in which the company intends to rectify the failure.

Any Class 4 insurer which at any time fails to meet its enhanced capital requirement applicable to it shall upon becoming aware of that failure, or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, immediately notify the BMA in writing and within 14 days of such notification file with the BMA a written report containing particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure; and a plan detailing the manner, specific actions to be taken and time within which the insurer intends to rectify the failure and within 45 days of becoming aware of that failure, or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, furnish the BMA with (i) unaudited interim statutory financial statements covering such period as the BMA may require; (ii) the opinion of a loss reserve specialist where applicable; (iii) a general business solvency certificate in respect of the financial statements; and (iv) a capital and solvency return reflecting an enhanced capital requirement prepared using post failure data where applicable.

Eligible Capital

To enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the insurer’s capital resources, a Class 4 insurer is required to disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with the recently introduced ‘3-tiered capital system’. Under this system, all of the insurer’s capital instruments will be classified as either basic or ancillary capital which in turn will be classified into one of 3 tiers based on their “loss absorbency” characteristics. Highest quality capital will be classified as Tier 1 Capital, lesser quality capital will be classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up to certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may be used to support the insurer’s MSM, ECR and TCL.

The characteristics of the capital instruments that must be satisfied to qualify as Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital are set out in the Insurance (Eligible Capital) Rules 2012, and any amendments thereto. Under these rules, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may, until January 1, 2024, include capital instruments that do not satisfy the requirement that the instrument be non-redeemable or settled only with the issuance of an instrument of equal or higher quality upon a breach, or if it would cause a breach, of the ECR.

Where the BMA has previously approved the use of certain instruments for capital purposes, the BMA’s consent will need to be obtained if such instruments are to remain eligible for use in satisfying the MSM and the ECR.

Code of Conduct

Every Bermuda registered insurer must comply with the Insurance Code of Conduct (the “Code”) which prescribes the duties and standards that must be complied with to ensure sound corporate governance, risk management and internal controls are implemented. The BMA will assess an insurer’s compliance with the Code in a proportionate manner relative to the nature, scale and complexity of its business. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Code will be taken into account by the BMA in determining whether an insurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act and may result in the BMA exercising its powers of intervention and investigation (see below) and, in the case of Third Point Re, as a Class 4 insurer, will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge under the insurer’s BSCR or approved internal model.

 

123


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

A Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its MSM, ECR or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. An SPI is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend during any financial year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such minimum margin. Where a Class 4 insurer fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio or an SPI fails to meet its minimum solvency margin on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.

In addition, a Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least 2 directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.

Reduction of Capital

Third Point Re, as a general business insurer may not reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurer’s paid in share capital, its contributed surplus (sometimes called additional paid in capital) and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital (such as letters of credit).

As a Class 4 insurer, where Third Point Re seeks to reduce its statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, it must also submit an affidavit signed by at least 2 directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the company’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that the proposed reduction will not cause the company to fail its relevant margins. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.

Fit and Proper Controllers

The BMA maintains supervision over the controllers of all registered insurers in Bermuda. A controller includes (i) the managing director of the registered insurer or its parent company; (ii) the chief executive of the registered insurer or of its parent company; (iii) a shareholder controller; and, (iv) any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the registered insurer or of its parent company are accustomed to act.

The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the Insurance Act but generally refers to (i) a person who holds 10% or more of the shares carrying rights to vote at a shareholders’ meeting of the registered insurer or its parent company, or (ii) a person who is entitled to exercise 10% or more of the voting power at any shareholders’ meeting of such registered insurer or its parent company, or (iii) a person who is able to exercise significant influence over the management of the registered insurer or its parent company by virtue of its shareholding or its entitlement to exercise, or control the exercise of, the voting power at any shareholders’ meeting.

A shareholder controller that owns 10% or more but less than 20% of the shares as described above is defined as a 10% shareholder controller; a shareholder controller that owns 20% or more but less than 33% of the shares as described above is defined as a 20% shareholder controller; a shareholder controller that owns 33% or more but less than 50% of the shares as described above is defined as a 33% shareholder controller; and a shareholder controller that owns 50% or more of the shares as described above is defined as a 50% shareholder controller.

 

124


Table of Contents

Where the shares of the shareholder of a registered insurer, or the shares of its parent company, are traded on a recognised stock exchange, and such person becomes a 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% shareholder controller of the insurer, that person shall, within 45 days, notify the BMA in writing that he has become such a controller.

Where the shares of a shareholder or prospective shareholder of an insurer, or the shares of its parent company, are not traded on a recognised stock exchange (ie. private companies), the Insurance Act prohibits such person from becoming a shareholder controller unless he has first served on the BMA notice in writing stating that he intends to become such a controller and the BMA has either, before the end of 45 days following the date of notification, provided notice to the proposed controller that it does not object to his becoming such a controller or the full 45 days has elapsed without the BMA filing an objection.

Any person who contravenes the Insurance Act by failing to give notice or knowingly becoming a controller of any description before the required 45 days has elapsed is guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of $25,000 on summary conviction.

The BMA may file a notice of objection to any person who has become a controller of any description where it appears that such person is not, or is no longer, a fit and proper person to be a controller of the registered insurer. Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to issue formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making its final determination. Any person who continues to be a controller of any description after having received a notice of objection shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $25,000 (and a continuing fine of $500 per day for each day that the offence is continuing) or, if convicted on indictment, to a fine of $100,000 and/or 2 years in prison.

Notification by Registered Person of Change of Controllers and Officers

All registered insurers are required to give written notice to the BMA of the fact that a person has become, or ceased to be, a controller or officer of the registered insurer within 45 days of becoming aware of such fact. An officer in relation to a registered insurer means a director, chief executive or senior executive performing duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or investment matters.

Notification of Material Changes

All registered insurers are required to give notice to the BMA of their intention to effect a material change within the meaning of the Insurance Act. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or acquisition of insurance business being part of a scheme falling under section 25 of the Insurance Act or section 99 of the Companies Act, (ii) the amalgamation with or acquisition of another firm, (iii) engaging in unrelated business that is retail business, (iv) the acquisition of a controlling interest in an undertaking that is engaged in non-insurance business which offers services and products to persons who are not affiliates of the insurer, (v) outsourcing all or substantially all of the company’s actuarial, risk management and internal audit functions, (vi) outsourcing all or a material part of an insurer’s underwriting activity, (vii) the transfer other than by way of reinsurance of all or substantially all of a line of business, and (viii) the expansion into a material new line of business.

No registered insurer shall take any steps to give effect to a material change unless it has first served notice on the BMA that it intends to effect such material change and before the end of 14 days, either the BMA has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period has lapsed without the BMA having issued a notice of objection.

Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to issue formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making its final determination.

 

125


Table of Contents

Group Supervision

The BMA may, in respect of an insurance group, determine whether it is appropriate for it to act as its group supervisor. An insurance group is defined as a group of companies that conducts exclusively, or mainly, insurance business. The BMA may make such determination where it ascertains that (i) the group is headed by a “specified insurer” (that is to say, it is headed by either a Class 3A, Class 3B or Class 4 general business insurer or a Class C, Class D or Class E long term insurer or another class of insurer designated by order of the BMA); or (ii) where the insurance group is not headed by a “specified insurer”, where it is headed by a parent company which is incorporated in Bermuda or (iii) where the parent company of the group is not a Bermuda company, in circumstances where the BMA is satisfied that the insurance group is directed and managed from Bermuda or the insurer with the largest balance sheet total is a specified insurer.

Where the BMA determines that it should act as the group supervisor, it shall designate a specified insurer that is a member of the insurance group to be the designated insurer (the “Designated Insurer”) and it shall give to the Designated Insurer and other competent authorities written notice of its intention to act as group supervisor. Once the BMA has been designated as group supervisor, the Designated Insurer must ensure that an approved group actuary is appointed to provide an opinion as to the adequacy of the insurance group’s insurance reserves as reported in its group statutory financial statements.

Pursuant to its powers under the Insurance Act, the BMA will maintain a register of particulars for every insurance group for which it acts as the group supervisor detailing, among other things, the names and addresses of the Designated Insurer; each member company of the insurance group falling within the scope of group supervision; the principal representative of the insurance group in Bermuda; other competent authorities supervising other member companies of the insurance group; and the insurance group auditors. The Designated Insurer must notify the BMA of any changes to the above details entered on the register of an insurance group.

As group supervisor, the BMA will perform a number of supervisory functions including (i) coordinating the gathering and dissemination of information which is of importance for the supervisory task of other competent authorities; (ii) carrying out a supervisory review and assessment of the insurance group; (iii) carrying out an assessment of the insurance group’s compliance with the rules on solvency, risk concentration, intra-group transactions and good governance procedures; (iv) planning and coordinating, with other competent authorities, supervisory activities in respect of the insurance group, both as a going concern and in emergency situations; (v) coordinating any enforcement action that may need to be taken against the insurance group or any of its members; and (vi) planning and coordinating meetings of colleges of supervisors (consisting of insurance regulators) in order to facilitate the carrying out of the functions described above.

In carrying out its functions, the BMA may make rules for (i) assessing the financial situation and the solvency position of the insurance group and/or its members and (ii) regulating intra-group transactions, risk concentration, governance procedures, risk management and regulatory reporting and disclosure.

We are not currently subject to group supervision, but the BMA may exercise its authority to act as our group supervisor in the future.

Supervision, Investigation, Intervention and Disclosure

The BMA may, by notice in writing served on an insurer or a designated insurer (as described in “Group Supervision” above), require the insurer or designated insurer to provide such information and/or documentation as the BMA may reasonably require with respect to matters that are likely to be material to the performance of its supervisory functions under the Insurance Act. In addition, it may require such person’s auditor, underwriter, accountant or any other person with relevant professional skill to prepare a report on any aspect pertaining thereto. In the case of a report, the person so appointed shall immediately give the BMA written notice of any fact or matter of which he becomes aware or which indicates to him that any condition attaching to his registration under the Insurance Act is not or has not or may not be or may not have been fulfilled and that such matters are likely to be

 

126


Table of Contents

material to the performance of its functions under the Insurance Act. If it appears to the BMA to be desirable in the interests of the clients of an insurer or relevant insurance group, the BMA may also exercise these powers in relation to subsidiaries, parent companies and other affiliates of the insurer or designated insurer.

If the BMA deems it necessary to protect the interests of the policyholders or potential policyholders of an insurer or insurance group, it may appoint one or more competent persons to investigate and report on the nature, conduct or state of the insurer’s or the insurance group’s business, or any aspect thereof, or the ownership or control of the insurer or insurance group. If the person so appointed thinks it necessary for the purposes of his investigation, he may also investigate the business of any person who is or has been at any relevant time, a member of the insurance group or of a partnership of which the person being investigated is a member. In this regard, it shall be the duty of every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent, banker, auditor, accountant, barrister and attorney or insurance manager to produce to the person appointed such documentation as he may reasonably require for purposes of his investigation, and to attend and answer questions relevant to the investigation and to otherwise provide such assistance as may be necessary in connection therewith.

Where the BMA suspects that a person has failed to properly register under the Insurance Act or that an insurer or designated insurer has failed to comply with a requirement of the Insurance Act or that a person is not, or is no longer, a fit and proper person to perform functions in relation to a regulated activity, it may, by notice in writing, carry out an investigation into such person (or any other person connected thereto). In connection therewith, the BMA may require every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent, banker, auditor, accountant, barrister and attorney or insurance manager to make a report and produce such documents in his care, custody and control and to attend before the BMA to answer questions relevant to the BMA’s investigation and to take such actions as the BMA may direct. The BMA may also enter any premises for the purposes of carrying out its investigation and may petition the court for a warrant if it believes a person has failed to comply with a notice served on him or there are reasonable grounds for suspecting the completeness of any information or documentation produced in response to such notice or that its directions will not be complied with or that any relevant documents would be removed, tampered with or destroyed.

If it appears to the BMA that the business of the insurer is being so conducted that there is a significant risk of the insurer becoming insolvent, or that the insurer is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, or the minimum criteria stipulated in the Insurance Act is not or has not been fulfilled in respect of a registered insurer, or that a person has become a controller without providing the BMA with the appropriate notice or in contravention of a notice of objection, or the registered insurer is in breach of its ECR, or that a designated insurer is in breach of any provision of the Insurance Act or the regulations or rules applicable to it, the BMA may issue such directions as appear desirable for safeguarding the interests of policyholders or potential policyholders of the insurer or the insurance group. The BMA may direct an insurer, for itself and in its capacity as designated insurer of the insurance group of which it is a member, (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase the insurer’s liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to realize certain investments, (5) to maintain in, or transfer to the custody of, a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments, (7) to limit its premium income, (8) not to enter into specified transactions with any specified person or persons of a specified class, (9) to provide such written particulars relating to the financial circumstances of the insurer as the BMA thinks fit, (10) (as an individual insurer only and not in its capacity as designated insurer) to obtain the opinion of a loss reserve specialist and submit it to the BMA and/or (11) to remove a controller or officer.

The BMA has the power to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda if it is satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities and that such cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure by the BMA to a foreign regulatory authority without consent of the insurer are limited and the Insurance Act provides for sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.

 

127


Table of Contents

Cancellation of Insurer’s Registration

An insurer’s registration may be cancelled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act. Failure by the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if, the BMA believes that the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound.

In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the BMA may require certain information from an insurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to the BMA. Further, the BMA has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda but subject to restrictions. For example, the BMA must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority. Further, the BMA must consider whether cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides for sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.

Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

All Bermuda “exempted companies” are exempt from certain Bermuda laws restricting the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians. However, exempted companies may not participate in certain business transactions, including (i) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda except that required for their business and held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years or, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, land which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for officers and our employees for a term not exceeding 21 years, (ii) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000 without the consent of the Minister, (iii) the acquisition of any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, other than certain types of Bermuda government securities or securities issued by Bermuda public authorities or, (iv) the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in furtherance of the business carried on outside Bermuda or under license granted by the Minister. Generally it is not permitted without a special license granted by the Minister to insure Bermuda domestic risks or risks of persons of, in or based in Bermuda.

All Bermuda companies must comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. A company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of the company’s assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

United States Insurance Regulation

Third Point Re is licensed in Bermuda to write reinsurance and is not admitted to do business in any jurisdiction in the United States or in any country other than Bermuda. The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many foreign countries regulate the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by alien insurers and reinsurers, such as Third Point Re.

Third Point Re currently intends to conduct its business so as not to be subject to the licensing requirements of insurance regulators in the United States or elsewhere (other than Bermuda). Many aspects of the activities of Third Point Re are similar to those employed by other non-admitted reinsurers that provide reinsurance to U.S. and other ceding companies. There can be no assurance, however, that insurance regulators in the United States or elsewhere will not review the activities of Third Point Re and claim that Third Point Re is subject to such jurisdiction’s licensing requirements.

In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers are subject to indirect regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions in which their ceding companies are licensed through the “credit for reinsurance” mechanism. In general, a ceding company which obtains

 

128


Table of Contents

reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the jurisdiction or state in which the insurer files statutory financial statements is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the liability for unearned premiums and loss reserves and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer.

In the United States, many states allow credit for reinsurance ceded to a reinsurer that is domiciled and licensed in another state of the United States and meets certain financial requirements. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited. The great majority of states, however, permit the reduction in statutory surplus resulting from reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to be offset to the extent that the reinsurer provides a letter of credit or other acceptable security arrangement, and a few states reduce the amount of security to be posted based on a number of factors, including the credit rating given to a reinsurer from a U.S.-nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

129


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of July 15, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John R. Berger

     61       Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer

Christopher L. Collins

     39       Director

Steven E. Fass

     67       Director

Mary R. Hennessy

     61       Director

William L. Spiegel

     51       Director

Joshua L. Targoff

     44       Director

J. Robert Bredahl

     50       Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Manoj K. Gupta

     37       SVP, Underwriting; and Lead Portfolio Manager, Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd.

Daniel V. Malloy

     53       Executive Vice President—Underwriting

Tonya L. Marshall

     42       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Michael McKnight

     52       Chief Actuary and Chief Risk Officer

Anthony Urban

     52       Executive Vice President—Underwriting

John R. Berger —Mr. Berger is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer and has served in this position since December 22, 2011. Mr. Berger is an insurance industry veteran with over thirty years of experience, the majority of which was spent as the principal executive officer of three successful reinsurance companies.

Mr. Berger served as Chief Executive Officer, Reinsurance and Vice Chairman of the Board of Alterra Capital Holdings Limited (previously known as “Max Capital Group Ltd.”) from May 2010. He also served as Chairman of Alterra Reinsurance Limited (previously known as “Harbor Point Re Limited”), Chief Executive Officer of Alterra Capital Services Inc. (previously known as “Harbor Point Services, Inc.”), and a Director of Alterra Agency Limited (“Harbor Point Agency Limited”), New Point III Limited and New Point Re III Limited. From August 1998 to December 2005, he was the Chief Executive Officer and President of Chubb Re, Inc.

From November 1983 to August 1998, he held various positions at F&G Re including Chief Executive Officer and President. Following the acquisition of USF&G by The St. Paul Companies in April 1998 until August 1998, he served as President of the North American Treaty operation of St. Paul Re and President of F&G Re. Prior to 1983, Mr. Berger was an Underwriter at General Re and Prudential Reinsurance.

Mr. Berger is a Member of the Board of Directors of the Reinsurance Association of America. He earned an undergraduate degree in Economics from Princeton University and an MBA from Rutgers University.

Christopher L. Collins —Mr. Collins has served as a director of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. since December 2011. Mr. Collins joined Kelso in 2001 and has been a Managing Director since 2009. He spent the preceding two years at the Stanford Graduate School of Business earning his M.B.A. degree in 2001. He spent the previous three years as an Analyst at Stonington Partners. He received a B.A. in English with honors from Duke University in 1996. Mr. Collins is currently a director of Audio Visual Services Corporation, Augusta Sportswear, Inc., Cronos Ltd., HCBF Holding Company, Inc., iGPS Company LLC, MainLine Management LLC (an affiliate of Buckeye Partners, L.P.), Renfro Corporation, and Wilton Re Holdings Limited.

Steven E. Fass —Mr. Fass’s insurance career has spanned nearly 38 years. Mr. Fass currently serves as a director of RITC Syndicate Managers, a London based run off specialist. He retired in 2008 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the White Mountains Insurance Group Ltd. From 1984 through 2006 he was the

 

130


Table of Contents

President and Chief Executive Officer of White Mountains Re, and its predecessor companies Folksamerica Holding Company and Folksamerica Reinsurance Company. He joined Folksamerica in 1980 as its Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Folksamerica he held various positions at American Re and Skandia America Re. Mr. Fass has held numerous directorships including Chairman of White Mountains Re, Chairman of Fund American Reinsurance Company Ltd., Chairman of Sirius International Insurance Company Ltd. and Chairman of Esurance Insurance Company. He was a director of both White Mountains (2000-2008) and One Beacon Insurance Group, both public companies.

Mary R. Hennessy —Ms. Hennessy is currently an independent consultant to the property and casualty insurance and reinsurance industry, which was her occupation from 2002 through 2008. From 2008 to 2010, she served as chief executive officer of GMAC Insurance—Personal Lines. From 2000-2002, Ms. Hennessy served as the chief executive officer, president and member of the board of directors of Overseas Partners, Ltd. From 1997 to 1999, she served as president, chief operating officer, and as a member of TIG Holdings, Inc.’s board of directors after serving as the executive vice president and chief underwriting officer from 1996 to 1997. From 1988 to 1996, Ms. Hennessy held various positions with American Re Corporation. Ms. Hennessy previously served as a Director of Global Indemnity plc. She currently serves on the board of directors of GeoVera Insurance Holdings, Ltd. and serves as the chair of its audit committee. She has previously served on the board of directors and audit committees of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and Syncora Holdings Ltd. (formerly Security Capital Assurance Ltd.), and represented Overseas Partners, Ltd. on the board of Annuity & Life Re Holdings, Ltd., all of which were listed on the New York Stock Exchange at the time.

Ms. Hennessy received a B.A. in Mathematics from the College of St. Elizabeth. She is a fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society.

William L. Spiegel —Mr. Spiegel is a founding partner and a Managing Director of Pine Brook and is responsible for managing its financial services investing activities. He is also a member of the Investment Committee. Mr. Spiegel currently represents Pine Brook as a director of AloStar Bank of Commerce, Aurigen Capital Limited, Essent Group Ltd., Global Atlantic Financial Group, Green Bancorp, Inc. and Syndicate Holding Corp. Mr. Spiegel has 23 years of private equity investment experience. Prior to joining Pine Brook, he was with The Cypress Group from its inception in 1994 until 2006. Prior to joining The Cypress Group, Mr. Spiegel worked in the Merchant Banking Group at Lehman Brothers. He has served on the board of directors of numerous companies, including four publicly traded corporations. He is currently a director of Lancashire Holdings Limited, a global provider of specialty insurance products.

Mr. Spiegel holds a B.Sc. in Economics from The London School of Economics and Political Science, an M.A. in Economics from the University of Western Ontario and an M.B.A. from The University of Chicago.

Joshua L. Targoff —Mr. Targoff is a Partner and Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel of Third Point LLC. Mr. Targoff received an A.B. from Brown University in 1991 and a J.D. from Yale Law School in 1996. From 1996 to 2003 he was an associate in the law firm of Debevoise & Plimpton, LLP. From 2003 to 2008, Mr. Targoff served in the legal department of Jefferies & Company, Inc., most recently as General Counsel of Investment Banking. In May of 2008 Mr. Targoff joined Third Point, as General Counsel, and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in 2009. Mr. Targoff serves as a director of Third Point Offshore Fund, Ltd. and Third Point Ultra Ltd.

J. Robert Bredahl —Mr. Bredahl is our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and has served in these positions since February 2012. Prior to joining Third Point Re in February 2012, Mr. Bredahl was the Chief Executive Officer of Aon Benfield Securities, Aon’s Investment Banking Group, and the President of the Americas division of Aon Benfield, the premier reinsurance intermediary and capital advisor from November 2008 to January 2012. Prior to Aon’s acquisition of Benfield in November 2008, Mr. Bredahl held various senior level positions at Benfield and at the time of acquisition was CEO of Benfield U.S. Inc. and CEO of Benfield advisory. Prior to joining Aon Benfield in March 2002, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Inreon PLC and

 

131


Table of Contents

Managing Director and Head of U.S. Derivative Sales for Barclays Capital. Mr. Bedahl earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Middlebury College. While at Aon Benfield Securities he held several securities licenses including the Series 24, Series 7, and Series 63.

Manoj K. Gupta —Mr. Gupta has held the position of SVP, Underwriting at Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. since April 16, 2012 and the position of Lead Portfolio Manager, Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd., since June 15, 2012. Prior to joining Third Point Re, Mr. Gupta was the lead portfolio manager for catastrophe reinsurance at Goldman Sachs Asset Management (“GSAM”), one of the world’s largest asset management firms and a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs Group. During his tenure at GSAM from October 2006 until April 2012, Mr. Gupta launched three standalone catastrophe risk funds and also placed reinsurance risk within the firm’s multi-strategy hedge funds. Prior to joining GSAM, Mr. Gupta was a leader of reinsurance broker Benfield’s alternative capacity and credit risk solutions efforts. Prior to joining Benfield in April 2003, Mr. Gupta was head of business development and strategic planning at Inreon, a reinsurance trading platform co-sponsored by Swiss Re and Munich Re, and a management consultant for McKinsey & Company. Mr. Gupta graduated from University of Waterloo, Canada with a Bachelor of Applied Science in Electrical Engineering.

Daniel V. Malloy —Mr. Malloy is our Executive Vice President—Underwriting, a position he has served in since January 23, 2012. Prior to joining Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Dan Malloy worked at Aon Benfield from 2003 co-leading the Specialty Lines practice groups, which were responsible for providing clients and brokers with primary and reinsurance market updates, peer analytics, new product ideas, growth initiatives and placement assistance. Specialty Lines includes the casualty, professional liability, surety, workers’ compensation, property risk, environmental, structured reinsurance and MGA practices. Mr. Malloy has almost 32 years of reinsurance experience including 10 years of structured reinsurance underwriting.

Before joining Aon Benfield, he was President and a board member of Stockton Reinsurance Ltd. in Bermuda from 1998 to 2003. His experience with structured reinsurance began when he served as President of Centre Re Bermuda where he was employed from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Malloy began his reinsurance career in 1981 working as a reinsurance broker for Sedgwick Re for twelve years. Mr. Malloy holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in biology from Dartmouth College.

Tonya L. Marshall —Ms. Marshall is our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary where she is responsible for the legal function and acts as corporate secretary for us and Third Point Re, and has served in these positions since February 2012. Prior to joining us, Ms. Marshall was the general counsel and board secretary for The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited, an international banking, asset and wealth management group headquartered in Bermuda, where she was responsible for the Group’s legal function and acted as corporate secretary to the Group’s holding company from November 2008 to January 2012.

Prior to joining Butterfield in 2008, Ms. Marshall was employed by the international law firm of Conyers Dill & Pearman from September 1998 to August 2008, where her practice included all aspects of corporate and commercial law with a particular focus on public company and insurance/reinsurance company matters. In the course of her employment with Conyers, Ms. Marshall also served as a director or Alternative Director to various Bermuda companies for which Conyers provided legal advice, corporate secretarial and registered office services.

Ms. Marshall holds a B.Comm from Dalhousie University, an LL.B. from the University of Buckingham and a Diploma in Legal Practice from the Oxford Institute of Legal Practice.

Michael McKnight —Mr. McKnight is our Chief Actuary and Chief Risk Officer and has served in this position since February 2012. Michael McKnight is the former Chief Actuary of Reinsurance for Alterra Capital Holdings Limited (previously known as “Max Capital Group Ltd.”) since August 2004. In that position, he reviewed and approved new and renewal reinsurance transactions, analyzed all bound reinsurance contracts and projected ultimate loss and reserve values, and maintained and updated company’s Return on Equity (ROE)

 

132


Table of Contents

models. Prior to Alterra, Mr. McKnight was Managing Director & Chief Underwriting Officer of Gerling Global International Reinsurance Co. Ltd. (Barbados). In addition to his underwriting duties, he completed loss and expense actuarial reserve studies on all bound business, and set reserves at required levels. From July 1994 until August 2001, Mr. McKnight was a Consulting Actuary and Profit Center Manager for the actuarial firm of Milliman, USA. He worked on a wide variety of actuarial projects, including pricing, reserving, M&A and Dynamic Financial Analysis (“DFA”). He worked in the Atlanta and London offices, before taking over the Bermuda practice in February 1998. Mr. McKnight began his actuarial career in 1985 at Atlanta International Insurance Company (an Alexander & Alexander company—now Aon). He also worked at two personal lines companies (Integon & Direct Response Group) where he was responsible for pricing and reserving for a variety of books, including auto, homeowners and warranty. Mr. McKnight has a Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics from Valdosta State University. He is an Associate of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries. He is former president of the Casualty Actuaries of Bermuda.

Anthony Urban —Mr. Urban is our Executive Vice President—Underwriting, in which position he has served since October 2011. Anthony Urban is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of JRG Reinsurance Company, Ltd. a Bermuda based reinsurance company, which he helped establish in January 2008 with an initial capitalization of $250 million. Prior to JRG Re, from December 2002 to July 2007, Mr. Urban was the Chief Underwriting Officer and Head of Reinsurance Operations of Endurance Reinsurance Corporation of America. Prior to Endurance, from November 2000 to November 2002, Mr. Urban served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer of AXA Corporate Solutions Reinsurance Company (“AXA”), where he managed a reinsurance portfolio of approximately $500 million in premium and a program book of business of approximately $300 million in premium. Prior to AXA, from June 1986 to October 2000, Mr. Urban was employed as a Senior Vice President and Chief Production Officer at Constitution Reinsurance Corporation. Mr. Urban started his career as a Pricing Analyst at North American Reinsurance (Swiss Re) in September 1983.

Mr. Urban has a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have five directors, with one vacancy on our board. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Two independent designees are jointly nominated by Mr. Loeb, Kelso and Pine Brook. The directors are divided into three classes, with (i) Class I being elected by the shareholders for a one year term, (ii) Class II being elected by the shareholders for a two year term and (iii) Class III being elected by the shareholders for a three year term. For as long as a Lead Investor holds shares representing at least 25% of the total number of shares held by such Lead Investor, the Lead Investor has the right to appoint one Class III director to the board of directors at each annual general meeting at which the term of such Lead Investor’s appointee expires. The composition of the board of directors of Third Point Re mirrors the composition of our board of directors.

We are subject to an Agreement among Members (the “AAM”) and a founders agreement (the “Founders Agreement”) both dated as of December 22, 2011. Under the AAM we and all of our shareholders, agreed to place certain restrictions on the transfers of shares by Kelso, Daniel S. Loeb, Pine Brook and Dowling. The AAM also requires Kelso, Daniel S. Loeb and Pine Brook to consent to a variety of significant corporate actions before they are taken by us as well as guaranteeing each of them (or their designees) certain rights related to inclusion on committees of our board of directors. Additionally, the AAM includes provisions requiring us to repurchase a large portion of Mr. Loeb’s shares in the event of his death or disability or a withdrawal by us of 10% or more of our investable assets from Third Point LLC. In addition, the AAM provides each of our shareholders preemptive rights to purchase any newly issued securities issued prior to this initial public offering of our equity securities. Finally, the AAM requires us to take certain actions to repurchase our common shares in the event that an initial

 

133


Table of Contents

public offering of our equity securities has not occurred by the fifth anniversary of the date of the AAM. The AAM will terminate and its provisions are no longer operative upon the consummation of this initial public offering of our equity securities.

Under the Founders Agreement, Kelso, Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling (or its applicable affiliate) are entitled to receive in the aggregate, directly from each Participant (other than TP GP) an annual founders payment (payable in cash monthly in advance) equal to 1.7% of the value of such participant’s capital account (the “Founders Payment”). The portion of the Founders Payment payable to each such party is proportionate based on its (or its affiliates’) respective investment in us accruing as of the beginning of each month. In the event that Third Point LLC or an affiliate of Third Point LLC is no longer managing the assets of Third Point Re through the account or otherwise, then for so long as Daniel S. Loeb still holds interests in Third Point Re, Daniel S. Loeb shall have the right to participate pro-rata with the parties to the Founders Agreement in proportion to his interests in Third Point Re in any fee arrangement entered into between the parties to the Founders Agreement and any investment manager. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the board of directors to satisfy their oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Governance and Nominating Committee. The board has also established an Underwriting Committee, Risk and Compliance Committee, Investment Committee and Executive Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee currently consists of Steven Fass, Mary Hennessy, Christopher Collins and William Spiegel, and has the responsibility for, among other things, assisting the board of directors in reviewing: our financial reporting and other internal control processes; our financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Steven Fass has been identified as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. Upon completion of this offering, the Audit Committee will consist of Steven Fass, Mary Hennessy, and      and will have at least      independent director(s) and at least one Audit Committee financial expert. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the Audit Committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and NYSE, will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee currently consists of Christopher Collins, Joshua Targoff, Steven Fass and Mary Hennessy, and has the responsibility for reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, overseeing the administration of our employee benefits plans, authorizing and administering share option grants and other incentive arrangements and reviewing and approving employment and related agreements of our executive officers and directors. Upon completion of this offering, the Compensation Committee will consist of     ,     , and      and will have at least      independent director(s). Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the Compensation Committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and NYSE, will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

 

134


Table of Contents

Governance and Nominating Committee

The Governance and Nominating Committee currently consists of Christopher Collins, Steven Fass and William Spiegel. The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for identifying and recommending candidates to the board of directors for election to our board of directors, reviewing the composition of the board of directors and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and overseeing Board of Directors evaluations. Upon completion of this offering, the members of our Governance and Nominating Committee are expected to be Steven Fass, Mary Hennessy and             . The charter of our Governance and Nominating Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Christopher Collins, Joshua Targoff, Steven Fass and Mary Hennessy served as the members of our Compensation Committee in 2012. None of the members of our Compensation Committee is an officer or employee of our Company. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation Committee. The members of our Compensation Committee (and/or certain entities affiliated with certain members) are parties to the Founders’ Agreement, Joint Venture Investment Management Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, AAM, Lead Investors, PROL and Dowling Warrants, Closing Letter Agreement, Trademark License Agreements and other agreements referred to under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board intends to adopt and maintain a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to members of our board of directors and all of our employees, including our senior executive and financial officers including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at http://www.thirdpointre.bm. We will promptly disclose any future amendments to this code on our website as well as any waivers from this code for executive officers and directors. Copies of this code are also available in print from our Corporate Secretary upon request.

Director Compensation

Directors who are also our full-time officers or employees will receive no additional compensation for serving as directors. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a director compensation plan.

 

135


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth all compensation earned in the year ended December 31, 2012 by our Named Executive Officers.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and

Principal

Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards ( 1 )
    Option
Awards ( 2 )
    All Other
Compensation ( 3 )
    Total  
          ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  

John R. Berger,

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer

    2012        850,000        425,000 ( 4 )       —          8,959,503        456,397        10,690,900   
J. Robert Bredahl, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (5)     2012        648,077        1,324,038 (6)       5,675,000        5,319,705        261,338        13,228,158   
Daniel V. Malloy, Executive Vice President, Underwriting (7)     2012        560,154        580,077 ( 8 )       340,000        3,919,783        253,325        5,653,339   

 

(1) Messrs. Bredahl and Malloy were granted a total of 567,500 and 34,000 restricted shares, respectively, to replace equity awards from their former employers that were forfeited when each became an employee of the Company. The amounts reported in this column are valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 16, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts.
(2) The amount reported is valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, modified to exclude any forfeiture assumptions related to service-based vesting conditions. See Note 16, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. Management will become entitled to additional options upon our raising of additional capital in this offering, up to a cap of $215.7 million. See “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2012” below.
(3) The following table sets forth the compensation reflected in this “All Other Compensation” column:

All Other Compensation

 

Name

   Year      Qualifying
Company
Contributions
to 401K Plan
($) (a)
     Company-Paid
Transportation
Expense ($) (b)
     Reimbursed
Housing
Expenses

($) (c)
     Tax
Reimbursements
($) (d)
     Total Other
Compensation
($)
 

John R. Berger

     2012         50,000         171,152         116,387         118,858         456,397   

J. Robert Bredahl

     2012         50,000         119,629         34,580         57,129         261,338   

Daniel V. Malloy

     2012         50,000         92,788         38,139         72,398         253,325   

 

  (a) Represents Company contributions to retirement plan.
  (b)

Mr. Berger is entitled to private air travel to and from Bermuda, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. Mr. Bredahl and Mr. Malloy receive private air travel to and from Bermuda, generally when traveling with the CEO; they otherwise receive first class air travel to and from Bermuda.

 

136


Table of Contents
  Corporate aircraft charges are based on the incremental cost to the Company. Commercial aircraft charges are based on the actual cost of airfare. Also includes ground transportation costs paid by the Company.
  (c) Messrs. Berger, Bredahl and Malloy are entitled to a housing allowance under the terms of their employment agreements. Represents cost of housing and utilities, including electricity and cable services, paid or reimbursed by the Company.
  (d) Represents payment of Bermuda social security taxes on behalf of Messrs. Berger, Bredahl and Malloy and reimbursement of all taxes incurred with respect to (i) the housing allowance and company-paid transportation benefit and (ii) the tax reimbursement payments.

 

(4) Represents a discretionary annual bonus for 2012 paid in March 2013.
(5) Mr. Bredahl’s employment with the Company commenced in February 2012.
(6) Includes a $324,038 discretionary annual bonus for 2012 paid in March 2013 and a $1,000,000 sign on bonus paid in March 2012 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Bredahl’s employment agreement.
(7) Mr. Malloy’s employment with the Company commenced on January 23, 2012.
(8) Includes a $280,077 discretionary annual bonus for 2012 paid in March 2013 and a $300,000 sign on bonus paid in March 2012 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Malloy’s employment agreement.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

The following summaries are qualified by reference to the full text of the respective agreements and plans, which have been filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

Executive Employment Agreements

We have used employment agreements as a means to attract and retain executive officers. These are more fully discussed below. We believe that these agreements provide our executive officers with the assurance that their employment is a long-term arrangement and provide us with the assurance that the officers’ services will be available to us for the foreseeable future.

John R. Berger . On December 22, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Berger, pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board. Mr. Berger also serves as our Chief Underwriting Officer. The employment agreement sets Mr. Berger’s annual base salary at $850,000. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Berger is eligible for an annual bonus with a threshold, target and maximum amount of, respectively, 50%, 150% and 300% of base salary, based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established by the board. The employment agreement also provides for a grant to Mr. Berger of options to purchase common shares on the terms set forth in the Share Incentive Plan and Mr. Berger’s option agreement (as described below). Mr. Berger’s employment agreement also provides that, during the term of his employment and while his principal place of employment is Bermuda, he is entitled to (i) private air travel to and from Bermuda, (ii) a housing allowance of $10,000 per month, and (iii) tax reimbursement for the taxes incurred with respect to (a) the air travel benefit, (b) the housing benefit and (c) the tax reimbursement payment. Under the terms of his employment agreement, he is entitled to four weeks of paid vacation annually, and is also eligible to participate in all normal company benefits, including the Company’s 401(k), medical, dental and life and disability insurance plans and programs in accordance with the terms of such arrangements.

Mr. Berger’s employment term is for an initial period of three years, and automatically extends for an additional year on the third anniversary of the employment agreement commencement date and every anniversary thereafter, unless either party gives notice of non-extension at least 90 day prior to such anniversary.

If Mr. Berger’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or if Mr. Berger resigns for good reason, Mr. Berger will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date, (ii) payment of 18 months’ base salary, payable over the 18 month period following

 

137


Table of Contents

the termination date, (iii) 18 months of continued participation in medical and life insurance benefits at active employee rates. The payment of the above shall be contingent on Mr. Berger executing a general release of all claims against the Company. If Mr. Berger’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability, Mr. Berger will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date. Following termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Berger will be entitled to receive (i) all accrued and unpaid base salary and benefits and (ii) reimbursement for approved business expenses incurred prior to termination. Mr. Berger is subject to confidentiality and nondisparagement covenants and, during the term of his employment and for 18 months following termination of employment, to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Mr. Berger is entitled to coverage under and directors and officers insurance policy during his employment and for six years following the termination of his employment.

J. Robert Bredahl . On January 26, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bredahl, pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. The employment agreement sets Mr. Bredahl’s annual base salary at $750,000. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Bredahl is eligible for an annual bonus with a threshold, target and maximum amount of, respectively, 50%, 150% and 300% of base salary, based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established by the board. The employment agreement also provides for grants to Mr. Bredahl of (i) restricted stock to replace unvested restricted stock that he held in his former employer that was forfeited when he became an employee of the Company, subject to the terms of a restricted share award agreement (as described below) and (ii) options to purchase common shares on the terms set forth in the Share Incentive Plan and Mr. Bredahl’s option agreement (as described below). Mr. Bredahl’s employment agreement also provides that, during the term of his employment and while his principal place of employment is Bermuda, he is entitled to (i) air travel to and from Bermuda (private air travel, when traveling with the Chief Executive Officer, or first-class air travel otherwise), (ii) a housing allowance of $6,000 per month (which was subsequently reduced to $3,000), and (iii) tax reimbursement for the taxes incurred with respect to (a) the air travel benefit, (b) the housing benefit and (c) the tax reimbursement payment. Under the terms of his employment agreement, he is entitled to four weeks of paid vacation annually, and is also eligible to participate in all normal company benefits, including the Company’s 401(k), medical, dental and life and disability insurance plans and programs in accordance with the terms of such arrangements.

Mr. Bredahl’s employment term is for an initial period of three years, and automatically extends for an additional year on the third anniversary of the employment agreement commencement date and every anniversary thereafter, unless either party gives notice of non-extension at least 90 day prior to such anniversary.

If Mr. Bredahl’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or if Mr. Bredahl resigns for good reason, Mr. Bredahl will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date, (ii) payment of 18 months’ base salary, payable over the 18 month period following the termination date, (iii) 18 months of continued participation in medical and life insurance benefits at active employee rates. The payment of the above shall be contingent on Mr. Bredahl executing a general release of all claims against the Company. If Mr. Bredahl’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability, Mr. Bredahl will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date. Following termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Bredahl will be entitled to receive (i) all accrued and unpaid base salary and benefits and (ii) reimbursement for approved business expenses incurred prior to termination. Mr. Bredahl is subject to confidentiality and nondisparagement covenants and, during the term of his employment and for 18 months following termination of employment, to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Mr. Bredahl is entitled to coverage under and directors and officers insurance policy during his employment and for six years following the termination of his employment.

 

138


Table of Contents

Daniel V. Malloy . On January 23, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Malloy, pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Executive Vice President Underwriting. The employment agreement sets Mr. Malloy’s annual base salary at $600,000. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Malloy is eligible for an annual bonus with a threshold, target and maximum amount of, respectively, 50%, 150% and 300% of base salary, based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established by the board. The employment agreement also provides for grants to Mr. Malloy of (i) restricted stock to replace unvested restricted stock that he held in his former employer that was forfeited when he became an employee of the Company, subject to the terms of a restricted share award agreement (as described below) and (ii) options to purchase common shares on the terms set forth in the Share Incentive Plan and Mr. Malloy’s option agreement (as described below). Mr. Malloy’s employment agreement also provides that, during the term of his employment and while his principal place of employment is Bermuda, he is entitled to (i) a housing allowance and (ii) tax reimbursement for the taxes incurred with respect to (a) the housing benefit and (b) the tax reimbursement payment. Under the terms of his employment agreement, he is entitled to four weeks of paid vacation annually, and is also eligible to participate in all normal company benefits, including the Company’s 401(k), medical, dental and life and disability insurance plans and programs in accordance with the terms of such arrangements.

Mr. Malloy’s employment term is for an initial period of three years, and automatically extends for an additional year on the third anniversary of the employment agreement commencement date and every anniversary thereafter, unless either party gives notice of non-extension at least 90 day prior to such anniversary.

If Mr. Malloy’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or if Mr. Malloy resigns for good reason, Mr. Malloy will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date, (ii) payment of 18 months’ base salary, payable over the 18 month period following the termination date, (iii) 18 months of continued participation in medical and life insurance benefits at active employee rates. The payment of the above shall be contingent on Mr. Malloy executing a general release of all claims against the Company. If Mr. Malloy’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability, Mr. Malloy will be entitled to receive (i) an annual bonus payment, prorated for the period of his service prior to the termination date. Following termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Malloy will be entitled to receive (i) all accrued and unpaid base salary and benefits and (ii) reimbursement for approved business expenses incurred prior to termination. Mr. Malloy is subject to confidentiality and nondisparagement covenants and, during the term of his employment and for 18 months following termination of employment, to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Mr. Malloy is entitled to coverage under and directors and officers insurance policy during his employment and for six years following the termination of his employment.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. 401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees who have completed at least 500 hours of service during the plan year, and we make safe harbor contributions of at least three percent of each participant’s annual compensation. For 2012, the Company made a contribution of $17,000 on behalf of each employee and made a 100% matching contribution.

Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan

Our board adopted, and our shareholders approved, the Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan became effective on February 1, 2012 and will terminate on December 22, 2021 unless earlier terminated by the board. The purpose of our Stock Option Plan is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of the Company and its subsidiaries and materially

 

139


Table of Contents

increase shareholder value by (a) motivating superior performance by means of service- and performance-related incentives, (b) encouraging and providing for the acquisition of an ownership interest in the Company by participants and (c) enabling the Company and its subsidiaries to attract and retain the services of an outstanding management and employee team upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of its and their operations is largely dependent.

An aggregate of 11,627,906 of our common shares were made available for grants of options under the Stock Option Plan. As of March 31, 2013, options to purchase 10,682,391 of our common shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $13.20 per share, were outstanding under the Share Plan, assuming that this offering yields proceeds to us of not less than $215.7 million. Shares subject to an option that are not issued due to expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of an option are again available for grant under the Plan.

The Stock Option Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the power to determine who may participate in the Stock Option Plan, interpret the Plan and its application as well as establish rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan.

In the event of any dividend or distribution in kind, stock split, bonus issuance, reverse stock split, or reclassification of shares, the Compensation Committee may appropriately adjust the number of securities available under the plan, the number and class of securities subject to each outstanding option and the purchase price per security.

Participants in the plan consist of those employees and members of the board selected by the Compensation Committee in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. Options may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. An “incentive stock option” is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and a “non-qualified stock option” is an option that does not meet those requirements.

The number of common shares subject to an option, whether the option is an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option, the purchase price payable on exercise, the vesting schedule, if any, the period during which an option may be exercised and the other terms and provisions of the options are determined by the Compensation Committee. Options under the plan are subject to terms and provisions of an option agreement signed by the Company and the optionee. All options granted under the Stock Option Plan expire not more than ten years after the date of grant and have an exercise price that is determined by the Compensation Committee, but which in no event is less than the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. If our common shares are not listed on an established stock exchange, payment for common shares purchased on the exercise of an option must be made at the time of such exercise in cash. If our common shares are listed on such an exchange, payment may be made in cash, or (i) by delivery of common shares of the Company.

 

140


Table of Contents

All of the terms relating to the exercise, cancellation or other disposition of any option upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the recipient of such option, whether due to disability, death or under any other circumstances, are determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant, upon a termination of the participant’s employment or the occurrence of a change in control, treatment of the options will be as follows:

Effect of a Termination or Change in Control on Options

 

Termination of
Employment due to

Death or Disability

 

Termination of
Employment for Cause

 

Termination of
Employment Without
Cause of for Good
Reason

 

Termination of
Employment for Any
Other Reason

 

Change in Control

• options that would have become exercisable on the vesting date immediately following the date of termination become vested on termination

 

• all vested options are exercisable until the earlier to occur of: (i) the first anniversary of termination or (ii) the normal option expiration date

 

• all options vested as of the termination date are exercisable for three months following the termination date or, if earlier, until the normal option expiration date

 

• unvested options terminated and cancelled

 

• treatment determined by terms of option agreement

 

• unvested options terminated and cancelled

 

• all options vested as of the termination date are exercisable for three months following the termination date or, if earlier, the normal option expiration date

 

• unvested options terminated and cancelled

 

• each option cancelled in exchange for a payment of an amount equal to the excess of the per share consideration paid in conjunction the transaction over the exercise price for such option

Options granted under the Stock Option Plan may not be transferred by the participant other than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution unless permitted by the Compensation Committee for estate planning purposes.

The board may amend or terminate the Stock Option Plan at any time, except that no amendment shall be made without the approval of a majority of optionholders if the amendment would does not preserve the economic value of any previously granted, unvested option.

Nonqualified Share Option Agreement

In accordance with the Nonqualified Share Option Agreement (referred to as the “Option Agreement”) entered in to by each of Messrs. Berger, Bredahl and Malloy, the options vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a capital condition. The service condition will be met as to 20% of the options on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of the agreement. Once the service condition has been met, the capital condition will be deemed met with respect to the product of (a) the total number of outstanding options for with the service condition has been satisfied and (b) the lesser of (i) 1 and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate consideration received by the Company for issuance of its common shares up to and including the closing of a qualified initial public offering and the denominator of which is $1,000,000,000. Following the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering, any options that are not capable of becoming exercisable as a result of the capital condition not being satisfied will be forfeited and cancelled for no consideration. The options expire on the tenth anniversary of the agreement date.

 

141


Table of Contents

In the event of a termination of employment, the option treatment is as follows:

 

   

Termination due to death or disability : Options that would have become exercisable on the vesting date immediately following the date of termination (measuring achievement of the capital condition as of the date of termination) become vested on termination; all vested options are exercisable until the earlier to occur of: (i) the first anniversary of termination or (ii) the options’ normal expiration date.

 

   

Termination without cause or for good reason : Options that would have become exercisable on ( i ) the vesting date immediately following the date of termination (measuring achievement of the capital condition as of the date of termination) become exercisable immediately, and ( ii ) the options that would have become exercisable on the second vesting date following termination become exercisable on a pro rata basis, with the number of options that vest on termination determined by multiplying the total number of options scheduled to vest on the second vesting date by a ratio, the numerator of which is the number of days in the applicable vesting period that occur prior to the first anniversary of the date of termination and denominator of which is 365. In the case of both (i) and (ii), achievement of the capital condition will be measured as of the date of termination of employment, and vested options will be exercisable until the first anniversary of the termination of employment or, if earlier, the normal expiration date. Any remaining unvested options will be cancelled immediately.

 

   

Termination for cause : All options vested as of the termination date remain exercisable for three months following the termination date or, if earlier, until the options’ normal expiration date; unvested options terminate and are cancelled immediately.

The Option Agreement provides that in the event of a Change in Control, each option for which the capital condition has been satisfied as of immediately prior to such change in control (regardless of whether the service condition has been met) will be cancelled in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the consideration received by the Company for a common share in the change in control transaction over the exercise price of the option. All other options will be immediately cancelled for no consideration.

The Compensation Committee may choose to permit a cashless exercise of options, on terms and conditions as it may establish.

Restricted Share Award Agreements

Mr. Bredahl is party to two Restricted Share Award Agreements, dated January 26, 2012 under which he was granted a total of 567,500 restricted shares of the Company. His agreements provide that, subject to his continued employment through each such date, 347,500 of the restricted shares will vest on the third anniversary of the agreement date, and 220,000 will vest on the fifth anniversary of the agreement date. Mr. Malloy is party to a Restricted Share Award Agreement, dated January 23, 2012, under which he was granted a total of 34,000 restricted shares of the Company. His agreement provides that, subject to his continued employment through such date, all of the restricted shares will vest on the third anniversary of the agreement date. On a termination of employment due to death, disability, without cause or for good reason, all restricted shares held by Messrs. Bredahl and Malloy will become vested immediately. On a termination of employment for any other reason, unless determined otherwise by the Compensation Committee, all unvested restricted shares will immediately be cancelled and forfeited without payment. In the event of a change in control, each unvested restricted share will immediately become vested.

Prior to vesting, the restricted shares may not be transferred. Messrs. Bredahl and Malloy are entitled to dividends and other distributions paid with respect to their restricted shares, but any payments made prior to vesting will be retained by the Company and paid only upon vesting and will be subject to forfeiture until the shares become vested.

The Company may amend the restricted share award agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested restricted shares awarded under the agreement at any time, provided that any agreement that does not preserve the economic value of the award or otherwise materially adversely affects the rights of the holder of restricted shares must be approved by the holders of a majority of all unvested restricted shares.

 

142


Table of Contents

Additional Incentive Plans

Prior to completion of this offering, we also expect to adopt an annual incentive bonus plan and omnibus equity incentive plan, which will be filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

Option Holdings and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

The following table shows information concerning outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2012 for our named executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2012

 

          Option Awards ( 1 )     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned

Options(#) (2)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
that have
not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
have not
Vested
($) (3)
 

John R. Berger

    2/1/2012        350,208        1,400,835        481,515        10.00        12/22/2021          n/a   
    2/1/2012        116,736        466,945        160,505        16.00        12/22/2021       
    2/1/2012        116,736        466,945        160,505        20.00        12/22/2021       

J. Robert Bredahl

    2/1/2012        —          1,039,682        285,900        10.00        1/26/2022        567,500 (4)       6,180,075   
    2/1/2012        —          346,561        95,299        16.00        1/26/2022       
    2/1/2012        —          346,561        95,299        20.00        1/26/2022       

Daniel V. Malloy

    2/1/2012        —          766,081        210,663        10.00        1/23/2022        34,000 (5)       370,260   
    2/1/2012        —          255,360        70,221        16.00        1/23/2022       
    2/1/2012        —          255,360        70,221        20.00        1/23/2022       

 

(1) The vesting of these options is subject to satisfaction of both (i) a service condition and (ii) a performance condition. The service condition will be met as to 20% of the options on each of the first five anniversaries of the employee’s first day of employment with the Company—December 22, 2011 for Mr. Berger, January 26, 2012 for Mr. Bredahl and January 23, 2012 for Mr. Malloy. Once the service condition has been met, the performance condition will be deemed met with respect to a pro-rata portion of the service-vested options determined based on the Company’s proportionate achievement of its fund raising target of $1,000,000,000 as of completion of this offering. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had raised a total of $784.3 million therefore, the performance condition has been satisfied with respect to 78.4% of the options. The remaining 21.6% of the options will become eligible for vesting based on the service condition or be forfeited depending on whether the additional $215.7 million capital needed for full satisfaction of the performance condition is raised in this offering. See “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Nonqualified Share Option Agreement” above for additional information regarding the capital condition.
(2) Represents options that remain subject to the performance condition. See footnote (1) above.
(3) Market value of the shares that have not vested is based on the $10.89 per share market value of the common shares on December 31, 2012.
(4) Subject to Mr. Bredahl’s continued employment through each such date, 347,500 of the restricted shares are scheduled to vest on January 26, 2015, and 220,000 are scheduled to vest on January 26, 2017.
(5) Subject to Mr. Malloy’s continued employment through such date, all of the restricted shares are scheduled to vest on January 23, 2015.

 

143


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation in Fiscal Year 2012

We have not paid cash compensation to our directors for service on our board and our employees do not receive compensation for serving as members of our board. Directors are reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings and carrying out duties as board and committee members. In accordance with the terms of their director service agreements, our non-employee directors receive grants of share options as compensation for their services on our board, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, described above. Because we only pay compensation to independent directors, Mr. Collins, Mr. Berger, Mr. Loeb (who served as a director until May 2013), Mr. Spiegel and Mr. Targoff were not compensated for their service as directors and were omitted from the following table.

 

Name

   Option Awards  ($) (1)(2)     Total ($) (1)  

Steven E. Fass, Director

     130,088 (2)       130,088   

Mary Hennessy, Director

     130,088 (3)       130,088   

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the fair value of the award as of the grant date as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding any forfeiture assumptions related to service-based vesting conditions. See Note 16, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts.
(2) The options were granted on February 16, 2012 and vest in five equal increments on first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service as a director on each applicable vesting date.
(3) As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Fass held outstanding, unvested options to purchase 42,374 shares. Of these options, 25,424 had an exercise price of $10.00, 8,475 had an exercise price of $16.00 and 8,475 had an exercise price of $20.00.
(4) As of December 31, 2012, Ms. Hennessy held outstanding, unvested options to purchase 42,374 shares. Of these options, 25,424 had an exercise price of $10.00, 8,475 had an exercise price of $16.00 and 8,475 had an exercise price of $20.00.

 

144


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a related person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the consent of our Audit Committee, another independent committee of our board or the full board. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or any of such persons’ immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our Audit Committee any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related person transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Under the policy, if we should discover related person transactions that have not been approved, our Audit Committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction. A copy of our related person transactions policy will be available on our website.

Related Person Transactions

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement

On December 22, 2011, we entered into the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”) with Third Point LLC, Third Point Re, and Third Point Advisors LLC (“TP GP”), an affiliate of Third Point LLC, (Third Point Re and TP GP, together with any other party admitted in the future as a participant, the “Participants” and each a “Participant”), pursuant to which the parties created a joint venture (the “Account”) whereby Third Point LLC manages the assets of Third Point Re and TP GP as well as our assets and any of our subsidiaries, if any, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Investment Management Agreement.

Term

The Investment Management Agreement has an initial term of five years, subject to automatic renewal for additional successive three-year terms unless a party notifies the other parties at least six months prior to the end of a term that it wishes to terminate the Investment Management Agreement at the end of such term.

We may also terminate the Investment Management Agreement upon the death, long-term disability or retirement of Daniel S. Loeb, or the occurrence of other circumstances in which Mr. Loeb is no longer directing the investment program of Third Point LLC.

We may also withdraw as participants under the Investment Management Agreement prior to the expiration of the Investment Management Agreement’s term at any time only ‘‘for cause’’, which is defined as:

 

   

a material violation of applicable law relating to Third Point LLC’s advisory business;

 

   

Third Point LLC’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement;

 

   

a material breach by Third Point LLC of our investment guidelines that is not cured within a 15-day period;

 

   

a conviction or, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime affecting the asset management business of Third Point LLC by certain senior officers of Third Point LLC;

 

145


Table of Contents
   

any act of fraud, material misappropriation, material dishonesty, embezzlement, or similar conduct against or involving us by senior officers of Third Point LLC; or

 

   

a formal administrative or other legal proceeding before the Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Association, or any other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory organization against Third Point LLC or certain key personnel which would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, we may withdraw as a participant under the Investment Management Agreement prior to the expiration of its term if net investment performance of Third Point LLC has (a) incurred a loss in two successive calendar years and (ii) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 1,000 basis points (10 pts) for such two successive calendar years, taken as a whole, or (b) (i) incurred a cumulative loss of 10% or more during any 24 month period and (ii) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 1,500 basis points (15 pts) for such 24 month period. We may not withdraw or terminate the Investment Management Agreement on the basis of performance. If we become dissatisfied with the results of the investment performance of Third Point LLC, we will be unable to hire new investment managers until the Investment Management Agreement expires by its terms or is terminated for cause.

Management Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, Third Point LLC is entitled to receive a monthly payment in advance by each Participant (other than TP GP) and is equal to (i) 0.1667% (2.00% annualized) of the capital account of such Participant (before accounting for any accrual of the Performance Allocation (as defined in the Investment Management Agreement)) minus (ii) the aggregate amount of founders payments paid for such month pursuant to the Founders Agreement, in each case pro-rated for intra-month withdrawals or contributions (see “—Founders Agreement”). This payment is debited against the capital account of each relevant Participant and paid in cash to Third Point LLC. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid $2.4 million of management fees to Third Point LLC and $13.9 million of management fees to the Founders under the Founders Agreement. There were no fees incurred or paid during 2011. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, management fees to Third Point LLC were $724,000 and $574,000, respectively.

Performance Allocation

As further set out in the Investment Management Agreement, the Account has established one or more capital accounts to which capital contributions, withdrawals, net profit and net loss will be allocated in respect of each Participant. At the end of each fiscal year, the Performance Allocation (equal to 20% of the net profit allocable to the capital account of each Participant) will be reallocated to the capital account of TP GP from the capital account of each other Participant, provided, however, that a Performance Allocation will not be made with respect to such capital account until such capital account has recouped the amount of any unrecouped net capital loss in its Loss Recovery Account (as defined in the Investment Management Agreement). If a Participant withdraws all or a portion of its capital account other than at the end of a fiscal year, the Performance Allocation accrued and attributable to the portion withdrawn will be debited against such Participant’s capital account and credited to TP GP’s capital account at the time of withdrawal.

Third Point LLC is required to maintain a Loss Recovery Account in respect of each Participant, the opening balance of which will be zero. Thereafter, for any fiscal year, the Loss Recovery Account balance shall be the sum of all prior year net loss amounts allocated to the Participant and not subsequently offset by prior year net profit amounts allocated to such Participant; provided that the Loss Recovery Account balance shall be reduced proportionately to reflect any withdrawals made by such Participant. TP GP may waive or reduce the Performance Allocation, in its sole discretion. Third Point LLC and TP GP may elect, at the beginning of each fiscal year to restructure the Performance Allocation as a performance fee to Third Point LLC with the same terms as the Performance Allocation.

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 we incurred $33.9 million and $20.0 million in performance fees, respectively.

 

146


Table of Contents

Contributions

Third Point Re may elect to make additional capital contributions at the beginning of each calendar month or on specified intra-month days to the Account with the purpose of having the maximum investment exposure as may be prudent under the circumstances (as determined by Third Point Re’s board of directors). In addition, Third Point Re is required, at the end of each calendar month, to make such additional capital contributions to the Account so that Third Point Re will have the maximum investment exposure as may be prudent under the circumstances (as determined by Third Point Re’s board of directors), but in no event shall less than 95% of Third Point Re’s investable assets be invested through the Account after accounting for such additional required capital contributions.

In addition, the Investment Management Agreement provides that TP GP will make additional capital contributions to the Account so that, at all times, the percentage obtained by dividing TP GP’s capital account by the aggregate capital accounts of all Participants is equal to at least 0.2%.

Conflicts of Interest

Third Point LLC is not required to devote its full time to its duties under the Investment Management Agreement, but must devote such amount of its time to such duties as is commercially reasonable and, in any event, such amount of time as is necessary and appropriate to conduct the affairs contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement in good faith.

Third Point LLC and its owners, members, officers and principals may become involved in other business ventures. Third Point LLC and/or its affiliates also manage other assets (whether for their own account or for the account of a third party) that are invested or are available for investment in investment or trading activities (“Managed Accounts”) which may have substantially the same investment programs as the Account. In addition, Third Point LLC may determine to forego an investment on behalf of the Account, but permit employees of Third Point LLC to invest, or offer co-investment opportunities to its employees, its affiliates, one or more Participants or third parties in either case, including but not limited to situations where it determines in good faith that the amount available for the investment is greater than what Third Point LLC reasonably believes is appropriate for investment by the Account. The Account has no interest in the foregoing activities.

In executing securities transactions, Third Point LLC may combine orders of the Account and Managed Accounts, which may at times reduce the number of securities available for purchase by the Account. Third Point LLC is required to seek to allocate investment opportunities among the Account and the Managed Accounts in a fair and equitable manner taking into account each client’s best interests and investment objectives and restrictions. Third Point LLC has adopted procedures to help ensure that allocations do not reflect a practice of favoring or discriminating against any client or group of clients. Account performance shall not be a factor in trade allocations. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, Third Point LLC manages the Account on a parallel pro rata basis with its Managed Accounts, employing primarily the same investment strategies, subject but not limited to each client’s varying stated investment objectives, including the amount of leverage used, investment restrictions and tax considerations. Consequently, when possible, client orders in the same security will be generally placed on an aggregated basis and allocated proportionately (taking into account leverage and such other factors described above) to each of the Account and the Managed Accounts participating therein. Third Point LLC may, however, increase or decrease the amount of securities allocated to an account to avoid holding odd-lot shares for particular clients or, in our case, with approval of the investment committee. In the case of aggregated orders, if all such orders are not filled at the same price, the Account and each Managed Account will participate at the average share price for all Third Point LLC’s transactions in that security on a given day, and transaction costs will be shared pro-rata based on each of the Account’s and the Managed Accounts’ participation in the transaction. Third Point LLC or its affiliates may, in the future advise other funds or separately managed accounts that do not participate with the Account on a pro rata basis.

 

147


Table of Contents

Monthly, and at times intra-month, as Third Point LLC may deem necessary in its sole discretion, Third Point LLC is required to execute rebalancing trades (based on monthly performance and cash inflows and outflows) to maintain to the extent practicable parity in the portfolio composition of the Account and the Managed Accounts, taking into account various factors including account leverage, investment restrictions and tax considerations. In order to effect a rebalancing, Third Point LLC will purchase or sell securities or other investments for the Account while at the same time Third Point LLC is selling or purchasing the same investments for one or more of the Managed Accounts. Transactions between the Account and Managed Accounts are for cash consideration at (i) the current market price of the particular securities if effected on the open market or (ii) the close of business market price for the particular securities on the day of the transaction if not effected on the open market.

Principal trades are to be effected by Third Point LLC in compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Every principal trade shall require the prior written consent of disinterested members of the board of directors of Third Point Re. In the event it is determined in good faith by Third Point LLC that it would be advantageous to establish arrangements under which particular investments are held by the Account or a Managed Account, while the economic benefits and risks of such investments are shared by the Account and the Managed Accounts, which arrangements may entail the creation of special purpose vehicles, derivative contracts and other mechanisms for sharing risk and reward, then Third Point LLC will establish such arrangements only where there is no reasonable alternative, will seek to ensure that all such arrangements result in a fair and equitable sharing of risk and reward, taking into consideration any financing or other incremental costs, and will obtain approval from the investment committee for such arrangement.

In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between Third Point LLC or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Account or any of the Participants on the other hand, or (ii) whenever the Investment Management Agreement or any other agreement provides that Third Point LLC must act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, fair and reasonable, Third Point LLC must resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles.

In selecting brokers or dealers to execute transactions, Third Point LLC may use soft dollars, which is the commission generated from a trade or other financial transaction between us and Third Point LLC. Third Point LLC need not solicit competitive bids and does not have an obligation to seek the lowest available brokerage commissions, mark-ups or other compensation (collectively, “Commissions”). It is not Third Point LLC’s practice to negotiate “execution only” Commissions; thus, the Account may be deemed to be paying for research and other services provided by the broker or brokers which are included in the Commissions. Research and related services furnished by brokers will be limited to services that constitute research and brokerage services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Accordingly, research and related services may include, but are not limited to, written information and analyses concerning specific securities, companies or sectors; market, financial and economic studies and forecasts, as well as discussions with research personnel; financial or industry publications; statistical and pricing services, along with hardware, software, data bases and other technical, technological and telecommunication services, lines and equipment utilized in the investment management process, including any updates, upgrades, modifications, maintenance, repairs, replacements, modernizations or improvements thereof. With respect to brokerage and research services obtained by the use of Commissions that also assist Third Point LLC in performing other functions that do not provide it with lawful and appropriate assistance in making investment decisions (such as accounting, recordkeeping or administrative services) (“Mixed Use Services”), Third Point LLC is required to make a reasonable allocation of the cost of such service according to its use and use Commissions to pay only for the eligible component that falls under the Section 28(e) safe harbor. Third Point LLC may have a conflict of interest when determining the allocation of Mixed Use Services between those services that primarily provide assistance

 

148


Table of Contents

in making investment decisions on behalf of its clients and those that primarily benefit Third Point LLC. The use of Commissions to obtain such other services that may be outside of the parameters of Section 28(e) will be paid for by Third Point LLC in hard dollars.

In addition, Third Point LLC may execute trades with broker-dealers with whom it has other business relationships, including prime brokerage, credit relationships and capital introduction relationships or with broker-dealers that have invested, either directly or through affiliates, in us or our affiliates. However, Third Point LLC does not intend for these other relationships to influence the choice of broker-dealers who execute trades for the Account.

From time to time Third Point LLC may participate in certain broker-dealer’s (“sponsoring broker-dealer”) charity day programs, whereby the applicant may elect on a specified day to effect certain client trades through the sponsoring broker-dealer and permit it to use a portion of client commissions for charitable purposes, including donations to other broker-dealers that may need assistance in natural disaster recovery efforts. While Third Point LLC takes into consideration the sponsoring broker-dealer’s overall execution capabilities as well as other factors as described above, the commissions charged may be in excess of that which another broker-dealer might have charged for the same transaction which could result in Third Point LLC not obtaining best execution on these client trades.

Expenses

Third Point LLC will bear its own operating and overhead expenses attributable to the management of the Account (such as salaries, bonuses, rent, office, utilities and administrative expenses).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise approved in writing by the investment committee of Third Point Re, to the extent the aggregate amount of the expenses payable by the Account for any fiscal year (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any use of “soft dollars” in accordance with the Investment Management Agreement and any indemnification payments made pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement) exceed the product of (a) 0.0125 and (b) the average net assets of the Account (calculated as the average of the net assets determined as of each calendar month end) for such fiscal year, Third Point LLC will reimburse the amount of such excess. Except in certain circumstances described in the Investment Management Agreement, the expenses to be paid by the Account will be borne by the Participants pro-rata in accordance with the balance in their respective capital accounts.

Indemnification

As more fully set out in the Investment Management Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Participant will (generally pro-rata in proportion to such Participant’s capital account) exculpate, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Third Point LLC and its members, affiliates, managers, directors, officers and employees (each, a “Covered Person”) from and against losses and expenses that are incurred by any Covered Person directly or indirectly resulting from the performance of Third Point LLC’s obligations under the Investment Management Agreement. The foregoing indemnification rights apply only to the extent that the action or failure to act by the Covered Person does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or a material breach of the Investment Management Agreement.

Third Point LLC will indemnify and hold harmless each of the Participants against any losses and expenses caused by: (i) any misstatement or omission of material fact contained in a filing made by or on behalf of a Participant under the United States Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 or other federal law or other public disclosure or other applicable law in so far as such losses and expenses arise out of or are based upon any written information provided by Third Point LLC regarding the Participants or the Account expressly for use in such filing or other public disclosure, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such misstatement or omission of a material fact contained in such filing occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished by Third Point LLC; (ii) Third Point LLC’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct in the

 

149


Table of Contents

performance of its obligations; (iii) breaches of the investment guidelines set forth in the Investment Management Agreement by Third Point LLC if not cured within 15 days of the date on which Third Point LLC receives a notice of such breach from a Participant; (iv) a material breach by Third Point LLC of the Investment Management Agreement (other than the investment guidelines); or (v) violations of law by Third Point LLC.

Agreement Among Members

On December 22, 2011, we and all of our shareholders entered into an Agreement Among Members (the “AAM”), which among other provisions, places certain restrictions on the transfers of shares by Kelso, Daniel S. Loeb, Pine Brook and Dowling. The AAM also requires Kelso, Daniel S. Loeb and Pine Brook to consent to a variety of significant corporate actions before they are taken by the Company as well as guaranteeing each of them (or their designees) certain rights related to inclusion on committees of our board. Additionally, the AAM includes provisions requiring us to repurchase a large portion of Mr. Loeb’s shares in the event of his death or disability or a withdrawal by the Company of 10% or more of its investable assets from Third Point LLC. In addition, the AAM provides each of our shareholders preemptive rights to purchase any newly issued securities issued prior to this initial public offering of our equity securities. In addition, pursuant to the AAM we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide each of our shareholders the right to participate on a pro rata basis in connection with certain offerings of our equity securities. Finally, the AAM requires the Company to take certain actions to repurchase its common shares in the event that an initial public offering of our equity securities has not occurred by the fifth anniversary of the date of the AAM. The AAM will terminate and its provisions will no longer be operative upon the consummation of this offering.

Founders Agreement

Each of the Lead Investors, Dowling (or in each case, one of their affiliates) and Third Point Re have entered into a founders agreement, dated December 22, 2011 (the “Founders Agreement”) pursuant to which Kelso, Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling (or its applicable affiliate) are entitled to receive in the aggregate, directly from each Participant (other than TP GP) an annual founders payment (payable in cash monthly in advance) equal to 1.7% of the value of such participant’s capital account (the “Founders Payment”). The portion of the Founders Payment payable to each such party is proportionate based on its (or its affiliates’) respective investment in us accruing as of the beginning of each month, (the portion of the Founders Payment received by each such party, as applicable, the “Individual Founders Payment”). The right to receive the Individual Founders Payment is not transferable by any such party (other than to its affiliates). The right to receive the Founders Payment may be forfeited in certain circumstances.

In the event that Third Point LLC or an affiliate of Third Point LLC is no longer managing the assets of Third Point Re through the Account or otherwise, then for so long as Daniel S. Loeb still holds interests in Third Point Re, Daniel S. Loeb shall have the right to participate pro-rata with the parties to the Founders Agreement in proportion to his interests in Third Point Re in any fee arrangement entered into between the parties to the Founders Agreement and any investment manager.

Registration Rights Agreement

On December 22, 2011, certain of our shareholders executed and delivered the registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to grant (A) each Founder (i) at any time after the second anniversary of the closing, the right to demand registration and request that we effect a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and (ii) at any time after the earlier of a Qualified IPO and the third anniversary of the execution of the Registration Rights Agreement, the right to request that we effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of such Founder’s securities and (B) PROL at any time after a Qualified IPO, a one-time right to request that we effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of PROL’s securities, in each of case (A) and (B) subject to limitations on the number and timing of demand registrations and the other restrictions and cutback provisions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

150


Table of Contents

In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have granted all shareholders “piggyback” rights to include securities in a registration statement filed by us with the SEC under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions and cutback provisions and other customary limitations contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

In connection with the registration of our equity securities under the Securities Act, the investors party to the Registration Rights Agreement agree (in the case of Pine Brook, Kelso and Daniel S. Loeb), if requested by the managing underwriter) not to effect any sale or distribution or to request registration of any securities within 7 days prior and 90 days following (unless advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or for such shorter period as the managing underwriter may agree) the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

Lead Investors, and PROL and Dowling Warrants

On December 22, 2011, we issued the Lead Investors and PROL (pro rata according to the proportion that their respective contributions to our initial capitalization represent to the total share of our initial capitalization by the Lead Investors and PROL) warrants representing the right to purchase up to 4,069,868 of our common shares, exercisable at $10.00 per share (the “Lead Investors and PROL Warrants.”) The number of our common shares that each holder of the Lead Investors and PROL Warrants is entitled to receive corresponds to the aggregate amount of equity we raise in certain equity issuance transactions, including this offering. After giving effect to this offering, we anticipate that the maximum number of common shares will be issuable pursuant to the Lead Investors and PROL.

The Lead Investors and PROL Warrants (subject in certain cases to earlier expiration) expire on the fourth anniversary of the issuance of the Lead Investors and PROL Warrants, or immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Lead Investors and PROL Warrants). All Lead Investors and PROL Warrants are entitled to customary anti-dilution protections (including in respect of dividends).

Trademark License Agreements

On December 22, 2011, Third Point LLC entered into trademark license agreements (each, a “TLA”) with each of Third Point Re and the Company, respectively, pursuant to which Third Point LLC licensed to each of Third Point Re and the Company, on a royalty free non-exclusive basis the name “Third Point”, the trade mark “Third Point” and the “Third Point” logo (collectively, the “Licensed Marks”) to be used in connection with their respective businesses. In addition to customary termination rights for the benefit of Third Point LLC, Third Point LLC has the right to terminate each TLA upon written notice to Third Point Re or the Company, as the case may be, in the event the Investment Management Agreement is terminated. The TLA provides that, for so long as Third Point LLC acts as the investment manager for the Account, Third Point LLC may not license the Licensed Marks to any entity, the principal business of which is reinsurance, without the prior written consent of the licensee.

Closing Letter Agreement

On December 22, 2011, Third Point LLC, Kelso, Pine Brook, TP GP and the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Closing Letter Agreement”) setting forth certain covenants of Third Point LLC and the Company and certain indemnification arrangements as further described below.

Pursuant to the Closing Letter Agreement, Third Point LLC agreed not to manage more than a specified percentage of the assets of any offshore reinsurance company (other than Third Point Re), the principal business of which is property and casualty reinsurance, without the prior written consent of each of the Lead Investors (not to be unreasonably withheld), with certain exceptions for investments by any such reinsurance company of its assets in any Managed Account.

 

151


Table of Contents

In addition, Third Point LLC agreed that it will not raise incremental capital in its existing funds or any newly-created funds or vehicles that pursue the same investment strategy as that of Third Point Re, to the extent that as a result of such incremental capital, the assets of Third Point Re managed by Third Point LLC will be less than a specified percentage of the aggregate assets in Third Point Re and in such previously-described funds or vehicles to be reduced, prior to a Qualified IPO (as defined therein), pro-rata if less than $1 billion of equity capital is raised in the offering.

We have agreed that, from the closing and until the Investment Management Agreement is terminated, we shall cause each of our direct and indirect subsidiaries to (i) become a participant for purposes of the Investment Management Agreement or (ii) enter with Third Point LLC into an agreement similar to the Investment Management Agreement pursuant to which Third Point LLC will act as Third Point LLC in respect of a percentage of such subsidiary’s investable assets equal to the percentage of investable assets invested by Third Point Re in the Account.

If at the time of an initial public offering, Third Point LLC is acting as Third Point LLC for the Account, Third Point LLC has agreed that it will cause its hedge funds not to be available for investment during the pendency of this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Founders and each of their respective affiliates, and the respective shareholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners and employees, and agents of each Founder and/or its affiliates from and against, and shall reimburse each indemnified person for, any and all losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or asserted against such indemnified person arising out of, relating to, and/or in connection with, the Agreement Among Members, we and/or our assets, business, and/or affairs; provided that such indemnified Person will not be entitled to indemnification for any losses to the extent it is determined by a final and binding judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses arise out of such indemnified person’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach of the Closing Letter Agreement. Any indemnification pursuant to the Closing Letter Agreement will be made only out our assets and none of our members (including the Founders) or any other indemnified person will have any personal liability on account of such indemnification.

Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC and Narragansett Bay Insurance Company

Third Point Re entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement with Narragansett Bay Insurance Company (“Narragansett Bay”), effective December 31, 2012, under which Narragansett Bay is obligated to cede an estimated $10.5 million of premium over the one year term of the contract. Pine Brook is the manager of an investment fund that owns our common shares and warrants. Pine Brook currently owns 15.9% of our issued and outstanding common shares and will own 14.6% of our common shares should all outstanding warrants be exercised. Pine Brook is also the manager of an investment fund that owns 45.2% of Narragansett Bay’s common shares and up to 49.0% of common shares should a convertible debt instrument convert to common shares.

TP Lux Holdco LP

Third Point Re has entered into a limited partnership agreement, as one of the limited partners of TP Lux Holdco LP (the “Cayman HoldCo”), which is also an affiliate of Third Point LLC. The Cayman HoldCo was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands and invests and holds debt and equity interests in TP Lux HoldCo S.a r.l., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (the “LuxCo”), which is also an affiliate of Third Point LLC.

The LuxCo was established under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and its principal objective is to act as a collective investment vehicle to purchase Euro debt and equity investments. TPRCL invests in the Cayman HoldCo alongside other investment funds managed by the Third Point LLC. As of March 31, 2013 and

 

152


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012, Third Point Re held less than a 10% interest in the Cayman Holdco. As a result, Third Point Re accounts for its investment in the limited partnership under the variable interest model, in which TPRCL is not the primary beneficiary, at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and records the change in the fair value in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

As of March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the investment in the limited partnership was $31.7 million (December 31, 2012—$91.3 million).

Third Point Loan LLC

Third Point Loan LLC (“Loan LLC”) serves as nominee of Third Point Re and other affiliated investment management clients of Third Point LLC for certain investments. Loan LLC has appointed Third Point LLC as its true and lawful agent and attorney. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Loan LLC held $84.6 and $43.7 million, respectively, of Third Point Re’s investments which are included in investments in securities and in derivative contracts in our consolidated balance sheet. Third Point Re’s pro rata interest in the underlying investments registered in the name of the Loan LLC and the related income and expense are reflected accordingly in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of net income (loss).

 

153


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS,

MANAGEMENT AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table indicates information as of                     , 2013 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares by:

 

   

each person, or group of persons, who is known to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our common shares;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of the named executive officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

other selling shareholders.

The selling shareholders may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The selling shareholders are selling              of the shares to be sold in this offering. To the extent we and the underwriters sell more than              shares, the selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase              common shares.

The amounts and percentages owned are reported on the basis of the SEC’s rules governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. The SEC’s rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to each person who possesses, either solely or shared with others, the voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of those securities. The rules also treat as issued and outstanding all shares that a person would receive upon exercise of share options or warrants held by that person that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as issued and outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Under these rules, one or more persons may be a deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which such person has no economic interest. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished below for each director, executive officer, or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common shares. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person listed on the table is c/o Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., 96 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08 Bermuda.

 

154


Table of Contents

In computing the number of common shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed issued and outstanding common shares subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of the date set forth above. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options or warrants are deemed issued and outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Under these rules, one or more persons may be a deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which such person has no economic interest. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
         Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering Assuming the
Underwriters’ Option is
Not Exercised
   Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering Assuming the
Underwriters’ Option is
Exercised in Full

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
     Percentage
of Class (1)
    Shares
Being
Offered
   Number of
Shares
   Percentage
of Class
   Number of
Shares
   Percentage
of Class

5% Shareholders

                   

KEP TP Holdings, L.P. (2)

     4,110,708         5.22              

KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (2)

    
22,702,932
  
     28.39              

Pine Brook LVR, L.P. (3)

     13,406,820         16.90              

Daniel S. Loeb (4)

     8,500,000         10.84              

P RE Opportunities Ltd. (5)

     5,362,728         6.81              

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                   

John R. Berger (6)

     1,083,680         1.37              

Christopher L. Collins (2)

     —           *                 

Mary R. Hennessy (7)

     8,475         *                 

William Spiegel (3)

     —           *                 

Joshua Targoff (8)

     228,941         *                 

Steven E. Fass

     108,475         *                 

J. Robert Bredahl (9)

     546,561         *                 

Tonya Marshall (10)

     91,200         *                 

Manoj K. Gupta (11)

     91,200         *                 

Daniel V. Malloy III (12)

     355,360         *                 

Michael McKnight (13)

     72,960         *                 

Anthony Urban (14)

     164,160         *                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12) persons

     2,532,071         3.21              

Selling Shareholders

                   
                   
                   

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Based on an aggregate of 78,432,132 common shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2013.
(2)

KEP TP Holdings, L.P. (“KEP TP”) and KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (“KIA TP”) also own warrants to purchase 278,042 and 1,535,596 common shares, respectively. KEP TP and KIA TP, due to their common control, could be deemed to beneficially own each of the other’s shares. Each of KEP TP and KIA TP disclaim such beneficial ownership. Mr. Collins could be deemed to share beneficial ownership of common shares owned by KEP TP and KIA TP by virtue of his status as a director of KEP VI (Cayman) GP Ltd., a business of which is serving as the general partner of KEP TP and of Kelso GP VIII (Cayman) Ltd., a business of which is serving as the general partner of the general partner of KIA TP. Mr. Collins shares investment and voting

 

155


Table of Contents
  power with respect to the ownership interests owned by KEP TP and KIA TP, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such interests. The business address for these persons is c/o Kelso & Company, 320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(3)

Pine Brook LVR, L.P. own warrants to purchase 906,820 common shares. The business address of Pine Brook LVR, L.P. is c/o Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC, 60 East 42 nd Street, 50 th Floor, New York, New York. Mr. Spiegel could be deemed to share beneficial ownership of common shares owned by Pine Brook LVR L.P. Mr. Spiegel disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares, except to the extent of any direct pecuniary interest therein.

(4) Of these shares, the Daniel S. Loeb 2010 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 2 owns 300,000 shares, Third Point Advisors LLC owns 1,000,000 shares, Third Point Opportunities Master Fund L.P. owns 1,200,000 shares and the 2011 Loeb Family GST Trust owns 6,000,000 shares. Mr. Loeb has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Daniel S. Loeb 2010 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 2, Third Point Advisors LLC, the 2011 Loeb Family GST Trust and Third Point Opportunities Master Fund L.P. Mr. Loeb disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Loeb’s address is c/o Third Point, LLC, 390 Park Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(5) PROL owns warrants to purchase 362,728 common shares. Permal Asset Management LLC (“PAM”) may be deemed to control PROL through the directors of PROL, who are affiliated with PAM, and accordingly PAM could be deemed to share beneficial ownership of common shares owned by PROL. PAM disclaims beneficial ownership of such interests. The business address of PROL is c/o HWR Services Ltd., P.O. Box 71, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(6) Includes options to purchase 346,560 common shares. Also includes 500,000 common shares held by JVC52, LLC which is a Delaware limited liability company. Mrs. Nathalie Berger, Mr. Berger’s wife, controls JVC52, LLC. Mr. Berger disclaims any beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein, if any.
(7) Includes options to purchase 8,474 common shares.
(8) Includes the following shares that Mr. Targoff has the right to receive from Third Point LLC or one of its affiliates pursuant to Third Point LLC’s employee deferral compensation arrangements: (i) 125,000 common shares that Mr. Targoff currently has the right to receive on December 21, 2013 and (ii) 93,941 common shares with respect to which Mr. Targoff’s right to receive such shares vests ratably on December 31 in each year beginning with 2012. In each case, Mr. Targoff’s right to receive the shares described above is subject to certain conditions, including his continued employment with Third Point LLC. Pursuant to a contractual arrangement with an affiliate of Third Point LLC, Mr. Targoff has the right to direct the voting of all such shares, and may therefore be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Targoff disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(9) Includes options to purchase 346,560 common shares. Also includes 200,000 of our common shares held by the J. Robert Bredahl Irrevocable Insurance Trust. Mrs. Kimberly J. Bredahl, Mr. Bredahl’s wife, is the trustee of the J. Robert Bredahl Irrevocable Insurance Trust. Mr. Bredahl disclaims any beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein, if any.
(10) Includes options to purchase 91,200 common shares.
(11) Includes options to purchase 91,200 common shares.
(12) Includes options to purchase 255,360 common shares.
(13) Includes options to purchase 72,960 common shares.
(14) Includes options to purchase 164,160 common shares.

 

156


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 45834. We were incorporated on October 6, 2011 under the name Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. Our registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Our agent for service of process in the United States in connection with this offering is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.

The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the Company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.

Share Capital

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of          common shares, par value $0.10 per share and              preference shares, par value $             per share. The following descriptions of our share capital, memorandum of association and bye-laws are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our memorandum of association and bye-laws, as they will become effective upon the completion of this offering and as filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to applicable Bermuda law. The descriptions of our common shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Preference Shares

Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the Company.

Common Shares

Common shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. Under certain circumstances and subject to the provisions of Bermuda law and our bye-laws, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase shares held by members. All shares sold pursuant to this offering will be, when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Dividend Policy

The board may, subject to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, declare a dividend to be paid to our members as of a record date determined by the board, in proportion to the number of shares held by such holder. No unpaid dividend shall bear any interest.

Voting Rights

In general, and subject to the adjustments described below, members will have one vote for each share held by them and will be entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of members.

Under our bye-laws if, and so long as, the votes conferred by the “Controlled Shares” (as defined below) of any person would otherwise cause such person (or any other person) to be treated as a “9.5% Shareholder” (as defined below) with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, election of directors), the votes

 

157


Table of Contents

conferred by the Controlled Shares owned by shareholders of such person’s “Controlled Group” (as defined below) will be reduced (and will be automatically reduced in the future) by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of such person will not result in any other person being treated as a 9.5% Shareholder with respect to the vote on such matter. These reductions will be made pursuant to formulas provided in our bye-laws, as applied by the board within its discretion. Under these provisions certain members may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other members may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share.

“Controlled Shares” means, in reference to any person, all shares that such person is deemed to own directly, indirectly (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) or, in the case of any U.S. Person, constructively (within the meaning of Section 958(b) of the Code); “Controlled Group” means, with respect to any person, all shares directly owned by such person and all shares directly owned by each other member any of whose shares are included in the Controlled Shares of such person; “9.5% Shareholder” means a U.S. Person that (a) owns (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) any shares and (b) owns, is deemed to own, or constructively owns Controlled Shares which confer votes in excess of 9.5% of the votes conferred by all of the issued and outstanding shares.

In addition, our bye-laws provide that the board may determine that certain shares shall not carry voting rights or shall have reduced voting rights to the extent that the board reasonably determines, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, that it is necessary to do so to avoid any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, any of our subsidiaries or any member or its affiliates, provided that the Board will use reasonable efforts to ensure equal treatment to similarly situated members to the extent possible under the circumstances.

Our bye-laws authorize us to request information from any member for the purpose of determining whether a member’s voting rights are to be adjusted as described above. If, after a reasonable cure period, a member fails to respond to a request by us for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the board may eliminate the member’s voting rights. A member will be required to notify us in the event it acquires actual knowledge that it or one of its investors is the actual, deemed or constructive owner of 9.5% or more of our controlled shares.

Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common shares.

Certain Bye-laws Provisions

The provisions of our bye-laws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of such persons’ terms.

Number of Directors. Our bye-laws provide that the board shall have not less than seven directors or such number in excess thereof as our board of directors may determine.

Classified Board of Directors . Upon completion of this offering, in accordance with the terms of our bye-laws, our board will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our bye-laws will further provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Also, for so long as a Lead Investor holds shares representing at least 25% of the total number of shares held by such Lead Investor as of December 11, 2011, such Lead Investor shall have the right to appoint one Class III director to the board at each annual general meeting at which the term of such Lead Investor’s appointee expires. Our classified board of directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in our management.

 

158


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors. Following this offering, our bye-laws will provide that for so long as the Lead Investors and the Loeb Entities collectively control 35% or more of our outstanding share capital, directors can be removed with or without cause by a majority vote of shareholders. After Kelso, Pine Brook and the Loeb Entities, taken together, cease to control 35% or more of our outstanding share capital, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a 50% of our voting shares. Any vacancy on our board, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office, provided that in the event the vacancy to be filled is for a Lead Investor’s appointee, then such Lead Investor shall have the right to appoint the director to fill such vacancy. In addition, Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso, Pine Brook and PROL each shall have the right to appoint one of its representatives to attend board meetings in an observer capacity.

No Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Our bye-laws will provide that after our Lead Investors and the Loeb Entities cease to collectively control 35% or more of our issued and outstanding share capital, shareholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a shareholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate shareholder action.

Shareholder Advance Notice Procedure . Our bye-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders. The bye-laws will provide that any shareholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary a written notice of the shareholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by us not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except that if the annual meeting is set for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, we must receive the notice not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. The notice must include the following information:

 

   

the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and the name and address of the person or persons to be nominated or the nature of the business to be proposed;

 

   

a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of our share capital entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons or to introduce the business specified in the notice;

 

   

if applicable, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons, naming such person or persons, pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by the shareholder;

 

   

such other information regarding each nominee or each matter of business to be proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed under the SEC’s proxy rules if the nominee had been nominated, or intended to be nominated, or the matter had been proposed, or intended to be proposed, by the board of directors;

 

   

if applicable, the consent of each nominee to serve as a director if elected; and such other information that the board of directors may request in its discretion; and

 

   

such other information that the board of directors may request in its discretion.

Amendments to Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws. Amendments to our bye-laws will require an affirmative vote of majority of our board and a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at any

 

159


Table of Contents

annual or special meeting of shareholders. Amendments to our memorandum of association will require an affirmative vote of majority of our board and 66.67% of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws will also provide that, specified provisions of our bye-laws may not be amended, altered or repealed unless the amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the issued and outstanding shares then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, including the provisions governing voting, the election of directors, our classified board, director removal and amendments to our bye-laws and memorandum of association.

In addition, no amendment to the bye-laws or memorandum of association which would have a material adverse effect on the rights of Kelso, Pine Brook or Daniel S. Loeb may be made without such party’s consent, but only for so long as such party holds a number of shares equal to at least 25% of the total number of shares held by such party on December 22, 2011.

These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our memorandum of association and bye- that may have an anti-takeover effect.

Business Combinations. Our bye-laws will provide that we are prohibited from engaging in any “business combination” with any “interested shareholder” for a period of three years following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder without the approval by the board and the authorization at an annual or special general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of our issued and outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder unless:

 

   

prior to the time that the person became an interested shareholder, the board approved either such business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder; or

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the number of our issued and outstanding voting shares at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purposes of determining the number of shares issued and outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee share plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer.

Our bye-laws will define “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation of the Company with the interested shareholder or its affiliates;

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested shareholder;

 

   

subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any share of the Company to the interested shareholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the us that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of our shares beneficially owned by the interested shareholder; or

 

   

any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

An “interested shareholder” is any entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company.

Consent to Special Actions. Our bye-laws provide that we shall not and shall cause TP Re not to enter into any transaction with any (i) our affiliates, (ii) shareholder and/or director, officer, employee, and/or affiliate of any shareholder, and/or (iii) director, officer, employee, and/or affiliate of any of the foregoing without the prior

 

160


Table of Contents

written consent of Kelso, Pine Brook and Daniel S. Loeb for so long as such entity holds shares representing at least 25% of the shares respectively held by it on December 22, 2011.

Meetings of Shareholders. Our annual general meeting will be held each year. A special general meeting will be held when, in the judgment of the Chairman, any of our two directors, any director and our secretary or the board, such a meeting is necessary. In addition, upon receiving a requisition from holders of at least 1/10th of our voting shares, the board shall convene a special general meeting. At least two or more persons representing more than 50% of our aggregate voting power must be present to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a general meeting, provided that if we shall at any time have only one member, one member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting held during such time. As determined according to certain adjustments of voting power specified in our bye-laws (see “—Voting Rights”), questions proposed for consideration by the shareholders will be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast.

Repurchase of Shares. Our bye-laws provide that, if at any time following the first anniversary of the completion of this offering, the average of our closing price per share on NYSE (or such other principal stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our shares are then traded) for each trading day in the then most recent 12 month period is 90% or less than the book value per our shares, we will make offers, from time to time, to repurchase, in the open market or in a tender offer, a number of its shares that, when combined with all prior similar repurchases, does not exceed 15% of sum of (a) the number of shares outstanding offer such repurchase and (b) the aggregate number of shares repurchased, provided that the majority of the members of the board other than Daniel S. Loeb and the directors affiliated with or employed by Third Point LLC or its affiliates (such disinterested directors, the “Disinterested Board Members”) may, in their sole discretion, determine not to offer to make such a repurchase. Any such offer to repurchase shall be for a price per share determined by the board, but in no event greater than the book value per share, provided that we will not make any such offers to the extent our repurchase of shares (A) does not comply with the Companies Act, or (B) would result in (i) an adverse ratings action against us or Third Point Re by A.M. Best, or (ii) any adverse action against us or Third Point Re by any regulatory authority.

Market Listing

We intend to apply for listing our common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “TPRE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares will be             .

 

161


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Differences in Corporate Law

You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders. The following is a summary of certain significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their shareholders.

Duties of Directors

The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company’s bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board. At common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:

 

   

a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;

 

   

a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

 

   

a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and

 

   

a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

 

   

to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, and

 

   

to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.

Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of either shareholders, members or creditors. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the company and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the company.

 

162


Table of Contents

Interested Directors

Bermuda law and our bye-laws provide that a transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest will not be voidable by us and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction as a result of such interest, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the directors. Our bye-laws require directors to recuse themselves from any discussion or decision involving another firm or company with which the director is affiliated or other matters with respect to which the director has a personal conflict.

Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements

Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast, except for the election of directors which requires only a plurality of the votes cast.

Any individual who is a shareholder of our company and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder that is represented by a duly authorized representative at a meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws also permit attendance at general meetings by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy is in the form specified in the bye-laws or such other form as the board may determine. Under our bye-laws, each holder of common shares is entitled to one vote per common share held, except in cases where voting rights are reduced as described under “Risk Factors—Rules Relating to this offering of our common shares—Provisions in our bye-laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of our shares”

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the shareholder. Delaware law provides that unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, and unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting in which a quorum is present is required for shareholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting is required for the election of directors.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.

Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation

 

163


Table of Contents

or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on such transaction. A shareholder of a company participating in certain merger and consolidation transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, such as having a court to determine the fair value of the stock or requiring the company to pay such value in cash. However, such appraisal right is not available to shareholders if the stock received in such transaction is listed on a national securities exchange, including either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market.

Takeovers

An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

 

   

By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a “scheme of arrangement.” A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme of arrangement.

 

   

By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any non-tendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

 

   

Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights. Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested shareholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

 

164


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Suits

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws.

Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act. Section 98 of the Companies Act further provides that a company may advance moneys to an officer or auditor for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the officer or auditor in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against them, on condition that the officer or auditor shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against them.

We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for this purpose.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation a provision that, subject to the limitations described below, eliminates or limits director liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty of care. Under Delaware law, a director’s liability cannot be eliminated or limited for (i) breaches of the duty of loyalty, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) the payment of unlawful dividends or expenditure of funds for unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) transactions from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability or expenses incurred in any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative

 

165


Table of Contents

proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, except that in any action brought by or in the right of the corporation, such indemnification may be made only for expenses (not judgments or amounts paid in settlement) and may not be made even for expenses if the officer, director or other person is adjudged liable to the corporation (unless otherwise determined by the court). In addition, under Delaware law, to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above, he or she must be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by that party. Furthermore, under Delaware law, a corporation is permitted to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Special Meeting of Shareholders

Under our bye-laws, a special general meeting will be held when, in the judgment of the Chairman, any of our two directors or, any director and our secretary or the board, decide such a meeting is necessary. In addition, upon receiving a requisition from holders of at least 1/10th of our voting shares, the board shall convene a special general meeting.

Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

Notice of Shareholder Meetings

Bermuda law requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of any general meeting. Under Delaware law, a company is generally required to give written notice of any meeting not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Dividends and other Distributions

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of the company’s assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. “Contributed surplus” is defined for purposes of section 54 of the Companies Act to include the proceeds arising from donated shares, credits resulting from the redemption or conversion of shares at less than the amount set up as nominal capital and donations of cash and other assets to the company.

Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Inspection of Corporate Records

Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and certain alterations to our memorandum of association. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders.

The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two

 

166


Table of Contents

hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

Delaware law requires that a company, within 10 days before a meeting of shareholders, prepare and make available a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This list must be open to the examination of any shareholder for any purpose relating to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours and at the principal place of business of the company. Delaware law also permits a shareholder to inspect the company’s books and records if the shareholder can establish that he or she is a shareholder of the company, the shareholder has complied with Delaware law with respect to the form and manner of making demand for inspection of corporate records and the inspection by the shareholder is for a proper purpose.

Shareholder Proposals

Under Bermuda law, shareholder(s) may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless the company otherwise resolves), require the company to: (i) give notice to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting of any resolution that the shareholder(s) may properly move at the next annual general meeting; and/or (ii) circulate to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of any general meeting a statement in respect of any matter referred to in any proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at such general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either: (i) any number of shareholders representing not less than 5% of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates; or (ii) not less than 100 shareholders.

Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting, although restrictions may be included in a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

Amendment of Memorandum of Association/Certificate of Incorporation

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Certain amendments to the memorandum of association may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued and outstanding share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a greater percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the

 

167


Table of Contents

outstanding voting power of the corporation is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders’ meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of any class of a company’s stock, the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of such affected class, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation, are entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the company’s original certificate of incorporation.

Amendment of Bye-laws

Our bye-laws provide that the bye-laws may only be amended upon a resolution approved by the board and a resolution approved by the members of the Company. In addition, no amendment to the bye-laws which would have a material adverse effect on the rights of Kelso, Pine Brook or Daniel S. Loeb may be made without such party’s consent but only for so long as such party holds a number of shares equal to at least 25% of the total number of shares held by such party on December 22, 2011. Following this offering, certain amendments related to voting, the election of directors, board classification, removal of directors and amendments to the bye-laws and memorandum of association will require an affirmative vote of not less than 66.67% of the directors then in office and a resolution of the shareholders including the affirmative vote of not less than 66.67% of the votes attaching to all shares outstanding.

Under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide for a different vote, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.

Dissolution

Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders’ voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors shall each make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full enquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Bermuda Registrar of Companies. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all shareholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.

 

168


Table of Contents

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common shares. Some of our common shares will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

After this offering,          of our common shares will be issued and outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining          common shares that will be issued and outstanding after this offering are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold subject to compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

We, certain of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. These agreements are described below under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any of our common shares that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell common shares acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Approximately          of our common shares that are not subject to the lock-up agreements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the closing of this offering.

 

169


Table of Contents

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the lock up agreements described above, our affiliates who have beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of our common shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal approximately          shares immediately after this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share (which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Equity Incentive Plans

As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding 10,666,139 options to purchase common shares, of which 1,585,549 options to purchase common shares were vested, and 755,816 shares were authorized for future issuance under our Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as well as all common shares reserved for future issuance under our equity plans. Please see “Executive Compensation” for additional information regarding these plans. Common shares issued under any S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

Warrants

During 2011, the Founders and Aon provided insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships to ensure that we would be fully operational with key management in place in time for the January 2012 treaty season. In consideration for their commitments, we reserved for issuance warrants to the Founders and Aon to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4,651,163 common shares. The warrants represent, in the aggregate, 4.0% (Founders 3.5% and Aon 0.5%) of the fully diluted shares of the Company. The warrants will expire 10 years from the date of issuance on December 22, 2011, and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.    

Registration Rights

The holders of our currently issued and outstanding common shares are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. For a description of these registration rights, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless acquired by us or one of our affiliates.

 

170


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Bermuda Tax Considerations

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion summarizes certain United States federal income tax considerations relating to the Company and its subsidiaries (referred to herein as the “Group”) and to buying, holding and selling the shares of the Company issued in this offering. The legal conclusions as to matters of U.S. federal income tax law included in this discussion are, subject to the limitations, qualifications and assumptions set forth below, the opinion of our tax counsel, Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (“Regulations”), court decisions, administrative interpretations and the tax treaty between the United States and Bermuda (the “Bermuda Treaty”), all as currently in effect. Court decisions and administrative interpretations are not necessarily binding on the IRS. The Code, Regulations, administrative interpretations, court decisions and the Bermuda Treaty are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Future legislative, judicial or administrative changes could affect the information, beliefs and conclusions in this summary. No advance ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this Memorandum, nor has any opinion of counsel been rendered. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the tax consequences under United States state and local tax laws and foreign tax laws are not addressed. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to the decision to acquire our shares.

Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, this discussion only addresses United States federal income tax considerations relevant to a “United States person” (as defined below) who holds our shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (a “U.S. Holder”). Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, references to our shares refer only to the shares issued in this offering. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion does not address aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to a shareholder that is subject to special rules such as:

 

   

an investor that is not a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a financial institution or insurance company;

 

   

a mutual fund;

 

   

a tax-exempt organization;

 

   

a broker or dealer in securities or foreign currencies;

 

   

an investor that holds shares not issued in this offering;

 

   

a trader in securities that elects to apply a mark to market method of tax accounting; or

 

   

a shareholder that holds our shares as part of a hedge, appreciated financial position, straddle, conversion or other risk reduction transaction.

 

171


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this discussion, a “United States person” means an investor who beneficially owns one or more of our shares and who is:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

any trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over

the administration of the trust and (ii) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective investors that are partnerships or partners in a partnership are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular consequences of owning our shares.

United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company and Third Point Re

The Group believes that its activities, as contemplated, will not constitute being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, although there can be no assurance the IRS will not successfully assert that the Group is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Because the Group believes that it will not be engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, the Group does not expect to be subject to United States federal income tax, except as described below.

The determination as to whether the Group is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States is factual in nature and must be made annually. Neither the Code nor the applicable Regulations provide a general definition of what constitutes being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and the limited case law on the subject does not provide definitive guidance. The case law that exists generally provides that a foreign corporation will be treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States if it regularly and continuously carries out business activities in the United States.

If deemed to be engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, the Company and/or Third Point Re generally would become subject to United States federal income tax on their taxable income treated as “effectively connected” to such trade or business and such income would be taxed at regular corporate rates. In addition, the Company and/or Third Point Re would become subject to United States branch profits tax on their earnings and profits that are both “effectively connected” with their trade or business in the United States, with certain adjustments, and deemed repatriated out of the United States. The highest marginal United States federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the “branch profits” tax. The United States federal income tax liability of the Company and/or Third Point Re would generally be computed in the same manner that applies to the income of a United States corporation, except that deductions and credits would generally only be available for tax years where United States income tax returns were filed. If the Company and/or Third Point Re were deemed to be engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, the Company and/or Third Point Re may be subject to penalties if they fail to file tax returns.

The United States and Bermuda currently are parties to the Bermuda Treaty, which relates to the taxation of insurance enterprises. If Third Point Re is entitled to the benefits under the Bermuda Treaty, Third Point Re

 

172


Table of Contents

would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. Whether business is being conducted in the United States through a permanent establishment is an inherently factual determination. Third Point Re intends to conduct its activities in such a manner as to minimize the risk that it will be considered as having a permanent establishment in the United States, although there can be no assurance that it will achieve this result. An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens (the “Bermuda Treaty Benefits Test”). It is not certain whether Third Point Re will be entitled to the benefits under the Bermuda Treaty because it cannot be predicted whether its ownership will be such as to satisfy the Bermuda Treaty Benefits Test.

Even if the Group is not engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, the Group will be subject to United States federal income tax on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income, such as dividends and certain interest on investments, if any, from sources within the United States. Generally, this tax is imposed by withholding 30% of the payments, or deemed payments, to the Group that are subject to this tax, and is eliminated with respect to certain types of United States source income, such as interest on certain debt instruments. If the Group is treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, the 30% withholding tax only applies to payments that are not effectively connected with such trade or business.

The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to Third Point Re with respect to insureds located in the United States at a rate of (i) 4% for direct casualty insurance and indemnity bond premiums and (ii) 1% for reinsurance premiums and for direct insurance premiums for life, sickness and accident policies and annuity contracts. It is the position of the IRS that such tax applies each time such a U.S. risk is insured, reinsured or retroceded (even if the relevant agreement is between two non-U.S. entities).

United States Federal Taxation of Holders Taxation of Dividends

Subject to the discussion below regarding passive foreign investment companies, controlled foreign corporations and related person insurance income, cash distributions paid with respect to our shares will constitute ordinary dividend income to a U.S. Holder to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, and U.S. Holders generally will be subject to United States federal income tax upon receipt of such dividends. Dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) generally will be taxable at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends constitute “qualified dividend income” and the U.S. Holder holds the shares for more than 60 days out of the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets certain other requirements.

Any dividends paid on our shares generally will constitute “qualified dividend income” if our shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Dividends paid on our shares generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to an additional tax at the rate of 3.8% on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their income arising from a distribution with respect to our shares and gain upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of such shares.

To the extent distributions on our shares are made that exceed the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, U.S. Holders will be treated as having received a return of their tax basis in their shares, and any amount distributed by the Company in excess of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis generally will be treated as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

 

173


Table of Contents

Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the taxation of any dividends on the shares of the Company.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

In general, a foreign corporation is treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) if 75% or more of its gross income constitutes “passive income” (as defined below) or 50% or more of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

In determining whether the Company and/or Third Point Re will be treated as a PFIC, each of the Company and Third Point Re is treated as if it directly owned its proportionate share of the assets and received its proportionate share of the income of any other corporation of which it is a 25% or greater shareholder (by value). Under this look-through rule, the Company is deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of Third Point Re. Because of the substantial majority of the Company’s assets are the shares of Third Point Re, the Company believes that it should not be considered a PFIC if Third Point Re is not considered a PFIC.

For purposes of the PFIC tests, “passive income” generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules contain an express exception for income that is derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation predominantly engaged in an insurance business (the “Insurance Company Exception”).

The Insurance Company Exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income. However, there is very little authority as to what constitutes the active conduct of an insurance business or being predominantly engaged in such business. In particular, there is uncertainty as to what constitutes the appropriate levels of financial reserves and risk transfer with respect to an insurance contract, and the appropriate level of insurance business activity with respect to an insurance company. Therefore, income derived by the Group could be considered passive income derived outside of the active conduct of an insurance business if it is earned from investments that are attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the Group’s insurance business or from non-traditional insurance activities that do not contain sufficient risk transfer, or if the Group were found not to be predominantly engaged in an active insurance business under U.S. tax principles.

The Group believes that its financial reserves will be consistent with industry standards and will not be in excess of the reasonable needs of the Group’s insurance business. The Group also believes that it will be actively engaged in insurance activities that involve sufficient transfer of risk. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with the Group’s position and will not assert that the Group does not qualify for the Insurance Company Exception in any year, or that, if the IRS were to make such an assertion, that the IRS’ position would not ultimately be sustained by the courts. Moreover, our expectation with respect to any taxable year will be based on the amount of risk that we expect to underwrite during that year. If we are unable to underwrite a sufficient amount of risk for any taxable year, the Company and/or Third Point Re might be a PFIC. Furthermore, in certain circumstances, we may seek to manage the volatility of our reinsurance results by writing policies that contain certain contractual terms and conditions (such as loss ratio caps), which may cause the IRS to assert that such policies lack sufficient risk transfer to constitute insurance for United States federal income tax purposes, increasing the risk that the Company and/or Third Point Re may be treated as a PFIC. In addition, the IRS may issue regulatory or other guidance that applies on either a prospective or retroactive basis under which the Group could fail to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception. The IRS announced in Notice 2003-34 that it intends to scrutinize the activities of purported insurance companies organized outside the United States, including insurance companies that invest a significant portion of their assets in alternative investment strategies, and will apply the PFIC rules where it determines a foreign corporation is not an insurance company for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company and Third Point Re will not be treated as PFICs for any taxable year. Counsel to the Group is not providing an opinion regarding the

 

174


Table of Contents

Group’s PFIC status due to the absence of applicable authority regarding the Insurance Company Exception and the dependence of the Group’s PFIC status on the actual operational results and other relevant facts for each taxable year. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to assess their tolerance of this risk.

In the event that final regulations under Section 1298(f) of the Code are published, U.S. Holders may be required (possibly retroactively) to file an annual information report with respect to any PFICs in which they own a direct or indirect interest on IRS Form 8621.

If the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs, U.S. Holders may be able to mitigate certain of the negative tax consequences if they are able to make: (i) a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election; (ii) a protective QEF election; or (iii) a mark to market election with respect to the first taxable year in which the Company and Third Point Re are considered PFICs during the U.S. Holder’s holding period in its shares.

As described below, the availability of these elections is uncertain as a matter of law and in certain cases requires that the Group provide certain information to U.S. Holders. The Group will notify its U.S. Holders if the Group concludes in any year that the Company and/or Third Point Re are likely to be treated as PFICs. In addition, the Group intends to provide its U.S. Holders each year, upon request, with the information required for making a QEF election or protective QEF election. Upon the determination by the Group that the Company and/or Third Point Re are likely to be treated as PFICs for such year, the Group intends to provide such information on the Group’s web site. The Company may hold, directly or indirectly, interests in other entities that are treated as PFICs with respect to a U.S. Holder. The Company intends to use reasonable commercial efforts to cause any such entity to provide information that is necessary under currently applicable U.S. Treasury regulations for U.S. Holders to make a separate QEF election with respect to such entity. However, if the Company does not control, directly or indirectly, such entity, the Company may not be able to cause such entity to provide such information, in which event a QEF election with respect to such entity generally will not be available. In such event, the rules described below under “Treatment Absent a Timely QEF Election” generally will apply to direct and indirect dispositions of the Company’s interest in such entity (including a disposition by a U.S. Holder of Ordinary Shares and a disposition by the Company of its interest in such entity) and distributions by such entity.

Treatment Absent a Timely QEF Election

If the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs, a U.S. Holder that does not make a QEF election generally will be subject to a special tax and an interest charge upon the sale of its shares or receipt of an “excess distribution” with respect to its shares. A U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving an “excess distribution” if the amount of the distributions received by the U.S. Holder in any taxable year is more than 125% of the average annual distributions paid by the Company with respect to its shares during the three preceding taxable years (or the period in which the U.S. Holder held such shares if shorter).

In addition, a portion of any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon the sale of our shares may be recharacterized as ordinary income. Further, any dividends received from the Company, if the Company is treated as a PFIC, will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not be eligible for the reduced 20% rate of tax even if such rate would be available otherwise. If a U.S. Holder holds our shares during any taxable year in which the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs, such shares will generally be treated as stock in a PFIC for all subsequent years. In addition, a U.S. Holder that holds our shares during any period in which the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs will be treated as owning a proportionate amount of the stock of Third Point Re for purposes of applying the PFIC rules to such U.S. Holder.

Timely QEF Election

If the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs, a U.S. Holder that timely makes a QEF election will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the Group’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain regardless of

 

175


Table of Contents

whether the Company makes any distributions. Such U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares will be increased to reflect such taxed but undistributed income, and any subsequent distributions of previously taxed income will reduce its basis and will not be taxed again as a distribution to such U.S. Holder.

In general, a U.S. Holder that makes a QEF election must annually file a separate IRS Form 8621 for each PFIC in which such U.S. Holder is a direct or indirect owner during the year with its United States federal income tax return. A U.S. Holder that wishes to make a QEF election must make such election on a timely filed IRS Form 8621 for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective. Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the mechanics and effects of making a QEF election.

Protective QEF Election

In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be able to make a retroactive QEF election at a later date. However, a retroactive QEF election may not be available to a U.S. Holder if it has not previously preserved its right to make such an election. A U.S. Holder may preserve its right to make a retroactive QEF election by filing a protective statement signed under penalty of perjury with the IRS for the first taxable year in which such U.S. Holder acquires our shares, if the U.S. Holder reasonably believes that the Company and Third Point Re are not PFICs for the taxable year. The protective statement must generally contain statements describing: such U.S. Holder’s basis for its reasonable belief that the Company and Third Point Re were not PFICs for their taxable year ending with or within such U.S. Holder’s first taxable year to which the protective statement applies; an agreement to extend the periods of limitations on the assessment of such U.S. Holder’s PFIC related taxes for all taxable years to which the protective statement applies; such U.S. Holder’s name, address and certain identifying information with respect to such U.S. Holder and to the Group; and information and representations regarding the highest percentage of shares of each class of shares that such U.S. Holder held directly or indirectly during its first taxable year to which the protective statement applies.

In general, filing the protective statement with respect to a taxable year does not obligate a U.S. Holder to include its pro rata share of the Group’s earnings in income for such taxable year if the Company and Third Point Re are not treated as PFICs for such taxable year. The filing simply preserves a U.S. Holder’s ability to make a retroactive QEF election with respect to such taxable year and may protect such U.S. Holder from some of the more severe penalties under the PFIC rules. If a U.S. Holder makes a valid retroactive QEF election with respect to its shares and the Company and Third Point Re are treated as PFICs, such U.S. Holder will be taxed on its cumulative annual pro rata share of the Group’s ordinary earnings and net capital gains (regardless of whether any distributions were received) as if such U.S. Holder made such elections on a timely basis (i.e., on a non-retroactive basis), plus an interest charge to eliminate the tax deferral arising from the retroactive election.

In light of the uncertainty and lack of guidance regarding the application of the PFIC rules to companies engaged in an insurance business, a U.S. Holder may wish to consider filing a protective statement with respect to the Company and Third Point Re for the first taxable year in which such U.S. Holder holds our shares in order to preserve the ability to make a retroactive QEF election, if otherwise eligible to make such election. Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the mechanics and effects of filing a protective statement with respect to their interests in the Company and Third Point Re and of making a retroactive QEF election in the event it is subsequently determined that the Company and Third Point Re are deemed to be PFICs in any particular year.

Mark to Market Election

If our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” U.S. Holders may make a mark to market election. A U.S. Holder that makes a mark to market election will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, such U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income or loss the difference between the fair market value of its shares at the end of the taxable year and its adjusted basis in the shares. However, ordinary losses will be limited to the net

 

176


Table of Contents

amount previously included in income as a result of the mark to market election. Such U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. The mark to market election is only available if our shares are regularly traded on certain United States securities exchanges or other exchanges designated by the United States Treasury. Our shares will be treated as regularly traded for a calendar year if they are traded for at least 15 days during each calendar year quarter.

In addition, it is unclear whether the mark to market election is available to a publicly-traded holding company, which the Company will be upon the consummation of an IPO, that becomes a PFIC on account of its lower-tier PFIC subsidiaries. The Code and the Regulations currently do not allow a mark to market election with respect to the stock of lower-tier PFICs that are non-marketable. There is also no provision that specifically provides that a mark to market election with respect to the stock of a publicly-traded holding company effectively exempts the indirect shareholders of lower-tier PFICs from the negative tax consequences arising from the general PFIC rules. The Group believes that, because the fair market value of the stock of a holding company generally includes the fair market value of the stock of its subsidiaries, it would be reasonable for a U.S. Holder to take the position that a mark to market election made with respect to the stock of the holding company should apply to remove the lower-tier PFICs from the general PFIC rules. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with this position. In the case of a U.S. Holder that has not made a proper QEF election in the first year but makes a mark to market election in the following year, with respect to that following year, gain upon disposition of our shares, deemed gain under the mark to market regime or “excess distributions” generally will be subject to the special tax and interest charges of the PFIC rules.

Potential investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether the mark to market tax election will be available and the consequences resulting from such election.

Possible Classification of the Company and/or Third Point Re as Controlled Foreign Corporations

Each “United States 10% Shareholder” (as defined below) that owns, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, shares of a foreign corporation that is a “controlled foreign corporation” (“CFC”) for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any taxable year is required to include in its gross income for United States federal income tax purposes as ordinary income its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income” (as defined below) for such year. A United States 10% Shareholder is a United States person who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a foreign corporation.

Subpart F income generally includes passive investment income, such as interest, dividends, and certain rent and royalties, and certain insurance income, including underwriting and investment income that is attributable to the issuing or reinsuring of any insurance or annuity contract, and that, absent an exception, generally would be taxed under the insurance company provisions of the Code if such income were the income of a United States insurance company.

The Group expects that all of its income will be subpart F income. Subpart F income inclusion generally is applicable to United States 10% Shareholders that have a direct or indirect ownership interest in a CFC on the last day of the taxable year of the CFC. The subpart F income inclusion is required even if the subpart F income is not distributed. In addition, United States 10% Shareholders of a CFC may be deemed to receive taxable distributions to the extent the CFC increases the amount of its earnings that are invested in certain specified types of United States property. Under the proposed regulations, an inclusion of subpart F income by a United States 10% shareholder will not be treated as a dividend for purposes of calculating the 3.8% tax on “net investment income” described above under “Taxation of Dividends.” However, actual distributions with respect to such income, which as previously taxed income will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, will be treated as dividends for purposes of calculating net investment income and this 3.8% tax.

In general, a foreign corporation is treated as a CFC only if its United States 10% Shareholders collectively own more than 50% of the total combined voting power or total value of the corporation’s stock. However, for

 

177


Table of Contents

purposes of taking into account subpart F insurance income, a foreign corporation such as Third Point Re generally will be treated as a CFC if more than 25% of the total combined voting power or total value of its stock is owned by United States 10% Shareholders.

The Company’s and Third Point Re’s Articles provide voting limitations designed to reduce the risk that the Company and Third Point Re would be considered CFCs. With those limitations, the Group believes that the Company and Third Point Re should either not be treated as CFCs or, if so treated by virtue of attribution rules, should not be treated as having United States 10% Shareholders for purposes of including Subpart F insurance income. However, because of the complexity of the attribution rules contained in the Code and the uncertainty of the effectiveness of these voting limitations, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

If the Company and Third Point Re are CFCs, the rules relating to PFICs generally would not apply to a U.S. Holder that is a United States 10% Shareholder. However, certain subpart F income may be taxable at higher rates than if such income were taxable income of a PFIC with respect to which a valid QEF election has been made.

Potential investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether their ownership of our shares will cause them to become a United States 10% Shareholder and the impact of such a classification.

Related Person Insurance Income

A different definition of CFC is applicable in the case of a foreign corporation which earns related person insurance income (“RPII”). RPII is subpart F insurance income of a foreign corporation attributable to insurance policies or reinsurance contracts where the person that is directly or indirectly insured or reinsured is a United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, any amount of stock in such foreign corporation (a “RPII Shareholder”) or a “related person” (as defined below) to such RPII Shareholder. Generally, for purposes of the RPII rules, a related person is someone who controls or is controlled by a RPII Shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII Shareholder. Control is defined as ownership of more than 50% of either the value or voting power of the stock of a person after applying certain constructive ownership rules.

For purposes of taking into account RPII, and subject to the exceptions described below, Third Point Re will be treated as a CFC if RPII Shareholders collectively own, indirectly, 25% or more of the total combined voting power or value of Third Point Re’s stock on any day during a taxable year. If Third Point Re is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of at least 30 days during any taxable year under the special RPII rules, a U.S. Holder that owns our shares on the last day of any such taxable year must include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes such U.S. Holder’s allocable share of RPII of Third Point Re for the entire taxable year, subject to certain modifications.

RPII Exceptions

The RPII rules do not apply if: (i) direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not United States persons, own, or are treated at all times during the taxable year as owning, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of Third Point Re; or (ii) Third Point Re’s RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of Third Point Re’s gross insurance income for such taxable year.

The Group expects that it is likely that Third Point Re will fall within one or both of the RPII exceptions set forth above. However, if no exception to the RPII rules applies, a U.S. Holder that owns any shares on the last day of Third Point Re’s taxable year will be required to include such U.S. Holder’s allocable share of Third Point Re’s RPII for the entire taxable year in such U.S. Holder’s gross income for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

178


Table of Contents

Computation of RPII

In order to determine how much RPII, if any, Third Point Re has earned in each taxable year, the Group intends to obtain and rely upon information from Third Point Re’s ceding companies to determine whether any of the ceding companies or persons related to such ceding companies are direct or indirect United States shareholders. The Group likely will not be able to determine whether any of the underlying insureds of its ceding companies are RPII Shareholders or related persons to such shareholders. Accordingly, the Group may not be able to determine accurately: whether Third Point Re qualifies for any RPII exception; or what the gross amount of RPII earned by Third Point Re in a given taxable year would be. The Group will take reasonable steps that it believes to be advisable to obtain the necessary information to determine the availability of the RPII exceptions and the amount of insurance income that is RPII. However, there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to obtain all necessary information to make the determinations.

Apportionment of RPII to United States Persons

If Third Point Re earns RPII, a shareholder that is a United States person may be apportioned more RPII than such shareholder’s proportionate share of such RPII under the apportionment rules prescribed by the Code. If Third Point Re has RPII and the Company makes a distribution of RPII to a U.S. Holder with respect to such U.S. Holder’s shares, the distribution will not be taxable to the extent such RPII has been allocated to and included in such U.S. Holder’s gross income for the taxable year in which the distribution was paid or for any prior year.

Uncertainty as to Application of the CFC and RPII Rules

The courts have not interpreted the RPII provisions and there are no definitive Regulations interpreting the RPII provisions, although proposed Regulations have existed since 1991. It is unclear whether the IRS will adopt the proposed Regulations or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made to the proposed Regulations. Additionally, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the CFC rules pertaining to insurance. Any changes to the proposed and final Regulations governing CFCs and RPII, or any interpretation or application of the CFC and RPII rules by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. Accordingly, the meaning and application of the CFC insurance and RPII provisions are uncertain. Finally, there can be no assurance that any amounts of subpart F insurance income or RPII inclusions reported by the Group to a U.S. Holder will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the effects of these uncertainties and as to the effects that the CFC insurance and RPII provisions may have on them and on their investment in our shares.

Basis Adjustments

A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares will be increased by the amount of any subpart F income that such U.S. Holder includes in income under either the RPII or non-RPII CFC rules. Similarly, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares will be reduced by the amount of distributions of subpart F income that are excluded from income.

Information Reporting

Under certain circumstances, United States 10% Shareholders and RPII Shareholders of a CFC that own shares directly or indirectly through a foreign entity may be required to file IRS Form 5471. Furthermore, United States persons that directly or indirectly acquire 10% or more of the value of the shares of a foreign corporation may be required to file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances even if the entity is not a CFC.

Accordingly, if Third Point Re’s gross RPII for a taxable year constitutes 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the period, and the 20% ownership exception described above does not apply, any United States person treated as owning, directly or indirectly, any of Third Point Re’s ordinary shares on the last day of Third

 

179


Table of Contents

Point Re’s taxable year will be subject to the RPII rules and will be required to file IRS Form 5471. In addition, a U.S. Holder that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the vote or value of the Company’s outstanding shares at any time during the Company’s taxable year will be required in certain circumstances to file IRS Form 5471 even if the Company and Third Point Re are not CFCs. In addition, a United States person that transfers more than $100,000 in a 12-month period to a foreign corporation is required to file IRS Form 926 with the transferor’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year of the transfer. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 and Form 926 may result in penalties. A U.S. Holder may also have to file Form 8938 with respect to such U.S. Holder’s shares, as discussed below under “Disclosure Requirements for Specified Foreign Financial Assets.”

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

A tax-exempt entity that owns (directly, indirectly through a non-U.S. entity or constructively) any shares of stock in a CFC is generally required to treat as unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) the portion of any amount of subpart F insurance income included in such tax-exempt entity’s gross income under the CFC and RPII rules discussed above if such insurance income would be treated as UBTI if derived directly by such tax-exempt shareholder.

If Third Point Re were treated as a CFC for a taxable year, then any tax-exempt entity treated as a United States 10% Shareholder would be required to treat a portion of the Group’s subpart F insurance income as UBTI. Moreover, if Third Point Re’s gross RPII were to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income and the 20% ownership exception for RPII did not apply, then tax-exempt entities owning our shares would be required to treat a portion of the Group’s subpart F income as UBTI even if such tax-exempt entities were not treated as United States 10% Shareholders. Additionally, a tax-exempt entity that is treated as a United States 10% Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder must file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described above.

Potential investors that are tax-exempt entities are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the potential impact of the subpart F insurance income and UBTI provisions of the Code.

Dispositions of Our Shares

Generally, the difference between a U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares and the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of its shares will be includible in gross income as capital gain or loss, subject to the relevant discussion in this summary relating to the potential application of the CFC and PFIC rules. If a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its shares is more than one year, any gain will generally be subject to United States federal income tax at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, subject to the PFIC provisions discussed above.

Under Section 1248 of the Code, any gain from the sale or exchange by a United States 10% Shareholder of shares in a CFC may be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC’s earnings and profits during the period that the shareholder held the shares, subject to certain adjustments. If gain from the sale or exchange of our shares is recharacterized as dividend income under Section 1248 of the Code, the gain may be treated as “qualified dividend income” to non-corporate taxpayers and eligible for a reduced 20% rate of taxation, subject to the public trading and holding period requirements and PFIC provisions discussed above. Section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares by a United States person in a foreign corporation that earns RPII and is characterized as a CFC under the RPII rules if the foreign corporation would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a United States corporation. Such dividend treatment applies to a United States person subject to the RPII rules regardless of whether such United States person is a United States 10% Shareholder or whether the CFC meets either one of the first two RPII exceptions described above (i.e., the 20% ownership exception and the RPII 20% gross income exception). The proposed Regulations do not specifically address whether Section 1248 of the Code applies when an upper tier foreign corporation does not earn RPII directly and does not have United States 10% Shareholders but such foreign corporation has an insurance company subsidiary that is a CFC for purposes of requiring United States persons to take RPII into account.

 

180


Table of Contents

The Group believes that it would be reasonable for a U.S. Holder to take the position that Section 1248 of the Code should not apply to dispositions of our shares because the Company will not have any United States 10% Shareholders and will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will interpret the proposed Regulations in this manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend such Regulations, or issue other Regulations, to provide that Section 1248 of the Code applies to dispositions of our shares.

Potential investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these provisions to the disposition of our shares.

Foreign Tax Credit

The Group’s subpart F insurance income inclusions and dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally will be categorized as “passive” income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If, however, 50% or more (by vote or value) of the Group’s stock is treated as being owned by United States persons, the amount of dividends constituting income from sources outside the United States may be limited to the amount attributable to Third Point Re’s income from sources outside the United States. This foreign source limitation also applies to any gain from the sale of our shares that is treated as a dividend under Section 1248 of the Code. Thus, it may not be possible for U.S. Holders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce United States tax on such income. The rules relating to U.S. foreign tax credits are very complex, and potential investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of such rules.

Disclosure Requirements for Specified Foreign Financial Assets

Individual U.S. Holders (and certain U.S. entities specified in IRS guidance) who, during any taxable year, hold any interest in any “specified foreign financial asset” generally will be required to file with their U.S. federal income tax returns a statement setting forth certain information if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $50,000 on IRS Form 8938. “Specified foreign financial asset” generally includes any financial account maintained with a non-U.S. financial institution and may also include our shares if they are not held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties may be imposed, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes may be extended, in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the possible application to them of this filing requirement.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Paying agents and custodians located in the United States will be required to comply with certain IRS information reporting requirements with respect to payments of dividends, if any, on our shares payable to shareholders of the Company or to paying agents or custodians located within the United States. In addition, a holder may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 28% with respect to dividends paid by such persons unless such holder either (i) is a corporation, a non-United States person or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Sales of our shares through brokers by certain holders also may be subject to backup withholding, subject to certain exceptions. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and may be credited against a holder’s regular United States federal income tax liability.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Code (“FATCA”) generally impose a 30% withholding tax regime with respect to (i) certain U.S. source income (including interest and dividends) and gross proceeds from any sale or other disposition after December 31, 2016, of property that can produce U.S. source

 

181


Table of Contents

interest or dividends (“withholdable payments”) and (ii) “passthru payments” (generally, withholdable payments and payments that are attributable to withholdable payments) made by foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”). As a general matter, FATCA was designed to require U.S. persons’ direct and indirect ownership of certain non-U.S. accounts and non-U.S. entities to be reported to the IRS. The application of the FATCA withholding rules will be phased in beginning January 1, 2014, with withholding on foreign passthru payments made by FFIs taking effect no earlier than 2017.

The Bermuda government recently announced that it will negotiate and sign a Model 2” intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States. If the Company and/or Third Point Re are treated as FFIs for the purposes of FATCA, under the Model 2 IGA, the Company and/or Third Point Re will be directed to ‘register’ with the IRS and enabled to comply with the requirements of FATCA, including due diligence, reporting and withholding. Assuming registration and compliance pursuant to a Model 2 IGAL, an FFI would be treated as FATCA compliant and not subject to withholding. However, at this early stage, there can be no certainty how such IGA Model 2 would modify the application of FATCA to the Company and/or Third Point Re. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the government of Bermuda and the United States will ultimately sign a Model 2 IGA. As a result, the following discussion assumes that the Company and/or Third Point Re will not be subject to an IGA.

If the Company and/or Third Point Re are treated as FFIs for purposes of FATCA, withholdable payments and passthru payments made to the Company and/or Third Point Re will be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless an agreement with the IRS (an “FFI Agreement”) is in effect, pursuant to which the Company and/or Third Point Re would be required to provide information regarding its U.S. direct or indirect owners and to comply with other reporting, verification, due diligence and other procedures established by the IRS, including a requirement to seek waivers of non-U.S. laws that would prevent the reporting of such information. The IRS may terminate the FFI Agreement if the IRS notifies the Company and/or Third Point Re that it is out of compliance with the FFI Agreement and the Company and/or Third Point Re does not remediate the compliance failure. Even if the Company and Third Point Re are subject to an FFI Agreement, distributions to an investor that are treated as passthru payments generally will be subject to a 30% withholding tax (a) if the investor fails to provide information or take other actions required for the the Company and/or Third Point Re to comply with the FFI Agreement including, in the case of a non-U.S. investor, providing information regarding certain U.S. direct and indirect owners of the investor (and, in certain circumstances, obtaining waivers of non-U.S. law to permit such reporting), or (b) if the investor is an FFI, unless the investor (i) is subject to an FFI Agreement, (ii) establishes that an exemption applies or (iii) is required to comply with FATCA under an applicable IGA.

Under the regulations implementing FATCA, a foreign insurance company (or foreign holding company of an insurance company) that issues or is obligated to make payments with respect to an account is a foreign financial institution. For this purpose, insurance contracts treated as having “cash value” and annuity contracts issued or maintained by a financial institution are considered accounts, and certain term life insurance contracts are not considered accounts. Insurance companies that issue only property and casualty insurance contracts, or that only issue life insurance contracts lacking cash value (or that provide for limited cash value) generally would not be considered FFIs under the final regulations. However, a holding company may be treated as an FFI if it is formed in connection with or availed of by a collective investment vehicle, mutual fund, exchange traded fund, hedge fund, venture capital fund, leveraged buyout fund, or any similar investment vehicle established with an investment strategy of investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets. Moreover, a company may be treated as an FFI if its gross income is primarily attributable to investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets and the entity is managed by an FFI, or the entity functions or holds itself out as an investment vehicle established with an investment strategy of investing, reinvesting, or trading in financial assets. There can be no certainty as to whether Company and/or Third Point Re will be treated as a “foreign financial institution” under FATCA. Even if the Company and Third Point Re are not treated as FFIs, then depending on whether the shares of the Company are treated as “regularly traded on one or more more established securities markets” under the FATCA rules and whether the income and assets of Third Point Re meet the requirements for the treatment of Third Point Re as an “active NFFE,” withholdable payments to the Company and/or Third Point Re may be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless the Company and/or Third Point Re provide information regarding its U.S. direct or indirect owners.

 

182


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

We are offering the common shares described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
common shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  

                      Incorporated

  

Aon Benfield Securities, LLC

  

Dowling & Partners Securities LLC

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the common shares offered if they purchase any shares, other than the common shares covered by the overallotment option described below unless and until the overallotment option is exercised. The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated in certain circumstances.

The underwriters propose to offer our common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of our common shares offered in this offering.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional common shares from us and the selling shareholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this overallotment option. If any shares are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will purchase those shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional common shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

183


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us or to the selling shareholders per share. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

 

     Per Share      Total  
        Without
overallotment
option exercise
     With full
overallotment
option exercise
 

Underwriting discount paid by us

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount paid by the selling shareholders

   $         $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $         million, and will be paid by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA up to a maximum of $50,000, plus the amount of any applicable filing fees.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, our common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares or any such other securities (whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by the delivery of our common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of         , other than common shares to be sold hereunder and any common shares issued upon the exercise of options granted under our equity compensation plans.

Our directors, our executive officers and certain of our significant shareholders (including the selling shareholders) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of         , (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common shares (including common shares or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and certain of our significant shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares or such other securities (whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of our common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise) or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of our common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common shares.

We, and the selling shareholders to a limited extent, have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

184


Table of Contents

We intend to apply to list our common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “TPRE.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling our common shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of our common shares, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of our common shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing our common shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their overallotment option referred to above, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through their overallotment option referred to above. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase our common shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares, and, as a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the                     , in the over the counter market or otherwise.

No public market currently exists for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors, including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common shares of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that our common shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

185


Table of Contents

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates, and may provide from time to time in the future, certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Conflicts of Interest

One of the underwriters in offering, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is considered to be an affiliate of Kelso for purposes of Rule 5121 of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. Since Kelso owns more than 10% of our issued and outstanding common shares, a “conflict of interest” would be deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f) (5)(B). Accordingly, we intend that this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Since Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. As such, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling shareholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Bermuda

The securities being offered may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda (as amended). Additionally, non-Bermudian persons may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are authorized to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation. Engaging in the activity of offering or marketing the securities being offered in Bermuda to persons in Bermuda may be deemed to be carrying on business in Bermuda.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, which we refer to as the Order; or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

186


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive, including:

 

   

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; and

 

   

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; and

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (1) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (2) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance.

No advertisement, invitation or document, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere, other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

187


Table of Contents

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Japan

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer or (3) by operation of law.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

188


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, Hamilton, Bermuda. Certain other legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP. In addition, Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP has in the past provided, and may continue to provide, legal services to the Company, Third Point LLC and their respective affiliates.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2012 (including schedules appearing therein), appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young Ltd., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

With respect to the unaudited consolidated interim financial information of the Company for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, Ernst & Young Ltd. have applied limited procedures in accordance with professional standards for a review of such information.

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER

U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

We are a Bermuda company. In addition, certain of our directors and officers as well as certain of the experts named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets and their assets are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon those persons or to recover against us or those persons on judgments of courts in the United States, including judgments based on civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, our Bermuda counsel, that the United States and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. We also have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce (1) judgments of U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, and (2) original actions brought in Bermuda against us or our officers and directors based solely upon the United States federal securities laws. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda provided that the facts alleged constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. Certain remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be allowed in Bermuda courts to the extent that they are contrary to public policy.

 

189


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares being offered. This prospectus does not contain all of the information described in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common shares being offered, reference is made to the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. With respect to statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document, reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the related exhibits, schedules and amendments may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from these offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing annual, quarterly and other periodic reports and other information with the SEC.

 

190


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

U naudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 (audited)

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012  (unaudited)

     F-5   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-6   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-37   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-38   

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the year ended December  31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

     F-39   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December  31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

     F-40   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

     F-41   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-42   

Schedule I – Summary of Investments – Other than Investments in Related Parties

     F-74   

Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

     F-75   

All other schedules and notes specified under Regulation S-X are omitted because they are either not applicable, not required or the information called for therein appears in response to the items in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and its subsidiaries listed on the above index.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     (unaudited)      (audited)  

Assets

     

Equity securities, trading, at fair value (cost – $440,113; 2012 – $450,766)

   $ 518,775       $ 500,929   

Debt securities, trading, at fair value (cost – $311,825; 2012 – $249,110)

     339,095         279,331   

Other investments, at fair value

     111,106         157,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments in securities and commodities

     968,976         937,690   

Cash and cash equivalents

     37,739         34,005   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     90,557         77,627   

Due from brokers

     128,192         131,785   

Securities purchased under an agreement to sell

     38,110         60,408   

Derivative assets, at fair value

     28,744         25,628   

Interest and dividends receivable

     2,515         2,088   

Reinsurance balances receivable

     136,998         84,280   

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     53,270         45,383   

Unearned premiums ceded

     7,481         —     

Loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

     2,095         —     

Other assets

     3,520         3,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,498,197       $ 1,402,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 3,705       $ 5,278   

Reinsurance balances payable

     8,579         —     

Advance subscriptions received by the Fund

     9,126         —     

Deposit liability

     51,116         50,446   

Unearned premium reserves

     153,878         93,893   

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     75,321         67,271   

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

     149,071         176,454   

Due to brokers

     44,759         66,107   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     11,284         12,992   

Performance fee payable to related party

     19,806         —     

Interest and dividends payable

     894         1,255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     527,539         473,696   

Shareholders’ equity

     

Share capital (par value $0.10; authorized, 150,000,000; issued and outstanding, 78,432,132 (2012: 78,432,132))

     7,843         7,843   

Additional paid-in capital

     764,182         762,430   

Retained earnings

     172,701         98,271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     944,726         868,544   

Non-controlling interests

     25,932         59,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     970,658         928,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,498,197       $ 1,402,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

 

     2013     2012  

Revenues

    

Gross premiums written

   $ 96,020      $ 92,650   

Gross premiums ceded

     (9,975     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     86,045        92,650   

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     (52,504     (78,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     33,541        13,837   

Net investment income

     80,691        33,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     114,232        47,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     18,638        12,285   

Acquisition costs, net

     13,073        712   

General and administrative expenses

     7,008        4,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     38,719        17,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income including non-controlling interests

     75,513        30,529   

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (1,083     (306
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 74,430      $ 30,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

    

Basic

   $ 0.95      $ 0.39   

Diluted

   $ 0.85      $ 0.35   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the determination of earnings per share

    

Basic

     78,432,132        78,432,132   

Diluted

     87,777,462        85,335,404   

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

 

     2013     2012  

Common shares

    

Balance, beginning and end of period

     78,432,132        78,432,132   

Share capital

    

Balance, beginning and end of period

   $ 7,843      $ 7,843   

Additional paid-in capital

    

Balance, beginning of period

     762,430        756,219   

Share compensation expense

     1,752        1,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     764,182        757,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscriptions receivable

    

Balance, beginning of period

     —          (177,507

Receipt of subscriptions due from shareholders

     —          177,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

    

Balance, beginning of period

     98,271        (1,130

Net income

     74,430        30,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     172,701        29,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     944,726        794,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

    

Balance, beginning of period

     59,777        —     

Contributions

     201        5,001   

Distributions

     (35,129     —     

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,083        306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     25,932        5,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 970,658      $ 799,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     2013     2012  

Operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 74,430      $ 30,223   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    

Share compensation expense

     1,752        1,129   

Net change in unrealized gain on investments

     (4,750     (23,102

Net change in unrealized loss on derivatives

     2,218        301   

Net realized gain on investments and derivatives

     (99,183     (20,305

Amortization of premium and accretion of discount, net

     (1,211     (311

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Reinsurance balances receivable

     (52,718     (79,096

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     (7,887     (12,290

Unearned premiums ceded

     (7,481     —     

Loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable

     (2,095     —     

Other assets

     (397     (319

Interest and dividends receivable, net

     (788     (3,272

Unearned premium reserves

     59,985        78,813   

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     8,050        12,157   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (1,573     8,787   

Reinsurance balances payable

     8,579        —     

Advance subscriptions received by the Fund

     9,126        —     

Performance fee payable to related party

     19,806        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     5,863        (7,285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchases of investments

     (552,140     (972,200

Proceeds from disposition of investments

     625,671        301,539   

Purchases of investments to cover short sales

     (129,708     (95,223

Proceeds from short sales of investments

     95,609        231,535   

Change in due to/from brokers, net

     (17,755     (219,199

Decrease in securities purchased under an agreement to sell

     22,299        —     

Non-controlling interest in investment affiliate

     (34,360     5,307   

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (12,930     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,314     (748,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of costs

     —          158,908   

Increase in deposit liability

     670        —     

Non-controlling interest in Fund and Cat Reinsurer

     579        —     

Non-controlling interest in Manager

     (64     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,185        158,908   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,734        (596,618

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     34,005        603,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 37,739      $ 7,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary information

    

Interest paid in cash

     1,247        47   

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

UNAUDITED

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

1. Organization

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. (“Third Point Re”) was incorporated as an exempted company under the laws of Bermuda on October 6, 2011 and, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“TPRCL”), is a provider of global specialty property and casualty reinsurance products. TPRCL is incorporated in Bermuda and is registered as a Class 4 insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and related regulations (the “Act”). TPRCL commenced reinsurance operations in January 2012.

On June 15, 2012, Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. (the “Fund”), Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. (the “Manager”), and Third Point Re Cat Ltd. (the “Cat Reinsurer”) were incorporated in Bermuda. Third Point Re subsequently announced a strategic arrangement with Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited (“Hiscox”) to launch a collateralized catastrophe reinsurance underwriting fund management business. The Manager, a Bermuda exempted company, is the investment manager of the Fund and is 85% owned by Third Point Re and 15% owned by Hiscox. The Manager is responsible for the investment and management of the Fund’s assets. The Fund is an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda and is open to both related party and third party investors. The Manager also acts as manager of the Cat Reinsurer and, in this capacity, is responsible for the day-to-day underwriting and investment activities of the Cat Reinsurer. The Cat Reinsurer is a Bermuda exempted company and is licensed as a special purpose insurer under the Act.

On August 2, 2012, Third Point Re established a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, Third Point Re Marketing (UK) Limited. (“TPRUK”). On May 20, 2013, TPRUK was licensed as an insurance intermediary by the UK Financial Conduct Authority.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements include the results of Third Point Re and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 in Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In addition, the year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012. In the opinion of management, these unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations as at the end of and for the periods presented. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

2. Significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies adopted by the Company:

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The major estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, estimates of written and earned premiums and fair value of financial instruments.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Cash and restricted cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in banks, cash held with investment managers and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of ninety days or less.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in trust accounts with the Cat Reinsurer securing collateralized reinsurance contracts written and cash held with brokers securing letters of credit issued under credit facilities.

Premium revenue recognition

The Company estimates the ultimate premiums for the entire contract period and records this estimate at the inception of the contract, to the extent that the amount of written premium is estimable. For contracts where the full written premium is not estimable at inception, the Company records written premium for the portion of the contract period for which the amount is estimable. These estimates are based primarily on information in the underlying contracts as well as information provided by the clients and/or brokers.

Premiums written are earned over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that relate to the unexpired term of the contracts in force.

Changes in premium estimates are expected and may result in adjustments in any reporting period. These estimates change over time as additional information regarding the underlying business volume is obtained. Any subsequent adjustments arising on such estimates are recorded in the period in which they are determined.

Reinsurance premiums ceded

The Company reduces the risk of losses on business written by reinsuring certain risks and exposures with other reinsurers. The Company remains liable to the extent that any retrocessionaire fails to meet its obligations and to the extent the Company does not hold sufficient security for their unpaid obligations. Ceded premiums are written during the period in which the risks incept and are expensed over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered. Unearned premiums ceded consist of the unexpired portion of reinsurance ceded.

Deferred acquisition costs

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, brokerage and excise taxes that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal reinsurance contracts. These costs are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment income is greater than expected future loss and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition costs. If a loss is probable on the unexpired portion of contracts in force, a premium deficiency loss is recognized. As of March 31, 2013, deferred acquisition costs are fully recoverable and no premium deficiency has been recorded.

Acquisition costs also include profit commissions that are expensed when incurred. Profit commissions are calculated and accrued based on the expected loss experience for contracts and recorded when the current loss estimate indicates that a profit commission is probable under the contract terms. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had not recognized any profit commissions on its contracts.

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

The Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserve includes case reserves and reserves for losses incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR reserves”). Case reserves are established for losses that have been reported, but not yet paid, based on loss reports from brokers and ceding companies. IBNR reserves represent the estimated loss

 

F-7


Table of Contents

and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer. IBNR reserves are established by management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses.

Inherent in the estimate of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors that may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which they become known.

Deposit assets and liabilities

Certain reinsurance contracts are deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk to be deemed reinsurance contracts in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 944, Financial Services – Insurance and Topic 340-30 Insurance contracts that do not transfer insurance risk , and   are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts or deposit contracts. Using the deposit method of accounting, a deposit liability, rather than written premium, is initially recorded based upon the consideration received less any explicitly identified premiums or fees. In subsequent periods, the deposit liability is adjusted by calculating the effective yield on the deposit to reflect actual payments to date and future expected payments. During 2012, one contract was deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk or timing risk and has therefore been accounted for using the deposit method of accounting.

Fair value measurement

The Company determines the fair value of financial instruments in accordance with current accounting guidance, which defines fair value and establishes a three level fair value hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability. Fair value is defined as the price the Company would receive to sell an asset or would pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company determines the estimated fair value of each individual security utilizing the highest level inputs available.

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, approximates the carrying amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet. Any revaluation gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statement of income as part of net investment income.

Investments

The Company’s investments are classified as “trading securities” and are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings in the consolidated statement of income.

Fair values of the Company’s fixed maturity investments are based on quoted market prices, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications and/or internal pricing valuation techniques. Investment transactions are recorded on a trade date basis with balances pending settlement recorded separately in the consolidated balance sheet as receivable for investments sold or payable for investments purchased.

Realized gains and losses are determined using cost calculated on a specific identification basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Income and expense are recorded on the accrual basis including interest and premiums amortized and discounts accreted.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Derivatives

Underwriting

The Cat Reinsurer enters into certain contracts under which the loss payments are triggered exclusively by reference to a specified industry loss measure or index. These contracts are considered derivatives under U.S. GAAP. The Company records the fair value of these contracts in net unrealized gain or loss on derivative contracts in the consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

Investment

Derivative instruments within our investment assets managed by Third Point LLC are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair values and realized gains and losses recognized in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage credit risk, interest rate risk, currency exchange risk, and other exposure risks. The Company uses derivatives in connection with its risk-management activities to economically hedge certain risks and to gain exposure to certain investments. The utilization of derivative contracts also allows for an efficient means in which to trade certain asset classes. The derivatives that the Company invests in are primarily credit default swaps, foreign currency forwards and options, index futures, interest rate swaptions, contracts for differences, interest rate swaps and total returns swaps.

Derivatives serve as a key component of the Company’s investment strategy and are utilized primarily to structure the portfolio, or individual investments and to economically match the investment objectives of the Company.

The Company does not have any derivatives designated as hedging instruments. Fair values of derivatives are determined by using quoted market prices and counterparty quotes when available; otherwise fair values are based on pricing models that consider the time value of money, volatility, and the current market and contractual prices of underlying financial instruments.

Share-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock plans in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that share-based compensation transactions be recognized using the fair value of the award at the grant date. Determining the fair value of share purchase options at the grant date requires estimation and judgment. The Company uses an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value of share purchase options.

For share purchase options granted that contain both a service and performance condition, the Company recognizes share compensation expense only for the portion of the options that are considered probable of being exercised. Share compensation for share purchase options considered probable of being exercised is expensed over the service (vesting) period on a graded vesting basis. The probability of share purchase options being exercised is evaluated each reporting period. When the share purchase options are considered probable of being exercised, the Company records a catch up of share compensation expense from the grant date (service inception date) to the current reporting period end based on the fair value of the options at the grant date.

The Company measures compensation for restricted shares based on the price of its common shares at the grant date and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Warrants

The Company accounts for certain warrant contracts issued to its founders in conjunction with the initial capitalization of the Company, and which may be settled by Third Point Re using either the physical settlement

 

F-9


Table of Contents

or net-share settlement methods, in accordance with EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock . Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants was recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital. The Company uses an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value for share purchase warrants issued.

The Company accounts for certain warrant contracts issued to an advisor, where services have been received by the Company, in part, in exchange for equity instruments, based on the fair value of such services, in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , and ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The associated cost of these warrants has been recorded as capital raise costs and is included in additional paid in capital in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

Foreign currency transactions

The Company’s functional currency is the United States dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in United States dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date and foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statement of income.

Advance subscriptions received by the Fund

The Fund issued a capital call notice in March 2013 for an April 1, 2013 subscription of shares in the Fund. As of March 31, 2013, certain of the subscription proceeds had been received by the Fund and have been reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet.

Income taxes and uncertain tax positions

Under current Bermuda law, Third Point Re and its Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income or capital gains taxes. In the event that such taxes are imposed, Third Point Re and its Bermuda subsidiaries would be exempted from any such taxes until March 2035 pursuant to the Tax Assurance Certificates issued to such entities pursuant to the Bermuda Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended.

As of March 31, 2013, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.

Non-controlling interests

Third Point Re consolidates the results of entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. The Company records the portion of shareholders’ equity attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line within shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the portion of income attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line within the consolidated statement of income.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes any dilutive effect of outstanding warrants, options and convertible securities such as unvested restricted shares. Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents including any dilutive effects of warrants, options and other awards under stock plans. U.S. GAAP requires that unvested stock awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid (referred to as “participating securities”), be included in the number of shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. Third Point Re treats its unvested restricted shares as participating securities. In the event of a net loss, the participating securities are excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted loss per share.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Leases

Leases in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Comprehensive income (loss)

The Company has no comprehensive income (loss) other than net income disclosed in the consolidated statement of income.

Segment information

Under U.S. GAAP, operating segments are based on the internal information that management uses for allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company. Third Point Re reports two operating segments – Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. The Company also has a corporate function that includes the Company’s investment results.

Recently issued accounting standards

Issued and effective as of March 31, 2013

In January 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASU 2013-01). The objective of ASU 2013-01 is to address implementation issues about the scope of ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The amendments clarify that the scope of ASU 2011-11 applies to derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Entities with other types of financial assets and financial liabilities subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement also are affected because these amendments make them no longer subject to the disclosure requirements in ASU 2011-11. ASU 2013-01 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Issued but not yet effective as of March 31, 2013

In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). The objective of ASU 2013-02 is to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of other comprehensive income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for periods subsequent to December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Restricted cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Restricted cash securing collateralized reinsurance contracts

   $ 29,309       $ 12,844   

Restricted cash securing credit facilities

     61,248         64,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 90,557       $ 77,627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents
4. Reinsurance premiums ceded

The Company from time to time purchases retrocessional coverage for one or more of the following reasons: to manage its overall exposure, to reduce its net liability on individual risks, to obtain additional underwriting capacity and to balance its underwriting portfolio. Additionally, retrocession can be used as a mechanism to share the risks and rewards of business written and therefore can be used as a tool to align the Company’s interests with those of its counterparties. The Company currently has coverage that provides for recovery of a portion of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred on one crop contract. Loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable from the retrocessionaires are recorded as assets. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred reported on the consolidated statement of income are net of loss and loss expenses recovered of $2.1 million. Retrocession contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to the insureds. Failure of retrocessionaires to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable of $2.1 million with one retrocessionaire who was rated “A (Excellent)” by A.M. Best Company. The Company regularly evaluates the financial condition of its retrocessionaires to assess the ability of the retrocessionaires to honor their obligations.

 

5. Investments

The Company’s investments are managed by Third Point L.L.C. (“TP LLC” or the “Investment Manager”) and are carried at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, approximates the fair value presented in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s Investment Manager has a formal valuation policy that sets forth the pricing methodology for investments to be implemented in fair valuing each security in the Company’s portfolio. The valuation policy is updated and approved at least on an annual basis by TP LLC’s valuation committee (the “Committee”), which is comprised of officers and employees who are senior business management personnel. The Committee meets on a monthly basis. The Committee’s role is to review and verify the propriety and consistency of the valuation methodology to determine the fair value of investments. The Committee also reviews any due diligence performed and approves any changes to current or potential external pricing vendors.

Securities and commodities listed on a national securities or commodities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ are valued at their last sales price as of the last business day of the period. Listed securities with no reported sales on such date and over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities are valued at their last closing bid price if held long by the Company, and last closing ask price if held short by the Company. As of March 31, 2013, securities valued at $308.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $248.4 million), representing 31.8% (December 31, 2012 – 26.5%) of investments in securities and commodities, and $47.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $68.8 million), representing 31.6% (December 31, 2012 – 39.0%) of securities sold, not yet purchased, are valued based on dealer quotes or other quoted market prices for similar securities.

Private securities are not registered for public sale and are carried at an estimated fair value at the end of the period, as determined by the Company. Valuation techniques used by the Company may include market approach, last transaction analysis, liquidation analysis and/or using discounted cash flow models where the significant inputs could include but are not limited to additional rounds of equity financing, financial metrics such as revenue multiples or price-earnings ratio, discount rates and other factors. In addition, the Company may employ third party valuation firms to conduct separate valuations of such private securities. The third party valuation firms provide the Company with a written report documenting their recommended valuation as of the determination date for the specified investments.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of valuation for private securities, the estimated fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for these investments. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had $2.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $2.8 million) of private securities fair valued by the Company representing less than 1% of total investments in securities and commodities.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Company’s derivatives are recorded at fair value, and are included on the face of the balance sheet as part of the line items; net unrealized gain on derivative contracts (assets) and net unrealized loss on derivatives contract (liabilities). The Company values exchange-traded derivative contracts at their last sales price on the exchange where it is primarily traded. OTC derivatives, which include swap, option, swaption, and forward currency contracts, are valued by third party sources when available; otherwise, fair values are obtained from counterparty quotes that are based on pricing models that consider the time value of money, volatility, and the current market and contractual prices of the underlying financial instruments.

As an extension of its underwriting activities, the Cat Reinsurer has sold derivative instruments that provide reinsurance-like protection to third parties for specific loss events associated with certain lines of business. These derivatives are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, with the offset recorded in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income. These contracts are valued on the basis of models developed by the Company.

The Company’s holdings in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are substantially invested in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). The balance of the ABS positions were held in commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and student loan asset-backed securities. The balance of the ABS positions as of March 31, 2013 were held in commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and student loan asset-backed securities. These investments are valued using dealer quotes or a recognized third-party pricing vendor. All of these classes of ABS are sensitive to changes in interest rates and any resulting change in the rate at which borrowers sell their properties, refinance, or otherwise pre-pay their loans. Investors in these classes of ABS may be exposed to the credit risk of underlying borrowers not being able to make timely payments on loans or the likelihood of borrowers defaulting on their loans. In addition, investors may be exposed to significant market and liquidity risks.

The Company values its investment in a limited partnership at fair value, which is an amount equal to the Company’s capital account in the limited partnership generally determined from financial information provided by the investment managers of the investment funds. The resulting net gains or net losses are reflected in the consolidated statement of income.

The fair values of all investments are estimated using prices obtained from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities that the Company is unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values were estimated using information obtained from the Company’s Investment Manager. We perform several processes to ascertain the reasonableness of the valuation of all of the Company’s investments comprising the Company’s investment portfolio, including securities that are categorized as Level 2 and Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. These processes include (i) obtaining and reviewing weekly and monthly investment portfolio reports from the Investment Manager, (ii) obtaining and reviewing monthly NAV and investment return reports received directly from the Company’s third-party fund administrator, which are compared to the reports noted in (i), and (iii) weekly update discussions with the Company’s Investment Manager regarding the investment portfolio, including, their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside service providers. As of March 31, 2013, the investments for which the Company did not receive a fair value from a pricing service or broker accounted for less than 1% of the Company’s investment portfolio. The actual value at which these securities could actually be sold or settled with a willing buyer or seller may differ from the Company’s estimated fair values depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, current and future economic conditions, the quantity sold or settled, the presence of an active market and the availability of a willing buyer or seller.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no changes in the valuation techniques as it relates to the above.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the closing rates of exchange. Transactions during the period are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. The

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Company does not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments, dividends and interest from the fluctuations arising from changes in fair values of securities and derivatives held. Periodic payments received or paid on swap agreements are recorded as realized gain or loss on investment transactions. Such fluctuations are included within net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

U.S. GAAP disclosure requirements establish a framework for measuring fair value, including a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

 

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets/exchanges for identical investments as of the reporting date. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities, commodities, futures and option contracts listed in active markets.

 

 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs other than observable inputs including, but not limited to, prices quoted for similar assets or liabilities in active markets/exchanges or prices quoted for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities traded on non-active exchanges, corporate, sovereign, asset-backed and bank debt securities, forward contracts and certain derivatives.

 

 

Level 3 – Pricing inputs unobservable for the investment and include activities where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs applied in the determination of fair value require significant management judgment and estimation. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include certain corporate and bank debt, private investments and certain derivatives.

Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability including assumptions about risk; for example, the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique used to measure fair value including such a pricing model and/or the risk inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. Inputs may be observable or unobservable.

Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources other than those of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The key inputs for corporate, government and sovereign bond valuation are coupon frequency, coupon rate and underlying bond spread. The key inputs for asset-backed securities are yield, probability of default, loss severity and prepayment.

Key inputs for over-the-counter (“OTC”) valuations vary based on the type of underlying security on which the contract was written:

 

 

The key inputs for most OTC option contracts include notional, strike price, maturity, payout structure, current foreign exchange forward and spot rates, current market price of underlying and volatility of underlying.

 

 

The key inputs for most forward contracts include notional, maturity, forward rate, spot rate, various interest rate curves and discount factor.

 

 

The key inputs for swap valuation will vary based on the type of underlying on which the contract was written. Generally, the key inputs for most swap contracts include notional, swap period, fixed rate, credit or interest rate curves, current market or spot price of the underlying and the volatility of the underlying.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following tables present the Company’s investments, categorized by the level of the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

    As of March 31, 2013  
    Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
    Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
    Total  
    ($ in thousands)  

Assets

       

Equity securities

  $ 512,654      $ 1,715      $ —        $ 514,369   

Private common equity securities

    —          —          4,406        4,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equities

    512,654        1,715        4,406        518,775   

Asset-backed securities

    —          217,993        —          217,993   

Bank debts

    —          44,999        —          44,999   

Corporate bonds

    —          63,749        9,354        73,103   

Sovereign debt

    —          3,000        —          3,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    —          329,741        9,354        339,095   

Investment in limited partnership

    —          31,720        —          31,720   

Commodities

    44,048        —          —          44,048   

Options

    12,064        2,320        —          14,384   

Trade claims

    —          20,954        —          20,954   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other investments

    56,112        54,994        —          111,106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain on derivative contracts

    —          27,981        763        28,744   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 568,766      $ 414,431      $ 14,523      $ 997,720   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Equity securities

  $ 88,850      $ —        $ —        $ 88,850   

Asset-backed securities

    —          509        —          509   

Sovereign debt

    —          37,658        —          37,658   

Corporate bonds

    —          10,682        —          10,682   

Options

    9,787        1,585        —          11,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities sold, not yet purchased

    98,637        50,434        —          149,071   

Net unrealized loss on derivative contracts

    32        11,252        —          11,284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 98,669      $ 61,686      $ —        $ 160,355   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2012  
     Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets

           

Equity securities

   $ 496,473       $ 1,699       $ —         $ 498,172   

Private common equity securities

     —           —           2,757         2,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equities

     496,473         1,699         2,757         500,929   

Asset-backed securities

     —           191,401         —           191,401   

Bank debts

     —           22,531         54         22,585   

Corporate bonds

     —           56,814         1,046         57,860   

Sovereign debt

     —           7,485         —           7,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     —           278,231         1,100         279,331   

Investment in limited partnership

     —           91,287         —           91,287   

Commodities

     51,093         —           —           51,093   

Options

     3,191         276         —           3,467   

Trade claims

     —           11,583         —           11,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other investments

     54,284         103,146         —           157,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     550,757         383,076         3,857         937,690   

Net unrealized gain on derivative

contracts

     1,025         24,603         —           25,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 551,782       $ 407,679       $ 3,857       $ 963,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Equity securities

   $ 104,308       $ —         $ —         $ 104,308   

Sovereign debt

     —           59,918         —           59,918   

Corporate bonds

     —           8,924         —           8,924   

Options

     3,259         45         —           3,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities sold, not yet purchased

     107,567         68,887         —           176,454   

Net unrealized loss on derivative

contracts

     10         12,982         —           12,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 107,577       $ 81,869       $ —         $ 189,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company made no significant reclassifications of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of the balances for all investments measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     January 1,
2013
     Transfers
in (out)
of Level 3
    Purchases      Sales      Realized and
Unrealized
Gains(Losses)*
    March 31,
2013
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets

               

Bank debt

   $ 54       $ (54   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     

Corporate bonds

     1,046         6,922        —           —           1,386        9,354   

Private common equity securities

     2,757         —          1,653         —           (4     4,406   

Derivatives

     —           —          —           —           763        763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,857       $ 6,868      $ 1,653       $ —         $ 2,145      $ 14,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     January 1,
2012
     Transfers
in (out)
of Level 3
     Purchases      Sales      Realized and
Unrealized
Gains(Losses)*
    March 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets

                

Corporate bonds

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,093       $ —         $ (20   $ 1,073   

Bank debt

     —           —           3,372         —           105        3,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —         $ —         $ 4,465       $ —         $ 85      $ 4,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Total change in realized and unrealized gain (loss) recorded on Level 3 financial instruments are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

Total unrealized gain (loss) related to fair value assets using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of March 31, 2013 was $5.9 million (December 31, 2012 – $(0.7) million).

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out of Level 3 at the beginning of the year. The Company held no Level 3 investments where quantitative unobservable inputs are produced by the Company itself when measuring fair value.

 

6. Securities purchased under an agreement to sell

The Company may enter into repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with financial institutions in which the financial institution agrees to resell or repurchase and the Company agrees to repurchase or resell such securities at a mutually agreed price upon maturity. As of March 31, 2013, the Company held outstanding reverse repurchase agreements valued at $38.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $60.4 million). As of March 31, 2013, the total value of securities received as collateral by the Company was $37.7 million (December 31, 2012 – $60.0 million). Interest expense and income related to these transactions are included in interest payable and receivable in the consolidated balance sheet. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, foreign currency losses of $0.5 million (2012 – gains of $0.6 million) on reverse repurchase agreements are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income. Generally, reverse repurchase agreements mature within 30 to 90 days.

 

7. Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

Securities sold, not yet purchased are securities that the Company has sold, but does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the fair value of the security. The Company’s risk is that the value of the security will increase rather than decline. Consequently, the settlement amount of the liability for securities sold, not yet purchased may

 

F-17


Table of Contents

exceed the amount recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as the Company is obligated to purchase the securities sold, not yet purchased in the market at prevailing prices to settle its obligations. To sell a security, sold not yet purchased, the Company needs to borrow the security for delivery to the buyer. On each day that the transaction is open, the liability for the obligation to replace the borrowed security is marked-to-market and an unrealized gain or loss is recorded. At the time that the transaction is closed, the Company realizes a gain or loss equal to the difference between the price at which the security was sold and the cost of replacing the borrowed security. While the transaction is open, the Company will also incur an expense for any dividends or interest that will be paid to the lender of the securities.

 

8. Due from/to brokers

The Company holds substantially all of its investments through its prime brokers pursuant to various agreements between the Investment Manager and each prime broker. The brokerage arrangements differ from broker to broker, but generally cash and investments in securities balances are available as collateral against investment in securities sold, not yet purchased and derivative positions, if required.

Margin debt balances were collateralized by cash held by the prime brokers and certain of the Company’s securities. Margin interest was paid either at the daily broker call rate or based on LIBOR.

Due from/to brokers include cash balances maintained with the Company’s prime brokers, receivables and payables from unsettled trades and proceeds from securities sold, not yet purchased. In addition, due to and from brokers includes cash collateral received and posted from OTC and repurchase agreement counterparties. Amounts due to and from brokers totaled $44.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $66.1 million) and $128.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $131.8 million), respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s due from/to brokers includes a total non-U.S. currency payable balance of $108.4 million (December 31, 2012 – $90.8 million).

 

F-18


Table of Contents
9. Derivatives

The following table identifies the listing currency, fair value and notional amounts of derivative instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet, categorized by primary underlying risk, as of March 31, 2013. Balances are presented on a gross basis. The Company does not offset its derivative instruments and presents all amounts in the consolidated balance sheets on a gross basis.

 

    

As of March 31, 2013

 
    

Listing
currency (1)

    Fair Value       Notional
  Amounts  (2)  
 
         $ in thousands  

Derivative Assets by Primary Underlying Risk

  

Commodity Price

      

Commodities Futures – Short Contracts

  

USD

  $ 30      $ 4,787   

Credit

      

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

  

JPY/USD

    14,335        79,514   

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Sold

  

USD

    21        43   

Equity Price

      

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

  

EUR/GBP/NOK/USD

    4,640        35,690   

Contracts for Differences – Short Contracts

  

EUR

    659        3,234   

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

  

BRL/JPY/USD

    1,002        20,913   

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

  

HKD/USD

    289        2,501   

Interest Rates

      

Interest Rate Swaps

  

EUR/ USD

    948        852,225   

Interest Rate Swaptions

  

EUR/JPY

    527        527   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

      

Foreign Currency Forward

  

EUR

    1,229        44,212   

Foreign Currency Options – Purchased

  

EUR/GBP/USD

    4,301        4,301   

Reinsurance contract derivatives

  

USD

    763        763   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Derivative Assets

     $ 28,744      $ 1,048,710   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

Listing
currency (1)

    Fair Value       Notional
  Amounts  (2)  
 
         $ in thousands  

Derivative Liabilities by Primary Underlying Risk

      

Commodity Price

      

Commodity Future Options – Purchased

   USD   $ 9      $ 17   

Credit

      

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

   EUR/JPY/USD     7,121        59,366   

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Sold

   USD     231        480   

Equity Price

      

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

   EUR/GBP/USD     774        8,601   

Contracts for Differences – Short Contracts

   EUR     8        —     

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

   BRL/JPY/USD     557        26,331   

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

   USD     44        2,432   

Interest Rates

      

Bond Future – Short Contracts

   JPY     99        35,502   

Interest Rate Swaps

   EUR/JPY     368        581,437   

Interest Rate Swaptions

   EUR/USD     —          870   

Treasury Future – Short Contracts

   USD     23        6,057   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

      

Foreign Currency Forward

   CAD/GPB/JPY     878        56,969   

Foreign Currency Options – Sold

   USD     1,172        1,172   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Derivative Liabilities

     $ 11,284      $ 779,234   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) USD = US dollar, JPY = Japanese yen, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound, BRL = Brazilian real, HKD = Hong Kong dollar, NOK = Norwegian krone, CAD = Canadian dollar
(2) The absolute notional exposure represents the Company’s derivative activity as of March 31, 2013, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the period.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, by major risk type, the Company’s realized and unrealized gains (losses) relating to trading activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. These realized and unrealized gains (losses) are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

 

     For the three months ended,  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
Primary Underlying Risk    Realized
Gain (Loss)
    Unrealized*
Gain (Loss)
    Realized
Gain (Loss)
    Unrealized*
Gain (Loss)
 
    

($ in thousands)

 

Commodity Price

        

Commodities Futures – Long Contracts

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,070      $ 430   

Commodities Futures – Short Contracts

     387        (182     127        —     

Commodity Future Options – Purchased

     (64     1        —          —     

Credit

        

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

     715        (2,205     174        (99

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Sold

     —          1        588        (587

Equity Price

        

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

     6,114        (316     1,920        (1,081

Contracts for Differences – Short Contracts

     135        687        1,105        192   

Index Futures – Long Contracts

     —          —          (250     380   

Index Futures – Short Contracts

     19        —          (61     —     

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

     964        334        138        14   

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

     (205     648        (100     185   

Interest Rates

        

Bond Futures – Short Contracts

     (142     (347     —          —     

Interest Rate Swaps

     (6     964        409        (475

Interest Rate Swaptions

     (156     91        —          662   

Sovereign Debt Futures – Long Contracts

     —          —          —          —     

Sovereign Debt Futures – Short Contracts

     —          —          —          75   

Treasury Futures – Short Contracts

     348        (587     (160     251   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

        

Foreign Currency Forward

     8,094        (1,528     63        (224

Foreign Currency Options – Purchased

     4,507        (1,224     527        (25

Foreign Currency Options – Sold

     (1,652     682        —          —     

Reinsurance contract derivatives

     —          767        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 19,058      $ (2,214   $ 5,550      $ (302
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Unrealized gain (loss) relates to derivatives still held at reporting date.

The Company’s International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) agreements with its counterparties provide for various termination events including decline in Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the Company’s investments over a certain period, key-man provisions, document delivery schedules, and Employment Retirement Income Security Act and bankruptcy provisions. Upon the triggering of a termination event, a counter party may avail itself of various remedies including, but not limited to, waiver of the termination event, request for additional collateral, renegotiation of the ISDA agreement, or immediate settlement of positions.

Exposure of all derivatives in a net liability position that are subject to ISDA agreement termination events were $11.3 million as of March 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 – $4.4 million). If a trigger event had occurred as of March 31, 2013, for those derivative financial instruments in a net liability position, after the application of master-netting agreements, no additional amounts would be required to be posted by the Company since the aggregate fair value of the required collateral posted exceeded the settlement amounts of open derivative contracts. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not experience any trigger events.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Company obtains/provides collateral from/to various counterparties for OTC derivative contracts in accordance with bilateral collateral agreements. The Company posted collateral in the form of cash of $46.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $28.0 million) to certain counterparties to cover collateral requirements for open OTC derivatives.

 

10. Other assets

Other assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Investments in aircraft

   $ 1,313      $ 1,313   

Accumulated depreciation

     (164     (131
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     1,149        1,182   

Other investment assets

     856        829   

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,515        1,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,520      $ 3,123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are based in part on the estimation of case losses reported from brokers, insureds and ceding companies. The Company also uses statistical and actuarial methods to estimate ultimate expected losses and loss adjustment expenses. The period of time from the occurrence of a loss, the reporting of a loss to the Company and the settlement of the Company’s liability may be several months or years. During this period, additional facts and trends may be revealed. As these factors become apparent, case reserves will be adjusted, sometimes requiring an increase or decrease in the overall reserves of the Company, and at other times requiring a reallocation of IBNR to specific case reserves. These estimates are reviewed regularly, and such adjustments, if any, are reflected in earnings in the period in which they become known. While management believes that it has made a reasonable estimate of ultimate losses, there can be no assurances that ultimate losses and loss expenses will not exceed the recorded reserves.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, loss and loss adjustment expense reserves in the consolidated balance sheet was comprised of the following:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Outstanding loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

   $ 32,271       $ 3,668   

Incurred but not reported loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     43,050         63,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 75,321       $ 67,271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table represents the activity in the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of period

   $ 67,271      $ —     

Less: reinsurance recoverable balances, beginning of period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of period

     67,271        —     

Increase in net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred in respect of losses occurring in:

    

Current year

     21,069        80,306   

Prior years’

     (2,431     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

     18,638        80,306   

Net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid in respect of losses occurring in:

    

Current year

     2,199        13,035   

Prior years’

     10,484        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net paid losses

     12,683        13,035   

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period

     73,226        67,271   

Plus reinsurance recoverable, end of period

     2,095        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period

   $ 75,321      $ 67,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $2.4 million decrease in prior years’ reserves recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2013 consisted of the following:

 

   

$2.9 million decrease related to a crop contract, which was accompanied by an equal decrease in the premium for that contract, resulting in a zero impact to underwriting income.

 

   

The remaining contracts contributed a $0.5 million increase in reserves, of which $0.4 million was related to increases in premium estimates and $0.1 million was related to adverse development.

 

12. Management, performance and founders fees

Third Point Re and TPRCL are party to a Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with TP LLC and Third Point Advisors LLC (“TPAL”) under which TPLLC manages certain jointly held assets. TP LLC and TPAL are related parties and affiliates of Daniel Loeb, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company as of March 31, 2013, and a shareholder of Third Point Re. Daniel Loeb resigned from the Board of Directors effective May 13, 2013.

Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, TPAL receives an annual performance fee allocation equal to 20% of the net investment income of the Company’s share of the investment assets managed by TP LLC, subject to a loss carry forward provision. Additionally, a total management fee equal to 2% annually of the Company’s share of the investment assets managed by TP LLC is paid to TP LLC and various Third Point Re founders. Management fees are paid monthly, whereas performance fees are paid annually, in arrears.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Investment fee expenses related to the Investment Agreement, which are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31,
2013
       March 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Management fees – TP LLC

   $ 724         $ 574   

Management fees – Founders

     4,102           3,253   

Performance fees – TPAL

     20,006           8,386   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
   $ 24,832         $ 12,213   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013, $19.8 million was included in performance fee payable to related party in the consolidated balance sheet related to performance fees due under the Investment Agreement. As of December 31, 2012, $33.9 million was included in non-controlling interests related to the performance fee payable to TPAL. Since the performance fee allocation is based on annual performance, the performance fees are included in total liabilities until the performance fee is determined at year end and allocated to TPAL’s capital account, in accordance with the Investment Agreement.

 

13. Deposit liability

Effective October 1, 2012, TPRCL entered into an aggregate excess of loss agreement for consideration of $50.0 million. Under the terms of the agreement, TPRCL maintains a notional experience account, the value of which is determined by adding premiums to the $50.0 million of consideration less claims paid plus a crediting rate multiplied by the annual starting balance of the notional experience account. The crediting rate varies from a minimum of 3% to a maximum of 6.1%, based on actual investment returns realized by the Company.

The following table details the deposit liability as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Initial consideration received

   $ 50,000       $ 50,000   

Net investment income allocation accrued

     1,116         446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 51,116       $ 50,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
14. General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     For the three
months ended
 
     March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Payroll and related

   $ 3,355       $ 1,431   

Share compensation expenses

     1,752         1,129   

Travel and entertainment

     673         548   

Legal and accounting

     514         221   

IT related

     230         245   

Credit facility fees

     140         200   

Occupancy

     113         284   

Corporate insurance

     120         85   

Other general and administrative expenses

     111         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,008       $ 4,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the detail of the consolidated general and administrative expenses above is $0.8 million related to the Fund and Cat Reinsurer. See Note 23 for further information on Segment Reporting.

 

15. Net investment income

Net investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Change in net unrealized gains on investments and investment
derivatives

   $ 1,769      $ 22,802   

Net realized gains on investments and investment derivatives

     99,576        19,318   

Dividend and interest income, net of withholding taxes

     5,545        5,190   

Dividends paid on securities sold, not yet purchased

     (270     (294

Management and performance fees

     (24,832     (12,213

Other expenses

     (1,190     (955
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income on investments managed by TP LLC

     80,598        33,848   

Deposit liability allocation

     (670     —     

Net unrealized gain on reinsurance contract derivatives

     763        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 80,691      $ 33,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

16. Warrants

During 2011, Third Point Re’s founders and an advisor provided insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships to ensure that Third Point Re would be fully operational with key management in place in time for January 2012 underwriting season. In consideration of these commitments, Third Point Re had reserved for issuance of warrants to the founders and advisor to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4.0% (founders 3.5% and an

 

F-24


Table of Contents

advisor 0.5%) of the fully diluted shares (up to a maximum of $1 billion of subscribed shares) provided that the founders and advisor will not be issued any warrants for common shares issued in consideration for any capital raised by Third Point Re in excess of $1 billion. The following is a summary of warrants as of March 31, 2013:

 

     Exercise price      Authorized and
Issued
     Aggregate fair
value of
warrants (1)
 
     ($ in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)  

Founders

   $ 10.00         4,069,868       $ 15,203   

Advisor

   $ 10.00         581,295         2,171   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        4,651,163       $ 17,374   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Aggregate fair value of warrants includes $3.7 million related to warrants that have not met the performance condition.

The warrants are subject to a performance condition. The performance condition with respect to the warrants will be met depending on the aggregate consideration received from the subscription of shares as a percentage of $1 billion (not to exceed 100%). As of March 31, 2013, the Company had raised $784.3 million, or 78.4% of $1 billion, of aggregate consideration from the subscription of shares. Consequently, 3,648,006 of the warrants outstanding have met the performance condition as of March 31, 2013 and 1,003,157 of the warrants outstanding would be considered exercisable only if the additional capital is raised. The Company does not consider it probable that this performance condition will be met and therefore, the Company has not recorded share compensation expense for these 1,003,157 warrants as of March 31, 2013.

The warrants will expire 10 years from the date of issuance on December 22, 2011, and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.

These warrants were recognized in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, and ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. The total fair value of the warrants that have met the performance condition was $13.6 million and was recorded as a component of capital raise costs when the services were rendered in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity: Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees.

 

17. Share-based compensation

Third Point Re has a Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for directors, employees and consultants. The following is a summary of authorized and granted shares under the Plan:

 

     Exercise
Price
     Authorized      Granted      Aggregate fair
value of granted
options and
shares (1)
 
                          ($ in thousands)  

Management options

   $ 10         6,976,744         6,523,256      
   $ 16         2,325,581         2,174,417      
   $ 20         2,325,581         2,174,417      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        11,627,906         10,872,090       $ 33,298   

Director options

   $ 10         50,848         50,848      
   $ 16         16,950         16,950      
   $ 20         16,950         16,950      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        84,748         84,748         260   

Management restricted shares

     n/a         619,300         619,300         6,193   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,331,954         11,576,138       $ 39,751   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Aggregate fair value of management options granted includes $7.0 million related to management options that have not met the performance condition.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Share based compensation expense of $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (2012 – $1.1 million) was included in general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2013, the Company has $30.7 million of unamortized share compensation expense related to management and director options, including $7.0 million related to management stock options that have not met the performance condition.

 

(a) Management and director options

The Plan grants an option to employees and directors to purchase Third Points Re’s common shares. As such, the management team will receive equity in Third Point Re in the form of options representing up to 10% of Third Point Re’s fully diluted common shares (up to a maximum of $1 billion of subscribed shares) provided that the management team will not be issued any options for common shares issued in consideration for any capital raised by Third Point Re in excess of $1 billion.

The management options are subject to a service and performance condition. The service condition will be met with respect to 20% of the management options on each of the first five anniversary dates following the grant date of the management options. The performance condition with respect to the management options will be met depending on the aggregate consideration received from the subscription of shares as a percentage of $1 billion (not to exceed 100%). As of March 31, 2013, the Company had raised $784.3 million, or 78.4% of $1 billion, of aggregate consideration from the subscription of shares. Consequently, 8,383,742 of the management options outstanding have met the performance condition as of March 31, 2013 and 2,197,649 of the management options outstanding would be considered exercisable (subject to service condition) only if the additional capital is raised. The Company does not consider it probable that this performance condition will be met and therefore, the Company has not recorded share compensation expenses for these 2,197,649 management options as of March 31, 2013.

The director options contain only a service condition that will be met with respect to 20% of the director options on each of the five anniversary dates following the grant date of the director options.

The Plan’s management and director options activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
options
    Weighted
average  exercise
price
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted – employees

     10,872,090        13.20   

Granted – directors

     84,748        13.20   

Forfeited

     —          —     

Exercised

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     10,956,838      $ 13.20   

Granted – employees

     —       

Granted – directors

     —       

Forfeited

     (290,699     13.20   

Exercised

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of March 31, 2013

     10,666,139      $ 13.20   
  

 

 

   

The fair value of stock options issued during 2012 was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The estimated share price used for purposes of determining the fair value of stock options was $10.00 based on the proximity to the $10.00 original offering price per share. The volatility assumption used of 31.25% was based on average estimated volatility of a reinsurance company peer group. The other assumptions used in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 1.9%, expected life of ten years and a 0.0% dividend yield.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s management and director stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2013:

 

     Options outstanding      Options exercisable  
Range of exercise prices    Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
contractual
life
     Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$10.00

     6,399,685       $ 10.00         8.78         951,329       $ 10.00   

$16.00

     2,133,227       $ 16.00         8.78         317,110       $ 16.00   

$20.00

     2,133,227       $ 20.00         8.78         317,110       $ 20.00   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     10,666,139       $ 13.20         8.78         1,585,549       $ 13.20   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded $1.3 million (2012—$0.8 million) of share compensation expense related to stock options.

 

(b) Restricted shares

Restricted shares vest either ratably or at the end of the required service period and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded $1.8 million (2012—$1.1 million) of share compensation expense related to restricted awards.

Restricted share award activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
non-vested  restricted
shares
    Weighted
average grant
date fair value
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted

     641,800        10.00   

Forfeited

     (22,500     10.00   

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     619,300        10.00   

Granted

     —       

Forfeited

     —       

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2013

     619,300      $ 10.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

18. Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of equity in consolidated subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to Third Point Re. The ownership interests in consolidated subsidiaries held by parties other than Third Point Re have been presented in the consolidated balance sheet, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Non-controlling interests as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Fund and Cat Reinsurer

   $ 20,225      $ 19,646   

Manager

     (62     2   

Joint Venture – TPAL share

     5,769        40,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 25,932      $ 59,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Income attributable to non-controlling interests for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Fund and Cat Reinsurer

   $ 579      $  —     

Manager

     (64     —     

Joint Venture – TPAL share

     568        306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,083      $ 306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013, the following entities were consolidated in line with variable interest model as per ASC 810: Consolidation :

 

   

Investment Joint Venture

As of March 31, 2013, the following entities were consolidated in line with voting model per ASC 810: Consolidation :

 

   

Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd.

 

   

Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd.

 

   

Third Point Re Cat Ltd.

 

a) Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. and Third Point Re Cat Ltd.

As of March 31, 2013, TPRCL had invested $22.0 million (December 31, 2012—$22.0 million) in the Fund; representing approximately 53% of the Fund’s issued, non-voting, participating share capital. The objective of the Fund is to achieve positive uncorrelated investment returns by investing, through the Cat Reinsurer, in a portfolio of collateralized reinsurance transactions and other insurance-linked investments, including catastrophe bonds and industry loss warranties.

The Manager holds 100% of the authorized and issued voting, nonparticipating shares of the Fund, while the Fund’s investors, including TPRCL, hold 100% of issued non-voting, participating shares.

Furthermore, 100% of the authorized and issued voting, non-participating share capital of the Cat Reinsurer is held by the Manager; while 100% of the issued non-voting, participating preference share capital is held by the Fund.

 

b) Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. (the “Manager”)

The Manager acts as manager for both the Fund and the Cat Reinsurer and in that capacity is responsible for:

 

   

The day to day investment activities of the Fund, and

 

   

The day to day underwriting activities of the Cat Reinsurer.

The Manager does not participate in the profits or losses of either the Fund or the Cat Reinsurer; however, the Manager does receive management and performance fees for its advisory services. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, $0.8 million (2012 – nil) was incurred relating to three dedicated employees, the licensing of catastrophe models, and legal costs. These expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , the Manager has been consolidated as part of Third Point Re with Hiscox’s interest in the Manager recorded as a non-controlling interest of $(0.1) million as of March 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 – $0.002 million) in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
c) Third Point Advisors LLC (“TPAL”)

The joint venture created through the Investment Agreement (Note 12) has been considered a variable interest entity in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Since the Company was deemed to be the primary beneficiary, the Company has consolidated the joint venture and has recorded TPAL’s minority interest as a non-controlling interest in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, $35.1 million was distributed by TPAL and reduced the amount of the non-controlling interest.

 

19. Earnings per share

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

     78,432,132         78,432,132   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

     3,648,006         3,648,006   

Effect of dilutive stock options issued to directors and employees

     5,078,024         2,827,399   

Effect of dilutive restricted shares issued to employees

     619,300         427,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

     87,777,462         85,335,404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20. Related party transactions

In addition to the transactions disclosed in Notes 5, 12, 15 and 18 to these consolidated financial statements, the following additional transactions are classified as related party transactions, as each counterparty has either a direct or indirect shareholding in the Company or the Company has an investment in such counterparty.

 

a) Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC and Narragansett Bay Insurance Company

TPRCL entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement with Narragansett Bay Insurance Company (“Narragansett Bay”) effective December 31, 2012 under which Narragansett Bay is obligated to cede an estimated $10.5 million of premium over the one year term of the contract. Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC (“Pine Brook”) is the manager of an investment fund that owns common shares and warrants issued by the Company. Pine Brook currently owns 15.9% of the Company’s outstanding common shares and will own 14.6% of the Company’s common shares should all outstanding warrants be exercised. Pine Brook is also the manager of an investment fund that owns 45.2% of Narragansett Bay’s common shares and up to 49.0% of common shares should a convertible debt instrument convert to common shares.

 

b) TP Lux Holdco LP

TPRCL has entered into a limited partnership agreement, as one of the limited partners of TP Lux Holdco LP (the “Cayman HoldCo”), which is also an affiliate of the Investment Manager. The Cayman HoldCo was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands and invests and holds debt and equity interests in TP Lux HoldCo S.à r.l., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (the “LuxCo”), which is also an affiliate of the Investment Manager.

The LuxCo was established under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and its principal objective is to act as a collective investment vehicle to purchase Euro debt and equity investments. TPRCL invests in the Cayman HoldCo alongside other investment funds managed by the Investment Manager. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, TPRCL held less than a 10% interest in the Cayman Holdco. As a result, TPRCL accounts for its investment in the limited partnership under the variable interest entity model, in which TPRCL is not the primary beneficiary, at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and records the change in the fair value in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the investment in the limited partnership was $31.7 million (December 31, 2012—$91.3 million). The valuation policy with respect to the investment in the limited partnership is further described in Note 2.

 

c) Third Point Loan L.L.C.

Third Point Loan L.L.C. (“Loan LLC”) serves as nominee of TPRCL and other affiliated investment management clients of the Investment Manager for certain investments. Loan LLC has appointed the Investment Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney. As of March 31, 2013, Loan LLC held $84.6 million (December 31, 2012 – $43.7 million) of TPRCL’s investments, which are included in investments in securities and in derivative contracts in the consolidated balance sheet. TPRCL’s pro rata interest in the underlying investments registered in the name of the Loan LLC and the related income and expense are reflected accordingly in the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of income.

 

21. Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk or concentrations of credit risk

Off-balance sheet risk

In the normal course of business, the Company trades various financial instruments and engages in various investment activities with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include securities sold, not yet purchased, forwards, futures, options, swaptions, swaps and contracts for differences. Generally, these financial instruments represent future commitments to purchase or sell other financial instruments at specific terms at specified future dates. Each of these financial instruments contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk whereby changes in the fair values of the securities underlying the financial instruments or fluctuations in interest rates and index values may exceed the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.

Securities sold, not yet purchased are recorded as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and have market risk to the extent that the Company, in satisfying its obligations, may be required to purchase securities at a higher value than that recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s investments in securities and amounts due from brokers are partially restricted until the Company satisfies the obligation to deliver securities sold, not yet purchased.

Forward and futures contracts are a commitment to purchase or sell financial instruments, currencies or commodities at a future date at a negotiated rate. Forward and futures contracts expose the Company to market risks to the extent that adverse changes occur to the underlying financial instruments such as currency rates or equity index fluctuations.

Option contracts give the purchaser the right but not the obligation to purchase or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price. The premium received by the Company upon writing an option contract is recorded as a liability, marked to market on a daily basis and is included in securities sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated balance sheet. In writing an option, the Company bears the market risk of an unfavorable change in the financial instrument underlying the written option. Exercise of an option written by the Company could result in the Company selling or buying a financial instrument at a price different from the current fair value.

Swaption contracts give the Company the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a specified interest-rate swap within a specified period of time. The Company’s market and counterparty credit risk is limited to the premium paid to enter into the swaption contract and net unrealized gains.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Total return swaps, contracts for differences, index swaps, and interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of cash flows between the Company and counterparties are based on the change in the fair value of a particular equity, index, or interest rate on a specified notional holding. The use of these contracts exposes the Company to market risks equivalent to actually holding securities of the notional value but typically involve little capital commitment relative to the exposure achieved. The gains or losses of the Company may therefore be magnified on the capital commitment.

Credit derivatives

Credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more underlying bonds, loans, or mortgages in the event the issuer suffers a credit event. Typical credit events include failure to pay or restructuring of obligations, bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the underlying issuer. The buyer of the protection pays an initial and/or a periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is not a credit event, as defined in the contract, the buyer receives no payments from the seller. If there is a credit event, the buyer receives a payment from the seller of protection as calculated by the contract between the two parties.

The Company may also enter into index and/or basket credit default swaps where the credit derivative may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the buyer will receive a pro-rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract from the seller. When the Company purchases single-name, index and basket credit default swaps, the Company is exposed to counterparty nonperformance.

Upon selling credit default swap protection, the Company may expose itself to the risk of loss from related credit events specified in the contract. As of March 31, 2013, the Company sold protection on an index-reference obligation with a maximum potential payout amount of $0.4million, a credit spread of 0.44% and maturity in 2046. The fair value of such protection sold totaled $0.2 million as of March 31, 2013. Credit spreads of the underlying together with the period of expiration is indicative of the likelihood of a credit event under the credit default swap contract and the Company’s risk of loss. Higher credit spreads and shorter expiration dates are indicative of a higher likelihood of a credit event resulting in the Company’s payment to the buyer of protection. Lower credit spreads and longer expiration dates would indicate the opposite and lowers the likelihood the Company needs to pay the buyer of protection.

Concentrations of credit risk

In addition to off-balance sheet risks related to specific financial instruments, the Company may be subject to concentration of credit risk with particular counterparties. Substantially all securities transactions of the Company are cleared by several major securities firms. The Company had substantially all such individual counterparty concentration with these brokers or their affiliates as of March 31, 2013. However, the Company reduces its credit risk with counterparties by entering into master netting agreements. Therefore, assets represent the Company’s greater unrealized gains less unrealized losses for derivative contracts in which the Company has master netting agreements. Similarly, liabilities represent the Company’s greater unrealized losses less unrealized gains for derivative contracts in which the Joint Venture has master netting agreements. Furthermore, the Company obtains collateral from counterparties to reduce its exposure to counterparty credit risk.

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk associated with counterparty nonperformance on derivative contracts is limited to the net unrealized gains by counterparty inherent in such contracts which are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s maximum counterparty credit risk exposure was $28.0 million (December 31, 2012 – $17.0 million).

 

F-31


Table of Contents
22. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating lease

Third Point Re leases office space at Chesney House in Bermuda. This two year lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2013, with an option to renew for an additional three years. The lease has been accounted for as an operating lease with total rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 being $0.4 million (2011: $0.03 million).

Future minimum rental commitments under this lease, assuming a scheduled renewal for a single three year term, are expected to be as follows:

 

     ($ in thousands)  

2013

   $ 404   

2014

     424   

2015

     445   

2016

     426   

2017

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,699   
  

 

 

 

Agreements

Third Point LLC

Third Point Re and TPRCL have entered into a 5 year investment management agreement with TP LLC on December 22, 2011.The Company is subject to an Investment Agreement with TP LLC under which the Companies, TP LLC and TPAL formed a joint venture for the purpose of managing certain jointly held assets. The non-controlling interest in the consolidated balance sheet includes TPAL’s share of assets in the investment joint venture.

Netjets

On December 20, 2011, TPRCL acquired from Netjets Sales Inc. (“Netjets”) an undivided 12.5% interest in two aircraft for a five year period. The agreement with NetJets provides for monthly management fees, occupied hourly fees and other fees. Future minimum management fee commitments under the existing lease are expected to be as follows:

 

     ($ in thousands)  

2013

   $ 527   

2014

     547   

2015

     567   

2016

     539   

2017

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,180   
  

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Letters of credit

As of March 31, 2013, the Company had entered into the following letter of credit facilities, which automatically renew annually unless terminated by either party in accordance with the required notice period:

 

     Facility     

Renewal date

  

Notice period (Unused Facility Portion)

     ($ in thousands)

BNP Paribas

   $ 100,000       February 15, 2014    60 days prior to termination date

Citibank (1)

     150,000       January 23, 2014    90 days prior to termination date

J.P. Morgan

     50,000       August 22, 2013    60 days prior to termination date
  

 

 

       
   $ 300,000         
  

 

 

       

 

(1) Effective January 1, 2013, the Citibank facility was reduced from $250 million to $150 million.

As of March 31, 2013, $61.0 million (December 31, 2012 – $60.9 million) of letters of credit, representing 20.3% (December 31, 2012 – 15.3% (based on total available facilities of $400 million)) of the total available facilities, had been drawn upon.

Under the facilities, the Company provides collateral that may consist of equity securities, repurchase agreements and cash and cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents with a fair value of $61.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $64.8 million) were pledged as security against the letters of credit issued. These amounts are included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet. Each of the facilities contain customary events of default and restrictive covenants, including but not limited to, limitations on liens on collateral, transactions with affiliates, mergers and sales of assets, as well as solvency and maintenance of certain minimum pledged equity requirements, A.M. Best Company rating of “A-” or higher, and restricts issuance of any debt without the consent of the letter of credit provider. Additionally, if an event of default exists, as defined in the letter of credit facilities, the Company will be prohibited from paying dividends. The Company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of March 31, 2013.

Investments

Loan and other participation interests purchased by the Company, such as bank debt, may include revolving credit arrangements or other financing commitments obligating the Company to advance additional amounts on demand. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had no unfunded capital commitments.

In the normal course of business, the Company, as part of its investment strategy, enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnifications and warranties. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, the Company has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts and expects the risk of loss to be remote. Thus, no amounts have been accrued related to such indemnifications. The Company also indemnifies TPAL, TP LLC and its employees from and against any loss or expense, including, without limitation any judgment, settlement, legal fees and other costs. Any expenses related to this indemnification are reflected in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income.

 

23. Segment reporting

The determination of Third Point Re’s business segments is based on the manner in which management monitors the performance of its operations. Third Point Re reports two operating segments – Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. The Company has also identified a corporate function that includes the Company’s investment results.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the Company’s operating segments results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2013  
     Property and
Casualty
Reinsurance
    Catastrophe
Risk
Management
    Corporate     Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues

        

Gross premiums written

   $ 92,871      $ 3,149      $ —        $ 96,020   

Gross premiums ceded

     (9,975     —          —          (9,975
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     82,896        3,149        —          86,045   

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     (50,253     (2,251     —          (52,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     32,643        898        —          33,541   

Net investment income

     —          767        79,924        80,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     32,643        1,665        79,924        114,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

                

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     18,638        —          —          18,638   

Acquisition costs, net

     12,991        82        —          13,073   

General and administrative expenses

     6,223        785        —          7,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     37,852        867        —          38,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (5,209     n/a        n/a        n/a   

Income including non-controlling interests

     n/a        798        79,924        75,513   

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     n/a        (515     (568     (1,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,209   $ 283      $  79,356      $ 74,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Casualty Reinsurance – Underwriting Ratios:

        

Loss ratio (1)

     57.1      

Acquisition cost ratio (2)

     39.8      

General and administrative expense ratio (3)

     19.1      
  

 

 

       

Combined ratio (4)

     116.0      
  

 

 

       

 

(1) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs, net by net premiums earned.
(3) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net, acquisition costs, net and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended March 31, 2012  
     Property and
Casualty
Reinsurance
    Catastrophe
Risk
Management
     Corporate     Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues

         

Gross premiums written

   $ 92,650      $  —         $ —        $ 92,650   

Gross premiums ceded

     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     92,650        —           —          92,650   

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     (78,813     —           —          (78,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     13,837        —           —          13,837   

Net investment income

     —          —           33,848        33,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     13,837        —           33,848        47,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

          —       

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     12,285        —           —          12,285   

Acquisition costs, net

     712        —           —          712   

General and administrative expenses

     4,159        —           —          4,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     17,156        —           —          17,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (3,319     n/a         n/a        n/a   

Income including non-controlling interests

     n/a        —           33,848        30,529   

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     n/a        —           (306     (306
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (3,319   $ —         $  33,542      $ 30,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Casualty Reinsurance – Underwriting ratios:

         

Loss ratio (1)

     88.8       

Acquisition cost ratio (2)

     5.1       

General and administrative expense ratio (3)

     30.1       
  

 

 

        

Combined ratio (4)

     124.0       
  

 

 

        

 

(1) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs, net by net premiums earned.
(3) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net, acquisition costs, net and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, two contracts contributed greater than 10% of total gross premiums written. These two contracts contributed 36.5% and 36.5%, respectively, of total gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, three contracts contributed greater than 10% of total gross premiums written. These three contracts contributed 53.9%, 18.9% and 15.9%, respectively, of total gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s gross premiums written by line of business:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Property

   $ 350         0.4   $ —           0.0

Casualty

     52,208         54.3     42,700         46.1

Specialty

     40,313         42.0     49,950         53.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and casualty reinsurance

     92,871         96.7     92,650         100.0

Catastrophe risk management

     3,149         3.3     —           0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 96,020         100.0   $ 92,650         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substantially all of the Company’s business is sourced through reinsurance brokers. The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s gross premiums written from brokers who each accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s gross premiums written:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Largest broker

   $ 49,904         52.0   $ 21,500         23.2

2nd largest broker

     n/a         n/a        14,700         15.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 49,904         52.0   $ 36,200         39.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s gross premiums written by domicile of the ceding companies:

 

     For the three months ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

United States

   $ 49,657         51.7   $  92,650         100.0

Bermuda

     44,963         46.8     —           0.0

Other

     1,400         1.5     —           0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 96,020         100.0   $ 92,650         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Subsequent events

The Company received capital call notices to invest $10.2 million and $17.8 million into the Fund, that were funded on April 1, 2013 and June 1, 2013, respectively, which represents the remainder of the Company’s total $50.0 million commitment to the Fund.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Third Point Reinsurance, Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young Ltd.

Hamilton, Bermuda

May 14, 2013

 

F-37


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Assets

     

Equity securities, trading, at fair value (cost – $450,766)

   $ 500,929       $ —     

Debt securities, trading, at fair value (cost – $249,110)

     279,331         —     

Other investments, at fair value

     157,430         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments in securities and commodities

     937,690         —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     34,005         603,841   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     77,627         —     

Due from brokers

     131,785         —     

Securities purchased under an agreement to sell

     60,408         —     

Derivative assets, at fair value

     25,628         —     

Interest and dividends receivable

     2,088         —     

Reinsurance balances receivable

     84,280         —     

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     45,383         —     

Other assets

     3,123         1,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,402,017       $  605,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 5,261       $ 19,320   

Deposit liability

     50,446         —     

Unearned premium reserves

     93,893         —     

Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves

     67,271         —     

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

     176,454         —     

Due to brokers

     66,107         —     

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     12,992         —     

Interest and dividends payable

     1,255         —     

Amounts due to affiliates

     17         518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     473,696         19,838   

Shareholders’ equity

     

Share capital (par value $0.10; authorized, 150,000,000; issued and outstanding, 78,432,132 (2011: 78,432,132))

     7,843         7,843   

Additional paid-in capital

     762,430         756,219   

Subscriptions receivable

     —           (177,507

Retained earnings (deficit)

     98,271         (1,130
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     868,544         585,425   

Non-controlling interests

     59,777         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     928,321         585,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,402,017       $ 605,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

 

     2012     2011  

Revenues

    

Gross premiums written

   $ 190,374      $ —     

Gross premiums ceded

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     190,374        —     

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     (93,893     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     96,481        —     

Net investment income

     136,422        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     232,903        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     80,306        —     

Acquisition costs, net

     24,604        —     

General and administrative expenses

     27,376        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     132,286        1,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) including non-controlling interests

     100,617        (1,130

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (1,216     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 99,401      $ (1,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

    

Basic

   $ 1.27      $ (0.01

Diluted

   $ 1.14      $ (0.01

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the determination of earnings (loss) per share

    

Basic

     78,432,132        78,432,132   

Diluted

     87,253,760        78,432,132   

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

 

     2012     2011  

Common shares

    

Balance, beginning of period

     78,432,132        —     

Issuance of common shares

     —          78,432,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     78,432,132        78,432,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

    

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 7,843      $ —     

Issuance of common shares

     —          7,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     7,843        7,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

    

Balance, beginning of period

     756,219        —     

Issuance of common shares, net

     (197     756,219   

Share compensation expense

     6,408        —     

Fair value of warrants issued

     —          (13,627

Fair value of warrants qualifying as equity

     —          13,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     762,430        756,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscriptions receivable

    

Balance, beginning of period

     (177,507     —     

Subscriptions due from shareholders

     —          (177,507

Receipt of subscriptions due from shareholders

     177,507        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     —          (177,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

    

Balance, beginning of period

     (1,130     —     

Net income (loss)

     99,401        (1,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     98,271        (1,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders

     868,544        585,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

    

Balance, beginning of period

     —          —     

Contributions

     58,561        —     

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,216        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     59,777        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 928,321      $ 585,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     2012     2011  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 99,401      $ (1,130

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities

    

Share compensation expense

     6,408        —     

Net change in unrealized gain on investments

     (106,892     —     

Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives

     (6,529     —     

Net realized gain on investments and derivatives

     (55,632     —     

Amortization of premium and accretion of discount, net

     (2,434     —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Reinsurance balances receivable

     (84,280     —     

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     (45,383     —     

Other assets

     (1,701     (1,420

Interest and dividends receivable, net

     (833     —     

Unearned premium reserves

     93,893        —     

Loss and loss adjustment expenses reserves

     67,271        —     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,157        995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (32,554     (1,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchases of investments

     (2,317,234     —     

Proceeds from disposition of investment

     1,521,110        —     

Purchases of investments to cover short sales

     (535,443     —     

Proceeds from short sales of investment securities

     729,182        —     

Change in due to/from brokers, net

     (65,678     —     

Increase in securities purchased under agreement to resell

     (60,408     —     

Non-controlling interest in investment affiliate

     40,129        —     

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (77,627     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (765,969     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of costs

     158,593        605,396   

Increase in deposit liability

     50,446        —     

Non-controlling interest in Fund and Cat Reinsurer

     19,646        —     

Non-controlling interest in Manager

     2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     228,687        605,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (569,836     603,841   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     603,841        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 34,005      $ 603,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary information

    

Interest paid in cash

   $ 1,823      $ —     

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are

an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

1. Organization

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. (“Third Point Re”) was incorporated as an exempted company under the laws of Bermuda on October 6, 2011 and, through its wholly owned operating subsidiary Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“TPRCL”), is a provider of global specialty property and casualty reinsurance products. TPRCL is incorporated in Bermuda and is registered as a Class 4 insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and related regulations (the “Act”). TPRCL commenced reinsurance operations in January 2012.

On June 15, 2012, Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. (the “Fund”), Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. (the “Manager”), and Third Point Re Cat Ltd. (the “Cat Reinsurer”) were incorporated in Bermuda. Third Point Re subsequently announced a strategic arrangement with Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited (“Hiscox”) to launch a collateralized catastrophe reinsurance underwriting fund management business. The Manager is a Bermuda exempted company, which is the investment manager of the Fund and is 85% owned by Third Point Re and 15% owned by Hiscox. The Manager is responsible for the investment and management of the Fund’s assets. The Fund is an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda and is open to both related party and third party investors. The Manager also acts as manager of the Cat Reinsurer and, in this capacity, is responsible for the day-to-day underwriting and investment activities of the Cat Reinsurer. The Cat Reinsurer is a Bermuda exempted company and is licensed as a special purpose insurer under the Act.

On August 2, 2012, Third Point Re established a wholly owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, Third Point Re Marketing (UK) Ltd. (“TPRUK”). TPRUK was established to carry on business as an insurance intermediary and, as of December 31, 2012, is seeking the requisite approvals and a license from the UK Financial Services Authority to permit it to carry on such business activities.

These consolidated financial statements include the results of Third Point Re and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries (together, the “Company”). As of December 31, 2012, there existed no unconsolidated subsidiaries, and these financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

2. Significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies adopted by the Company:

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The major estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, estimates of written and earned premiums and the fair value of financial instruments.

Cash and restricted cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in banks, cash held with investment managers and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of ninety days or less.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in trust accounts with the Cat Reinsurer securing collateralized reinsurance contracts written and cash held with brokers securing letters of credit issued under credit facilities.

Premium revenue recognition

The Company estimates the ultimate premiums for the entire contract period and records this estimate at the inception of the contract, to the extent that the amount of written premium is estimable. For contracts where the full written premium is not estimable at inception, the Company records written premium for the portion of the contract period for which the amount is estimable. These estimates are based primarily on information in the underlying contracts as well as information provided by the clients and/or brokers.

Premiums written are earned over the contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that relate to the unexpired term of the contracts in force.

Changes in premium estimates are expected and may result in adjustments in any reporting period. These estimates change over time as additional information regarding the underlying business volume is obtained. Any subsequent adjustments arising on such estimates are recorded in the period in which they are determined.

Deferred acquisition costs

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, brokerage and excise taxes that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal of reinsurance contracts. These costs are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment income is greater than expected future loss and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition costs. If a loss is probable on the unexpired portion of contracts in force, a premium deficiency loss is recognized. As of December 31, 2012, deferred acquisition costs are fully recoverable and no premium deficiency has been recorded.

Acquisition costs also include profit commissions that are expensed when incurred. Profit commissions are calculated and accrued based on the expected loss experience for contracts and recorded when the current loss estimate indicates that a profit commission is probable under the contract terms. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had not recognized any profit commissions on its contracts.

Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves

The Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserve include case reserves and reserves for losses incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR reserves”). Case reserves are established for losses that have been reported, but not yet paid, based on loss reports from brokers and ceding companies. IBNR reserves represent the estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer. IBNR reserves are established by management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Inherent in the estimate of ultimate losses and loss expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors that may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are recorded in the consolidated statement of income (loss) in the period in which they become known.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Deposit assets and liabilities

Certain reinsurance contracts are deemed not to transfer sufficient insurance risk to be deemed reinsurance contracts in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 944, Financial Services – Insurance and Topic 340-30 Insurance contracts that do not transfer insurance risk , and   are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting. Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether contracts should be accounted for as reinsurance contracts or deposit contracts. Using the deposit method of accounting, a deposit liability, rather than written premium, is initially recorded based upon the consideration received less any explicitly identified premiums or fees. In subsequent periods, the deposit liability is adjusted by calculating the effective yield on the deposit to reflect actual payments to date and future expected payments. During 2012, one contract was deemed to not transfer sufficient insurance risk or timing risk, and has therefore been accounted for using the deposit method of accounting.

Fair value measurement

The Company determines the fair value of financial instruments in accordance with current accounting guidance, which defines fair value and establishes a three level fair value hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability. Fair value is defined as the price the Company would receive to sell an asset or would pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company determines the estimated fair value of each individual security utilizing the highest level inputs available.

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, approximates the carrying amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet. Any revaluation gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statement of income (loss) as part of net investment income.

Investments

The Company’s investments are classified as “trading securities” and are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Fair values of the Company’s fixed maturity investments are based on quoted market prices, or when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications and/or internal pricing valuation techniques. Investment transactions are recorded on a trade date basis with balances pending settlement recorded separately in the consolidated balance sheet as receivable for investments sold or payable for investments purchased.

Realized gains and losses are determined using cost calculated on a specific identification basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Income and expense are recorded on the accrual basis including interest and premiums amortized and discounts accreted.

Derivatives

Derivative instruments within our investment assets managed by Third Point LLC are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair values and realized gains and losses recognized in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage credit risk, interest rate risk, currency exchange risk, and other exposure risks. The Company uses derivatives in connection with its risk-management activities to economically hedge certain risks and to gain exposure to certain investments. The utilization of derivative contracts also allows for an efficient means in which to trade certain asset classes. The derivatives that the Company invests in are primarily credit default swaps, foreign currency forwards and options, index futures, interest rate swaptions, contracts for differences, interest rate swaps and total returns swaps.

Derivatives serve as a component of the Company’s investment strategy and are utilized primarily to structure the portfolio, or individual investments, and to economically match the investment objectives of the Company. The Company does not have any derivatives designed as hedging instruments. Fair values of derivatives are determined by using quoted market prices and counterparty quotes when available; otherwise fair values are based on pricing models that consider the time value of money, volatility, and the current market and contractual prices of underlying financial instruments.

Share-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock plans in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation.

ASC 718 requires that share-based compensation transactions be recognized using the fair value of the award at the grant date. Determining the fair value of share purchase options at the grant date requires estimation and judgment. The Company uses an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value of share purchase options.

For share purchase options granted that contain both a service and performance condition, the Company recognizes share compensation expense only for the portion of the options that are considered probable of being exercised. Share compensation for share purchase options considered probable of being exercised is expected over the service (vesting) period on a graded vesting basis. The probability of share purchase options being exercised is evaluated each reporting period. When the share purchase options are considered probable of being exercised, the Company records a catch up of share compensation expense from the grant date (since inception date) to the current reporting period end based on the fair value of the options at the grant date.

The Company measures compensation for restricted shares based on the price of its common shares at the grant date and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Warrants

The Company accounts for certain warrant contracts issued to its founders in conjunction with the capitalization of the Company, and which may be settled by Third Point Re using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods, in accordance with EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock . Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants was recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital. The Company uses an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes) to calculate the fair value for share purchase warrants issued.

The Company accounts for certain warrant contracts issued to an advisor, where services have been received by the Company, in part, in exchange for equity instruments, based on the fair value of such services, in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , and ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The associated cost of these warrants has been recorded as capital raise costs and are included in additional paid in capital in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Capital raise costs

Capital raise costs of $20.5 million incurred in connection with common share offerings, including investment banking fees, legal fees and the fair value of warrants issued to certain sponsors, founders and advisors have been deducted from the proceeds of the offering and reported net in shareholders’ equity and the statement of cashflows. Incorporation costs not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses.

Foreign currency transactions

The Company’s functional currency is the United States dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in United States dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date and foreign exchange gains and losses, are included in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Income taxes and uncertain tax positions

Under current Bermuda law, Third Point Re and its Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income or capital gains taxes. In the event that such taxes are imposed, Third Point Re and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries would be exempted from any such taxes until March 2035 pursuant to the Tax Assurance Certificates issued to such entities pursuant to the Bermuda Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended.

As of December 31, 2012 the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.

Non-controlling interests

Third Point Re consolidates the results of entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. The Company records the portion of shareholders’ equity attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line item within shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests as a separate line within the consolidated statement of income.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares excludes any dilutive effect of outstanding warrants, options and convertible securities such as unvested restricted shares. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents including any dilutive effects of warrants, options and other awards under stock plans. U.S. GAAP requires that unvested stock awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid (referred to as ‘‘participating securities”), be included in the number of shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. Third Point Re treats its unvested restricted stock as participating securities. In the event of a net loss, the participating securities are excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted loss per share.

Subscriptions receivable

In December 2011, the Company entered into subscription agreements with shareholders to purchase 78,432,132 common shares for $784.3 million. All of the shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of the

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

subscriptions. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had received $606.8 million resulting in a subscriptions receivable balance of $177.5 million. The remaining subscriptions receivable were received in the first quarter of 2012. In accordance with SEC Regulation S-X, this subscription receivable has been recorded as a reduction in shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Leases

Leases in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized in the consolidated statement of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Comprehensive income (loss)

The Company has no comprehensive income (loss) other than the net income (loss) disclosed in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Segment information

Under U.S. GAAP, operating segments are based on the internal information that management uses for allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company. Third Point Re reports two operating segments – Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. The Company also has a corporate function that includes the Company’s investment results.

Recently issued accounting standards

Issued and effective as of December 31, 2012

ASU 2010-26, Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts – a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force , addresses the diversity in practice as to which costs relating to the acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts qualify for deferral and was effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Acquisition costs to be capitalized include those costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition or renewal of insurance contracts; incremental direct costs of contract acquisition that are incurred in transactions with either independent third parties or employees; and advertising costs meeting the capitalization criteria for direct-response advertising in ASC 340-20. The application of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires entities to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (i) offset in the statement of assets and liabilities, or (ii) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar arrangement, irrespective of whether they are offset in the statement of assets and liabilities. In addition, ASU 2011-11 requires disclosure of collateral received and posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The requirements of ASU 2011-11 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements (ASU – 2012-04). The objective of ASU 2012-04 is to clarify the Codification, correct unintended

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand and the fair value measurement guidance easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing needed clarifications. The amendments that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASU 2013-01). The objective of ASU 2013-01 is to address implementation issues about the scope of ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The amendments clarify that the scope of ASU 2011-11 applies to derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Entities with other types of financial assets and financial liabilities subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement also are affected because these amendments make them no longer subject to the disclosure requirements in ASU 2011-11. ASU 2013-01 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standard Update No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). The objective of ASU 2013-02 is to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of Other Comprehensive Income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for periods subsequent to December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Restricted cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Restricted cash securing collateralized reinsurance contracts

   $ 12,844       $ —     

Restricted cash securing credit facilities

     64,783         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 77,627       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. Investments

The Company’s investments are managed by Third Point L.L.C. (“TP LLC” or the “Investment Manager”) and are carried at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, approximates the fair value presented in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company’s Investment Manager has a formal valuation policy that sets forth the pricing methodology for investments to be implemented in fair valuing each security in the Company’s portfolio. The valuation policy is updated and approved at least on an annual basis by TP LLC’s valuation committee (the “Committee”), which is

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

comprised of officers and employees who are senior business management personnel. The Committee meets on a monthly basis. The Committee’s role is to review and verify the propriety and consistency of the valuation methodology to determine the fair value of investments. The Committee also reviews any due diligence performed and approves any changes to current or potential external pricing vendors.

Securities and commodities listed on a national securities or commodities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ are valued at their last sales price as of the last business day of the year. Listed securities with no reported sales on such date and over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities are valued at their last closing bid price if held long by the Company, and last closing ask price if held short by the Company. As of December 31, 2012, securities valued at $248.4 million, representing 26.5% of investments in securities and commodities, and $68.8 million, representing 39.0% of securities sold, not yet purchased, are valued based on dealer quotes or other quoted market prices for similar securities.

Private securities are not registered for public sale and are carried at an estimated fair value at the end of the year, as determined by the Company. Valuation techniques used by the Company may include market approach, last transaction analysis, liquidation analysis and/or using discounted cash flow models where the significant inputs could include but are not limited to additional rounds of equity financing, financial metrics such as revenue multiples or price-earnings ratio, discount rates and other factors. In addition, the Company may employ third party valuation firms to conduct separate valuations of such private securities. The third party valuation firms provide the Company with a written report documenting their recommended valuation as of the determination date for the specified investments.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of valuation for private securities, the estimated fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for these investments. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $2.8 million of private securities fair valued by the Company representing less than 1% of investments in securities and commodities.

The Company’s derivatives are recorded at fair value and are included on the face of the balance sheet as part of the line items net unrealized gain on derivative contracts (assets) and net unrealized loss on derivative contracts (liabilities). The Company values exchange-traded derivative contracts at their last sales price on the exchange where it is primarily traded. OTC derivatives, which include swap, option, swaption, and forward currency contracts, are valued by third party sources when available; otherwise, fair values are obtained from counterparty quotes that are based on pricing models that consider the time value of money, volatility, and the current market and contractual prices of the underlying financial instruments.

The Company’s holdings in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are substantially invested in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). The balance of the ABS positions were held in commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and student loan asset-backed securities. The balance of the ABS positions as of December 31, 2012 were held in commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and student loan asset-backed securities. These investments are valued using dealer quotes or a recognized third-party pricing vendor. All of these classes of ABS are sensitive to changes in interest rates and any resulting change in the rate at which borrowers sell their properties, refinance, or otherwise pre-pay their loans. Investors in these classes of ABS may be exposed to the credit risk of underlying borrowers not being able to make timely payments on loans or the likelihood of borrowers defaulting on their loans. In addition, investors may be exposed to significant market and liquidity risks.

The Company values its investment in a limited partnership at fair value, which is an amount equal to the Company’s capital account in the limited partnership generally determined from financial information provided by the investment managers of the investment funds. The resulting net gains or net losses are reflected in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The fair values of investments are estimated using prices obtained from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities that the Company is unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values were estimated using information obtained from the Company’s Investment Manager. We perform several processes to ascertain the reasonableness of the valuation of all of the Company’s investments comprising the Company’s investment portfolio, including securities that are categorized as Level 2 and Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. These processes include i) obtaining and reviewing weekly and monthly investment portfolio reports from the Investment Manager, ii) obtaining and reviewing monthly NAV and investment return reports received directly from the Company’s third-party fund administrator which are compared to the reports noted in (i), iii) weekly update discussions with the Company’s Investment Manager regarding the investment portfolio, including, their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside service providers. As of December 31, 2012, the investments for which the Company did not receive a fair value from a pricing service or broker accounted for less than 1% of the Company’s investment portfolio. The actual value at which these securities could actually be sold or settled with a willing buyer or seller may differ from the Company’s estimated fair values depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, current and future economic conditions, the quantity sold or settled, the presence of an active market and the availability of a willing buyer or seller.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no changes in valuation techniques as it relates to the above.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the closing rates of exchange as of December 31, 2012. Transactions during the year are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. The Company does not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments, dividends and interest from the fluctuations arising from changes in fair values of securities and derivatives held. Periodic payments received or paid on swap agreements are recorded as realized gain or loss on investment transactions. Such fluctuations are included within net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

U.S. GAAP disclosure requirements also establish a framework for measuring fair value including a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

 

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets/exchanges for identical investments as of the reporting date. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities, commodities, futures and option contracts listed in active markets.

 

 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs other than observable inputs including, but not limited to, prices quoted for similar assets or liabilities in active markets/exchanges or prices quoted for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include equity securities traded on non-active exchanges, corporate, sovereign, asset-backed and bank debt securities, forward contracts and certain derivatives.

 

 

Level 3 – Pricing inputs unobservable for the investment and include activities where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs applied in the determination of fair value require significant management judgment and estimation. The types of assets and liabilities that are classified at this level generally include certain corporate and bank debt, private investments and certain derivatives.

Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability including assumptions about risk; for example, the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique used to measure fair value including such a pricing model and/or the risk inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. Inputs may be observable or unobservable.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources other than those of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The key inputs for corporate, government and sovereign bond valuation are coupon frequency, coupon rate and underlying bond spread. The key inputs for asset-backed securities are yield, probability of default, loss severity and prepayment.

Key inputs for over-the-counter (“OTC”) valuations vary based on the type of underlying security on which the contract was written:

 

 

The key inputs for most OTC option contracts include notional, strike price, maturity, payout structure, current foreign exchange forward and spot rates, current market price of underlying and volatility of underlying.

 

 

The key inputs for most forward contracts include notional, maturity, forward rate, spot rate, various interest rate curves and discount factor.

 

 

The key inputs for swap valuation will vary based on the type of underlying on which the contract was written. Generally, the key inputs for most swap contracts include notional, swap period, fixed rate, credit or interest rate curves, current market or spot price of the underlying and the volatility of the underlying.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following tables present the Company’s investments, categorized by the level of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012:

 

    Quoted prices
in active
markets

(Level 1)
    Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
    Total  
    ($ in thousands)  

Assets

 

Equity securities

  $ 496,473      $ 1,699      $ —        $ 498,172   

Private common equity securities

    —          —          2,757        2,757   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equities

    496,473        1,699        2,757        500,929   

Asset-backed securities

    —          191,401        —          191,401   

Bank debts

    —          22,531        54        22,585   

Corporate bonds

    —          56,814        1,046        57,860   

Sovereign debt

    —          7,485        —          7,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    —          278,231        1,100        279,331   

Investment in limited partnership

    —          91,287        —          91,287   

Commodities

    51,093        —          —          51,093   

Options

    3,191        276        —          3,467   

Trade claims

    —          11,583        —          11,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other investments

    54,284        103,146        —          157,430   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    550,757        383,076        3,857        937,690   

Net unrealized gain on derivative contracts

    1,025        24,603        —          25,628   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 551,782      $ 407,679      $ 3,857      $ 963,318   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Equity securities

  $ 104,308      $ —        $ —        $ 104,308   

Sovereign debt

    —          59,918        —          59,918   

Corporate bonds

    —          8,924        —          8,924   

Options

    3,259        45        —          3,304   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities sold, not yet purchased

    107,567        68,887        —          176,454   

Net unrealized loss on derivative contracts

    10        12,982        —          12,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 107,577      $ 81,869      $ —        $ 189,446   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made no significant reclassifications of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following table presents the reconciliation of the balances for all investments measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     January 1,
2012
     Transfers
into Level 3
     Purchases      Sales     Realized and
Unrealized
Gains(Losses)

*
    December 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets

               

Corporate bonds

   $ —         $ 1,093       $ —         $ (488   $ 441      $ 1,046   

Bank debt

     —           109         —           (8     (47     54   

Private common equity securities

     —           5,450         —           (2,401     (292     2,757   

Trade claims

     —           20         —           (22     2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —         $ 6,672       $ —         $ (2,919   $ 104      $ 3,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Total change in realized and unrealized gain/(loss) recorded on Level 3 financial instruments are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Total unrealized gain (loss) related to fair value assets using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2012 was $(0.7) million.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the year; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the year, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out of Level 3 at the beginning of the year. During 2012 (2011: Nil), no assets or liabilities were transferred out of Level 3. The Company held no Level 3 investments where quantitative unobservable inputs are produced by the Company itself when measuring fair value.

 

5. Securities purchased under an agreement to resell

The Company may enter into repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with financial institutions in which the financial institution agrees to resell or repurchase and the Company agrees to repurchase or resell such securities at a mutually agreed price upon maturity. As of December 31, 2012, the Company held outstanding reverse repurchase agreements valued at $60.4 million (2011: Nil). As of December 31, 2012, the total value of securities received as collateral by the Company was $60.0 million (2011: Nil). Interest expense and income related to these transactions are included in interest payable and receivable in the consolidated balance sheet. For the year ended December 31, 2012, foreign currency gains of $0.6 million on reverse repurchase agreements are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss). Generally, reverse repurchase agreements mature within 30 to 90 days.

 

6. Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

Securities sold, not yet purchased are securities that the Company has sold, but does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the fair value of the security. The Company’s risk is that the value of the security will increase rather than decline. Consequently, the settlement amount of the liability for securities sold, not yet purchased may exceed the amount recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as the Company is obligated to purchase the securities sold, not yet purchased in the market at prevailing prices to settle its obligations. To sell a security, not yet purchased, the Company needs to borrow the security for delivery to the buyer. On each day that the

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

transaction is open, the liability for the obligation to replace the borrowed security is marked-to-market and an unrealized gain or loss is recorded. At the time that the transaction is closed, the Company realizes a gain or loss equal to the difference between the price at which the security was sold and the cost of replacing the borrowed security. While the transaction is open, the Company will also incur an expense for any dividends or interest that will be paid to the lender of the securities.

 

7. Due from/to brokers

The Company holds substantially all of its investments through its prime brokers pursuant to various agreements between the Investment Manager and each prime broker. The brokerage arrangements differ from broker to broker, but generally cash and investments in securities balances are available as collateral against investment in securities sold, not yet purchased and derivative positions, if required.

Margin debt balances were collateralized by cash held by the prime brokers and certain of the Company’s securities. Margin interest was paid either at the daily broker call rate or based on LIBOR.

Due from/to brokers include cash balances maintained with the Company’s prime brokers, receivables and payables from unsettled trades and proceeds from securities sold, not yet purchased. In addition, due to and from brokers includes cash collateral received and posted from OTC and repurchase agreement counterparties. Amounts due to and from brokers totaled $66.1 million (2011: Nil) and $131.8 million (2011: Nil), respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s due from/to brokers includes a total non-U.S. currency payable balance of $90.8 million.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

8. Derivatives

The following table identifies the listing currency, fair value and notional amounts of derivative instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet, categorized by primary underlying risk, as of December 31, 2012. Balances are presented on a gross basis. The Company does not offset its derivative instruments and presents all amounts in the consolidated balance sheets on a gross basis.

 

     Listing
currency (1)
     Fair Value       Notional
  Amounts (2)  
 
          $ in thousands  

Derivative Assets by Primary Underlying Risk

  

Commodity Price

       

Commodities Futures – Short Contracts

   USD    $ 212      $ 5,363   

Credit

       

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

   JPY/USD      14,176        69,059   

Equity Price

       

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

   EUR/GBP/USD      4,913        40,454   

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

   BRL/USD      246        13,710   

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

   HKD      (65     179   

Interest Rates

       

Bond Futures – Short Contracts

   JPY      248        43,108   

Interest Rate Swaps

   EUR      156        6,569   

Interest Rate Swaptions

   EUR/JPY/USD      584        584   

Treasury Futures – Short Contracts

   USD      564        64,819   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

       

Foreign Currency Forward

   CAD/JPY/USD      2,090        57,549   

Foreign Currency Options – Purchased

   EUR/USD      2,504        2,504   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Derivative Assets

      $ 25,628      $ 303,898   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Listing
currency (1)
   Fair Value     Notional
Amounts (2)
 
          $ in thousands  

Derivative Liabilities by Primary Underlying Risk

  

Commodity Price

       

Commodity Future Options – Purchased

   USD    $ 10      $ 17   

Credit

       

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

   EUR/JPY/USD      10,458        37,567   

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Sold

   USD      212        438   

Equity Price

       

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

   EUR/GBP/USD      710        9,016   

Contracts for Differences – Short Contracts

   EUR      29        1,513   

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

   BRL/JPY/USD      467        24,499   

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

   HKD/USD      38        1,014   

Interest Rates

       

Interest Rate Swaps

   JPY/USD      539        478,730   

Interest Rate Swaptions

   USD      —          —     

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

       

Foreign Currency Forward

   EUR/GBP/USD      211        41,334   

Foreign Currency Options – Sold

   USD      318        318   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Derivative Liabilities

      $ 12,992      $ 594,446   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) USD = US dollar, JPY = Japanese yen, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound, BRL = Brazilian real, HKD = Hong Kong dollar, CAD = Canadian dollar.
(2) The absolute notional exposure represents the Company’s derivative activity as of December 31, 2012, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the year.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following table sets forth, by major risk type, the Company’s realized and unrealized gains (losses) relating to trading activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. These realized and unrealized gains (losses) are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

Primary Underlying Risk    Realized
  Gain (Loss)  
    Unrealized*
  Gain (Loss)  
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Commodity Price

  

Commodities Futures – Long Contracts

   $ 1,710      $ —     

Commodities Futures – Short Contracts

     127        212   

Commodity Future Options – Purchased

     (17     (10

Credit

    

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Purchased

     1,239        265   

Credit Default Swaps – Protection Sold

     —          (212

Equity Price

    

Contracts for Differences – Long Contracts

     288        4,203   

Contracts for Differences – Short Contracts

     931        (29

Index Futures – Short Contracts

     (314     —     

Total Return Swaps – Long Contracts

     (4,666     (221

Total Return Swaps – Short Contracts

     2,569        (103

Interest Rates

    

Bond Futures – Short Contracts

     —          248   

Interest Rate Swaps

     312        (383

Interest Rate Swaptions

     665        5   

Sovereign Debt Futures – Long Contracts

     —          —     

Sovereign Debt Futures – Short Contracts

     (970     —     

Treasury Futures – Short Contracts

     (1,233     564   

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

    

Foreign Currency Forward

     (1,270     1,879   

Foreign Currency Options

     38        —     

Foreign Currency Options – Purchased

     (145     198   

Foreign Currency Options – Sold

     —          (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (736   $ 6,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  * Unrealized gain (loss) relates to derivatives still held at the reporting date.

The Company’s International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) agreements with its counterparties provide for various termination events including decline in Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the Company’s investments over a certain period, key-man provisions, document delivery schedules, and Employment Retirement Income Security Act and bankruptcy provisions. Upon the triggering of a termination event, a counter party may avail itself of various remedies including, but not limited to, waiver of the termination event, request for additional collateral, renegotiation of the ISDA agreement, or immediate settlement of positions.

Exposure of all derivatives in a net liability position that are subject to ISDA agreement termination events were $4.4 million as of December 31, 2012. If a trigger event had occurred at December 31, 2012, for those derivative financial instruments in a net liability position, after the application of master-netting agreements, no additional amounts would be required to be posted by the Company since the aggregate fair value of the required collateral posted exceeded the settlement amounts of open derivative contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company did not experience any trigger events.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The Company obtains/provides collateral from/to various counterparties for OTC derivative contracts in accordance with bilateral collateral agreements. The Company posted collateral in the form of cash of $28.0 million to certain counterparties to cover collateral requirements for open OTC derivatives. Similarly, the Fund held collateral of $10.8 million in the form of cash from certain counterparties as of December 31, 2012.

 

9. Other assets

Other assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of the following:

 

     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Investments in aircraft

   $ 1,313      $ 1,313   

Accumulated depreciation

     (131     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     1,182        1,313   

Other investment assets

     829        —     

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,110        109   

Due from Hiscox

     2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,123      $ 1,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

10. Loss and loss adjustment expenses

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are based in part on the estimation of case losses reported from brokers, insureds and ceding companies. The Company also uses statistical and actuarial methods to estimate ultimate expected losses and loss adjustment expenses. The period of time from the occurrence of a loss, the reporting of a loss to the Company and the settlement of the Company’s liability may be several months or years. During this period, additional facts and trends may be revealed. As these factors become apparent, case reserves will be adjusted, sometimes requiring an increase or decrease in the overall reserves of the Company, and at other times requiring a reallocation of IBNR to specific case reserves. These estimates are reviewed regularly, and such adjustments, if any, are reflected in earnings in the period in which they become known. While management believes that it has made a reasonable estimate of ultimate losses, there can be no assurances that ultimate losses and loss expenses will not exceed the total reserves.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, loss and loss adjustment expense reserves in the consolidated balance sheet was comprised of the following:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Outstanding loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

   $ 3,668       $ —     

Incurred but not reported loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     63,603         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 67,271       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following table represents the activity in the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011:

 

     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year/period

   $ —        $ —     

Less: reinsurance recoverable balances, beginning of year/period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year/period

     —          —     

Increase in net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred in respect of losses occurring in:

    

Current year

     80,306        —     

Prior years’/period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

     80,306        —     

Net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid in respect of losses occurring in:

    

Current year

     (13,035     —     

Prior years’/period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net paid losses

     (13,035     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year/period

     67,271        —     

Plus reinsurance recoverable, end of year/period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year/period

   $ 67,271      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11. Management, performance and founders fees

Third Point Re and TPRCL are party to a Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with TP LLC and Third Point Advisors LLC (“TPAL”) under which TP LLC manages certain jointly held assets. TP LLC and TPAL are related parties and affiliates of Daniel Loeb, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, and a shareholder of Third Point Re.

Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, TPAL receives an annual performance fee allocation equal to 20% of the net investment income of the Company’s share of the investment assets managed by TP LLC, subject to a loss carry forward provision. Additionally, a total management fee equal to 2% annually of the Company’s share of the investment assets managed by TP LLC is paid to TP LLC and various Third Point Re founders. Management fees are paid monthly, whereas performance fees are paid annually.

Investment fee expenses related to the Investment Agreement, which are included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, are:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Management fees – TP LLC

   $ 2,444       $ —     

Management fees – Founders

     13,854         —     

Performance fees – TPAL

     33,913         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,211       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

12. Deposit liability

Effective October 1, 2012, TPRCL entered into an aggregate excess of loss agreement for consideration of $50.0 million. Under the terms of the agreement, TPRCL maintains a notional experience account, the value of which is determined by adding premiums to the $50.0 million of consideration less claims paid plus a crediting rate multiplied by the annual starting balance of the notional experience account. The crediting rate varies from a minimum of 3% to a maximum of 6.1%, based on actual investment returns realized by the Company.

The following table details the deposit liability as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Initial consideration received

   $ 50,000       $ —     

Net investment income allocation accrued

     446         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,446       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Payroll and related

   $ 13,780       $ 698   

Share compensation expenses

     6,408         —     

Travel and entertainment

     2,123         —     

Legal and accounting

     1,436         149   

IT related

     1,417         —     

Credit facility fees

     677         —     

Occupancy

     595         34   

Corporate insurance

     365         —     

Other general and administrative expenses

     575         249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,376       $ 1,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14. Net investment income

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Change in net unrealized gains on investments and investment derivatives

   $ 113,422      $ —     

Net realized gains on investments and investment derivatives

     55,632        —     

Dividend and interest income, net of withholding taxes

     25,269        —     

Interest and other net investment income (expenses)

     (5,615     —     

Dividends paid on securities sold, not yet purchased

     (1,629     —     

Management and performance fees

     (50,211     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income on investments managed by TP LLC

     136,868        —     

Deposit liability allocation

     (446     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 136,422      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

15. Warrants

During 2011, Third Point Re’s founders and an advisor provided insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships to ensure that Third Point Re would be fully operational with key management in place in time for January 2012 underwriting season. In consideration of these commitments, Third Point Re had reserved for issuance of warrants to the founders and advisor to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4.0% (founders 3.5% and an advisor 0.5%) of the fully diluted shares (up to a maximum of $1 billion of subscribed shares) provided that the founders and advisor will not be issued any warrants for common shares issued in consideration for any capital raised by Third Point Re in excess of $1 billion.

 

     Exercise
price
     Authorized
and issued
     Aggregate fair
value
of warrants (1)
 
     (In thousands, except for share and per
share amounts)
 

Founders

   $ 10.00         4,069,868       $ 15,203   

Advisor

   $ 10.00         581,295         2,171   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        4,651,163       $ 17,374   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Aggregate fair value of warrants includes $3.7 million related to warrants that have not met the performance condition.

The warrants are subject to a performance condition. The performance condition with respect to the warrants will be met depending on the aggregate consideration received from the subscription of shares as a percentage of $1 billion (not to exceed 100%). As of December 31, 2012, the Company had raised $784.3 million, or 78.4% of $1 billion, of aggregate consideration from the subscription of shares. Consequently, 3,648,006 of the warrants outstanding have met the performance condition as of December 31, 2012 and 1,003,157 of the warrants outstanding would be considered exercisable only if additional capital is raised. The Company does not consider it probable that this performance condition will be met and therefore, the Company has not recorded share compensation expense for these 1,003,157 warrants as of December 31, 2012.

The warrants will expire 10 years from the date of issuance on December 22, 2011, and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.

These warrants were recognized in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, and ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. The total fair value of the warrants that have met the performance condition was $13.6 million and was recorded as a component of capital raise costs when the services were rendered in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity: Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

16. Share-based compensation

Third Point Re has a Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for directors, employees and consultants. The following is a summary of authorized and granted shares under the Plan:

 

     Exercise
Price
     Authorized      Granted      Aggregate
fair value
of granted
options and
shares (1)
 
                          ($ in thousands)  

Management options

   $ 10         6,976,744         6,523,256      
   $ 16         2,325,581         2,174,417      
   $ 20         2,325,581         2,174,417      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        11,627,906         10,872,090       $ 33,298   

Director options

   $ 10         50,848         50,848      
   $ 16         16,950         16,950      
   $ 20         16,950         16,950      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        84,748         84,748         260   

Management restricted shares

     n/a         619,300         619,300         6,193   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,331,954         11,576,138       $ 39,751   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Aggregate fair value of management options granted includes $7.0 million related to management options that have not met the performance condition.

Share based compensation expense of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2011: Nil) was included in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has $33.3 million of unamortized share compensation expense related to management and director options, including $7.0 million related to management stock options that have not met the performance condition.

 

(a) Management and director options

The Plan grants an option to employees and directors to purchase Third Points Re’s common shares. As such, the management team will receive equity in Third Point Re in the form of options representing up to 10% of Third Point Re’s fully diluted common shares (up to a maximum of $1 billion of subscribed shares) provided that the management team will not be issued any options for common shares issued in consideration for any capital raised by Third Point Re in excess of $1 billion.

The management options are subject to a service and performance condition. The service condition will be met with respect to 20% of the management options on each of the first five anniversary dates following the grant date of the management options. The performance condition with respect to the management options will be met depending on the aggregate consideration received from the subscription of shares as a percentage of $1 billion (not to exceed 100%). As of December 31, 2012, the Company had raised $784.3 million, or 78.4% of $1 billion, of aggregate consideration from the subscription of shares. Consequently, 8,611,742 of the management options outstanding have met the performance condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2,345,096 of the management options outstanding would be considered exercisable (subject to service condition) only if the additional capital is raised. The Company does not consider it probable that this performance condition will be met and therefore, the Company has not recorded share compensation expenses for the 2,345,096 management options as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The director options contain only a service condition that will be met with respect to 20% of the director options on each of the five anniversary dates following the grant date of director options.

The Plan’s management and director options activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of
options
     Weighted
average exercise
price
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —         $ —     

Granted – employees

     10,872,090         13.20   

Granted – directors

     84,748         13.20   

Forfeited

     —           —     

Exercised

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     10,956,838         13.20   
  

 

 

    

The fair value of stock options issued during 2012 was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The estimated share price used for purposes of determining the fair value of stock options was $10.00 based on the proximity to the $10.00 original offering price per share. The volatility assumption used of 31.25% was based on average estimated volatility of a reinsurance company peer group. The other assumptions used in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 1.9%, expected life of ten years and a 0.0% dividend yield. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding was 9 years.

Options vest ratably over five years and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. As of December 31, 2012, 583,680 stock options were exercisable.

The following table summarizes information about our management and director stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012:

 

       Options outstanding      Options exercisable  

Range of exercise prices

   Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
contractual
life
     Number
of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$10.00

     6,574,104       $ 10.00         9.02         572,093       $ 10.00   

$16.00

     2,191,367       $ 16.00         9.02         190,697       $ 16.00   

$20.00

     2,191,367       $ 20.00         9.02         190,697       $ 20.00   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     10,956,838       $ 13.20         9.02         953,487       $ 13.20   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $4.8 million (2011—$nil) of share compensation expense related to stock options.

 

(b) Restricted shares

Restricted shares vest either ratably or at the end of the required service period and contain certain restrictions during the vesting period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $1.6 million (2011 – nil) of share compensation expense related to restricted awards.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Restricted share award activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Number of non-
vested restricted
shares
    Weighted
average grant
date fair value
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     —        $ —     

Granted

     641,800        10.00   

Forfeited

     (22,500     10.00   

Vested

     —       
  

 

 

   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     619,300        10.00   
  

 

 

   

 

17. Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of equity in consolidated subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to Third Point Re. The ownership interests in consolidated subsidiaries held by parties other than Third Point Re have been presented in the consolidated balance sheet, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Non-controlling interests as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Fund and Cat Reinsurer

   $ 19,646       $ —     

Manager

     2         —     

Joint Venture – TPAL share

     40,129         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 59,777         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income attributable to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

       2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Joint Venture – TPAL share

     1,216         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,216       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the following entities were consolidated in line with variable interest model as per ASC 810: Consolidation :

 

   

Investment Joint Venture

As of December 31, 2012, the following entities were consolidated in line with voting model per ASC 810: consolidation:

 

   

Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd.

 

   

Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd.

 

   

Third Point Re Cat Ltd.

 

a) Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. and Third Point Re Cat Ltd.

As of December 31, 2012, TPRCL had invested $22.0 million (2011: Nil) in the Fund; representing approximately 53% of the Fund’s issued, non-voting, participating share capital. The objective of the Fund

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

is to achieve positive uncorrelated investment returns by investing, through the Cat Reinsurer, in a portfolio of collateralized reinsurance transactions and other insurance-linked investments, including catastrophe bonds and industry loss warranties.

The Manager holds 100% of the authorized and issued voting, nonparticipating shares of the Fund, while the Fund’s investors, including TPRCL, hold 100% of issued non-voting, participating shares.

Furthermore, 100% of the authorized and issued voting, non-participating share capital of the Cat Reinsurer is held by the Manager; while 100% of the issued non-voting, participating preference share capital is held by the Fund.

 

b) Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. (the “Manager”)

On June 15, 2012, the Manager was incorporated in Bermuda and Third Point Re subsequently announced a strategic relationship with Hiscox to launch a collateralized catastrophe reinsurance underwriting fund management business. Eighty-five (85%) of the common equity of the Manager is held by Third Point Re and 15% is held by Hiscox. The Manager acts as manager for both the Fund and the Cat Reinsurer and in that capacity is responsible for:

 

   

The day to day investment activities of the Fund, and

 

   

The day to day underwriting activities of the Cat Reinsurer.

The Manager does not participate in the profits or losses of either the Fund or the Cat Reinsurer; however, the Manager does receive management and performance fees for its advisory services. For the year ended December 31, 2012, $1.5 million was incurred relating to three dedicated employees, the licensing of catastrophe models, and legal costs. These expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , the Manager has been consolidated as part of Third Point Re with Hiscox’s interest in the Manager recorded as a non-controlling interest of $0.002 million as of December 31, 2012 in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

c) Third Point Advisors LLC (“TPAL”)

The joint venture created through the Investment Agreement (Note 11) has been considered a variable interest entity in accordance with US GAAP. Since the Company was deemed to be the primary beneficiary, the Company has consolidated the joint venture and has recorded TPAL’s minority interests as a non-controlling interest in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

Both the 2012 performance fees earned by TPAL of $33.9 million and the minority interest income allocation of $1.2 million were invested in the joint venture account as of December 31, 2012. Subsequent to the year end, the total balance of $35.1 million was withdrawn.

 

18. Earnings per share

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from October 6, 2011 (incorporation date) to December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Weighted averge shares outstanding – basic

     78,432,132         78,432,132   

Effect of dilutive warrants issued to founders and management

     3,648,006         —     

Effect of dilutive restricted shares issued to employees

     583,378         —     

Effect of dilutive stock options issued to directors and employees

     4,590,244         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

     87,253,760         78,432,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

19. Related party transactions

In addition to the transactions disclosed in Notes 4, 9, 11 and 17 to these consolidated financial statements, the following additional transactions are classified as related party transactions, as each counterparty has either a direct or indirect shareholding in the Company or the Company has an investment in such counterparty.

 

a) Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC and Narragansett Bay Insurance Company

TPRCL entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement with Narragansett Bay Insurance Company (“Narragansett Bay”) effective December 31, 2012 under which Narragansett Bay is obligated to cede an estimated $10.5 million of premium over the one year term of the contract. Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC (“Pine Brook”) is the manager of an investment fund that owns common shares and warrants issued by the Company. Pine Brook currently owns 15.9% of the Company’s outstanding common shares and will own 14.6% of the Company’s common shares should all outstanding warrants be exercised. Pine Brook is also the manager of an investment fund that owns 45.2% of Narragansett Bay’s common shares and up to 49.0% of common shares should a convertible debt instrument convert to common shares.

 

b) TP Lux Holdco LP

TPRCL has entered into a limited partnership agreement, as one of the limited partners of TP Lux Holdco LP (the “Cayman HoldCo”), which is also an affiliate of the Investment Manager. The Cayman HoldCo was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands and invests and holds debt and equity interests in TP Lux HoldCo S.à r.l., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (the “LuxCo”), which is also an affiliate of the Investment Manager.

The LuxCo was established under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and its principal objective is to act as a collective investment vehicle to purchase Euro debt and equity investments. TPRCL invests in the Cayman HoldCo alongside other investment funds managed by the Investment Manager. As of December 31, 2012, TPRCL held less than a 10% interest in the Cayman Holdco. As a result, TPRCL accounts for its investment in the limited partnership under the variable interest entity model, in which TPRCL is not the primary beneficiary, at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and records the change in the fair value in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the investment in the limited partnership was $91.3 million. The valuation policy with respect to the investment in the limited partnership is further described in Note 2.

 

c) Third Point Loan LLC

Third Point Loan LLC (“Loan LLC”) serves as nominee of TPRCL and other affiliated investment management clients of the Investment Manager for certain investments. Loan LLC has appointed the Investment Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney. As of December 31, 2012, Loan LLC held $43.7 million of TPRCL’s investments, which are included in investments in securities and in derivative contracts in the consolidated balance sheet. TPRCL’s pro rata interest in the underlying investments registered in the name of the Loan LLC and the related income and expense are reflected accordingly in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

d) Amounts due to affiliates

Amounts due to affiliates as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2012      2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Due to TP LLC

   $ 3       $ 518   

Due to Founders

     14         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17       $ 518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due to affiliates are non-interest bearing with no fixed repayment terms.

 

20. Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk or concentrations of credit risk

Off-balance sheet risk

In the normal course of its business, the Company trades various financial instruments and engages in various investment activities with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include securities sold, not yet purchased, forwards, futures, options, swaptions, swaps and contracts for differences. Generally, these financial instruments represent future commitments to purchase or sell other financial instruments at specific terms at specified future dates. Each of these financial instruments contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk whereby changes in the fair values of the securities underlying the financial instruments or fluctuations in interest rates and index values may exceed the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.

Securities sold, not yet purchased are recorded as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and have market risk to the extent that the Company, in satisfying its obligations, may have to purchase securities at a higher value than that recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s investments in securities and amounts due from brokers are partially restricted until the Company satisfies the obligation to deliver securities sold, not yet purchased.

Forward and futures contracts are a commitment to purchase or sell financial instruments, currencies or commodities at a future date at a negotiated rate. Forward and futures contracts expose the Company to market risks to the extent that adverse changes occur to the underlying financial instruments such as currency rates or equity index fluctuations.

Option contracts give the purchaser the right but not the obligation to purchase or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price. The premium received by the Company upon writing an option contract is recorded as a liability, marked to market on a daily basis and is included in securities sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated balance sheet. In writing an option, the Company bears the market risk of an unfavorable change in the financial instrument underlying the written option. Exercise of an option written by the Company could result in the Company selling or buying a financial instrument at a price different from the current fair value.

Swaption contracts give the Company the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a specified interest-rate swap within a specified period of time. The Company’s market and counterparty credit risk is limited to the premium paid to enter into the swaption contract and net unrealized gains.

Total return swaps, contracts for differences, index swaps, and interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of cash flows between the Company and counterparties are based on the change in the fair value of a particular

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

equity, index, or interest rate on a specified notional holding. The use of these contracts exposes the Company to market risks equivalent to actually holding securities of the notional value but typically involve little capital commitment relative to the exposure achieved. The gains or losses of the Company may therefore be magnified on the capital commitment.

Credit derivatives

Credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more underlying bonds, loans, or mortgages in the event the issuer suffers a credit event. Typical credit events include failure to pay or restructuring of obligations, bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the underlying issuer. The buyer of the protection pays an initial and/or a periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is not a credit event, as defined in the contract, the buyer receives no payments from the seller. If there is a credit event, the buyer receives a payment from the seller of protection as calculated by the contract between the two parties.

The Company may also enter into index and/or basket credit default swaps where the credit derivative may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the buyer will receive a pro-rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract from the seller. When the Company purchases single-name, index and basket credit default swaps, the Company is exposed to counterparty nonperformance.

Upon selling credit default swap protection, the Company may expose itself to the risk of loss from related credit events specified in the contract. As of December 31, 2012, the Company sold protection on an index-reference obligation with a maximum potential payout amount of $0.4 million, a credit spread of 0.44% and maturity in 2046. The fair value of such protection sold totaled $0.2 million, as of December 31, 2012. Credit spreads of the underlying together with the period of expiration is indicative of the likelihood of a credit event under the credit default swap contract and the Company’s risk of loss. Higher credit spreads and shorter expiration dates are indicative of a higher likelihood of a credit event resulting in the Company’s payment to the buyer of protection. Lower credit spreads and longer expiration dates would indicate the opposite and lowers the likelihood the Company needs to pay the buyer of protection.

Concentrations of credit risk

In addition to off-balance sheet risks related to specific financial instruments, the Company may be subject to concentration of credit risk with particular counterparties. Substantially all securities transactions of the Company are cleared by several major securities firms. The Company had substantially all such individual counterparty concentration with these brokers or their affiliates as of December 31, 2012. However, the Company reduces its credit risk with counterparties by entering into master netting agreements. Therefore, assets represent the Company’s greater unrealized gains less unrealized losses for derivative contracts in which the Company has master netting agreements. Similarly, liabilities represent the Company’s greater unrealized losses less unrealized gains for derivative contracts in which the Joint Venture has master netting agreements. Furthermore, the Company obtains collateral from counterparties to reduce its exposure to counterparty credit risk.

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk associated with counterparty nonperformance on derivative contracts is limited to the net unrealized gains by counterparty inherent in such contracts which are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s maximum counterparty credit risk exposure was $17.0 million.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating lease

Third Point Re leases office space at Chesney House in Bermuda. This two year lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2013, with an option to renew for an additional three years. The lease has been accounted for as an operating lease with total rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 being $0.4 million (2011: $0.03 million).

Future minimum rental commitments under this lease, assuming a scheduled renewal for a single three year term, are expected to be as follows:

 

     ($ in thousands)  

2013

   $ 404   

2014

     424   

2015

     445   

2016

     426   

2017

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,699   
  

 

 

 

Agreements

Third Point LLC

Third Point Re and TPRCL have entered into a 5 year investment management agreement with TP LLC on December 22, 2011. The Company is subject to an Investment Management Agreement with TP LLC under which the Companies, TP LLC and TPAL formed a joint venture for the purpose of managing certain jointly held assets. The non-controlling interest in the consolidated balance sheet includes TPAL’s share of assets in the investment joint venture.

NetJets

On December 20, 2011, TPRCL acquired from NetJets Sales Inc. (“NetJets”) an undivided 12.5% interest in two aircraft for a five year period. The agreement with NetJets provides for monthly management fees, occupied hourly fees and other fees. Future minimum management fee commitments under the existing lease are expected to be as follows:

 

       ($ in thousands)  

2013

   $ 527   

2014

     547   

2015

     567   

2016

     539   

2017

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,180   
  

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had entered into the following letter of credit facilities, which automatically renew annually unless terminated by either party in accordance with the required notice period:

 

     Facility     

Renewal date

  

Notice period (Unused Facility Portion)

     ($ in thousands)

BNP Paribas

   $ 100,000       February 15, 2013    60 days prior to termination date (1)

Citibank

     250,000       January 23, 2013    90 days prior to termination date (2)

J.P. Morgan

     50,000       August 22, 2013    60 days prior to termination date
  

 

 

       
   $ 400,000         
  

 

 

       

 

(1) Renewed through February 15, 2014 on February 15, 2013.
(2) Effective January 1, 2013, the Citibank facility was reduced from $250 million to $150 million.

As of December 31, 2012, $60.9 million (2011: Nil) of letters of credit, representing 15% of the total available facilities, had been drawn upon.

Under the facilities, the Company provides collateral that may consist of equity securities, repurchase agreements, restricted cash, and cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents with a fair value of $64.8 million (2011: Nil) were pledged as security against the letters of credit issued. Each of the facilities contain customary events of default and restrictive covenants, including but not limited to, limitations on liens on collateral, transactions with affiliates, mergers and sales of assets, as well as solvency and maintenance of certain minimum pledged equity requirements, A.M. Best Company rating of “A-” or higher, and restricts issuance of any debt without the consent of the letter of credit provider. Additionally, if an event of default exists, as defined in the letter of credit facilities, the Company will be prohibited from paying dividends. The Company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31, 2012.

Investments

Loan and other participation interests purchased by the Company, such as bank debt, may include revolving credit arrangements or other financing commitments obligating the Company to advance additional amounts on demand. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no unfunded capital commitments.

In the normal course of business, the Company, as part of its investment strategy, enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnifications and warranties. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, the Company has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts and expects the risk of loss to be remote. Thus, no amounts have been accrued related to such indemnifications. The Company also indemnifies TPAL, TP LLC and its employees from and against any loss or expense, including, without limitation any judgment, settlement, legal fees and other costs. Any expenses related to this indemnification are reflected in net investment income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

22. Statutory requirements

The following is a summary of actual and required statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2012 and statutory net income for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Actual statutory capital and surplus

   $ 824,453   

Required statutory capital and surplus

     116,416   

Statutory net income

     101,347   

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

Under the Bermuda Insurance Act, 1978 and related regulations, TPRCL is subject to capital requirements calculated using the Bermuda Solvency and Capital Requirement, or BSCR model, which is a standardized statutory risk-based capital model used to measure the risk associated with TPRCL’s assets, liabilities and premiums. TPRCL’s required statutory capital and surplus under the BSCR model is referred to as the enhanced capital requirement, or ECR. TPRCL is required to calculate and submit the ECR to the Bermuda Monetary Authority, or the BMA, annually. Following receipt of the submission of TPRCL’s ECR the BMA has the authority to impose additional capital requirements (capital add-ons) if it deems necessary. If a company fails to maintain or meet its ECR, the BMA may take various degrees of regulatory action. As of December 31, 2012, TPRCL met its ECR.

The principal difference between statutory capital and surplus and shareholders’ equity presented in accordance with GAAP is deferred acquisition costs and prepaid expenses, which are non-admitted assets for statutory purposes.

TPRCL is also required under its Class 4 license to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio whereby the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities for general business. As of December 31, 2012, TPRCL met the minimum liquidity ratio requirement.

TPRCL may declare dividends subject to it continuing to meet its solvency and capital requirements, which includes continuing to hold statutory capital and surplus equal to or exceeding its ECR. TPRCL is prohibited from declaring or paying in any fiscal year dividends of more than 25% of its prior year’s statutory capital and surplus unless TPRCL files with the BMA a signed affidavit by at least two members of the Board of Directors attesting that a dividend would not cause the company to fail to meet its relevant margins. As of December 31, 2012, TPRCL could pay dividends in 2013 of approximately $206.1 million without providing an affidavit to the BMA. There are no additional restrictions on net assets that would preclude TPRCL’s ability to pay dividends to Third Point Re.

23. Retirement plans

TPRCL maintains two defined contribution retirement plans. Contributions are based on the participants’ eligible compensation. During 2012, the Company expensed $0.4 million (2011: $0.04 million) related to these retirement plans as a component of general and administrative expenses.

24. Segment reporting

The determination of Third Point Re’s business segments is based on the manner in which management monitors the performance of its operations. Third Point Re reports two operating segments – Property and Casualty Reinsurance and Catastrophe Risk Management. The Company has also identified a corporate function that includes the Company’s investment results.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s operating segments results for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012  
     Property and
Casualty
Reinsurance
    Catastrophe
Risk
Management
    Corporate     Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues

  

Gross premiums written

   $ 190,374      $ —        $ —        $ 190,374   

Gross premiums ceded

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     190,374        —          —          190,374   

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     (93,893     —          —          (93,893
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     96,481        —          —          96,481   

Net investment income

     —          —          136,422        136,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     96,481        —          136,422        232,903   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     80,306        —          —          80,306   

Acquisition costs, net

     24,604        —          —          24,604   

General and administrative expenses

     25,842        1,534        —          27,376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     130,752        1,534        —          132,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (34,271     n/a        n/a        n/a   

Income (loss) including non-controlling interests

     n/a        (1,534     136,422        100,617   

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

     n/a        —          (1,216     (1,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (34,271   $ (1,534   $ 135,206      $ 99,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Casualty Reinsurance—Underwriting ratios:

        

Loss ratio (1)

     83.2      

Acquisition cost ratio (2)

     25.5      

General and administration ratio (3)

     26.8      
  

 

 

       

Combined ratio (4)

     135.5      
  

 

 

       

 

(1) Loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs, net by net premiums earned.
(3) General and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4) Combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs, net and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

The Company wrote eleven quota share contracts for the year ended December 31, 2012. Three of these contracts contributed 22%, 20% and 12%, respectively, of total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s gross premiums written by line of business:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Property

   $ 103,174         54.2

Casualty

     44,700         23.5

Specialty

     42,500         22.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 190,374         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substantially all of the Company’s business is sourced through reinsurance brokers. The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s gross premiums written from brokers who each accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s gross premiums written:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Largest broker

   $ 65,072         34.2

2nd largest broker

     22,473         11.8

3rd largest broker

     22,000         11.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 109,545         57.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has derived all of its gross premiums written to date from cedents located in North America.

25. Subsequent events

The Cat Reinsurer began writing business on January 1, 2013. Current transactions represent approximately 41% of the Fund’s initial investor commitments and provide the Fund with exposure to catastrophe risk in Europe, Japan and the United States.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

 

26. Quarterly financial results (UNAUDITED)

 

     Quarters ended  
     December 31,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    March 31,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  
Revenues   

Gross premiums written

   $ 27,895      $ 41,651      $ 28,178      $ 92,650   

Gross premiums ceded

     —           —           —           —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums written

     27,895        41,651        28,178        92,650   

Change in net unearned premium reserves

     5,590        (7,333     (13,337     (78,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     33,485        34,318        14,841        13,837   

Net investment income

     72,511        47,686        (17,623     33,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     105,996        82,004        (2,782     47,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net

     26,626        24,709        16,686        12,285   

Acquisition costs, net

     10,898        10,856        2,138        712   

General and administrative expenses

     7,155        6,440        9,621        4,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     44,679        42,005        28,445        17,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) including non-controlling interests

     61,317        39,999        (31,227     30,528   

(Income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (607     (423     120        (306
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 60,710      $ 39,576      $ (31,107   $ 30,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

        

Basic

   $ 0.77      $ 0.50      $ (0.40   $ 0.39   

Diluted

   $ 0.69      $ 0.45      $ (0.40   $ 0.35   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the determination of earnings (loss) per share

        

Basic

     78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132        78,432,132   

Diluted

     87,866,613        87,889,113        78,432,132        85,335,404   

 

F-73


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

Schedule I – Summary of Investments – Other than Investments in Related Parties

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Cost      Fair value      Balance sheet
value
 

Assets

        

Equity securities

   $ 447,403       $ 498,172       $ 498,172   

Private common equity securities

     3,363         2,757         2,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equities

     450,766         500,929         500,929   

Asset-backed securities

     182,417         191,401         191,401   

Bank debts

     18,324         22,585         22,585   

Corporate bonds

     41,540         57,860         57,860   

Sovereign debt

     6,829         7,485         7,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     249,110         279,331         279,331   

Affiliated investment fund

     53,848         91,287         91,287   

Commodities

     51,755         51,093         51,093   

Options

     6,484         3,467         3,467   

Trade claims

     17,193         11,583         11,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other investments

     129,280         157,430         157,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 829,156       $ 937,690       $ 937,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Balance Sheet – Parent company only

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 169       $ 11,600   

Investments in subsidiaries

     870,116         592,251   

Prepaid expenses

     35         2   

Amounts due from affiliates

     770         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 871,090       $ 603,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 394       $ 18,428   

Amounts due to affiliates

     2,152         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,546         18,428   

Shareholders’ equity

     

Share capital (par value $0.10; authorized, 150,000,000; issued and outstanding, 78,432,132 (2011: 78,432,132))

     7,843         7,843   

Additional paid-in capital

     762,430         756,219   

Subscriptions receivable

     —           (177,507

Retained earnings (deficit)

     98,271         (1,130
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     868,544         585,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 871,090       $ 603,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statement of Income (Loss) – Parent company only

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
     Period from
October 6, 2011 to
December 31, 2011
 

Revenues

     

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

   $ 101,346       $ (1,092
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     101,346         (1,092
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses

     

General and administrative expenses

     1,945         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,945         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 99,401       $ (1,130
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statement of Cash flows – Parent company only

(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Period from
October 6, 2011 to

December 31,
2011
 

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 99,401      $ (1,130

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (101,346     1,092   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     (33     (2

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     682        (413

Amounts due from affiliates

     (770     —     

Amounts due to affiliates

     2,152        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     86        (453
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activity

    

Contributed capital to subsidiaries

     (170,110     (593,343
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activity

     (170,110     (593,343
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activity

    

Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net

     158,593        605,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activity

     158,593        605,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (11,431     11,600   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     11,600        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 169      $ 11,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND FINANCIAL TERMS

 

Acquisition expenses

The aggregate expenses incurred by a company that relate directly to acquiring business, including commissions and underwriting expenses.

 

Broker

An intermediary who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other services rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the insured party, (2) a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.

 

Capacity

The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions, or indirect financial restrictions such as capital adequacy requirements.

 

Case reserves

Loss reserves, established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.

 

Casualty reinsurance

Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons and their property (in other words, persons other than the policyholder) and the legal liability imposed on the policyholder resulting therefrom. Also referred to as liability reinsurance. It includes, but is not limited to workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability.

 

Catastrophe

A severe loss, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornados, explosions, and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses may also arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.

 

Cede; cedent; ceding company

When a party reinsures some or all of its liability with another, it “cedes” business and is referred to as the “ceding company” or “cedent.”

 

Claim

Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance or reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.

 

Collateralized Reinsurance

Collateralized Reinsurance is a form of reinsurance in which the party assuming the risk is required to post collateral in order to cover any potential claim obligation. This allows non-traditional reinsurers, such as reinsurance funds, to participate in the reinsurance market.

 

Combined Ratio

The sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

 

Commercial lines

The various kinds of insurance that are written for businesses such as property, workers’ compensation and crop.

 

G-1


Table of Contents

Demand surge

The temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a catastrophe.

Dow Jones Credit Suisse HFI Event Driven Index

The Dow Jones Credit Suisse HFI Event Driven Index is an asset-weighted index and includes only funds, as opposed to separate accounts. The index uses the Dow Jones Credit Suisse database and consists only of event driven funds with a minimum of $50 million of AUM, a 12-month track record, and audited financial statements. It is calculated and rebalanced monthly, and shown net of fees and expenses. Event-driven funds invest in various asset classes and seek to profit from potential mispricing of securities related to specific corporate or market event (e.g., mergers, bankruptcies, financial or operational stress, restructuring, asset sales, recapitalizations, spin-offs, litigation, regulatory and legislative changes, etc.). Event-driven funds can invest in equities, fixed income instruments, options and other derivatives. Many managers use a combination of strategies and adjust exposes based on the opportunity set in each subsector.

 

Excess of loss reinsurance

Reinsurance which indemnifies the reinsured against that portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred on the underlying policies in excess of a specified dollar or percentage loss ratio amount. Also known as non-proportional reinsurance.

 

Exclusions

A listing of specific types of coverage or loss that are not covered by a given treaty contract.

 

Financial strength rating

The opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance or reinsurance company to meet its financial obligations under its policies.

 

Frequency

The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period.

 

General and administrative expense ratio

Financial ratio calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

 

Gross premiums earned

The portion of gross premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during such period.

 

Gross premiums written

Total premiums for assumed reinsurance during a given period.

 

HFRI Event Driven Total Index

The HFRI Event Driven Total index is an equally weighted performance index. It uses the Hedge Fund Research Index database and consists only of event driven funds with a minimum of $50 million AUM or a 12-month track record and that report assets in U.S. dollars. It is calculated and rebalanced monthly, and is shown net of all fees and expenses. Event driven strategies involve investing in opportunities created by significant transactional events, such as spin-offs, mergers and acquisitions, bankruptcy reorganizations, recapitalizations and share buybacks. The portfolio of some event driven managers may shift in majority weighting between risk arbitrage and distressed securities, while others may take a broader scope. Instruments include long and short common and preferred

 

G-2


Table of Contents
 

stocks, as well as debt securities and options. Leverage may be used by some managers. Fund managers may hedge against market risk by purchasing S&P put options or put option spreads.

 

Incurred but not reported (IBNR)

Reserves for estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer.

 

Insurance-Linked Security or ILS

A security that is tied to a specific event such as a hurricane or earthquake.

 

Lead

In an insurance market, the brokers find takers for insurance risks on the market and establish the policy terms with a leading underwriter, who also takes on a substantial share of the risk. The broker then looks for further cover providers, known as following underwriters, who accede to the terms established and accept a share of the risk. When a leading underwriter establishes the policy terms, it is called to “lead.”

 

Line of business

Insurance line of business such as fire, auto, liability, and workers’ compensation.

 

Long Tail

A term used to describe certain types of third-party liability exposures ( e.g. , malpractice, products, errors and omissions) where the incidence of loss and the determination of damages are frequently subject to delays which extend beyond the term the insurance or reinsurance was in force. An example would be asbestos liability, where the manifestation of the disease and determination of liability does not occur until years later.

 

Loss adjustment expenses

The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim settlement costs. Also known as claim adjustment expenses.

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves/loss reserves

Liabilities established by insurers and reinsurers to reflect the estimated costs of claim payments and the related expenses that the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance policies it has issued. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves consist of “case reserves,” or reserves established with respect to individual reported claims, and “IBNR reserves.”

 

Losses occurring

Contracts that cover claims arising from loss events that occur during the term of the reinsurance contract, although not necessarily reported during the term of the contract.

 

Loss Ratio

Financial ratio calculated by dividing net losses and loss expenses by net premiums earned.

 

G-3


Table of Contents

Net premiums earned

The portion of net premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during such period.

 

Net premiums written

Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to reinsurers and retrocessionaires during such period.

 

Personal lines

Types of insurance or reinsurance written for individuals or families, rather than for businesses.

 

Premiums; written, earned and unearned

Premiums represent the cost of insurance that is paid by the cedent or insurer to the insurer or the reinsurer. Written represents the complete amount of premiums received, and earned represents the amount recognized as income. Unearned is the difference between written and earned premiums.

 

Property catastrophe reinsurance

Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption.

 

Property lines

Types of insurance or reinsurance which provide coverage to a person with an insurable interest in tangible property for that person’s property loss, damage or loss of use caused by an insured peril.

 

Property reinsurance

Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with financial loss arising out of property loss, damage or loss of use caused by an insured peril.

 

Proportional reinsurance/Pro rata reinsurance

Reinsurance whereby the reinsurer shares losses in the same proportion as its shares of premiums and policy amounts.

 

Quota share reinsurance

Reinsurance arrangement in which the insurer, or cedent, automatically transfers, and the reinsurer accepts, a stated proportion of every risk within a defined type of business written by the insurer. For this, the reinsurer receives an equal proportion of the premiums. The ceding insurer receives a commission, based on the amount of the premiums ceded, which is intended to reimburse the insurer for the costs of writing and administering the business. The reinsurer is dependent on the ceding company’s ability in underwriting, pricing and claims administration.

 

Reinstatement premiums

The premium charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence.

 

Reinsurance

An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, commonly referred to as the ceding company or cedent, for all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured.

 

G-4


Table of Contents

Retention

Specific amount of loss that the ceding company retains above which the reinsurance limit applies.

 

Retrocession; retrocessional coverage

A transaction whereby a reinsurer cedes to another reinsurer, commonly referred to as the retrocessionaire, all or part of the reinsurance that the first reinsurer has assumed. Retrocessional reinsurance does not legally discharge the ceding reinsurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the reinsured.

 

Short-tail

Insurance product where the ultimate losses are typically known and settled quickly, usually within a few years.

 

Sidecar

Reinsurance sidecars are limited purpose reinsurance companies that provide insurers and reinsurers with alternative capital to reduce earnings and capital volatility developed in response to hurricanes and other catastrophes. Like traditional reinsurers, the sidecar reinsurer assumes a portion of the ceding company’s underwriting risk (including losses and expenses) in exchange for a like-percentage premium. The sidecar reinsurance agreement is typically a quota share agreement. Sidecars are usually set up by an affiliated insurer or reinsurer and capitalized by equity and debt financing (often from hedge funds). The capital is invested and used to pay claims. Funds are also returned to the affiliated company to pay debt interest and shareholder dividends.

 

  Sidecars differ from traditional reinsurance in that (1) they are privately financed; (2) they exist for a defined risk period and finite lifetime (usually 24 months or less); (3) their risks are defined and limited; (4) they are typically limited to a single cedent; and (5) they do not typically have an active management group or staff. Since they are tailored to a specific cedent’s needs, capital is determined after modeling the risks. Also, without active management, sidecars are strictly bound to their contractual terms.

 

Specialty lines

Lines of insurance and reinsurance that provide coverage for risks that are often unusual or difficult to place and do not fit the underwriting criteria of standard commercial products carriers.

 

Submission

An unprocessed application for (i) reinsurance coverage forwarded to a reinsurer by a prospective ceding insurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding insurer or (ii) retrocessional coverage forwarded to a retrocessionaire by a prospective ceding reinsurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding reinsurer.

 

Treaty reinsurance

The reinsurance of a specified type or category of risks defined in a reinsurance agreement (a “treaty”) between the primary insurer or other reinsured and a reinsurer. Typically, in treaty reinsurance, the primary insurer or reinsured is obligated to offer and the reinsurer is obligated to accept a specified portion of all of that type or category of risk originally written by the primary insurer or reinsured. A treaty is generally valid for a period of one year and contains common contract terms along with a specific risk definition, data on limit and retention, and provisions for premium and duration.

 

G-5


Table of Contents

Underwriter

An employee of an insurance or reinsurance company who examines, accepts or rejects risks and classifies accepted risks in order to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk.

 

Underwriting

The insurer’s or reinsurer’s process of reviewing applications submitted for insurance or reinsurance coverage, deciding whether to accept all or part of the coverage requested and determining the applicable premiums.

 

Unearned premium

The portion of premiums written that is allocable to the unexpired portion of the policy term.

 

G-6


Table of Contents

 

 

Until              (25 days after the commencement of this offering) all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                 Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

Common shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Credit Suisse    Morgan Stanley
BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup

 

Aon Benfield Securities, Inc.

 

Dowling & Partners Securities LLC

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

Macquarie Capital   Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

 

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by our company in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 34,100.00   

FINRA filing fee

   $  38,000.00   

NYSE listing fee

   $   250,000.00   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ *   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ *   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

   $ *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

   $ *   

Miscellaneous

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Bermuda Companies Act”) provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favour or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Bermuda Companies Act.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Bermuda Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.

Insofar as indemnification by us for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling the company pursuant to provisions of our bye-laws, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by such director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being offered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Insurance. We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which covers directors and officers of our company against certain claims or liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties.

Indemnification Agreements. We intend to enter into agreements to indemnify its directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Bermuda law against all expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, arising out of such person’s services as our director or executive officer, any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provided services at our company’s request.

Underwriting Agreement. Our underwriting agreement with the underwriters will provide for the indemnification of the directors and officers of our company against specified liabilities related to this prospectus under the Securities Act in certain circumstances.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On December 22, 2011 the company sold 78,432,132 shares of common shares to 187 accredited investors for an aggregate price of $785.0 million. Such sale was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving any public offering.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.

The sales and issuances described above were effected in reliance on the exemptions for sales of securities not involving a public offering, as set forth in Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, based on the following: (a) a private offering in connection with the initial capitalization of our company; or (b) (i) the investors confirmed to us that they were either “accredited investors,” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act or had such background, education and experience in financial and business matters as to be able to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the securities; (ii) there was no public offering or general solicitation with respect to the offering; (iii) the investors acknowledged that all securities being purchased were “restricted securities” for purposes of the Securities Act, and agreed to transfer such securities only in a transaction registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act; and (iv) a legend was placed on the certificates representing each such security stating that it was restricted and could only be transferred if subsequently registered under the Securities Act or transferred in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Memorandum of Association
  3.2*    Bye-laws of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
  4.1*    Form of Common Shares Certificate
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the Members, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to KEP TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to KIA TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to Pine Brook LVR, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.6    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to P RE Opportunities Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.7    Warrant Subscription Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the signatories thereto, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.8    Agreement among Members by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the Members, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.9    Founders’ Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., KEP TP Bermuda Ltd., KIA TP Bermuda Ltd., Pine Brook L VR, L.P., P RE Opportunities Ltd. and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P.
  5.1*    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited
  8.1*    Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP as to Certain Tax Matters
10.1    Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Company, Ltd., Third Point Advisors LLC and Third Point LLC, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.2    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and John R. Berger, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.3    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and J. Robert Bredahl, dated as of January 26, 2012
10.4    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel Victor Malloy III, dated as of January 23, 2012
10.5    Share Incentive Plan, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.6    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement
10.7    Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement under the Share Incentive Plan
10.8    Form of Director Service Agreement
10.9*    Management Compensation Cash Bonus Pool Methodology
10.10*    Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.11*    Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan
10.12    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel S. Loeb, dated as of December 16, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.13    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel S. Loeb 2010 Grantor, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.14    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Third Point Advisors L.L.C. dated as of December 22, 2011
10.15    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Third Point Opportunities Master Fund L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.16    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Dowling Capital I, LLC, dated as of December 19, 2011
10.17    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and John R. Berger, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.18    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and KEP TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.19    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.20    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Pine Brook L VR, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.21    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and P RE Opportunities Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.22    Trademark License Agreement between Third Point LLC and Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.23    Trademark License Agreement between Third Point LLC and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.24    Net Retained Lines Quota Share Reinsurance Contract issued to Narragansett Bay Insurance Company, dated as of January 31, 2013
10.25    Shareholders Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited, dated as of December 11, 2012
10.26†    Letter Agreement dated as of December 22, 2011
14.1*    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1*    Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young, Ltd. Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1    Power of Attorney of John R. Berger
24.2    Power of Attorney of Christopher L. Collins
24.3    Power of Attorney of Steven E. Fass
24.4    Power of Attorney of Mary R. Hennessy
24.5    Power of Attorney of William L. Spiegel

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

24.6    Power of Attorney of Joshua L. Targoff
24.7    Power of Attorney of Christopher S. Coleman
99.1*    Audit Committee Charter
99.2*    Compensation Committee Charter
99.3*    Finance Committee Charter
99.4*    Nominating and Governance Charter
99.5    Form F-N

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted and separately submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Pembroke, Bermuda, on this 15th day of July, 2013.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

  Name: John R. Berger
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John R. Berger

John R. Berger

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

  July 15, 2013

/s/ J. Robert Bredahl

J. Robert Bredahl

  

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

  July 15, 2013

/s/ Christopher S. Coleman

Christopher S. Coleman

  

Chief Accounting Officer

  July 15, 2013

*

Christopher L. Collins

  

Director

  July 15, 2013

*

Steven E. Fass

  

Director

  July 15, 2013

*

Mary R. Hennessy

  

Director

  July 15, 2013

*

William Spiegel

  

Director

  July 15, 2013

*

Joshua L. Targoff

  

Director

  July 15, 2013

 

By:  

/s/ Tonya L. Marshall

  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Memorandum of Association
  3.2*    Bye-laws of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
  4.1*    Form of Common Shares Certificate
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the Members, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to KEP TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to KIA TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to Pine Brook LVR, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.6    Warrant to Purchase Common Shares issued to P RE Opportunities Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.7    Warrant Subscription Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the signatories thereto, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.8    Agreement among Members by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and each of the Members, dated as of December 22, 2011
  4.9    Founders’ Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., KEP TP Bermuda Ltd., KIA TP Bermuda Ltd., Pine Brook LVR, L.P., P RE Opportunities Ltd. and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P.
  5.1*    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited
  8.1*    Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP as to Certain Tax Matters
10.1    Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Company, Ltd., Third Point Advisors LLC and Third Point LLC, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.2    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and John R. Berger, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.3    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and J. Robert Bredahl, dated as of January 26, 2012
10.4    Employment Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel Victor Malloy III, dated as of January 23, 2012
10.5    Share Incentive Plan, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.6    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement
10.7    Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement under the Share Incentive Plan
10.8    Form of Director Service Agreement
10.9*    Management Compensation Cash Bonus Pool Methodology
10.10*    Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.11*    Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan
10.12    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel S. Loeb, dated as of December 16, 2011
10.13    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Daniel S. Loeb 2010 Grantor, dated as of December 22, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.14    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Third Point Advisors L.L.C. dated as of December 22, 2011
10.15    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Third Point Opportunities Master Fund L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.16    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Dowling Capital I, LLC, dated as of December 19, 2011
10.17    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and John R. Berger, dated as of December 22, 2011
10.18    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and KEP TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.19    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.20    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Pine Brook LVR, L.P., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.21    Subscription Agreement by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and P RE Opportunities Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.22    Trademark License Agreement between Third Point LLC and Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.23    Trademark License Agreement between Third Point LLC and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2011
10.24    Net Retained Lines Quota Share Reinsurance Contract issued to Narragansett Bay Insurance Company, dated as of January 31, 2013
10.25    Shareholders Agreement between Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd., Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited, dated as of December 11, 2012
10.26†    Letter Agreement dated as of December 22, 2011
14.1*    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1*    Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young, Ltd. Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1    Power of Attorney of John R. Berger
24.2    Power of Attorney of Christopher L. Collins
24.3    Power of Attorney of Steven E. Fass
24.4    Power of Attorney of Mary R. Hennessy
24.5    Power of Attorney of William L. Spiegel
24.6    Power of Attorney of Joshua L. Targoff
24.7    Power of Attorney of Christopher S. Coleman
99.1*    Audit Committee Charter
99.2*    Compensation Committee Charter
99.3*    Finance Committee Charter
99.4*    Nominating and Governance Charter
99.5    Form F-N

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted and separately submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

EXHIBIT 3.1

FORM NO. 2

 

LOGO

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2. We, the undersigned, namely,

 

NAME    ADDRESS   

BERMUDIAN

STATUS

(Yes/No)

   NATIONALITY   

NUMBER OF

SHARES

SUBSCRIBED

Michael G. Frith

  

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

   Yes    British    One

David J. Doyle

      Yes    British    One

Alison R. Guilfoyle

      No    British    One

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.


3. The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981 (the “Act”).

 

4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding          in all, including the following parcels:- N/A

 

5. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$1.00 divided into shares of US$1.00 each.

 

6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted.

 

7. Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and –

 

  (i) pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed;

 

  (ii) pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and

 

  (iii) pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares.


Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

/s/ Michael G. Frith

 

   

/s/ illegible

 

/s/ David J. Doyle

 

   

/s/ illegible

 

/s/ Alison R. Guilfoyle

 

   

/s/ illegible

 

 

   

 

(Subscribers)     (Witnesses)

SUBSCRIBED this 6 th day of October 2011

EXHIBIT 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

Dated December 22, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

Registrations Upon Request

     1   
 

1.1 Requests by the Founder Shareholders

     1   
 

1.2 Shelf Registration; Blackout

     3   
 

1.3 Registration Statement Form

     5   
 

1.4 Expenses

     5   
 

1.5 Priority in Demand Registrations

     5   

2.

 

Piggyback Registrations

     5   

3.

 

Registration Procedures

     7   

4.

 

Underwritten Offerings

     11   
 

4.1 Underwriting Agreement

     11   
 

4.2 Selection of Underwriters

     12   

5.

 

Holdback Agreements

     13   

6.

 

Preparation; Reasonable Investigation

     14   

7.

 

No Grant of Future Registration Rights

     14   

8.

 

Indemnification

     14   
 

8.1 Indemnification by the Company

     14   
 

8.2 Indemnification by the Sellers

     15   
 

8.3 Notices of Claims, etc.

     16   
 

8.4 Other Indemnification

     17   
 

8.5 Indemnification Payments

     17   
 

8.6 Other Remedies

     17   

9.

 

Representations and Warranties

     18   

10.

 

Definitions

     19   

11.

 

Miscellaneous

     22   
 

11.1 Rule 144, etc.

     22   
 

11.2 Successors, Assigns and Transferees

     23   
 

11.3 Stock Splits, etc.

     23   
 

11.4 Amendment and Modification

     23   
 

11.5 Additional Shareholders

     24   
 

11.6 Governing Law, etc.

     24   
 

11.7 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

     24   
 

11.8 Invalidity of Provision

     24   
 

11.9 Notices

     25   
 

11.10 Headings; Execution in Counterparts

     26   
 

11.11 Injunctive Relief

     26   
 

11.12 Term

     27   
 

11.13 Further Assurances

     27   
 

11.14 No Third Party Beneficiaries

     27   
 

11.15 Entire Agreement

     27   

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 22, 2011 by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), those employees of the Company or its subsidiaries named on the signature pages hereto or who may become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.5 (collectively, the “ Management Shareholders ”), the other Persons that executed and delivered to the Company on or prior to the date hereof a Subscription Agreement and became members of the Company as of the Closing (the “ Subscribing Shareholders ”) and any other Person who may become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.5 (together with the Subscribing Shareholders and the Management Shareholders, the “ Shareholders ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 10.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders have entered into an Agreement Among Members, dated as of the date hereof, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding the ownership of equity securities of the Company, including certain restrictions on the transfer of such securities, and the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, the Agreement Among Members contemplates the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to set forth certain rights and obligations with respect to the registration of the Common Shares and the Warrant Shares under the Securities Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Registrations Upon Request .

1.1 Requests by the Founder Shareholders .

(a) Notice of Request . At any time after the second anniversary of the date hereof, each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (collectively, “ Kelso ”), Daniel S. Loeb and Pine Brook LVR, L.P. (“Pine Brook” together with Kelso and Daniel S. Loeb, the “ Founder Shareholders ” and each individually, a “ Founder Shareholder ”) shall have the right to demand registration and request that the Company effect a Qualified IPO. At any time after (a) the earlier of a Qualified IPO and the third anniversary of the date hereof, each Founder Shareholder shall, or (b) a Qualified IPO, P Reinsurance Opportunities Ltd. (“ PROL ”) shall, have the right to request that the Company


effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by such Founder Shareholder or PROL, as the case may be, (each a “ Shareholder Demand Registration ” and the Founder Shareholder or PROL, as the case may be, making such request, the “ Requesting Shareholder ”), each such request to specify the intended method or methods of disposition thereof (it being understood that the right to request a Short-Form Registration shall be governed by Section 1.2). Upon any such request, the Company will promptly, but in any event within 15 days, give written notice of such request to all holders of Registrable Securities and thereupon the Company will, subject to Section 1.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to effect the prompt registration under the Securities Act of:

(i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Requesting Shareholder, and

(ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the holders thereof (provided that such request shall not be for a greater portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities than the portion requested by the Requesting Shareholder) by written request given to the Company by such holders within 15 days after the giving of such written notice by the Company to such holders,

all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition of the Requesting Shareholder.

(b) Restrictions on Shareholder Demand Registrations . The maximum number of Shareholder Demand Registrations that the Company shall be obligated to effect at the request of (a) each Founding Shareholder shall be three (3) and (b) PROL shall be one (1); provided that:

(i) a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.1 shall not be deemed a Shareholder Demand Registration unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and has been kept continuously effective for a period of at least 180 days (or such shorter period which shall terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto) or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer; and

(ii) if ( i ) the Shareholder Demand Registration does not become effective because a material adverse change has occurred, or is reasonably

 

2


likely to occur, in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, business, assets or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole subsequent to the date of the delivery of the notice of the Shareholder Demand Registration pursuant to Section 1.1(a), ( ii ) after the Shareholder Demand Registration has become effective, such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction, or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court, ( iii ) the Shareholder Demand Registration is withdrawn at the request of the Requesting Shareholder due to the advice of the managing underwriter(s) that the Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement could not be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Requesting Shareholder, or ( iv ) the Requesting Shareholder reimburses the Company for any and all Registration Expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such request for a Shareholder Demand Registration that was withdrawn or not pursued, then the Shareholder Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have been effected and will not count as a Shareholder Demand Registration.

1.2 Shelf Registration; Blackout .

(a) The right of the Requesting Shareholders to request a registration of Registrable Securities following a Qualified IPO shall include the right to unlimited requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration (a “ Short-Form Registration ”), and, if requested by the Requesting Shareholders, such Short-Form Registration shall be a “shelf” registration permitting the Requesting Shareholder to sell Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission) in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by such Requesting Shareholder (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

(i) upon any Short-Form Registration having been declared effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Short-Form Registration continuously effective until such time as all Registrable Securities that could be sold under such Short-Form Registration have been sold or are no longer outstanding;

(ii) if at any time following the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Requesting Shareholder desires to sell Registrable Securities pursuant thereto, the Requesting Shareholder shall notify the Company of such intent at least ten Business Days prior to any such sale (any such proposed transaction, a “ Take-down Transaction ”),

 

3


and the Company thereupon shall, subject to Section 1.2(b), prepare and file within ten Business Days a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, as necessary, to permit the consummation of such Take-down Transaction; provided that no Requesting Shareholder will have the right to request a Take-Down Transaction if the aggregate amount of proceeds from such Take-Down Transaction is less than $15 million;

(iii) upon receipt of notice from the Requesting Shareholder regarding a Take-down Transaction as provided in clause (ii) of this Section 1.2(a), the Company shall immediately deliver notice to any other holders of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities have been included in such Shelf Registration Statement and shall permit such holders to participate in such Take-Down Transaction (subject to Section 1.1(b)), it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that no holder other than the Requesting Shareholder shall have the right to initiate a Take-Down Transaction; and

(iv) each holder who participates in a Take-Down Transaction shall be deemed through such participation to have represented to the Company that any information previously supplied by such holder, unless modified by such holder by written notice to the Company, remains accurate as of the date of the prospectus supplement or amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable.

(b) Blackout . Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities under Section 2, ( a ) if the Board determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with a firm of nationally recognized underwriters, that a requested registration under Sections 1.1 or 1.2 will have a material and adverse effect on the market price of the Common Shares then outstanding, the Company may defer the filing (but not the preparation) of the registration statement which is required to effect such registration for a period of up to 90 days; provided that at all times the Company is in good faith using its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed as soon as possible and ( b ) if the Company shall at any time (including upon receipt of notice regarding a Take-down Transaction) furnish to the Requesting Shareholder a Material Event Notice, the Company may defer the filing (but not the preparation) of a registration statement (or prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, as applicable) to be filed pursuant to this Sections 1.1 or 1.2 for up to 60 days (but the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to complete the transaction and file the registration statement as soon as possible).

 

4


1.3 Registration Statement Form . A registration requested pursuant to Sections 1.1 or 1.2 shall be effected by the filing of a registration statement on a form agreed to by the Requesting Shareholder.

1.4 Expenses . Subject to applicable law, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration requested under Sections 1.1 or 1.2; provided that each seller of Registrable Securities shall pay ( a ) all Registration Expenses to the extent required to be paid by such seller under applicable law and ( b ) its pro rata share (based on the number of Registrable Securities included in such offering) of all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

1.5 Priority in Demand Registrations . If a registration pursuant to Sections 1.1 or 1.2 (including any Take-Down Transaction) involves an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering which is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm) shall advise the Company in writing (with a copy to each Person requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that, in its view, the number of securities requested, and otherwise proposed to be included in such registration, exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the offering price, the Company shall include in such registration, first , the Registrable Securities of the Shareholders on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Shareholder), and second , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company up to the amount which the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Shareholders shall not be entitled to participate in any such registration requested by any Requesting Shareholder (including any Take-Down Transaction) to the extent that the Board (or similar governing body), in consultation with the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm) shall determine in good faith, that the participation of such Management Shareholders would materially and adversely affect the marketability or offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, it being understood that the Company shall include in such registration that number of shares of the Management Shareholders which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability or offering price of the other securities to be sold in such registration. In the event of any such determination under this Section 1.5, the Company shall give the affected holders of Registrable Securities notice of such determination in lieu of the notice otherwise required under Sections 1.1 or 1.2.

2. Piggyback Registrations . If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act for its own account (including, but not limited to, a Shelf Registration Statement, but other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form), then the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities regarding such proposed registration. Upon

 

5


the written request of any such holder made within 15 days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder and the intended method or methods of disposition thereof), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Shareholder) in accordance with such intended method or methods of disposition; provided that:

(a) ( i ) the Company shall not include Registrable Securities in such proposed registration to the extent that the Board shall have determined, after consultation with the managing underwriter for such offering, that their inclusion would materially and adversely affect the offering price and ( ii ) the Company shall not include Registrable Securities of any Management Shareholder in any proposed registration pursuant to this Section 2 to the extent that the Board, in consultation with the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm) shall determine in good faith that the participation of such Management Shareholder would materially and adversely affect the marketability or the offering price of the securities being sold in such registration; provided that in the event of any such determination under clause (i) or (ii), the Company shall give the affected holders of Registrable Securities notice of such determination in lieu of the notice otherwise required by the first sentence of this Section 2;

(b) if, at any time after giving written notice (pursuant to this Section 2) of its intention to register equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, shall not be obligated to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but shall nevertheless pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Founder Shareholders that a registration be effected under Sections 1.1 and 1.2; and

(c) if in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, the managing underwriter of such registration (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm) shall advise the Company in writing that the number of securities requested and otherwise proposed to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, then in the case of any registration pursuant to this Section 2, the Company shall include in such registration to the extent of the number which the Company is so advised can be sold in such

 

6


offering without such material adverse effect, first , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company, and second , the Registrable Securities of the Shareholders, on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Shareholder.

The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2; provided that each seller of Registrable Securities shall pay ( a ) all Registration Expenses to the extent required to be paid by such seller under applicable law and ( b ) its pro rata share (based on the number of Registrable Securities included in such offering) of all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes, if any. No registration effected under this Section 2 shall relieve the Company from its obligation to effect registrations under Sections 1.1 or 1.2.

3. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 2, the Company shall promptly:

(a) prepare, and as soon as practicable, but in any event within 60 days thereafter, file with the Commission, a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, make all required filings with FINRA and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable;

(b) prepare and promptly file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for so long as is required to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and to complete the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, but (other than in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in no event for a period of more than six months after such registration statement becomes effective;

(c) furnish copies of all documents proposed to be filed with the Commission in connection with such registration to ( i ) counsel selected by the Board, which counsel may also be counsel to the Company, and ( ii ) each seller of Registrable Securities ( provided , that in the case of ( x ) the initial filing of a registration statement for a registration pursuant to Section 2 or ( y ) the furnishing of copies to such sellers other than the Requesting Shareholder, such furnishing of copies may occur within five business days prior to such initial filing) and such documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel (which review shall be reasonably prompt); provided that the Company shall not file any registration

 

7


statement or any amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement to such registration statement or the prospectus used in connection therewith to which such counsel shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such registration statement amendment, supplement or prospectus does not comply (explaining why) in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act or of the rules or regulations thereunder;

(d) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, without charge, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits and documents filed therewith) and such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;

(e) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof; provided that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified, subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject, or take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject;

(f) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies, authorities or self-regulatory bodies as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;

(g) in any underwritten offering in which the Founder Shareholder(s) are participating, furnish to such Founder Shareholder(s):

(i) an opinion of counsel for the Company experienced in securities law matters, dated the effective date of the registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), and

 

8


(ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the independent public accountants who have issued an audit report on the Company’s financial statements included in the registration statement,

covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions of counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other matters as such Founder Shareholder(s) may reasonably request;

(h) notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event or existence of any fact as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, ( i ) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, if a Shareholder has provided notice of an intent to sell, within five Business Days of such notice and ( ii ) in the case of any other registration statement hereunder, as promptly as is practicable but in any event, no later than 30 days after the Company receives notice of such event(s) or fact(s) (except in the case of clause (i) or (ii) to the extent the Company delivers a Material Event Notice, in which case such period may be up to 60 days but shall end upon public disclosure of the material transaction which necessitated such Material Event Notice), prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(i) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of the Company (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of such registration statement;

 

9


(j) notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement ( i ) when the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, ( ii ) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, ( iii ) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose and ( iv ) of the suspension of the qualification of such securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(k) use every reasonable effort to obtain the lifting of any stop order that might be issued suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement at the earliest possible moment;

(l) use its reasonable best efforts ( i ) to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange agreed upon by the Board, and ( ii ) to provide an independent transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement and to instruct such transfer agent ( A ) to release any stop transfer order with respect to the certificates with respect to the Registrable Securities being sold and ( B ) to furnish certificates without restrictive legends representing ownership of the shares being sold, in such denominations requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities or the lead underwriter;

(m) enter into such agreements and take such other actions as the sellers of Registrable Securities or the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, preparing for, and participating in, such number of “road shows” and all such other customary selling efforts as the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate such disposition;

(n) furnish to any holder of such Registrable Securities, and to any underwriter, counsel, accountant or other agent retained by such holder or underwriter on a confidential basis such information and assistance as such holder or underwriter may reasonably request in connection with any “due diligence” effort which such seller deems appropriate; and

(o) use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

As a condition to its registration of Registrable Securities of any prospective seller, the Company may require such seller of any Registrable Securities as

 

10


to which any registration is being effected to execute powers-of-attorney, custody arrangements and other customary agreements appropriate to facilitate the offering and to furnish to the Company such information regarding such seller, its ownership of Registrable Securities and the disposition of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and as shall be required by law in connection therewith. Each such holder agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such holder not materially misleading.

The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus used in connection therewith, which refers to any holder of Registrable Securities, or otherwise identifies any holder of Registrable Securities as the holder of any Registrable Securities, without the consent of such holder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Company will provide written notice to such holder no less than five days prior to such amendment of or supplement to the prospectus.

By acquisition of Registrable Securities, each holder of such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to have agreed that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(h), such holder will promptly discontinue such holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h). If so directed by the Company, each holder of Registrable Securities will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in such holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event that the Company shall give any such notice, the period mentioned in Section 3(a) shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h).

4. Underwritten Offerings .

4.1 Underwriting Agreement . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 1.1, 1.2 or 2 (including any Take-Down Transaction), the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the underwriters and to any Founder Shareholders participating in such offering. Any such underwriting agreement shall contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms and provisions as

 

11


are customarily contained in agreements of this type, including, without limitation, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 8. Each holder of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriter who owns 10% or more of the Common Shares (computed on a fully diluted basis) at the time of such offering and any other holder of Registrable Securities selling Common Shares in such underwritten offering requested by such underwriter shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at such holder’s option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters be made to and for the benefit of such holder of Registrable Securities and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement shall also be conditions precedent to the obligations of such holder of Registrable Securities. No Shareholder in its capacity as shareholder and/or controlling person (but not in its capacity as a director or officer of the Company) shall be required by any underwriting agreement to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such holder, the ownership of such holder’s Registrable Securities and such holder’s intended method or methods of disposition and any other representation required by law or to furnish any indemnity to any Person which is broader than the indemnity furnished by such holder pursuant to Section 8.2.

4.2 Selection of Underwriters .

(a) If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale for its own account pursuant to an underwritten offering, the Company will have the right to select the managing underwriter (which shall be of nationally recognized standing) to administer the offering, with consent of any Founder Shareholders participating in such offering, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, whenever a registration requested pursuant to Sections 1.1 or 1.2 is for an underwritten offering, the Requesting Shareholder will have the right to select the managing underwriter (which shall be of nationally recognized standing) to administer the offering, but only with the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

(b) In connection with a Qualified IPO initiated within five years of the Equity Funding, Dowling & Partners Securities will be included as a co-manager and will be given the opportunity to underwrite no less than 10% of the total offering if at the time of such Qualified IPO, ( i ) Dowling & Partners Securities is an independent broker-dealer possessing all licenses required to serve as a co-manager of a Qualified IPO under applicable law, ( ii ) Vincent J. Dowling remains actively employed by Dowling & Partners Securities, and ( iii ) Dowling & Partners Securities maintains an active insurance and reinsurance capital markets business.

 

12


5. Holdback Agreements .

(a) If and whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act for its own account (other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form) or is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 2, each ( x ) Founder Shareholder, upon request of the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering, agrees and ( y ) holder of Registrable Securities (other than the Founder Shareholders) agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities, not to effect any sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or to request registration under Sections 1.1 or 1.2, as applicable, of any Registrable Securities within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 5, even if such Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities upon such transfer; provided that, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement. If requested by such managing underwriter, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute an agreement to such effect with the Company and consistent with such managing underwriter’s customary form of holdback agreement, provided that all such holdback agreements shall be on substantially similar terms with respect to the duration of the holdback period.

(b) The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities within seven days prior to and 90 days (or such longer period, not to exceed 180 days, which may be required by the managing underwriter, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter may agree) after the Trigger Date with respect to any registration statement filed pursuant to Sections 1.1 or 1.2 (except ( i ) as part of such registration, ( ii ) as permitted by any related underwriting agreement, ( iii ) pursuant to an employee equity compensation plan, ( iv ) pursuant to an acquisition or strategic relationship, bank or equipment financing or similar transaction and ( v ) pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form); provided that, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made

 

13


under such registration statement. In addition, if, and to the extent requested by the managing underwriter, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder (other than any holder already subject to Section 5(a)) of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or issued at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than any such securities acquired in a public offering), to agree not to effect any such public sale or distribution of such securities during such period, except as part of any such registration if permitted, and to cause each such holder to enter into an agreement to such effect with the Company and consistent with such managing underwriter’s customary form of holdback agreement.

6. Preparation; Reasonable Investigation . In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement registering Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall give the underwriters, counsel to such underwriters and counsel referred to in clause (c) of Section 3 the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and shall give such counsel access to the financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have issued audit reports on its financial statements in each case as shall be reasonably requested by such underwriters, counsel to such underwriters, accountants, agents and counsel for holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such registration statement.

7. No Grant of Future Registration Rights . Except for Persons who become party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 11.5, the Company shall not grant any other demand or piggyback registration rights to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Founder Shareholders.

8. Indemnification .

8.1 Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ( a ) each seller of such Registrable Securities, ( b ) the directors, members, shareholders, officers, partners, employees, agents and Affiliates of such seller, ( c ) each Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and ( d ) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any of the foregoing ( Controlling Persons ) and the directors, members, shareholders, officers, partners, employees, agents and Affiliates of such Controlling Person against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), jointly or severally, directly or indirectly, based upon or arising out of ( i ) any untrue statement or alleged untrue

 

14


statement of a fact contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus or free writing prospectus (when taken together with the related prospectus) contained therein or used in connection with the offering of securities covered thereby, offering circular, notification, pricing disclosure or like document, or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission to state a fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or ( iii ) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to any action or inaction in connection with the related offering of Registrable Securities; and the Company will reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with enforcing its rights hereunder or under the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such offering or investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding, except insofar as any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, proceeding or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, free writing prospectus, offering circular, notification, pricing disclosure, like document or amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller or any of its Controlling Persons expressly for use in the preparation thereof in accordance with the second sentence of Section 8.2. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such seller. If the Company is entitled to, and does, assume the defense of the related action or proceedings provided herein, then the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

8.2 Indemnification by the Sellers . The Company may require as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 2 (including any Take-down Transaction) that the Company shall have received an undertaking satisfactory to it from each of the prospective sellers of such Registrable Securities to indemnify and hold harmless, severally, not jointly, in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 8.1, the Company, its directors, officers, employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus or free writing prospectus (when taken together with the related prospectus) contained therein, offering circular, notification, pricing disclosure or like document, or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, if such statement or

 

15


alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller expressly for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, free writing prospectus, amendment or supplement. The Company and the holders of the Registrable Securities in their capacities as shareholders and/or controlling persons (but not in their capacities as managers of the Company) hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such holders, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, free writing prospectus, offering circular, notification, pricing disclosure or like document relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith are statements specifically relating to ( a ) the beneficial ownership of Common Shares by such holder and its Affiliates and ( b ) the name and address of such holder and its Affiliates. If any additional information about such holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is specifically required by law to be disclosed in any such document, then such holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 8.2. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such seller. The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The indemnity provided by each seller of Registrable Securities under this Section 8.2 shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (or prospectus, as applicable).

8.3 Notices of Claims, etc . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action or proceeding; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the

 

16


defense thereof except for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by such indemnified party to monitor such action or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such indemnified party reasonably determines, based upon advice of independent counsel, that a conflict of interest may exist between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party with respect to such action and that it is advisable for such indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel, such indemnified party may retain other counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party, to represent such indemnified party, and the indemnifying party shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

8.4 Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration (other than under the Securities Act) or other qualification of such Registrable Securities under any federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority.

8.5 Indemnification Payments . Any indemnification required to be made by an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 8 shall be made by periodic payments to the indemnified party during the course of the action or proceeding, as and when bills are received by such indemnifying party with respect to an indemnifiable loss, claim, damage, liability or expense incurred by such indemnified party.

8.6 Other Remedies . If for any reason any indemnification specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 is unavailable, or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party, other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, proceedings or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to and relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, proceedings or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statements or omissions. No person guilty of

 

17


fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 8, in respect of any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 8.6 any amount in excess of ( a ) the net proceeds received and retained by such indemnifying party from the sale of its Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or supplement or amendment thereto, filed pursuant hereto, minus ( b ) any amounts previously paid by such indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 8 in respect of such claim, it being understood that insofar as such net proceeds have been distributed by any indemnifying party to its partners, shareholders or members, the amount of such indemnifying party’s contribution hereunder shall be limited to the net proceeds which it actually recovers from its partners, shareholders or members based upon their relative fault and that to the extent that such indemnifying party has not distributed such net proceeds, the amount such indemnifying party’s contribution hereunder shall be limited by the percentage of such net proceeds which corresponds to the percentage equity interests in such indemnifying party held by those of its partners, shareholders or members who have been determined to be at fault. No party shall be liable for contribution under this Section 8.6 except to the extent and under such circumstances as such party would have been liable for indemnification under this Section 8 if such indemnification were enforceable under applicable law.

9. Representations and Warranties . Each Shareholder represents and warrants to the Company and each other Shareholder, as of the date such Shareholder becomes a party to this Agreement, that:

(a) such Shareholder has the power, authority and capacity (or, in the case of any Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, all corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership power and authority, as the case may be) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;

(b) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership action, as the case may be;

(c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Shareholder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Shareholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; and

 

18


(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder does not and will not violate the terms of or result in the acceleration of any obligation under ( i ) any material contract, commitment or other material instrument to which such Shareholder is a party or by which such Shareholder is bound or ( ii ) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership, by-laws, limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement, as the case may be.

10. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate : means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

Agreement : has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Agreement Among Members : means the Agreement Among Members of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended from time to time, among the Company and the members party thereto.

Board : means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day : means any day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in the City of New York.

Commission : means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Shares : means the Common Shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share, or any other securities of the Company or any other Person issued with respect to such Common Shares by way of a conversion, exchange, replacement, stock dividend or stock split or other distribution in connection with a combination of shares, conversion exchange, replacement, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise.

Company : has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Controlling Persons : has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.

 

19


Equity Funding : has the meaning given to such term in the Agreement Among Members.

Exchange Act : means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall be in effect at the time.

FINRA : means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Founder Shareholder : has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement : has the meaning given to such term in the Agreement Among Members.

Loeb Trigger Event : means ( i ) a change in Law or ( ii ) a request by A.M. Best & Company, pursuant to which TP Re is required, (in the case of ( ii ), in order for TP Re to maintain a financial strength rating of A-), to withdraw assets from the Managed Account so that, following such withdrawal, the assets of TP Re managed by Third Point LLC pursuant to the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement constitute less than 90% of the total assets of TP Re.

Management Shareholder : has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Material Event Notice : means a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that the Company has pending or in process, as of the date of such certificate, a material transaction, the disclosure of which would, in the good faith judgment of the Board, materially and adversely affect the Company.

NASDAQ : means the Nasdaq National Market.

Permitted Transferee : has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.2 of this Agreement.

Person : means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Qualified IPO : a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

 

20


Registrable Securities : means the Common Shares and Warrant Shares beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the Founder Shareholders, the Management Shareholders, any other Shareholders or their Permitted Transferees, except for any Common Shares beneficially owned ( x ) by a Management Shareholder that were issued to such Management Shareholder pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-8 or ( y ) by a Shareholder (excluding the Founder Shareholders) that may be sold by such Shareholder pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act). As to any particular Common Shares, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when ( i ) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, ( ii ) in the case of Shares held by a Management Shareholder, a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act, ( iii ) they shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act) such that the further disposition of such Shares by the transferee or assignee is not further restricted under the Securities Act, ( iv ) they shall have been otherwise transferred other than to a Permitted Transferee and subsequent disposition of them shall not require registration or qualification of them under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force or ( v ) they shall have ceased to be outstanding. Any and all Common Shares which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for any Registrable Securities, whether by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination or otherwise, shall also be “Registrable Securities” hereunder.

Registration Expenses : means all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, ( i ) registration, filing and FINRA fees, ( ii ) fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, ( iii ) fees and expenses associated with listing securities on an exchange or NASDAQ, ( iv ) word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, ( v ) messenger and delivery expenses, ( vi ) transfer agents’, trustees’, depositories’, registrars’ and fiscal agents’ fees, ( vii ) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters, ( viii ) reasonable fees and disbursements of the counsel retained by the sellers of Registrable Securities, which counsel shall be designated in the manner specified in Section 3(c), and ( ix ) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

Requesting Shareholder : has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

21


Securities Act : means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall be in effect at the time.

Shelf Registration Statement : has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.2(a) of this Agreement.

Short-Form Registration : has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.2(a) of this Agreement.

Shareholder : has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Shareholder Demand Registration : means has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.1(a) of this Agreement.

Subscription Agreements : means the subscription agreements entered into on or prior to the date hereof between the Company and each Shareholder.

Take-down Transaction : has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Transaction Documents : has the meaning given to such term in the Agreement Among Members.

Trigger Date : has the meaning given to such term in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.

Warrants : means any outstanding warrants issued by the Company.

Warrant Shares : means any Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

11. Miscellaneous .

11.1 Rule 144, etc . If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act relating to any class of equity securities, the Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by ( a ) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such

 

22


rule may be amended from time to time, or ( b ) any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

11.2 Successors, Assigns and Transferees . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns under this Section 11.2. The provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of a holder of Registrable Securities shall be for the benefit of and enforceable by any transferee of such Registrable Securities; provided that ( i ) such transferee acquires such Registrable Securities in accordance with all of the terms of the Agreement Among Members and this Agreement and pursuant to an express assignment from the transferor, and ( ii ) such transferee executes a joinder agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the transferor’s obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, Section 5 hereof, copies of which shall have been delivered to the Company (each such transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Management Shareholders must exercise all rights hereunder on behalf of any of their Permitted Transferees and all other parties hereto shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Management Shareholders and rely on the consent, waiver or any other action by the Management Shareholders as the consent, waiver or other action, as the case may be, of any such Permitted Transferees of such Management Shareholders.

11.3 Stock Splits, etc . Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will vote to effect a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination with respect to any Registrable Securities in connection with any registration of any Registrable Securities hereunder, or otherwise, if ( i ) the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing (or, in connection with an offering that is not underwritten, if an investment banker shall advise the Company in writing) that in its opinion such a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination would facilitate or increase the likelihood of success of the offering, and ( ii ) such stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination does not impact the respective ownership percentages of each such holder of Registrable Securities in the Company. The Company shall cooperate in all respects in effecting any such stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination.

11.4 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if any such amendment, action or omission to act, has received the written consent of the Company and each of the Founder Shareholders that are holders of Registrable Securities, or if no such holders remain, the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided that this Agreement may not be amended in a manner that would, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of the Founder Shareholders that are holders of Registrable Securities without the consent of

 

23


such holders; provided further that this Agreement may not be amended in a manner that would, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Shareholder which does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of all similarly situated Shareholders in the same manner without the consent of such Shareholder. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Any Shareholder may waive (in writing) the benefit of any provision of this Agreement with respect to itself for any purpose. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Shareholder granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time.

11.5 Additional Shareholders . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may, ( i ) admit to this Agreement any additional Management Shareholders who become holders of Common Shares upon exercise of options and ( ii ) admit additional Shareholders to this Agreement; provided , in each case, that any such Shareholder has become a party to the Agreement Among Members and executes and delivers to the Company a joinder agreement to this Agreement in a form to be prescribed by the Company and such other agreements or documents as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

11.6 Governing Law, etc . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

11.7 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Agreement, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

11.8 Invalidity of Provision . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and

 

24


restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

11.9 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( a ) delivered personally, ( b ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( c ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, ( d ) sent by fax or ( e ) sent by email with a response confirming receipt, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer at the Company’s principal place of business in Bermuda.

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email: JTargoff@thirdpoint.com

Attn: Joshua Targoff, Esq.

 

  (ii) If to Daniel S. Loeb:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email: JTargoff@thirdpoint.com

Attn: Joshua Targoff, Esq.

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Email: nfpotter@debevoise.com

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

 

25


  (iii) If to Kelso:

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Email: jconnors@kelso.com

Attn: James J. Connors II, Esq.

 

  (iv) If to Pine Brook:

Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Email: WSpiegel@pinebrookpartners.com

Attn: William Spiegel

 

  (v) If to any other Shareholder, to the address set forth on such Shareholder’s signature page hereto, the signature page of such Shareholders’ Subscription Agreement or the signature page of such Shareholder’s joinder agreement, as the case may be,

or to such other Person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company. All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered; provided that such delivery is confirmed.

11.10 Headings; Execution in Counterparts . The headings and captions contained herein are for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision hereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11.11 Injunctive Relief . Each of the parties recognizes and agrees that money damages may be insufficient and, therefore, in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement the aggrieved party may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of this Agreement. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other remedy which such party may have. Each Shareholder irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof. Each Shareholder hereby consents to service of process made in accordance with Section 11.9.

 

26


11.12 Term . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect thereafter until the earlier of ( a ) its termination by the consent of the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest and ( b ) the date on which no Registrable Securities remain outstanding; provided that, the parties’ respective rights and obligations under Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11.13 Further Assurances . Subject to the specific terms of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Shareholders shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.14 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in Section 8 with respect to indemnified parties, this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person not a party hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

11.15 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement and the understanding of the parties hereto with the matters referred to herein. This Agreement and the agreements referred to in the preceding sentence supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such matters.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed by each of the parties hereto, and shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

S-2


AON CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ram Padmanabhan

Name:   Ram Padmanabhan
Title:   Vice President and Chief Counsel - Corporate

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

S-2


Management Shareholder:     Address for notices :

 

   

 

Name    

 

   

 

    Email:   Facsimile :

 

   

 

Name    

 

   

 

    Email:   Facsimile :

 

   

 

Name    

 

   

 

    Email:   Facsimile :

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

S-2

EXHIBIT 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NEITHER THIS WARRANT, SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Common Shares

Purchase Warrant

Date of Issuance: December 22, 2011

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that KEP TP Holdings, L.P. (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, is entitled to purchase at an exercise price per share of $10.00 (as adjusted as provided herein, the “ Exercise Price ”) from the Company 354,501 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable common shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) less the aggregate number of Common Shares previously issued from time to time as a result of a partial exercise of this Warrant in accordance with Section 1, at any time or from time to time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Time ”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this purchase warrant (this “ Warrant ”).

Section 1. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right, which may be exercised prior to the Expiration Time, to receive from the Company all or a portion of the fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant (subject to adjustments as provided herein) and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.

(b) This Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company of this Warrant with the form of Election to Purchase attached hereto as Exhibit A duly filled in and signed and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for each of the Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available cash to an account to be designated in writing by the Company.

(c) Upon such surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered to, in the name of, the Holder, or,


subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 8.2), to such other Person or Persons as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and the Holder or the Holder’s designee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

(d) This Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders thereof, either in full or from time to time in part.

Section 2. Vesting Period .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), on any given date prior to the Expiration Time, the Holder shall have the vested right to exercise this Warrant into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to (i) the product of (A) 354,501 and (B) a number equal to (I) $780,000,000 plus the aggregate gross consideration received by the Company for the issuance of additional Common Shares after the date hereof, including in an initial public offering (other than pursuant to any transactions described in Section 3) divided by (II) $1,000,000,000, less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares previously issued to such Holder upon the exercise of the Warrant in part.

(b) Any portion of the Holder’s rights to exercise this Warrant that remains unvested on the earlier of ( i ) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth anniversary of the date hereof or ( ii ) immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering will expire at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of this Warrant unvested at such time may not be exercised.

(c) In no event shall the aggregate number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase upon the exercise of this Warrant exceed 354,501 (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Article 3 hereof).

Section 3. Anti-Dilution .

(a) Changes in Common Shares . If at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Common Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Common Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the Company, then the number of Warrant Shares immediately after the occurrence of such event shall be adjusted so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Common Shares and Other Securities upon exercise that the Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Shares, immediately prior to the record date therefor), and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a number determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction,

 

2


( A ) the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and ( B ) the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately following such adjustment. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor, in the case of a dividend or distribution in Common Shares, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Corporate Distribution . In the event of a Corporate Distribution, the Company will send a written notice to the Holder notifying the Holder of such Corporate Distribution at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Corporate Distribution and the Holder will have the right, at its option and upon written notice to the Company no later than 5 days prior to the date of the Corporate Distribution, to either ( i ) with respect to the vested portion of the Warrant, receive an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount per Common Share of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution (such amount per Common Share, the “ Per Share Distribution Amount ”) and (b) the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Distribution or (ii) with respect to both the vested and unvested portions of this Warrant, have the Exercise Price be reduced to a price determined by subtracting the Per Share Distribution Amount from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution, provided that in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the par value of the Common Shares. The Holder shall have the option to exercise all or any portion of its rights under both clause (i) and clause (ii) of the prior sentence.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant and in lieu of the Warrant Shares and the Other Securities and other consideration, if any, on the date of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction, the maximum amount of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(d) Consideration . For the purposes of any adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Article 3, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Shares before deducting therefrom any reasonable discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or placement in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(ii) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

3


(e) Other Events; Other Anti-dilution Provisions . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Article 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the purchase rights of this Warrant, in each case in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Article 3, then there shall be made such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary to protect such purchase rights of this Warrant, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, or increasing the Exercise Price.

(f) Report as to Adjustments . In each case of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 3 or any other event (including those specified in Section 3(h) below) which gives rise to a change in the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, for which this Warrant may from time to time be exercisable, the Company, at its sole expense, shall promptly ( i ) compute such adjustment or change in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or change and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment is based (including, without limitation, ( a ) the event or events giving rise to such adjustment or change; ( b ) the number of Common Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding prior and subsequent to any such transaction; and ( c ) the method by which any such adjustment or change was calculated (including a description in reasonable detail of the basis on which the Board of Directors made any determination of Fair Market Value required thereby)); and ( ii ) keep copies of all such reports available at its principal place of business for inspection during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Holder, and upon request by the Holder provide copies thereof to the Holder or any such prospective purchaser.

(g) Notices of Corporate Action . If the Company proposes to: ( i ) take any action described in Section 3(a), ( ii ) undertake a Corporate Distribution or ( ii i) consummate any Corporate Transaction; then, at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of any applicable record date or such event, as the case may be, the Company shall mail to the Holder a notice specifying: ( a ) the date or expected date on which any such payment or distribution is to be made or record is to be taken and the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution or right; ( b ) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction is to take effect and any record date therefor; ( c ) the time as of which any holders of record of Common Shares and/or

 

4


any other class of securities shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares and/or other securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction and a description in reasonable detail of such transaction; ( d ) the date of such issuance, as the case may be, together with a description of any securities to be issued and the consideration to be received or offered by the Company or other Person therefor; and ( e ) in each case, the expected effect on the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price of each such transaction or event. The Company shall promptly update any such notice to reflect any change in the foregoing information.

(h) No Dilution or Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or other organizational document or through any sale or other issuance of securities, capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer of assets, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, any similar transaction or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

Section 4. Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a Holder) in connection with the issuance or delivery of this Warrant hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares and such Other Securities and other consideration, if any, upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates representing Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise.

Section 5. Mutilated or Missing Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of this Warrant a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder .

(a) By accepting this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption from the Securities Act.

 

5


(ii) The Holder understands and acknowledges ( i ) that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein are not registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws because the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualification requirements thereof, and ( ii ) that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy of the representations set forth in this Section 6.

(iii) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

(iv) The Holder understands that this Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

(b) The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment, and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

Section 7. Covenants of the Company . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or convertible security issued by the Company, the number of Common Shares and Other Securities from time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or other convertible security of the Company at the time outstanding. All Common Shares and Other Securities, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free from preemptive rights, free from all taxes with respect to the issuance thereof and free from all liens, charges and security interests created or arising by, through or by reason of the Company, with no liability on the part of any of the holders thereof. Before taking any action that would cause a reduction of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article 3 hereof below the then par value (if any) of the Common Shares or Other Securities, the Company shall take any and all corporate action (including, without limitation, a reduction in par value) that shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Holder, be necessary to validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares or Other Securities, as the case may be, at the Exercise Price as so reduced.

 

6


Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Definitions .

Agreement Among Members ” means the agreement among members of the Company entered into on the date hereof among the Company and the members party thereto.

Common Share ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Corporate Distribution ” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates declare, order, cause, pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution on or in respect of Common Shares or Other Securities, including, without limitation, distributions of cash, evidence of its indebtedness, other securities or property or rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing, but excluding any dividends or distributions referred to in Section 3 hereof.

Corporate Transaction ” means the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding Common Shares), the transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s properties or assets to any other Person.

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Fair Market Value ” means ( i ) if shares of any security, including but not limited to Common Shares, are then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), the American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), or the Nasdaq National Market, ( x ) the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices per share of such stock for each of the twenty (20) trading days preceding the second date preceding any date of determination (as reported by Bloomberg using the VWAP function, or if unavailable by another authoritative source, or if no other authoritative source is available, based on the average of the daily closing prices (instead of the daily volume-weighted average prices) for such twenty (20) trading days, as reported by Bloomberg or another authoritative source); the daily closing price shall be the last sale price on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable, on which such shares are then listed, admitted to trading or traded; or ( y ) the tender offer price or the exchange offer price in the event the Company commences a tender offer or exchange offer; or ( ii ) if the asset being valued is not then listed or admitted to trading on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, then the fair market value thereof, as shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a board resolution in writing and delivered to the Holder, promptly after such determination.

 

7


Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

JV/IMA ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, the Company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Other Securities ” means any Common Shares (other than Warrant Shares) and other stock or securities of the Company or any other Person, which the Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Warrant Shares, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Shares or Other Securities.

Person ” or “ Persons ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any federal, state, county or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or similar entity.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TP Re ” means Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the JV/IMA.

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Warrant Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

8.2 Transfers . The Holder shall be entitled to assign its interests in this Warrant in whole or in part to any Person or Persons, subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

8.3 Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to this Warrant and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding with respects to the subject matter of this Warrant.

 

8


8.4 Binding Effect: Benefits . This Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Holder, or their respective permitted successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.5 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of this Warrant.

8.6 Notices .

(a) In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 10 business days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such action.

(b) All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, overnight courier service or personal delivery:

 

  (a) if to the Company:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

 

9


with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

 

  (b) if to the Holder:

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given ( i ) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party described above, ( ii ) if made by facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, ( iii ) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or ( iv ) if sent by registered mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 10.4 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

8.7 Severability . Any term or provision of this Warrant which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the terms and provisions of this Warrant or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant in any other jurisdiction.

8.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

8.9 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York,

 

10


the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Warrant, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT.

8.10 Successors and assigns . This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

8.11 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.12 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be determined as conferring upon the Holder any rights as a shareholder of the Company or as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or shareholders of the Company or otherwise.

8.13 Waivers and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

8.14 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused this Warrant to be executed this 22 nd day of December 2011.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/     John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

12


KEP TP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

/s/     James J. Connors, II        

  Name:   James J. Connors, II
  Title:   Director

 

13


Form of Election to Purchase


Form of Election

[To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant]

 

To Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned registered holder of the enclosed Warrant hereby exercises [all][a portion] of the Warrant and purchases [number]* Warrant Shares and herewith [makes payment of $[amount] therefor] in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, and requests that the certificates for such Warrant Shares, as the case maybe, be issued in the name of, and delivered to [name], whose address is [address].

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws and hereby repeats the representations and warranties of the undersigned that are set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant.

 

Dated:      

 

     

 

      (Signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)
     

 

      (Street Address)
     

 

      (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

* In the case of a partial exercise, a new Warrant, representing the unexercised portion of the Warrant, will be issued and delivered to the holder surrendering the Warrant.

EXHIBIT 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NEITHER THIS WARRANT, SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Common Shares

Purchase Warrant

Date of Issuance: December 22, 2011

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, is entitled to purchase at an exercise price per share of $10.00 (as adjusted as provided herein, the “ Exercise Price ”) from the Company 1,957,867 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable common shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) less the aggregate number of Common Shares previously issued from time to time as a result of a partial exercise of this Warrant in accordance with Section 1, at any time or from time to time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Time ”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this purchase warrant (this “ Warrant ”).

Section 1. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right, which may be exercised prior to the Expiration Time, to receive from the Company all or a portion of the fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant (subject to adjustments as provided herein) and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.

(b) This Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company of this Warrant with the form of Election to Purchase attached hereto as Exhibit A duly filled in and signed and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for each of the Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available cash to an account to be designated in writing by the Company.

(c) Upon such surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered to, in the name of, the Holder, or,


subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 8.2), to such other Person or Persons as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and the Holder or the Holder’s designee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

(d) This Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders thereof, either in full or from time to time in part.

Section 2. Vesting Period .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), on any given date prior to the Expiration Time, the Holder shall have the vested right to exercise this Warrant into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to (i) the product of (A) 1,957,867 and (B) a number equal to (I) $780,000,000 plus the aggregate gross consideration received by the Company for the issuance of additional Common Shares after the date hereof, including in an initial public offering (other than pursuant to any transactions described in Section 3) divided by (II) $1,000,000,000, less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares previously issued to such Holder upon the exercise of the Warrant in part.

(b) Any portion of the Holder’s rights to exercise this Warrant that remains unvested on the earlier of ( i ) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth anniversary of the date hereof or ( ii ) immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering will expire at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of this Warrant unvested at such time may not be exercised.

(c) In no event shall the aggregate number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase upon the exercise of this Warrant exceed 1,957,867 (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Article 3 hereof).

Section 3. Anti-Dilution .

(a) Changes in Common Shares . If at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Common Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Common Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the Company, then the number of Warrant Shares immediately after the occurrence of such event shall be adjusted so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Common Shares and Other Securities upon exercise that the Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Shares, immediately prior to the record date therefor), and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a number determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction,

 

2


( A ) the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and ( B ) the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately following such adjustment. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor, in the case of a dividend or distribution in Common Shares, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Corporate Distribution . In the event of a Corporate Distribution, the Company will send a written notice to the Holder notifying the Holder of such Corporate Distribution at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Corporate Distribution and the Holder will have the right, at its option and upon written notice to the Company no later than 5 days prior to the date of the Corporate Distribution, to either ( i ) with respect to the vested portion of the Warrant, receive an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount per Common Share of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution (such amount per Common Share, the “ Per Share Distribution Amount ”) and (b) the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Distribution or (ii) with respect to both the vested and unvested portions of this Warrant, have the Exercise Price be reduced to a price determined by subtracting the Per Share Distribution Amount from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution, provided that in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the par value of the Common Shares. The Holder shall have the option to exercise all or any portion of its rights under both clause (i) and clause (ii) of the prior sentence.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant and in lieu of the Warrant Shares and the Other Securities and other consideration, if any, on the date of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction, the maximum amount of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(d) Consideration . For the purposes of any adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Article 3, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Shares before deducting therefrom any reasonable discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or placement in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(ii) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

3


(e) Other Events; Other Anti-dilution Provisions . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Article 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the purchase rights of this Warrant, in each case in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Article 3, then there shall be made such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary to protect such purchase rights of this Warrant, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, or increasing the Exercise Price.

(f) Report as to Adjustments . In each case of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 3 or any other event (including those specified in Section 3(h) below) which gives rise to a change in the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, for which this Warrant may from time to time be exercisable, the Company, at its sole expense, shall promptly ( i ) compute such adjustment or change in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or change and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment is based (including, without limitation, ( a ) the event or events giving rise to such adjustment or change; ( b ) the number of Common Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding prior and subsequent to any such transaction; and ( c ) the method by which any such adjustment or change was calculated (including a description in reasonable detail of the basis on which the Board of Directors made any determination of Fair Market Value required thereby)); and ( ii ) keep copies of all such reports available at its principal place of business for inspection during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Holder, and upon request by the Holder provide copies thereof to the Holder or any such prospective purchaser.

(g) Notices of Corporate Action . If the Company proposes to: ( i ) take any action described in Section 3(a), ( ii ) undertake a Corporate Distribution or ( ii i) consummate any Corporate Transaction; then, at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of any applicable record date or such event, as the case may be, the Company shall mail to the Holder a notice specifying: ( a ) the date or expected date on which any such payment or distribution is to be made or record is to be taken and the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution or right; ( b ) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction is to take effect and any record date therefor; ( c ) the time as of which any holders of record of Common Shares and/or

 

4


any other class of securities shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares and/or other securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction and a description in reasonable detail of such transaction; ( d ) the date of such issuance, as the case may be, together with a description of any securities to be issued and the consideration to be received or offered by the Company or other Person therefor; and ( e ) in each case, the expected effect on the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price of each such transaction or event. The Company shall promptly update any such notice to reflect any change in the foregoing information.

(h) No Dilution or Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or other organizational document or through any sale or other issuance of securities, capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer of assets, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, any similar transaction or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

Section 4. Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a Holder) in connection with the issuance or delivery of this Warrant hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares and such Other Securities and other consideration, if any, upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates representing Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise.

Section 5. Mutilated or Missing Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of this Warrant a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder .

(a) By accepting this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption from the Securities Act.

 

5


(ii) The Holder understands and acknowledges ( i ) that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein are not registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws because the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualification requirements thereof, and ( ii ) that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy of the representations set forth in this Section 6.

(iii) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

(iv) The Holder understands that this Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

(b) The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment, and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

Section 7. Covenants of the Company . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or convertible security issued by the Company, the number of Common Shares and Other Securities from time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or other convertible security of the Company at the time outstanding. All Common Shares and Other Securities, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free from preemptive rights, free from all taxes with respect to the issuance thereof and free from all liens, charges and security interests created or arising by, through or by reason of the Company, with no liability on the part of any of the holders thereof. Before taking any action that would cause a reduction of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article 3 hereof below the then par value (if any) of the Common Shares or Other Securities, the Company shall take any and all corporate action (including, without limitation, a reduction in par value) that shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Holder, be necessary to validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares or Other Securities, as the case may be, at the Exercise Price as so reduced.

 

6


Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Definitions .

Agreement Among Members ” means the agreement among members of the Company entered into on the date hereof among the Company and the members party thereto.

Common Share ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Corporate Distribution ” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates declare, order, cause, pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution on or in respect of Common Shares or Other Securities, including, without limitation, distributions of cash, evidence of its indebtedness, other securities or property or rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing, but excluding any dividends or distributions referred to in Section 3 hereof.

Corporate Transaction ” means the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding Common Shares), the transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s properties or assets to any other Person.

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Fair Market Value ” means ( i ) if shares of any security, including but not limited to Common Shares, are then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), the American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), or the Nasdaq National Market, ( x ) the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices per share of such stock for each of the twenty (20) trading days preceding the second date preceding any date of determination (as reported by Bloomberg using the VWAP function, or if unavailable by another authoritative source, or if no other authoritative source is available, based on the average of the daily closing prices (instead of the daily volume-weighted average prices) for such twenty (20) trading days, as reported by Bloomberg or another authoritative source); the daily closing price shall be the last sale price on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable, on which such shares are then listed, admitted to trading or traded; or ( y ) the tender offer price or the exchange offer price in the event the Company commences a tender offer or exchange offer; or ( ii ) if the asset being valued is not then listed or admitted to trading on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, then the fair market value thereof, as shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a board resolution in writing and delivered to the Holder, promptly after such determination.

 

7


Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

JV/IMA ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, the Company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Other Securities ” means any Common Shares (other than Warrant Shares) and other stock or securities of the Company or any other Person, which the Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Warrant Shares, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Shares or Other Securities.

Person ” or “ Persons ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any federal, state, county or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or similar entity.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TP Re ” means Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the JV/IMA.

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Warrant Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

8.2 Transfers . The Holder shall be entitled to assign its interests in this Warrant in whole or in part to any Person or Persons, subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

8.3 Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to this Warrant and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding with respects to the subject matter of this Warrant.

 

8


8.4 Binding Effect: Benefits . This Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Holder, or their respective permitted successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.5 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of this Warrant.

8.6 Notices .

(a) In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 10 business days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such action.

(b) All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, overnight courier service or personal delivery:

 

  (a) if to the Company:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

 

9


with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

 

  (b) if to the Holder:

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given ( i ) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party described above, ( ii ) if made by facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, ( iii ) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or ( iv ) if sent by registered mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 10.4 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

8.7 Severability . Any term or provision of this Warrant which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the terms and provisions of this Warrant or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant in any other jurisdiction.

8.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

8.9 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York,

 

10


the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Warrant, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT.

8.10 Successors and assigns . This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

8.11 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.12 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be determined as conferring upon the Holder any rights as a shareholder of the Company or as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or shareholders of the Company or otherwise.

8.13 Waivers and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

8.14 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused this Warrant to be executed this 22 nd day of December 2011.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

12


KIA TP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

/s/     James J. Connors, II        

  Name:   James J. Connors, II
  Title:   Director

 

13


Form of Election to Purchase


Form of Election

[To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant]

 

To Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned registered holder of the enclosed Warrant hereby exercises [all][a portion] of the Warrant and purchases [number]* Warrant Shares and herewith [makes payment of $[amount] therefor] in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, and requests that the certificates for such Warrant Shares, as the case maybe, be issued in the name of, and delivered to [name], whose address is [address].

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws and hereby repeats the representations and warranties of the undersigned that are set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant.

 

Dated:      

 

     

 

      (Signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)
     

 

      (Street Address)
     

 

      (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

* In the case of a partial exercise, a new Warrant, representing the unexercised portion of the Warrant, will be issued and delivered to the holder surrendering the Warrant.

EXHIBIT 4.5

EXECUTION VERSION

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NEITHER THIS WARRANT, SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Common Shares

Purchase Warrant

Date of Issuance: December 22, 2011

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that Pine Brook LVR, L.P. (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, is entitled to purchase at an exercise price per share of $10.00 (as adjusted as provided herein, the “ Exercise Price ”) from the Company 1,156,184 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable common shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) less the aggregate number of Common Shares previously issued from time to time as a result of a partial exercise of this Warrant in accordance with Section 1, at any time or from time to time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Time ”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this purchase warrant (this “ Warrant ”).

Section 1. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right, which may be exercised prior to the Expiration Time, to receive from the Company all or a portion of the fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant (subject to adjustments as provided herein) and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.

(b) This Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company of this Warrant with the form of Election to Purchase attached hereto as Exhibit A duly filled in and signed and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for each of the Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available cash to an account to be designated in writing by the Company.

(c) Upon such surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered to, in the name of, the Holder, or,


subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 8.2), to such other Person or Persons as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and the Holder or the Holder’s designee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

(d) This Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders thereof, either in full or from time to time in part.

Section 2. Vesting Period .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), on any given date prior to the Expiration Time, the Holder shall have the vested right to exercise this Warrant into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to (i) the product of (A) 1,156,184 and (B) a number equal to (I) $780,000,000 plus the aggregate gross consideration received by the Company for the issuance of additional Common Shares after the date hereof, including in an initial public offering (other than pursuant to any transactions described in Section 3) divided by (II) $1,000,000,000, less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares previously issued to such Holder upon the exercise of the Warrant in part.

(b) Any portion of the Holder’s rights to exercise this Warrant that remains unvested on the earlier of ( i ) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth anniversary of the date hereof or ( ii ) immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering will expire at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of this Warrant unvested at such time may not be exercised.

(c) In no event shall the aggregate number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase upon the exercise of this Warrant exceed 1,156,184 (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Article 3 hereof).

Section 3. Anti-Dilution .

(a) Changes in Common Shares . If at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Common Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Common Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the Company, then the number of Warrant Shares immediately after the occurrence of such event shall be adjusted so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Common Shares and Other Securities upon exercise that the Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Shares, immediately prior to the record date therefor), and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a number determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction,

 

2


( A ) the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and ( B ) the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately following such adjustment. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor, in the case of a dividend or distribution in Common Shares, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Corporate Distribution . In the event of a Corporate Distribution, the Company will send a written notice to the Holder notifying the Holder of such Corporate Distribution at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Corporate Distribution and the Holder will have the right, at its option and upon written notice to the Company no later than 5 days prior to the date of the Corporate Distribution, to either ( i ) with respect to the vested portion of the Warrant, receive an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount per Common Share of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution (such amount per Common Share, the “ Per Share Distribution Amount ”) and (b) the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Distribution or (ii) with respect to both the vested and unvested portions of this Warrant, have the Exercise Price be reduced to a price determined by subtracting the Per Share Distribution Amount from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution, provided that in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the par value of the Common Shares. The Holder shall have the option to exercise all or any portion of its rights under both clause (i) and clause (ii) of the prior sentence.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant and in lieu of the Warrant Shares and the Other Securities and other consideration, if any, on the date of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction, the maximum amount of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(d) Consideration . For the purposes of any adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Article 3, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Shares before deducting therefrom any reasonable discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or placement in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(ii) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

3


(e) Other Events; Other Anti-dilution Provisions . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Article 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the purchase rights of this Warrant, in each case in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Article 3, then there shall be made such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary to protect such purchase rights of this Warrant, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, or increasing the Exercise Price.

(f) Report as to Adjustments . In each case of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 3 or any other event (including those specified in Section 3(h) below) which gives rise to a change in the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, for which this Warrant may from time to time be exercisable, the Company, at its sole expense, shall promptly ( i ) compute such adjustment or change in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or change and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment is based (including, without limitation, ( a ) the event or events giving rise to such adjustment or change; ( b ) the number of Common Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding prior and subsequent to any such transaction; and ( c ) the method by which any such adjustment or change was calculated (including a description in reasonable detail of the basis on which the Board of Directors made any determination of Fair Market Value required thereby)); and ( ii ) keep copies of all such reports available at its principal place of business for inspection during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Holder, and upon request by the Holder provide copies thereof to the Holder or any such prospective purchaser.

(g) Notices of Corporate Action . If the Company proposes to: ( i ) take any action described in Section 3(a), ( ii ) undertake a Corporate Distribution or ( ii i) consummate any Corporate Transaction; then, at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of any applicable record date or such event, as the case may be, the Company shall mail to the Holder a notice specifying: ( a ) the date or expected date on which any such payment or distribution is to be made or record is to be taken and the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution or right; ( b ) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction is to take effect and any record date therefor; ( c ) the time as of which any holders of record of Common Shares and/or

 

4


any other class of securities shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares and/or other securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction and a description in reasonable detail of such transaction; ( d ) the date of such issuance, as the case may be, together with a description of any securities to be issued and the consideration to be received or offered by the Company or other Person therefor; and ( e ) in each case, the expected effect on the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price of each such transaction or event. The Company shall promptly update any such notice to reflect any change in the foregoing information.

(h) No Dilution or Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or other organizational document or through any sale or other issuance of securities, capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer of assets, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, any similar transaction or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

Section 4. Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a Holder) in connection with the issuance or delivery of this Warrant hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares and such Other Securities and other consideration, if any, upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates representing Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise.

Section 5. Mutilated or Missing Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of this Warrant a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder .

(a) By accepting this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption from the Securities Act.

 

5


(ii) The Holder understands and acknowledges ( i ) that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein are not registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws because the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualification requirements thereof, and ( ii ) that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy of the representations set forth in this Section 6.

(iii) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

(iv) The Holder understands that this Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

(b) The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment, and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

Section 7. Covenants of the Company . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or convertible security issued by the Company, the number of Common Shares and Other Securities from time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or other convertible security of the Company at the time outstanding. All Common Shares and Other Securities, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free from preemptive rights, free from all taxes with respect to the issuance thereof and free from all liens, charges and security interests created or arising by, through or by reason of the Company, with no liability on the part of any of the holders thereof. Before taking any action that would cause a reduction of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article 3 hereof below the then par value (if any) of the Common Shares or Other Securities, the Company shall take any and all corporate action (including, without limitation, a reduction in par value) that shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Holder, be necessary to validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares or Other Securities, as the case may be, at the Exercise Price as so reduced.

 

6


Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Definitions .

Agreement Among Members ” means the agreement among members of the Company entered into on the date hereof among the Company and the members party thereto.

Common Share ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Corporate Distribution ” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates declare, order, cause, pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution on or in respect of Common Shares or Other Securities, including, without limitation, distributions of cash, evidence of its indebtedness, other securities or property or rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing, but excluding any dividends or distributions referred to in Section 3 hereof.

Corporate Transaction ” means the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding Common Shares), the transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s properties or assets to any other Person.

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Fair Market Value ” means ( i ) if shares of any security, including but not limited to Common Shares, are then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), the American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), or the Nasdaq National Market, ( x ) the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices per share of such stock for each of the twenty (20) trading days preceding the second date preceding any date of determination (as reported by Bloomberg using the VWAP function, or if unavailable by another authoritative source, or if no other authoritative source is available, based on the average of the daily closing prices (instead of the daily volume-weighted average prices) for such twenty (20) trading days, as reported by Bloomberg or another authoritative source); the daily closing price shall be the last sale price on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable, on which such shares are then listed, admitted to trading or traded; or ( y ) the tender offer price or the exchange offer price in the event the Company commences a tender offer or exchange offer; or ( ii ) if the asset being valued is not then listed or admitted to trading on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, then the fair market value thereof, as shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a board resolution in writing and delivered to the Holder, promptly after such determination.

 

7


Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

JV/IMA ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, the Company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Other Securities ” means any Common Shares (other than Warrant Shares) and other stock or securities of the Company or any other Person, which the Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Warrant Shares, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Shares or Other Securities.

Person ” or “ Persons ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any federal, state, county or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or similar entity.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TP Re ” means Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the JV/IMA.

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Warrant Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

8.2 Transfers . The Holder shall be entitled to assign its interests in this Warrant in whole or in part to any Person or Persons, subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

8.3 Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to this Warrant and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding with respects to the subject matter of this Warrant.

 

8


8.4 Binding Effect: Benefits . This Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Holder, or their respective permitted successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.5 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of this Warrant.

8.6 Notices .

(a) In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 10 business days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such action.

(b) All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, overnight courier service or personal delivery:

 

  (a) if to the Company:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

 

9


with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

 

  (b) if to the Holder:

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given ( i ) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party described above, ( ii ) if made by facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, ( iii ) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or ( iv ) if sent by registered mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 10.4 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

8.7 Severability . Any term or provision of this Warrant which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the terms and provisions of this Warrant or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant in any other jurisdiction.

8.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

8.9 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York,

 

10


the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Warrant, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT.

8.10 Successors and assigns . This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

8.11 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.12 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be determined as conferring upon the Holder any rights as a shareholder of the Company or as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or shareholders of the Company or otherwise.

8.13 Waivers and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

8.14 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused this Warrant to be executed this 22 nd day of December, 2011.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/     John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

12


PINE BROOK LVR, L.P.
By:  

PBRA (Cayman) Company

its General Partner

By:  

/s/     William Spiegel        

  Name:   William Spiegel
  Title:   Director

 

13


Form of Election to Purchase


Form of Election

[To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant]

 

To Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned registered holder of the enclosed Warrant hereby exercises [all][a portion] of the Warrant and purchases [number]* Warrant Shares and herewith [makes payment of $[amount] therefor] in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, and requests that the certificates for such Warrant Shares, as the case maybe, be issued in the name of, and delivered to [name], whose address is [address].

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws and hereby repeats the representations and warranties of the undersigned that are set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant.

 

Dated:      

 

     

 

      (Signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)
     

 

      (Street Address)
     

 

      (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

* In the case of a partial exercise, a new Warrant, representing the unexercised portion of the Warrant, will be issued and delivered to the holder surrendering the Warrant.

EXHIBIT 4.6

EXECUTION VERSION

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NEITHER THIS WARRANT, SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Common Shares

Purchase Warrant

Date of Issuance: December 22, 2011

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that P RE Opportunities Ltd. (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, is entitled to purchase at an exercise price per share of $10.00 (as adjusted as provided herein, the “ Exercise Price ”) from the Company 462,474 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable common shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) less the aggregate number of Common Shares previously issued from time to time as a result of a partial exercise of this Warrant in accordance with Section 1, at any time or from time to time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Time ”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this purchase warrant (this “ Warrant ”).

Section 1. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right, which may be exercised prior to the Expiration Time, to receive from the Company all or a portion of the fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant (subject to adjustments as provided herein) and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.

(b) This Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company of this Warrant with the form of Election to Purchase attached hereto as Exhibit A duly filled in and signed and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for each of the Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available cash to an account to be designated in writing by the Company.

(c) Upon such surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered to, in the name of, the Holder, or,


subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 8.2), to such other Person or Persons as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and the Holder or the Holder’s designee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

(d) This Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders thereof, either in full or from time to time in part.

Section 2. Vesting Period .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), on any given date prior to the Expiration Time, the Holder shall have the vested right to exercise this Warrant into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to (i) the product of (A) 462,474 and (B) a number equal to (I) $780,000,000 plus the aggregate gross consideration received by the Company for the issuance of additional Common Shares after the date hereof, including in an initial public offering (other than pursuant to any transactions described in Section 3) divided by (II) $1,000,000,000, less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares previously issued to such Holder upon the exercise of the Warrant in part.

(b) Any portion of the Holder’s rights to exercise this Warrant that remains unvested on the earlier of ( i ) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth anniversary of the date hereof or ( ii ) immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering will expire at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of this Warrant unvested at such time may not be exercised.

(c) In no event shall the aggregate number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase upon the exercise of this Warrant exceed 462,474 (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Article 3 hereof).

Section 3. Anti-Dilution .

(a) Changes in Common Shares . If at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Common Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Common Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the Company, then the number of Warrant Shares immediately after the occurrence of such event shall be adjusted so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Common Shares and Other Securities upon exercise that the Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Shares, immediately prior to the record date therefor), and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a number determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction,

 

2


( A ) the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and ( B ) the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately following such adjustment. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor, in the case of a dividend or distribution in Common Shares, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Corporate Distribution . In the event of a Corporate Distribution, the Company will send a written notice to the Holder notifying the Holder of such Corporate Distribution at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Corporate Distribution and the Holder will have the right, at its option and upon written notice to the Company no later than 5 days prior to the date of the Corporate Distribution, to either ( i ) with respect to the vested portion of the Warrant, receive an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount per Common Share of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution (such amount per Common Share, the “ Per Share Distribution Amount ”) and (b) the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Distribution or (ii) with respect to both the vested and unvested portions of this Warrant, have the Exercise Price be reduced to a price determined by subtracting the Per Share Distribution Amount from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution, provided that in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the par value of the Common Shares. The Holder shall have the option to exercise all or any portion of its rights under both clause (i) and clause (ii) of the prior sentence.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant and in lieu of the Warrant Shares and the Other Securities and other consideration, if any, on the date of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction, the maximum amount of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(d) Consideration . For the purposes of any adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Article 3, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Shares before deducting therefrom any reasonable discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or placement in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(ii) In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

3


(e) Other Events; Other Anti-dilution Provisions . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Article 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the purchase rights of this Warrant, in each case in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Article 3, then there shall be made such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary to protect such purchase rights of this Warrant, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, or increasing the Exercise Price.

(f) Report as to Adjustments . In each case of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 3 or any other event (including those specified in Section 3(h) below) which gives rise to a change in the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, for which this Warrant may from time to time be exercisable, the Company, at its sole expense, shall promptly ( i ) compute such adjustment or change in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or change and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment is based (including, without limitation, ( a ) the event or events giving rise to such adjustment or change; ( b ) the number of Common Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding prior and subsequent to any such transaction; and ( c ) the method by which any such adjustment or change was calculated (including a description in reasonable detail of the basis on which the Board of Directors made any determination of Fair Market Value required thereby)); and ( ii ) keep copies of all such reports available at its principal place of business for inspection during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Holder, and upon request by the Holder provide copies thereof to the Holder or any such prospective purchaser.

(g) Notices of Corporate Action . If the Company proposes to: ( i ) take any action described in Section 3(a), ( ii ) undertake a Corporate Distribution or ( ii i) consummate any Corporate Transaction; then, at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of any applicable record date or such event, as the case may be, the Company shall mail to the Holder a notice specifying: ( a ) the date or expected date on which any such payment or distribution is to be made or record is to be taken and the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution or right; ( b ) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction is to take effect and any record date therefor; ( c ) the time as of which any holders of record of Common Shares and/or

 

4


any other class of securities shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares and/or other securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction and a description in reasonable detail of such transaction; ( d ) the date of such issuance, as the case may be, together with a description of any securities to be issued and the consideration to be received or offered by the Company or other Person therefor; and ( e ) in each case, the expected effect on the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price of each such transaction or event. The Company shall promptly update any such notice to reflect any change in the foregoing information.

(h) No Dilution or Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or other organizational document or through any sale or other issuance of securities, capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer of assets, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, any similar transaction or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

Section 4. Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a Holder) in connection with the issuance or delivery of this Warrant hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares and such Other Securities and other consideration, if any, upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates representing Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise.

Section 5. Mutilated or Missing Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of this Warrant a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder .

(a) By accepting this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption from the Securities Act.

 

5


(ii) The Holder understands and acknowledges ( i ) that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein are not registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws because the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualification requirements thereof, and ( ii ) that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy of the representations set forth in this Section 6.

(iii) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

(iv) The Holder understands that this Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

(b) The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment, and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

Section 7. Covenants of the Company . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or convertible security issued by the Company, the number of Common Shares and Other Securities from time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or other convertible security of the Company at the time outstanding. All Common Shares and Other Securities, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free from preemptive rights, free from all taxes with respect to the issuance thereof and free from all liens, charges and security interests created or arising by, through or by reason of the Company, with no liability on the part of any of the holders thereof. Before taking any action that would cause a reduction of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article 3 hereof below the then par value (if any) of the Common Shares or Other Securities, the Company shall take any and all corporate action (including, without limitation, a reduction in par value) that shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Holder, be necessary to validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares or Other Securities, as the case may be, at the Exercise Price as so reduced.

 

6


Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Definitions .

Agreement Among Members ” means the agreement among members of the Company entered into on the date hereof among the Company and the members party thereto.

Common Share ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Corporate Distribution ” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates declare, order, cause, pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution on or in respect of Common Shares or Other Securities, including, without limitation, distributions of cash, evidence of its indebtedness, other securities or property or rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing, but excluding any dividends or distributions referred to in Section 3 hereof.

Corporate Transaction ” means the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding Common Shares), the transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s properties or assets to any other Person.

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Fair Market Value ” means ( i ) if shares of any security, including but not limited to Common Shares, are then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), the American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), or the Nasdaq National Market, ( x ) the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices per share of such stock for each of the twenty (20) trading days preceding the second date preceding any date of determination (as reported by Bloomberg using the VWAP function, or if unavailable by another authoritative source, or if no other authoritative source is available, based on the average of the daily closing prices (instead of the daily volume-weighted average prices) for such twenty (20) trading days, as reported by Bloomberg or another authoritative source); the daily closing price shall be the last sale price on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable, on which such shares are then listed, admitted to trading or traded; or ( y ) the tender offer price or the exchange offer price in the event the Company commences a tender offer or exchange offer; or ( ii ) if the asset being valued is not then listed or admitted to trading on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, then the fair market value thereof, as shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a board resolution in writing and delivered to the Holder, promptly after such determination.

 

7


Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

JV/IMA ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, the Company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Other Securities ” means any Common Shares (other than Warrant Shares) and other stock or securities of the Company or any other Person, which the Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Warrant Shares, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Shares or Other Securities.

Person ” or “ Persons ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any federal, state, county or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or similar entity.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TP Re ” means Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the JV/IMA.

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Warrant Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

8.2 Transfers . The Holder shall be entitled to assign its interests in this Warrant in whole or in part to any Person or Persons, subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

8.3 Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to this Warrant and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding with respects to the subject matter of this Warrant.

 

8


8.4 Binding Effect: Benefits . This Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Holder, or their respective permitted successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.5 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of this Warrant.

8.6 Notices .

(a) In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 10 business days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such action.

(b) All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, overnight courier service or personal delivery:

 

  (a) if to the Company:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

 

9


with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

 

  (b) if to the Holder:

P RE Opportunities Ltd.

c/o HWR Services Ltd.

P.O. Box 71

Road Town, Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Phone: (212) 418-6659

Fax: (212) 418-6611

Email: jtchou@permal.com

with a copy to:

Gail M. Dysarczyk

Director of Client Administration

Permal Group Inc.

900 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

USA

Phone: (212) 407-2804

Fax: (212) 407-2837

Email: gdysarczyk@permal.com

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given ( i ) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party described above, ( ii ) if made by facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, ( iii ) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or ( iv ) if sent by registered mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 10.4 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

10


8.7 Severability . Any term or provision of this Warrant which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the terms and provisions of this Warrant or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant in any other jurisdiction.

8.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

8.9 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Warrant, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT.

8.10 Successors and assigns . This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

8.11 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

8.12 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be determined as conferring upon the Holder any rights as a shareholder of the Company or as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or shareholders of the Company or otherwise.

8.13 Waivers and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing

 

11


signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

8.14 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused this Warrant to be executed this 22 nd day of December 2011.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

13


P RE OPPORTUNITIES LTD.
By:  

/s/    Deborah Watson        

  Name:   Deborah Watson
  Title:   Director

 

14


Form of Election to Purchase


Form of Election

[To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant]

 

To Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House 1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned registered holder of the enclosed Warrant hereby exercises [all][a portion] of the Warrant and purchases [number]* Warrant Shares and herewith [makes payment of $[amount] therefor] in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, and requests that the certificates for such Warrant Shares, as the case maybe, be issued in the name of, and delivered to [name], whose address is [address].

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws and hereby repeats the representations and warranties of the undersigned that are set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant.

 

Dated:      

 

     

 

      (Signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)
     

 

      (Street Address)
     

 

      (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

* In the case of a partial exercise, a new Warrant, representing the unexercised portion of the Warrant, will be issued and delivered to the holder surrendering the Warrant.

EXHIBIT 4.7

EXECUTION VERSION

THE WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE WARRANTS DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE WARRANTS INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Warrant Subscription Agreement

THIS WARRANT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the undersigned (the “ Subscribers ” and each, a “ Subscriber ”). Each Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Warrants (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Agreement Among Members dated the date hereof among the Company and the other members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscribers and the other members in the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated December 22, 2011 among the Company, the Subscribers and the other subscribers party thereto (the “ Subscription Agreement ”), each Subscriber shall purchase, at the Closing, a number of Class A Common Shares of the Company;

WHEREAS, in connection with, and in consideration for the Subscriber’s entry into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Company desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, issue and grant to each Subscriber the number of purchase warrants listed opposite such Subscriber’s name on Annex I attached hereto under the heading “ Warrants ”, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Warrants ”);

 

1


WHEREAS, unless the context requires otherwise, the term “ Warrants ” refers both to the Warrants subscribed for by each Subscriber individually, as well as the total number of Warrants subscribed for by all Subscribers in the aggregate under this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and grant to each Subscriber and each Subscriber desires to receive the Warrants upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) the Company shall grant and issue to each such Subscriber that has paid to the Company its Initial Capital Contribution (as such term is defined in the Subscription Agreement), the number of Warrants set forth opposite such Subscriber’s name on Annex I .

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

2.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of securities (including the Warrants) by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

2.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

2.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of

 

2


the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

2.4 Offer of Warrants . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or grant of the Warrants to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscribers . Each Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

3.1 Authorization of Subscription, etc . Such Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of such Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and such Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform such Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for hereunder. The subscription by such Subscriber of Warrants and such Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on such Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement are such Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against such Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of such Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to such Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which such Subscriber is a party or by which such Subscriber or any of such Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to such Subscriber or to such Subscriber’s business or properties.

 

3


3.3 Acquisition for Investment . Such Subscriber is not acquiring the Warrants with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Warrants. Such Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Warrants (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Warrants) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. Such Subscriber understands that such Subscriber must bear the economic risk of such Subscriber’s investment in the Warrants for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Warrants cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Warrants are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Warrants.

4. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscribers and the Company.

5. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity .

5.1 All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by a Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or a Subscriber, and the issue and grant of Warrants.

5.2 Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, each Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by such Subscriber in this Agreement.

5.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Subscribers (other than Aon Corporation), their respective, stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners and employees, and agents of the Subscriber (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against, and shall reimburse each Indemnified Person for, any and all Losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or

 

4


asserted against such Indemnified Person arising out of a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company made in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents; provided that such Indemnified Person will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent it is determined by a final and binding judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Losses arise out of such indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents. For purposes of this paragraph 5.3, “ Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by law, and whether or not resulting from third-party claims, including interest and penalties and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

6. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or any Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

7. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

8. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

10. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

5


12. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the addresses set forth in the notices section of the Subscription Agreement among the Company and the applicable Subscriber (or such other address as a party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other parties).

13. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

14. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

7


KEP TP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: KEP VI (Cayman) GP Ltd., its general partner
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Director

 

8


KIA TP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: Kelso GP VIII (Cayman), L.P., its general partner
By: Kelso GP VIII (Cayman) Ltd., its general partner
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Director

 

9


PINE BROOK LVR, L.P.
By:  

PBRA (Cayman) Company

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ William Spiegel

Name:   William Spiegel
Title:   Director

 

10


P RE OPPORTUNITIES LTD.
By:  

/s/ Deborah Watson

Name:   Deborah Watson
Title:   Director

 

11


DOWLING CAPITAL PARTNERS I, LP
By: Dowling Capital I, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David Zwiener

Name:   David Zwiener
Title:   Senior Partner

 

12


AON CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ram Padmanabhan

Name:   Ram Padmanabhan
Title:   Vice President and Chief Counsel - Corporate

 

13


Exhibit A

Form of Warrant


Exhibit A

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NEITHER THIS WARRANT, SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Common Shares

Purchase Warrant

Date of Issuance: [ ], 2011

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that [ insert name of applicable Lead Investor, Dowling or Aon ] (the “ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, is entitled to purchase at an exercise price per share of $10.00 (as adjusted as provided herein, the “ Exercise Price ”) from the Company [             ] duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable common shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) less the aggregate number of Common Shares previously issued from time to time as a result of a partial exercise of this Warrant in accordance with Section 1, at any time or from time to time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Time ”), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this purchase warrant (this “ Warrant ”).

15. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right, which may be exercised prior to the Expiration Time, to receive from the Company all or a portion of the fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant (subject to adjustments as provided herein) and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.

(b) This Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company of this Warrant with the form of Election to Purchase attached hereto as Exhibit A duly filled in and signed and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for each of the Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available cash to an account to be designated in writing by the Company.


(c) Upon such surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered to, in the name of, the Holder, or, subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 8.2), to such other Person or Persons as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and the Holder or the Holder’s designee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

(d) This Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders thereof, either in full or from time to time in part.

16. Vesting Period .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), on any given date prior to the Expiration Time, the Holder shall have the vested right to exercise this Warrant into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to (i) the product of (A) [            ] and (B) a number equal to (I) $[ aggregate amount received at the initial closing ] plus the aggregate gross consideration received by the Company for the issuance of additional Common Shares after the date hereof, including in an initial public offering (other than pursuant to any transactions described in Section 3) divided by (II) $1,000,000,000, less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares previously issued to such Holder upon the exercise of the Warrant in part.

(b) Any portion of the Holder’s rights to exercise this Warrant that remains unvested on the earlier of ( i ) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth anniversary of the date hereof or ( ii ) immediately following the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering will expire at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of this Warrant unvested at such time may not be exercised.

(c) In no event shall the aggregate number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase upon the exercise of this Warrant exceed [             ] (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Article 3 hereof).

17. Anti-Dilution .

(a) Changes in Common Shares . If at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Common Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Common Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the Company, then the number of Warrant Shares immediately after the occurrence of such event shall be adjusted so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Common Shares and Other Securities upon exercise that the Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the

 

2


occurrence of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Shares, immediately prior to the record date therefor), and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a number determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction, ( A ) the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and ( B ) the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately following such adjustment. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor, in the case of a dividend or distribution in Common Shares, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Corporate Distribution . In the event of a Corporate Distribution, the Company will send a written notice to the Holder notifying the Holder of such Corporate Distribution at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Corporate Distribution and the Holder will have the right, at its option and upon written notice to the Company no later than 5 days prior to the date of the Corporate Distribution, to either ( i ) with respect to the vested portion of the Warrant, receive an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount per Common Share of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution (such amount per Common Share, the “ Per Share Distribution Amount ”) and (b) the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the vested portion of this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Distribution or (ii) with respect to both the vested and unvested portions of this Warrant, have the Exercise Price be reduced to a price determined by subtracting the Per Share Distribution Amount from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Distribution, provided that in no event shall the Exercise Price be less than the par value of the Common Shares. The Holder shall have the option to exercise all or any portion of its rights under both clause (i) and clause (ii) of the prior sentence.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant and in lieu of the Warrant Shares and the Other Securities and other consideration, if any, on the date of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction, the maximum amount of any cash, securities or other property or consideration that the Holder would have been entitled to receive on an equal and pro rata basis with any holders of Common Shares, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(d) Consideration . For the purposes of any adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Article 3, the following provisions shall be applicable:

In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Company shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Shares before deducting therefrom any reasonable discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or placement in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

 

3


In the case of the issuance or sale of Common Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

(e) Other Events; Other Anti-dilution Provisions . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Article 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the purchase rights of this Warrant, in each case in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Article 3, then there shall be made such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary to protect such purchase rights of this Warrant, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, or increasing the Exercise Price.

(f) Report as to Adjustments . In each case of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 3 or any other event (including those specified in Section 3(h) below) which gives rise to a change in the number of Warrant Shares or Other Securities and other consideration, if any, for which this Warrant may from time to time be exercisable, the Company, at its sole expense, shall promptly ( i ) compute such adjustment or change in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or change and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment is based (including, without limitation, ( a ) the event or events giving rise to such adjustment or change; ( b ) the number of Common Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding prior and subsequent to any such transaction; and ( c ) the method by which any such adjustment or change was calculated (including a description in reasonable detail of the basis on which the Board of Directors made any determination of Fair Market Value required thereby)); and ( ii ) keep copies of all such reports available at its principal place of business for inspection during normal business hours by the Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Holder, and upon request by the Holder provide copies thereof to the Holder or any such prospective purchaser.

(g) Notices of Corporate Action . If the Company proposes to: ( i ) take any action described in Section 3(a), ( ii ) undertake a Corporate Distribution or ( ii i) consummate any Corporate Transaction; then, at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of any applicable record date or such event, as the case may be, the Company shall mail to the Holder a notice specifying: ( a ) the date or expected date on which any such payment or distribution is to be made or record is to be taken and the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution or right; ( b ) the date or expected date on which any such

 

4


reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction is to take effect and any record date therefor; ( c ) the time as of which any holders of record of Common Shares and/or any other class of securities shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares and/or other securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or similar transaction and a description in reasonable detail of such transaction; ( d ) the date of such issuance, as the case may be, together with a description of any securities to be issued and the consideration to be received or offered by the Company or other Person therefor; and ( e ) in each case, the expected effect on the number of Warrant Shares and the Exercise Price of each such transaction or event. The Company shall promptly update any such notice to reflect any change in the foregoing information.

(h) No Dilution or Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles of incorporation or other organizational document or through any sale or other issuance of securities, capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer of assets, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, any similar transaction or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

18. Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a Holder) in connection with the issuance or delivery of this Warrant hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares and such Other Securities and other consideration, if any, upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates representing Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise.

19. Mutilated or Missing Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of this Warrant a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

20. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder .

(a) By accepting this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption from the Securities Act.

 

5


The Holder understands and acknowledges ( i ) that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein are not registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws because the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualification requirements thereof, and ( ii ) that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy of the representations set forth in this 20.

The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

The Holder understands that this Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

(b) The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(c) Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment, and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

21. Covenants of the Company . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or convertible security issued by the Company, the number of Common Shares and Other Securities from time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and any other warrant or other convertible security of the Company at the time outstanding. All Common Shares and Other Securities, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free from preemptive rights, free from all taxes with respect to the issuance thereof and free from all liens, charges and security interests created or arising by, through or by reason of the Company, with no liability on the part of any of the holders thereof. Before taking any action that would cause a reduction of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article 3 hereof below the then par value (if any) of the Common Shares or Other Securities, the Company shall take any and all corporate action (including, without limitation, a reduction in par value) that shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Holder, be necessary to validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares or Other Securities, as the case may be, at the Exercise Price as so reduced.

 

6


22. Miscellaneous .

22.1 Definitions .

Agreement Among Members ” means the agreement among members of the Company entered into on the date hereof among the Company and the members party thereto.

Common Share ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Corporate Distribution ” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates declare, order, cause, pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution on or in respect of Common Shares or Other Securities, including, without limitation, distributions of cash, evidence of its indebtedness, other securities or property or rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing, but excluding any dividends or distributions referred to in 17 hereof.

Corporate Transaction ” means the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding Common Shares), the transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s properties or assets to any other Person.

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Fair Market Value ” means ( i ) if shares of any security, including but not limited to Common Shares, are then listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), the American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), or the Nasdaq National Market, ( x ) the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices per share of such stock for each of the twenty (20) trading days preceding the second date preceding any date of determination (as reported by Bloomberg using the VWAP function, or if unavailable by another authoritative source, or if no other authoritative source is available, based on the average of the daily closing prices (instead of the daily volume-weighted average prices) for such twenty (20) trading days, as reported by Bloomberg or another authoritative source); the daily closing price shall be the last sale price on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, in each case as officially reported on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable, on which such shares are then listed, admitted to trading or traded; or ( y ) the tender offer price or the exchange offer price in the event the Company commences a tender offer or exchange offer; or ( ii ) if the asset being valued is not then listed or admitted to trading on NYSE, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market, then the fair market value thereof, as shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a board resolution in writing and delivered to the Holder, promptly after such determination.

 

7


Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

JV/IMA ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, the Company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Other Securities ” means any Common Shares (other than Warrant Shares) and other stock or securities of the Company or any other Person, which the Holder at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Warrant Shares, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Shares or Other Securities.

Person ” or “ Persons ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any federal, state, county or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or similar entity.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TP Re ” means Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the JV/IMA.

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

Warrant Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

22.2 Transfers . The Holder shall be entitled to assign its interests in this Warrant in whole or in part to any Person or Persons, subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

22.3 Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Holder with respect to this Warrant and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding with respects to the subject matter of this Warrant.

 

8


22.4 Binding Effect: Benefits . This Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Holder, or their respective permitted successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Warrant.

22.5 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of this Warrant.

22.6 Notices .

(i) In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 10 business days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such action.

(ii) All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, overnight courier service or personal delivery:

(a) if to the Company:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

 

9


Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

(b) if to the Holder:

[insert address of holder]

with a copy to:

[to come]

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given ( i ) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party described above, ( ii ) if made by facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, ( iii ) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or ( iv ) if sent by registered mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 10.4 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

22.7 Severability . Any term or provision of this Warrant which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the terms and provisions of this Warrant or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant in any other jurisdiction.

22.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

22.9 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally ( i ) submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, ( ii ) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court over the parties and over the subject matter of any proceeding relating to or arising out of this Warrant, ( iii ) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, any objection or claim that it may have to the laying of venue in any such proceeding in any such court, ( iv ) agrees that service of any court paper may be made in such manner as may be provided under applicable laws or court rules governing service of process and ( v ) WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT.

22.10 Successors and assigns . This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

 

10


22.11 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

22.12 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be determined as conferring upon the Holder any rights as a shareholder of the Company or as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or shareholders of the Company or otherwise.

22.13 Waivers and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

22.14 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused this Warrant to be executed this     day of             2011.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

12


[HOLDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

13


Form of Election to Purchase


Exhibit A

Form of Election

[To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant]

 

To Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned registered holder of the enclosed Warrant hereby exercises [all][a portion] of the Warrant and purchases [number] 1 Warrant Shares and herewith [makes payment of $[amount] therefor] in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, and requests that the certificates for such Warrant Shares, as the case maybe, be issued in the name of, and delivered to [name], whose address is [address].

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws and hereby repeats the representations and warranties of the undersigned that are set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant.

 

Dated:      

 

     

 

      (Signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate)
     

 

      (Street Address)
     

 

      (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

1   In the case of a partial exercise, a new Warrant, representing the unexercised portion of the Warrant, will be issued and delivered to the holder surrendering the Warrant.


Annex I

Annex I

 

Subscriber

  

Warrants

KEP TP Holdings, L.P.    One (1) warrant exercisable into 354,501 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
KIA TP Holdings, L.P.    One (1) warrant exercisable into 1,957,867 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
Pine Brook LVR, L.P.    One (1) warrant exercisable into 1,156,184 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
P RE Opportunities Ltd.    One (1) warrant exercisable into 462,474 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
Dowling Capital Partners I, LP    One (1) warrant exercisable into 138,742 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
Aon Corporation    One (1) warrant exercisable into 581,395 Warrant Shares subject to the conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Warrant

EXHIBIT 4.8

EXECUTION VERSION

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

AGREEMENT AMONG MEMBERS

THIS AGREEMENT AMONG MEMBERS (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 22, 2011, is by and among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the undersigned and any other Person that may hereafter become a party hereto in the capacity of a member of the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement (all such parties other than the Company, collectively, the “ Members ” and each, a “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the other parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Members in the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement, the Company has authorized shares in its capital consisting of 150,000,000 common shares, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, each Member has agreed to subscribe to Common Shares.

WHEREAS, the parties wish to specify in this Agreement the terms of their agreement as to certain matters relating to the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises herein contained and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .

(a) From the date hereof and until the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, and subject to Section 1(a), Section 2 and Annex A, none of KEP TP Holdings, L.P. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (collectively, “ Kelso ”), Daniel S. Loeb, Pine Brook LVR, L.P. (“ Pine Brook ” and together with Daniel S. Loeb and Kelso, the “ Founders ”), Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P. (“ Dowling ” and together with the Founders, the “ Restricted Members ” and each a “ Restricted Member ”) shall Transfer its Shares to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee. If a Restricted Member desires to Transfer any Shares to a Permitted Transferee, then such Restricted Member must provide seven (7) days’ prior written notice to the other Restricted Members, indicating its intention to Transfer its Shares to a Permitted Transferee.


(b) Each non-Restricted Member will have the right, subject to the provisions of Section 1(c) below and subject to the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or otherwise in a manner that does not violate the United States federal securities laws, to freely Transfer its Shares following the date hereof.

(c) As conditions to the effectiveness of any Transfer pursuant to Section 1(a) or 1(b), the transferring Member must cause its transferee ( i ) to execute, simultaneously with or prior to the Transfer, a joinder to this Agreement as a “Restricted Member” and will be bound by the provisions of this Section 1 and the Registration Rights Agreement, and any other certificates, agreements, instruments, and documents as may be required to effect such Transfer, ( ii ) to obtain all permits, licenses, and third party consents as may be required to effect such Transfer, ( iii ) to certify that it is not subject to receivership, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, or any similar proceedings, and ( iv ) to effect such Transfer in compliance with Law.

(d) Each Restricted Member is, and will remain, obligated for, and will be deemed to have guaranteed, the performance by any Permitted Transferee of any and all of the obligations of such Permitted Transferee under this Agreement.

(e) Any purported Transfer of Shares that does not strictly comply with the provisions of this Section 1 will be void ab initio .

(f) If, after any Transfer to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 1(a), the applicable Permitted Transferee ceases to be a Permitted Transferee, then the Restricted Member that made the Transfer (the “ Transferring Party ”) shall, and such Transferring Party shall procure that such Permitted Transferee shall, immediately Transfer such Shares to the Transferring Party or to another Permitted Transferee of the Transferring Party in accordance with the terms of Section 1(a) and the Transferring Party shall immediately give notice to the other Restricted Members that such Transfer has occurred.

2. Exit Transaction .

(a) If the Initial Public Offering has not occurred by the fifth anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Trigger Date ”), each Founder and P RE Opportunities Ltd. (“ PROL ” and together with the Founders, the “ Principal Investors ”) shall have the right to request the Company to consummate an Exit Transaction, and the Company will cause the consummation of an Exit Transaction (unless otherwise agreed by the initiating Principal Investor and any additional requesting Principal Investor), in each case in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions set forth in Annex A.

(b) In the event of a withdrawal pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(vii) of the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, each of Kelso or Pine Brook may request the Company to consummate an Exit Transaction, and the Company will cause the consummation of an Exit Transaction (unless otherwise agreed by the initiating Founder and any additional requesting Founders), in each case in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions set forth in Annex A.

 

2


(c) Each Member hereby grants to the Initiating Principal Investor (or, in the case of an Exit Transaction initiated at the request of the majority of the Disinterested Board Members, the general counsel of the Company) (i) an irrevocable power of attorney to execute and deliver on behalf of such Member any and all certificates, instruments or other documents and take any and all actions (including, without limitation, selling such Members’ Shares in an Exit Transaction that is a Company Sale) and (ii) to the extent a Members’ vote in connection with such Exit Transaction is required by Applicable Law, an irrevocable proxy to vote such Member’s Shares in favor of such Exit Transaction, in each case, as may be necessary to consummate an Exit Transaction in accordance with this Section 2 and Annex A and the Initiating Principal Investor shall (or in the case of a power of attorney and/or proxy granted to the general counsel of the Company, the Company shall cause such general counsel to) execute and deliver any such certificates, instruments or other documents and take any and all actions on behalf of such Member including, if applicable, the voting of such Member’s Shares in favor of such Exit Transaction.

3. Preemptive Rights .

(a) Subject to Section 3(e), each Member shall have a non-transferable right (subject to Section 21 hereof) of first refusal (the “ Preemptive Right ”) to purchase any New Securities that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may from time to time, propose to issue and sell but only to the extent, in the case of a Subsidiary, such issuance and sale would result in the Company directly or indirectly holding less than 100% of the equity securities of such Subsidiary. Such Preemptive Right shall allow each Member to purchase its Pro Rata Portion (which shall be determined immediately prior to the delivery of the New Issue Notice of the New Securities) proposed to be issued and sold by the Company or any such Subsidiary (an “ Issuer ”).

(b) In the event that an Issuer proposes to undertake an issuance or sale of New Securities, the Issuer shall give each Member written notice of its intention (the “ New Issue Notice ”), describing the type and number of New Securities the Issuer intends to issue, the purchase price therefor (which shall be payable solely in cash by such Member), and the terms and conditions upon which the Issuer proposes to issue the same. Each Member shall have 15 days following the date the New Issue Notice is received by such Member to determine whether to purchase all or any portion of such Member’s Pro Rata Portion of such New Securities for the purchase price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the New Issue Notice by giving written notice (the “ New Issue Response ”) to the Issuer stating therein the number of New Securities to be purchased.

 

3


(c) If the Members have not agreed to purchase all or any portion of the New Securities to be issued in accordance with the terms of any New Issue Notice, then the Issuer shall have the right to issue and sell all such New Securities not agreed to be purchased by the Members pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof (the “ Remaining New Securities ”) at a price no less than that contained in the New Issue Notice and upon non-price terms and conditions that are no less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Issuer than those contained in the New Issue Notice; provided that ( i ) the Issuer has fully complied with the provisions of this Section 3 and ( ii ) such issuance and sale of Remaining New Securities is fully consummated by the Issuer within 210 days after the sending of the New Issue Notice to the Members pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof. In the event that the issuance and sale of the Remaining New Securities is not fully consummated by the Issuer prior to the end of such 210-day period, the provisions of this Section 3 must again be complied with by the Issuer before the Issuer may issue or sell any additional New Securities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary but subject to Section 7.1(d) of the Bye-Laws, the purchase price for any New Securities shall be determined by the Board or the board of directors of the issuing Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any purchases of New Securities by the Members pursuant to this Section 3 shall be at the same price and upon non-price terms and conditions that are no less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Members that those of any concurrent issuance of similar New Securities by the Issuer to any other Person, if any, pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof.

(e) In the event the Issuer is offering New Securities in an underwritten offering, then the rights set forth in Sections 3(a) to 3(d) shall not apply and the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide each Member with the right to purchase its Pro-Rata Portion of such New Securities, in accordance with procedures to be reasonably determined by the Issuer after consultation with the underwriters for any such offering.

4. Loeb Repurchase Right . Prior to a Qualified Initial Public Offering and subject to the Bermuda Act, the Company shall, upon the written request of Daniel S. Loeb, or his heirs, as applicable, repurchase from Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, a number of Shares equal to the Maximum Repurchase Amount upon (i) a Loeb Trigger Event or (ii) the Disability or death of Daniel S. Loeb, in either case at a price equal to the Book Value of such Shares, provided that if following any repurchase by the Company pursuant to this Section 4, Daniel S. Loeb or his estate still hold Shares, then the Company shall, no later than 6 months following any such repurchase, offer to repurchase from Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, a number of Shares equal to the Maximum Repurchase Amount and shall continue to make such offers at intervals of no greater than 6 months until such time as Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, no longer hold any Shares; provided further that at the option of a majority of Disinterested Board Members, the Company may, in lieu of making any such repurchase, engage in an

 

4


Exit Transaction in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions set forth in Annex A. For the avoidance of doubt, Daniel S. Loeb or his heirs would receive the same consideration per Share in an Exit Transaction consummated pursuant to this Section 4 as would all other Members participating therein regardless of whether such consideration would equal the Book Value of his or their Shares.

5. Special Actions .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Bye-Laws, the Company shall not and shall cause TP Re not to, without the prior and express written consent of each of the Founders:

A. change the strategic direction of the Company or TP Re or commence any new business other than the business of the Company on the date hereof;

B. commence a bankruptcy or similar scheme of arrangement with respect to the Company or TP Re;

C. enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, and/or similar transaction, including any Transfer, lease, and/or other transaction involving all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than in connection with an Exit Transaction consummated pursuant to the Bye-Laws or this Agreement);

D. issue any additional Shares or other equity interests in the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for equity interests in the Company) without consideration or for a consideration per share which implies a valuation of the Company that is less than the then-current Book Value of the Company (other than Shares or equity interests in the Company issued pursuant to any employee equity incentive or similar plan approved by the Board, which Shares shall not exceed 10% of all of the Shares of the Company);

E. enter into any transaction with any (i) Affiliate of the Company, (ii) Member and/or director, officer, employee, and/or Affiliate of any member, and/or (iii) director, officer, employee, and/or Affiliate of any of the foregoing;

F. incur indebtedness for borrowed money (including, without limitation, through capital leases, issuance of debt securities or the guarantee of indebtedness of another Person) other than the use of trade credit extended in the ordinary course of business;

 

5


G. acquire or enter into any agreement to acquire (x) any asset with a value of $1 million or more, (y) in any fiscal year, assets with an aggregate value of $5 million or more, or (z) any equity interest of any other Person except in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) otherwise make or enter into an agreement to make any capital contribution to any Person other than a subsidiary of the Company;

H. other than in the ordinary course of business, Transfer, lease, and/or enter into any agreement to Transfer or lease (i) any asset with a value of $1 or more, and/or (ii) in any fiscal year, assets with an aggregate value of $5 or more;

I. make any capital expenditure or commit to make capital expenditures in excess of $1 million; or

J. enter into any agreement or commitment or otherwise becoming bound or obligated to do or perform any of the foregoing actions.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Bye-Laws or this Agreement, the Company shall not and shall cause TP Re not to, without the prior and express written consent of Kelso and Pine Brook:

A. appoint an Investment Manager following the expiration or termination of the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement in accordance with its terms;

B. engage in any action that would cause or would be reasonably expected to cause a material deviation from the original targeted returns or profitability expectations of the Company with respect to its insurance business;

C. voluntarily wind up, liquidate or dissolve the Company outside of bankruptcy (other than in connection with an Exit Transaction consummated pursuant to the Bye-Laws or this Agreement); or

D. enter into any agreement or commitment or otherwise become bound or obligated to do or perform any of the foregoing.

 

6


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Bye-Laws and this Agreement, the Company shall not withdraw any of its Interests pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(vi) of the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement without the prior written consent of a majority of the Disinterested Board Members.

6. Tender Offer .

(a) If an Initial Public Offering has not occurred by the Trigger Date and none of the Founders exercises its rights to request the consummation of an Exit Transaction in accordance with Section 2 and Annex A, then, each calendar year until the earlier of the consummation of an Initial Public Offering or the consummation of an Exit Transaction, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the Trigger Date Exercise Period, deliver to each Member a notice (the “ Tender Notice ”) which will include ( i ) an irrevocable offer by the Company to repurchase for cash, at Book Value, a number of Shares held by such Member (the “ Reference Shares ”) equal to the product of ( a ) the Tender Percentage and ( b ) the total number of Shares held by such Member and ( ii ) a proposed closing date for such proposed repurchase, provided that the Company will not be required to deliver the Tender Notice if the repurchase is in violation of the Bermuda Act or the Board determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the repurchase of Shares contemplated by the Tender Notice will have a negative impact on TP Re’s A.M. Best & Company financial strength rating.

(b) Each Member may elect to participate in the proposed tender offer identified in the Tender Notice (the “ Tender Offer ”) by giving written notice (the “ Acceptance Notice ”) to the Company within 20 days following the delivery of the Transfer Notice to such Member (such participating Member, a “ Participating Member ”), which notice shall state that such Member elects to exercise its rights to sell Shares under this Section 5 and shall state the maximum number of Shares sought to be sold by such Participating Member (which number may not exceed the number of Reference Shares). Each Member shall be deemed to have waived its right to sell in the Tender Offer if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period, but such failure shall not affect his or her right to participate in any other tender offer in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

(c) If any Member elects not to sell any of its Shares in the Tender Offer or does not deliver an Acceptance Notice within the time period specified in Section 6(b), then the Company shall offer to repurchase a number of Shares equal to such Member’s Reference Shares from the Participating Members in proportion to each such Participating Members’ Pro Rata Portion, in continuous reofferings until the earlier of ( i ) the repurchase by the Company of a number of Shares equal to the product of ( a ) the Tender Percentage and ( b ) the total number of Shares held by Members at the time of the issuance of the Tender Notice or ( ii ) such time when no Participating Member elects to participate in any such reoffer.

 

7


(d) Each Participating Member shall deliver to the Company at the closing of the Tender Offer certificates representing the Shares transferred by such Participating Member, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by stock powers duly executed, in either case executed in blank or in favor of the applicable purchaser against payment of the aggregate purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account to be designated in writing by such Participating Member. Each Participating Member shall receive consideration in the same form and per share amount after deduction of such Participating Member’s proportionate share of the related expenses. The fees and expenses incurred in connection with a sale under this Section 6 and for the benefit of all Participating Members (it being understood that costs incurred by or on behalf of a Participating Member for his, her or its sole benefit will not be considered to be for the benefit of all Participating Member), to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company, shall be shared by all the Participating Members on a pro rata basis, based on the consideration received by each Participating Member in respect of its Shares to be sold; provided that no Participating Member shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure prior to the consummation of the transaction consummated pursuant to this Section 6 (excluding de minimis expenditures). The proposed closing date of the Tender Offer may be extended beyond the date described in the Tender Notice to the extent necessary to obtain required approvals of governmental entities and other required approvals and the Company and the Participating Members shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals.

7. Information Rights . Each Member shall be entitled to receive the following information and cooperation from the Company:

(a) As soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, a report setting forth in reasonable detail the performance, attribution and exposure of the Managed Account (as defined in the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement).

(b) As soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, ( i ) a stand-alone balance sheet of the Company and a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and TP Re, in each case as of the end of each such fiscal quarter, and the related stand-alone statements of income, members’ equity and cash flows of the Company, and ( ii ) the related consolidated statements of income, members’ equity and cash flows for the Company and TP Re, in each case for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date, and in each case with comparative statements for the prior fiscal year period, unaudited but prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied (other than normal year end audit adjustments and with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP).

(c) As soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, ( i ) a stand-alone audited balance sheet for the Company and

 

8


audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and TP Re, in each case as of the end of such fiscal year, and ( ii ) the related stand-alone statements of income, members’ equity and cash flows of the Company, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, members’ equity and cash flows for the Company and TP Re, in each case for the fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified by a firm of independent public accountants.

(d) As soon as practicable, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, each income tax return of the Company and each income tax return of each Subsidiary of the Company, if any.

(e) Within 120 days if commercially reasonable for the Company to compile, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, all tax information (including information prepared in accordance with United States federal income tax principles) regarding the Company, TP Re and its direct and indirect owners as is necessary for a Member to ( i ) prepare accurately all tax returns (including, but not limited to, United States federal income tax returns) required to be filed by such Member (or any of its direct or indirect owners) with respect to its investment in the Company and ( ii ) comply with any tax reporting requirements (including, but not limited to, any tax reporting requirements imposed by United States federal income tax laws) imposed on such Member (or any of its direct or indirect owners) as a result of such Member’s ownership of an equity interest in the Company or the service by such Member (or any of its direct or indirect owners) as a director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

(f) With reasonable promptness, such other information and financial data concerning the Company and TP Re as any Founder may reasonably request in writing (i) to satisfy legal, tax or regulatory requirements applicable to such Founder, or (ii) to perform (or cause to be performed by a third party valuation firm reasonably acceptable to the Company) an annual valuation and a quarterly “bring-down” valuation of the Company.

8. Confidentiality . Each Member, any successor, transferee or assignee of such Member, such Member’s Representative, if any, and any agent of any such Person, who receives from the Company or its agents, directly or indirectly, including from another Member, in connection with the preparation and execution of any of the Transaction Documents or thereafter in such Member’s capacity as a Member (or as such Member’s Representative), any documents or information that the Company has not made generally available to the public acknowledges and agrees that it will ( A ) keep and maintain the confidentiality of such documents and information and that such documents and information will be used solely in connection with evaluating and servicing such Member’s investment in the Company and ( B ) not make available or disseminate such documents and information to any Person other than ( i ) to such Member’s accountant, attorney, investment advisor, consultant and other similar professionals and that such

 

9


availability or dissemination shall be solely for purposes of evaluating and servicing such Member’s investment in the Company, and such Persons will expressly agree to keep such documents and information confidential for the benefit of the Company and will use such documents and information solely in connection with evaluating and servicing such Member’s investment in the Company, ( ii ) as part of such Member’s normal regulatory reporting or internal reporting, rating or review procedure (including its normal credit rating and pricing process), or, with respect to information relating only to such Member’s Share holdings in the Company and investment returns, in connection with such Member’s or such Member’s Affiliates’ normal fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities, ( iii ) to any bona fide prospective purchaser of the equity or assets of such Member or such Member’s Affiliates or the Shares held by such Member, or prospective merger partner of such Member or such Member’s Affiliates (provided that such purchaser or merger partner agrees to sign and deliver a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to, and for the benefit of, the Company), and ( iv ) as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, a governmental or regulatory authority, a stock exchange or a court or administrative order concerning such Member or the Company. Each Member shall be liable for any breach of the provisions of this Section 8 by any successor, transferee or assignee of such Member, any accountant, attorney, investment advisor, consultant or other similar professional of such Member, or such Member’s Representative, if any.

9. Board Committees . For so long as one or more affiliates and/or designees of a Founder serves as a member of the Board, then such Board members will serve on each committee established by the Board, including, without limitation, the audit committee, the nominating committee, the investment committee and the compensation committee.

10. Other Covenants .

(a) The Company shall, and each Members shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, cause each Subsidiary of the Company to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the governing documents of such Subsidiary.

(b) In the event that TP Re conducts an Initial Public Offering, then the Company shall, and each Member shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, cause TP Re to amend its bye-laws prior to such Initial Public Offering to provide the Founders with rights substantially the same as those available to the Founders in the bye-laws of the Company.

11. Headings; Certain Definitions .

The headings and other captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall not be used in interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10


Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(b).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Applicable Law ” means all applicable provisions of ( i ) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, ordinances, codes or orders of any Governmental Entity, ( ii ) any consents or approvals of any Governmental Entity, ( iii ) any orders, decisions, injunctions, judgments, awards, decrees of or agreements with any Governmental Entity.

Bermuda Act ” means the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended from time to time.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Book Value ” means as of any date of determination, the fully diluted tangible book value per share of the Company, as reflected on the then most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that the Board shall have the authority to determine Book Value with reference to a then more recent balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

Business Plan ” means the business plan of the Company, as adopted by the Board from time to time.

Bye-Laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company.

Call Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Common Shares ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

Company ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Company Sale ” means the sale of all or substantially all of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company and/or TP Re.

Disability ” means a physical or mental impairment that renders a person unable to perform the essential functions of such person’s position even with reasonable

 

11


accommodation, and which has lasted at least 180 consecutive days. A physician selected by a majority of the Disinterested Board Members shall make the determination of the existence of a Disability.

Disinterested Board Members ” means the members of the Board other than Daniel S. Loeb and any member of the Board that who were appointed, designated or employed by Third Point LLC or any of its Affiliates.

Dowling ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 1(a).

Exit Transaction ” means ( i ) a Company Sale, or ( ii ) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company and/or TP Re.

Exit Transaction Committee ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Exit Transaction Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Exit Transaction Repurchase Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any Shares, the fair market value of such Shares, as reasonably determined by the Board after consultation with a nationally-recognized valuation firm.

Founders ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(a).

GAAP ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 7(a).

Governmental Entity ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any court, tribunal or arbitrator and any self-regulatory organization.

Initial Public Offering ” means the first registered public offering of any class of common shares of the Company under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the Members receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that ( i ) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and ( ii ) is publicly traded on a securities exchange or quoted on an automated interdealer quotation system in or outside the United States.

Initiating Party ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

 

12


Interest ” has the meaning given to such term in the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement.

Investment Manager ” means the Person appointed to manage the assets of TP Re pursuant to an investment management agreement.

Issuer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3(a).

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement ” means the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among TP Re, the Company, Third Point LLC and Third Point Advisors LLC.

Kelso ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(a).

Key Man Event ” means ( i ) the Disability, death or retirement of Daniel S. Loeb or ( ii ) Daniel S. Loeb is otherwise no longer directing the investment program of Third Point LLC or involved in its day to day management.

Letter Agreements ” means ( i ) the letter agreement dated July 19, 2011 among Third Point LLC, Kelso, Pine Brook, Harp Partners, LLC and Dowling, ( ii ) the letter agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point, Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso & Company, L.P., Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P., ( iii ) the letter agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, Holdco, Third Point Advisor LLC, KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P. and Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and (iv) letter agreement dated on or about the date hereof among Kelso & Company, L.P., Pine Brook Road Associates, LP, Third Point and John Berger.

Loeb Exit Committee ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Loeb Trigger Event ” means a (i) change in Law or ( ii ) request by A.M. Best & Company, in each case, pursuant to which TP Re is required (in the case of ( ii ), in order to maintain a financial strength rating of A-), to withdraw assets from the Managed Account so that, following such withdrawal, the assets of TP Re managed by Third Point LLC pursuant to the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement constitute less than 90% of the total investable assets of TP Re.

Managed Account ” has the meaning given to such term in the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement.

Maximum Repurchase Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the maximum number of shares held by Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, on such date of determination, the repurchase by the Company of which would not result in ( i ) an adverse ratings action against the Company or TP Re by A.M. Best & Company or ( ii ) any adverse action against the Company or TP Re by any regulatory authority.

 

13


Member ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

New Issue Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 3(b).

New Issue Response ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 3(b).

New Securities ” means any authorized but unissued common shares of an Issuer and all rights, options or warrants to purchase common shares of the Issuer and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may by their terms become, exercisable for, or convertible or redeemable into, common shares of the Issuer; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not include: ( i ) Common Shares or any other common shares of the Issuer issued as consideration for the acquisition of the stock, interests, assets or liabilities of any Person as approved by the Board or the board of directors of the issuing Subsidiary, as the case may be (or an authorized committee thereof); ( ii ) Common Shares, restricted shares, options or any other equity (or equity based security) of the Issuer awarded, granted or issued to any director, officer, employee or independent contractor of the Issuer pursuant to a share purchase plan, option plan or any other plan or arrangement as approved by the Board or the board of directors of the issuing Subsidiary, as the case may be (or an authorized committee thereof), and including, in connection therewith, the exercise of any options or other derivative securities in respect of common shares of the Issuer; ( iii ) Common Shares or any other common shares of the Issuer issued to any Person as part of an agreement or arrangement relating to a business development opportunity or similar opportunity for the Issuer as approved by the Board or the board of directors of the issuing Subsidiary, as the case may be (or an authorized committee thereof); ( iv ) common shares of the Issuer issued pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Issuer; ( v ) common shares or any other equity (or equity based security) of the Issuer issued in connection with an Initial Public Offering and ( vi ) any issuance of Common Shares by the Company within 2 months following the date hereof in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount received by the Company for the issuance of Common Shares on the date hereof, does not exceed $1 billion.

No-Sale Event ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Participating Member ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(b).

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement.

Permitted Transferee ” means with respect to each Restricted Member, any Affiliate of such Restricted Member.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock or other company, business trust, trust, organization, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

 

14


Pine Brook ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(a).

Preemptive Right ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 3(a).

Preemptive Rights Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 3(b).

Principal Investor ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2(a).

Pro Rata Portion ” means with respect to any Member, as of the date of any determination, the percentage represented by the quotient of ( i ) the number of Common Shares outstanding owned by such Member as of such date divided by ( ii ) the total number of Common Shares outstanding owned by all Members as of such date.

PROL ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2(a).

PROL Call Shares ” means the number of Shares held by PROL at the time of delivery of a Call Notice pursuant to Section 4 of Annex A, provided that such number shall in no event exceed the number of Shares held by PROL immediately following the Closing and provided further that such number shall not take into account any Shares purchased by PROL following the Closing from any Person other than the Company.

Purchase Request Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means a registered public offering or registered public offerings on a national securities exchange of any class of common shares of the Company or TP Re under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the Members receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, immediately following which the Company and TP Re together shall have received no less than U.S. $150,000,000.

Reference Shares ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(a).

Refusal Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement dated the date hereof among the Company and the other parties thereto.

Remaining New Securities ” has the meaning given to such term in the Section 3(c).

 

15


Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, ( 1 ) its Affiliates, ( 2 ) the financing partners (actual or potential) of such Person or any of its Affiliates, ( 3 ) the direct or indirect shareholders of such Person or any of its Affiliates, and/or ( 4 ) the directors, officers, employees, general partners, managers, attorneys, accountants, insurers, investors, and financial and other advisers of such Person, any such Affiliate, any such financing partner or any such shareholder.

Requesting Principal Investor ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Restricted Members ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(a).

Shares ” shall be deemed to include the Common Shares, the Warrants (including the applicable class of Common Shares issuable upon exercise thereof) and other common shares of the Company and any options, warrants or securities exercisable for, or convertible or redeemable into, common shares of the Company.

Subscription Agreements ” means the subscription agreements dated on or prior to the date hereof among the Company and each Member.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary of the Company, all of the equity securities of which are owned by the Company.

Tender Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(a).

Tender Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(b).

Tender Percentage ” means a percentage of up to 20%, as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion, provided that the Tender Percentage may change from year to year but shall, in any given year, be the same for all Members.

Third Party ” means any Person other than a Permitted Transferee.

TP Re ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement.

Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, convey, exchange, mortgage, pledge or grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber or dispose of, including by gift, merger, business combination, consolidation, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement, dividend or distribution in each case, whether made directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, absolutely or conditionally, by operation of law or otherwise and the terms “Transferred” and “Transfers” have correlative meanings.

Transferring Party ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(f).

 

16


Trigger Date ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2(a).

Trigger Date Exercise Period ” has the meaning given to such term in Annex A.

Warrants ” means all the outstanding warrants issued by the Company.

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including all Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes, and other attachments to this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents), when executed and delivered, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties as to their subject matter, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

13. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the addresses set forth in the notices section of the Subscription Agreement (or such other address as a party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other parties).

14. Remedies . The Parties agree that ( a ) any breach of this Agreement by a Party may result in irreparable injury to the other Party, ( b ) monetary damages may be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and ( c ) in addition to any other rights and/or remedies that such other Party may have, such other Party may seek ( i ) interim relief in ( ii ) equitable relief, including specific performance, from, and ( iii ) to enter, and/or enforce any award, judgment and/or order of, any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party agrees ( a ) not to oppose the granting of any such relief on the ground that monetary damages would be an adequate remedy, and ( b ) to waive any requirement for the posting of any bond in connection with such relief.

15. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

16. Jurisdiction; Service .

(a) The Parties agree that any action or proceeding against a Party arising out of or relating in any way to the terms of this Agreement, or any Person’s rights under this Agreement, shall be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case the action or proceeding shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan.

 

17


(b) Each Party waives any objection to the exercise of jurisdiction by any of such courts and to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court.

(c) Each Party agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in Section 13 or such other address as the Parties shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13, and agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(d) EACH PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

17. Termination . This agreement will terminate automatically upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any conflicts of laws provisions.

19. Modifications; No Implied Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be terminated, amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the prior written consent of Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Common Shares subject to this Agreement at the time and the Board; provided , however , that without a Member’s written consent no such termination, amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent shall ( A ) adversely affect such Member’s rights hereunder, ( B ) result in such Member incurring a material financial obligation (or materially increasing an existing material financial obligation) hereunder that it was not responsible for immediately prior to the effectiveness of such termination, amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent or ( C ) modify the terms of Sections 7 and 27 hereof; provided , further , however , in order to adversely amend the foregoing proviso, all Members holding outstanding Common Shares subject to this Agreement at the time and the Board must consent in writing; provided that the Company shall be permitted to grant immaterial waivers hereunder without the consent of any of the Members, but with the consent of each of Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso and Pine Brook. The failure of any party at any time to insist upon, or any delay by any party at any time to insist upon, strict performance of any condition, promise, agreement or understanding set forth herein shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the right to insist upon strict performance of the same condition, promise, agreement or understanding at a future time.

 

18


20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

21. Successors and Assignees; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, transferees and permitted assignees and this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be enforceable by any other Person. Neither this Agreement nor any obligation hereunder may be assigned without the prior written consent of the Company and the party proposing such assignment, including by operation of law, except in connection with a Transfer of Shares by a Member in compliance with this Agreement, the Bye-Laws and Applicable Laws, in which case the provisions of this Agreement which are for such Member’s benefit as a purchaser or holder of Shares shall also be for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the subsequent holder of such Shares; provided , however , that any rights conferred on the Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso, PROL and Pine Brook pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall not be transferable to any other Person, including any transferee of any of its Shares nor enforceable by any subsequent transferee of any of its Shares; provided , further , however , that ( i ) if such Transfer is to a Permitted Transferee, such rights may be Transferred, subject to the provisions of the Bye-Laws, ( ii ) each Member may assign its rights pursuant to Section 3 hereof to an Affiliate of such Member and ( iii ) the Company may assign its right to purchase Shares of PROL pursuant to paragraph 4 of Annex A to any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 21 shall have any effect on ( I ) any other provision of this Agreement that contemplates or requires that any transferee or assignee of the parties hereto be required to be bound by any obligation hereunder and ( II ) any of the rights of a holder of any of the Shares as such.

22. Additional Members . In connection with the issuance of any additional common shares of the Company or any security exercisable for, or convertible or redeemable into, common shares of the Company, the Company shall ensure that such recipient of additional shares or derivative securities becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement as a party hereto and in the capacity of a Member prior to such Person’s receipt of such security; provided , however , at the sole option of the Board, a Person owning only options, warrants (other than the Warrants), or other derivative securities of the Company exercisable for, or convertible or redeemable into, common shares of the Company need only become bound by the provisions of this Agreement as a party hereto and in the capacity of a Member upon its exercise, conversion or redemption of such derivative securities of the Company.

23. No Inconsistent Agreement . No Member shall enter into, or remain a party to, any agreement with respect to, or that is implicated by, the Shares beneficially

 

19


owned or held of record by such Member that is inconsistent with the rights granted to, or agreements between and among, the Members and the Company in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

24. Construction; Interpretation . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, covenant, obligation, agreement and condition contained herein will have independent significance. The phrases “the date of this Agreement,” “the date hereof” and terms of similar import, shall be deemed to refer to December 22, 2011. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever the singular is used herein, the same shall include the plural, and whenever the plural is used herein, the same shall include the singular, where appropriate. References to $ are to the United States currency. A reference to the male gender shall be deemed to be a reference to the female gender and vice versa. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any right or the discharge of any duty under this Agreement falls on other than a Business Day, the party having such right or duty shall have until the next Business Day to exercise such right or discharge such duty. Unless otherwise indicated, the word “day” shall be interpreted as a calendar day.

25. No Joint Venture, Etc . The entering into of this Agreement and the performance by any party hereto of the matters contemplated hereby shall not be deemed to create a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, or principal/agency relationship between or among the parties hereto.

26. Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, in the Subscription Agreement or the Letter Agreements, all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by the party incurring such costs and expenses.

27. Public Announcements . None of the Members nor the Company shall (and none of them shall permit any of their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates to) disclose any Member’s name or identity as an investor in or member of the Company in any press release or other public announcement or in any document or material filed with any governmental or regulatory authority or otherwise, without the prior written consent of such Member, unless such disclosure is determined by the Company, Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso or Pine Brook as being required by applicable law, rule, regulation or order, a governmental or regulatory authority, a stock exchange or a court or administrative order, in which case prior to making such disclosure the disclosing party shall, to the extent

 

20


permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order, a governmental, administrative or regulatory body, a stock exchange or a court or administrative order, give written notice to each non-disclosing party describing in reasonable detail the proposed content of such disclosure and shall consult with each non-disclosing party upon the form and substance of such disclosure.

28. Securities Law Acknowledgment . Each Member acknowledges and agrees that such Member may receive material non-public information in connection with the Company or TP Re, and further that such Member is aware that the United States securities laws impose restrictions on purchasing or selling debt or equity securities of the Company or TP Re when in possession of such information.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

21


THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Agreement Among Members]

S-2


AON CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Ram Padmanabhan        

  Name:   Ram Padmanabhan
  Title:   VP and Chief Counsel – Corporate

 

[Signature Page to Agreement Among Members]

S-2


Annex A

Procedures for Exit Transactions

1. At any time (a) following a request by Daniel S. Loeb or his heirs pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, a majority of the Disinterested Board Members may, within 20 days following such request, request the Company to initiate an Exit Transaction as further described below or (b) within 120 days following ( i )( A ) the Trigger Date and ( B ) each anniversary of the Trigger Date but prior to the Initial Public Offering (such 120 day period, the “ Trigger Date Exercise Period ”), each Principal Investor may request the Company to initiate an Exit Transaction as further described below or ( ii ) a Key Man Event, each of Kelso, Pine Brook or a majority of the Disinterested Board Members may request that the Company initiate an Exit Transaction as further described below, in each of case (a) and (b) by delivering a written notice (the “ Exit Transaction Notice ”) to the Founders and the Board. Any Person (other than the majority of the Disinterested Board Members) that delivers an Exit Transaction Notice pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Annex A will be referred to the “ Initiating Party ”.

2. Within 10 Business Days following delivery of an Exit Transaction Notice by a majority of the Disinterested Board Members pursuant to clause (a) of paragraph 1 of this Annex A, the Board will form a special committee of Board members (the “ Loeb Exit Committee ”) and will instruct such committee to either (i) consummate an Exit Transaction as soon as reasonably practicable in the form and on terms that the Loeb Exit Committee reasonably determines is in the best interests of the Members or (ii) if the Loeb Exit Committee determines in good faith that the consummation of an Exit Transaction is not in the best interest of all the Members, deliver, within 3 days following such determination, a written notice to the Company setting forth the Loeb Exit Committee’s determination (a “ Refusal Notice ). Within 30 days following a Refusal Date, the Company shall ( i ) make an irrevocable offer to repurchase from Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, a number of Shares equal to the Maximum Repurchase Amount at a price equal to the Book Value of such Shares and (ii) if such offer is accepted by Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, with respect to any such Shares, repurchase such Shares, provided that that if following any such repurchase by the Company pursuant to this paragraph 2 of Annex A, Daniel S. Loeb or his estate still hold Shares, then the Company shall, no later than 6 months following any such repurchase, offer to repurchase from Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, a number of Shares equal to the Maximum Repurchase Amount and shall continue to make such offers at intervals of no greater than 6 months until such time as Daniel S. Loeb or his estate, as applicable, no longer hold any Shares. “ Refusal Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company receives a Refusal Notice or (ii) the date that is three months following the formation of a Loeb Exit Committee, if an Exit Transaction is not consummated on or prior to such date.

 

A-1


3. Upon delivery of an Exit Transaction Notice by an Initiating Party pursuant to clause (b) of paragraph 1 of this Annex A, the Principal Investors (including the Initiating Party) will discuss in good faith the proposed Exit Transaction and the Initiating Party shall, at the written request of any other Principal Investors (a “ Requesting Principal Investor ”) to be delivered to the Initiating Party within 10 days following receipt of an Exit Transaction Notice (the “ Purchase Request Notice ”), negotiate in good faith with all Requesting Principal Investors the sale of all of the Initiating Party’s Shares to such Requesting Principal Investors. In the event that (i) no Purchase Request Notice is timely delivered or (ii) the parties do not reach agreement on such sale within 30 days following delivery of a Purchase Request Notice (each such event, a “ No-Sale Event ”), then, within 10 Business Days following, the date of such No-Sale Event, the Company would proceed with an Exit Transaction under the reasonable direction of the Initiating Party. Any decisions of the Initiating Party will be after consultation with the other Principal Investors.

4. In the event that PROL delivers an Exit Transaction Notice pursuant to clause (b)(i) of paragraph 1 of this Annex A, then the Company shall have the right, within 60 days following such delivery, upon delivery of a notice in writing (the “ Call Notice ”) to PROL and the other Principal Investors, to repurchase from PROL a number of Shares held by PROL as set forth in the Call Notice equal to the PROL Call Shares, at a price per Share equal to the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of such Share and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (a) 0.925 and (b) the Book Value of such Share. The Company shall purchase from PROL, and PROL shall sell to the Company, such Shares on a date set forth in the Call Notice, which shall not be more than 45 days following the date of such Call Notice. In the event that (i) the Company does not timely deliver a Call Notice in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph 4 or (ii) the closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by this paragraph does not take place within 45 days following delivery of a Call Notice, then the Company shall proceed with an Exit Transaction under the reasonable direction of PROL. Simultaneously with the delivery of a Call Notice to PROL, each Principal Investor (other than PROL) shall deliver to PROL a certificate executed by an officer of such Principal Investor stating whether such Principal Investor, at the time of such Call Notice, intends to exercise its right to consummate an Exit Transaction within the then current Trigger Date Exercise Period during which PROL delivered its Exit Transaction Notice. At any time following the delivery of a Call Notice but prior to the closing of the transaction contemplated by such Call Notice, PROL shall have the right to withdraw its Exit Transaction Notice by written notice to the Company requesting such withdrawal. Upon delivery by PROL of such notice of withdrawal to the Company, (i) PROL’s Exit Transaction Notice shall be deemed automatically withdrawn and the Company shall no longer be required to consummate an Exit Transaction in connection with such withdrawn Exit Transaction Notice and (ii) the Company’s Call Notice shall be deemed automatically withdrawn and PROL shall no longer be required to sell, and the Company shall no longer be required to purchase, the PROL Call Shares set forth in such withdrawn Call Notice. For the

 

A-2


avoidance of doubt, the immediately preceding sentence shall not affect (i) PROL’s right to deliver an Exit Transaction Notice during any subsequent Trigger Date Exercise Period or (ii) the Company’s right to deliver any subsequent Call Notices.

5. In the event that more than one Initiating Party timely delivers an Exit Transaction Notice pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Annex A, then such Initiating Parties shall discuss in good faith the process for the consummation of an Exit Transaction and the decisions of the Initiating Parties shall be taken by the vote of a majority of the Initiating Parties. In the event there are two Initiating Parties and the Initiating Parties cannot agree on the process for the consummation of the Exit Transaction or any other aspect of such Exit Transaction, then the Initiating Parties will jointly deliver to the Board a written notice (a “ Deadlock Notice ”) setting forth in reasonable detail the Initiating Parties’ position together with an explanation of such positions. Within 20 days following receipt of the Deadlock Notice, the Board will chose among the positions of the Initiating Parties and send a written notice to the Initiating Parties notifying them of its decision. The decision of the Board will be final and binding on all Initiating Parties.

6. In the event that the Exit Transaction Notice is delivered by a majority of the Disinterested Board Members pursuant to clause b(ii) of paragraph 1 of this Annex A, then, within 10 Business Days following the delivery of such Exit Transaction Notice by a majority of the Disinterested Board Members, the Board will form a special committee of the Board (an “ Exit Transaction Committee ”) and will instruct such committee to consummate an Exit Transaction as soon as reasonably practicable in the form and on terms that the Exit Transaction Committee reasonably determines are appropriate.

7. If one or more Affiliates of a Founder is a member of the Board at the time the Exit Transaction Committee is formed, then one such Affiliate chosen by such Founder shall serve as a member of the Exit Transaction Committee. Any decision of the Exit Transaction Committee will be taken by a vote of a majority of the members of such Exit Transaction Committee.

 

A-3

EXHIBIT 4.9

EXECUTION VERSION

FOUNDERS AGREEMENT

THIS FOUNDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 22, 2011, is by and among Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (the “ Company ” and together with any Participant who joins this Agreement as a “ Payor ”, the “ Payors ” and each, a “ Payor ”), KEP TP Bermuda Ltd. and KIA TP Bermuda Ltd. (collectively, “ Kelso Bermuda ”), Pine Brook LVR, L.P. (“ Pine Brook ”), P RE Opportunities Ltd. (“ PROL ”), Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P. (“ Dowling ” and together with Kelso Bermuda, Pine Brook and PROL the “ Founders ” and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the joint venture and investment management agreement dated the date hereof by and among the Company, Holdco, Third Point LLC and Third Point Advisors LLC (the “ JV/IMA ”).

WHEREAS, in connection with certain investments in the Company made directly or indirectly by KEP TP Holdings, L.P. and KIA TP Holdings, L.P. (collectively, “ Kelso ”), Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling the Payor desires to make or cause to be made a monthly payment to the Founders; and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to specify in this Agreement the terms of the monthly amounts payable by the Payor to the Founders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises herein contained and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Founders’ Payment .

(a) Each of Kelso, Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling has made an investment in the Company as of the date hereof.

(b) In consideration for the investments described in Section 1(a) above, as of the first day of each month following the date hereof and until December 31, 2016, the Payor will pay to each Founder, in cash, such Founder’s Individual Founders Payment (together with any amount of such Individual Founders Payment previously accrued and not yet paid), provided that a Founder will not be entitled to the payment of its Individual Founders Payment following an IRR Satisfaction Event with respect to such Founder (or, in the case of Kelso Bermuda, Kelso). For the avoidance of doubt, following an IRR Satisfaction Event with respect to a Founder (or, in the case of Kelso Bermuda, Kelso), the Payor’s obligation to pay such Founder its Individual Founders Payment expires and such Founder’s Individual Founders Payment will not be allocated to the other Founders. Such forfeited Individual Founders Payments are referred to herein as “ Forfeited Founders Payments ”.


(c) All applicable Participant Payments accrue from the beginning of each month (or from the Commencement Date in the case of the first month or partial month following an initial capital contribution by a Participant (other than TP GP)) with respect to each Participant, based on the Capital Account balance of each such Participant (other than TP GP) as of the beginning of such month (or on the Commencement Date with respect to such Participant (other than TP GP) in the case of any such first month or partial month following an initial capital contribution). For the avoidance of doubt, each Founder will refund to the Payor the unearned portion of the Individual Founders Payment if a withdrawal is made by a Participant prior to the end of the month. All payments of the Individual Founders Payments to the Founders under this Agreement shall be made without any reduction, deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax (including without limitation, any value added tax), unless required by Law.

2. Transfers to Affiliates . In the event Pine Brook transfers any of its Shares to one of its Affiliates (the “ Selling Founder ” and such affiliate transferee, an “ Affiliate Transferee ”), then, for purposes of this Agreement and the Structuring Agreement, ( i ) such Affiliate Transferee shall be deemed to have been a party to this Agreement as a “Founder” as of the date hereof and shall execute a joinder to this Agreement in a form acceptable to the Company, ( ii ) such Affiliate Transferee will be allocated an Individual Percentage equal to such Affiliate Transferee’s Pro-Rata Portion and the Individual Percentage of the Selling Founder will be reduced by an amount equal to the Affiliate Transferee’s Pro-Rata Portion and Annex A automatically will be deemed to be amended to give effect to the foregoing ( iii ) such Affiliate Transferee will be deemed to have paid to the Payor a consideration for its Shares equal to the product of (a) the aggregate consideration paid by the Selling Founder to the Company and (b) the Affiliate Transferee’s Pro-Rata portion; and the consideration paid by the Selling Founder to the Company will be deemed to be reduced by the amount of the consideration allocated to the Affiliate Transferee; ( iv ) such Affiliate Transferee will be deemed to have received from the Payor an amount of distributions equal to the product of (a) the aggregate distributions received by the Selling Founder from the Payor and (b) the Affiliate Transferee’s Pro-Rata portion; and the distributions received by the Selling Founder from the Payor will be deemed to be reduced by the amount of the distributions allocated to the Affiliate Transferee and ( v ) such Affiliate Transferee will be deemed to have received (or be entitled to, in the case of Founders Payments accrued and not yet paid) a Founders Payment equal to the product of ( a ) the amount of Founders Payment paid to (or accrued for the benefit of and not yet paid to) the Selling Founder and ( b ) the Affiliate Transferee’s Pro-Rata Portion; and the Founders Payment received by (or accrued for the benefit of and not yet paid to) the Selling Founder will be deemed to be reduced by the amount of the Founders Payment allocated to the Affiliate Transferee. The provisions of this Section 2 will apply to subsequent transfers of Shares from an Affiliate Transferee to another Affiliate Transferee as though the initial Affiliate Transferee is the “Selling Founder” and the subsequent Affiliate Transferee is the “Affiliate Transferee”.

 

2


3. Covenant of the Founders . In the event that Third Point LLC or any of its Affiliates is no longer acting as the investment manager pursuant to the JV/IMA and to the extent the Founders (including in the case of Kelso Bermuda, Kelso) enter into any arrangement with any New Investment Manager to otherwise share in the economic benefits afforded to such New Investment Manager, then for so long as Daniel S. Loeb holds any Shares, Daniel S. Loeb shall have the right to participate with the Founders (including in the case of Kelso Bermuda, Kelso) in any such arrangement pro-rata based on the number of Shares held by Daniel S. Loeb and the Founders (including in the case of Kelso Bermuda, Kelso) at the time of the Closing.

4. Headings; Certain Definitions .

The headings and other captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall not be used in interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Aggregate Founders Payment ” means, for each Payor, the sum of all Participant Payments with respect to such Payor.

Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Company ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Dowling ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Forfeited Founders Payments ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1(b).

Founders Payment ” means, with respect to each Payor, the Aggregate Founders Payment less the Forfeited Founders Payment.

Holdco ” means Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.

Individual Founders Payment ” means, with respect to each Founder, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Aggregate Founders Payment and (ii) such Founder’s Individual Percentage.

Individual Percentage ” means, with respect to each Founder, the percentage set forth opposite such Founder’s name on Schedule A.

Internal Rate of Return ” has the meaning given to such term in the Structuring Agreement.

IRR Satisfaction Event ” means, with respect to each Founder, a sale of Shares by such Founder, following which such Founder’s Internal Rate of Return, as set forth in a Sale Certificate (as finally determined pursuant to the Structuring Agreement), is equal to, or in excess of, 23%.

 

3


JV/IMA ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Kelso ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

Kelso Bermuda ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

New Investment Manager ” means any Person (other than Third Point LLC or any of its Affiliates) appointed to manage the assets of Holdco or any of its subsidiaries (including TP Re) pursuant to an investment management agreement.

Participant Payment ” means, with respect to each Payor, an amount per month equal to 0.1417% (an annual rate of 1.7%) of the Capital Account of such Payor (calculated before accounting for any accrual of the Performance Allocation), prorated for intra-month withdrawals or contributions, if any.

Parties ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Payor ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Pine Brook ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Pro-Rata Portion ” means, with respect to an Affiliate Transferee, a percentage equal the Individual Percentage of the applicable Selling Founder prior to the transfer of Shares to such Affiliate Transferee multiplied by a fraction ( i ) the numerator of which is the total number of Shares Transferred by the Selling Founder to such Affiliate Transferee and ( ii ) the denominator of which is the total number of Shares held by the Selling Founder prior to such transfer.

PROL ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

Sale Certificate ” has the meaning given to such term in the Structuring Agreement.

Shares ” means the common shares of Holdco, par value $0.10 per share and other equity securities of Holdco and any options, warrants or securities exercisable for, or convertible or redeemable into, equity securities of Holdco.

Structuring Agreement ” means the structuring agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, KIA VIII (International), L.P., KEP VI (Cayman), L.P., Kelso, Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling.

 

4


5. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including all Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes, and other attachments to this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents), when executed and delivered, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties as to their subject matter, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

6. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the addresses set forth in the notices section of the Subscription Agreement of each of Kelso, Pine Brook, PROL and Dowling (or such other address as a party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other parties).

7. Remedies . The Parties agree that ( a ) any breach of this Agreement by a Party may result in irreparable injury to the other Parties, ( b ) monetary damages may be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and ( c ) in addition to any other rights and/or remedies that such other Parties may have, such other Parties may seek ( i ) interim relief in ( ii ) equitable relief, including specific performance, from, and ( iii ) to enter, and/or enforce any award, judgment and/or order of, any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party agrees ( a ) not to oppose the granting of any such relief on the ground that monetary damages would be an adequate remedy, and ( b ) to waive any requirement for the posting of any bond in connection with such relief.

8. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

9. Jurisdiction; Service .

(a) The Parties agree that any action or proceeding against a Party arising out of or relating in any way to the terms of this Agreement, or any Person’s rights under this Agreement, shall be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case the action or proceeding shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan.

(b) Each Party waives any objection to the exercise of jurisdiction by any of such courts and to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court.

(c) Each Party agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any

 

5


substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in Section 6 or such other address as the Parties shall have been notified pursuant to Section 6, and agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(d) EACH PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any conflicts of laws provisions.

11. Modifications; No Implied Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be terminated, amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the prior written consent of the Parties.

12. No Third Party Beneficiary . Except as provided in this Section 12, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon a Person or entity other than the parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Daniel S. Loeb, in relation to Section 3 is intended by the parties to be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by law, Daniel S. Loeb has the right to enforce directly the terms of such Section.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

14. Successors and Assignees; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assignees and this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be enforceable by any other Person. Neither this Agreement nor any obligation hereunder may be assigned to any Person without the prior written consent of the Parties.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6


THIRD POINT REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-1


KEP TP BERMUDA LTD.
By:  

/s/    James J. Connors, II        

  Name:   James J. Connors, II
  Title:   Vice President and General Counsel

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-2


KIA TP BERMUDA LTD.
By:  

/s/    James J. Connors, II        

  Name:   James J. Connors, II
  Title:   Vice President and General Counsel

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-3


PINE BROOK LVR, L.P.
By:  

PBRA (Cayman) Company

its General Partner

By:  

/s/    William Spiegel        

  Name:   William Spiegel
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-4


DOWLING CAPITAL PARTNERS I, LP
By:   Dowling Capital I, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/    David Zwiener        

  Name:   David Zwiener
  Title:   Senior Partner

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-5


P RE OPPORTUNITIES LTD.
By:  

/s/    Deborah Watson        

  Name:   Deborah Watson
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Founders Agreement]

 

S-6


Schedule A

 

Founder

   Individual Percentage  

KEP TP Bermuda Ltd.

     8.71   

KIA TP Bermuda Ltd.

     48.11   

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

     28.41   

P RE Opportunities Ltd.

     11.36   

Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P.

     3.41   

 

A-1

EXHIBIT 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

JOINT VENTURE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

by and among

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.,

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.,

THIRD POINT LLC

and

THIRD POINT ADVISORS LLC

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 22, 2011

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  
Article I        Definitions      1   
Article II       Organization      11   

Section 2.1

  Purpose of Agreement      11   

Section 2.2

  Assets      11   

Section 2.3

  Term of Agreement      11   

Section 2.4

  Objectives      12   

Section 2.5

  Liability of Participants      12   
Article III      Capital      12   

Section 3.1

  Contributions to Capital      12   

Section 3.2

  Rights of Participants in Capital      13   

Section 3.3

  Capital Accounts      13   

Section 3.4

  Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses      13   

Section 3.5

  Allocations Relating to New Issues      13   

Section 3.6

  Allocation of Third Point Share Payment, Withholding Taxes and Certain Other Expenditures      14   

Section 3.7

  Reserves; Adjustments for Certain Future Events      15   

Section 3.8

  Performance Allocation      16   

Section 3.9

  Allocations for Income Tax Purposes      16   

Section 3.10

  Qualified Income Offset      17   

Section 3.11

  Gross Income Allocation      18   

Section 3.12

  Individual Participants’ Tax Treatment      18   

Section 3.13

  Distributions      19   
Article IV      Management      19   

Section 4.1

  Duties and Powers of the Participants      19   

Section 4.2

  Expenses      22   

Section 4.3

  Other Activities of Participants      24   

Section 4.4

  Representations and Warranties of Third Point      26   

Section 4.5

  Duties; Discretion      28   
Article V       Indemnification; Exculpation      28   

Section 5.1

  Indemnification by the Participants      28   

Section 5.2

  Indemnification by Third Point      29   

Section 5.3

  Advancement of Expenses      29   

Section 5.4

  Exculpation      29   

 

i


Article VI      Admissions and Withdrawals      30   

Section 6.1

  Admission of Participants      30   

Section 6.2

  Withdrawal of Interests of Participants      30   

Section 6.3

  Transfer of Interests by Participants      33   
Article VII     Termination and Liquidation      33   

Section 7.1

  Termination of this Agreement      33   

Section 7.2

  Liquidation of the Venture      33   
Article VIII    Accounting and Valuations; Books and Records; Board Meetings      34   

Section 8.1

  Accounting and Reports      34   

Section 8.2

  Valuation of Assets and Interests      36   

Section 8.3

  Determinations by Third Point      37   

Section 8.4

  Books and Records      38   

Section 8.5

  Investment Committee Meeting      38   

Section 8.6

  Most Favored Nation      38   

Section 8.7

  Information Access; Confidentiality      39   
Article IX      General Provisions      39   

Section 9.1

  Amendment of Agreement      39   

Section 9.2

  Notices      40   

Section 9.3

  Agreement Binding Upon Successors and Assigns      41   

Section 9.4

  Governing Law      41   

Section 9.5

  Third Party Beneficiaries      41   

Section 9.6

  Consents      42   

Section 9.7

  Miscellaneous      42   

Section 9.8

  Entire Agreement      43   

 

Exhibit A   Investment Guidelines
Exhibit B   Initial Capital Contributions
Exhibit C   Power of Attorney
Exhibit D   Reporting

 

ii


THIS JOINT VENTURE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 22 nd day of December, 2011 by and among Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ”), Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation and the direct parent of TP Re (“ Holdco ”), Third Point Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TP GP ”), and Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Third Point ” and together with TP Re, TP GP and Holdco, the “ Parties ”);

RECITALS

WHEREAS, TP Re, Holdco, TP GP and Third Point have agreed to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of creating a joint venture solely with respect to the management of certain investable assets and to share in the profits and losses therefrom as provided in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agree as follows:

Article I

Definitions

For purposes of this Agreement:

A.M. Best ” means A.M. Best & Company.

Administrator ” means International Fund Services (Ireland), Ltd., or a replacement administrator determined by Third Point, subject (in the case of any such replacement) to the consent of each Lead Investor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For these purposes, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting Securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Agreement Among Members ” means the Agreement Among Members entered into on the date hereof between Holdco and the members party thereto.


Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Board ” means TP Re’s board of directors unless applicable Law, regulation or securities exchange upon which TP Re’s or Holdco’s common shares are listed requires action to be taken by a committee of the Board composed of independent directors, in which case such committee shall consist of all members of TP Re’s board of directors that are not expressly prohibited by applicable Law, regulation or securities exchange from participating in the action to be taken by such committee.

Business Day ” means (i) for purposes of Section 8.2(a) and Section 6.2(a), any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York and (ii) for all other purposes under this Agreement, any day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York and Hamilton, Bermuda.

Capital Account ” means with respect to each Participant an account established and maintained on behalf of such Participant in accordance with Section 3.3.

Cause Event ” means ( i ) a material violation by Third Point of applicable Law relating to Third Point’s advisory business, ( ii ) Third Point’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of any of its obligations under this Agreement, ( iii ) a material breach by Third Point of the Guidelines, which breach is not cured within 15 days of written notice thereof from TP Re, ( iv ) Third Point or any Key Personnel settles, or is convicted of, or enters a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, ( a ) in the case of Daniel S. Loeb, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude and ( b ) in the case of Third Point or any of the other Key Personnel, a felony or a crime relating to or adversely affecting the asset management business of Third Point, ( v ) Third Point or any Key Personnel commits any act of fraud, material misappropriation, material dishonesty, embezzlement, or similar conduct against or involving TP Re or any of the Assets or the Joint Venture; or ( vi ) Third Point or any Key Personnel is the subject of a formal administrative or other legal proceeding before the Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, FINRA, or any other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory organization, which proceeding a majority of the Disinterested Board Members believes, in their reasonable business judgment, is likely to be resolved against Third Point or such Key Personnel and, as a result, will likely have a material adverse effect on TP Re or any of its Assets or the Joint Venture.

Change of Control ” means, with respect to TP Re, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any Person or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes following the date hereof the beneficial owner, in a single transaction or

 

2


in a related series of transactions following the date hereof, of 90% of the voting shares of TP Re or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 90% of the total voting power of TP Re or (ii) TP Re or Holdco consolidates with or merges with or into any Person, or any corporation consolidates with or merges into or with TP Re or Holdco, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which TP Re or Holdco, as the case may be, is not the surviving entity.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and as hereafter amended, or any successor Law.

Commencement Date ” means the first date on or as of which a Participant makes a Capital Contribution to the Joint Venture pursuant to this Agreement. The Commencement Date with respect to each of TP Re and TP GP is December 22, 2011.

Commissions ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.2(c).

Covered Person ” means Third Point and its members, affiliates, managers, directors, officers and employees.

Disability ” means a physical or mental impairment that renders a person unable to perform the essential functions of such person’s position even with reasonable accommodation, and which has lasted at least 180 consecutive days. A physician selected by a majority of the Disinterested Board Members shall make the determination of the existence of a Disability.

Disabling Conduct ” means, with respect to any Person, such Peron’s fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence or a material breach of this Agreement as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Disinterested Board Members ” means the members of the Board other than Daniel S. Loeb and any member of the Board who was appointed, designated or employed by Third Point or any of its Affiliates.

Diversification Requirement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a)(iv).

Effective Date ” means December 22, 2011.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exit Transaction ” means with respect to TP Re, a Change of Control of TP Re or the dissolution, winding down or liquidation of TP Re.

 

3


Expenses ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.2.

Final Determination ” means ( 1 ) with respect to U.S. federal income taxes, a “determination” (as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code) or the execution of a settlement agreement with the Internal Revenue Service (pursuant to Form 870-AD or otherwise) and ( 2 ) with respect to taxes other than U.S. federal income taxes, any judicial or administrative determination or settlement that is substantially similar to a Final Determination described in clause (1).

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.)

FINRA Rule 5130 ” means Rule 5130 promulgated by FINRA.

FINRA Rule 5131 ” means Rule 5131 promulgated by FINRA.

Fiscal Period ” means each period that starts on the Commencement Date (in the case of the initial Fiscal Period) and thereafter on the first day immediately following the last day of the preceding Fiscal Period, and that ends on the earliest of the following dates:

 

  (1) the last day of the calendar month in which such Fiscal Period commenced; or

 

  (2) any date as of which any withdrawal or distribution of capital is made by or to any Participant or as of which this Agreement provides for any amount to be credited to or debited against the Capital Account of any Participant, other than a withdrawal or distribution by or to, or an allocation to the Capital Accounts of, all Participants that does not result in any change of any Participant’s Percentage; or

 

  (3) the date that immediately precedes any day as of which a contribution to capital is made pursuant to this Agreement, other than a capital contribution that does not result in any change of any Participant’s Percentage.

Fiscal Year ” means the period commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year.

Founders Agreement ” means the founders agreement date the date hereof among TP Re, KEP TP Bermuda Ltd., KIA TP Bermuda Ltd., Pine Brook LVR, L.P., P RE Opportunities Ltd. and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P.

 

4


Founders Payment ” has the meaning given to such term in the Founders Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means (1) any domestic or foreign nation or government, (2) any state or other political subdivision of any such nation or government, and/or (3) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, and/or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any self-regulatory authority (such as a stock or option exchange or securities self-regulatory organization), governmental authority, agency, commission, department, board, or instrumentality, and any court or administrative tribunal, in any case, having jurisdiction over the affected Person or the subject matter at issue.

Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(i) .

Holdco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Indemnified Expenses ” means all reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses, retainers, court, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, bonds, witness fees, costs of collecting and producing documents, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the types reasonably and customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a proceeding.

Information Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.

Initial Public Offering ” means the first registered public offering of any class of common shares of Holdco under the United States securities laws or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the members of Holdco receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a national securities exchange.

Interest ” means all of the rights, obligations and interest(s) (in their entirety) of a Participant in the Joint Venture at the relevant time, including the right of such Participant to any and all benefits to which a Participant may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and the obligations of such Participant to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Intra-Month Valuation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a).

 

5


Investment Committee ” has the meaning set forth in the bye-laws of TP Re.

Investment Company Act ” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Joint Venture ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Key Man Event ” means ( i ) the death, Disability or retirement of Daniel S. Loeb, or ( ii ) the occurrence of any other circumstance in which Daniel S. Loeb is no longer ( a ) directing the investment program of Third Point or ( b ) actively involved in the day-to-day management of Third Point.

Key Personnel ” means Daniel S. Loeb and any other member of Third Point LLC (or, if any such members are not individuals, the individuals that are the ultimate beneficial owners of such members).

Law ” means any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, treaty, and/or decree of any applicable Governmental Authority.

Lead Investors ” means KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P. and Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

Lesser Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.

Letter Agreements ” means ( i ) the letter agreement dated July 19, 2011 among Third Point LLC, Kelso, Pine Brook, Harp and DCP, ( ii ) the letter agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point, Daniel S. Loeb, Kelso & Company, L.P., Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P., ( iii ) the letter agreement dated the date hereof among Third Point LLC, Holdco, Third Point Advisor LLC, Kelso Investment Associates VIII, L.P., KEP VI, LLC and Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and (iv) letter agreement dated on or about the date hereof among Kelso & Company, L.P., Pine Brook Road Associates, LP, Third Point and John Berger.

Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by Law, and whether or not resulting from third-party claims, including interest and penalties and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

6


Loss Recovery Account ” means an account to be recorded by Third Point in the books and records of the Joint Venture with respect to each Participant that has an initial balance of zero and, thereafter, is adjusted as follows:

(i) as of the first day after the close of each Fiscal Year, the balance of the Loss Recovery Account of such Participant will be adjusted as follows: ( a ) if there is a Net Loss for such Fiscal Year with respect to such Participant (excluding the effect of any Net Loss or Net Profit allocated to such Participant during such Fiscal Year in respect of the withdrawn portion of such Participant’s Interest for withdrawals made other than at the end of the Fiscal Year), the Loss Recovery Account of such Participant shall be increased by an amount equal to such Net Loss, and ( b ) if there is a Net Profit for such Fiscal Year with respect to such Participant (excluding the effect of any Net Loss or Net Profit allocated to such Participant during such Fiscal Year in respect of the withdrawn portion of such Participant’s Interest for withdrawals made other than at the end of the Fiscal Year), the Loss Recovery Account of such Participant shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to such Net Profit; and

(ii) the Loss Recovery Account of such Participant shall, upon a net withdrawal by such Participant of any portion of its Interest during a calendar month (i.e., taking into account aggregate withdrawals and contributions during such calendar month), be reduced (but not below zero) as of the last day of such calendar month by an amount equal to the product of ( 1 ) the balance in such Participant’s Loss Recovery Account immediately prior to accounting for such net withdrawal and ( 2 ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the net amount of capital so withdrawn during such calendar month and the denominator of which is the Capital Account balance net of accrued Performance Allocation of such Participant as of the beginning of such calendar month.

Managed Account ” means any assets managed by Third Point or any of its Affiliates (including in the Third Point Funds but excluding assets managed through the Joint Venture), whether for its own account or for the account of any third party, that are invested or available for investment in investment or trading activities.

Net Assets ” means the total value, as determined by Third Point in accordance with Section 8.2, of the Assets (including net unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the Assets and accrued interest and dividends receivable net of any withholding taxes, and other accrued assets), less an amount equal to all accrued debts, liabilities and obligations chargeable against such Assets in accordance with this Agreement (including any reserves for contingencies accrued pursuant to Section 3.7). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) Net Assets will be determined in a manner consistent with U.S. GAAP and (ii) Net Assets as of the first day of any Fiscal Period shall be determined on the basis

 

7


of the valuation of Assets conducted as of the close of the immediately preceding Fiscal Period but after giving effect to any capital contributions made by any Participant subsequent to the last day of such immediately preceding Fiscal Period and Net Assets as of the last day of any Fiscal Period shall be determined before giving effect to any of the following amounts payable by the Joint Venture which are effective as of the date on which such determination is made:

 

  (1) any withdrawals or distributions payable to any Participant that are effective as of the date on which such determination is made; and

 

  (2) accrued Performance Allocation as of the date on which such determination is made.

Net Profit (Loss) ” means, with respect to a Participant for a Fiscal Period, the difference between ( a ) the portion of the Net Assets allocable to such Participant’s Interest as of the last day of such Fiscal Period and ( b ) the portion of the Net Assets allocable to such Participant’s Interest as of the commencement of such Fiscal Period (or, for the first Fiscal Period, the initial capital contribution made by such Participant), with ( i ) such difference to be Net Profit where it is a positive number and ( ii ) such difference to be Net Loss where it is a negative number. For any Fiscal Year (or for the relevant Fiscal Periods in the case of a withdrawal by a Participant of all or a portion of its Capital Account balance), Net Profit (Loss) means, with respect to any Participant, the aggregate Net Profit for all Fiscal Periods included in such Fiscal Year (or such relevant Fiscal Periods) less the aggregate Net Loss for all Fiscal Periods included in such Fiscal Year (or such relevant Fiscal Periods) (computed in each case as described above). In determining the amount of Net Profit (Loss), appropriate adjustments to account for intra-period in-flows/outflows shall be made to exclude the effect of any capital contribution, distribution or withdrawal during the relevant period.

New Issue ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.5 hereof.

Participant ” means any Person that is or becomes a party to this Agreement (other than Third Point and, except as provided in Section 4.1(g), Holdco), until the entire Interest of such Person has been withdrawn pursuant to Section 6.2 or a substitute Participant or Participants are admitted with respect to such Person’s entire Interest, or this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 and the Assets distributed or liquidated pursuant to Section 7.2.

Percentage ” means a percentage established for each Participant as of the first day of each Fiscal Period determined by dividing the amount of the Participant’s Capital Account as of the beginning of such Fiscal Period by the aggregate Capital Accounts of all Participants as of the beginning of such Fiscal Period. The sum of the Percentages of all Participants for each Fiscal Period must equal 100%.

 

8


Performance Allocation ” means with respect to each Participant other than TP GP and for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to 20% of ( a ) such Participant’s Net Profit for such Fiscal Year less ( b ) such Participant’s Loss Recovery Account balance for such Fiscal Year.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other entity.

Qualified IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Agreement Among Members.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement dated the date hereof among Holdco and the other parties thereto.

Regulations ” means the regulations issued under the Code or any successor Law.

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(c).

Restricted Capital Accounts ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.5.

Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) .

Structuring Agreement ” means the structuring agreement entered into on or about the date hereof between Third Point, KIA VIII (International), L.P., KEP VI (Cayman), L.P., KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P., P RE Opportunities Ltd. and Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P.

Subscription Agreements ” means the subscription agreements dated on or prior to the date hereof among the Holdco and each member of Holdco.

Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12.

Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12.

Third Point ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Third Point Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Third Point Share Payment ” means, with respect to each Participant other than TP GP, an amount per month equal to ( i ) 0.1667% (an annual rate of 2.0%)

 

9


of the Capital Account of such Participant (calculated before accounting for any accrual of the Performance Allocation) minus ( ii ) all Founders Payments paid for such month pursuant to the Founders Agreement, in each case, prorated for intra-month withdrawals or contributions, if any.

TP Loan ” means Third Point Loan LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

TP Re ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Trademark License Agreements ” means the trademark license agreements entered into on the date hereof between Third Point and each of Holdco and TP Re.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Agreement Among Members, the Subscription Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Letter Agreements, the Trademark License Agreement, the Warrants, the Warrant Subscription Agreements, the Founders Agreement and the Structuring Agreement.

Transfer ” means any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment or other disposition by a Participant of his Interest to another Person, whether voluntary or involuntary, including a transfer by operation of Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a pledge or lien by a Participant of any or all of its Interest made in accordance with, and permitted by, this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members shall not be deemed to be a Transfer.

U.S. GAAP ” means the United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Warrants ” means the warrants issued by Holdco on the date hereof to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P., Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P., P RE Opportunities Ltd. and Aon Corporation.

Warrant Subscription Agreements ” means the warrant subscription agreements entered into on the date hereof between Holdco and each warrant holder.

 

10


Article II

Organization

Section 2.1 Purpose of Agreement

(a) The parties hereto hereby agree to form a joint venture to jointly own and manage certain assets and to share in net profits and net losses generated by these assets as more particularly provided herein.

(b) Each of the Participants hereby agrees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to reasonably cooperate to carry out the intent of this Agreement and to effectuate, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the relationship created hereby.

(c) The Parties hereto acknowledge that they intend that the joint venture created by this Agreement be taxed as a partnership and not as an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes and references herein to the “Joint Venture” are references to such joint venture and tax partnership. No election may be made by a Participant to treat the relationship created by this Agreement as other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 2.2 Assets

From and after the Effective Date, the Participants acknowledge and agree that ( i ) the assets of the Joint Venture (the “ Assets ”) will be held together in a single account at the Brokers in the name of TP Re or Holdco, as appropriate, ( ii ) all of the Assets shall be held in trust for the benefit of all Participants in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and ( iii ) except as otherwise permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement, each Participant will be entitled to a pro rata share of the combined pool of Assets on the basis of its Percentage. Third Point will select one or more custodians for the Assets and will promptly notify each Participant in writing following the selection or change of custodians hereunder.

Section 2.3 Term of Agreement

The term of this Agreement commences on the Commencement Date and continues, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement shall automatically continue for additional successive three-year terms unless any Party notifies the other Participants in writing at least six months prior to the end of the then current term that it wishes to terminate this Agreement at the end of such term.

 

11


Section 2.4 Objectives

The object and purpose of and the nature of the business to be conducted pursuant to this Agreement is investing, acquiring, holding, voting, disposing and otherwise dealing with the Securities consistent with the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the applicable Guidelines) and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 2.5 Liability of Participants

In no event will any Participant (or former Participant) be obligated to make any capital contribution in addition to its agreed capital contributions (or other payments provided for herein) or have any liability for the repayment or discharge of debts and obligations of the Joint Venture except to the extent provided herein or as required by Law.

Article III

Capital

Section 3.1 Contributions to Capital

(a) As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, TP GP and TP Re simultaneously will make or will have made an initial contribution to the Joint Venture in an amount equal to the amount set forth opposite such Participant’s name on Exhibit B . Following such contribution, each Participant as of the Effective Date shall have a Capital Account balance equal to the amount set forth opposite such Participant’s name on Exhibit B .

(b) Each Participant, as applicable, shall make additional capital contributions in accordance with Section 3.6(b). In addition, TP GP will make additional capital contributions in accordance with Section 3.1(c) and TP Re (and other entities that may become Participants as contemplated by Section 4.1(g)) will make additional capital contributions in accordance with Section 4.1(f). Furthermore, any Participant may elect to make additional capital contributions to the Joint Venture on the first Business Day following any Intra-Month Valuation Date.

(c) In the event that TP GP’s Percentage falls below 0.2%, it shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of such occurrence) make an additional capital contribution necessary to increase its Percentage to at least 0.2%.

(d) No Participant will be required to make any other additional capital contributions except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.

 

12


Section 3.2 Rights of Participants in Capital

(a) No Participant is entitled to interest on any contributions made pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) No Participant has the right to the return of any contribution made pursuant to this Agreement except ( i ) upon a withdrawal by a Participant pursuant to Section 6.2 or ( ii ) upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1. The entitlement to any such return at such time is limited to the value of the Capital Account of such Participant.

Section 3.3 Capital Accounts .

(a) Each Participant shall have a separate Capital Account relating to its Interest.

(b) Each Participant’s Capital Account shall be increased from time to time by the amount of cash and the net value, as determined in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof, of any assets constituting contributions by such Participant and decreased by the amount of cash and the net value of any assets withdrawn by and distributed to such Participant.

(c) Each Participant’s Capital Account shall be adjusted in the manner specified in the remaining provisions of this Article III .

Section 3.4 Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4, Section 3.5, and Section 3.8, any Net Profit or Net Loss for any Fiscal Period shall be allocated as of the close of such Fiscal Period to the Capital Account of each Participant in proportion to its respective Percentage as of the beginning of such Fiscal Period.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.4(a), items of income, gains, losses, deduction, credit and expenses that relate to investments in New Issues shall be allocated pursuant to Section 3.5.

Section 3.5 Allocations Relating to New Issues . Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5130 and 5131, the Joint Venture may only acquire certain publicly-offered securities (“ New Issues ”) if the Capital Accounts of Participants connected with the securities industry (“ Restricted Capital Accounts ”) are restricted from sharing a beneficial interest in such New Issues in accordance with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5130 and 5131. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.4 above, to enable investment in New Issues on behalf of the Joint Venture, Third Point shall not allocate any items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit that relate to investments in New Issues to Restricted Capital

 

13


Accounts except to the extent permitted by FINRA Rule 5130 and 5131 and shall instead allocate such items among the other Capital Accounts of Participants on a pro rata basis. To the extent that FINRA Rule 5130 and 5131 permits certain persons with Restricted Capital Accounts to participate in New Issues, Third Point will allocate such New Issue among such Restricted Capital Accounts on a pro rata basis. Third Point may specially allocate a carrying charge to compensate Participants with Restricted Capital Accounts to the extent such Restricted Capital Accounts do not participate in investments in New Issues for the use of capital to purchase or carry such positions. To the extent consistent with FINRA Rule 5130 and 5131, as amended from time to time, Third Point shall determine when all Capital Accounts may participate in items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit that relate to investments in any New Issue. Third Point shall value any New Issue at such time at the then-current price of the security in the secondary market. The Parties acknowledge that ( a ) TP Re will be deemed to be a Restricted Capital Account for purposes of the foregoing until such time as an Initial Public Offering has been consummated and ( b ) the Joint Venture will not acquire New Issues until such time as an Initial Public Offering has been consummated.

Section 3.6 Allocation of Third Point Share Payment, Withholding Taxes and Certain Other Expenditures

(a) As of the first day of each month, the Third Point Share Payment for such month (together with any amount of the Third Point Share Payment previously accrued and not yet paid) shall be paid in cash to Third Point out of the Assets. All applicable Third Point Share Payments accrue from the beginning of each month (or from the Commencement Date in the case of the first month or partial month following an initial capital contribution by a Participant) with respect to each Participant (other than TP GP), based on the Capital Account balance of each such Participant (other than TP GP) as of the beginning of such month (or on the Commencement Date with respect to such Participant (other than TP GP) in the case of any such first month or partial month following an initial capital contribution). For the avoidance of doubt, Third Point will refund the unearned portion of the Third Point Share Payment if a withdrawal is made prior to the end of the month. All payments of the Third Point Share Payment to Third Point under this Agreement shall be made without any reduction, deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax (including without limitation, any value added tax), unless required by Law.

(b) If the Joint Venture or a Participant incurs a withholding tax or other tax obligation with respect to the share of income allocable to any Participant, then Third Point, on behalf of the Joint Venture or of such Participant, shall (unless otherwise agreed by such Participant) withhold the appropriate portion of such Participant’s share of income, timely remit such amount to the applicable taxing authority and cause the amount of such obligation to be debited against the Capital Account of such Participant as of the close of the Fiscal Period during which such obligation was paid. If the amount

 

14


of such taxes is greater than such Capital Account balance, then such Participant and any successor to such Participant’s Interest must, in connection with this Agreement, make a capital contribution in the amount of such excess. No one other than the Participant is obligated to apply for or obtain a reduction of or exemption from withholding tax on behalf of any Participant that may be eligible for such reduction or exemption but Third Point will provide any assistance reasonably requested by a Participant, at such Participant’s cost, in connection with establishing any such reduction or exemption.

(c) Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, any expenditures payable by or on behalf of the Joint Venture, to the extent determined by Third Point to have been paid or withheld on behalf of, or by reason of particular circumstances applicable to, one or more but fewer than all of the Participants, are to be charged to only those Participants on whose behalf such payments are made or whose particular circumstances gave rise to such payments. Such charges are debited from the Capital Accounts of such Participants as of the close of the Fiscal Period during which any such items were accrued or paid.

Section 3.7 Reserves; Adjustments for Certain Future Events

(a) Appropriate reserves may be created, accrued and charged against the Net Assets and proportionately against the Capital Accounts of the Participants for contingent liabilities associated with the Joint Venture, including, without limitation, for accrued Performance Allocation amounts, such reserves to be in the amounts that Third Point deems necessary or appropriate in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Third Point may increase or reduce any such reserve from time to time by such amounts as Third Point deems necessary or appropriate in accordance with U.S. GAAP. At the reasonable discretion of Third Point, the amount of any such reserve, or any increase or decrease therein, may be charged or credited, as appropriate, to the Capital Accounts of those parties who are Participants at the time when such reserve is created, increased, or decreased, as the case may be, or alternatively may be charged or credited to those parties who were Participants at the time of the act or omission giving rise to the contingent liability for which the reserve was established.

(b) If Third Point in its reasonable discretion determines that it is equitable to treat an amount to be paid or received as being applicable to one or more prior periods, then such amount may be proportionately charged or credited, as appropriate, to those parties who were Participants during such prior period or periods. If any amount is to be charged or credited to a party who is no longer a Participant, such amount must be paid by (in the case of a charge) or to (in the case of a credit) such party, as the case may be, in cash. In the case of a charge, the former Participant is obligated to pay the amount of the charge, or if another Participant has already paid the charge, to reimburse such other Participant promptly on demand; provided that ( i ) in no event is a former Participant obligated to make a payment exceeding the amount of its Capital Account at the time to which the charge relates, and ( ii ) no such demand may be made if the applicable

 

15


limitation period under applicable Law, if any, has expired. To the extent Third Point or the Participants fail to collect, in full, any amount required to be charged to such former Participant pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 3.7, whether due to the expiration of the applicable limitation period, if any, or for any other reason whatsoever, the deficiency may be charged proportionately to the Capital Accounts of the current Participants.

Section 3.8 Performance Allocation

(a) The Performance Allocation shall be debited against the Capital Account of each Participant (other than TP GP) and credited to the Capital Account of TP GP as of the last day of each Fiscal Year. If a Participant withdraws all or a portion of its Capital Account other than at the end of a Fiscal Year, the Performance Allocation accrued and attributable to the portion withdrawn will be debited against such Participant’s Capital Account and credited to TP GP’s Capital Account at the time of withdrawal.

(b) TP GP, in its sole discretion, may waive or reduce the Performance Allocation. TP GP and Third Point may elect, prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year, to restructure the Performance Allocation as a performance fee to Third Point with the same terms as the Performance Allocation.

Section 3.9 Allocations for Income Tax Purposes

(a) Except as otherwise required by Code Section 704(c), items of income, gain, deduction, loss, or credit that are recognized for income tax purposes in each Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Participants, in such manner as to reflect equitably amounts credited to or debited against each Participant’s Capital Account, whether in such Fiscal Year or in prior Fiscal Years. To this end, Third Point shall establish and maintain records that show the extent to which the Capital Account of each Participant, as of the last day of each Fiscal Year, consists of amounts that have not been reflected in the taxable income of such Participant. To the extent deemed by Third Point, in its reasonable discretion, to be feasible and equitable, taxable income and gains in each Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Participants who have enjoyed the related credits to their Capital Accounts, and items of deduction, loss and credit in each Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Participants who have borne the burden of the related debits to their Capital Accounts. In the case of any Participant withdrawing all or a portion of its interest in the Joint Venture pursuant to Section 6.2, Third Point may specially allocate such items to such Participant so that the aggregate amount of the excess, if any, of:

 

  (i) the Net Profit over the Net Loss then or theretofore allocated to such Participant equals the aggregate amount of items of income and gain over loss and deduction then or theretofore allocated to such Participant, or

 

  (ii) the Net Loss over the Net Profit then or theretofore allocated to such Participant equals the aggregate amount of items of loss and deduction over income and gain then or theretofore allocated to such Participant,

 

16


in each case, with respect to such withdrawn Interest.

(b) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Asset or any Capital Account pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required under Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) and (5) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Participants in the same manner that the gain or loss displaced by such basis adjustment would have been allocated had the assets in question been sold.

(c) Certain Actions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, ( i ) each Participant shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and transferees to, take any action requested by Third Point, and Third Point may take any reasonable action, to ensure that the fair market value of any interest in the Joint Venture that is transferred in connection with the performance of services is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being equal to the “liquidation value” (within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. section 1.83-3(l)) of that interest (and that each such interest in the Joint Venture is afforded pass-through treatment for all applicable U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes) and ( ii ) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to attain or ensure such treatment under any applicable Law, Treasury Regulation, Revenue Procedure, Revenue Ruling, Notice or other guidance governing partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services, such action may include authorizing and directing the Joint Venture or Third Point to make any election, agreeing to any condition imposed on such Participant, its Affiliates or its transferees, executing any amendment to this Agreement or other agreements, executing any new agreement, making any tax election or tax filing, and agreeing not to take any contrary position.

Section 3.10 Qualified Income Offset

In the event any Participant receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations, items of income and gain will be specially allocated to each such Participant in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, the deficit balance in the Capital Account of such Participant as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 3.10 may be made only if and to the extent that such Participant would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Article III have been tentatively made as if this Section 3.10 were not in the Agreement. This Section 3.10 is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii), and must be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

17


Section 3.11 Gross Income Allocation

In the event any Participant has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year that is in excess of the sum of ( i ) the amount such Participant is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and ( ii ) the amount such Participant is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Participant will be specially allocated items of income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 3.11 may be made only if and to the extent that such Participant would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article III have been made as if Section 3.10 hereof and this Section 3.11 were not in the Agreement.

Section 3.12 Individual Participants’ Tax Treatment

(a) Except with regard to the treatment of the Joint Venture as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes and the treatment of the Performance Allocation as a partnership profits interest for U.S. tax purposes as contemplated by this Agreement (“ Tax Treatment ”), each Participant agrees not to treat, on any income tax return or in any claim for a refund, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item pursuant to the terms of this Agreement unless otherwise required by a Final Determination after such Participant uses its commercially reasonable efforts to uphold the treatment of the item in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties shall not take any position inconsistent with the Tax Treatment. If a claim, action or proceeding (a “ Tax Proceeding ”) is brought by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority against a Participant or the Joint Venture challenging the Tax Treatment, such Participant shall provide prompt written notice to Third Point of such Tax Proceeding and Third Point shall be entitled to assume the defense of, and control all matters with regard to, such Tax Proceeding as it relates to the Tax Treatment. Third Point shall use reasonable efforts to keep such Participant apprised of the status of such Tax Proceeding. No Participant may settle a Tax Proceeding inconsistent with the Tax Treatment contemplated by this Agreement unless Third Point fails to assume or maintain the defense of the Tax Proceeding as contemplated by this Section 3.12(b), or Third Point provides express prior written consent. In the event Third Point exercises its right to assume control of the defense, the Participant being indemnified shall reasonably cooperate with Third Point in such defense and make available to Third Point witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in its possession or under its control relating thereto as are reasonably requested by Third Point.

 

18


Section 3.13 Distributions

(a) Subject to Section 6.2, the amount, form and timing of any distributions pursuant to this Agreement are determined by Third Point.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Third Point may not make a distribution to any Participant on account of such Participant’s Interest if such distribution would violate any applicable Law.

Article IV

Management

Section 4.1 Duties and Powers of the Participants

(a) Subject to Section 4.1(i) below, Third Point shall be empowered subject to Section 6.2(b) ( i ) to formulate the overall trading and investment strategy of the Joint Venture (including related borrowing and other activities associated therewith in order to implement such strategy) and ( ii ) to exercise full discretion in the management of the trading and investment transactions and related activities contemplated by this Agreement in order to implement such strategy.

(b) Subject to Section 4.1(e) and Section 4.1(i) , in furtherance of the foregoing, the Participants hereby designate and appoint Third Point as agent and attorney-in-fact for purposes of this Agreement, with full power and authority and without the need for further approval of any Participant (except as may be required by applicable Law) to have subject to Section 6.2(b) the sole and exclusive power on behalf of the Participants to ( i ) effect any and all transactions in equity and debt securities (including derivatives thereon), currencies and commodities (and options, futures, derivatives, swaps, and forward contracts thereon), trade and other claims, arbitrages, loans, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and similar securities of non-United States issuers, and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense (“ Securities ”); ( ii ) determine all matters relating to the manner, method and timing of investment transactions and to engage consultants and analysts in connection therewith; ( iii ) select “Brokers” (including prime brokers), custodians, dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out, provided that Third Point will provide a list of relevant Brokers used in the most recent calendar quarter to the Investment Committee upon request for review on a quarterly basis; ( iv ) make short sales; ( v ) purchase or write options (including uncovered options); ( vi ) trade on margin; ( vii ) draw funds and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the account of the Joint Venture and its Participants; ( viii ) exercise all voting and other powers and privileges attributable to any Securities or other property held for the account of the Joint Venture and its Participants hereunder; and ( ix ) make,

 

19


execute, deliver and perform all such documents, contracts, agreements and other undertakings and to take all such other actions as Third Point considers necessary or appropriate to carry out the objectives described in this Section 4.1(b), including making all federal securities filings relating to any of the investment activities set forth in this Section 4.1(b) and/or opening brokerage (including prime brokerage) accounts and any other required documentation including, without limitation, swaps, securities, lending arrangements and similar agreements on behalf of the Joint Venture and its Participants provided , however , that if, following a Qualified IPO, a contract, agreement or other undertaking is or is to be made by Third Point on behalf of TP Re that could reasonably be expected to require disclosure on a Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable Law, Third Point shall promptly notify TP Re and cooperate with TP Re to allow a timely and proper disclosure to be made.

(c) Third Point may not, without the prior written consent of TP Re delegate or subcontract any of the foregoing to any other Person or entity; provided that Third Point may effectuate any of the foregoing ( i ) with the prior consent of TP Re (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld), through one or more corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other entities formed on behalf of the Joint Venture or ( ii ) without the prior written consent of any Party (including TP Re), through TP Loan with respect to loans, trade or other claims, participations, and (to the extent such investments are permitted in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement) illiquid investments traditionally considered “venture capital” or private equity investments, or as otherwise agreed upon by the board thereof only, consistent with the use of TP Loan by the Third Point Funds and other Managed Accounts (provided that nothing in this sub-clause (ii) shall be deemed to permit Third Point to delegate management of TP Loan or its assets to a third party manager).

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, Third Point shall not have or take, or direct any person other than a Broker to have or take, custody and/or physical control of the Assets, including, without limitation, any physically certificated securities, other than certificates of restricted securities from time to time on behalf of the Joint Venture. Other than as described in this Section 4.1(d), Third Point shall have no authority hereunder to take or have possession of any Assets or to direct the delivery of any Securities or the payment of any Joint Venture funds to itself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Third Point acknowledges that it will comply in all material respects with the custody rule under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Nothing herein shall affect the ability of Third Point to cause the Third Point Share Payment to be paid to Third Point out of the Assets as provided in this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Third Point shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid engaging in any activity or taking any action that would cause TP Re to be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for

 

20


U.S. federal income tax purposes, including investing in any asset that ( i ) does not qualify for the trading safe harbor provided in Section 864(b)(2) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or ( ii ) would be considered a United States real property interest for purposes of Section 897 of the Code. The foregoing shall not prohibit the investment by the Joint Venture in an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that in turn invests in assets described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

(f) During the term of this Agreement, subject to Section 6.2(b) , none of TP Re or any other Participant shall engage a person or entity, other than Third Point or, with the prior written consent of Third Point, a Third Point Affiliate, to act as its investment advisor or in a similar capacity. In furtherance of the foregoing and also subject to Section 6.2(b) , during the term of this Agreement, TP Re (and any other Participant (other than TP GP)) will, on the first Business Day following the end of each calendar month make such additional capital contributions to the Joint Venture as may be required so that, after accounting for such contribution, TP Re (or such other Participant, as applicable) will have the maximum percentage as may be prudent under the circumstances (as determined by the Board, in the case of TP Re) but in no event less than ninety five (95) percent of its investable assets contributed to the Joint Venture. In addition, without affecting the generality of Section 3.1(b) , TP Re (and any such other Participant) may elect to make additional capital contributions to the Joint Venture on the first Business Day following any Intra-Month Valuation Date with the purpose of causing TP Re (or such other Participant, as applicable) to have the maximum investment exposure as may be prudent under the circumstances (as determined by the Board, in the case of TP Re).

(g) Holdco acknowledges and agrees that: ( i ) to the extent it establishes subsidiaries other than TP Re that hold or may hold investable assets, it will cause any such relevant subsidiary to become a Participant hereunder and to become, among other things, subject to the requirements of Section 4.1(f) and ( ii ) to the extent Holdco directly holds investable assets (other than in nominal amounts required to fund its operating expenses), Holdco will become a Participant hereunder and shall, among other things, be subject to the requirements of Section 4.1(f) .

(h) TP GP shall be the tax matters partner for purposes of this Agreement and Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code. The tax matters partner has the exclusive authority and discretion to make any elections required or permitted to be made by the Joint Venture under any provisions of the Code or any other applicable Laws.

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Third Point hereby agrees to follow the investment guidelines of TP Re attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Guidelines ”). Third Point shall not effect any investment transactions for the accounts of TP Re that are inconsistent with the Guidelines.

 

21


Section 4.2 Expenses

(a) Subject to Section 4.2(b) , all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the following shall be paid or reimbursed by the Joint Venture:

 

  (i) trade support services including, but not limited to, pre- and post-trade support software and related support services;

 

  (ii) research (including but not limited to publications, periodicals, data base services and data processing that are directly related to research activities on behalf of the Joint Venture);

 

  (iii) risk analysis and risk reporting by third parties and risk-related and consulting services;

 

  (iv) brokerage commissions and services;

 

  (v) legal fees incurred related to Joint Venture investments or proposed investments and the ongoing existence of the Joint Venture, including legal costs and expenses of Covered Persons that may be payable by the Joint Venture pursuant to any indemnification obligations of the Joint Venture;

 

  (vi) third party legal and compliance fees and expenses allocated to the Joint Venture to the extent such services are for the organizational, operational, investment or trading activities of the Joint Venture;

 

  (vii) insurance (other than fire and theft insurance);

 

  (viii) Joint Venture accounting, auditing and tax preparation;

 

  (ix) interest costs and taxes;

 

  (x) administrator, custodian and transfer agency services;

 

  (xi) services of third parties that provide specialized data and/or analysis as to specific sectors or asset classes in which the Joint Venture has made or intends to make an investment; and

 

  (xii) proxy solicitation contests and the preparation of any letters with respect to plans and proposals regarding the management, ownership and capital structure of any portfolio company (and related Hart-Scott-Rodino filings) by Third Point (including regulatory filings of such letters) in connection with the Joint Venture’s investments (together, the “ Expenses ”);

 

22


provided that, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Investment Committee of TP Re, to the extent the aggregate amount of the Expenses payable by the Joint Venture for any Fiscal Year (which Expenses exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, any use of “soft dollars” pursuant to Section 4.2(c) and any indemnification payments made pursuant to Article V) exceed the product of ( a ) 0.0125 and ( b ) the average Net Assets (calculated as the average of the Net Assets determined as of each calendar month end) for such Fiscal Year, then Third Point will reimburse the amount of such excess. Expenses will be borne pro rata by the Participants in accordance with the balances in their respective Capital Accounts, except as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, including Sections 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 and 3.9 .

(b) If Third Point shall incur any of the Expenses for the account or benefit of, or in connection with its activities or those of its Affiliates on behalf of, both the Joint Venture and any Managed Account, Third Point will allocate such Expense among the Joint Venture and each such Managed Account on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative net asset value; provided that all expenses specifically related to a particular investment will be allocated among the Joint Venture and each such Managed Account on a pro rata basis in proportion to the size of the investment made or proposed to be made by each of the Joint Venture and each such Managed Account in the activity or entity to which the Expense relates.

(c) In selecting brokers or dealers to execute transactions, Third Point expects to use “soft dollars”. Third Point need not solicit competitive bids and does not have an obligation to seek the lowest available brokerage commissions, mark-ups or other compensation (collectively, “ Commissions ”); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, allocation of Commissions among the Joint Venture and any Managed Account for which corresponding brokerage trades are being conducted by Third Point shall be made on a pro rata basis in accordance with Section 4.2(b) . The Parties acknowledge that it is not Third Point’s practice to negotiate “execution only” Commissions; thus, the Joint Venture may be deemed to be paying for research and other services provided by the broker or brokers which are included in the Commissions. Third Point acknowledges that research and related services furnished by brokers will be limited to services that constitute research and brokerage services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Accordingly, research and related services may include, but are not limited to, written information and analyses concerning specific securities, companies or sectors; market, financial and economic studies and forecasts, as well as discussions with research personnel; financial or industry publications; statistical and pricing services, along with hardware, software, data bases and other technical, technological and telecommunication services, lines and equipment utilized in the investment management process, including any updates, upgrades, modifications, maintenance, repairs, replacements, modernizations or improvements thereof. With respect to brokerage and research services obtained by the use of

 

23


Commissions that also assist Third Point in performing other functions that do not provide it with lawful and appropriate assistance in making investment decisions (such as accounting, recordkeeping and administrative services), Third Point will make a reasonable allocation of the cost of such service according to its use and use Commissions to pay only for the eligible component that falls under the Section 28(e) safe harbor. Use of “soft dollars” by Third Point as described herein shall not constitute a breach by it of any fiduciary or other duty which Third Point may be deemed to owe to any other Participant or any Affiliate thereof.

(d) The Joint Venture does not have its own separate employees or office, and no Participant is entitled to reimbursement for salaries, office rent and other general overhead costs of such Participant in connection with this Agreement.

Section 4.3 Other Activities of Participants . It is expressly understood and agreed as follows:

(a) Third Point is not required to devote its full time to its duties under this Agreement, but must devote such amount of its time to such duties as is commercially reasonable and, in any event, such amount of time as is necessary and appropriate to conduct the affairs contemplated by this Agreement in good faith.

(b) Third Point and its owners, members, officers and principals may become involved in other business ventures. Third Point and/or its Affiliates also serve as the investment manager of Managed Accounts which may have substantially the same investment programs as the Joint Venture. In addition, Third Point may determine to forego an investment on behalf of the Joint Venture, but permit employees of Third Point to invest, or offer co-investment opportunities to its employees, its Affiliates, one or more Participants or third parties in either case if it determines in good faith that the amount available for the investment is greater than what Third Point reasonably believes is appropriate for investment by the Joint Venture. The Joint Venture will have no interest in the foregoing activities.

(c) In executing securities transactions, Third Point may combine orders of the Joint Venture and Managed Accounts, which may at times reduce the number of securities available for purchase by the Joint Venture. Third Point will seek to allocate investment opportunities among the Joint Venture and the Managed Accounts in a fair and equitable manner taking into account each clients’ best interests and investment objectives and restrictions. Third Point has adopted procedures to help ensure that allocations do not reflect a practice of favoring or discriminating against any client or group of clients. Account performance shall not be a factor in trade allocations. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph (c), Third Point will manage the Joint Venture on a parallel pro rata basis with its Managed Accounts, employing primarily the same investment strategies, subject but not limited to each client’s varying stated investment objectives, including the amount of leverage used, investment restrictions and tax

 

24


considerations. Consequently, when possible, client orders in the same security will be generally placed on an aggregated basis and allocated proportionately (taking into account leverage and such other factors described above) to each of the Joint Venture and the Managed Accounts participating therein. Third Point may, however, increase or decrease the amount of securities allocated to an account to avoid holding odd-lot shares for particular clients or, in the case of TP Re, with approval of the Investment Committee. In the case of aggregated orders, if all such orders are not filled at the same price, the Joint Venture and each Managed Account will participate at the average share price for all Third Point’s transactions in that security on a given day, and transaction costs will be shared pro-rata based on each of the Joint Venture’s and the Managed Accounts’ participation in the transaction. Third Point or its Affiliates may, in the future, advise other funds or separately managed accounts that do not participate with the Joint Venture on a pro rata basis.

(d) Monthly, and at times intra-month, as Third Point may deem necessary in its sole discretion, Third Point will execute rebalancing trades (based on monthly performance and cash inflows and outflows) to maintain to the extent practicable parity in the portfolio composition of the Joint Venture and the Managed Accounts, taking into account various factors including account leverage, investment restrictions and tax considerations. Third Point will exclude from any rebalancing private equity securities and other instruments that are not generally available in the market, as determined by Third Point in its reasonable discretion. In order to effect a rebalancing, Third Point will purchase or sell securities or other investments for the Joint Venture while at the same time Third Point is selling or purchasing the same investments for one or more of the Managed Accounts. Transactions between the Joint Venture and Managed Accounts shall be for cash consideration at ( i ) the current market price of the particular securities if effected on the open market or ( ii ) the close of business market price for the particular securities on the day of the transaction if not effected on the open market.

(e) Principal trades will be effected by Third Point in compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Every principal trade shall require the prior written consent of the Disinterested Board Members. Prior to obtaining such consent, Third Point shall provide the Disinterested Board Members with information providing: ( i ) the rationale for the principal trade and why it believes it is in the best interest of the Joint Venture; ( ii ) its determination that the trade is consistent with Third Point’s duty to seek best execution; and (iii) that the valuation procedures described in this Agreement are followed in determining the appropriate price at which to effect the transaction.

(f) In the event it is determined in good faith by Third Point that it would be advantageous to establish arrangements under which particular investments are held by the Joint Venture or a Managed Account, while the economic benefits and risks of such investments are shared by the Joint Venture and the Managed Accounts, which arrangements may entail the creation of special purpose vehicles, derivative contracts and

 

25


other mechanisms for sharing risk and reward, then Third Point will establish such arrangements only where there is no reasonable alternative, will seek to ensure that all such arrangements result in a fair and equitable sharing of risk and reward (taking into consideration any financing or other incremental costs) and will obtain Investment Committee approval for such arrangements on behalf of the Joint Venture.

(g) The Parties agree that the Investment Committee shall serve as the investment committee of the Joint Venture. The transaction of any business of the Investment Committee on behalf of the Joint Venture shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members thereof. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of the Investment Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Members of the Investment Committee will not be acting in a fiduciary capacity with respect to the Joint Venture or any Participants in connection with the functions of the Investment Committee. The members of the Investment Committee will not receive any compensation or reimbursement from the Joint Venture for serving on the Investment Committee, but will receive reimbursement for the reasonable out-of-pocket travel-related expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their functions on the Investment Committee. The Joint Venture will bear any expenses related to the functions of the Investment Committee.

Section 4.4 Representations and Warranties of Third Point

Third Point represents and warrants to the Participants that:

(a) it is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization;

(b) it has full capacity and authority to act as described in this Agreement;

(c) it has duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement, which is a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, receivership or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether considered at law or in equity);

(d) it has all governmental and regulatory licenses, registrations, consents and approvals required by law as are necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement and will not, by entering into this Agreement and performing its obligations hereunder, materially breach or cause to be materially breached, any applicable legal or contractual obligations, undertaking, agreement, contract, by-law or other organizational document, statute, rule or regulation of any court or any governmental body or administrative agency or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over it, or any order

 

26


to which it is a party or by which it is bound except for any breaches that could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its duties hereunder;

(e) its trading, and dealing of the Securities and other Assets shall be in accordance with the Guidelines and the terms of this Agreement, and shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the relevant market, self-regulatory organization, exchange or clearing house;

(f) it has delegated to its administrator procedures which comply with and shall ensure compliance with all relevant anti-money laundering, privacy and financial sanctions regulations applicable to it, including the U.S. Federal and State anti-money laundering and financial sanctions laws and regulations, and it will periodically perform checks in respect of executing brokers pursuant to its best execution policy in its compliance manual (as the same may be updated from time to time);

(g) it and its employees are subject to a written compliance manual;

(h) there are no pending or, to its knowledge, threatened or contemplated, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations before or by any court, governmental, administrative or self-regulatory body, board of trade, exchange or arbitration panel to which Third Point or any of its principals or employees is a party or is subject, which might reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business or prospects of Third Point or which might reasonably be expected to materially impair Third Point’s ability to discharge its obligations hereunder except as otherwise disclosed;

(i) it has the staff and systems to fulfill its duties hereunder and the operating staff of Third Point shall devote and will continue to devote during the term of this Agreement, such time to the conduct of the business of Third Point as is reasonably necessary to provide services contemplated by this Agreement;

(j) it will promptly inform the Disinterested Board Members and Investment Committee of any new business ventures that could reasonably be expected to cause a significant conflict of interest between its duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and other commitments or business relationships in which it is involved; and

(k) if, during the term of this Agreement, Third Point discovers any fact or omission, or any event or change of circumstances has occurred, which would make any of Third Point’s representations and warranties herein inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, Third Point shall provide prompt notification to the Investment Committee and Disinterested Board Members of any such fact, omission, event or change of circumstance, and the facts related thereto, and it is agreed that the intentional failure to provide such notification during the term of this Agreement shall be cause for TP Re to terminate this Agreement upon ten days prior written notice.

 

27


Section 4.5 Duties; Discretion

(a) All transactions effected pursuant to this Agreement by Third Point shall be for the Participants’ accounts and risk. Third Point has not made and makes no guarantee whatsoever as to the success or profitability of Third Point’s trading methods and strategies, and each Participant acknowledges that it has received no such guarantee from Third Point or any Covered Person, and has not entered into this Agreement in consideration of or in reliance upon any such guarantee or similar representation from Third Point or any Covered Person.

(b) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties and liabilities relating thereto to the Joint Venture or to any Participant, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, such Covered Person acting under (and in a manner consistent with) this Agreement is not liable to the Joint Venture or to any Participant for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement; provided that any act or omission by such Covered Person in good faith reliance or otherwise on the provisions of this Agreement does not constitute Disabling Conduct on the part of such Covered Person.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by Law, unless otherwise expressly provided for herein, ( i ) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between Third Point or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Joint Venture or any of the Participants on the other hand, or ( ii ) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that Third Point must act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, fair and reasonable, Third Point must resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles.

Article V

Indemnification; Exculpation

Section 5.1 Indemnification by the Participants . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Participants shall (pro-rata in proportion to each Participant’s Capital Account and, to the extent such Losses are attributable both to the assets, business and/or affairs of the Joint Venture and the assets, business and/or affairs of one or more Managed Accounts, pro-rata in proportion to the respective Capital Accounts of the Participants and the respective net asset values of such Managed Accounts) indemnify, defend, and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against, and shall reimburse each Covered Person for, any and all Losses directly or indirectly resulting from the

 

28


performance of Third Point’s obligations under this Agreement; provided that such Covered Person will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of such Covered Person’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or a material breach of this Agreement, provided further that Third Point will not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.1 to the extent Third Point is required to provide an indemnity for such Losses pursuant to Section 5.2.

Section 5.2 Indemnification by Third Point . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, Third Point shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Participants against any Losses which were caused by: ( i ) any misstatement or omission of material fact contained in a filing made by or on behalf of a Participant under the United States Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 or other federal law or other public disclosure or applicable Law in so far as such Losses arise out of or are based upon any written information provided by Third Point regarding the Participants or the Joint Venture expressly for use in such filing or other public disclosure, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such misstatement or omission of a material fact contained in such filing occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished by Third Point; ( ii ) Third Point’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its obligations; ( iii ) breaches of the Guidelines by Third Point in connection with its duties under this Agreement which breaches are not cured within 15 days of the date on which Third Point receives a notice of such breach from a Participant; ( iv ) a material breach by Third Point of this Agreement (other than the Guidelines); or ( v ) violations of Law by Third Point.

Section 5.3 Advancement of Expenses . A party entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 (an “ Indemnitee ”) shall notify the party subject to the indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing as soon as possible of: ( i ) all details of any claim made against it or any of the circumstances of which it may become aware and which may give rise to a Loss; ( ii ) the receipt of written notice from any Person with the intention to make a claim against it; ( iii ) its intention to seek indemnity under this Article V; and ( iv ) the amount requested for advances of Indemnified Expenses (a “ Notice of Advances ”). The Indemnifying Party will advance all reasonable Indemnified Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in connection with any claim (but not for any claim initiated or brought voluntarily by such Indemnitee) in advance of the final disposition of such claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall be finally, judicially determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Party as authorized by this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Covered Person shall be liable to the Joint Venture or any Party for ( i ) any act or omission by such Covered Person in connection with the conduct of the business of the Joint Venture unless such act or omission constitutes Disabling Conduct on the part of such Covered Person or ( ii ) any action or omission by any Participant; provided such action or omission is not in connection with the Disabling Conduct of a Covered Person.

 

29


Article VI

Admissions and Withdrawals

Section 6.1 Admission of Participants

The Participants may by unanimous written consent, on the first day of any calendar month, or at such other times as the Participants may determine, admit any Person who executes this Agreement or any other writing evidencing the intent of such Person to become a Participant, provided that any such Participant executes a joinder to the Founders’ Agreement as a “Payor” thereunder in a form reasonably acceptable to TP Re.

Section 6.2 Withdrawal of Interests of Participants . The Interest of a Participant may not be withdrawn prior to termination of this Agreement except as provided in this Section 6.2.

(a) TP Re may withdraw all or a portion of its Capital Account balance from the Joint Venture, either as cash or in kind (or a combination of both), in each case as determined by the Investment Committee, and effective as of any calendar month end or on any Intra-Month Valuation Date, as may be determined by TP Re in its sole discretion:

(i) upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice to Third Point to the extent required to pay claims of cedants under TP Re’s reinsurance agreements but only to the extent other funds of TP Re are not available for such purpose; provided that a liquidity buffer of up to $2 million (or such other amount as may be mutually agreed between Third Point and TP Re) shall not be considered as funds otherwise available for such purpose;

(ii) upon not less than five Business Days’ prior written notice to Third Point to the extent required to pay for reasonable operating expenses as may be determined by the Investment Commitee but only to the extent other funds of TP Re are not available for such purpose;

(iii) upon not less than thirty days’ prior written notice to Third Point in connection with an Exit Transaction, such withdrawal to be effective and conditioned upon completion of (or, in the case of an Exit Transaction that is a liquidation or a winding down, upon approval and commencement of) the contemplated Exit Transaction;

 

30


(iv) upon not less than thirty days’ prior written notice to Third Point in the event ( i ) TP Re receives a notification from A.M. Best that such withdrawal is required to maintain TP Re’s financial strength rating of at least A-, or ( ii ) TP Re is required to diversify its assets pursuant to any law, order or regulation proposed or promulgated by any Governmental Authority (a “ Diversification Requirement ”), in each of case (i) and (ii), only to the extent the Disinterested Board Members deem it reasonable to maintain TP Re’s A- financial strength rating from A.M. Best or satisfy any Diversification Requirement, as the case may be; provided that, in the case of the occurrence of the event described in sub-clause (i) of this sentence, Third Point and TP Re acknowledge and agree that ( a ) each of Third Point and TP Re will cooperate in good faith to schedule one or more meetings with representatives of A.M. Best to discuss the reasoning and need, under all circumstances, for such withdrawal and to request that A.M. Best revoke or modify the requirements described in such notification to the extent practicable and consistent with the spirit of this Agreement and ( b ) if Third Point is capable of managing a portion of the Assets that would otherwise be withdrawn pursuant to such notification from A.M. Best and doing so would be consistent with the requirements imposed by A.M. Best, then Third Point shall have the option to match any lower fee structure that has been offered to TP Re for the management of such Assets, in which case such Assets shall continue to be managed by Third Point in a manner consistent with the requirements described in such notification from A.M. Best;

(v) at the sole discretion of a majority of the Disinterested Board Members, upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to Third Point in the event that the net investment performance of the Joint Venture has ( a ) ( i ) incurred a loss in two successive calendar years and ( ii ) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 1,000 basis points (10 pts) for such two successive calendar years, taken as a whole, or ( b ) ( i ) incurred a cumulative loss of 10% or more during any 24 month period and ( ii ) underperformed the S&P 500 Index by at least 1,500 basis points (15 pts) for such 24 month period, provided that TP Re may only provide such written notice of withdrawal to Third Point within three months following the end of such second calendar year or 24 month period, as applicable, and provided further that, in the case of clause (b) of this Section 6.2(a)(v), no such withdrawal shall be permitted if, at the time of such withdrawal, neither of the Lead Investors holds a number of Common Shares equal to at least 10% of the number of Common Shares acquired by such Lead Investor on the date hereof;

(vi) at the sole discretion of a majority of the Disinterested Board Members, upon not less than five days’ prior written notice to Third Point following the occurrence of any Cause Event; or

(vii) at the sole discretion of (A) a majority of the Disinterested Board Members or (B) any single Lead Investor, following a Key Man Event upon not less than four months’ prior written notice, provided that TP Re shall have, prior to providing such withdrawal notice, granted Third Point a reasonable opportunity to make a presentation to the Board regarding its capabilities to continue to manage the Assets.

 

31


(b) In the event of a withdrawal by TP Re pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(v), (vi) or (vii) (and, subject to the limitations imposed in such sub-clause, Section 6.2(a)(iv)), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(f)), TP Re will have the right to place such withdrawn Assets with any money manager (other than Third Point), as may be determined by TP Re in its sole discretion.

(c) Subject to Section 3.1(c), TP GP may withdraw any portion of its Capital Account balance from the Joint Venture, either as cash or in kind (or a combination of both) and effective as of any calendar month end or on any Intra-Month Valuation Date.

(d) The right of any Participant to withdraw or of any Participant to have distributed an amount from its Capital Account pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.2 is subject to the provision by Third Point, on behalf of the Participants, for all of the Joint Venture’s liabilities and for reserves for contingencies provided for in Section 3.7.

(e) With respect to any amounts withdrawn, a withdrawing Participant does not share in the income, gains and losses resulting from the Joint Venture or have any other rights or obligations as a Participant after the effective date of its withdrawal except as provided in Section 3.7.

(f) In the event that a Participant shall have withdrawn from the Joint Venture in full pursuant to Section 6.2, ( i ) such Participant shall no longer be considered a Participant from and after the date of such complete withdrawal, and ( ii ) the provisions of this Agreement shall no longer apply to such Participant (except those provisions which by their terms apply to Participants following their withdrawal).

 

32


Section 6.3 Transfer of Interests by Participants . Each Participant agrees that it will not make or attempt to make a Transfer of all or any portion of its Interest without the prior written consent of Third Point and the other Participants, provided that each participant may Transfer all or any portion of its Interests to an Affiliate without the consent of any Party. In the event of a Transfer of any Participant’s Interest in violation of this Section 6.3, such Transfer shall be void ab initio and Third Point shall have the right to require the withdrawal of such Participant’s Interest.

Article VII

Termination and Liquidation

Section 7.1 Termination of this Agreement

(a) Subject to applicable Law, this Agreement will terminate and the affairs of the Joint Venture must be wound up upon the earliest of:

 

  (i) the end of the term of this Agreement, as determined pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof; and

 

  (ii) the date on which only one Participant remains (provided that if the remaining Participant is TP Re (or another Participant contemplated by Section 4.1(g)), TP Re (or such other Participant) will be required to enter into an investment management agreement on substantially the same economic and other terms as set forth in this Agreement with Third Point or a designee of Third Point).

(b) Except as provided in Section 7.1(a) or applicable Law, the dissolution, termination, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, merger, sale of substantially all of the stock or assets of or other change in the ownership or nature of a Participant, the execution of a joinder agreement to this Agreement by a new Participant, the withdrawal of a Participant, or the transfer by a Participant of its Interests to a third party does not cause this Agreement to terminate.

Section 7.2 Liquidation of the Venture

(a) Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(a), Third Point shall promptly liquidate the Assets, except that if Third Point is unable to perform this function, a liquidator elected by Participants whose Percentages represent more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentages of all Participants shall liquidate the Assets.

(b) Net Profit and Net Loss attributable to a Capital Account during the Fiscal Periods that include the period of liquidation shall be allocated pursuant to Article III . The proceeds from liquidation shall be divided in the following manner, subject to applicable Law:

 

  (i) the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Joint Venture, other than debts to the Participants as Participants, and the expenses of liquidation (including legal and accounting expenses incurred in connection therewith), up to and including the date that distribution of the Assets to the Participants has been completed, shall be first satisfied (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

 

33


  (ii) such debts as are owing to the Participants as Participants shall be next paid; and

 

  (iii) the Participants shall be next paid liquidating distributions (in cash, securities, or other assets, whether or not readily marketable) pro rata in accordance with, and up to the positive balances of their respective Capital Accounts, as adjusted pursuant to Article III to reflect allocations for the Fiscal Period ending on the date of the distributions under this Section 7.2(b)(iii).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.2 to the contrary and subject to the priorities set forth in applicable Law, Third Point, the liquidator or the trustee, as the case may be, may upon the receipt of the consent of the Disinterested Board Members, distribute ratably in-kind rather than in cash, upon termination, any Net Assets, provided , however , that if any in-kind distribution is to be made, ( i ) the assets distributed in-kind must be valued pursuant to Section 8.2 as of the actual date of their distribution, and charged as so valued and distributed against amounts to be paid under Section 7.2(b) above and ( ii ) any gain or loss (as computed for book purposes) attributable to property distributed in-kind must be included in the Net Profit or Net Loss attributable to the Capital Account for the Fiscal Period ending on the date of such distribution.

Article VIII

Accounting and Valuations; Books and Records; Board Meetings

Section 8.1 Accounting and Reports

(a) Third Point may adopt, on behalf of the Joint Venture, for tax accounting purposes any accounting method that Third Point decides in its reasonable discretion is in the best interests of the Joint Venture and that is permissible for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that does not prejudice any other Participant. Third Point will promptly notify each Participant in writing of any change.

 

34


(b) Third Point shall arrange for the preparation and delivery to each Participant of the following:

 

  (i) promptly after each calendar month end, a statement of such Participant’s Capital Account valued as set forth in Section 8.2; and

 

  (ii) promptly after each quarter end, a balance sheet and income statement of the Joint Venture.

(c) As soon as practicable after the end of each taxable year but in no event later than April 15, Third Point shall furnish each Participant such information as may be required to enable each Participant properly to report for United States federal, state and local income tax purposes, as applicable, its distributive share of each Participant’s item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for such year.

(d) Third Point shall arrange for the preparation and delivery to each Participant of a statement setting forth the computation of ( i ) the Third Point Share Payment and the Founders Payments within 10 Business Days following the beginning of each month and ( ii ) Performance Allocation within 30 days after the close of each Fiscal Year.

(e) Third Point shall provide a draft of any tax return required to be filed by the Joint Venture (together with schedules, statement or attachments thereto) to TP Re no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the due date (including extensions) of such tax return for their review and comment. Third Point shall consult with TP Re and in good faith consider any comments provided by TP Re within five (5) Business Days of their receipt of such tax returns.

(f) Third Point shall timely prepare and file on behalf of TP Re or the Joint Venture any filings under Section 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission resulting from any investment made by the Joint Venture.

(g) Third Point will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist TP Re in any required internal control or compliance matters applicable to TP Re and related to this Agreement, including preparing any internal control reviews that are reasonably deemed necessary by TP Re. Third Point acknowledges that TP Re is subject to the regulatory and information requirements of the Bermuda Monetary Authority and A.M. Best. Furthermore, Third Point will use commercially reasonable efforts to give access to the Joint Venture’s books and records related to TP Re in case requested by the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

(h) Upon reasonable notice to Third Point, Third Point will use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide TP Re and TP Re’s auditors and regulators with such information as is customarily required in connection with the annual audit of TP Re’s accounts, tax compliance or compliance by TP Re with its regulatory obligations on a timely basis.

 

35


Section 8.2 Valuation of Assets and Interests

(a) Third Point shall value or have valued the Securities and other Assets as of the close of business on the last day of each month, the close of business on each Wednesday during a month (or if a particular Wednesday is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each such Wednesday or immediately preceding Business Day, an “ Intra-Month Valuation Date ”) in cases where TP Re or another relevant Participant has notified Third Point that it intends to make a capital withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement on such Intra-Month Valuation Date or a capital contribution in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement on the Business Day following such Intra-Month Valuation Date, at the end of each Fiscal Year and on any other date selected by Third Point, as the case may be. In addition, in good faith, Third Point shall value Securities that are being distributed in kind as of their date of distribution in accordance with this Section. In determining the value of the Assets, no value is placed on the goodwill, if any, created by this Agreement, or the office records, files, statistical data or any similar intangible assets relating to the Assets not normally reflected in the Joint Venture’s accounting records, but there must be taken into consideration any related items of income earned but not received, expenses incurred but not yet paid, liabilities fixed or contingent, prepaid expenses to the extent not otherwise reflected in the books of account, and the value of options or commitments to purchase or sell Securities pursuant to agreements entered into on or prior to such valuation date. Valuation of Securities made pursuant to this Section 8.2 will be based on all relevant factors and is expected to comply generally with the following guidelines:

 

  (i) Securities listed on an exchange will be valued at the last price provided by the exchange on which it is listed. Listed securities with resale restrictions will be priced subject to specified discounts until the restriction lapses.

 

  (ii) Securities and other instruments (including, without limitation, bank loans, bonds, swaps, options, etc.) that are not listed on an exchange will be valued based on independent pricing service prices, price quotes from independent market makers, if one is available, or based on a direct or indirect reference instrument, or otherwise at its fair value.

 

  (iii) Asset-backed Securities will be priced by an independent pricing service or an independent market maker.

 

  (iv) The value of any shares held or sold short by the Joint Venture in an investment company shall be valued in accordance with the manner in which such shares are valued by such investment company; provided, however, that Third Point may make such adjustments in such valuation as it from time to time may consider appropriate.

 

  (v) Dividend income, less any withholding taxes of a non-U.S. country, from Securities shall be recorded on the ex-dividend date.

 

36


(b) The fair value of any assets not referred to in paragraph (a) or for which no market exists (or the valuation of any assets referred to in paragraph (a) in the event that Third Point determines that market prices or quotations as determined above do not fairly represent the value of particular assets) shall be determined by or at the direction of Third Point. Such fair valuation will include retaining a third party valuation firm, on a semi-annual basis for investments above 0.50% of Net Assets or (upon the request of the Investment Committee) if all such assets, each less than 0.50%, in the aggregate are equal to or exceed 5.00% of Net Assets, which shall be considered an Expense under Section 4.2 .

(c) Except as otherwise reasonably determined by Third Point, investment and trading transactions shall be accounted for on the trade date. Accounts shall be maintained in U.S. dollars and except as otherwise determined by or at the direction of Third Point: ( i ) assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be translated at the rates of exchange in effect at the close of the relevant valuation period (and exchange adjustments shall be recorded in the results of operations); and ( ii ) investment and trading transactions and income and expenses shall be translated at the rates of exchange in effect at the time of each transaction.

Section 8.3 Determinations by Third Point

(a) All matters concerning the determination and allocation among the Participants of the amounts to be determined and allocated pursuant to Sections 3.4 through 3.9 hereof, including any taxes thereon and accounting procedures applicable thereto, are and will be determined by Third Point in good faith acting reasonably unless specifically and expressly otherwise provided for by the provisions of this Agreement, and such determinations and allocations are final and binding on all the Participants.

(b) Third Point may make such adjustments to the computation of any of the memorandum accounts maintained pursuant to this Agreement or any component items comprising any of the foregoing as it considers reasonably appropriate to reflect the financial results of the Assets and the intended allocation thereof among the Participants in an accurate, fair and efficient manner.

 

37


Section 8.4 Books and Records

(a) Third Point shall arrange for the maintenance by the Administrator and shall cause to be kept books and records of the Joint Venture showing all assets and liabilities, receipts and disbursements, gains and losses, Participants’ Capital Accounts and all transactions entered into in connection with the Assets and this Agreement. The Administrator shall be delegated responsibility for maintaining such books and records, as well as responsibility for liaising with prime brokers to reconcile trades, providing a daily NAV, providing relevant reports and performing other customary administration duties.

(b) Third Point shall retain (or arrange for the retention), for a period of at least seven (7) years, copies of any documents generated or received by Third Point in the ordinary course of business pertaining to the Assets or to the compensation payable to Third Point, which shall include at the very least, documents required to be kept in accordance with the Law. Third Point shall afford to TP Re’s independent auditors reasonable access to such documents during customary business hours and shall permit TP Re’s auditors to make copies thereof or extracts therefrom at the expense of TP Re, as the case may be.

Section 8.5 Investment Committee Meeting

At the request of TP Re, but not less than weekly, and subject to reasonable prior notice, Third Point shall make one of Third Point’s representatives available to meet with the Investment Committee (in either case in person or telephonically) to report on the Joint Venture’s activities and discuss the Joint Venture’s portfolio and investment outlook.

Section 8.6 Most Favored Nation

If Third Point or any of its Affiliates, or any pooled investment vehicle managed by Third Point or any of its Affiliates either ( a ) has entered into a side letter or agreement prior to the execution date of this Agreement or ( b ) enters into a side letter or agreement at any time on or after the execution date of this Agreement, in each case with any existing or future investor in any such pooled investment vehicle or any Managed Account, whose aggregate investments in such pooled investment vehicles or Managed Account are equal to or less than the aggregate investments contemplated to be made by the Lead Investors in Holdco (each, a “ Lesser Investor ”), containing any terms relating to transparency rights, information rights, reporting rights or other similar rights (collectively, the “ Information Rights ”), that are more favorable to such Lesser Investor than the rights granted to each Lead Investor pursuant to the Transaction Documents, Third Point shall promptly disclose to TP Re in writing any such existing Information Rights afforded to any such Lesser Investor, and Third Point shall offer TP Re the right to elect, within thirty (30) days of TP Re’s receipt of such disclosure, delivery of such Information Rights to each Lead Investor, and a majority of the Disinterested Board Members shall have the right to cause TP Re to make such election.

 

38


Section 8.7 Information Access; Confidentiality .

(a) Third Point will provide the information set forth on Exhibit D to the Investment Committee and Disinterested Board Members with the frequency stated therein.

(b) In addition to the reporting above, upon the request of TP Re, Third Point will provide to the Investment Committee information as to the portfolio positions held by the Joint Venture promptly following any such request.

(c) Each Participant, any successor, transferee or assignee of such Participant, such Participant’s Representative, if any, and any agent of any such Person, who receives from Third Point or its agents, directly or indirectly, in connection with the performance by Third Point of its obligations under this Agreement, any documents or information that Third Point has not made generally available to the public, including, without limitation, any short investment positions held by the Joint Venture (which shall in all cases be deemed to be material non-public information) and/or any information that could reasonably be expected to be material non-public information (unless expressly informed by Third-Point that such information does not constitute material non-public information), acknowledges and agrees that it will ( A ) keep and maintain the confidentiality of such documents and information and not trade on the basis of such information and ( B ) not make available or disseminate such documents and information to any Person other than ( i ) to such Participant’s accountant, attorney, investment advisor, consultants, employees or agents (each, a “ Representative ”) on a need to know basis and such Persons will expressly agree to keep such documents and information confidential and not to trade on the basis thereof and ( ii ) as required by applicable Law, rule or regulation, a governmental or regulatory authority, a stock exchange or a court or administrative order concerning such Participant. Each Participant shall be liable for any breach of the provisions of this Section 8.7 by such Participant’s Representative.

(d) Each Participant acknowledges and agrees that such Participant may receive material non-public information in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, and further that such Participant is aware that the United States securities laws impose restrictions on purchasing or selling debt or equity securities based such information.

Article IX

General Provisions

Section 9.1 Amendment of Agreement

This Agreement may be amended, in whole or in part, with the written consent of all of the Participants.

 

39


Section 9.2 Notices

Unless otherwise provided, all notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail, or delivered personally by hand or by an internationally recognized overnight courier addressed to the party to be notified at the address, facsimile number or e-mail address indicated for such party set forth below, or at such other address, facsimile number or e-mail address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices shall be effective upon receipt. Unless otherwise provided in writing to the other parties, all notices shall be sent to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses:

If to Third Point or TP GP:

c/o Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email: JTargoff@thirdpoint.com and MHaas@thirdpoint.com

Attn: Josh Targoff and Mendy Haas

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to TP Re or Holdco:

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

 

40


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email: JTargoff@thirdpoint.com and MHaas@thirdpoint.com

Attn: Josh Targoff and Mendy Haas

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

Section 9.3 Agreement Binding Upon Successors and Assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns as set forth in Section 6.3 hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, no party shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the other Parties, provided that Third Point may assign all or a portion of this Agreement to any of its Affiliates without the consent of any other party.

Section 9.4 Governing Law

(a) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any principles of conflicts of law thereof that are not mandatorily applicable by law and would permit or require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge that the Joint Venture is formed under the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

Section 9.5 Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in this Section 9.5, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any Person or entity other than the

 

41


parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Each Indemnitee and each Covered Person, in relation to Article V, is intended by the parties to be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by Law, each such Indemnitee has the right to enforce directly the terms of such respective Sections.

Section 9.6 Consents

Any and all consents, agreements or approvals provided for or permitted by this Agreement must be in writing and a signed copy thereof must be filed and kept with the books of each Participant.

Section 9.7 Miscellaneous

(a) The captions and titles preceding the text of each section hereof shall be disregarded in the construction of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original hereof.

(c) The Participants have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, the Participants intend that this Agreement be construed as if drafted jointly by the Participants and that no presumption or burden of proof arise favoring or disfavoring any Participant by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or Law is deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” means including without limitation. The word “or” is not exclusive. All words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(d) The Participants intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein has independent significance. If any Participant has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty, or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that such Participant has not breached does not detract from or mitigate the fact that such Participant is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree shall remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(f) Each Party hereto hereby agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms or were otherwise breached and each Party hereto agrees that any Party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, any injunction or injunctions, to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement by the other parties or any of their representatives and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

42


Section 9.8 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the Transaction Documents contain the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and each of the Parties hereto agrees that each and every such prior agreement is terminated and replaced in its entirety by the rights created by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first-above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to TP Re Third Point JV Agreement]

 

S-1


THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to TP Re Third Point JV Agreement]

 

S-2


THIRD POINT LLC
By:  

/s/    Joshua L. Targoff        

  Name:   Joshua L. Targoff
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer & General Counsel

[Signature Page to TP Re Third Point JV Agreement]

 

S-2


THIRD POINT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

/s/    Joshua L. Targoff        

  Name:   Joshua L. Targoff
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer & General Counsel

[Signature Page to TP Re Third Point JV Agreement]

 

S-2


Exhibit A

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

 

 

Initially, the portfolio for the Joint Venture will be built by acquiring equivalent positions held by the investment funds managed by Third Point LLC (Third Point Offshore, Third Point Ultra, Third Point Partners and Third Point Partners Qualified, collectively, the “ Third Point Funds ”), to the extent such positions are available in the open market. For the avoidance of doubt, the Joint Venture will not make an investment in a Third Point Fund (including, without limitation, unless consented to by the Investment Committee, in Third Point Offshore Limited traded on the London Stock Exchange).

 

 

Thereafter, Third Point shall acquire and dispose of investments for the Joint Venture on a pari passu basis (given each fund’s targeted exposure levels) with the investment decisions made for the Third Point Funds, subject to the following provisions.

 

 

In the event that there is a significant appropriate investment opportunity for the Joint Venture that does not, in the opinion of Third Point LLC, fit the liquidity profile for the hedge funds (any such investment a “ Non-Parallel Investment ”), Third Point shall have the ability to request that the Investment Committee approve any Non-Parallel Investment, and upon such approval, will have the authority to make such Non-Parallel Investment for the Joint Venture.

 

 

Third Point will be required to apply the following risk and leverage limits for the Assets:

 

   

Composition of Investments : At least 60% of the investment portfolio will be held in debt or equity securities (including swaps) of publicly traded companies (or their subsidiaries) and governments of OECD (the Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development) high income countries, asset-backed securities, cash, cash equivalents and gold and other precious metals. Except with the prior written consent of the Investment Committee, none of the assets in the investment portfolio will be held in illiquid investments traditionally considered “venture capital” or private equity investments. In addition, no investments in third party managed funds or other investment vehicles will be made without the consent of the Investment Committee.

 

   

Concentration of Investments : Other than cash, cash equivalents and United States government obligations, no single investment in the investment portfolio will constitute more than 15% of the portfolio.

 

A-1


   

Liquidity : Assets will be invested in such fashion that TP Re has a reasonable expectation that it can meet any of its liabilities as they become due. TP Re will review with Third Point the liquidity of the portfolio on a periodic basis.

 

   

Net Exposure Limits : The investment portfolio may not employ greater than 1.5 times net exposure for more than 10 trading days in any 30-trading day period.

 

A-2


Exhibit B

INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

As of December 22, 2011

Initial Capital Contributions

 

TP GP

   $ 5,000,000   

TP Re

   $ [            

 

B-1


Exhibit C

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, in connection with and subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                 ], 2011, by and among Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ”), Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation and the direct parent of TP Re (“ Holdco ”), Third Point Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TP GP ”), and Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Third Point ” and together with TP Re, TP GP and Holdco, the “ Parties ”), hereby designates and appoints Third Point as agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority and without the need for further approval of the undersigned (except as may be required by applicable law) to have the exclusive power on behalf of the undersigned to:

(i) effect any and all transactions, including short sales, in equity and debt securities (including derivatives thereon), currencies and commodities (and options, futures, derivatives, swaps, and forward contracts thereon), trade and other claims, arbitrages, loans, break-ups, consolidations, reorganizations and everything connected therewith in the broadest sense (collectively, “ Securities ”);

(ii) select brokers (including prime brokers), dealers, banks and other intermediaries by or through whom such investment transactions will be executed or carried out;

(iii) purchase or write options (including uncovered options);

(iv) trade on margin;

(v) draw funds and direct banks, brokers or other custodians to effect deliveries of funds or assets, but only in the course of effecting investment transactions for the account of the undersigned;

(vi) exercise all voting and other powers and privileges attributable to any Securities or other property held for the account of the Joint Venture and its participants, including the undersigned; and

(vii) make and execute all such documents and take all such other actions as Third Point considers necessary or appropriate to carry out its investment advisory duties under the Agreement, including opening brokerage (including prime brokerage) accounts and any other required documentation including, without limitation, swaps, Securities and similar agreements on behalf of the undersigned.

 

C-1


The power of attorney granted hereby is a special power of attorney coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable during the term of the Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Dated: [                 ], 2011

 

[Participant]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-2


Exhibit D

REPORTING

 

A. For the Joint Venture and certain Third Point Funds:

 

  (i) the performance and net asset value of the Joint Venture and the Third Point Funds over the past month;

 

  (ii) an analysis describing material differences in the relative performance of the Joint Venture and Third Point Offshore Fund Ltd. over the past month;

 

  (iii) the attribution of the performance to (a) the top 10 and bottom 10 performance driving positions and to (b) sub-strategies and overlay hedges as defined in the monthly report of the Joint Venture and Third Point Offshore Fund Ltd.;

 

  (iv) the total assets under management using the same strategy or a similar strategy as the Joint Venture, together with the total assets under management managed by Third Point (and its Affiliates) as of the beginning of each month;

 

  (v) on a monthly basis, risk and exposure information relative to the Joint Venture and Third Point Offshore Fund Ltd.

 

B. For the Joint Venture:

 

  (vii) weekly estimated performance of the Joint Venture;

 

  (viii) the open positions of the Joint Venture as of the last Business Day of the month, such information being subject to the confidentiality duties set forth herein.

All information to be provided on a monthly basis shall be provided no later than 10 Business Days after month end. All information to be provided on a weekly basis shall be provided no later than 5 Business Days after the end of the week.

 

D-1

EXHIBIT 10.2

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 22, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and John R. Berger (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, it is expected that the Company will be capitalized by way of a subscription for the common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ,” and the closing of such capitalization, the “ Closing ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enlist the services and employment of the Executive on behalf of the Company as its Chief Executive Officer and as an initial member of its Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), and the Executive is willing to render such services on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term . Except for earlier termination as provided for in Section 5 hereof, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the date of the Closing (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the “ Employment Term ”); provided that on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and on each anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter, the Employment Term shall be extended for an additional year, unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given notice at least 90 days prior to such anniversary not to extend the Employment Term.

2. Extent of Employment .

(a) Duties . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as the initial Chairman of the Board. In his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, the Executive shall perform such senior executive duties, services, and responsibilities on behalf of the Company consistent with such position as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Board. In performing such duties hereunder, the Executive shall report directly to the Board.

(b) Exclusivity . During the Employment Term, except as provided in the next following sentence, the Executive shall devote his full business time, attention, and skill to the performance of such duties, services, and responsibilities, and shall use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company, and the Executive shall not engage in any other business activity without the approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Executive shall be permitted to ( i ) manage his personal investments and ( ii ) engage in such other activities as are permitted by the Board from time to time, in the case of each of ( i ) and ( ii ), so long as such activities neither ( x ) interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder nor ( y ) violate Section 7 hereof.


(c) Place of Employment . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall perform his services hereunder in, and shall be headquartered at, the principal offices of the Company in Bermuda, except for business travel related to business and activities of the Company.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, in full consideration of the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations hereunder (including any services as an officer, director, employee, or member of any committee of any affiliate of the Company, or otherwise on behalf of the Company), the Executive shall receive from the Company a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $850,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company then in effect.

(b) Annual Bonus . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall also be eligible to receive, in respect of each calendar year during which the Employment Term is in effect, a performance-based cash bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established with respect to each calendar year by the Board (which goals shall be established with input by the Executive, and with regard to the corporate goals shall include without limitation the achievement of budgeted underwriting profit and other metrics such as combined ratio), and subject to ( x ) the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through the last day of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned, and ( y ) such other terms and conditions established by the Board pursuant to its annual bonus programs as adopted from time to time; provided , however , that at “threshold performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 50% of Base Salary, at “target performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 150% of Base Salary, and at “maximum performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 300% of Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned and no later than March 15th following such calendar year. At the Executive’s request, the Company may pay a portion of the Annual Bonus, in an amount to be agreed upon between the Company and Executive, in vested Common Shares.

(c) Equity Compensation . The Executive shall be granted the following equity-based compensation:

(i) Co-Investment .

 

  (A) Share Purchase . On the Effective Date, the Company shall sell, and the Executive shall purchase, an aggregate amount of five (5) million dollars of Common Shares, at the same per share price paid by all other investors at the Closing (such purchase price, the “ Closing Date Value ,” and the shares so purchased, the “ Purchased Equity ”).

 

2


  (B) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of any Purchased Equity shall be evidenced by a separate subscription agreement, to be entered into between the Company and the Executive (the “ Subscription Agreement ”).

(ii) Options .

 

  (A) Award . On the Effective Date, the Company shall grant the Executive a number of nonqualified share options to purchase Common Shares under the Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. Share Incentive Plan (the “ Share Incentive Plan ”) equal to the 32% of the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Share Incentive Plan as of the Closing (the “ Options ”).

 

  (B) Vesting . The Options shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting dates, and such other conditions as shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive (the “ Option Agreement ”), in five equal annual installments at a rate of one-fifth per year on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

  (C) Exercise Price . The Options awarded to the Executive at the Effective Date shall have exercise prices as follows:

 

% of Options Awarded

   Exercise Price

60%

   Closing Date Value

20%

   Closing Date Value x 1.6

20%

   Closing Date Value x 2.0

 

  (D) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of the Options (including, but not limited to, the vesting conditions) shall be set forth in the Option Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Share Incentive Plan.

 

3


(d) Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, policies, programs, and arrangements as may be amended from time to time, on the same terms as senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program, or arrangement.

(e) Perquisites .

(i) Air Travel . During the Employment Term and while the Executive’s principal place of employment is Bermuda, the Executive shall be entitled to private air travel reasonably acceptable to the Executive and the Company to and from Bermuda (the “ Air Travel Benefit ”). The Company shall pay the Executive a gross-up payment for the Air Travel Benefit, so that after the Executive’s payment of the taxes on the Air Travel Benefit as well as all taxes that may be imposed on such gross-up payment, the Executive retains an amount equal to the Air Travel Benefit. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

(ii) Housing . During the Employment Term and while the Executive’s principal place of employment is Bermuda, the Executive shall be entitled to a housing allowance in an amount equal to $10,000 per month (the “ Housing Benefit ”). The Company shall pay the Executive a gross-up payment for the Housing Benefit, so that after the Executive’s payment of the taxes on the Housing Benefit as well as all taxes that may be imposed on such gross-up payment, the Executive retains an amount equal to the Housing Benefit. Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

(iii) Vacation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive 4 weeks of paid vacation per year to be used and accrued in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established from time to time.

(f) Expense Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable and documented business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Employment Term in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies then in effect.

4. Withholding . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3(e)(i) or 3(e)(ii), the Executive shall be solely responsible for taxes imposed on the Executive by reason of any compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement, and all such compensation and benefits shall be subject to applicable withholding.

5. Termination .

(a) Events of Termination . The Executive’s employment with the Company and the Employment Term shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Term or upon the earlier occurrence of any of the following events (the date of termination, the “ Termination Date ”):

(i) The termination of employment by reason of the Executive’s death.

 

4


(ii) The termination of employment by the Company for Cause.

(iii) The termination of employment by the Company for Disability.

(iv) The termination of employment by the Company other than for Cause or Disability.

(v) The termination of employment by the Executive for Good Reason.

(vi) The termination of employment by the Executive other than for Good Reason.

(b) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Disability ” shall mean: ( A ) the Executive’s disability as determined under the long-term disability plan of the Company as in effect from time to time; or ( B ) if no such plan is in effect, the inability of the Executive to perform his duties, services, and responsibilities hereunder by reason of a physical or mental infirmity, as reasonably determined by the Board, for a total of 180 days in any twelve-month period during the Employment Term.

(ii) “ Cause ” shall mean: ( A ) the willful failure of the Executive substantially to perform his duties or his negligent performance of such duties (other than any such failure due to the Executive’s physical or mental illness) that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( B ) the Executive having engaged in willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( C ) a willful and material violation by the Executive of a Company policy that has caused or is reasonably expected to cause a material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( D ) the willful and material breach by the Executive of any of his obligations under this Agreement; ( E ) failure by the Executive to timely comply with a lawful and reasonable direction or instruction given to him by the Board; or ( F ) Executive having been convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony (or comparable crime in any jurisdiction that uses a different nomenclature); provided that in the case of clauses ( A )–( E ), the Company shall have given the Executive 20 days’ prior written notice of such action and, if such action is capable of being cured, the Executive shall not have cured such action to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within such 20 day period.

(iii) “ Good Reason ” shall mean: ( A ) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial diminution of, the duties set forth in this Agreement; ( B ) a reduction in the rate of the Executive’s Base Salary (other than pursuant to a generally applicable

 

5


reduction in salaries of senior executive officers); or ( C ) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided that the Executive shall have given the Company written notice specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to constitute Good Reason within 30 days following the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the events in clauses ( A )–( C ), and the Company shall not have cured the circumstances set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination within 20 days of receipt of such notice.

(c) Cooperation . In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (other than death), the Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and to be reasonably available to the Company for a reasonable period of time thereafter with respect to matters arising out of the Executive’s employment hereunder or any other relationship with the Company, whether such matters are business-related, legal, or otherwise. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive during such period in connection with such cooperation with the Company. Any such cooperation shall take into account any responsibilities to which the Executive is subject to a subsequent employer or otherwise.

(d) Resignation from All Positions . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from the Board and from all other boards of, and other positions with, the Company (except that such deemed resignation shall not be construed to reduce the Executive’s economic entitlements under this Agreement arising by reason of such termination).

6. Termination Payments . The Executive shall be entitled to certain payments upon termination of his employment as follows:

(a) Termination for Any Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) any accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the Termination Date; ( ii ) all accrued and unpaid benefits under any benefit plans, policies, programs, or arrangements in which the Executive participated as of the Termination Date in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of such plans, policies, programs, or arrangements; and ( iii ) an amount equal to such reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment on behalf of the Company on or prior to the Termination Date but not previously paid to the Executive (the “ Accrued Compensation ”).

(b) Termination for Death or Disability . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; and ( ii ) a pro rata Annual Bonus, determined as the product of ( x ) the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled under Section 3(b) hereof had he remained employed through the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of days the Executive is employed by the Company in the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, and the denominator of which is 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”). Any Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year.

 

6


(c) Termination without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(iv) or 5(a)(v) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; ( ii ) the Pro Rata Bonus, payable in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year; ( iii ) severance pay equal to 18 months of Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Termination Date (at the level of Base Salary in effect prior to a reduction that constitutes Good Reason, if applicable), payable as provided in the next following sentence; and ( iv ) 18 months of continued medical and life insurance benefits at the same premium rate that active employees pay for such coverage, with such life insurance benefits payable as provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(c). The severance pay contemplated by clause ( iii ) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid as follows: ( x ) an amount equal to one year of Base Salary shall be paid in twelve (12) monthly installments over the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date (and subject to Section 6(d), the first of such installments shall be paid on the 30th day following the Termination Date); and ( y ) an amount equal to the remaining six (6) months of Base Salary shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not less frequently than in monthly installments over the six (6) months commencing on the thirteenth (13) month after the Termination Date. The life insurance premium contributions contemplated by clause ( iv ) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as follows: ( x ) any premium contributions required to be made during the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date shall be paid upon such required contribution payment dates; and ( y ) an amount equal to the sum of the remaining life insurance premium contributions not paid pursuant to clause ( x ) shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not later than the regularly scheduled contribution payment dates.

(d) Release . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no severance pay shall become payable under Section 6(c) of this Agreement unless and until the Executive executes a general release of claims in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company, including where relevant a release of any statutory claims, and such release has become irrevocable within 30 days following the Termination Date; provided that the Executive shall not be required to release any indemnification rights.

(e) Full Satisfaction . The payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Section 6 upon termination of the Executive’s employment shall constitute the exclusive payments in the nature of severance or termination pay or salary continuation that shall be due to the Executive upon a termination of employment, and shall be in lieu of any other such payments under any plan, program, policy, or other arrangement that has heretofore been or shall hereafter be established by the Company.

 

7


7. Executive Covenants .

(a) Confidentiality . The Executive agrees and understands that in the Executive’s position with the Company, the Executive will be exposed to and will receive information relating to the confidential affairs of the Company, including but not limited to, technical information, intellectual property, business and marketing plans, strategies, customer information, other information concerning the products, promotions, development, financing, expansion plans, business policies and practices of the Company, and other forms of information considered by the Company reasonably and in good faith to be confidential and in the nature of trade secrets (“ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information does not include information that is or becomes widely available in any industry in which the Company does business other than as a result of any act or omission by the Executive in violation of this Agreement. The Executive agrees that during the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive will not, other than on behalf of the Company, disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any third person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided that disclosure may be made to the extent required by law, regulation, or order of a regulatory body, in each case so long as the Executive gives the Company as much advance notice of the disclosure as possible to enable the Company to seek a protective order, confidential treatment, or other appropriate relief. This confidentiality covenant has no temporal, geographical, or territorial restriction. Upon termination of the Employment Term, the Executive will promptly supply to the Company ( i ) all property of the Company and ( ii ) all notes, memoranda, writings, lists, files, reports, customer lists, correspondence, tapes, disks, cards, surveys, maps, logs, machines, technical data, or any other tangible product or document containing Confidential Information produced by, received by, or otherwise submitted to the Executive during or prior to the Employment Term. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

(b) Noncompetition . By and in consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement and the payments to be made and benefits to be provided by the Company hereunder, and further in consideration of the Executive’s exposure to the proprietary information of the Company, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, during the Noncompetition Term (as defined below), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, be employed by, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be connected in any manner with, including but not limited to holding any position as a shareholder, director, officer, consultant, independent contractor, employee, partner, or investor in, any Restricted Enterprise (as defined below); provided that in no event shall ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding equity securities of any issuer whose securities are registered under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, standing alone, be prohibited by this Section 7(b). Following termination of the Employment Term, upon request of the Company during the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall notify the Company of the Executive’s then-current employment status. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences in this Section 7(b), upon the prior written consent of the Company not to be unreasonably withheld, the Executive shall be permitted to serve on a Board of Directors or Board of Trustees of any entity without being deemed in breach of any term of this Agreement. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

 

8


(c) Nonsolicitation . During the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any other person to, ( i ) interfere with or harm, or attempt to interfere with or harm, the relationship of any member of the Company with any Restricted Person (as defined below), or ( ii ) endeavor to entice any Restricted Person away from the Company.

(d) Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Company or its affiliates, directors, officers, or employees, and the Company shall not, and shall use its best efforts to ensure that its directors and officers do not, make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Executive or any member of his immediate family, except as shall be necessary for the Executive or the Company to enforce any agreements between the parties or to comply with any requirements or obligations under law.

(e) Proprietary Rights . The Executive assigns all of the Executive’s interest in any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, and patentable or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive, either alone or in conjunction with others, during the Employment Term and related to the business or activities of the Company to the Company or its nominee. Whenever requested to do so by the Company, the Executive shall execute any and all applications, assignments, or other instruments that the Company shall in good faith deem necessary to apply for and obtain trademarks, patents, or copyrights of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise protect the interests of the Company therein. These obligations shall continue beyond the conclusion of the Employment Term with respect to inventions, discoveries, improvements, or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive during the Employment Term.

(f) Remedies . The Executive agrees that any breach of the terms of this Section 7 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which the Company would have no adequate remedy at law; the Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of such breach or any threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach, threatened breach, or continued breach by the Executive and any and all persons or entities acting for or with the Executive, without having to prove damages, in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including but not limited to, the recovery of damages from the Executive. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the business of the Company because of the Executive’s access to Confidential Information and his material participation in the operation of such business. Should a court, arbitrator, or other similar authority determine, however, that any provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are not reasonable or valid, either in period of time, geographical area, or otherwise, the parties hereto agree that such covenants should be interpreted and enforced to the maximum extent to which such court or arbitrator deems reasonable or valid. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants contained in this Section 7.

 

9


(g) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) The “ Noncompetition Term ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending 18 months following the Termination Date.

(ii) “ Restricted Enterprise ” shall mean ( x ) on any date during the Employment Term, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that is engaged in specialty insurance or reinsurance or that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company on such date, and ( y ) on and after the Termination Date, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company as of the Termination Date.

(iii) “ Restricted Person ” shall mean any person who at any time during the Employment Term was an employee or customer of the Company, or otherwise had a material business relationship with the Company.

(iv) The “ Territory ” shall mean, as of any date, ( x ) the geographic markets in which the business of the Company is then being conducted by the Company and ( y ) any other geographic market as to which the Company has, during the 12 months preceding such date, devoted more than de minimis resources as a prospective geographic market for the business of the Company.

8. Representations as to Executive’s Prior Agreements and Concerning Alterra . The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution and performance of this Agreement does not violate any agreement or obligation (whether or not written) that the Executive has with or to any person or entity including, but not limited to, any prior employer. In the event of a determination by the Board that the Executive is in material breach of this representation, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment, and any such termination shall be considered a termination for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii). The Company acknowledges and represents that it has agreed to certain nonsolicitation terms relative to Alterra, Inc., and that any failure to abide by same, except as such may be caused by the Executive, shall not be deemed a material breach by the Executive.

9. Directors & Officers Insurance . The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance in commercially reasonable amounts (as determined by the Board), and the Executive shall be covered under such insurance to the same extent as the then active directors and officers of the Company. The Executive shall continue to be covered by such insurance for six years following the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

10. No Waiver of Rights . The failure to enforce at any time the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by any other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof, or the right of any party to enforce each and every provision in accordance with its terms.

 

10


11. Notices . Every notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service (charges prepaid), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to the recipient with a confirmation copy to follow the next day to be delivered by personal delivery or by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service to the appropriate party’s address or fax number below (or such other address and fax number as a party may designate by notice to the other party):

 

If to the Executive:

   To the Executive at the address most recently contained in the Company’s records.

If to the Company:

   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
   Chesney House
   1st Floor
   96 Pitts Bay Road
   Pembroke HM 06
   Bermuda
   Attn: General Counsel
   with a copy to:
   Third Point LLC
   390 Park Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Attn: Joshua Targoff
   Pine Brook LVR, L.P.
   60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor
   New York, NY 10165
   Attn: William Spiegel
   Kelso & Company, L.P.
   320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor
   New York, NY 10022
   Attn: James J. Connors, II

12. Binding Effect/Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, estates, successors (including, without limitation, by way of merger), and assigns. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive shall not assign all or any portion of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the Subscription Agreement and the Option Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between them as to such subject matter.

 

11


14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or any application thereof to any circumstances, is invalid, in whole or in part, such provision or application shall to that extent be severable and shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement.

15. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Wavier of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit, or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 11 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that ( A ) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, ( B ) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, ( C ) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and ( D ) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 15.

16. Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered, or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by any other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions at the time or at any prior or subsequent time.

17. Headings . The headings contained herein are solely for the purposes of reference, are not part of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

18. Applicability of Section 280G of the Code .

(a) Waiver . In the event that any payment or benefit arising out of or in connection with a change of ownership or effective control of the Company or a

 

12


substantial portion of its assets within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ,” and such change, a “ 280G Change in Control ”) that is made or provided, or to be made or provided, by the Company (or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof) to the Executive, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, agreement, or arrangement (any such payment or benefit, a “ Parachute Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the Executive may elect to waive his right to receive all or a portion of any such Parachute Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

(b) Shareholder Approval . If ( i ) immediately prior to a 280G Change in Control, the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( ii ) the Executive elects to provide the waiver contemplated by Section 18(a), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Parachute Payments arising out of or in connection with such 280G Change in Control to which the Executive is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

19. Applicability of Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code .

(a) Generally . This Agreement is intended to comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance thereunder (collectively referred to as “ Section 409A ” and “ Section 457A ,” respectively). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Agreement shall, to the maximum extent possible, be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A and Section 457A. If any provision of this Agreement provides for payment within a time period, the determination of when such payment shall be made within such time period shall be solely in the discretion of the Company.

(b) Reimbursements . To the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit, or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the Employment Term or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, ( i ) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to the Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Executive in any other calendar year; ( ii ) the reimbursements for expenses for which the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred; ( iii ) the right to payment or reimbursement or in-kind benefits hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and ( iv ) the reimbursements shall be made pursuant to objectively determinable and nondiscretionary Company policies and procedures regarding such reimbursement of expenses.

(c) Termination Payments . If and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, no payment or benefit required to be paid under this Agreement on account of termination of the Executive’s employment shall be made unless and until the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. In

 

13


addition, with respect to any payments or benefits subject to Section 409A, reference to Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company shall be construed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h), as uniformly applied by the Company) from the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, and if any or all of the payments or the continued provision of any benefits under Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement are subject to Section 409A and payable upon a separation from service, then such payments or benefits that the Executive would otherwise be entitled to receive during the first six months after termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid or provided on the first business day after the six-month anniversary of termination of employment (or within 30 days following the Executive’s death, if earlier) in a single lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by authority of its Board of Directors, and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, in each case effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

  Name:  

John R. Berger

  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ John R. Berger

John R. Berger

 

 

15


Exhibit A

Effect of Termination of Employment on Options

This Exhibit A sets forth the effect of termination of employment on the vesting and exercisability of Options and is for descriptive purposes only. The terms and conditions of the Options shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Share Incentive Plan. To the extent that anything in this Exhibit A conflicts with the provisions of the Share Incentive Plan or any applicable Option Agreement thereunder, the provisions of the Share Incentive Plan or such Option Agreement shall control.

 

Type of Termination

  

Vesting

  

Exercisability

  

Company/Sponsors Repurchase

Right

Termination for Cause    Any unvested Options forfeited    3 months to exercise vested Options    Company (and if not the Company, the sponsors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at the lower of cost and fair market value
Death or Disability   

The portion of unvested Options that would vest at the next vesting date will become immediately vested

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

   12 months to exercise vested Options    No repurchase right

 

1


Termination without Cause

Resignation with Good Reason

  

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

   12 months to exercise vested Options    No repurchase right
Voluntary Resignation    Any unvested Options forfeited    3 months to exercise vested Options    Company (and if not the Company, the sponsors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at fair market value

 

2

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 26, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and J. Robert Bredahl (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has been capitalized by way of a subscription for the common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ,” and the closing of such capitalization, the “ Closing ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enlist the services and employment of the Executive on behalf of the Company as its Chief Financial Officer, and the Executive is willing to render such services on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term . Except for earlier termination as provided for in Section 5 hereof, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the “ Employment Term ”); provided that on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and on each anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter, the Employment Term shall be extended for an additional year, unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given notice at least 90 days prior to such anniversary not to extend the Employment Term.

2. Extent of Employment.

(a) Duties . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company. In his capacity as Chief Financial Officer, the Executive shall perform such senior executive duties, services, and responsibilities on behalf of the Company consistent with such position as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In performing such duties hereunder, the Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

(b) Exclusivity . During the Employment Term, except as provided in the next following sentence, the Executive shall devote his full business time, attention, and skill to the performance of such duties, services, and responsibilities, and shall use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company, and the Executive shall not engage in any other business activity without the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Executive shall be permitted to ( i ) manage his personal investments and ( ii ) engage in such other activities as are permitted by the Board from time to time, in the case of each of ( i ) and ( ii ), so long as such activities neither ( x ) interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder nor ( y ) violate Section 7 hereof.


(c) Place of Employment . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall perform his services hereunder in, and shall be headquartered at, the principal offices of the Company in Bermuda, except for business travel related to business and activities of the Company.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, in full consideration of the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations hereunder (including any services as an officer, director, employee, or member of any committee of any affiliate of the Company, or otherwise on behalf of the Company), the Executive shall receive from the Company a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $750,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company then in effect.

(b) March Bonus . The Executive will receive a one-time cash bonus equal to $1,000,000 which shall be paid to the Executive on March 31, 2012; provided that as of the date of such payment the Executive has not resigned (except for Good Reason) or given notice of such intention to resign.

(c) Annual Bonus . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall also be eligible to receive, in respect of each calendar year during which the Employment Term is in effect, a performance-based cash bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established with respect to each calendar year by the Board, and subject to (x) the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through the last day of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned, and (y) such other terms and conditions established by the Board pursuant to its annual bonus programs as adopted from time to time; provided, however, that the Annual Bonus shall equal a minimum of 50% of Base Salary, at “target performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 150% of Base Salary, and at “maximum performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 300% of Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned and no later than March 15th following such calendar year,

(d) Equity Compensation . The Executive shall be granted the following equity-based compensation:

 

  (i) Restricted Stock .

 

  (A) Award . On the Effective Date, the Company shall award the Executive Common Shares of the Company as follows: (1) 347,500 shares of Common Stock (the “ First Award ”) and (2) 220,000 shares of Common Stock (the “ Second Award ”), in each case, subject to the terms set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive on the date hereof (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).

 

2


  (B) Vesting . The First Award shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The Second Award shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. The First Award and Second Award shall vest immediately upon the Executive’s death, termination of employment by the Company by reason of Disability or other than for Cause, or termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason, or a Change in Control (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement).

 

  (C) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of the First Award and the Second Award shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

  (ii) Options.

 

  (A) Award . On the Effective Date, the Company shall grant the Executive a number of nonqualified share options to purchase Common Shares under the Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan (the “ Management Equity Plan ”) equal to the 1.9% of the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Management Equity Plan as of the Closing (the “ Options ”).

 

  (B) Vesting . The Options shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company and such other conditions as shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive (the “ Option Agreement ”), in five equal annual installments at a rate of one-fifth per year on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

  (C) Exercise Price . The Options awarded to the Executive at the Effective Date shall have exercise prices as follows:

 

% of Options Awarded

  

Exercise Price

60%    Closing Date Value
20%    Closing Date Value x 1.6
20%    Closing Date Value x 2.0

 

  (D) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of the Options (including, but not limited to, the vesting conditions) shall be set forth in the Option Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Management Equity Plan.

 

3


(e) Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, policies, programs, and arrangements as may be amended from time to time, on the same terms as similarly situated executives of the Company to the extent the Executive meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program, or arrangement.

(f) Perquisites.

(i) Air Travel . During the Employment Term and while the Executive’s principal place of employment is Bermuda, the Executive shall be entitled to private air travel to and from Bermuda when traveling with the Chief Executive Officer; otherwise, Executive shall be entitled to business-class air travel to and from Bermuda. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of the entitlement to private air travel pursuant to this Section 3(f)(i) (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

(ii) Housing . During the Employment Term and while the Executive’s principal place of employment is Bermuda, the Executive shall be entitled to a housing allowance in an amount equal to $6,000 per month. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from the Company pursuant to this Section 3(f)(ii) (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

(iii) Vacation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive 4 weeks of paid vacation per year to be used and accrued in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established from time to time.

(g) Expense Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable and documented business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Employment Term in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies then in effect.

4. Withholding . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3(f)(i) or 3(f)(ii), the

 

4


Executive shall be solely responsible for taxes imposed on the Executive by reason of any compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement, and all such compensation and benefits shall be subject to applicable withholding.

5. Termination .

(a) Events of Termination . The Executive’s employment with the Company and the Employment Term shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Term or upon the earlier occurrence of any of the following events (the date of termination, the “ Termination Date ”):

(i) The termination of employment by reason of the Executive’s death.

(ii) The termination of employment by the Company for Cause.

(iii) The termination of employment by the Company for Disability.

(iv) The termination of employment by the Company other than for Cause or Disability.

(v) The termination of employment by the Executive for Good Reason.

(vi) The termination of employment by the Executive other than for Good Reason.

(b) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Disability ” shall mean: ( A ) the Executive’s disability as determined under the long-term disability plan of the Company as in effect from time to time; or ( B ) if no such plan is in effect, the inability of the Executive to perform his duties, services, and responsibilities hereunder by reason of a physical or mental infirmity, as reasonably determined by the Board, for a total of 180 days in any twelve-month period during the Employment Term.

(ii) “ Cause ” shall mean: ( A ) the willful failure of the Executive substantially to perform his duties or his negligent performance of such duties (other than any such failure due to the Executive’s physical or mental illness) that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( B ) the Executive having engaged in willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( C ) a willful and material violation by the Executive of a Company policy that has caused or is reasonably expected to cause a material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( D ) the willful and material breach by the Executive of any of his obligations under this Agreement; ( E ) failure by the Executive to timely comply with a lawful and reasonable direction or instruction given to him by the Board; or ( F ) Executive having been

 

5


convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony (or comparable crime in any jurisdiction that uses a different nomenclature); provided that in the case of clauses ( A )-( E ), the Company shall have given the Executive 20 days’ prior written notice of such action and, if such action is capable of being cured, the Executive shall not have cured such action to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within such 20 day period.

(iii) “ Good Reason ” shall mean: ( A ) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial diminution of, the duties set forth in this Agreement or any requirement that Executive report directly to any person other than the Chief Executive Officer; ( B ) a reduction in the rate of the Executive’s Base Salary (other than pursuant to a generally applicable reduction in salaries of senior executive officers); or ( C ) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided that the Executive shall have given the Company written notice specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to constitute Good Reason within 30 days following the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the events in clauses ( A )-( C ), and the Company shall not have cured the circumstances set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination within 20 days of receipt of such notice.

(c) Cooperation . In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (other than death), the Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and to be reasonably available to the Company for a reasonable period of time thereafter with respect to matters arising out of the Executive’s employment hereunder or any other relationship with the Company, whether such matters are business-related, legal, or otherwise. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive during such period in connection with such cooperation with the Company. Any such cooperation shall take into account any responsibilities to which the Executive is subject to a subsequent employer or otherwise.

(d) Resignation from All Positions . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any boards of, or other positions with, the Company (except that such deemed resignation shall not be construed to reduce the Executive’s economic entitlements under this Agreement arising by reason of such termination).

6. Termination Payments . The Executive shall be entitled to certain payments from the Company upon termination of his employment as follows:

(a) Termination for Any Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) any accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the Termination Date; ( ii ) all accrued and unpaid benefits under any benefit plans, policies, programs, or arrangements in which the Executive participated as of the Termination Date in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of such plans, policies, programs, or arrangements; and ( iii ) an amount equal to such reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment on behalf of the Company on or prior to the Termination Date but not previously paid to the Executive (the “ Accrued Compensation ”).

 

6


(b) Termination for Death or Disability . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; and (ii) a pro rata Annual Bonus, determined as the product of ( x ) the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled under Section 3(b) hereof had he remained employed through the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs (such amount, not to be less than 12 months of the Executive’s Base Salary), multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of days the Executive is employed by the Company in the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, and the denominator of which is 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”). Any Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year.

(c) Termination without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(iv) or 5(a)(v) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; ( ii ) the Pro Rata Bonus, payable in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year; ( iii ) severance pay equal to 18 months of Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Termination Date, payable as provided in the next following sentence; and ( iv ) 18 months of continued medical and life insurance benefits at the same premium rate that active employees pay for such coverage, with such life insurance benefits payable as provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(c). The severance pay contemplated by clause ( iii ) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid as follows: ( x ) an amount equal to one year of Base Salary shall be paid in twelve (12) monthly installments over the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date (and subject to Section 6(d), the first of such installments shall be paid on the 30th day following the Termination Date); and ( y ) an amount equal to the remaining six (6) months of Base Salary shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not less frequently than in monthly installments over the six (6) months following the first anniversary of the Termination Date. The life insurance premium contributions contemplated by clause ( iv ) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as follows: ( x ) any premium contributions required to be made during the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date shall be paid upon such required contribution payment dates; and ( y ) an amount equal to the sum of the remaining life insurance premium contributions not paid pursuant to clause ( x ) shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not later than the regularly scheduled contribution payment dates.

(d) Release; Full Satisfaction . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no severance pay shall become payable under this Agreement unless and until the Executive executes a general release of claims in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company, including where relevant a release of any statutory claims, and such release has become irrevocable within 30 days following the Termination Date;

 

7


provided that the Executive shall not be required to release any indemnification rights. The payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Section 6 upon termination of the Executive’s employment shall constitute the exclusive payments in the nature of severance or termination pay or salary continuation that shall be due to the Executive upon a termination of employment, and shall be in lieu of any other such payments under any plan, program, policy, or other arrangement that has heretofore been or shall hereafter be established by the Company.

7. Executive Covenants .

(a) Confidentiality . The Executive agrees and understands that in the Executive’s position with the Company, the Executive will be exposed to and will receive information relating to the confidential affairs of the Company, including but not limited to, technical information, intellectual property, business and marketing plans, strategies, customer information, other information concerning the products, promotions, development, financing, expansion plans, business policies and practices of the Company, and other forms of information considered by the Company reasonably and in good faith to be confidential and in the nature of trade secrets (“ Confidential Information ”). The Executive agrees that during the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive will not, other than on behalf of the Company, disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any third person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided that disclosure may be made to the extent required by law, regulation, or order of a regulatory body, in each case so long as the Executive gives the Company as much advance notice of the disclosure as possible to enable the Company to seek a protective order, confidential treatment, or other appropriate relief. This confidentiality covenant has no temporal, geographical, or territorial restriction. Upon termination of the Employment Term, the Executive will promptly supply to the Company ( i ) all property of the Company and ( ii ) all notes, memoranda, writings, lists, files, reports, customer lists, correspondence, tapes, disks, cards, surveys, maps, logs, machines, technical data, or any other tangible product or document containing Confidential Information produced by, received by, or otherwise submitted to the Executive during or prior to the Employment Term. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

(b) Noncompetition . By and in consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement and the payments to be made and benefits to be provided by the Company hereunder, and further in consideration of the Executive’s exposure to the proprietary information of the Company, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, during the Noncompetition Term (as defined below), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, be employed by, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be connected in any manner with, including but not limited to holding any position as a shareholder, director, officer, consultant, independent contractor, employee, partner, or investor in, any Restricted Enterprise (as defined below); provided that in no event shall ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding equity securities of any issuer whose securities are registered under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, standing alone, be prohibited by this Section 7(b). Following termination of the Employment Term, upon request of the Company during

 

8


the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall notify the Company of the Executive’s then-current employment status. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

(c) Nonsolicitation . During the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any other person to, ( i ) interfere with or harm, or attempt to interfere with or harm, the relationship of any member of the Company with any Restricted Person (as defined below), or ( ii ) endeavor to entice any Restricted Person away from the Company.

(d) Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Company or its affiliates, directors, officers, or employees, and the Company shall not, and shall use its best efforts to ensure that its directors and officers do not, make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Executive or any member of his immediate family.

(e) Proprietary Rights . The Executive assigns all of the Executive’s interest in any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, and patentable or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive, either alone or in conjunction with others, during the Employment Term and related to the business or activities of the Company to the Company or its nominee. Whenever requested to do so by the Company, the Executive shall execute any and all applications, assignments, or other instruments that the Company shall in good faith deem necessary to apply for and obtain trademarks, patents, or copyrights of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise protect the interests of the Company therein. These obligations shall continue beyond the conclusion of the Employment Term with respect to inventions, discoveries, improvements, or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive during the Employment Term.

(f) Remedies . The Executive agrees that any breach of the terms of this Section 7 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which the Company would have no adequate remedy at law; the Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of such breach or any threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach, threatened breach, or continued breach by the Executive and any and all persons or entities acting for or with the Executive, without having to prove damages, in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including but not limited to, the recovery of damages from the Executive. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the business of the Company because of the Executive’s access to Confidential Information and his material participation in the operation of such business. Should a court, arbitrator, or other similar authority determine, however, that any provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are not reasonable or valid, either in period of time, geographical area, or otherwise, the parties hereto agree that such covenants should be

 

9


interpreted and enforced to the maximum extent to which such court or arbitrator deems reasonable or valid. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants contained in this Section 7.

(g) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) The “ Noncompetition Term ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending 18 months following the Termination Date.

(ii) “ Restricted Enterprise ” shall mean ( x ) on any date during the Employment Term, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that is engaged in specialty insurance or reinsurance business or that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company on such date, and ( y ) on and after the Termination Date, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company as of the Termination Date; provided that a Restricted Enterprise shall not be deemed to include an investment bank, bank, or other entity primarily engaged in the reinsurance brokerage business.

(iii) “ Restricted Person ” shall mean any person who at any time during the Employment Term was an employee or customer of the Company, or otherwise had a material business relationship with the Company.

(iv) The “ Territory ” shall mean, as of any date, ( x ) the geographic markets in which the business of the Company is then being conducted by the Company and ( y ) any other geographic market as to which the Company has, during the 12 months preceding such date, devoted more than de minimis resources as a prospective geographic market for the business of the Company.

8. Executive’s Representations . The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive has received no communication from his former employer that entering into this Agreement or providing services to the Company would violate any agreement with his former employer. The Executive further represents that he has provided the Company with true, correct and complete copies of all documentation with his former employer in place as of the date of this Agreement containing restrictive covenants of any type regarding the Executive’s future employment.

9. Directors & Officers Insurance . The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance in commercially reasonable amounts (as determined by the Board), and the Executive shall be covered under such insurance to the same extent as other directors and officers of the Company. The Executive shall continue to be covered by such insurance for six years following the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

 

10


10. Indemnification by Company . The Company shall indemnify the Executive with respect to any claims or lawsuits by Executive’s former employer that his activities for the Company breach his former employment contract or his fiduciary duties to his former employer other than a willful breach of an obligation to preserve the former employer’s confidential information provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to so indemnify the Executive to the extent the claim or lawsuit is based on the facts and circumstances that would render any of the Executive’s representations set forth in Section 8 hereof untrue in any respect.

11. No Waiver of Rights . The failure to enforce at any time the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by any other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof, or the right of any party to enforce each and every provision in accordance with its terms.

12. Notices . Every notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service (charges prepaid), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to the recipient with a confirmation copy to follow the next day to be delivered by personal delivery or by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service to the appropriate party’s address or fax number below (or such other address and fax number as a party may designate by notice to the other party):

 

If to the Executive:    To the Executive at the address most recently contained in the Company’s records.
If to the Company:    Third Point Reinsurance Limited [to come]

13. Binding Effect/Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, estates, successors (including, without limitation, by way of merger), and assigns. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive shall not assign all or any portion of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Option Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between them as to such subject matter.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or any application thereof to any circumstances, is invalid, in whole or in part, such provision or application shall to that extent be severable and shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Wavier of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the

 

11


provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit, or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 12 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that (A) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, (B) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, (C) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and (D) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 16.

17. Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered, or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by any other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions at the time or at any prior or subsequent time.

18. Headings. The headings contained herein are solely for the purposes of reference, are not part of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

19. Applicability of Section 280G of the Code.

(a) Waiver. In the event that any payment or benefit arising out of or in connection with a change of ownership or effective control of the Company or a substantial portion of its assets within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ,” and such change, a “ 280G Change in Control ”) that is made or provided, or to be made or provided, by the Company (or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof) to the Executive, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, agreement, or arrangement (any such payment or benefit, a “ Parachute Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the Executive may elect to waive his right to receive all or a portion of any such Parachute Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

12


(b) Shareholder Approval. If (i) immediately prior to a 280G Change in Control, the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and (ii) the Executive elects to provide the waiver contemplated by Section 18(a), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Parachute Payments arising out of or in connection with such 280G Change in Control to which the Executive is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

20. Applicability of Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code.

(a) Generally. This Agreement is intended to comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance thereunder (collectively referred to as “ Section 409A ” and “ Section 457A, ” respectively). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Agreement shall, to the maximum extent possible, be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A and Section 457A. If any provision of this Agreement provides for payment within a time period, the determination of when such payment shall be made within such time period shall be solely in the discretion of the Company.

(b) Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit, or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the Employment Term or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to the Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Executive in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursements for expenses for which the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred; ( iii ) the right to payment or reimbursement or in-kind benefits hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) the reimbursements shall be made pursuant to objectively determinable and nondiscretionary Company policies and procedures regarding such reimbursement of expenses.

(c) Termination Payments. If and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, no payment or benefit required to be paid under this Agreement on account of termination of the Executive’s employment shall be made unless and until the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. In addition, with respect to any payments or benefits subject to Section 409A, reference to Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company shall be construed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h), as uniformly applied by the Company) from the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, and if any or all of the payments or the continued provision of any benefits under Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement are subject to Section 409A and payable upon a separation from service, then such payments or benefits that the Executive would otherwise be entitled to receive during the first six months after termination of employment shall be

 

13


accumulated and paid or provided on the first business day after the six-month anniversary of termination of employment (or within 30 days following the Executive’s death, if earlier) in a single lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by authority of its Board of Directors, and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, in each case effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

 

 

  Name:  

John R. Berger

  Title:  

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ J. Robert Bredahl

 

J. Robert Bredahl

 

15


Exhibit A

Effect of Termination of Employment on Options

This Exhibit A sets forth the effect of termination of employment on the vesting and exercisability of Options and is for descriptive purposes only. The terms and conditions of the Options shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Management Equity Plan. To the extent that anything in this Exhibit A conflicts with the provisions of the Management Equity Plan or any applicable Option Agreement thereunder, the provisions of the Management Equity Plan or such Option Agreement shall control.

 

Type of Termination

 

Vesting

 

Exercisability

 

Company/Principal

Investor Repurchase

Right

Termination for Cause   Any unvested Options forfeited   3 months to exercise vested Options   Company (and if not the Company, the principal investors) may repurchase all or any portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at the lower of cost and fair market value
Death or Disability  

The portion of unvested Options that would vest at the next vesting date will become immediately vested

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

  12 months to exercise vested Options   No repurchase right
Termination without Cause  

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

  12 months to exercise vested Options   No repurchase right

 

16


Resignation with Good Reason  

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

  12 months to exercise vested Options   No repurchase right
Voluntary Resignation   Any unvested Options forfeited   3 months to exercise vested Options   Company (and if not the Company, the principal investors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at fair market value

 

17

EXHIBIT 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 23, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and Daniel Victor Malloy III (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has been capitalized by way of a subscription for the common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Common Shares ,” and the closing of such capitalization, the “ Closing ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enlist the services and employment of the Executive on behalf of the Company as Executive Vice President Underwriting, and the Executive is willing to render such services on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term . Except for earlier termination as provided for in Section 5 hereof, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the Company subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on January 23, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the “ Employment Term ”); provided that on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and on each anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter, the Employment Term shall be extended for an additional year, unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given notice at least 90 days prior to such anniversary not to extend the Employment Term.

2. Extent of Employment .

(a) Duties . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as the Executive Vice President Underwriting of the Company. In his capacity as Executive Vice President Underwriting the Executive shall perform such senior executive duties, services, and responsibilities on behalf of the Company consistent with such position as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In performing such duties hereunder, the Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

(b) Exclusivity . During the Employment Term, except as provided in the next following sentence, the Executive shall devote his full business time, attention, and skill to the performance of such duties, services, and responsibilities, and shall use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company, and the Executive shall not engage in any other business activity without the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Executive shall be permitted to ( i ) manage his personal investments and ( ii ) engage in such other activities as are permitted by the Board from time to time, in the case of each of ( i ) and ( ii ), so long as such activities neither ( x ) interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder nor ( y ) violate Section 7 hereof.


(c) Place of Employment . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall perform his services hereunder in, and shall be headquartered at, the principal offices of the Company in Bermuda, except for business travel related to business and activities of the Company.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, in full consideration of the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations hereunder (including any services as an officer, director, employee, or member of any committee of any affiliate of the Company, or otherwise on behalf of the Company), the Executive shall receive from the Company a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of $600,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company then in effect.

(b) March Bonus . The Executive will receive a one-time cash bonus equal to $300,000 (the “ March Bonus ”) which shall be paid to the Executive on March 31, 2012; provided that as of the date of such payment the Executive has not resigned or given notice of his intention to resign.

(c) Annual Bonus . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall also be eligible to receive, in respect of each calendar year during which the Employment Term is in effect, a performance-based cash bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) based on achievement of such individual and corporate performance goals as may be established with respect to each calendar year by the Board, and subject to ( x ) the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through the last day of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned, and ( y ) such other terms and conditions established by the Board pursuant to its annual bonus programs as adopted from time to time; provided , however , that at “threshold performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 50% of Base Salary, at “target performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 150% of Base Salary, and at “maximum performance,” the Annual Bonus shall equal 300% of Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned and no later than March 15th following such calendar year.

(d) Equity Compensation . The Executive shall be granted the following equity-based compensation:

(i) Restricted Stock .

 

  (A) Award . On the Effective Date, the Company shall award the Executive Common Shares of the Company in an amount equal to $340,000.00 (the “ Stock Award ”), subject to the terms set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive on the date hereof (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).

 

  (B)

Vesting . The Stock Award shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company on

 

2


  the third anniversary of the date of grant. The Stock Award shall vest immediately upon the Executive’s death, termination of employment by the Company by reason of Disability or other than for Cause, termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason, or a Change in Control (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement).

 

  (C) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of the Stock Award shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Management Equity Plan.

(ii) Options .

 

  (A) Award . On the Effective Date, the Company shall grant the Executive a number of nonqualified share options to purchase Common Shares under the Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan (the “ Management Equity Plan ”) equal to the 1.40% of the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Management Equity Plan as of the Closing (the “ Options ”).

 

  (B) Vesting . The Options shall vest, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company and such other conditions as shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive (the “ Option Agreement ”), in five equal annual installments at a rate of one-fifth per year on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

  (C) Exercise Price . The Options awarded to the Executive at the Effective Date shall have exercise prices as follows:

 

% of Options Awarded

  

Exercise Price

60%

   Closing Date Value

20%

   Closing Date Value x 1.6

20%

   Closing Date Value x 2.0

 

3


  (D) Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions of the Options (including, but not limited to, the vesting conditions) shall be set forth in the Option Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Management Equity Plan and the Subscription Agreement.

(e) Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, policies, programs, and arrangements as may be amended from time to time, on the same terms as similarly situated executives of the Company to the extent the Executive meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program, or arrangement.

(f) Perquisites .

(i) Housing . During the Employment Term and while the Executive’s principal place of employment is Bermuda, the Executive shall be entitled to a housing allowance in an amount equal to $[        ] per month. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any income taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of any payment from the Company pursuant to this Section 3(f)(i) (including taxes imposed on the reimbursement payment itself). Any such reimbursement payments shall be made no later than twelve (12) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the related expense is incurred.

(ii) Vacation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive 4 weeks of paid vacation per year to be used and accrued in accordance with the Company’s policies as may be established from time to time.

(g) Expense Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable and documented business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Employment Term in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies then in effect.

4. Withholding . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3(f)(i), the Executive shall be solely responsible for taxes imposed on the Executive by reason of any compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement, and all such compensation and benefits shall be subject to applicable withholding.

5. Termination .

(a) Events of Termination . The Executive’s employment with the Company and the Employment Term shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Term or upon the earlier occurrence of any of the following events (the date of termination, the “ Termination Date ”):

(i) The termination of employment by reason of the Executive’s death.

(ii) The termination of employment by the Company for Cause.

 

4


(iii) The termination of employment by the Company for Disability.

(iv) The termination of employment by the Company other than for Cause or Disability.

(v) The termination of employment by the Executive for Good Reason.

(vi) The termination of employment by the Executive other than for Good Reason.

(b) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Disability ” shall mean: ( A ) the Executive’s disability as determined under the long-term disability plan of the Company as in effect from time to time; or ( B ) if no such plan is in effect, the inability of the Executive to perform his duties, services, and responsibilities hereunder by reason of a physical or mental infirmity, as reasonably determined by the Board, for a total of 180 days in any twelve-month period during the Employment Term.

(ii) “ Cause ” shall mean: ( A ) the willful failure of the Executive substantially to perform his duties or his negligent performance of such duties (other than any such failure due to the Executive’s physical or mental illness) that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( B ) the Executive having engaged in willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( C ) a willful and material violation by the Executive of a Company policy that has caused or is reasonably expected to cause a material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates; ( D ) the willful and material breach by the Executive of any of his obligations under this Agreement; ( E ) failure by the Executive to timely comply with a lawful and reasonable direction or instruction given to him by the Board; or ( F ) Executive having been convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony (or comparable crime in any jurisdiction that uses a different nomenclature); provided that in the case of clauses ( A )–( E ), the Company shall have given the Executive 20 days’ prior written notice of such action and, if such action is capable of being cured, the Executive shall not have cured such action to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within such 20 day period.

(iii) “ Good Reason ” shall mean: ( A ) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial diminution of, the duties set forth in this Agreement; ( B ) a reduction in the rate of the Executive’s Base Salary (other than pursuant to a generally applicable reduction in salaries of senior executive officers); or ( C ) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided that the Executive shall have given the Company written notice specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to constitute Good Reason within 30 days following the occurrence, without the

 

5


Executive’s consent, of any of the events in clauses ( A )–( C ), and the Company shall not have cured the circumstances set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination within 20 days of receipt of such notice.

(c) Cooperation . In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (other than death), the Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and to be reasonably available to the Company for a reasonable period of time thereafter with respect to matters arising out of the Executive’s employment hereunder or any other relationship with the Company, whether such matters are business-related, legal, or otherwise. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive during such period in connection with such cooperation with the Company. Any such cooperation shall take into account any responsibilities to which the Executive is subject to a subsequent employer or otherwise.

(d) Resignation from All Positions . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any boards of, or other positions with, the Company (except that such deemed resignation shall not be construed to reduce the Executive’s economic entitlements under this Agreement arising by reason of such termination).

6. Termination Payments . The Executive shall be entitled to certain payments from the Company upon termination of his employment as follows:

(a) Termination for Any Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) any accrued and unpaid Base Salary as of the Termination Date; ( ii ) all accrued and unpaid benefits under any benefit plans, policies, programs, or arrangements in which the Executive participated as of the Termination Date in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of such plans, policies, programs, or arrangements; and ( iii ) an amount equal to such reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment on behalf of the Company on or prior to the Termination Date but not previously paid to the Executive (the “ Accrued Compensation ”).

(b) Termination for Death or Disability . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; and ( ii ) a pro rata Annual Bonus, determined as the product of ( x ) the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled under Section 3(b) hereof had he remained employed through the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, multiplied by ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of days the Executive is employed by the Company in the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, and the denominator of which is 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”). Any Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year.

 

6


(c) Termination without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a)(iv) or 5(a)(v) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: ( i ) the Accrued Compensation; ( ii ) the Pro Rata Bonus, payable in cash in a lump sum after the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and no later than March 15th following such calendar year; ( iii ) severance pay equal to 18 months of Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Termination Date, payable as provided in the next following sentence; and ( iv ) 18 months of continued medical and life insurance benefits at the same premium rate that active employees pay for such coverage, with such life insurance benefits payable as provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(c). The severance pay contemplated by clause ( iii ) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid as follows: ( x ) an amount equal to one year of Base Salary shall be paid in twelve (12) monthly installments over the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date (and subject to Section 6(d), the first of such installments shall be paid on the 30th day following the Termination Date); and ( y ) an amount equal to the remaining six (6) months of Base Salary shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not less frequently than in monthly installments over the six (6) months following the first anniversary of the Termination Date. The life insurance premium contributions contemplated by clause ( iv ) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as follows: ( x ) any premium contributions required to be made during the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date shall be paid upon such required contribution payment dates; and ( y ) an amount equal to the sum of the remaining life insurance premium contributions not paid pursuant to clause ( x ) shall be paid in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs on dates selected by the Company but not later than the regularly scheduled contribution payment dates.

(d) Release; Full Satisfaction . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no severance pay shall become payable under this Agreement unless and until the Executive executes a general release of claims in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company, including where relevant a release of any statutory claims, and such release has become irrevocable within 30 days following the Termination Date; provided that the Executive shall not be required to release any indemnification rights. The payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Section 6 upon termination of the Executive’s employment shall constitute the exclusive payments in the nature of severance or termination pay or salary continuation that shall be due to the Executive upon a termination of employment, and shall be in lieu of any other such payments under any plan, program, policy, or other arrangement that has heretofore been or shall hereafter be established by the Company.

7. Executive Covenants .

(a) Confidentiality . The Executive agrees and understands that in the Executive’s position with the Company, the Executive will be exposed to and will receive information relating to the confidential affairs of the Company, including but not limited to, technical information, intellectual property, business and marketing plans, strategies, customer information, other information concerning the products, promotions, development, financing, expansion plans, business policies and practices of the Company, and other forms of information considered by the Company reasonably and in

 

7


good faith to be confidential and in the nature of trade secrets (“ Confidential Information ”). The Executive agrees that during the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive will not, other than on behalf of the Company, disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any third person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided that disclosure may be made to the extent required by law, regulation, or order of a regulatory body, in each case so long as the Executive gives the Company as much advance notice of the disclosure as possible to enable the Company to seek a protective order, confidential treatment, or other appropriate relief. This confidentiality covenant has no temporal, geographical, or territorial restriction. Upon termination of the Employment Term, the Executive will promptly supply to the Company ( i ) all property of the Company and ( ii ) all notes, memoranda, writings, lists, files, reports, customer lists, correspondence, tapes, disks, cards, surveys, maps, logs, machines, technical data, or any other tangible product or document containing Confidential Information produced by, received by, or otherwise submitted to the Executive during or prior to the Employment Term. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

(b) Noncompetition . By and in consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement and the payments to be made and benefits to be provided by the Company hereunder, and further in consideration of the Executive’s exposure to the proprietary information of the Company, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, during the Noncompetition Term (as defined below), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, be employed by, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be connected in any manner with, including but not limited to holding any position as a shareholder, director, officer, consultant, independent contractor, employee, partner, or investor in, any Restricted Enterprise (as defined below); provided that in no event shall ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding equity securities of any issuer whose securities are registered under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, standing alone, be prohibited by this Section 7(b). Following termination of the Employment Term, upon request of the Company during the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall notify the Company of the Executive’s then-current employment status. Any material breach of the terms of this paragraph shall be considered Cause.

(c) Nonsolicitation . During the Noncompetition Term, the Executive shall not, and shall not cause any other person to, ( i ) interfere with or harm, or attempt to interfere with or harm, the relationship of any member of the Company with any Restricted Person (as defined below), or ( ii ) endeavor to entice any Restricted Person away from the Company.

(d) Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Company or its affiliates, directors, officers, or employees, and the Company shall not, and shall use its best efforts to ensure that its directors and officers do not, make or publish any disparaging statements (whether written or oral) regarding the Executive or any member of his immediate family.

 

8


(e) Proprietary Rights . The Executive assigns all of the Executive’s interest in any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, and patentable or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive, either alone or in conjunction with others, during the Employment Term and related to the business or activities of the Company to the Company or its nominee. Whenever requested to do so by the Company, the Executive shall execute any and all applications, assignments, or other instruments that the Company shall in good faith deem necessary to apply for and obtain trademarks, patents, or copyrights of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise protect the interests of the Company therein. These obligations shall continue beyond the conclusion of the Employment Term with respect to inventions, discoveries, improvements, or copyrightable works initiated, conceived, or made by the Executive during the Employment Term.

(f) Remedies . The Executive agrees that any breach of the terms of this Section 7 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which the Company would have no adequate remedy at law; the Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of such breach or any threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach, threatened breach, or continued breach by the Executive and any and all persons or entities acting for or with the Executive, without having to prove damages, in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including but not limited to, the recovery of damages from the Executive. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the business of the Company because of the Executive’s access to Confidential Information and his material participation in the operation of such business. Should a court, arbitrator, or other similar authority determine, however, that any provisions of the covenants contained in this Section 7 are not reasonable or valid, either in period of time, geographical area, or otherwise, the parties hereto agree that such covenants should be interpreted and enforced to the maximum extent to which such court or arbitrator deems reasonable or valid. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants contained in this Section 7.

(g) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) The “ Noncompetition Term ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending 18 months following the Termination Date.

(ii) “ Restricted Enterprise ” shall mean ( x ) on any date during the Employment Term, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that is engaged in specialty insurance or reinsurance business or that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company on such date, and ( y ) on and after the Termination Date, any person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that otherwise competes, directly or indirectly, in the Territory with any material business activity engaged in by the Company as of the Termination Date.

 

9


(iii) “ Restricted Person ” shall mean any person who at any time during the Employment Term was an employee or customer of the Company, or otherwise had a material business relationship with the Company.

(iv) The “ Territory ” shall mean, as of any date, ( x ) the geographic markets in which the business of the Company is then being conducted by the Company and ( y ) any other geographic market as to which the Company has, during the 12 months preceding such date, devoted more than de minimis resources as a prospective geographic market for the business of the Company.

8. Executive’s Representations . The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution and performance of this Agreement does not violate any agreement or obligation (whether or not written) that the Executive has with or to any person or entity including, but not limited to, any prior employer. The Executive further represents that he has provided the Company with true, correct and complete copies of all documentation related to his employment with his former employer in place as of the date of this Agreement. In the event of a determination by the Board that the Executive is in material breach of these representations, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment, and any such termination shall be considered a termination for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii).

9. Directors & Officers Insurance . The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance in commercially reasonable amounts (as determined by the Board), and the Executive shall be covered under such insurance to the same extent as other directors and officers of the Company. The Executive shall continue to be covered by such insurance for six years following the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

10. Indemnification by Company . The Company shall indemnify the Executive in connection with a lawsuit by Executive’s former employer with respect to allegations of breach of fiduciary duty solely in connection with the solicitation of clients, use of proprietary product information and soliciting of employees, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to so indemnify the Executive to the extent the claim is based on the facts and circumstances that would render any of the Executive’s representations set forth in Section 8 hereof untrue in any respect.

11. No Waiver of Rights . The failure to enforce at any time the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by any other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof, or the right of any party to enforce each and every provision in accordance with its terms.

12. Notices . Every notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service (charges prepaid), by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to the recipient with a confirmation copy to follow the next day to be delivered by personal

 

10


delivery or by a reputable same-day or overnight courier service to the appropriate party’s address or fax number below (or such other address and fax number as a party may designate by notice to the other party):

 

If to the Executive:    To the Executive at the address most recently contained in the Company’s records.
If to the Company:   

Third Point Reinsurance Limited

[to come]

13. Binding Effect/Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, estates, successors (including, without limitation, by way of merger), and assigns. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive shall not assign all or any portion of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the Subscription Agreement and the Option Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between them as to such subject matter.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or any application thereof to any circumstances, is invalid, in whole or in part, such provision or application shall to that extent be severable and shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Wavier of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit, or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 12 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES,AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that ( A ) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation,

 

11


seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, ( B ) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, ( C ) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and ( D ) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 16.

17. Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered, or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by any other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions at the time or at any prior or subsequent time.

18. Headings . The headings contained herein are solely for the purposes of reference, are not part of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

19. Applicability of Section 280G of the Code .

(a) Waiver . In the event that any payment or benefit arising out of or in connection with a change of ownership or effective control of the Company or a substantial portion of its assets within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ,” and such change, a “ 280G Change in Control ”) that is made or provided, or to be made or provided, by the Company (or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof) to the Executive, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, agreement, or arrangement (any such payment or benefit, a “ Parachute Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the Executive may elect to waive his right to receive all or a portion of any such Parachute Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

(b) Shareholder Approval . If ( i ) immediately prior to a 280G Change in Control, the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( ii ) the Executive elects to provide the waiver contemplated by Section 18(a), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Parachute Payments arising out of or in connection with such 280G Change in Control to which the Executive is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

20. Applicability of Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code .

(a) Generally . This Agreement is intended to comply with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance thereunder (collectively referred to as “ Section 409A ” and “ Section 457A ,” respectively). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Agreement shall, to the maximum extent possible, be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A and Section 457A. If any provision of this Agreement provides for payment within a time period, the determination of when such payment shall be made within such time period shall be solely in the discretion of the Company.

 

12


(b) Reimbursements . To the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit, or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the Employment Term or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, ( i ) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to the Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Executive in any other calendar year; ( ii ) the reimbursements for expenses for which the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred; ( iii ) the right to payment or reimbursement or in-kind benefits hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and ( iv ) the reimbursements shall be made pursuant to objectively determinable and nondiscretionary Company policies and procedures regarding such reimbursement of expenses.

(c) Termination Payments . If and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, no payment or benefit required to be paid under this Agreement on account of termination of the Executive’s employment shall be made unless and until the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. In addition, with respect to any payments or benefits subject to Section 409A, reference to Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company shall be construed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h), as uniformly applied by the Company) from the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, and if any or all of the payments or the continued provision of any benefits under Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement are subject to Section 409A and payable upon a separation from service, then such payments or benefits that the Executive would otherwise be entitled to receive during the first six months after termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid or provided on the first business day after the six-month anniversary of termination of employment (or within 30 days following the Executive’s death, if earlier) in a single lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by authority of its Board of Directors, and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, in each case effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

 

 

  Name:  

John R. Berger

  Title:  

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Daniel Victor Malloy III

 

Daniel Victor Malloy III

 

14


Exhibit A

Effect of Termination of Employment on Options

This Exhibit A sets forth the effect of termination of employment on the vesting and exercisability of Options and is for descriptive purposes only. The terms and conditions of the Options shall be set forth in a separate Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Management Equity Plan. To the extent that anything in this Exhibit A conflicts with the provisions of the Management Equity Plan or any applicable Option Agreement thereunder, the provisions of the Management Equity Plan or such Option Agreement shall control.

 

Type of Termination

 

Vesting

 

Exercisability

 

Company/Principal
Investor Repurchase Right

Termination for Cause   Any unvested Options forfeited   3 months to exercise vested Options   Company (and if not the Company, the principal investors) may repurchase all or any portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at the lower of cost and fair market value
Death or Disability  

The portion of unvested Options that would vest at the next vesting date will become immediately vested

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

  12 months to exercise vested Options   No repurchase right
Termination without Cause  

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

  12 months to exercise vested Options   No repurchase right

 

15


Resignation with Good

Reason

 

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

 

12 months to exercise

vested Options

  No repurchase right
Voluntary Resignation   Any unvested Options forfeited  

3 months to exercise

vested Options

  Company (and if not the Company, the principal investors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at fair market value

 

16

EXHIBIT 10.5

Execution Copy

Third Point Reinsurance Limited

Share Incentive Plan

Section 1.

Purpose

The purpose of this Plan (as such term and any other capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 2) is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of the Company and the Subsidiaries and materially increase shareholder value by ( a ) motivating superior performance by means of service- and performance-related incentives, ( b ) encouraging and providing for the acquisition of an ownership interest in the Company by Participants, and ( c ) enabling the Company and the Subsidiaries to attract and retain the services of an outstanding management and employee team upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its and their operations is largely dependent.

Section 2.

Definitions

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Adjustment Event : as defined in Section 5.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Adjustment Event” shall not include any issuance of Shares at Fair Market Value.

Board : the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause : shall mean ( i ) the refusal or neglect of the Participant to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties; ( ii ) the Participant’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty; ( iii ) the Participant’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or any applicable equivalent thereof) to a crime constituting a felony (or a crime or offense of equivalent magnitude in any jurisdiction) or his or her willful violation of any other law, rule, or regulation (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment that in no way adversely affects the Company or any


Subsidiary or its reputation or the ability of the Participant to perform his or her employment related duties or to represent the Company or any Subsidiary); or ( iv ) the material breach by the Participant of any covenant or agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, or any written policy of the Company or any Subsidiary, not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or any Subsidiary or not to compete or interfere with the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a definition of “Cause”, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in such Participant’s employment agreement.

Change in Control : the first to occur of the following:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction) by any person, entity, or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than any such acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Sponsors, or any affiliates of any of the foregoing; or

(ii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer, or other disposition, affiliates of the Company or any Sponsor.

Change in Control Price : the per Share consideration paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control as determined in good faith by the Board, or, if so determined by the Board, if any part of the consideration is payable other than in cash, the Fair Market Value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board.

Chief Executive Officer : the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Closing Date : the date of the “Closing,” as such term is defined in each of the Subscription Agreements, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and between the Company and the Sponsors.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee : the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any committee then serving, the Board.

Company : Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

2


Deferral Condition : as defined in Section 7.5.

Determination Date : as defined in Section 7.2.

Disability : a physical or mental impairment that renders a Participant unable to perform the essential functions of the Participant’s position even with reasonable accommodation (that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company), and which has lasted at least 60 consecutive days; provided that with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a definition of “Disability”, “Disability” shall have the meaning specified in such Participant’s employment agreement. A physician selected by the Company or its insurers shall make the determination of the existence of a Disability.

Employee : any officer or other key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Fair Market Value : if no Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee. In making a determination of the Fair Market Value, the Committee, using a reasonable method reasonably applied, shall give due consideration to such factors as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the earnings and other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the potential value of the Company as a whole, the future prospects of the Company and the industries in which it competes, the history and management of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company, and any recent valuation of the Shares that shall have been performed by an independent valuation firm (although nothing herein shall obligate the Committee to obtain any such independent valuation). Following a Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a Share as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a Share as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such exchange or system during such ten-business-day period, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing sales price on the trading date before the commencement of such period.

Financing Agreements : means any guaranty, financing or security agreement or document entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary from time to time.

Good Reason : has the meaning, if any, set forth in a Participant’s Option Agreement. If a Participant’s Option Agreement does not contain a definition of Good Reason, then the terms of the Plan relating to Good Reason shall not be operative with respect to such Participant.

 

3


Incentive Stock Option : an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Indemnified Person : as defined in Section 10.5.

Members Agreement : the Agreement Among Members, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Nonqualified Stock Option : an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option : the right to purchase Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan at a stated price for a specified period of time. For purposes of the Plan, an Option may be either ( i ) an Incentive Stock Option or ( ii ) a Nonqualified Stock Option.

Option Agreement : the agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Option.

Option Shares : as defined in Section 6.7.

Participant : any Employee or member of the Board designated by the Committee to receive an award of Options under the Plan.

Payments : as defined in Section 8.2.

Plan : this Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Public Offering : a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that covers (together with prior effective registrations) ( i ) not less than 25% of the then outstanding Shares, on a fully diluted basis, or ( ii ) Shares that, after the closing of such public offering, will be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or an equivalent internationally recognized securities exchange or quotation system.

Purchase Price : the purchase price per Option Share determined in accordance with Section 7.2.

 

4


Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Shares : the Class A common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share.

Sponsors : collectively, Daniel S. Loeb, KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P. and Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

Subsidiary : any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Section 3.

Eligibility and Participation

Participants in the Plan shall be those Employees and members of the Board selected by the Committee in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer to participate in the Plan. The selection of an Employee or a member of the Board as a Participant shall neither entitle such Employee or Board member to, nor disqualify such Employee or Board member from, participation in any other award or incentive plan of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 4.

Administration

4.1. Power to Grant and Establish Terms of Options . The Committee shall have the discretionary authority, subject to the terms of the Plan, to determine the Employees and members of the Board to whom Options shall be granted (which may include Employees and members of the Board who are members of the Committee) and the terms and conditions of any and all Options, including, but not limited to, the number of Shares covered by each Option, the time or times at which Options shall be granted, and the terms and provisions of the instruments by which Options shall be evidenced and to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options. The proper officers of the Company may suggest to the Committee the Participants who should receive Options. The terms and conditions of each Option grant shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant and shall be set forth in the Participant’s Option Agreement, and subject to Section 9, such terms and conditions shall not be subsequently changed in a manner that would be adverse to the Participant without the consent of the Participant to whom such Option has been granted, even if this Plan

 

5


shall be subsequently amended. The Committee may establish different terms and conditions for different Participants receiving Options and for the same Participant for each Option such Participant may receive, whether or not granted at the same or different times. The grant of any Option to any Employee or member of the Board shall neither entitle such Employee or member of the Board to, nor disqualify him or her from, the grant of any other Options.

4.2. Substitute Options . The Committee shall have the right, subject to the consent of Participants to whom Options have been granted, to grant in substitution for outstanding Options, replacement Options that may contain terms more favorable to the Participant than the Options they replace, including, without limitation, a lower exercise price (subject to Section 6.2), and to cancel replaced Options.

4.3. Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. Any Options granted by the Committee may be subject to such conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company, to interpret the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan and to carry out its provisions and purposes. Determinations, interpretations, or other actions made or taken by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons and shall be given deference in any proceeding with respect thereto. The Committee may consult with legal counsel, who may be counsel to the Company, and shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of counsel.

Section 5.

Shares Subject to the Plan

5.1. Number . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, the number of Shares subject to Options under the Plan may not exceed 11,627,906 Shares, all of which may be subject to grants of Incentive Stock Options. The Shares to be delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares not reserved for any other purpose.

5.2. Cancelled, Terminated, or Forfeited Options . Any Shares subject to an Option that for any reason other than the failure to satisfy a “Capital Condition” (as defined in an Option Agreement) expires or is cancelled, terminated, forfeited, substituted for, or otherwise settled without the issuance of such Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan.

 

6


5.3. Adjustment in Capitalization . If at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Shares payable in Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Shares other securities of the Company (each of clauses ( i )–( v ), an “ Adjustment Event ”), then the Committee shall adjust the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan and the number, class, and exercise price of any outstanding Option, and/or make such substitution, revision, or other provisions with respect to any outstanding Option or the holder or holders thereof, in each case as it determines to be equitable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of any such Adjustment Event, the Committee shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of shares covered by outstanding Options, the prices specified therein, and the securities, cash, or other property to be received upon the exercise or conversion thereof. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5.3, the number of shares subject to each outstanding Option shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Any action taken pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be effected in a manner that is exempt from or otherwise complies with Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of Shares by the Company for value shall not constitute an Adjustment Event.

Section 6.

Stock Options

6.1. Grant of Options . Options may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Committee. Options granted pursuant to this Plan may be of two types: ( i ) Incentive Stock Options and ( ii ) Nonqualified Stock Options. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date on which the Option is awarded by the Committee or, if so determined by the Committee on the date of award of an Option, the date on which occurs any event the occurrence of which is an express condition precedent to the grant of the Option. The Committee shall determine the number of Options, if any, to be granted to a Participant. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the exercise price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which the Options or any portion thereof shall become vested or exercisable, and such other terms as the Committee shall determine.

 

7


6.2. Option Price . Nonqualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall have an exercise price per Share determined by the Committee, provided that such per Share exercise price may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted.

6.3. Exercise of Options . Options awarded to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions, including the performance of a minimum period of service or the satisfaction of performance goals, as the Committee may impose at the time of grant of such Options, subject to the Committee’s right to accelerate the exercisability of such Options in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date on which it is granted. Except as may be provided in any provision approved by the Committee pursuant to this Section 6.3, after becoming exercisable each installment of an Option shall remain exercisable until expiration, termination, or cancellation of the Option. Subject to Section 10.7, an Option may be exercised from time to time, in whole or in part, up to the total number of Shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.

6.4. Payment . The Committee shall establish procedures governing the exercise of Options, which, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise, shall require that ( x ) as a condition to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of the Options prior to a Public Offering, the Participant become a party to the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such Shares, ( y ) written notice of exercise be given to the Company, and ( z ) the Option exercise price be paid in full at the time of exercise in one of the following ways: ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, or ( ii ) at any time following a Public Offering, in unencumbered Shares that have been owned by the Participant for at least six months (or such longer period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such aggregate Option exercise price or in a combination of cash and such unencumbered Shares. Subject to Section 10.4, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice, payment of the Option exercise price, and receipt of evidence of the Participant’s execution of the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with this Section 6.4, the Company shall issue in the name of the Participant a certificate or certificates representing the acquired Shares.

6.5. Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended, or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of any Participant affected thereby, to cause any Incentive Stock Option previously granted to fail to qualify for the federal income tax treatment afforded under Section 421 of the Code.

 

8


6.6. Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates by reason of death or Disability, any Options granted to such Participant that on or prior to the date of such termination have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, or that would have otherwise become exercisable on the vesting date immediately following the date of such termination in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised by the Participant or, in the case of death, the Participant’s designated beneficiary (or, if no such beneficiary is named, in accordance with Section 10.2) at any time prior to ( i ) the first anniversary of the Participant’s termination of employment or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter.

6.7. Termination of Employment For Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for Cause, any Options granted to such Participant that on or prior to the date of such termination have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3 may be exercised by the Participant at any time ( i ) during the three-month period following the date of such termination, and ( ii ) the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant and subject to requirements and/or conditions under any applicable law, upon such termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company or the Sponsors may pursuant to Section 7 repurchase all or any portion of the Shares either then held by such Participant that were acquired upon the exercise of an Option or that such Participant will acquire from the exercise of any Options exercisable as of the date of such termination (together, the “ Option Shares ”).

6.8. Termination of Employment without Cause or for Good Reason. The treatment of any Options granted to a Participant upon the Participant’s termination of employment by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason will be as set forth in the Participant’s Option Agreement pertaining to such Options.

6.9. Termination of Employment for Any Other Reason . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after the time of grant, in the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than one described in Sections 6.6, 6.7, or 6.8, any Options granted to such Participant which, on or prior to the date of such termination, have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised at any time ( i ) during the three-month period following the Participant’s termination of employment or ( ii ) prior to the expiration of the term of such Options, whichever period is shorter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant and subject to requirements and/or conditions under any applicable law, upon such termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company or the Sponsors may pursuant to Section 7 repurchase all or any portion of the Participant’s Option Shares.

 

9


6.10. Termination of Options . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the date of grant or as set forth in this Section 6, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment, any Options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled effective upon the date of such termination.

6.11. Committee Discretion . Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 6 to the contrary, the Committee may permit all or any portion of any Options to be exercised following a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason, on such terms and subject to such conditions not less favorable to such Participant than those terms and conditions provided for herein or in the Option Agreement, as the Committee shall determine for a period up to and including, but not beyond, the expiration of the term of such Options.

Section 7.

Right of Company and Sponsors to Purchase Shares from Participants (“Call Right”)

7.1. Right to Repurchase Shares . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates pursuant to Section 6.7 or Section 6.9 prior to a Public Offering, the Company may elect to purchase all or a portion of the Option Shares by written notice to the Participant delivered on or before the 60th day after the Determination Date. The Sponsors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares that the Company has not elected to purchase by written notice to the Participant delivered at any time on or before the 80th day after the Determination Date.

7.2. Purchase Price . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates pursuant to Section 6.9 prior to a Public Offering, the purchase price per Option Share pursuant to this Section 7 shall equal the Fair Market Value as of the later of ( i ) the effective date of the Participant’s termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) and ( ii ) six months and one day from the date of the Participant’s acquisition of the Option Shares (such date, the “ Determination Date ”). If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated prior to a Public Offering pursuant to Section 6.7, the purchase price per Option Share pursuant to this Section 7 shall equal the lesser of ( x ) the Option exercise price per Share paid by the Participant to acquire such Option Share and ( y ) the Fair Market Value of such Option Share as of the Determination Date.

 

10


7.3. Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price . Subject to Section 7.5, the closing of a purchase pursuant to this Section 7 shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than the 90th day following the Determination Date. At the closing, ( i ) the Company or the Sponsors, as the case may be, shall, subject to Section 7.4, pay the Purchase Price to the Participant and ( ii ) if the Participant actually holds any certificates or other instruments representing the Option Shares so purchased, the Participant shall deliver to the Company such certificates or other instruments, appropriately endorsed by the Participant or directing that the Option Shares be so transferred to the purchaser thereof, as the Company may reasonably require.

7.4. Application of the Purchase Price to Certain Loans or Other Obligations . The Company and the Sponsors shall be entitled to apply any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Section 7 to discharge any indebtedness of the Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or indebtedness that is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to offset any such amounts against any other obligations of the Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.5. Certain Restrictions on Repurchases; Delay of Repurchase . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company shall not be permitted or obligated to make any payment with respect to a repurchase of any Option Shares from the Participant if ( i ) such repurchase (or the payment of a dividend by a Subsidiary to the Company to fund such repurchase if the Company otherwise lacks the funds to pay the purchase price) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or result in a default or an event of default under any of the Financing Agreements; ( ii ) such repurchase would violate any of the terms or provisions of the Company’s governing corporate documents; ( iii ) the Company has no funds legally available to make such payment under applicable law; ( iv ) such repurchase would result in an adverse ratings action against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by A.M. Best & Company; or ( v ) the Board concludes it would not be in the interest of the Company to repurchase such Option Shares (each, a “ Deferral Condition ”). If payment with respect to a repurchase by the Company otherwise permitted or required under this Section 7 is prevented by the terms of the preceding sentence, ( x ) the payment of the applicable Purchase Price shall be postponed and will take place at the first opportunity after the Board determines that the Deferral Condition no longer exists; ( y ) such repurchase obligation shall rank against other similar repurchase obligations with respect to Shares according to priority in time of the effective date of the termination of employment giving rise to such repurchase; and ( iii ) the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to interest on such Purchase Price for the period during which payment is delayed at an annual rate equal to the weighted average cost of the Company’s senior secured bank indebtedness outstanding during the delay period.

7.6. Right to Retain Shares . If the rights of the Company and the Sponsors to purchase the Option Shares pursuant to this Section 7 are not exercised

 

11


within the applicable time periods specified in Section 7.1 with respect to all of the Option Shares, the Participant shall be entitled to retain the remaining Option Shares, although those Option Shares shall remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Plan.

7.7. Notice of Termination; Etc . Prior to a Public Offering, the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Sponsors of any termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and of the Company’s decision whether or not to purchase Option Shares pursuant to Section 7.1.

7.8. Expiration upon a Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 7 shall terminate upon a Public Offering, provided that such termination shall not affect any payment obligation postponed pursuant to Section 7.5.

7.9. Allocation of Purchase Rights . The Sponsors may allocate their purchase rights under this Section 7, as among themselves, in such manner as they, in their sole discretion, may agree from time to time; provided that in the event the Sponsors do not reach an agreement with respect to such allocation prior to the time at which any such purchase would occur, the rights shall be allocated pro rata between the Sponsors based on their ownership of the Company’s Shares at the time of such purchase.

Section 8.

Change in Control

8.1. Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event of a Change in Control, each Option shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment by the Company to each Option holder of an amount equal to the excess of the Change in Control Price over the exercise price for such Option.

8.2. Waiver of Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan or any Option Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Plan, any Option Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company or any Subsidiary and a Participant (collectively, the “ Payments ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, such Participant shall be entitled to waive any or all of such Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the application of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. In addition, if ( x ) immediately prior to a change in ownership or control (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( y ) the Participant elects to provide the waiver contemplated by this Section 8.2, the Company shall use its

 

12


reasonable efforts to cause any Payments arising out of or in connection with such change in ownership or control to which the Participant is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

Section 9.

Amendment, Modification, and Termination of the Plan

9.1. In General . The Committee may at its discretion at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan and any unvested Options (but not any previously granted vested Options) in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting and exercisability set forth in Section 6 hereof (or in any Option Agreement), substituting alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and imposing certain blackout periods on Options; provided that if such alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall not preserve the economic value, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion, of any previously granted unvested Options, the Committee shall only be permitted to alter, amend, suspend, or terminate such previously granted unvested Options if it shall obtain the consent of the holders of a majority of all unvested Options granted under the Plan that are similarly affected by such amendment; and provided , further , that any such substitution of alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and any imposition of blackout periods shall be subject to the consent of the Chief Executive Officer.

9.2. Public Offering . In addition to Section 9.1, in the event of a Public Offering, the Committee shall have the authority to amend any outstanding Options to provide for the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate.

Section 10.

Miscellaneous Provisions

10.1. Nontransferability of Options . Unless the Committee shall permit (on such terms and conditions as it shall establish) an Option to be transferred to a trust, corporation, partnership, or limited liability company established by and for the benefit of a Participant holding Options under the Plan for estate-planning purposes of such Participant (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld), no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant or, if permitted by the Committee, any such permitted transferee.

 

13


10.2. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to or by his estate.

10.3. No Guarantee of Employment or Participation; No Additional Compensation for Loss of Rights Under Plan . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. No Employee or member of the Board shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to receive any future Option grants. If any Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated for any reason, such Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or other form of remuneration with respect to such termination (except as otherwise provided herein) to compensate such Participant for the loss of any rights under the Plan notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in his or her contract of employment. For purposes of this Plan, the “employment” shall be deemed to refer to the Participant’s provision of services to the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or independent contractor (including as a nonemployee member of the Board), and the “termination of employment” and corollary phrases shall be deemed to refer to the Participant’s cessation of such services in all capacities.

10.4. Tax Withholding . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, local, and foreign withholding tax requirements with respect to any Option, and the Company or such Subsidiary may defer payment or issuance or delivery of Shares until such requirements are satisfied.

10.5. Indemnification . Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board or the Committee (an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall, to the maximum extent provided under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which such

 

14


Indemnified Person may be made a party or in which such Indemnified Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan (or any Option Agreement) and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnified Person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such Indemnified Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnified Person, provided that such Indemnified Person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Indemnified Person undertakes to handle and defend it on such Indemnified Person’s own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive and shall be independent of any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnified Person may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

10.6. No Limitation on Compensation . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its employees in cash or property.

10.7. Requirements of Law . The granting of Options, the exercisability of any Options, and the issuance of Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

10.8. Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

10.9. No Impact On Benefits . Options granted under the Plan (including the proceeds upon exercise thereof) shall not be included as compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s or Board member’s benefits under any employee benefit plan unless expressly provided under such employee benefit plan.

10.10. Securities Law Compliance . Instruments evidencing the grant of Options may contain such other provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Committee deems advisable, including a requirement that a Participant represent to the Company in writing, when such Participant receives Shares upon exercise of an Option (or at such other time as the Committee deems appropriate) that such Participant is acquiring such Shares (unless they are then covered by an effective registration statement filed under the Act) for such Participant’s own account for investment only and with no present intention to transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of such Shares except such disposition by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of such Participant. Such Shares shall be transferable only if the proposed transfer shall be permissible pursuant to the Plan and if, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, such transfer at such time will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

 

15


10.11. Freedom of Action . Nothing in the Plan or any agreement entered into pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Subsidiary from taking any action with respect to the operation or conduct of its business that it deems appropriate or in its best interest.

10.12. No Fiduciary Relationship . Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to the Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Participant or executor, administrator, or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such Participant, or any other persons.

10.13. No Right to Particular Assets . Any reserves that may be established by the Company in connection with this Plan shall continue to be held as part of the general funds of the Company, and no individual or entity other than the Company shall have any interest in such funds until paid to a Participant.

10.14. Unsecured Creditor . To the extent that any Participant or his executor, administrator, or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from the Company pursuant to this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

10.15. Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

10.16. Term of Plan . This Plan shall be effective as of the Closing Date and shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date (except as to Options outstanding on that date), unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 9.

10.17. Section 409A of the Code . This Plan and any Option Agreement entered into pursuant to this Plan are intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

 

16

EXHIBIT 10.6

Third Point Reinsurance Limited

Restricted Share Award Agreement

This RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 2012, is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Employee whose name appears on the signature page hereof (the “ Employee ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in Section 14.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant Shares subject to certain restrictions to the Employee and to evidence the grant of such Shares hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences and confirms the grant to the Employee, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), of the number of Shares specified on the signature page hereof (the “ Restricted Shares ”).

2. Vesting .

(a) Normal Vesting . The Restricted Shares shall become fully vested on the «Vesting_Anniversary» anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to the Employee’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary from the Grant Date to such anniversary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of such Restricted Shares shall also become vested at the time and under the circumstances described in Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Other Accelerated Vesting . The vesting provisions set forth in this Section 2 and in Sections 4 and 5 shall be the exclusive vesting provisions applicable to the Restricted Shares and shall supersede any other provisions relating to vesting, unless such other provision expressly refers to this Agreement by name and date.

3. Share Power; Legending; Custody . In connection with and prior to the grant of the Restricted Shares, the Employee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a joinder to the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. Prior to the vesting of the Restricted Shares, the original share certificates evidencing the Restricted Shares shall bear such legends set forth in this Agreement; provided that if the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Shares following vesting of the Restricted Shares, the original share certificates


shall bear the appropriate legend. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, such share certificates shall be held in custody by the Secretary of the Company on behalf of the Employee.

4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Special Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, which shall not use its discretion to decrease any rights provided under this Agreement, in the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary ( i ) terminates by reason of the Employee’s death, ( ii ) terminates by reason of the Employee’s Disability, ( iii ) is terminated by the Company without Cause, or ( iv ) is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason (each a “ Special Termination ”), all Restricted Shares held by the Employee that are then unvested shall become vested.

(b) Other Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than a Special Termination, all Restricted Shares held by the Employee that are then unvested shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited without payment therefor.

5. Change in Control .

(a) Accelerated Vesting of Restricted Shares . In the event of a Change in Control, each Restricted Share held by the Employee that is then unvested shall become vested.

(b) Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Employee (collectively, the “ Payments ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the Employee shall be entitled to waive any or all such Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the application of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. In addition, if ( x ) immediately prior to a change in ownership or control (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( y ) the Employee elects to provide the waiver contemplated by this Section 5(b), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Payments arising out of or in connection with such change in ownership or control to which the Employee is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

 

2


6. Limited Appointment . The Employee hereby ( i ) appoints the Company as the limited attorney-in-fact of the Employee to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate solely to effectuate a transfer of the record ownership of any such Restricted Shares that are unvested and forfeited hereunder and ( ii ) agrees to sign such share powers and take such other actions as the Company may reasonably request to accomplish the transfer of any unvested Restricted Shares that are forfeited hereunder.

7. Tax Withholding . Upon vesting of the Restricted Shares, the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Employee to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction.

8. Restrictions on Transfer . Prior to vesting, the Restricted Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypotheticated.

9. Shareholder Rights; Voting, Dividends, etc . The Employee shall be entitled to ( i ) receive any and all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to those vested and unvested Restricted Shares of which the Employee is the record owner on the record date for such dividend or other distribution and ( ii ) subject to the terms of the Members Agreement, vote any Restricted Shares of which the Employee is the record owner on the record date for such vote; provided , however , that any cash or property distributed with respect to a Restricted Share (the “ Associated Share ”) acquired hereunder, including without limitation, a distribution of shares by reason of a share dividend, share split, or otherwise, or a distribution of other securities with respect to an Associated Share, shall be subject to the restrictions of this Agreement in the same manner and for so long as the Associated Share remains subject to such restrictions, and shall be forfeited if and when the Associated Share is so forfeited; and provided , further , that any cash dividends or distributions paid with respect to an Associated Share shall accrue, but shall not be paid to the Employee and shall be subject to forfeiture until such Associated Share become vested.

10. Beneficiary Designation . The Employee may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his or her death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Employee, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Employee in writing with the Committee during his or her lifetime.

11. No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to

 

3


terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, or confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, the “employment” shall be deemed to refer to the Employee’s provision of services to the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or independent contractor (including as a nonemployee member of the Board), and the “termination of employment” and corollary phrases shall be deemed to refer to the Employee’s cessation of such services with respect to all such persons in all capacities.

12. Right of the Company and the Sponsors to Purchase Shares from the Employee (“Call Right”) .

(a) Right to Repurchase Shares . If the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than a Special Termination prior to a Public Offering, the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Employee’s vested Restricted Shares by written notice to the Employee delivered on or before the 60th day after the Determination Date. The Sponsors may elect to purchase all or any portion of such Restricted Shares that the Company has not elected to purchase by written notice to the Employee delivered at any time on or before the 80th day after the Determination Date.

(b) Purchase Price . If the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than a Special Termination prior to a Public Offering, the purchase price per vested Restricted Share pursuant to this Section 12 shall equal the Fair Market Value as of the later of ( i ) the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) and ( ii ) six months and one day from the date of the Employee’s acquisition of the Restricted Shares (such date, the “ Determination Date ”).

(c) Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price . Subject to Section 12(e), the closing of a purchase pursuant to this Section 12 shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than the 90th day following the Determination Date. At the closing, ( i ) the Company or the Sponsors, as the case may be, shall, subject to Section 12(d), pay the Purchase Price to the Employee and ( ii ) if the Employee actually holds any certificates or other instruments representing the Restricted Shares so purchased, the Employee shall deliver to the Company such certificates or other instruments, appropriately endorsed by the Employee or directing that the Restricted Shares be so transferred to the purchaser thereof, as the Company may reasonably require.

(d) Application of the Purchase Price to Certain Loans or Other Obligations . The Company and the Sponsors shall be entitled to apply any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Section 12 to discharge any indebtedness of the

 

4


Employee to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or indebtedness that is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to offset any such amounts against any other obligations of the Employee to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) Certain Restrictions on Repurchases; Delay of Repurchase . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be permitted or obligated to make any payment with respect to a repurchase of any Restricted Shares from the Employee if ( i ) such repurchase (or the payment of a dividend by a Subsidiary to the Company to fund such repurchase if the Company otherwise lacks the funds to pay the Purchase Price) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or result in a default or an event of default under any of the Financing Agreements; ( ii ) such repurchase would violate any of the terms or provisions of the Company’s governing corporate documents; ( iii ) the Company has no funds legally available to make such payment under applicable law; ( iv ) such repurchase would result in an adverse ratings action against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by A.M. Best & Company; or ( v ) the Board concludes it would not be in the interest of the Company to repurchase such Restricted Shares (each, a “ Deferral Condition ”). If payment with respect to a repurchase by the Company otherwise permitted or required under this Section 12 is prevented by the terms of the preceding sentence, ( x ) the payment of the applicable Purchase Price shall be postponed and will take place at the first opportunity after the Board determines that the Deferral Condition no longer exists; ( y ) such repurchase obligation shall rank against other similar repurchase obligations with respect to Shares according to priority in time of the effective date of the termination of employment giving rise to such repurchase; and ( z ) the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to interest on such Purchase Price for the period during which payment is delayed at an annual rate equal to the weighted average cost of the Company’s senior secured bank indebtedness outstanding during the delay period.

(f) Right to Retain Shares . If the rights of the Company and the Sponsors to purchase the Restricted Shares pursuant to this Section 12 are not exercised within the applicable time periods specified in Section 12(a) with respect to all of the Restricted Shares, the Employee shall be entitled to retain the remaining Restricted Shares, although those Restricted Shares shall remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Notice of Termination; Etc . Prior to a Public Offering, the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Sponsors of any termination of a Employee’s employment with the Company and of the Company’s decision whether or not to purchase Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 12(a).

 

5


(h) Expiration upon a Public Offering . The provisions of this Section 12 shall terminate upon a Public Offering, provided that such termination shall not affect any payment obligation postponed pursuant to Section 12(e).

(i) Allocation of Purchase Rights . The Sponsors may allocate their purchase rights under this Section 12, as among themselves, in such manner as they, in their sole discretion, may agree from time to time; provided that in the event the Sponsors do not reach an agreement with respect to such allocation prior to the time at which any such purchase would occur, the rights shall be allocated pro rata between the Sponsors based on their ownership of the Company’s Shares at the time of such purchase.

13. Restrictions on Sale upon Public Offering . Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Employee agrees that, in the event that the Company files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any of its capital shares, the Employee will not effect any sale or distribution of Shares including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless the Company is advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 12; provided that with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Employee agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

14. Interpretation ; Construction . Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby.

15. Amendments . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested Restricted Shares (but not any previously granted vested Restricted Shares) awarded pursuant to this Agreement in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting set forth in Section 2 hereof, substituting alternative vesting criteria; provided that if such alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall not preserve the economic value or shall otherwise materially adversely affect the Employee’s rights, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion, of any previously granted unvested Restricted Shares, the Committee shall only be permitted to alter, amend, suspend, or terminate such previously granted unvested Restricted Shares if it shall obtain the consent of the holders of a majority of

 

6


all unvested Restricted Shares granted under this Agreement and any similar restricted share award agreements that are similarly affected by such amendment. The Company shall give written notice to the Employee of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Employee.

16. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Agreement ” means this Restricted Share Award Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time after the date hereof.

Associated Share ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” means ( i ) the refusal or neglect of the Employee to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties; ( ii ) the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty; ( iii ) the Employee’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or any applicable equivalent thereof) to a crime constituting a felony (or a crime or offense of equivalent magnitude in any jurisdiction) or his or her willful violation of any other law, rule, or regulation (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment that in no way adversely affects the Company or any Subsidiary or its reputation or the ability of the Employee to perform his or her employment related duties or to represent the Company or any Subsidiary); or ( iv ) the material breach by the Employee of any covenant or agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, or any written policy of the Company or any Subsidiary, not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or any Subsidiary or not to compete or interfere with the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that with respect to any Employee who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a definition of “Cause”, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in such Employee’s employment agreement.

Change in Control ” means the first to occur of the following:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction) by any person, entity, or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than any such acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Sponsors, or any affiliates of any of the foregoing; or

 

7


(ii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer, or other disposition, affiliates of the Company or any Sponsor.

Closing Date ” means the date of the “Closing”, as such term is defined in each of the Subscription Agreements, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and between the Company and the Sponsors.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any committee then serving, the Board.

Deferral Condition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(e).

Determination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(b).

Disability ” means a physical or mental impairment that renders a Employee unable to perform the essential functions of the Employee’s position even with reasonable accommodation (that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company), and which has lasted at least 60 consecutive days; provided that with respect to any Employee who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a definition of “Disability”, “Disability” shall have the meaning specified in such Employee’s employment agreement. A physician selected by the Company or its insurers shall make the determination of the existence of a Disability.

Employee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Fair Market Value ” means, if no Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee. In making a determination of the Fair Market Value, the Committee, using a reasonable method reasonably applied, shall give due consideration to such factors as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the earnings and other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the potential value of the Company as a whole, the future prospects of the Company and the industries in which it competes, the history and management of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of

 

8


securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company, and any recent valuation of the Shares that shall have been performed by an independent valuation firm (although nothing herein shall obligate the Committee to obtain any such independent valuation). Following a Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a Share as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a Share as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such exchange or system during such ten-business-day period, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing sales price on the trading date before the commencement of such period.

Financing Agreements ” means any guaranty, financing, or security agreement or document entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary from time to time.

Good Reason ” means ( i ) the assignment to the Employee of duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial diminution of, the duties of the Employee prior to such assignment; ( ii ) a reduction in the rate of the Employee’s base salary (other than pursuant to a generally applicable reduction in salaries of senior executive officers); or ( iii ) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided that the Employee shall have given the Company written notice specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to constitute Good Reason within 30 days following the occurrence, without the Employee’s consent, of any of the events in clauses (i)–(iii), and the Company shall not have cured the circumstances set forth in the Employee’s notice of termination within 20 days of receipt of such notice; and provided , further , that with respect to any Employee who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a definition of “Good Reason”, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning specified in such Employee’s employment agreement.

Grant Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

Members Agreement ” means the Agreement Among Members, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

Public Offering ” means a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that covers (together with prior effective registrations) ( i ) not less than 25% of the then outstanding Shares, on a fully diluted basis, or ( ii ) Shares that, after the closing of such public

 

9


offering, will be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or an equivalent internationally recognized securities exchange or quotation system.

Purchase Price ” means the purchase price per Restricted Share determined in accordance with 12(b).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Restricted Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

Shares ” means the Class A common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share.

Special Termination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Daniel S. Loeb, KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., and Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.

17. Miscellaneous .

(a) Legends . Prior to vesting, share certificates evidencing the Restricted Shares shall include the following legend (and, if such Shares are held in book-entry form, the Company may take such steps as it deems necessary or appropriate to record and manifest the restrictions applicable to such shares in such form):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THE RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF             , 2012, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE ENCUMBERED IN ANY MANNER EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SUCH AGREEMENT.

(b) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in

 

10


writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

(i) If to the Company, to it at:

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

(ii) If to the Employee, to the Employee’s last known home address, or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company.

All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

 

11


(c) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(d) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement, and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder, subject to the requirements of law.

(e) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 17(b) or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION

 

12


ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION, OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that ( A ) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, ( B ) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, ( C ) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and ( D ) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 17(e).

(f) Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all provisions contained herein, including, but not limited to, any adjustment provisions, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

(g) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
EMPLOYEE

 

«First_Name» «Last_Name»

Number of Restricted Shares:     «Restricted_Shares»

[Signature Page to Third Point Reinsurance Limited Restricted Share Award Agreement]

EXHIBIT 10.7

Third Point Reinsurance Limited

Nonqualified Share Option Agreement

This NONQUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Participant whose name appears on the signature page hereof (the “ Participant ”), pursuant to the Third Point Reinsurance Limited Share Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant options to purchase its Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share (the “ Shares ”), to certain Employees and directors of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan in order to effect such grants; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the interest of the Company to grant these options to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Confirmation of Grant, Option Price .

(a) Confirmation of Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), options to purchase from the Company the number of Shares specified on the signature page hereof, which shall become exercisable, if at all, as provided in Section 2 (the “ Options ”).

(b) Option Price . The Options shall have the option price(s) per share as set forth on the signature page hereof (the “ Option Price ”), which, in each case, is not less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date.

(c) Options Subject to Plan . The Options granted pursuant to this Agreement are subject in all respects to the Plan, all of the terms of which are made a part of and incorporated into this Agreement. By signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant has been provided a copy of the Plan and has had the opportunity to review the Plan.


(d) Character of Options . The Options granted hereunder are not intended to be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

 

  2. Exercisability .

(a) Vesting . The Options shall become exercisable upon the satisfaction of both the Service Condition and the Capital Condition (each as defined below) with respect to all or any portion of the Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all or a portion of such Options shall also become exercisable at the time and under the circumstances described in Section 5.

(i) Service Condition . The “Service Condition” shall be deemed satisfied with respect to 20% of the Options on each of the first five anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary from the Grant Date to such anniversary.

(ii) Capital Condition . At any time following the Grant Date, the “Capital Condition” shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the number of Options equal to the product of ( A ) the total number of outstanding Options for which the Service Condition has been satisfied as of such time and ( B ) the lesser of ( x ) 1 and ( y ) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate consideration received by the Company for issuance of Shares up to and including the closing of a “Qualified Initial Public Offering” (as defined in the By-Laws of the Company, and such closing, a “ Qualified IPO Closing ”) and the denominator of which is $1,000,000,000 (such clause B, the “ Capital Ratio ”).

(b) Normal Expiration Date . Unless the Options earlier terminate in accordance with Sections 2, 4, or 5, the Options shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Normal Expiration Date ”). Once Options have become exercisable pursuant to this Section 2, such Options may be exercised, subject to the provisions hereof, at any time and from time to time until the Normal Expiration Date.

(c) Termination of Options Following a Qualified IPO Closing. Unless the Options earlier terminate in accordance with Sections 2, 4, or 5, immediately following a Qualified IPO Closing, any Options that are not capable of becoming exercisable as a result of the Capital Condition not being satisfied with respect to such Options shall be forfeited and automatically cancelled for no consideration.

(d) No Other Accelerated Vesting . The vesting and exercisability provisions set forth in Sections 2, 4, or 5, or expressly set forth in the Plan, shall be the exclusive vesting and exercisability provisions applicable to Options and shall supersede any other provisions relating to vesting and exercisability, unless such other provision expressly refers to the Plan by name and this Agreement by name and date.

 

2


  3. Method of Exercise and Payment .

All or part of the exercisable Options may be exercised by the Participant upon ( a ) the Participant’s written notice to the Company of exercise; ( b ) the Participant’s payment of the Option Price in full at the time of exercise ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) at any time following a Public Offering, in unencumbered Shares owned by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such Option Price, ( iii ) at any time following a Public Offering, in a combination of cash and unencumbered Shares owned by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a combined Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such Option Price, or ( iv ) in accordance with such procedures or in such other form as the Committee shall from time to time determine; and ( c ) if such Options are exercised prior to a Public Offering, the Participant’s execution of the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in order to become a party to such agreements with respect to the Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice and payment in full of the exercise price of any exercisable Options and, if applicable, receipt of evidence of the Participant’s execution of the Members Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with this Section 3, but subject to Section 6 below, the Company shall issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, registered in the name of the Participant; provided that if the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates issued under this Section 3 must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Share, such certificates shall bear the appropriate legend.

 

  4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Special Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, which shall not use its discretion to decrease any rights provided under this Agreement, in the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability (each a “ Special Termination ”), then all Options held by the Participant that are exercisable as of the date of such Special Termination or that would become exercisable on the next Service Condition vesting date immediately following the date of such Special Termination (applying the Capital Ratio measured as of the date of such Special Termination for purposes of the Capital Condition) may be exercised by the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary as designated in accordance with Section 9, or if no such beneficiary is named, by the Participant’s estate, at any time prior to the first anniversary

 

3


of the date of such Special Termination or the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options that are not then exercisable and would not otherwise have become exercisable on the next Service Condition vesting date immediately following the date of such Special Termination shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such Special Termination.

(b) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for Cause, then all Options held by the Participant that are exercisable as of the date of such termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time ( i ) during the three-month period following the date of such termination, and ( ii ) the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Upon a termination for Cause, any Options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of employment. Subject to requirements and/or conditions under any applicable law, upon a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 4(b), the Company or the Sponsors may pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan repurchase all or any portion of the Option Shares.

(c) Termination without Cause or for Good Reason . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (each, an “ Involuntary Termination ”), the Participant’s Options shall be treated as follows: (1) if the next Service Condition vesting date applicable to such Options would occur during the 12 month period following the date of such termination, the Participant shall immediately vest in any unvested Options that would otherwise vest on such Service Condition vesting date (applying the Capital Ratio measured as of the date of such Involuntary Termination for purposes of the Capital Condition), and (2) the Participant shall immediately vest in any remaining unvested Options that would otherwise vest in the 12 month period following the date of such termination (applying the Capital Ratio measured as of the date of such Involuntary Termination for purposes of the Capital Condition); provided that for purpose of this clause (2) only, ( x ) such vesting shall be calculated pro rata on a daily basis with respect to any such unvested Options for which the applicable vesting period would commence during, but not be completed until after the conclusion of, such 12 month period, but only with respect to such unvested Options that would otherwise vest on the first Service Condition vesting date following the end of such 12 month period, and ( y ) in the case of any award of Options with multiple exercise prices, the pro rata calculation shall be applied separately to each group of Options with the same exercise price. Any Options granted to such Participant that on or prior to the date of such Involuntary Termination have become exercisable in accordance with the preceding sentence or otherwise may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to ( i ) the first anniversary of the Participant’s termination of employment, or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options that are not then exercisable and would not otherwise have become exercisable pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such Involuntary Termination.

 

4


(d) Other Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than ( i ) a Special Termination, ( ii ) for Cause, or ( iii ) an Involuntary Termination, then any Options held by the Participant that are exercisable at the date of the Participant’s termination of employment shall be exercisable at any time during the three-month period following the Participant’s termination of employment or the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options held by the Participant that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of employment. Subject to requirements and/or conditions under any applicable law, upon a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 4(d), the Company or the Sponsors may pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan repurchase all or any portion of the Option Shares.

(e) Committee Discretion . Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, the Committee may at any time extend the post-termination exercise period of all or any portion of the Options up to and including, but not beyond, the Normal Expiration Date of such Options.

 

  5. Change in Control .

(a) Accelerated Vesting of Options and Payment on All Vested Options . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Option for which the Capital Condition has been satisfied as of immediately prior to such Change in Control (regardless of whether the Service Condition has been satisfied for such Options at such time) shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the Option Price. All other Options shall be automatically cancelled for no consideration.

(b) Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Option agreement or the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under the Plan, this Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant (collectively, the “ Payments ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the Participant shall be entitled to waive any or all such Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the application of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. In addition, if ( x ) immediately prior to a change in ownership or control (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( y ) the Participant elects to provide the waiver contemplated by this Section 5(b), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to

 

5


cause any Payments arising out of or in connection with such change in ownership or control to which the Participant is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

 

  6. Tax Withholding .

Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or any payment is to be made hereunder, the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction.

 

  7. Nontransferability of Awards .

No Options granted hereby may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish, to a permitted transferee pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Plan. All rights with respect to Options granted to the Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or, if permitted by the Committee, a permitted transferee. Following the Participant’s death, all rights with respect to Options that were exercisable at the time of the Participant’s death and that have not terminated shall be exercised by his or her designated beneficiary, his or her estate or, if permitted by the Committee, a permitted transferee.

 

  8. Buyout and Settlement for Shares .

The Committee may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option granted hereunder, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made, and the Participant may decide to accept such offer, but such Participant is not required to do so. Upon the intended exercise of any Option, in lieu of accepting payment of the exercise price therefor and issuing or delivering the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may cause the Company either ( a ) to pay the Participant an amount in cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price, or ( b ) to deliver to the Participant a lesser number of Shares, having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such shares. Upon payment of cash or distribution of Shares pursuant to this Section 8, the Participant’s rights as to the portion of the Options that is the subject of such payment or distribution shall be deemed satisfied in full. Nothing in this Section 8 is intended to impact the rights of the Company or the Sponsors pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(d) hereof.

 

6


  9. Beneficiary Designation .

The Participant may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under the Plan and this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his or her death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his or her lifetime. If no beneficiary is named, or if a named beneficiary does not survive the Participant, Section 10.2 of the Plan shall determine who may exercise the Participant’s rights under the Plan.

 

  10. Adjustment in Capitalization .

Upon the occurrence of any Adjustment Event, outstanding Option grants shall be adjusted to reflect such Adjustment Event, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 10 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereto.

 

  11. Requirements of Law .

The issuance of Shares pursuant to the Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares shall be issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

 

  12. No Guarantee of Employment .

Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, or confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, the “employment” shall be deemed to refer to the Participant’s provision of services to the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or independent contractor (including as a nonemployee member of the Board), and the “termination of employment” and corollary phrases shall be deemed to refer to the Participant’s cessation of such services with respect to all such persons in all capacities.

 

7


  13. No Rights as Shareholder .

Except as otherwise required by law, the Participant shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Options granted hereby until such time as the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options have been so issued. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, the exercise of any portion of the Options conveyed hereby is expressly conditioned upon the Participant becoming a party to the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to any Shares to be acquired upon such exercise.

 

  14. Restrictions on Sale Upon Public Offering .

Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Participant agrees that, in the event that the Company files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any of its capital shares, the Participant will not effect any sale or distribution of Shares including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless the Company is advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 14; provided that with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Participant agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

 

  15. Interpretation; Construction .

Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  16. Amendments .

(a) In General . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested Options (but not any previously granted vested Options) awarded pursuant to this Agreement in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting and exercisability set forth in Section 2 hereof, substituting alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and imposing certain blackout periods on Options; provided that if such alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall not preserve the

 

8


economic value or shall otherwise materially adversely affect the Participant’s rights, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion, of any previously granted unvested Options, the Committee shall only be permitted to alter, amend, suspend, or terminate such previously granted unvested Options if it shall obtain the consent of the holders of a majority of all unvested Options granted under the Plan that are similarly affected by such amendment. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant.

(b) Public Offering . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Public Offering, the Committee shall amend this Agreement to provide for the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate; provided , however , that such amendments shall preserve the economic value, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion.

 

  17. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

(i) If to the Company, to it at:

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

 

9


New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

(ii) If to the Participant, to the Participant’s last known home address, or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company.

All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(c) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement, and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder, subject to the requirements of law.

 

10


(d) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 17(a) or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION, OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that ( A ) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, ( B ) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, ( C ) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and ( D ) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 17(d).

(e) Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all provisions contained herein, including, but not limited to, any adjustment provisions, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

(f) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PARTICIPANT

 

«First_Name» «Last_Name»

 

Number of Options:    «Tranche_1»
Option Price:    «Tranche_1_Price»
Number of Options:    «Tranche_2»
Option Price:    «Tranche_2_Price»
Number of Options:    «Tranche_3»
Option Price:    «Tranche_3_Price»

[Signature Page to Third Point Reinsurance Limited Option Share Agreement]


Exhibit A

Effect of Termination of Employment on Options

This Exhibit A sets forth the effect of termination of employment on the vesting and exercisability of Options and is for descriptive purposes only. The terms and conditions of the Options are set forth above and are subject to the terms and provisions of the Share Incentive Plan. To the extent that anything in this Exhibit A conflicts with the provisions of the Share Incentive Plan or the Option Agreement, the provisions of the Share Incentive Plan or the Option Agreement, as applicable, shall control.

 

Type of Termination

  

Vesting

  

Exercisability

  

Company/Sponsors Repurchase
Right

Termination for Cause    Any unvested Options forfeited    3 months to exercise vested Options    Company (and if not the Company, the sponsors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at the lower of cost and fair market value
Death or Disability   

The portion of unvested Options that would vest at the next vesting date will become immediately vested

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

   12 months to exercise vested Options    No repurchase right


Termination without Cause

 

Resignation with Good Reason

  

12 months additional vesting on unvested Options

 

Any remaining unvested Options forfeited

   12 months to exercise vested Options    No repurchase right
Voluntary Resignation    Any unvested Options forfeited    3 months to exercise vested Options    Company (and if not the Company, the sponsors) may repurchase all or a portion of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of Options at fair market value

 

2

EXHIBIT 10.8

Third Point Reinsurance Limited

Director Service Agreement

This DIRECTOR SERVICE AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 2012, is entered into by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Director whose name appears on the signature page hereof (the “ Director ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in Section 18.

WHEREAS, the shareholders of the Company have appointed the Director as a member of the Board and the Director has accepted such appointment;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Director desire to enter into an agreement that sets forth the terms and conditions of the Director’s service on the Board; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Director’s appointment to the Board, the Company desires to grant options to purchase Shares to the Director.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment and Term . The Director hereby agrees to serve as a member of the Board, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The appointment of the Director shall commence on the date hereof and continue until terminated by either the shareholders of the Company or the Director at any time (the “ Service Period ”).

2. Reimbursement of Expenses . The Director shall be reimbursed for all proper and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him or her in preparing for and attending meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board, including meals, lodging, and transportation to and from Board or committee meetings, and any other expenditure preapproved by the Company and incurred by the Director in the proper performance of his or her duties.

3. Confirmation of Option Grant, Option Price .

(a) Confirmation of Option Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Director, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), options to purchase from the Company the number of Shares specified on the signature page hereof, which shall become exercisable, if at all, as provided in Section 4 (the “ Options ”).


(b) Option Price . The Options shall have the option price(s) per share as set forth on the signature page hereof (the “ Option Price ”), which, in each case, is not less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date.

(c) Character of Options . The Options granted hereunder are not intended to be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

4. Exercisability .

(a) Vesting . The Options shall become exercisable upon the satisfaction of the Service Condition (as defined below) with respect to all or any portion of the Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all or a portion of such Options shall also become exercisable at the time and under the circumstances described in Section 6.

(i) Service Condition . The “ Service Condition ” shall be deemed satisfied with respect to 20% of the Options on each of the first five anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the Director’s continuous service from the Grant Date to such anniversary.

(b) Normal Expiration Date . Unless the Options earlier terminate in accordance with this Section 4 or Section 6, the Options shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Normal Expiration Date ”). Once Options have become exercisable pursuant to this Section 4, such Options may be exercised, subject to the provisions hereof, at any time and from time to time until the Normal Expiration Date.

(c) No Other Accelerated Vesting . The vesting and exercisability provisions set forth in this Section 4 or in Section 6 or 7, shall be the exclusive vesting and exercisability provisions applicable to Options and shall supersede any other provisions relating to vesting and exercisability, unless such other provision expressly refers to this Agreement by name and date.

5. Method of Option Exercise and Payment .

All or part of the exercisable Options may be exercised by the Director upon ( a ) the Director’s written notice to the Company of exercise; ( b ) the Director’s payment of the Option Price in full at the time of exercise ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) at any time following a Public Offering, in unencumbered Shares owned by the Director for at least six months (or such other period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such Option Price, ( iii ) at any time following a Public Offering, in a combination of cash and unencumbered Shares owned by the Director for at least six months (or such other period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a combined Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to

 

2


such Option Price, or ( iv ) in accordance with such procedures or in such other form as the Committee shall from time to time determine; and ( c ) if such Options are exercised prior to a Public Offering, the Director’s execution of the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in order to become a party to such agreements with respect to the Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice and payment in full of the exercise price of any exercisable Options and, if applicable, receipt of evidence of the Director’s execution of the Members Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with this Section 5, but subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, registered in the name of the Director; provided that if the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates issued under this Section 5 must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Share, such certificates shall bear the appropriate legend.

6. Termination of Service Period .

(a) Special Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, which shall not use its discretion to decrease any rights provided under this Agreement, in the event that the Service Period terminates by reason of the Director’s death or Disability (each a “ Special Termination ”), then all Options held by the Director that are exercisable as of the date of such Special Termination or that would become exercisable on the next Service Condition vesting date immediately following the date of such Special Termination may be exercised by the Director or the Director’s beneficiary as designated in accordance with Section 11, or if no such beneficiary is named, by the Director’s estate, at any time prior to ( i ) the first anniversary of the date of such Special Termination or ( ii ) the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options that are not then exercisable and would not otherwise have become exercisable on the next Service Condition vesting date immediately following the date of such Special Termination shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such Special Termination.

(b) Certain Terminations under the Bye-Laws of the Company . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Period is terminated under the Bye-Laws of the Company for any reason other than ( x ) a Special Termination or ( y ) in accordance with Section 6(c), then any Options held by the Director that are exercisable as of the date of such termination may be exercised by the Director at any time prior to ( i ) the first anniversary of the date of such termination or ( ii ) the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options held by the Director that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of employment.

 

3


(c) Termination by the Director . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Period is terminated by the Director for any reason, then any Options held by the Director that are exercisable as of the date of such termination may be exercised by the Director at any time prior to ( i ) the date that is three months following the date of such termination or (ii) the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter. Any Options held by the Director that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of employment.

(d) Committee Discretion . Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may at any time extend the post-termination exercise period of all or any portion of the Options up to and including, but not beyond, the Normal Expiration Date of such Options.

7. Change in Control .

(a) Accelerated Vesting of Options and Payment on All Vested Options . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Option (regardless of whether the Service Condition has been satisfied for such Options at such time) shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the Option Price.

(b) Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Director (collectively, the “ Payments ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the Director shall be entitled to waive any or all such Payments to the extent necessary to avoid the application of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. In addition, if ( x ) immediately prior to a change in ownership or control (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code, and ( y ) the Director elects to provide the waiver contemplated by this Section 7(b), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Payments arising out of or in connection with such change in ownership or control to which the Director is or may become entitled to be submitted for shareholder approval in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1, Q&A-7.

8. Tax Withholding .

Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or any payment is to be made hereunder, the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Director to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction.

 

4


9. Nontransferability of Options .

No Options granted hereby may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish, to a trust, corporation, partnership, or limited liability company established by and for the benefit of the Director for estate-planning purposes of the Director. All rights with respect to Options granted to the Director hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Director or, if permitted by the Committee, a permitted transferee. Following the Director’s death, all rights with respect to Options that were exercisable at the time of the Director’s death and that have not terminated shall be exercised by his or her designated beneficiary, his or her estate or, if permitted by the Committee, a permitted transferee.

10. Buyout and Settlement for Shares .

The Committee may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option granted hereunder, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Director at the time that such offer is made, and the Director may decide to accept such offer, but such Director is not required to do so. Upon the intended exercise of any Option, in lieu of accepting payment of the exercise price therefor and issuing or delivering the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may cause the Company either ( a ) to pay the Director an amount in cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price, or ( b ) to deliver to the Director a lesser number of Shares, having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such shares. Upon payment of cash or distribution of Shares pursuant to this Section 10, the Director’s rights as to the portion of the Options that is the subject of such payment or distribution shall be deemed satisfied in full.

11. Beneficiary Designation .

The Director may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his or her death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Director, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Director in writing with the

 

5


Committee during his or her lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Director’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Director’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to or by his or her estate.

12. Adjustment in Capitalization .

If at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date the Company shall ( i ) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Shares payable in Shares, ( ii ) subdivide its outstanding Shares into a larger number of shares, ( iii ) combine its outstanding Shares into a smaller number of shares, ( iv ) increase or decrease the number of Shares outstanding by reclassification of its Shares, or ( v ) issue by reclassification of its Shares other securities of the Company (each of clauses (i)–(v), an “ Adjustment Event ”), then the Committee shall adjust the number, class, and exercise price of any outstanding Option, and/or make such substitution, revision, or other provisions with respect to any outstanding Option, in each case as it determines to be equitable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of any such Adjustment Event, the Committee shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of shares covered by outstanding Options, the prices specified therein, and the securities, cash, or other property to be received upon the exercise or conversion thereof. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12, the number of Shares subject to each outstanding Option shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 12 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of Shares by the Company for value shall not constitute an Adjustment Event.

13. Requirements of Law .

The issuance of Shares pursuant to the Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares shall be issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

14. No Rights as Shareholder .

Except as otherwise required by law, the Director shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Options granted hereby until such time as the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options have been so issued. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, the exercise of any portion of the Options conveyed hereby is expressly conditioned upon the Director becoming a party to the Members Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to any Shares to be acquired upon such exercise.

 

6


15. Restrictions on Sale upon Public Offering .

Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Director agrees that, in the event that the Company files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any of its capital shares, the Director will not effect any sale or distribution of Shares including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless the Company is advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 15; provided that with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Director agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

16. Interpretation; Construction .

Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby.

17. Amendments .

(a) In General . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested Options (but not any previously granted vested Options) awarded pursuant to this Agreement in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting and exercisability set forth in Section 4 hereof, substituting alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and imposing certain blackout periods on Options; provided that if such alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall not preserve the economic value or shall otherwise materially adversely affect the Director’s rights, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion, of any previously granted unvested Options, the Committee shall only be permitted to alter, amend, suspend, or terminate such previously granted unvested Options if it shall obtain the consent of the holders of a majority of all unvested Options held by Company employees and directors that are similarly affected by such amendment. The Company shall give written notice to the Director of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Director.

 

7


(b) Public Offering . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Public Offering, the Committee shall amend this Agreement to provide for the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate; provided , however , that such amendments shall preserve the economic value, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion.

18. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Adjustment Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.

Agreement ” means this Director Service Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time after the date hereof.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Change in Control ” means the first to occur of the following:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction) by any person, entity, or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than any such acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Sponsors, or any affiliates of any of the foregoing; or

(ii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer, or other disposition, affiliates of the Company or any Sponsor.

Change in Control Price ” means the per Share consideration paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control as determined in good faith by the Board, or, if so determined by the Board, if any part of the consideration is payable other than in cash, the Fair Market Value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board.

Closing Date ” means the date of the “Closing”, as such term is defined in each of the Subscription Agreements, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and between the Company and the Sponsors.

 

8


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any committee then serving, the Board.

Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Disability ” means a physical or mental impairment that renders a Director unable to perform the essential functions of the Director’s position even with reasonable accommodation (that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company), and which has lasted at least 60 consecutive days. A physician selected by the Company or its insurers shall make the determination of the existence of a Disability.

Fair Market Value ” means, if no Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee. In making a determination of the Fair Market Value, the Committee, using a reasonable method reasonably applied, shall give due consideration to such factors as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the earnings and other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the potential value of the Company as a whole, the future prospects of the Company and the industries in which it competes, the history and management of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company, and any recent valuation of the Shares that shall have been performed by an independent valuation firm (although nothing herein shall obligate the Committee to obtain any such independent valuation). Following a Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a Share as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a Share as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such exchange or system during such ten-business-day period, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing sales price on the trading date before the commencement of such period.

Grant Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Members Agreement ” means the Agreement Among Members, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

9


Normal Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

Options ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Option Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

Public Offering ” means a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that covers (together with prior effective registrations) ( i ) not less than 25% of the then outstanding Shares, on a fully diluted basis, or ( ii ) Shares that, after the closing of such public offering, will be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or an equivalent internationally recognized securities exchange or quotation system.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsors, and certain other shareholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Service Condition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).

Service Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.

Shares ” means the Class A common shares of the Company, par value $0.10 per share.

Special Termination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Daniel S. Loeb, KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., and Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.

 

10


19. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

(i) If to the Company, to it at:

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

(ii) If to the Director, to the Director’s last known home address, or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company.

All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers, and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors

 

11


and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(c) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement, and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder, subject to the requirements of law.

(d) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts of New York State located in New York County in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 19(a) or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION, OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Each party certifies and acknowledges that ( A ) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party

 

12


has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, ( B ) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, ( C ) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and ( D ) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 19(d).

(e) Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all provisions contained herein, including, but not limited to, any adjustment provisions, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

(f) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Director have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DIRECTOR

 

[Director Name]

 

Number of Options:    25,424
Option Price:    $10.00
Number of Options:    8,475
Option Price:    $16.00
Number of Options:    8,475
Option Price:    $20.00

[Signature Page to Third Reinsurance Limited Director Service Agreement]

EXHIBIT 10.12

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

 

DANIEL S. LOEB

  Wire Instructions:
  Bank:     HSBC Bank USA
     

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

  Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

1,000,000

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)

 

Further Credit:    

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 

 

By:  

/s/ Daniel S. Loeb

  Name:   Daniel S. Loeb
  Title:   Director
Date:   December 16, 2011.

 

U.S. Individual

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)

 
 
 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM

 

Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 10.1]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.13

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

DANIEL S. LOEB 2010 Grantor

Retained Annuity Trust No. 2

  Wire Instructions:
  Bank:     HSBC Bank USA
     

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

  Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

300,000 shares

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)

 

Further Credit:    

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 

 

By:  

/s/ Francis J. Schanne

  Name:   Francis J. Schanne
  Title:   Executive Director
  J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware, Trustee
Date:   December 22, 2011.

 

Trust - Delaware

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)

 
 
 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM

 

Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

 

Third Point Advisors L.LC.

  Wire Instructions:
  Bank:     HSBC Bank USA
     

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

  Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

1,000,000

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)

 

 

Further Credit:    

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 

 

By:  

/s/ Mendy R. Haas

  Name:   Mendy R. Haas
  Title:   CFO
Date:   December 22, 2011.

 

Delaware LLC

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)

 
 
 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM

 

Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 

 

12


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:    
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

 

Third Point Opportunities

Master Fund L.P.

  Wire Instructions:
  Bank:     HSBC Bank USA
     

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

  Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

1,190,000

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)

 

Further Credit:    

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 

 

By:  

/s/ Mendy R. Haas

  Name:   Mendy R. Haas
  Title:   CFO
Date:   December 22, 2011.

 

Cayman Island LP

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)

 
 
 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM

 

Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:    
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.16

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, the Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

 

2


3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

 

3


4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto, substantially in the form of the documents attached hereto as Exhibit E, with changes that are not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

 

4


5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

 

5


5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

 

6


6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in

 

7


accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the

 

8


Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

9


15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Shareholder” but not as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

DOWLING CAPITAL PARTNERS I, LP

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed

Wire Instructions:
Bank:   HSBC Bank USA
 

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

By:   Dowling Capital I, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David Zwiener

  Name:   David Zwiener
  Title:   Senior Partner
Date:   December 19, 2011.

 

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)

 

 

 

Further Credit:   HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  Head Office, Front Street
  Hamilton HM 11
  Bermuda
SWIFT:                     BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit D

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]


Exhibit E

Form of Transaction Documents

[See Exhibits 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 10.1, 10.22, 10.23 and 10.26]

EXHIBIT 10.17

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, the Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

 

2


3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

 

3


4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto, substantially in the form of the documents attached hereto as Exhibit E, with changes that are not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

 

4


5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

 

5


5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

 

6


6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in

 

7


accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the

 

8


Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

9


15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Shareholder” but not as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

John R. Berger

 

 

 

500,000

 

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed

Wire Instructions:
Bank:   HSBC Bank USA
 

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chairman and CEO
Date:   December 22, 2011.

 

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)
Further Credit:   HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  Head Office, Front Street
  Hamilton HM 11
  Bermuda

 

SWIFT:                     BBDA BMHM

Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 

 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:    
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit D

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]


Exhibit E

Form of Transaction Documents

[See Exhibits 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 10.1, 10.22, 10.23 and 10.26]

EXHIBIT 10.18

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

Subscription Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

KEP TP HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 
3,832,665  
Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)
Wire Instructions:
Bank:  

HSBC Bank USA

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

Swift Address:   MRMD US33
 

 

 

 

By:

  

 

 

KEP VI (Cayman) GP Ltd., its general partner

     

 

 

By:

  

 

 

/s/ James J. Connors, II

   Name:    James J. Connors, II
   Title:    Director
Date:    December 22, 2011.

 

 

 

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)
Further Credit:  

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 
 
 
 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 
 
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.19

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

KIA TP HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

 

 

21,167,335

 
Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)
Wire Instructions:
Bank:  

HSBC Bank USA

452 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

U.S.A.

Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

By:    Kelso GP VIII (Cayman), L.P., its general partner
              
By:    Kelso GP VIII (Cayman) Ltd., its general partner
              
By:   

/s/ James J. Connors, II

   Name:    James J. Connors, II         
   Title:    Director         

 

Date:

  

 

December 22, 2011.

 

 

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)
 
Further Credit:  

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

Head Office, Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 
SWIFT:   BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:   011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by each of the Company and the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the

 

2


terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of

 

3


the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all

 

4


requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber.

5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding

 

6


the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is

 

7


available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity . All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities. Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

 

8


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

9


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

 

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

 

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

(Please print or type name of Subscriber)

Wire Instructions:
Bank:   HSBC Bank USA
  452 5th Avenue
  New York, NY 10018
  U.S.A.
Swift Address: MRMD US33
 

 

12,500,000

Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed ($10 per share)

 
Further Credit:   HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  Head Office, Front Street
  Hamilton HM 11
  Bermuda
 

 

By:  

/s/ William Spiegel

  Name:   William Spiegel
  Title:   Director
Date:   December 22, 2011.

 

 

 

 

Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)
  
  
  
SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:    Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
Account No.:    011-053477-501 USD
 


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit E

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]

EXHIBIT 10.21

EXECUTION COPY

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THERE ARE FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) by and between Third Point Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”), dated as of the date set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page to this Agreement. The Subscriber understands that the offering is being made without registration of the Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities law of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and is being made only to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

Recitals

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (defined below), the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents (as defined in the agreement among members dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the members party thereto (the “ Agreement Among Members ”)) to which it is a party with the parties thereto, which will govern the investment of the Subscriber and the other members of the Company for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Third Point Reinsurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ TP Re ” and such transaction, the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, the Subscriber desires to, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, purchase the number of voting Class A common shares, par value $0.10 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), set forth below the Subscriber’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber desires to purchase the Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, (i) the Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Company at the Closing (defined below) and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Subscriber, the Securities, for a purchase price equal to $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A Common Shares included in the Securities (the “ Subscription Amount ”) and (ii) the Subscriber agrees to become a member of the Company at the Closing and adhere to and be bound by, as of the Closing, the terms and provisions of the bye-laws of the Company, the Agreement Among Members dated the date of the Closing by and among the Company and the members party thereto substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case, with changes thereto as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber and (iii) the Company agrees that the Subscriber shall be admitted as a member of the Company at the Closing.

(b) Other Subscription Agreements . The Company has entered into or expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “ Other Subscription Agreements ” and, together with this Agreement, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with other subscribers (the “ Other Subscribers ”), providing for the sale to the Other Subscribers of Class A Common Shares and the admission of the Other Subscribers as members of the Company at the Closing. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Securities to the Subscriber and Class A Common Shares to the Other Subscribers are separate sales.

2. The Closing .

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Class A Common Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York New York 10022, at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the first day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver thereof) or, if such first day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such first day, or (ii) such other date and time as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is not a legal holiday or a day on which banks are generally authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in Hamilton, Bermuda or the City of New York.

 

2


3. Payment for Securities .

(a) Payment for the Securities in the amount of the Subscription Amount (less any amounts that the Subscriber elects to net against such amount pursuant to the terms of the Side Letter, dated as of the date of the Closing, between the Company, the Subscriber and the other parties thereto) shall be received by the Company from the Subscriber by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account below prior to the Closing (such account, the “ Company Account ”). Such payment shall be received into the Company Account no later than December 22, 2011, or such other date thereafter as the Company may designate in writing.

 

Wire Instructions:   
Bank:    HSBC Bank USA
  

452 5th Avenue

  

New York, NY 10018

  

U.S.A.

Swift Address:    MRMD US33
Further Credit:    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  

Head Office, Front Street

  

Hamilton HM 11

  

Bermuda

SWIFT:    BBDA BMHM
Final Credit:   

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Account No.:   

011-053477-501 USD

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing and the Subscriber has transferred the Subscription Amount into the Company Account pursuant to Section 3(a), then the Company shall, immediately following such termination, return to the Subscriber the Subscription Amount.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver certificates representing the Securities to the Subscriber bearing the legend set forth in Section 10. Following the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber executed copies of all Transaction Documents at the address provided in Exhibit B.

 

3


4. Conditions to Closing .

4.1 Subscriber’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Subscriber to fund the Subscription Amount is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Subscriber (if permitted by applicable law, rule, regulation or order) as of the Closing of the following (and only the following) conditions:

(a) Except where the failure to be true and correct arises from the identity or the legal or regulatory status of the Subscriber, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct both on the date hereof and as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date other than the date hereof or the Closing, which representations or warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except for changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) No law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, judgment or ruling shall be enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any governmental authority shall be in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction or making the consummation of the Transaction illegal.

(c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company shall have entered into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the parties thereto, substantially in the form of the documents attached hereto as Exhibit E, with changes that are not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber.

(e) All consents, authorizations or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities required for the consummation of the Transaction, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Daniel S. Loeb shall have been obtained and no such consent, authorization or approval shall have been revoked.

(f) TP Re shall have received a financial strength rating of at least A- from A.M. Best & Company or an equivalent rating agency agreed by the Founders prior to the Closing and such rating agency has approved the intended investment strategy of the Company.

4.2 Company’s Obligations to Closing . The obligation of the Company to issue the Securities to the Subscriber at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by the Company) as of the Closing of the following condition:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Subscriber made in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made on and as of the Closing.

 

4


5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants that:

5.1 Formation and Standing . The Company is duly formed and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Bermuda, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted following the Closing as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum relating to the private offering of Securities by the Company (together with any amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Memorandum ”).

5.2 Authorization of Agreement, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary action on behalf of the Company, and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.3 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the memorandum of association of the Company, the bye-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties.

5.4 Anti-Fraud . The information contained in the Memorandum, when read in conjunction with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and their respective exhibits and schedules does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Subscriber or the Company.

 

5


5.5 Offer of Securities . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the offer, issuance or sale of the Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5.6 Issuance and Sale of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

5.7 Start-Up Status . The Company is a start-up company and, except as may be required in connection with the formation of the Company, obtaining the necessary licenses from the Bermuda Monetary Authority and the financial strength rating from A.M. Best & Company, the Company has not had prior to the date hereof, and will not have had prior to the Closing, any business operations.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber . The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

6.1 Authorization of Purchase, etc . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the Subscriber is an entity of the kind set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof and is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereof, and the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform the Subscriber’s obligations under this Agreement and the Agreement Among Members, and to subscribe for and purchase hereunder. The purchase by the Subscriber of Securities and the Subscriber’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s behalf, and this Agreement is, and the Agreement Among Members will be at the Closing, the Subscriber’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms (except insofar as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.2 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . If the Subscriber is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder and under the Agreement Among Members do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles

 

6


of association, by-laws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or to the Subscriber’s business or properties.

6.3 The Memorandum, etc . The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, this Agreement and the form of Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber has reviewed such documents and the Subscriber understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Securities, including the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors”.

6.4 Access to Information . The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and the Subscriber has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities, and the Subscriber has obtained any and all additional information requested by the Subscriber of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the Securities. The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its partners, members, officers, counsel, agents or representatives for legal, investment or tax advice. The Subscriber has sought independent legal, investment and tax advice to the extent that the Subscriber has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the Subscriber’s decision to subscribe for Securities.

6.5 Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that the Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and other considerations relating to, the Securities to be purchased by the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subscriber has not relied in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of Securities upon any representations, warranties or agreements of any person or entity other than the Company, and, with respect to the Company, only those representations, warranties and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement and the Memorandum, the Company did not make any representations or warranties whether expressed or implied, oral or written with respect to the purchase by the Subscriber of Securities. The Subscriber’s financial situation is such that the Subscriber can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and the Subscriber can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s Securities and capital contribution. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

7


6.6 Purchase for Investment . The Subscriber is not acquiring the Securities with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of all or any part of such Securities. The Subscriber will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of such Securities (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of all or any part of such Securities) except in accordance with ( a ) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, ( b ) any applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws and ( c ) the terms of the Agreement Among Members. The Subscriber understands that the Subscriber must bear the economic risk of the Subscriber’s investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Securities cannot be sold other than through a privately negotiated transaction unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Subscriber also understands that Transfers of the Securities are further restricted by the provisions of the Agreement Among Members, and may be restricted by applicable state and non-U.S. securities laws, and that no market exists or is expected to develop for the Securities.

6.7 Tax Matters . The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in complying with any applicable law or tax requirements or determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any information, representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company from time to time to assist it in determining whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code for any taxable year. The Subscriber agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in obtaining any exemption, reduction or refund of any withholding or other taxes imposed by any taxing authority or other governmental agency upon the Company or amounts paid to the Company. The Subscriber represents that it will provide the Company with a completed and executed Form W-9 or an applicable Form W-8 (as appropriate) upon request and agrees to furnish the Company with such Form upon expiration of any prior Form upon request.

7. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the applicable Transaction abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or the Subscriber if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before February 15, 2012.

 

8


8. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity .

9.1 All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by the Subscriber, or by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subscriber, and the issue and sale of Securities.

9.2 Unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, the Subscriber shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, expenses, liabilities and other claims and damages relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Subscriber in this Agreement.

9.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Subscriber, its affiliates, stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners and employees, and agents of the Subscriber (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against, and shall reimburse each Indemnified Person for, any and all Losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or asserted against such Indemnified Person arising out of a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company made in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents; provided that such Indemnified Person will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent it is determined by a final and binding judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Losses arise out of such indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents. For purposes of this paragraph 9.3, “ Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by law, and whether or not resulting from third-party claims, including interest and penalties and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

9


10. Legend . The certificates representing the Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT ( 1 ) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ( 2 ) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

11. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or the Subscriber without the prior written consent of the other party.

12. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

13. Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which submission shall be exclusive unless none of such courts has lawful jurisdiction over such Proceedings.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

15. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

10


17. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

If to the Company, to its Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s principal office in Bermuda.

with a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas Potter

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

18. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth below, and this Subscription Agreement shall be dated and shall be and become a binding agreement among the Company and the Subscriber on the date hereof. The undersigned Subscriber hereby further agrees to be bound, as of the Closing, by the terms and conditions of (i) the Agreement Among Members substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Subscription Agreement as a “Member” thereunder and (ii) the registration rights agreement dated the date of the Closing among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Subscription Agreement as a “Shareholder” but not as a “Founder Shareholder”, in each of cases (i) and (ii) (with only such changes as agreed by the Company and not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the interests of the Subscriber), and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement, or counterparts thereof, and the Agreement Among Members and the Registration Rights Agreement will be dated the date of the Closing and will become binding agreements of the Subscriber as of the Closing.

THE SUBSCRIBER :

 

P RE Opportunities Ltd.   Wire Instructions:  
(Please print or type name of Subscriber)      
  Bank:   HSBC Bank USA  
      452 5th Avenue  
5,000,000     New York, NY 10018  
Number of Class A Common Shares Subscribed       U.S.A.  
    Swift Address: MRMD US33  
By:  

/s/ Deborah Watson

    Further Credit: HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
  Name:   Deborah Watson      

Head Office, Front Street

  Title:   Director      

Hamilton HM 11

         

Bermuda

Date: December 22, 2011.      
Corporation/British Virgin Islands     SWIFT:                        BBDA BMHM
Type of Entity and Jurisdiction of Incorporation (if applicable)     Final Credit: Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.
        Account No.: 011-053477-501 USD
       


Exhibit A

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

“Accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person, calculated by subtracting from the estimated fair market value of the property the amount of debt secured by the property, up to the estimated fair market value of the property;


(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in 17 C.F.R. §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

2


Exhibit B

 

Primary Contact

Name:    
Address (including for delivery of official documents):
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    


Secondary Contact (Optional)

Name:    
Address:    
Suite/Floor:    
City:   State:   Zip:
Country:    
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Agreement Among Members

[See Exhibit 4.8]


Exhibit D

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

[See Exhibit 4.2]


Exhibit E

Form of Transaction Documents

[See Exhibits 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 10.1, 10.22, 10.23 and 10.26]

EXHIBIT 10.22

 

 

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

between

Third Point LLC

and

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Dated December 22, 2011

 

 

 


ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   
Section 1.1     

Certain Defined Terms

     1   
Section 1.2     

Interpretation

     3   
ARTICLE II   
GRANT OF LICENSE   
Section 2.1     

Grant

     4   
Section 2.2     

Restrictions on Use

     5   
Section 2.3     

Changes in Licensed Marks

     5   
Section 2.4     

Restrictions on Further Licensing

     5   
ARTICLE III   
QUALITY STANDARDS AND CONTROL   
Section 3.1     

Quality Control

     5   
Section 3.2     

Use of the Licensed Marks

     5   
Section 3.3     

Inspection and Approval

     6   
Section 3.4     

Deficiencies

     6   
Section 3.5     

Compliance and Notices

     6   
ARTICLE IV   
OWNERSHIP AND MAINTENANCE   
Section 4.1     

Ownership

     6   
Section 4.2     

Maintenance; Registrations; Filings

     7   
ARTICLE V   
REGISTRATIONS   
Section 5.1     

Registration

     7   
Section 5.2     

Cancellation

     7   
ARTICLE VI   
INFRINGEMENT OR DILUTION   
Section 6.1     

Licensor Rights

     8   

 

i


ARTICLE VII   
INDEMNIFICATION   
Section 7.1     

Indemnification

     8   
Section 7.2     

Indemnification Procedures: Generally

     8   
Section 7.3     

Indemnification Procedures: Third Party Claims

     9   
Section 7.4     

Mitigation

     10   
Section 7.5     

Non-Exclusive Remedy

     10   
Section 7.6     

No Recourse

     10   
Section 7.7     

Third Party Beneficiaries

     11   
ARTICLE VIII   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMERS   
Section 8.1     

Representations

     11   
Section 8.2     

Disclaimer of Warranties

     12   
ARTICLE IX   
TERM; TERMINATION   
Section 9.1     

Term

     12   
Section 9.2     

Termination

     12   
Section 9.3     

Effects of Termination

     13   
ARTICLE X   
DISPUTE RESOLUTION   
Section 10.1     

Jurisdiction; Service

     14   
Section 10.2     

Remedies

     14   
ARTICLE XI   
GENERAL   
Section 11.1     

Notices

     14   
Section 11.2     

No Assignment

     15   
Section 11.3     

Costs and Expenses

     15   
Section 11.4     

Effect of Waiver or Consent

     15   
Section 11.5     

Amendment

     15   
Section 11.6     

Authority

     15   

 

ii


Section 11.7     

Governing Law

     15   
Section 11.8     

Further Assurances

     15   
Section 11.9     

Severability

     15   
Section 11.10     

Counterparts

     16   
Section 11.11     

Entire Agreement

     16   
Section 11.12     

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     16   

 

Schedule A      Licensed Marks
Schedule B      Territory
Schedule C      Notices

 

iii


TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT, dated [ ], 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), between Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Licensor ”), and Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ Licensee ”, and together with Licensor, the “ Parties ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Licensor owns and uses the name “Third Point” and the trade mark “Third Point” and the “Third Point” logo, each as set forth on Schedule A (such name, mark, and logo and such registrations and applications, together with any and all common law rights pertaining thereto, are referred to collectively as the “ Licensed Marks ”);

WHEREAS, Licensor entered into a joint venture with Licensee pursuant to the Joint Venture and Investment Management;

WHEREAS, Licensee desires to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory (as defined below) in connection with Licensee’s reinsurance business (the “ Business ”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Licensor is willing to grant to Licensee, and Licensee is willing to accept, a non-exclusive license to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings assigned below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Business ” has the meaning assigned in the Recitals.

Business Day ” means any day other than a (1) Saturday, (2) Sunday, or (3) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, NY United States or Hamilton, Bermuda are authorized or required to close.

Competing Reinsurance Entity ” means an offshore reinsurance company the principal business of which is property and casualty reinsurance.


control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means (1) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, and/or (2) the ability to elect the majority of board members or members of an equivalent management body, in each case (1) and (2), whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Covered Person ” means any former, current, and/or future (1) director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, manager, member, shareholder, owner, Affiliate, and/or assignee of Licensor, and/or (2) director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, manager, member, shareholder, owner, Affiliate, and/or assignee of any of the foregoing, except, in each case (1) and (2), Licensor is not and will not be deemed to be a Covered Person.

Effective Date ” means [ ], 2011.

Governmental Authority ” means (1) any domestic or foreign nation or government, (2) any state or other political subdivision of any such nation or government, and/or (3) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, and/or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any self-regulatory authority (such as a stock or option exchange or securities self-regulatory organization), governmental authority, agency, commission, department, board, or instrumentality, and any court or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

Indemnification Claim ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnification Claim Amount ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnification Dispute Notice ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(b).

Indemnification Notice ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnified Claim ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(c).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.1.

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement, dated the date hereof, among Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Third Point Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Licensee.

Law ” means any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, treaty, and/or decree of any Governmental Authority.

Licensed Marks ” has the meaning assigned in the Recitals.

Licensee ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Licensor ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

 

2


Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, claim, security interest, encumbrance, burden, lease, retention of title, interest, option, right of first offer, proxy, and/or other restriction or limitation of any nature whatsoever, whether existing or agreed to be granted or created.

Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by Law, and whether or not resulting from Third-Party Claims, including interest and penalties and out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in investigating or defending any of the foregoing.

New Marks ” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.3.

Parties ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, organization similar to the foregoing, Governmental Authority, and/or other entity of any nature whatsoever.

Quality Standards ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

Territory ” means the jurisdictions listed on Schedule B .

Third Party Claim ” means any claim, counterclaim, demand, action, suit, and/or proceeding made against an Indemnitee by a Person that is not a Party.

Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, bequeath, distribute, convey, and/or dispose, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, and/or by operation of Law (and “ Transferable ” shall be construed accordingly).

Section 1.2 Interpretation .

(a) As used in this Agreement, references to the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(i) to the Preamble or to the Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules, Exhibits, or Annexes are to the Preamble or a Recital, Article, or Section of, Schedule to, Exhibit to, or an Annex to, this Agreement, unless stated otherwise;

(ii) to any Governmental Authority includes any successor to such Governmental Authority;

(iii) to USD , $ , or Dollars is to the lawful currency of the United States;

(iv) to any Person includes any successor to such Person; and

(v) to any Law includes, except where otherwise stated, (A) such Law as amended, consolidated, or re-enacted from time to time, and (B) any subordinate legislation, rule, and/or regulation made under such Law (as so amended, consolidated, or re-enacted).

 

3


(b) The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” are deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

(c) The definitions given for terms in Section 1.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.

(d) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun and variations of any such pronoun include the corresponding singular, plural, masculine, feminine, and neuter forms.

(e) References in this Agreement to any other agreement or document are deemed to be references to such agreement or document as it may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified or revised from time to time.

(f) The headings in this Agreement are included for the purposes of convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision or duty at Law or in equity to the contrary, whenever a Person is permitted or required under this Agreement to make a decision in its “ sole discretion ” or “ discretion ” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such Person (i) will be entitled to make such decision on the basis of any reason or for no reason at all, (ii) will be entitled to consider such interests (including its own interests) and factors as such Person desires, and (iii) will have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting Licensee and/or any other Person, in each case (i), (ii), and (iii), to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

(h) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF LICENSE

Section 2.1 Grant . From and after the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, Licensor grants to Licensee, and Licensee accepts, a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory solely in connection with the Business, including in the corporate name or trade name of Licensee. Licensor retains the unlimited right to use, and to grant licenses to third parties to use, the Licensed Marks anywhere in the world, including the Territory, for any purpose whatsoever.

 

4


Section 2.2 Restrictions on Use .

(a) Licensee shall not change or modify the Licensed Marks, or create any design variation of the Licensed Marks, without obtaining the prior written consent of Licensor.

(b) Licensee shall not, without the prior written consent of Licensor, join any name, mark, logo, or domain name with any of the Licensed Marks so as to form a composite or combined trade name, mark, logo, or domain name.

(c) Licensee shall not use any of the Licensed Marks or otherwise conduct the Business in any manner that, in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, may reflect improperly upon any of the Licensed Marks.

(d) Licensee shall not use any other mark that is confusingly similar to any of the Licensed Marks.

Section 2.3 Changes in Licensed Marks . Upon written notice to Licensee, Licensor may, from time to time in its sole discretion, (a) discontinue any Licensed Marks and/or (b) replace any Licensed Marks with or use new or different trademarks or service marks (“ New Marks ”). Licensor shall notify Licensee of any such discontinuance or replacement. If Licensee desires to use such New Mark on the terms set out in this Agreement, (i) it shall notify Licensor, (ii) upon Licensor’s receipt of such notice, such New Marks will be designated as Licensed Marks and, as such, shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (iii) Schedule A shall be deemed amended automatically to include such New Marks as Licensed Marks.

Section 2.4 Restrictions on Further Licensing . For so long as Licensor or any of its Affiliates acts the investment manager under the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, Licensor shall not license the Licensed Marks to any Competing Reinsurance Entity without Licensee’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE III

QUALITY STANDARDS AND CONTROL

Section 3.1 Quality Control . At all times, Licensee shall use the Licensed Marks in the Territory only in accordance with such quality standards and specifications as may be established by Licensor and communicated to Licensee from time to time or upon which Licensor and Licensee may agree from time to time (the “ Quality Standards ”).

Section 3.2 Use of the Licensed Marks . All use of the Licensed Marks made by Licensee hereunder shall faithfully reproduce the design and appearance of the Licensed Marks as reflected on Exhibit A.

 

5


Section 3.3 Inspection and Approval . Licensor shall have the right to inspect and, in its sole discretion, approve any and all uses by Licensee of the Licensed Marks. From time to time, upon Licensor’s reasonable request in writing, Licensee shall, at Licensee’s expense, (a) provide Licensor with representative samples of the ways in which the Licensed Marks are then being used by Licensee (or photographs depicting the same), and (b) permit Licensor to inspect Licensee’s places of business where the Licensed Marks are used; in each case (a) and (b) for Licensor’s inspection and approval of such uses.

Section 3.4 Deficiencies . Licensor shall be deemed to have approved any use of the Licensed Marks if Licensor does not object to such use within thirty (30) days of its actual receipt of representative samples of such use (or photograph of such samples). If Licensor notifies Licensee in writing that any use by Licensee of the Licensed Marks (other than a use deemed approved pursuant to the preceding sentence) is not consistent with the Quality Standards, Licensee shall use reasonably diligent efforts to cure the cause of such failure or, if Licensee is unable to cure such failure, discontinue such non-conforming use.

Section 3.5 Compliance and Notices . Licensee shall use the Licensed Marks only in such manner as will comply with the provisions of applicable Laws relating to the Licensed Marks.

ARTICLE IV

OWNERSHIP AND MAINTENANCE

Section 4.1 Ownership .

(a) Licensee acknowledges and admits the validity of the Licensed Marks and shall not, directly or indirectly, challenge the validity of any of the Licensed Marks, and/or any registrations of the Licensed Marks, and/or applications for the Licensed Marks in any jurisdiction, or the right, title, and interest of Licensor therein and thereto, nor shall it claim any interest in the Licensed Marks in any jurisdiction, other than the rights expressly granted by this Agreement.

(b) Licensee acknowledges that (i) the Licensed Marks are and will remain the exclusive property of Licensor and (ii) all uses of the Licensed Marks shall inure solely to the benefit of Licensor. Licensee shall not at any time do or suffer to be done any act or thing that will in any way impair the rights of Licensor in and to the Licensed Marks. Nothing in this Agreement grants, nor shall Licensee acquire by virtue of this Agreement, any right, title, or interest in or to the Licensed Marks or any goodwill associated therewith, other than those rights expressly granted by this Agreement. This Agreement shall not affect Licensor’s right to enjoin or obtain relief against any acts by third parties of trademark infringement or unfair competition in the Territory.

(c) Licensee shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of Licensor, acquire a registration or file and prosecute a trademark application or applications to register the Licensed Marks, or any component, variation, or derivation of the Licensed Marks, or any name or mark confusingly similar to the Licensed Marks, for

 

6


any goods or services anywhere in the world. If Licensee at any time, without the prior written consent of Licensor, files or causes to be filed, in its own name or otherwise on its behalf, an application to register or otherwise takes steps under applicable laws to obtain trademark protection of the Licensed Marks in any country, territory, or jurisdiction, Licensee shall, at the direction of Licensor, either (i) assign and transfer to Licensor, without further consideration, all right, title, and interest in or to the Licensed Marks in such country, territory, or jurisdiction, or (ii) surrender and abandon such registration or application for registration.

Section 4.2 Maintenance; Registrations; Filings .

(a) Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Licensed Marks and all registrations of the Licensed Marks and/or applications for the Licensed Marks in the Territory. Licensee shall execute all documents as are reasonably necessary or expedient to aid in, and shall otherwise cooperate at Licensor’s expense with, Licensor’s efforts to prepare, obtain, file, record, and maintain all such registrations and applications.

(b) Licensor shall have no further maintenance obligations as to the Licensed Marks or any registration of the Licensed Marks or application for the Licensed Marks upon giving written notice to Licensee that it does not intend to continue such maintenance. Upon receiving such notice, Licensee shall have the right, after obtaining the written consent of Licensor, to continue such maintenance at Licensee’s expense and in Licensor’s name. In the event Licensee elects to continue such maintenance, Licensor shall, to the extent reasonably necessary, execute all documents to aid in, and shall otherwise cooperate with, Licensee’s efforts to maintain registrations and/or prosecute applications for the Licensed Marks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, after giving such notice, Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee in any manner for any failure by Licensor to maintain any Licensed Marks.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATIONS

Section 5.1 Registration . Licensor may, at Licensor’s expense, make applications to register or record Licensee as a user or licensee of any Licensed Mark as may be required by or desirable under the law of any country or territory in the Territory. Licensee, at Licensor’s expense upon the request by Licensor, shall join in such applications and shall execute such other documents as may be necessary or desirable to implement such applications, including the entry into further confirmatory and recordable registered user agreements within the terms of this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Cancellation . Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensee and Licensor, at the expense of Licensor, shall join in applications to cancel any registration of Licensee or recordation of license effected under this Article V.

 

7


ARTICLE VI

INFRINGEMENT OR DILUTION

Section 6.1 Licensor Rights . Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor upon becoming aware of any infringement or dilution of the Licensed Marks. Licensor may take such steps to stop such infringement or dilution as Licensor may deem necessary in its sole determination to protect the Licensed Marks. In the event Licensor elects to take such steps, Licensee shall cooperate fully with Licensor to stop such infringement or dilution. Licensor shall have full control over any such action, including the right to select counsel, to settle on any terms it deems advisable in its discretion, to appeal any adverse decision rendered in any court, to discontinue any action taken by it, and/or otherwise to make any decision in respect thereto as it deems advisable in its discretion. Licensor shall bear all expenses connected with the foregoing. Any recovery as a result of such action shall belong solely to Licensor, and Licensee shall have no claim to any part of such recovery. Licensee may, upon receiving the prior written consent of Licensor, participate in any action taken by or proceeding instituted by Licensor through separate counsel of Licensee’s own choosing, provided that Licensor at all times shall retain full control over such action in accordance with this Section 6.1.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by the Law, Licensee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless (i) Licensor and each of its Affiliates, and (ii) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees, and agents of Licensor and each of its Affiliates (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against, and shall reimburse each Indemnitee for, any and all Losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or asserted against such Indemnitee arising out of, relating to, and/or in connection with (a) Licensee’s breach of this Agreement, or (b) any use by Licensee of the Licensed Marks provided that such Indemnitee will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of (x) such Indemnitee’s fraud or willful misconduct or material breach of this Agreement to the extent that such Indemnitee is a party to this Agreement or (y) breaches of this Agreement or uses of the license marks that are caused by such Indemnitee. Licensor does not, by virtue of this Agreement or of Licensee’s use of the Licensed Marks, assume any liability to Licensee, or with respect to the Business or the conduct of the Business by Licensee.

Section 7.2 Indemnification Procedures: Generally .

(a) If an Indemnitee desires to make a claim for indemnification under Section 7.1 then such Indemnitee shall notify Licensee (any such notice, an “ Indemnification Notice ”) with reasonable promptness after discovering any claim, action, event, matter, and/or fact giving rise to any such claim for indemnification (any such indemnification claim, an “ Indemnification Claim ”), provided that no failure to timely notify Licensee will relieve Licensee from its indemnification obligations pursuant to this Article VII unless and to the extent Licensee has been materially prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnitee shall describe in the Indemnification Notice the claim,

 

8


event, matter, and/or fact giving rise to the Indemnification Claim, including the nature and basis of such claim, event, matter, and/or fact, and the amount of the Indemnification Claim, in each case, to the extent known (the “ Indemnification Claim Amount ”).

(b) If Licensee disputes its liability to an Indemnitee with respect to an Indemnification Claim, then Licensee shall deliver to the Indemnitee a notice stating in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute (such notice, an “ Indemnification Dispute Notice ”) within 30 days after receiving the related Indemnification Notice. If Licensee delivers an Indemnification Dispute Notice to an Indemnitee, then Licensee and the Indemnitee shall negotiate in good faith for a period of 10 Business Days to resolve such dispute, and if such dispute is not resolved during such period, then either Licensee or the Indemnitee may submit such dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Article X.

(c) An Indemnification Claim set forth in an Indemnification Notice will be conclusively deemed to be a liability of Licensee (such an Indemnification Claim, an “ Indemnified Claim ”) if (i) the Indemnitee has provided Licensee an Indemnification Notice as required in Section 7.2(a), and (ii)(A) Licensee does not timely deliver an Indemnification Dispute Notice, or (B) the liability of Licensee in respect of such Indemnification Claim is resolved by agreement of Licensee and the Indemnitee or by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Licensee shall pay the Indemnification Claim Amount related to any Indemnified Claim to (i) the Indemnitee or (ii) any Affiliate and/or other Person, in each case designated by the Indemnity, in each case (i) and (ii), (A) on demand, or (B) if any portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount is estimated or unknown, on the date when such portion of such Indemnification Claim Amount becomes finally determined.

(e) If an Indemnitee is required to obtain any approval from any Governmental Authority as a condition to Licensee’s paying all or any portion of an Indemnification Claim Amount to such Indemnitee (or any Affiliate and/or other Person, in each case, designated by such Indemnitee), then each Party shall, upon request of such Indemnitee, cooperate to obtain such approval.

Section 7.3 Indemnification Procedures: Third Party Claims .

(a) Licensee will be entitled to (i) participate in and/or assume the defense of any Indemnified Claim that is a Third Party Claim, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, and (ii) settle or compromise such Indemnified Claim, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Indemnitee, provided that such settlement or judgment does not involve any injunctive relief or finding or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any wrongdoing by the Indemnitee and Licensee shall (A) pay or cause to be paid all amounts in such settlement or judgment, (B) not encumber any of the assets of any Indemnitee or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or adversely affect any Indemnitee or the conduct of any Indemnitee’s business, and (C) obtain, as a condition of any settlement or other resolution, a complete and unconditional release of any Indemnitee potentially affected by such Indemnified Claim.

 

9


(b) After notice to the Indemnitee of Licensee’s election to assume the defense of such Indemnified Claim, Licensee will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Article VII for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Indemnified Claim, provided that the Indemnitee will have the right to employ its own counsel to represent the Indemnitee if it desires to be represented by separate counsel, and in such event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel will be paid by the Indemnitee.

(c) If Licensee does not elect to assume the defense of such Indemnified Claim, then the Indemnitee will act in accordance with its good faith business judgment with respect to such Indemnified Claim, and will not settle or compromise any such Indemnified Claim if such settlement or judgment will materially prejudice Licensee.

Section 7.4 Mitigation . Licensor agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize its respective Losses, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure by Licensee to perform fully any obligations under, and comply with, this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Non-Exclusive Remedy . The provisions regarding indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article VII will not be exclusive of any other rights to which any Indemnitee may be entitled under any Law, this Agreement, any other agreement, any policy of insurance, or otherwise. The provisions regarding indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article VII will continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns of such Person.

Section 7.6 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or any other agreement:

(a) No claim may be made by any Party or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement against any Covered Person (i) for the performance of any obligations in connection with this Agreement or with any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement (regardless of whether any such Covered Person has or will have executed this Agreement or any such certificate or document), (ii) under any Law, and/or (iii) by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or by legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise.

(b) Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, that it is not entitled to have recourse for the payment or recovery of any obligation under or in connection with this Agreement or any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement to any property, right, and/or interest of any Covered Person.

(c) It is expressly agreed and understood that the obligations of each Party arising from (or in connection with any performance under) this Agreement and/or any certificates or documents delivered in connection with this Agreement are solely the obligations of such Party, and no personal liability whatsoever (of any type or nature)

 

10


will attach to, or be incurred by, any Covered Person because of the incurrence by any Party of any obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement or by reason thereof, and any personal liability in respect of any such obligations of any type or nature, and any and all claims for any such liability against any such Covered Person, whether arising in common law or equity or created by rule of Law, constitution, or otherwise, are expressly released and waived by all Parties as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties.

(d) If determined by non-appealable judgment that a Covered Person has taken actions constituting common law fraud, then Section 7.6(a) through Section 7.6(c) will not apply to such Covered Person with respect to such actions (but will otherwise apply to such Covered Person in all other respects and to all other Covered Persons in all respects).

Section 7.7 Third Party Beneficiaries . Each Indemnitee, in relation to Section 7.1, and each Covered Person, in relation to Section 7.6, is intended by the Parties to be a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by Law, each such Covered Person and Indemnitee has the right to enforce directly the terms of such respective Sections. If any Covered Person or Indemnitee that is not a Party is prohibited by Law from enforcing directly the terms of Section 7.1 or Section 7.6, as applicable, then Licensor will be entitled to enforce directly the terms of such Sections on behalf of such Indemnitee or Covered Person, as applicable.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMERS

Section 8.1 Representations . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

(a) the Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, with the power and authority to enter into and to perform this Agreement;

(b) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action, and such Party has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and similar Laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and by general principles of equity;

(c) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, breach or violate: (i)

 

11


the terms of the organizational documents of such Party; (ii) any requirement of Law (assuming, without any investigation, no breach or violation of any requirement of Law by any other Party); or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party, result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the property or assets of such Party, or give any third party the right to terminate or cancel any right of such Party under any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party; and

(d) no consent, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice, report, or other filing with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by such Party in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance by such Party of this Agreement.

Section 8.2 Disclaimer of Warranties . THE LICENSED MARKS ARE LICENSED “AS IS” AND LICENSOR EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, OR REPRESENTATIONS (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN), INCLUDING ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF OWNERSHIP, ENFORCEABILITY OR VALIDITY, DESIGN, QUALITY, VALUE, OWNERSHIP, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

ARTICLE IX

TERM; TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Term . The term of this agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date, and shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

Section 9.2 Termination .

(a) Licensor may terminate this Agreement, upon written notice to Licensee, if:

(i) Licensee files, or consents to the filing against it of, a petition for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or other official with similar powers over a substantial part of its property, or a court having jurisdiction over Licensee or any of the property of Licensee shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or shall appoint a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or official with similar powers over a substantial part of the property of Licensee, or shall order the winding-up, liquidation, or rehabilitation of the affairs of Licensee, and such order or decree shall continue in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

 

12


(ii) Licensee breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days following Licensee’s receipt of written notice of such breach;

(iii) Licensee ceases to be engaged in the Business;

(iv) Licensee uses any of the Licensed Marks in a manner that, in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, may impair, tarnish, or otherwise adversely affect the goodwill associated with, Licensor’s reputation;

(v) A continuous period of at least one year elapses during which Licensee does not use the Licensed Marks; and/or

(vi) The Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement is terminated.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, termination of this Agreement by either Party in whole or in part shall be without prejudice to any other remedy otherwise available under this Agreement, under law or at equity, to such Party or the other Party.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of Licensor and Licensee pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 4.1, Section 5.2, Article VII, this Section 9.2(c), Section 9.3, Article X, and Article XI shall survive indefinitely regardless of any cancellation, expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Effects of Termination .

(a) Upon the termination of this Agreement all rights in the Licensed Marks granted to Licensee by this Agreement shall automatically revert to Licensor, and Licensee shall have no further rights in, and shall immediately cease all use of, the Licensed Marks. Any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be final, and thereafter Licensee shall have no right whatsoever to be granted a license to use the Licensed Marks.

(b) Promptly after the date of any such termination, Licensee shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to destroy and delete all materials in its possession or control bearing the Licensed Marks. As soon as is reasonably practicable after such date, Licensee shall send a written statement to Licensor confirming that it has complied with such obligation.

 

13


ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 10.1 Jurisdiction; Service

(a) The Parties agree that any action or proceeding against a Party to this Agreement arising out of or relating in any way to the terms of this Agreement, or any Person’s rights under this Agreement, shall be brought only in (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case the action or proceeding shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, (ii) the competent courts of Bermuda.

(b) Each Party waives any objection to the exercise of jurisdiction by any of such courts and to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court.

(c) Each Party agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in Section 11.1 or such other address as the Parties shall have been notified pursuant to Section 11.1, and agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(d) EACH PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 10.2 Remedies . The Parties agree that (a) any breach of this Agreement by a Party may result in irreparable injury to the other Party, (b) monetary damages may be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and (c) in addition to any other rights and/or remedies that such other Party may have, such other Party may seek (i) interim relief in (ii) equitable relief, including specific performance, from, and (iii) to enter, and/or enforce any award, judgment and/or order of, any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party agrees (a) not to oppose the granting of any such relief on the ground that monetary damages would be an adequate remedy, and (b) to waive any requirement for the posting of any bond in connection with such relief.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL

Section 11.1 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands, and/or other communications under this Agreement to a Party will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the Business Day sent, when delivered by hand or facsimile transmission (with confirmation) during normal business hours, or (b) on the third Business Day following the Business Day of sending, if delivered by internationally recognized express courier, in each case, to such Party at its address (or number) set forth on Schedule C or such other address (or number) as the Party may specify by notice to the other Parties in writing in the manner set forth on Schedule C .

 

14


Section 11.2 No Assignment . This Agreement will not be assignable or otherwise transferable by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that Licensor may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the Licensed Marks to any of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of Licensee. Any purported assignment or other transfer that does not comply with this Section 11.2 will be null and void ab initio . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each Party and each Party’s successors, heirs, permitted assigns, and legal representatives.

Section 11.3 Costs and Expenses . Each Party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 11.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent . A failure or delay in exercising any right in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right. Any modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will not be effective unless made in writing. Any such waiver will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given. Any waiver will not create any right of a Party benefiting from such waiver to receive any similar (or any other) waiver in the future, and will not create any right of any other Party to receive a waiver, whether in a similar circumstance or in any other circumstance, and whether or not the waiver sought by such Party is similar to a waiver obtained by any other Party.

Section 11.5 Amendment . Any provision of this Agreement may only be amended through the execution and delivery of a written instrument by the Parties.

Section 11.6 Authority . Nothing in this Agreement is or will be deemed to (a) make any Party or any employee of such Party the agent, employee, or partner of any other Party, or (b) provide any Party or any employee of such Party with the authority to act on behalf of any other Party or to bind any other Party to any contract, agreement, and/or other similar legally binding obligation.

Section 11.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and its enforcement are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts-of-laws principles that would apply the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 11.8 Further Assurances . Each Party shall execute and deliver all such future instruments and take such other and further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement.

Section 11.9 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is determined for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will be unimpaired, and each illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable provision will be replaced by a mutually acceptable provision, which being legal, valid, and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable provision.

 

15


Section 11.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each of which upon execution and delivery will constitute an original and all of which when taken together will constitute one agreement.

Section 11.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes, and other attachments to this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties as to their subject matter, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 11.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

16


THIRD POINT LLC
By:  

/s/    Joshua L. Targoff        

  Name:   Joshua L. Targoff
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel


THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/    John R. Berger        

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

18


Schedule A

Licensed Marks

Logo

 

LOGO

Name/Trademark :

Third Point


Schedule B

Territory

Bermuda


Schedule C

Notices

If to Licensor, to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to Licensee, to:

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

EXHIBIT 10.23

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

between

Third Point LLC

and

Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd.

Dated December 22, 2011

 

 

 


ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

     Certain Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.2

     Interpretation      3   
ARTICLE II   
GRANT OF LICENSE   

Section 2.1

     Grant      4   

Section 2.2

     Restrictions on Use      5   

Section 2.3

     Changes in Licensed Marks      5   

Section 2.4

     Restrictions on Further Licensing      5   
ARTICLE III   
QUALITY STANDARDS AND CONTROL   

Section 3.1

     Quality Control      5   

Section 3.2

     Use of the Licensed Marks      5   

Section 3.3

     Inspection and Approval      6   

Section 3.4

     Deficiencies      6   

Section 3.5

     Compliance and Notices      6   
ARTICLE IV   
OWNERSHIP AND MAINTENANCE   

Section 4.1

     Ownership      6   

Section 4.2

     Maintenance; Registrations; Filings      7   
ARTICLE V   
REGISTRATIONS   

Section 5.1

     Registration      7   

Section 5.2

     Cancellation      7   
ARTICLE VI   
INFRINGEMENT OR DILUTION   

Section 6.1

     Licensor Rights      8   

 

i


ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

  

Section 7.1

     Indemnification      8   

Section 7.2

     Indemnification Procedures: Generally      8   

Section 7.3

     Indemnification Procedures: Third Party Claims      9   

Section 7.4

     Mitigation      10   

Section 7.5

     Non-Exclusive Remedy      10   

Section 7.6

     No Recourse      10   

Section 7.7

     Third Party Beneficiaries      11   

ARTICLE VIII

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMERS

  

Section 8.1

     Representations      11   

Section 8.2

     Disclaimer of Warranties      12   

ARTICLE IX

 

TERM; TERMINATION

  

Section 9.1

     Term      12   

Section 9.2

     Termination      12   

Section 9.3

     Effects of Termination      13   

ARTICLE X

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

  

Section 10.1

     Jurisdiction; Service      14   

Section 10.2

     Remedies      14   

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL

  

Section 11.1

     Notices      14   

Section 11.2

     No Assignment      15   

Section 11.3

     Costs and Expenses      15   

Section 11.4

     Effect of Waiver or Consent      15   

Section 11.5

     Amendment      15   

Section 11.6

     Authority      15   

 

ii


Section 11.7

     Governing Law      15   

Section 11.8

     Further Assurances      15   

Section 11.9

     Severability      15   

Section 11.10

     Counterparts      16   

Section 11.11

     Entire Agreement      16   

Section 11.12

     No Third Party Beneficiaries      16   

 

Schedule A   

Licensed Marks

Schedule B   

Territory

Schedule C   

Notices

 

iii


TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT, dated December 22, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), between Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Licensor ”), and Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a Bermuda Class 4 insurance company (“ Licensee ”, and together with Licensor, the “ Parties ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Licensor owns and uses the name “Third Point” and the trade mark “Third Point” and the “Third Point” logo, each as set forth on Schedule A (such name, mark, and logo and such registrations and applications, together with any and all common law rights pertaining thereto, are referred to collectively as the “ Licensed Marks ”);

WHEREAS, Licensor entered into a joint venture with Licensee pursuant to the Joint Venture and Investment Management;

WHEREAS, Licensee desires to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory (as defined below) in connection with Licensee’s reinsurance business (the “ Business ”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Licensor is willing to grant to Licensee, and Licensee is willing to accept, a non-exclusive license to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings assigned below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Business ” has the meaning assigned in the Recitals.

Business Day ” means any day other than a (1) Saturday, (2) Sunday, or (3) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, NY United States or Hamilton, Bermuda are authorized or required to close.

Competing Reinsurance Entity ” means an offshore reinsurance company the principal business of which is property and casualty reinsurance.


control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means (1) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, and/or (2) the ability to elect the majority of board members or members of an equivalent management body, in each case (1) and (2), whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Covered Person ” means any former, current, and/or future (1) director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, manager, member, shareholder, owner, Affiliate, and/or assignee of Licensor, and/or (2) director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, manager, member, shareholder, owner, Affiliate, and/or assignee of any of the foregoing, except, in each case (1) and (2), Licensor is not and will not be deemed to be a Covered Person.

Effective Date ” means December 22, 2011.

Governmental Authority ” means (1) any domestic or foreign nation or government, (2) any state or other political subdivision of any such nation or government, and/or (3) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, and/or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any self-regulatory authority (such as a stock or option exchange or securities self-regulatory organization), governmental authority, agency, commission, department, board, or instrumentality, and any court or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

Indemnification Claim ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnification Claim Amount ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnification Dispute Notice ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(b).

Indemnification Notice ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

Indemnified Claim ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(c).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.1.

Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement ” means the joint venture and investment management agreement, dated the date hereof, among Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Third Point Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Licensee.

Law ” means any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, treaty, and/or decree of any Governmental Authority.

Licensed Marks ” has the meaning assigned in the Recitals.

Licensee ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Licensor ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

 

2


Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, claim, security interest, encumbrance, burden, lease, retention of title, interest, option, right of first offer, proxy, and/or other restriction or limitation of any nature whatsoever, whether existing or agreed to be granted or created.

Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by Law, and whether or not resulting from Third-Party Claims, including interest and penalties and out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in investigating or defending any of the foregoing.

New Marks ” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.3.

Parties ” has the meaning assigned in the Preamble.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, organization similar to the foregoing, Governmental Authority, and/or other entity of any nature whatsoever.

Quality Standards ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

Territory ” means the jurisdictions listed on Schedule B .

Third Party Claim ” means any claim, counterclaim, demand, action, suit, and/or proceeding made against an Indemnitee by a Person that is not a Party.

Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, bequeath, distribute, convey, and/or dispose, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, and/or by operation of Law (and “ Transferable ” shall be construed accordingly).

Section 1.2 Interpretation .

(a) As used in this Agreement, references to the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(i) to the Preamble or to the Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules, Exhibits, or Annexes are to the Preamble or a Recital, Article, or Section of, Schedule to, Exhibit to, or an Annex to, this Agreement, unless stated otherwise;

(ii) to any Governmental Authority includes any successor to such Governmental Authority;

(iii) to USD , $ , or Dollars is to the lawful currency of the United States;

(iv) to any Person includes any successor to such Person; and

(v) to any Law includes, except where otherwise stated, (A) such Law as amended, consolidated, or re-enacted from time to time, and (B) any subordinate legislation, rule, and/or regulation made under such Law (as so amended, consolidated, or re-enacted).

 

3


(b) The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” are deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

(c) The definitions given for terms in Section 1.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.

(d) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun and variations of any such pronoun include the corresponding singular, plural, masculine, feminine, and neuter forms.

(e) References in this Agreement to any other agreement or document are deemed to be references to such agreement or document as it may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified or revised from time to time.

(f) The headings in this Agreement are included for the purposes of convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision or duty at Law or in equity to the contrary, whenever a Person is permitted or required under this Agreement to make a decision in its “ sole discretion ” or “ discretion ” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such Person (i) will be entitled to make such decision on the basis of any reason or for no reason at all, (ii) will be entitled to consider such interests (including its own interests) and factors as such Person desires, and (iii) will have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting Licensee and/or any other Person, in each case (i), (ii), and (iii), to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

(h) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF LICENSE

Section 2.1 Grant . From and after the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, Licensor grants to Licensee, and Licensee accepts, a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Marks in the Territory solely in connection with the Business, including in the corporate name or trade name of Licensee. Licensor retains the unlimited right to use, and to grant licenses to third parties to use, the Licensed Marks anywhere in the world, including the Territory, for any purpose whatsoever.

 

4


Section 2.2 Restrictions on Use .

(a) Licensee shall not change or modify the Licensed Marks, or create any design variation of the Licensed Marks, without obtaining the prior written consent of Licensor.

(b) Licensee shall not, without the prior written consent of Licensor, join any name, mark, logo, or domain name with any of the Licensed Marks so as to form a composite or combined trade name, mark, logo, or domain name.

(c) Licensee shall not use any of the Licensed Marks or otherwise conduct the Business in any manner that, in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, may reflect improperly upon any of the Licensed Marks.

(d) Licensee shall not use any other mark that is confusingly similar to any of the Licensed Marks.

Section 2.3 Changes in Licensed Marks . Upon written notice to Licensee, Licensor may, from time to time in its sole discretion, (a) discontinue any Licensed Marks and/or (b) replace any Licensed Marks with or use new or different trademarks or service marks (“ New Marks ”). Licensor shall notify Licensee of any such discontinuance or replacement. If Licensee desires to use such New Mark on the terms set out in this Agreement, (i) it shall notify Licensor, (ii) upon Licensor’s receipt of such notice, such New Marks will be designated as Licensed Marks and, as such, shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (iii) Schedule A shall be deemed amended automatically to include such New Marks as Licensed Marks.

Section 2.4 Restrictions on Further Licensing . For so long as Licensor or any of its Affiliates acts the investment manager under the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement, Licensor shall not license the Licensed Marks to any Competing Reinsurance Entity without Licensee’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE III

QUALITY STANDARDS AND CONTROL

Section 3.1 Quality Control . At all times, Licensee shall use the Licensed Marks in the Territory only in accordance with such quality standards and specifications as may be established by Licensor and communicated to Licensee from time to time or upon which Licensor and Licensee may agree from time to time (the “ Quality Standards ”).

Section 3.2 Use of the Licensed Marks . All use of the Licensed Marks made by Licensee hereunder shall faithfully reproduce the design and appearance of the Licensed Marks as reflected on Exhibit A.

 

5


Section 3.3 Inspection and Approval . Licensor shall have the right to inspect and, in its sole discretion, approve any and all uses by Licensee of the Licensed Marks. From time to time, upon Licensor’s reasonable request in writing, Licensee shall, at Licensee’s expense, (a) provide Licensor with representative samples of the ways in which the Licensed Marks are then being used by Licensee (or photographs depicting the same), and (b) permit Licensor to inspect Licensee’s places of business where the Licensed Marks are used; in each case (a) and (b) for Licensor’s inspection and approval of such uses.

Section 3.4 Deficiencies . Licensor shall be deemed to have approved any use of the Licensed Marks if Licensor does not object to such use within thirty (30) days of its actual receipt of representative samples of such use (or photograph of such samples). If Licensor notifies Licensee in writing that any use by Licensee of the Licensed Marks (other than a use deemed approved pursuant to the preceding sentence) is not consistent with the Quality Standards, Licensee shall use reasonably diligent efforts to cure the cause of such failure or, if Licensee is unable to cure such failure, discontinue such non-conforming use.

Section 3.5 Compliance and Notices . Licensee shall use the Licensed Marks only in such manner as will comply with the provisions of applicable Laws relating to the Licensed Marks.

ARTICLE IV

OWNERSHIP AND MAINTENANCE

Section 4.1 Ownership .

(a) Licensee acknowledges and admits the validity of the Licensed Marks and shall not, directly or indirectly, challenge the validity of any of the Licensed Marks, and/or any registrations of the Licensed Marks, and/or applications for the Licensed Marks in any jurisdiction, or the right, title, and interest of Licensor therein and thereto, nor shall it claim any interest in the Licensed Marks in any jurisdiction, other than the rights expressly granted by this Agreement.

(b) Licensee acknowledges that (i) the Licensed Marks are and will remain the exclusive property of Licensor and (ii) all uses of the Licensed Marks shall inure solely to the benefit of Licensor. Licensee shall not at any time do or suffer to be done any act or thing that will in any way impair the rights of Licensor in and to the Licensed Marks. Nothing in this Agreement grants, nor shall Licensee acquire by virtue of this Agreement, any right, title, or interest in or to the Licensed Marks or any goodwill associated therewith, other than those rights expressly granted by this Agreement. This Agreement shall not affect Licensor’s right to enjoin or obtain relief against any acts by third parties of trademark infringement or unfair competition in the Territory.

(c) Licensee shall not at any time, without the prior written consent of Licensor, acquire a registration or file and prosecute a trademark application or applications to register the Licensed Marks, or any component, variation, or derivation of the Licensed Marks, or any name or mark confusingly similar to the Licensed Marks, for

 

6


any goods or services anywhere in the world. If Licensee at any time, without the prior written consent of Licensor, files or causes to be filed, in its own name or otherwise on its behalf, an application to register or otherwise takes steps under applicable laws to obtain trademark protection of the Licensed Marks in any country, territory, or jurisdiction, Licensee shall, at the direction of Licensor, either (i) assign and transfer to Licensor, without further consideration, all right, title, and interest in or to the Licensed Marks in such country, territory, or jurisdiction, or (ii) surrender and abandon such registration or application for registration.

Section 4.2 Maintenance; Registrations; Filings .

(a) Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Licensed Marks and all registrations of the Licensed Marks and/or applications for the Licensed Marks in the Territory. Licensee shall execute all documents as are reasonably necessary or expedient to aid in, and shall otherwise cooperate at Licensor’s expense with, Licensor’s efforts to prepare, obtain, file, record, and maintain all such registrations and applications.

(b) Licensor shall have no further maintenance obligations as to the Licensed Marks or any registration of the Licensed Marks or application for the Licensed Marks upon giving written notice to Licensee that it does not intend to continue such maintenance. Upon receiving such notice, Licensee shall have the right, after obtaining the written consent of Licensor, to continue such maintenance at Licensee’s expense and in Licensor’s name. In the event Licensee elects to continue such maintenance, Licensor shall, to the extent reasonably necessary, execute all documents to aid in, and shall otherwise cooperate with, Licensee’s efforts to maintain registrations and/or prosecute applications for the Licensed Marks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, after giving such notice, Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee in any manner for any failure by Licensor to maintain any Licensed Marks.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATIONS

Section 5.1 Registration . Licensor may, at Licensor’s expense, make applications to register or record Licensee as a user or licensee of any Licensed Mark as may be required by or desirable under the law of any country or territory in the Territory. Licensee, at Licensor’s expense upon the request by Licensor, shall join in such applications and shall execute such other documents as may be necessary or desirable to implement such applications, including the entry into further confirmatory and recordable registered user agreements within the terms of this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Cancellation . Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensee and Licensor, at the expense of Licensor, shall join in applications to cancel any registration of Licensee or recordation of license effected under this Article V.

 

7


ARTICLE VI

INFRINGEMENT OR DILUTION

Section 6.1 Licensor Rights . Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor upon becoming aware of any infringement or dilution of the Licensed Marks. Licensor may take such steps to stop such infringement or dilution as Licensor may deem necessary in its sole determination to protect the Licensed Marks. In the event Licensor elects to take such steps, Licensee shall cooperate fully with Licensor to stop such infringement or dilution. Licensor shall have full control over any such action, including the right to select counsel, to settle on any terms it deems advisable in its discretion, to appeal any adverse decision rendered in any court, to discontinue any action taken by it, and/or otherwise to make any decision in respect thereto as it deems advisable in its discretion. Licensor shall bear all expenses connected with the foregoing. Any recovery as a result of such action shall belong solely to Licensor, and Licensee shall have no claim to any part of such recovery. Licensee may, upon receiving the prior written consent of Licensor, participate in any action taken by or proceeding instituted by Licensor through separate counsel of Licensee’s own choosing, provided that Licensor at all times shall retain full control over such action in accordance with this Section 6.1.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by the Law, Licensee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless (i) Licensor and each of its Affiliates, and (ii) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees, and agents of Licensor and each of its Affiliates (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against, and shall reimburse each Indemnitee for, any and all Losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or asserted against such Indemnitee arising out of, relating to, and/or in connection with (a) Licensee’s breach of this Agreement, or (b) any use by Licensee of the Licensed Marks provided that such Indemnitee will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of (x) such Indemnitee’s fraud or willful misconduct or material breach of this Agreement to the extent that such Indemnitee is a party to this Agreement or (y) breaches of this Agreement or uses of the license marks that are caused by such Indemnitee. Licensor does not, by virtue of this Agreement or of Licensee’s use of the Licensed Marks, assume any liability to Licensee, or with respect to the Business or the conduct of the Business by Licensee.

Section 7.2 Indemnification Procedures: Generally .

(a) If an Indemnitee desires to make a claim for indemnification under Section 7.1 then such Indemnitee shall notify Licensee (any such notice, an “ Indemnification Notice ”) with reasonable promptness after discovering any claim, action, event, matter, and/or fact giving rise to any such claim for indemnification (any such indemnification claim, an “ Indemnification Claim ”), provided that no failure to timely notify Licensee will relieve Licensee from its indemnification obligations pursuant to this Article VII unless and to the extent Licensee has been materially prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnitee shall describe in the Indemnification Notice the claim,

 

8


event, matter, and/or fact giving rise to the Indemnification Claim, including the nature and basis of such claim, event, matter, and/or fact, and the amount of the Indemnification Claim, in each case, to the extent known (the “ Indemnification Claim Amount ”).

(b) If Licensee disputes its liability to an Indemnitee with respect to an Indemnification Claim, then Licensee shall deliver to the Indemnitee a notice stating in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute (such notice, an “ Indemnification Dispute Notice ”) within 30 days after receiving the related Indemnification Notice. If Licensee delivers an Indemnification Dispute Notice to an Indemnitee, then Licensee and the Indemnitee shall negotiate in good faith for a period of 10 Business Days to resolve such dispute, and if such dispute is not resolved during such period, then either Licensee or the Indemnitee may submit such dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Article X.

(c) An Indemnification Claim set forth in an Indemnification Notice will be conclusively deemed to be a liability of Licensee (such an Indemnification Claim, an “ Indemnified Claim ”) if (i) the Indemnitee has provided Licensee an Indemnification Notice as required in Section 7.2(a), and (ii)(A) Licensee does not timely deliver an Indemnification Dispute Notice, or (B) the liability of Licensee in respect of such Indemnification Claim is resolved by agreement of Licensee and the Indemnitee or by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Licensee shall pay the Indemnification Claim Amount related to any Indemnified Claim to (i) the Indemnitee or (ii) any Affiliate and/or other Person, in each case designated by the Indemnity, in each case (i) and (ii), (A) on demand, or (B) if any portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount is estimated or unknown, on the date when such portion of such Indemnification Claim Amount becomes finally determined.

(e) If an Indemnitee is required to obtain any approval from any Governmental Authority as a condition to Licensee’s paying all or any portion of an Indemnification Claim Amount to such Indemnitee (or any Affiliate and/or other Person, in each case, designated by such Indemnitee), then each Party shall, upon request of such Indemnitee, cooperate to obtain such approval.

Section 7.3 Indemnification Procedures: Third Party Claims .

(a) Licensee will be entitled to (i) participate in and/or assume the defense of any Indemnified Claim that is a Third Party Claim, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, and (ii) settle or compromise such Indemnified Claim, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Indemnitee, provided that such settlement or judgment does not involve any injunctive relief or finding or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any wrongdoing by the Indemnitee and Licensee shall (A) pay or cause to be paid all amounts in such settlement or judgment, (B) not encumber any of the assets of any Indemnitee or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or adversely affect any Indemnitee or the conduct of any Indemnitee’s business, and (C) obtain, as a condition of any settlement or other resolution, a complete and unconditional release of any Indemnitee potentially affected by such Indemnified Claim.

 

9


(b) After notice to the Indemnitee of Licensee’s election to assume the defense of such Indemnified Claim, Licensee will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Article VII for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Indemnified Claim, provided that the Indemnitee will have the right to employ its own counsel to represent the Indemnitee if it desires to be represented by separate counsel, and in such event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel will be paid by the Indemnitee.

(c) If Licensee does not elect to assume the defense of such Indemnified Claim, then the Indemnitee will act in accordance with its good faith business judgment with respect to such Indemnified Claim, and will not settle or compromise any such Indemnified Claim if such settlement or judgment will materially prejudice Licensee.

Section 7.4 Mitigation . Licensor agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize its respective Losses, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure by Licensee to perform fully any obligations under, and comply with, this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Non-Exclusive Remedy . The provisions regarding indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article VII will not be exclusive of any other rights to which any Indemnitee may be entitled under any Law, this Agreement, any other agreement, any policy of insurance, or otherwise. The provisions regarding indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article VII will continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns of such Person.

Section 7.6 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or any other agreement:

(a) No claim may be made by any Party or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement against any Covered Person (i) for the performance of any obligations in connection with this Agreement or with any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement (regardless of whether any such Covered Person has or will have executed this Agreement or any such certificate or document), (ii) under any Law, and/or (iii) by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or by legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise.

(b) Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, that it is not entitled to have recourse for the payment or recovery of any obligation under or in connection with this Agreement or any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement to any property, right, and/or interest of any Covered Person.

(c) It is expressly agreed and understood that the obligations of each Party arising from (or in connection with any performance under) this Agreement and/or any certificates or documents delivered in connection with this Agreement are solely the obligations of such Party, and no personal liability whatsoever (of any type or nature)

 

10


will attach to, or be incurred by, any Covered Person because of the incurrence by any Party of any obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered in connection with this Agreement or by reason thereof, and any personal liability in respect of any such obligations of any type or nature, and any and all claims for any such liability against any such Covered Person, whether arising in common law or equity or created by rule of Law, constitution, or otherwise, are expressly released and waived by all Parties as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties.

(d) If determined by non-appealable judgment that a Covered Person has taken actions constituting common law fraud, then Section 7.6(a) through Section 7.6(c) will not apply to such Covered Person with respect to such actions (but will otherwise apply to such Covered Person in all other respects and to all other Covered Persons in all respects).

Section 7.7 Third Party Beneficiaries . Each Indemnitee, in relation to Section 7.1, and each Covered Person, in relation to Section 7.6, is intended by the Parties to be a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by Law, each such Covered Person and Indemnitee has the right to enforce directly the terms of such respective Sections. If any Covered Person or Indemnitee that is not a Party is prohibited by Law from enforcing directly the terms of Section 7.1 or Section 7.6, as applicable, then Licensor will be entitled to enforce directly the terms of such Sections on behalf of such Indemnitee or Covered Person, as applicable.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMERS

Section 8.1 Representations . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

(a) the Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, with the power and authority to enter into and to perform this Agreement;

(b) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action, and such Party has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and similar Laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and by general principles of equity;

(c) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, breach or violate: (i)

 

11


the terms of the organizational documents of such Party; (ii) any requirement of Law (assuming, without any investigation, no breach or violation of any requirement of Law by any other Party); or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party, result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the property or assets of such Party, or give any third party the right to terminate or cancel any right of such Party under any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party; and

(d) no consent, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice, report, or other filing with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by such Party in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance by such Party of this Agreement.

Section 8.2 Disclaimer of Warranties . THE LICENSED MARKS ARE LICENSED “AS IS” AND LICENSOR EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, OR REPRESENTATIONS (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN), INCLUDING ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF OWNERSHIP, ENFORCEABILITY OR VALIDITY, DESIGN, QUALITY, VALUE, OWNERSHIP, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

ARTICLE IX

TERM; TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Term . The term of this agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date, and shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

Section 9.2 Termination .

(a) Licensor may terminate this Agreement, upon written notice to Licensee, if:

(i) Licensee files, or consents to the filing against it of, a petition for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or other official with similar powers over a substantial part of its property, or a court having jurisdiction over Licensee or any of the property of Licensee shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or shall appoint a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or official with similar powers over a substantial part of the property of Licensee, or shall order the winding-up, liquidation, or rehabilitation of the affairs of Licensee, and such order or decree shall continue in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

 

12


(ii) Licensee breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days following Licensee’s receipt of written notice of such breach;

(iii) Licensee ceases to be engaged in the Business;

(iv) Licensee uses any of the Licensed Marks in a manner that, in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, may impair, tarnish, or otherwise adversely affect the goodwill associated with, Licensor’s reputation;

(v) A continuous period of at least one year elapses during which Licensee does not use the Licensed Marks; and/or

(vi) The Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement is terminated.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, termination of this Agreement by either Party in whole or in part shall be without prejudice to any other remedy otherwise available under this Agreement, under law or at equity, to such Party or the other Party.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of Licensor and Licensee pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 4.1, Section 5.2, Article VII, this Section 9.2(c), Section 9.3, Article X, and Article XI shall survive indefinitely regardless of any cancellation, expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Effects of Termination .

(a) Upon the termination of this Agreement all rights in the Licensed Marks granted to Licensee by this Agreement shall automatically revert to Licensor, and Licensee shall have no further rights in, and shall immediately cease all use of, the Licensed Marks. Any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be final, and thereafter Licensee shall have no right whatsoever to be granted a license to use the Licensed Marks.

(b) Promptly after the date of any such termination, Licensee shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to destroy and delete all materials in its possession or control bearing the Licensed Marks. As soon as is reasonably practicable after such date, Licensee shall send a written statement to Licensor confirming that it has complied with such obligation.

 

13


ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 10.1 Jurisdiction; Service

(a) The Parties agree that any action or proceeding against a Party to this Agreement arising out of or relating in any way to the terms of this Agreement, or any Person’s rights under this Agreement, shall be brought only in (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case the action or proceeding shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, (ii) the competent courts of Bermuda.

(b) Each Party waives any objection to the exercise of jurisdiction by any of such courts and to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court.

(c) Each Party agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in Section 11.1 or such other address as the Parties shall have been notified pursuant to Section 11.1, and agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(d) EACH PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 10.2 Remedies . The Parties agree that (a) any breach of this Agreement by a Party may result in irreparable injury to the other Party, (b) monetary damages may be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and (c) in addition to any other rights and/or remedies that such other Party may have, such other Party may seek (i) interim relief in (ii) equitable relief, including specific performance, from, and (iii) to enter, and/or enforce any award, judgment and/or order of, any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party agrees (a) not to oppose the granting of any such relief on the ground that monetary damages would be an adequate remedy, and (b) to waive any requirement for the posting of any bond in connection with such relief.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL

Section 11.1 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands, and/or other communications under this Agreement to a Party will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the Business Day sent, when delivered by hand or facsimile transmission (with confirmation) during normal business hours, or (b) on the third Business Day following the Business Day of sending, if delivered by internationally recognized express courier, in each case, to such Party at its address (or number) set forth on Schedule C or such other address (or number) as the Party may specify by notice to the other Parties in writing in the manner set forth on Schedule C .

 

14


Section 11.2 No Assignment . This Agreement will not be assignable or otherwise transferable by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that Licensor may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the Licensed Marks to any of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of Licensee. Any purported assignment or other transfer that does not comply with this Section 11.2 will be null and void ab initio . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each Party and each Party’s successors, heirs, permitted assigns, and legal representatives.

Section 11.3 Costs and Expenses . Each Party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 11.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent . A failure or delay in exercising any right in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right. Any modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will not be effective unless made in writing. Any such waiver will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given. Any waiver will not create any right of a Party benefiting from such waiver to receive any similar (or any other) waiver in the future, and will not create any right of any other Party to receive a waiver, whether in a similar circumstance or in any other circumstance, and whether or not the waiver sought by such Party is similar to a waiver obtained by any other Party.

Section 11.5 Amendment . Any provision of this Agreement may only be amended through the execution and delivery of a written instrument by the Parties.

Section 11.6 Authority . Nothing in this Agreement is or will be deemed to (a) make any Party or any employee of such Party the agent, employee, or partner of any other Party, or (b) provide any Party or any employee of such Party with the authority to act on behalf of any other Party or to bind any other Party to any contract, agreement, and/or other similar legally binding obligation.

Section 11.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and its enforcement are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts-of-laws principles that would apply the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 11.8 Further Assurances . Each Party shall execute and deliver all such future instruments and take such other and further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement.

Section 11.9 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is determined for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will be unimpaired, and each illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable provision will be replaced by a mutually acceptable provision, which being legal, valid, and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the illegal, invalid, and/or unenforceable provision.

 

15


Section 11.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each of which upon execution and delivery will constitute an original and all of which when taken together will constitute one agreement.

Section 11.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes, and other attachments to this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties as to their subject matter, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 11.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

16


THIRD POINT LLC
By:  

/s/ Joshua L. Targoff

  Name:   Joshua L. Targoff
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel


THIRD POINT REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

  Name:   John R. Berger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

18


Schedule A

Licensed Marks

Logo

 

LOGO

Name/Trademark :

Third Point


Schedule B

Territory

Bermuda


Schedule C

Notices

If to Licensor, to:

Third Point LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua Targoff

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

If to Licensee, to:

Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

Table of Contents

LOGO

   EXHIBIT 10.24

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

issued to

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

Pawtucket, Rhode Island

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

 

1 of 26


Table of Contents

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

       Page  
  Preamble      3   
  1   Business Covered      3   
  2   Retention and Limit      3   
  3   Term      3   
  4   Special Termination      4   
  5   Territory      4   
  6   Exclusions      5   
  7   Premium      6   
  8   Ceding Commission      6   
  9   Reports and Remittances      6   
10   Definitions      7   
11   Extra Contractual Obligations/Excess of Policy Limits      9   
12   Net Retained Liability      10   
13   Other Reinsurance      10   
14   Original Conditions      10   
15   No Third Party Rights      10   
16   Loss Settlements      10   
17   Salvage and Subrogation      10   
18   Currency      11   
19   Unauthorized Reinsurance      11   
20   Taxes      12   
21   Access to Records      12   
22   Confidentiality      12   
23   Indemnification and Errors and Omissions      13   
24   Insolvency      13   
25   Arbitration      14   
26   Service of Suit      15   
27   Governing Law      15   
28   Entire Agreement      15   
29   Non-Waiver      16   
30   Intermediary      16   
31   Mode of Execution      16   
  Company Signing Block      16   

Attachments

          
  Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause – Physical Damage – Reinsurance – U.S.A.      17   
  Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause – Liability – Reinsurance – U.S.A.      19   
  Terrorism Exclusion      22   
  Mold Exclusion      23   
  Trust Agreement Requirements Clause      24   
  Pools, Associations & Syndicates Exclusion Clause      25   

 

2 of 26


Table of Contents

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

(the “Contract”)

issued to

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

Pawtucket, Rhode Island

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

(collectively, the “Company”)

by

THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURER(S) IDENTIFIED

IN THE INTERESTS AND LIABILITIES AGREEMENT(S)

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING PART OF THIS CONTRACT

(the “Reinsurer”)

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

This Contract is to indemnify the Company in respect of the liability that may accrue to the Company as a result of loss or losses under Policies classified by the Company as Property and Homeowners Section II, in force at the inception of this Contract, or written or renewed during the term of this Contract by or on behalf of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained.

ARTICLE 2

RETENTION AND LIMIT

 

A. The Company shall cede, and the Reinsurer shall accept as reinsurance, a 5% share of all business reinsured hereunder. The Reinsurer shall pay to the Company the Reinsurer’s quota share of Ultimate Net Loss.

 

B. As respects Property business:

 

  1. the maximum amount of the Reinsurer’s share of Ultimate Net Loss hereunder for any one Loss Occurrence shall be $1,000,000 (being 5% of $20,000,000).

 

  2. the maximum amount of the Reinsurer’s share of Ultimate Net Loss hereunder for any one risk, any one loss shall be $25,000 (being 5% of $500,000).

 

C. As respects Casualty business, the maximum amount of the Reinsurer’s share of Ultimate Net Loss hereunder for any one Loss Occurrence shall be $25,000 (being 5% of $500,000).

ARTICLE 3

TERM

 

A. This Contract shall take effect at 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, December 31, 2012, and shall remain in effect until 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, December 31, 2013, applying to losses occurring during the term of this Contract.

 

B. At the expiration of this Contract, the Reinsurer shall return the ceded unearned premium, net of provisional ceding commission, as of the date of expiration, on business in force at that date, in which event the Reinsurer shall be released from liability for losses occurring after expiration.

 

3 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 4

SPECIAL TERMINATION

 

A. The Company may terminate a Subscribing Reinsurer’s percentage share in this Contract at any time by giving written notice to the Subscribing Reinsurer in the event of any of the following circumstances:

 

  1. The Subscribing Reinsurer ceases underwriting operations.

 

  2. A state insurance department or other legal authority orders the Subscribing Reinsurer to cease writing business, or the Subscribing Reinsurer is placed under regulatory supervision.

 

  3. The Subscribing Reinsurer has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there have been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations.

 

  4. The Subscribing Reinsurer’s policyholders’ surplus (or the equivalent under the Subscribing Reinsurer’s accounting system) as reported in such financial statements of the Subscribing Reinsurer as designated by the Company, has been reduced by 20% of the amount thereof at any date during the prior 12-month period (including the period prior to the inception of this Contract).

 

  5. The Subscribing Reinsurer has merged with or has become acquired or controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the Subscribing Reinsurer’s operations at the inception of this Contract.

 

  6. The Subscribing Reinsurer has retroceded its entire liability under this Contract without the Company’s prior written consent, except for retrocessions to members of the Subscribing Reinsurer’s holding company group.

 

  7. The Subscribing Reinsurer has been assigned an A.M. Best’s rating of less than “A-” and/or an S&P rating of less than “BBB+.” However, as respects Underwriting Members of Lloyd’s, London, a Lloyd’s Market Rating of less than “A-” by A.M. Best and/or less than “BBB+” by S&P shall apply.

 

B. Termination shall be effected on a cut-off basis as set forth in the Term Article, at the sole discretion of the Company. The reinsurance premium due the Subscribing Reinsurer hereunder shall be pro rated based on the period of the Subscribing Reinsurer’s participation hereon, and the Subscribing Reinsurer shall promptly return any unearned reinsurance premium received.

 

C. Additionally, in the event of any of the circumstances listed in paragraph A of this Article, the Company shall have the option to commute the Subscribing Reinsurer’s liability for losses on Policies covered by this Contract. In the event the Company and the Subscribing Reinsurer cannot agree on the commutation amount, they shall appoint an actuary and/or appraiser to assess such amount and shall share equally any expense of the actuary and/or appraiser. If the Company and the Subscribing Reinsurer cannot agree on an actuary and/or appraiser, the Company and the Subscribing Reinsurer each shall nominate three individuals, of whom the other shall decline two, and the final appointment shall be made by drawing lots. Payment by the Subscribing Reinsurer of the amount of liability ascertained shall constitute a complete and final release of both parties in respect of liability arising from the Subscribing Reinsurer’s participation under this Contract.

 

D. The provisions of paragraph C of this Article shall not apply to a Subscribing Reinsurer that has an A.M. Best’s rating of A+ or higher at the inception of this Contract.

 

E. The Company’s option to require commutation under paragraph C above shall survive the termination or expiration of this Contract.

ARTICLE 5

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Contract shall be identical with those of the Company’s Policies.

 

4 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 6

EXCLUSIONS

 

A. This Contract shall not apply to and specifically excludes:

 

  1. Liability assumed through any pool, syndicate, or association.

 

  2. Business written on behalf of, or as a member or reinsurer of, any pool, syndicate, or association, including insurance guaranty associations or funds.

 

  3. Loss or damage occasioned by war, invasion, hostilities, acts of foreign enemies, civil war, rebellion, insurrection, military or usurped power, martial law, or confiscation by order of any government or public authority, but not excluding loss or damage that would be covered under a standard form of Policy containing a standard war exclusion clause.

 

  4. Assumed reinsurance except for intra-Company reinsurances.

 

  5. Losses excluded by the attached Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause – Physical Damage – Reinsurance – U.S.A.

 

  6. Losses excluded by the attached Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause – Liability – Reinsurance – U.S.A.

 

  7. Loss or damage excluded by the attached Terrorism Exclusion.

 

  8. Flood when specifically insured as a named peril, but not excluding coverage under Inland Marine Policies.

 

  9. Inland Marine Policies on the following classes:

 

  a. Negative Films, but not excluding such liability assumed under Camera Floaters, and similar forms,

 

  b. Registered Mail, c. Credit or Financial Guarantees, but not excluding installment floaters,

 

  d. Aviation Hulls,

 

  e. Ocean, river, and lake cargo, but not excluding lake, river, or intercoastal shipments when incidental to transportation Policies,

 

  f. Ocean, river, and lake hull, but not excluding yachts up to $25,000 value, outboard motors, or outboard motor boats,

 

  g. Jewelers Block,

 

  h. Mortality and Health Insurance on birds or animals.

 

  10. Hail damage to an insured’s growing or standing crops.

 

  11. Any risk which, at the time of cession, is known to have an insured value in excess of $250,000,000.

 

  12. Mold, per the attached Mold Exclusion.

 

  13. Pools, Associations & Syndicates, per the attached exclusion.

 

  14. Liability of the Company arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, from its participation or membership, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any Insolvency Fund. “Insolvency Fund” includes any guaranty fund, insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, fund or other arrangement, howsoever denominated, established or governed, that provides for any assessment of or payment or assumption by the Company of part or all of any claim, debt, charge, fee, or other obligation of an insurer, or its successors or assigns, that has been declared by any competent authority to be insolvent, or that is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligation in whole or in part.

 

  15. Financial guarantee and insolvency.

 

5 of 26


Table of Contents
B. Except as respects exclusions A(4), A(5), A(6) and A(7), if the Company inadvertently issues a Policy falling within the scope of one or more of the preceding exclusions, such Policy shall be covered hereunder, provided that the Company issues, or causes to be issued, the required notice of cancellation within 30 days after a member of the executive or managerial staff at the Company’s home office having underwriting authority in the class of business involved becomes aware that the Policy applies to excluded classes, unless the Company is prevented from canceling said Policy within such period by applicable statute or regulation, in which case such Policy shall be covered hereunder until the earliest date on which the Company may cancel.

ARTICLE 7

PREMIUM

The Company shall cede to the Reinsurer 5% of the Gross Net Written Premium Income accounted for by the Company.

ARTICLE 8

CEDING COMMISSION

 

A. The Reinsurer shall allow the Company a 45% provisional commission on all premiums ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder. The Company shall allow the Reinsurer return commission on return premiums at the same rate.

 

B. The provisional commission allowed the Company shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

C. The adjusted commission rate shall be calculated as follows and be applied to Premiums Earned:

 

  1. If the ratio of Losses Incurred to Premiums Earned is 52% or greater, the adjusted commission rate shall be 42%;

 

  2. If the ratio of Losses Incurred to Premiums Earned is less than 52%, but not less than 32%, the adjusted commission rate shall be 42%, plus 100% of the difference in percentage points between 52% and the actual ratio of Losses Incurred to Premiums Earned;

 

  3. If the ratio of Losses Incurred to Premiums Earned is 32% or less, the adjusted commission rate shall be 62%.

 

D. Within 60 days after the expiration of this Contract, and annually thereafter until all losses subject hereto have been finally settled, the Company shall calculate and report the adjusted commission on Premiums Earned. If the adjusted commission on Premiums Earned is less than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Premiums Earned, the Company shall remit the difference to the Reinsurer with its report. If the adjusted commission on Premiums Earned is greater than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Premiums Earned, the Reinsurer shall remit the difference to the Company as promptly as possible after receipt and verification of the Company’s report.

 

E. “Losses Incurred” means ceded losses and Loss Adjustment Expense paid as of the effective date of calculation, plus the ceded reserves for losses and Loss Adjustment Expense outstanding as of the same date.

 

F. “Premiums Earned” means ceded unearned premiums at the inception of this Contract, plus ceded Gross Net Written Premium Income during the Contract term, less ceded unearned premiums at the expiration of this Contract.

ARTICLE 9

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

A. Within 60 days after the inception of this Contract, the Company shall report and pay to the Reinsurer the Reinsurer’s quota share of the unearned premium for business in force at the inception of this Contract, less any ceding commission, as of the date of inception.

 

B. 1.    Within 60 days following the end of each month, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with a report summarizing:

 

  a. reinsurance premium on Gross Net Written Premium Income accounted for during the month; less

 

  b. the ceding commission as provided for in this Contract; less

 

  c. ceded loss and Loss Adjustment Expense paid during the month; plus

 

  d. ceded subrogation, salvage, or other recoveries during the month; and

 

  e. the net balance due either party.

 

6 of 26


Table of Contents
  2. The net balance shall be paid within 60 days after the close of the respective month.

 

  3. In addition, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with a monthly statement showing the unearned premium reserves, and the reserves for outstanding losses including Loss Adjustment Expense. The Company shall also provide the Reinsurer with such other information as may be required by the Reinsurer for completion of its financial statements.

 

C. Should the amount recoverable under this Contract exceed $3,000,000 as respects any one loss, the Company may give the Reinsurer notice of payment made or its intention to make payment on a certain date. If the Company has paid the loss, payment shall be made by the Reinsurer immediately. If the Company intends to pay the loss by a certain date and has submitted a proof of loss or similar document, payment shall be due from the Reinsurer 24 hours prior to that date, provided the Reinsurer has a period of five working days after receipt of said notice to dispatch the payment. Cash loss amounts specifically remitted by the Reinsurer as set forth herein shall be credited to the next monthly account.

ARTICLE 10

DEFINITIONS

 

A.      1. “Ultimate Net Loss” means the actual loss paid by the Company or which the Company becomes liable to pay, such loss to include Loss Adjustment Expense, 90% of any Extra Contractual Obligation and 90% of any Loss in Excess of Policy Limits as defined in the Extra Contractual Obligations/Excess of Policy Limits Article.

 

  2. Salvages and all recoveries (including amounts due from all reinsurances that inure to the benefit of this Contract, whether recovered or not), shall be first deducted from such loss to arrive at the amount of liability attaching hereunder.

 

  3. All salvages, recoveries or payments recovered or received subsequent to loss settlement hereunder shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid settlement, and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

  4. The Company shall be deemed to be “liable to pay” a loss when a judgment has been rendered that the Company does not plan to appeal, and/or the Company has obtained a release, and/or the Company has accepted a proof of loss.

 

  5. Nothing in this clause shall be construed to mean that losses are not recoverable hereunder until the Company’s “Ultimate Net Loss” has been ascertained.

 

B. “Loss Adjustment Expense” means costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the investigation, appraisal, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense or appeal of a specific claim or loss, or alleged loss, including but not limited to:

 

  1. court costs;

 

  2. costs of supersedeas and appeal bonds;

 

  3. monitoring counsel expenses;

 

  4. legal expenses and costs incurred in connection with coverage questions and legal actions connected thereto, including but not limited to declaratory judgment actions;

 

  5. post-judgment interest;

 

  6. pre-judgment interest, unless included as part of an award or judgment;

 

  7. a pro rata share of salaries and expenses of Company field employees, calculated in accordance with the time occupied in adjusting such loss, and expenses of other Company employees who have been temporarily diverted from their normal and customary duties and assigned to the field adjustment of losses covered by this Contract; and

 

  8. subrogation, salvage and recovery expenses.

“Loss Adjustment Expense” does not include salaries and expenses of the Company’s employees, except as provided in subparagraph (7) above, and office and other overhead expenses.

 

7 of 26


Table of Contents
C.      1. “Gross Net Written Premium Income” means written premium of the Company for the classes of business reinsured hereunder, less return premiums, and less the written premiums ceded by the Company for reinsurance that inures to the benefit of this Contract. The Company’s maximum deduction for inuring reinsurance premiums, including reinstatement premiums, if any, shall be $62,500,000. For the purpose of allocating inuring reinsurance premiums to the term of this Contract:

 

  a. the reinsurance premium paid by the Company for its Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract shall be allocated to the term of this Contract based on reinsurance premiums, including deposits, adjustments and reinstatements, that are paid during the term of this Contract; Reinstatement premiums are deemed to be paid and earned in full as of the date of loss of the Loss Occurrence that triggered the reinstatement premium. In the event that the Company elects to purchase a Reinstatement Protection Policy, the premiums paid thereunder shall be allocated to the term of this Contract, based on reinsurance premiums that are paid during the term of this Contract.

 

  b. As respects the General Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract, the Company will calculate and accrue, as inuring ceded premium to this Contract, the General Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract actual ceded earned premium for the period January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

 

  2. In the event the Company elects to non-renew the First Excess of its General Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract (the “First Excess”) at July 1, 2013, the risk limits described in subparagraph B(2) and paragraph C of the Retention and Limit Article shall remain $500,000 as respects Property business and $500,000 as respects Casualty business. However, in such event, 2.0% of the Company’s Gross Net Written Premium Income subject to the Second Excess for the period July 1 through December 31, 2013, shall be deemed to be inuring reinsurance premium that is to be deducted in calculating Gross Net Written Premium Income hereunder.

 

  3. In the event the Company elects to retain a percentage participation (co-participation) in the First Excess of its Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract, effective April 1, 2013, the exact proportion of the corresponding ceded premium retained by the Company, for the period April 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, shall be deemed to be inuring reinsurance premium that is to be deducted in calculating Gross Net Written Premium Income hereunder.

 

D. “Policy” means any binder, policy, or contract of insurance or reinsurance issued, accepted or held covered provisionally or otherwise, by or on behalf of the Company.

 

E.      1. As respects Property Business, “Loss Occurrence” means the sum of all individual losses directly occasioned by any one disaster, accident or loss or series of disasters, accidents or losses arising out of one event that occurs within the area of one state of the United States or province of Canada and states or provinces contiguous thereto and to one another. However, the duration and extent of any one “Loss Occurrence” shall be limited to all individual losses sustained by the Company occurring during any period of 168 consecutive hours (except as provided in subparagraph (d) below) arising out of and directly occasioned by the same event except that the term “Loss Occurrence” shall be further defined as follows:

 

  a. As regards windstorm, hail, tornado, hurricane, cyclone, including ensuing collapse and water damage, all individual losses sustained by the Company occurring during any period of 96 consecutive hours arising out of and directly occasioned by the same event. However, the event need not be limited to one state or province or states or provinces contiguous thereto.

 

  b. As regards riot, riot attending a strike, civil commotion, vandalism and malicious mischief, all individual losses sustained by the Company occurring during any period of 72 consecutive hours within the area of one municipality or county and the municipalities or counties contiguous thereto arising out of and directly occasioned by the same event. The maximum duration of 72 consecutive hours may be extended in respect of individual losses that occur beyond such 72 consecutive hours during the continued occupation of an assured’s premises by strikers, provided such occupation commenced during the aforesaid period.

 

  c. As regards earthquake (the epicenter of which need not necessarily be within the territorial confines referred to above) and fire following directly occasioned by the earthquake, only those individual fire losses that commence during the period of 168 consecutive hours may be included in the Company’s “Loss Occurrence.”

 

  d. As regards “freeze,” only individual losses directly occasioned by collapse, breakage of glass and water damage (caused by bursting of frozen pipes and tanks) that commence during any period of 240 consecutive hours may be included in the Company’s “Loss Occurrence.”

 

8 of 26


Table of Contents
  2. Except for those “Loss Occurrences” referred to in subparagraph (1)(b) above, the Company may choose the date and time when any such period of consecutive hours commences provided that it is not earlier than the date and time of the occurrence of the first recorded individual loss sustained by the Company arising out of that disaster, accident or loss provided that only one such period of 96 or 168 consecutive hours shall apply with respect to one event (except as provided in subparagraph (1)(d) above, where only one such period of 240 consecutive hours shall apply with respect to one event regardless of the duration of the event).

 

  3. However, as respects those “Loss Occurrences” referred to in subparagraph (1)(b) above, if the disaster, accident or loss occasioned by the event is of greater duration than 72 consecutive hours, then the Company may divide that disaster, accident or loss into two or more “Loss Occurrences” provided no two periods overlap and no individual loss is included in more than one such period and provided that no period commences earlier than the date and time of the occurrence of the first recorded individual loss sustained by the Company arising out of that disaster, accident or loss.

 

  4. Losses arising from a combination of two or more perils as a result of the same event shall be considered as having arisen from one “Loss Occurrence.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the hourly limitations as stated in subparagraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and (1)(c) above, shall not be exceeded as respects the applicable perils, and no single “Loss Occurrence” shall encompass a time period greater than 168 consecutive hours (except as provided in subparagraph (1)(d) above).

 

F. As respects Casualty business, “Loss Occurrence” means any one disaster or casualty or accident or loss or series of disasters or casualties or accidents or losses arising out of or caused by one event. The Company shall be the sole judge of what constitutes one event. However, as respects Products and Completed Operations Liability, injuries to all persons and all damage to property of others occurring during a Policy period and proceeding from or traceable to the same causative agency shall be deemed to have arisen out of one Loss Occurrence.

ARTICLE 11

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS/EXCESS OF POLICY LIMITS

 

A. This Contract shall cover Extra Contractual Obligations, as provided in the Retention and Limit Article. “Extra Contractual Obligations” shall be defined as those liabilities not covered under any other provision of this Contract and that arise from the handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited to, the following: failure by the Company to settle within the Policy limit, or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

B. This Contract shall cover Loss in Excess of Policy Limits, as provided in the Retention and Limit Article. “Loss in Excess of Policy Limits” shall be defined as Loss in excess of the Policy limit, having been incurred because of, but not limited to, failure by the Company to settle within the Policy limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

C. An Extra Contractual Obligation and/or Loss in Excess of Policy Limits shall be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the loss covered under the Company’s Policy, and shall constitute part of the original loss.

 

D. For the purposes of the Loss in Excess of Policy Limits coverage hereunder, the word “Loss” shall mean any amounts for which the Company would have been contractually liable to pay had it not been for the limit of the original Policy.

 

E. Loss Adjustment Expense in respect of Extra Contractual Obligations and/or Loss in Excess of Policy Limits shall be covered hereunder in the same manner as other Loss Adjustment Expense.

 

F. However, this Article shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to final legal adjudication of fraud of a member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

 

G. In no event shall coverage be provided to the extent not permitted under law.

 

9 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 12

NET RETAINED LIABILITY

 

A. This Contract applies only to that portion of any loss that the Company retains net for its own account.

 

B. The amount of the Reinsurer’s liability hereunder in respect of any loss or losses shall not be increased by reason of the inability of the Company to collect from any other reinsurer(s), whether specific or general, any amounts that may have become due from such reinsurer(s), whether such inability arises from the insolvency of such other reinsurer(s) or otherwise.

ARTICLE 13

OTHER REINSURANCE

The Company may purchase, but is not limited to purchasing, General Excess of Loss Reinsurance, Property Catastrophe Reinsurance, and a Reinstatement Protection Policy, recoveries under which shall inure to the benefit of this Contract. However, recoveries under the Company’s General Excess of Loss Reinsurance shall not reduce the limits set forth in sub-paragraph B(1) of the Retention and Limit Article. Further, recoveries under any other Net Retained Lines Quota Share Reinsurance shall not inure to the benefit of this Contract.

ARTICLE 14

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

All reinsurance under this Contract shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers and interpretations, and to the same modifications and alterations as the respective Policies of the Company. However, in no event shall this be construed in any way to provide coverage outside the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract.

ARTICLE 15

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Contract is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any insured, claimant or other third party have any rights under this Contract except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein.

ARTICLE 16

LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

A. The Company alone and at its full discretion shall adjust, settle or compromise all claims and losses.

 

B. As respects losses subject to this Contract, all loss settlements made by the Company, whether under strict Policy terms or by way of compromise, and any Extra Contractual Obligations and/or Loss in Excess of Policy Limits, shall be binding upon the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer agrees to pay or allow, as the case may be, its share of each such settlement in accordance with this Contract.

ARTICLE 17

SALVAGE AND SUBROGATION

 

A. Salvages and all recoveries (including amounts due from all reinsurances that inure to the benefit of this Contract, whether recovered or not), shall be first deducted from any loss to arrive at the amount of liability attaching hereunder.

 

B. All salvages, recoveries or payments recovered or received subsequent to loss settlement hereunder shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid settlement, and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

10 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 18

CURRENCY

 

A. Where the word “Dollars” and/or the sign “$” appear in this Contract, they shall mean United States Dollars.

 

B. For purposes of this Contract, where the Company receives premiums or pays losses in currencies other than United States Dollars, such premiums or losses shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of exchange at which these premiums or losses are entered in the Company’s books.

ARTICLE 19

UNAUTHORIZED REINSURANCE

 

A. This Article applies only to the extent a Subscribing Reinsurer does not qualify for credit with any insurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves.

 

B. The Company agrees, in respect of its Policies or bonds falling within the scope of this Contract, that when it files with its insurance regulatory authority, or sets up on its books liabilities as required by law, it shall forward to the Reinsurer a statement showing the proportion of such liabilities applicable to the Reinsurer. The “Reinsurer’s Obligations” shall be defined as follows:

 

  1. unearned premium (if applicable);

 

  2. known outstanding losses that have been reported to the Reinsurer and Loss Adjustment Expense relating thereto;

 

  3. losses and Loss Adjustment Expense paid by the Company but not recovered from the Reinsurer;

 

  4. losses incurred but not reported and Loss Adjustment Expense relating thereto;

 

  5. all other amounts for which the Company cannot take credit on its financial statements unless funding is provided by the Reinsurer.

 

C. The Reinsurer’s Obligations shall be funded by funds withheld, cash advances, Trust Agreement or a Letter of Credit (LOC). The Reinsurer shall have the option of determining the method of funding provided it is acceptable to the insurance regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves.

 

D. When funding by Trust Agreement, the Reinsurer shall ensure that the Trust Agreement complies with the provisions of the “Trust Agreement Requirements Clause” attached hereto. When funding by an LOC, the Reinsurer agrees to apply for and secure timely delivery to the Company of a clean, irrevocable and unconditional LOC issued by a bank and containing provisions acceptable to the insurance regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves in an amount equal to the Reinsurer’s Obligations. Such LOC shall be issued for a period of not less than one year, and shall be automatically extended for one year from its date of expiration or any future expiration date unless 30 days (or such other time period as may be required by insurance regulatory authorities), prior to any expiration date the issuing bank shall notify the Company by certified or registered mail that the issuing bank elects not to consider the LOC extended for any additional period.

 

E. The Reinsurer and the Company agree that any funding provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to the provisions of this Contract may be drawn upon at any time, notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, and be utilized by the Company or any successor, by operation of law, of the Company including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, for the following purposes, unless otherwise provided for in a separate Trust Agreement:

 

  1. to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s Obligations, the payment of which is due under the terms of this Contract and that has not been otherwise paid;

 

  2. to make refund of any sum that is in excess of the actual amount required to pay the Reinsurer’s Obligations under this Contract (or in excess of 102% of the Reinsurer’s Obligations, if funding is provided by a Trust Agreement);

 

  3. to fund an account with the Company for the Reinsurer’s Obligations. Such cash deposit shall be held in an interest bearing account separate from the Company’s other assets, and interest thereon not in excess of the prime rate shall accrue to the benefit of the Reinsurer. Any taxes payable on accrued interest shall be paid out of the assets in the account that are in excess of the Reinsurer’s Obligations (or in excess of 102% of the Reinsurer’s Obligations, if funding is provided by a Trust Agreement). If the assets are inadequate to pay taxes, any taxes due shall be paid or reimbursed by the Reinsurer;

 

  4. to pay the Reinsurer’s share of any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Contract.

 

11 of 26


Table of Contents
F. If the amount drawn by the Company is in excess of the actual amount required for E(1) or E(3), or in the case of E(4), the actual amount determined to be due, the Company shall promptly return to the Reinsurer the excess amount so drawn. All of the foregoing shall be applied without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer.

 

G. The issuing bank shall have no responsibility whatsoever in connection with the propriety of withdrawals made by the Company or the disposition of funds withdrawn, except to ensure that withdrawals are made only upon the order of properly authorized representatives of the Company.

 

H. At annual intervals, or more frequently at the discretion of the Company, but never more frequently than quarterly, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Reinsurer’s Obligations for the sole purpose of amending the LOC or other method of funding, in the following manner:

 

  1. If the statement shows that the Reinsurer’s Obligations exceed the balance of the LOC as of the statement date, the Reinsurer shall, within 30 days after receipt of the statement, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment to the LOC increasing the amount of credit by the amount of such difference. Should another method of funding be used, the Reinsurer shall, within the time period outlined above, increase such funding by the amount of such difference.

 

  2. If, however, the statement shows that the Reinsurer’s Obligations are less than the balance of the LOC (or that 102% of the Reinsurer’s Obligations are less than the trust account balance if funding is provided by a Trust Agreement), as of the statement date, the Company shall, within 30 days after receipt of written request from the Reinsurer, release such excess credit by agreeing to secure an amendment to the LOC reducing the amount of credit available by the amount of such excess credit. Should another method of funding be used, the Company shall, within the time period outlined above, decrease such funding by the amount of such excess.

ARTICLE 20

TAXES

 

A. In consideration of the terms under which this Contract is issued, the Company undertakes not to claim any deduction of the premium hereon when making tax returns, other than Income or Profits Tax returns, to any state or territory of the United States of America or to the District of Columbia.

 

B.      1. Each Subscribing Reinsurer has agreed to allow, for the purpose of paying the Federal Excise Tax, the applicable percentage of the premium payable hereon (as imposed under the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent such premium is subject to Federal Excise Tax.

 

  2. In the event of any return of premium becoming due hereunder, the Subscribing Reinsurer shall deduct the applicable percentage of the premium from the amount of the return, and the Company or its agent should take steps to recover the Tax from the U.S. Government.

ARTICLE 21

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to visit the offices of the Company to inspect, examine, audit, and verify any of the Policy, accounting or claim files (“Records”) relating to business reinsured under this Contract during regular business hours after giving five working days’ prior notice. This right shall be exercisable during the term of this Contract or after the expiration of this Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Reinsurer shall not have any right of access to the Records of the Company if it is not current in all undisputed payments due the Company.

 

12 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 22

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

A. The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Company, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this Contract (“Confidential Information”) are proprietary and confidential to the Company. Confidential Information shall not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:

 

  1. are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

 

  2. have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

 

  3. were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Contract without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

B. Absent the written consent of the Company, the Reinsurer shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, including any affiliated companies (except to the extent necessary to enable affiliated companies or third parties engaged by the Reinsurer to perform services related to this Contract on behalf of the Reinsurer), except:

 

  1. when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Contract;

 

  2. when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records and/or financial condition; or

 

  3. when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records in the normal course of business; or

 

  4. when required by attorneys or arbitrators in connection with an actual or potential dispute hereunder.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of its obligations or enforcement of its rights under this Contract.

 

C. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Company with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure and to use its best efforts to assist the Company in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.

 

D. The provisions of this Article shall extend to the officers, directors and employees of the Reinsurer and its affiliates, and shall be binding upon their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 23

INDEMNIFICATION AND ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

A. The Reinsurer is reinsuring, subject to the terms and conditions of this Contract, the obligations of the Company under any Policy. The Company shall be the sole judge as to:

 

  1. what shall constitute a claim or loss covered under any Policy;

 

  2. the Company’s liability thereunder;

 

  3. the amount or amounts that it shall be proper for the Company to pay thereunder.

 

B. The Reinsurer shall be bound by the judgment of the Company as to the obligation(s) and liability(ies) of the Company under any Policy.

 

C. Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the terms and conditions of this Contract shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it hereunder if such error, omission or delay had not been made, provided such error, omission or delay is rectified immediately upon discovery.

ARTICLE 24

INSOLVENCY

 

A. If more than one reinsured company is referenced within the definition of “Company” in the Preamble to this Contract, this Article shall apply severally to each such company. Further, this Article and the laws of the domiciliary state shall apply in the event of the insolvency of any company covered hereunder. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Article and the laws of the domiciliary state of any company covered hereunder, that domiciliary state’s laws shall prevail.

 

13 of 26


Table of Contents
B. In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance (or the portion of any risk or obligation assumed by the Reinsurer, if required by applicable law) shall be payable directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, either: (1) on the basis of the liability of the Company, or (2) on the basis of claims filed and allowed in the liquidation proceeding, whichever may be required by applicable statute, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the Policy or bond reinsured, which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit that may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

C. Where two or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this reinsurance Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the Company.

 

D. As to all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Contract, the reinsurance shall be payable as set forth above by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, (except as provided by Section 4118(a)(1)(A) of the New York Insurance Law, provided the conditions of 1114(c) of such law have been met, if New York law applies) or except (1) where the Contract specifically provides another payee in the event of the insolvency of the Company, or (2) where the Reinsurer, with the consent of the direct insured or insureds, has assumed such Policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such Policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees. Then, and in that event only, the Company, with the prior approval of the certificate of assumption on New York risks by the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, or with the prior approval of such other regulatory authority as may be applicable, is entirely released from its obligation and the Reinsurer shall pay any loss directly to payees under such Policy.

ARTICLE 25

ARBITRATION

 

A. Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Contract, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration shall be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

B. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each party and the two arbitrators shall then choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within 30 days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after 10 days’ prior notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, may appoint the second arbitrator.

 

C. If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within 60 days of their appointment, the third arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with the procedures for selecting the third arbitrator in force on the date the arbitration is demanded, established by the AIDA Reinsurance and Insurance Arbitration Society – U.S. (ARIAS). The arbitrators shall be persons knowledgeable about insurance and reinsurance who have no personal or financial interest in the result of the arbitration. If a member of the panel dies, becomes disabled or is otherwise unwilling or unable to serve, a substitute shall be selected in the same manner as the departing member was chosen and the arbitration shall continue.

 

D. Within 30 days after all arbitrators have been appointed, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules of hearings.

 

E. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Contract, the arbitrators may at their discretion, consider underwriting and placement information provided by the Company to the Reinsurer, as well as any correspondence exchanged by the parties that is related to this Contract. The arbitration shall take place in Pawtucket, Rhode Island, or at such other place as the parties shall agree. The decision of any two arbitrators shall be in writing and shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate.

 

14 of 26


Table of Contents
F. The panel shall interpret this Contract as an honorable engagement rather than as merely a legal obligation and shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance and reinsurance business as promptly as possible after the hearings. Judgment upon an award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

G. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the cost of the third arbitrator. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent permitted by law.

ARTICLE 26

SERVICE OF SUIT

 

A. This Article applies only to those Subscribing Reinsurers not domiciled in the United States of America, and/or not authorized in any state, territory and/or district of the United States of America where authorization is required by insurance regulatory authorities.

 

B. This Article shall not be read to conflict with or override the obligations of the parties to arbitrate their disputes as provided for in the Arbitration Article. This Article is intended as an aid to compelling arbitration or enforcing such arbitration or arbitral award, not as an alternative to the Arbitration Article for resolving disputes arising out of this Contract.

 

C. In the event of the failure of the Reinsurer to perform its obligations hereunder, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Company, shall submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States. The Reinsurer, once the appropriate court is selected, whether such court is the one originally chosen by the Company and accepted by the Reinsurer or is determined by removal, transfer, or otherwise, as provided for above, shall comply with all requirements necessary to give said court jurisdiction and, in any suit instituted against the Reinsurer upon this Contract, shall abide by the final decision of such court or of any appellate court in the event of an appeal.

 

D. Service of process in such suit may be made upon Messrs. Mendes and Mount, 750 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6829, or another party specifically designated in the applicable Interests and Liabilities Agreement attached hereto. The above-named are authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit.

 

E. Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States that makes provision therefor, the Reinsurer hereby designates the Superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance, or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Contract, and hereby designates the above-named as the person to whom the said officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

ARTICLE 27

GOVERNING LAW

This Contract shall be governed as to performance, administration and interpretation by the laws of the State of Rhode Island, exclusive of conflict of law rules. However, with respect to credit for reinsurance, the rules of all applicable states shall apply.

ARTICLE 28

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Contract sets forth all of the duties and obligations between the Company and the Reinsurer and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous written agreements with respect to matters referred to in this Contract. This Contract may not be modified or changed except by an amendment to this Contract in writing signed by both parties.

 

15 of 26


Table of Contents

ARTICLE 29

NON-WAIVER

The failure of the Company or the Reinsurer to insist on compliance with this Contract or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any rights contained in this Contract nor prevent either party from thereafter demanding full and complete compliance nor prevent either party from exercising such remedy in the future.

ARTICLE 30

INTERMEDIARY

Guy Carpenter & Company, LLC, is hereby recognized as the Intermediary negotiating this Contract for all business hereunder. All communications (including notices, statements, premiums, return premiums, commissions, taxes, losses, Loss Adjustment Expenses, salvages, and loss settlements) relating thereto shall be transmitted to the Company or the Reinsurer through Guy Carpenter & Company, LLC, Two Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2772. Payments by the Company to the Intermediary shall be deemed payment to the Reinsurer. Payments by the Reinsurer to the Intermediary shall be deemed payment to the Company only to the extent that such payments are actually received by the Company.

ARTICLE 31

MODE OF EXECUTION

 

A. This Contract may be executed by:

 

  1. an original written ink signature of paper documents;

 

  2. an exchange of facsimile copies showing the original written ink signature of paper documents;

 

  3. electronic signature technology employing computer software and a digital signature or digitizer pen pad to capture a person’s handwritten signature in such a manner that the signature is unique to the person signing, is under the sole control of the person signing, is capable of verification to authenticate the signature and is linked to the document signed in such a manner that if the data is changed, such signature is invalidated.

 

B. The use of any one or a combination of these methods of execution shall constitute a legally binding and valid signing of this Contract. This Contract may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when duly executed, shall be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Contract to be executed by its duly authorized representative(s) this 31 day of January , in the year of 2013.

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

/s/ Mark Talerico

 

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

 

16 of 26


Table of Contents

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE – PHYSICAL DAMAGE –

REINSURANCE – U.S.A.

 

1. This Reinsurance does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any Pool of Insurers or Reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering Atomic or Nuclear Energy risks.

 

2. Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this clause, this Reinsurance does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance against Physical Damage (including business interruption or consequential loss arising out of such Physical Damage) to:

 

  I. Nuclear reactor power plants including all auxiliary property on the site, or

 

  II. Any other nuclear reactor installation, including laboratories handling radioactive materials in connection with reactor installations, and “critical facilities” as such, or

 

  III. Installations for fabricating complete fuel elements or for processing substantial quantities of “special nuclear material”, and for reprocessing, salvaging, chemically separating, storing or disposing of “spent” nuclear fuel or waste materials, or

 

  IV. Installations other than those listed in paragraph (2) III above using substantial quantities of radioactive isotopes or other products of nuclear fission.

 

3. Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1) and (2) hereof, this Reinsurance does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance on property which is on the same site as a nuclear reactor power plant or other nuclear installation and which normally would be insured therewith except that this paragraph (3) shall not operate

 

  (a) where Reassured does not have knowledge of such nuclear reactor power plant or nuclear installation, or

 

  (b) where said insurance contains a provision excluding coverage for damage to property caused by or resulting from radioactive contamination, however caused. However on and after 1st January 1960 this sub-paragraph (b) shall only apply provided the said radioactive contamination exclusion provision has been approved by the Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

 

4. Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) hereof, this Reinsurance does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, when such radioactive contamination is a named hazard specifically insured against.

 

5. It is understood and agreed that this clause shall not extend to risks using radioactive isotopes in any form where the nuclear exposure is not considered by the Reassured to be the primary hazard.

 

6. The term “special nuclear material” shall have the meaning given it in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or by any law amendatory thereof.

 

7. Reassured to be sole judge of what constitutes:

 

  (a) substantial quantities, and

 

  (b) the extent of installation, plant or site.

Note: Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) hereof, it is understood and agreed that

 

  (a) all policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1957 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

  (b) with respect to any risk located in Canada policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1958 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

17 of 26


Table of Contents
NOTES: Wherever used herein the terms:

 

  “Reassured” shall be understood to mean “Company”, “Reinsured”, “Reassured” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsured company or companies.

 

  “Agreement” shall be understood to mean “Agreement”, “Contract”, “Policy” or whatever other term is used to designate the attached reinsurance document.

 

  “Reinsurers” shall be understood to mean “Reinsurers”, “Underwriters” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsurer or reinsurers.

 

18 of 26


Table of Contents

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE – LIABILITY – REINSURANCE – U.S.A.

 

(1) This reinsurance does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured as a member of, or subscriber to, any association of insurers or reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering nuclear energy risks or as a direct or indirect reinsurer of any such member, subscriber or association.

 

(2) Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause it is understood and agreed that for all purposes of this reinsurance all the original policies of the Reassured (new, renewal and replacement) of the classes specified in Clause II of this paragraph (2) from the time specified in Clause III in this paragraph (2) shall be deemed to include the following provision (specified as the Limited Exclusion Provision):

Limited Exclusion Provision.*

 

  I. It is agreed that the policy does not apply under any liability coverage, to

injury, sickness, disease, death or destruction

bodily injury or property damage

with respect to which an insured under the policy is also an insured under a nuclear energy liability policy issued by Nuclear Energy Liability Insurance Association, Mutual Atomic Energy Liability Underwriters or Nuclear Insurance Association of Canada, or would be an insured under any such policy but for its termination upon exhaustion of its limit of liability.

 

  II. Family Automobile Policies (liability only), Special Automobile Policies (private passenger automobiles, liability only), Farmers Comprehensive Personal Liability Policies (liability only), Comprehensive Personal Liability Policies (liability only) or policies of a similar nature; and the liability portion of combination forms related to the four classes of policies stated above, such as the Comprehensive Dwelling Policy and the applicable types of Homeowners Policies.

 

  III. The inception dates and thereafter of all original policies as described in II above, whether new, renewal or replacement, being policies which either

 

  (a) become effective on or after 1st May, 1960, or

 

  (b) become effective before that date and contain the Limited Exclusion Provision set out above;

provided this paragraph (2) shall not be applicable to Family Automobile Policies, Special Automobile Policies, or policies or combination policies of a similar nature, issued by the Reassured on New York risks, until 90 days following approval of the Limited Exclusion Provision by the Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(3) Except for those classes of policies specified in Clause II of paragraph (2) and without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause, it is understood and agreed that for all purposes of this reinsurance the original liability policies of the Reassured (new, renewal and replacement) affording the following coverages:

Owners, Landlords and Tenants Liability, Contractual Liability, Elevator Liability, Owners or Contractors (including railroad) Protective Liability, Manufacturers and Contractors Liability, Product Liability, Professional and Malpractice Liability, Storekeepers Liability, Garage Liability, Automobile Liability (including Massachusetts Motor Vehicle or Garage Liability)

shall be deemed to include, with respect to such coverages, from the time specified in Clause V of this paragraph (3), the following provision (specified as the Broad Exclusion Provision):

Broad Exclusion Provision.*

It is agreed that the policy does not apply:

 

  I. Under any Liability Coverage, to

injury, sickness, disease, death or destruction

bodily injury or property damage

 

19 of 26


Table of Contents
  (a) with respect to which an insured under the policy is also an insured under a nuclear energy liability policy issued by Nuclear Energy Liability Insurance Association, Mutual Atomic Energy Liability Underwriters or Nuclear Insurance Association of Canada, or would be an insured under any such policy but for its termination upon exhaustion of its limit of liability; or

 

  (b) resulting from the hazardous properties of nuclear material and with respect to which (1) any person or organization is required to maintain financial protection pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, or any law amendatory thereof, or (2) the insured is, or had this policy not been issued would be, entitled to indemnity from the United States of America, or any agency thereof, under any agreement entered into by the United States of America, or any agency thereof, with any person or organization.

 

  II. Under any Medical Payments Coverage, or under any Supplementary Payments Provision relating to

immediate medical or surgical relief

first aid,

to expenses incurred with respect to

bodily injury, sickness, disease or death

bodily injury

resulting from the hazardous properties of nuclear material and arising out of the operation of a nuclear facility by any person or organization.

 

  III. Under any Liability Coverage, to

injury, sickness, disease, death or destruction

bodily injury or property damage

resulting from the hazardous properties of nuclear material, if

 

  (a) the nuclear material (1) is at any nuclear facility owned by, or operated by or on behalf of, an insured or (2) has been discharged or dispersed therefrom;

 

  (b) the nuclear material is contained in spent fuel or waste at any time possessed, handled, used, processed, stored, transported or disposed of by or on behalf of an insured; or

 

  (c) the

injury, sickness, disease, death or destruction

bodily injury or property damage

arises out of the furnishing by an insured of services, materials, parts or equipment in connection with the planning, construction, maintenance, operation or use of any nuclear facility, but if such facility is located within the United States of America, its territories or possessions or Canada, this exclusion (c) applies only to

injury to or destruction of property at such nuclear facility.

property damage to such nuclear facility and any property thereat.

 

  IV. As used in this endorsement:

“hazardous properties” include radioactive, toxic or explosive properties; “nuclear material” means source material, special nuclear material or byproduct material; “source material”, “special nuclear material”, and “byproduct material” have the meanings given them in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or in any law amendatory thereof; “spent fuel” means any fuel element or fuel component, solid or liquid, which has been used or exposed to radiation in a nuclear reactor; “waste” means any waste material (1) containing byproduct material other than the tailings or wastes produced by the extraction or

 

20 of 26


Table of Contents

concentration of uranium or thorium from any ore processed primarily for its source material content and (2) resulting from the operation by any person or organization of any nuclear facility included under the first two paragraphs of the definition of nuclear facility; “nuclear facility” means

 

  (a) any nuclear reactor,

 

  (b) any equipment or device designed or used for (1) separating the isotopes of uranium or plutonium, (2) processing or utilizing spent fuel, or (3) handling, processing or packaging waste,

 

  (c) any equipment or device used for the processing, fabricating or alloying of special nuclear material if at any time the total amount of such material in the custody of the insured at the premises where such equipment or device is located consists of or contains more than 25 grams of plutonium or uranium 233 or any combination thereof, or more than 250 grams of uranium 235,

 

  (d) any structure, basin, excavation, premises or place prepared or used for the storage or disposal of waste,

and includes the site on which any of the foregoing is located, all operations conducted on such site and all premises used for such operations; “nuclear reactor” means any apparatus designed or used to sustain nuclear fission in a self-supporting chain reaction or to contain a critical mass of fissionable material;

With respect to injury to or destruction of property, the word “injury” or “destruction” includes all forms of radioactive contamination of property. “property damage” includes all forms of radioactive contamination of property.

 

  V. The inception dates and thereafter of all original policies affording coverages specified in this paragraph (3), whether new, renewal or replacement, being policies which become effective on or after 1st May, 1960, provided this paragraph (3) shall not be applicable to

 

  (i) Garage and Automobile Policies issued by the Reassured on New York risks, or

 

  (ii) statutory liability insurance required under Chapter 90, General Laws of Massachusetts,

until 90 days following approval of the Broad Exclusion Provision by the Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(4) Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause, it is understood and agreed that paragraphs (2) and (3) above are not applicable to original liability policies of the Reassured in Canada and that with respect to such policies this Clause shall be deemed to include the Nuclear Energy Liability Exclusion Provisions adopted by the Canadian Underwriters’ Association or the Independent Insurance Conference of Canada.

 

 

*NOTE. The words printed in italics in the Limited Exclusion Provision and in the Broad Exclusion Provision shall apply only in relation to original liability policies which include a Limited Exclusion Provision or a Broad Exclusion Provision containing those words.

 

 

 

 

NOTES: Wherever used herein the terms:

 

  “Reassured” shall be understood to mean “Company”, “Reinsured”, “Reassured” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsured company or companies.

 

  “Agreement” shall be understood to mean “Agreement”, “Contract”, “Policy” or whatever other term is used to designate the attached reinsurance document.

 

  “Reinsurers” shall be understood to mean “Reinsurers”, “Underwriters” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsurer or reinsurers.

 

21 of 26


Table of Contents

TERRORISM EXCLUSION

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary within this Contract or any endorsement thereto, it is agreed that this Contract excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any Act of Terrorism, as defined herein, regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss.

An “Act of Terrorism” includes any act, or preparation in respect of action, or threat of action, designed to influence the government de jure or de facto of any nation or any political division thereof, or in pursuit of political, religious, ideological, or similar purposes to intimidate the public or a section of the public of any nation by any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organization(s) or government(s) de jure or de facto, and which:

 

(i) involves violence against one or more persons; or

 

(ii) involves damage to property; or

 

(iii) endangers life other than that of the person committing the action; or

 

(iv) creates a risk to health or safety of the public or a section of the public; or

 

(v) is designed to interfere with or to disrupt an electronic system.

This Contract also excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any action in controlling, preventing, suppressing, retaliating against, or responding to any Act of Terrorism.

Notwithstanding the above and subject otherwise to the terms, conditions, and limitations of this Contract, in respect only of personal lines this Contract will pay actual loss or damage (but not related cost or expense) caused by any Act of Terrorism provided such act is not directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, or chemical pollution or contamination, or nuclear explosion, pollution or contamination.

 

22 of 26


Table of Contents

MOLD EXCLUSION

This Contract excludes loss, damage, cost or expense of whatsoever nature directly caused by, resulting from or in connection with mold, unless such loss, damage, cost or expense is the direct result of an otherwise insured peril.

 

23 of 26


Table of Contents

TRUST AGREEMENT REQUIREMENTS CLAUSE

 

A. If the Reinsurer satisfies its funding obligations under the Unauthorized Reinsurance Article by providing a Trust Agreement, the Reinsurer shall ensure that the Trust Agreement:

 

  1. Requires the Reinsurer to establish a trust account for the benefit of the Company, and specifies what the Trust Agreement is to cover;

 

  2. Stipulates that assets deposited in the trust account shall be valued according to their current fair market value and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit (issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender), and investments of the types permitted by the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves, or any combination of the three, provided that the investments are issued by an institution that is not the parent, subsidiary or affiliate of either the Reinsurer or the Company;

 

  3. Requires the Reinsurer, prior to depositing assets with the trustee, to execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or to transfer legal title to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the trustee upon the direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate these assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity;

 

  4. Requires that all settlements of account between the Company and the Reinsurer be made in cash or its equivalent; and

 

  5. Provides that assets in the trust account shall be withdrawn only as permitted in this Contract, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or the Reinsurer.

 

B. If there are multiple ceding insurers that collectively comprise the Company, “regulatory authorities” as referenced in subparagraph A(2) above, shall mean the individual ceding insurer’s domestic regulator. If such ceding insurer is subject to the commercial domicile laws or regulations of another state, such laws or regulations shall apply to the extent not in conflict with those of such ceding insurer’s domicile.

 

24 of 26


Table of Contents

POOLS, ASSOCIATIONS & SYNDICATES EXCLUSION CLAUSE

Section A:

This Contract excludes:

 

  a. All business derived directly or indirectly from any Pool, Association or Syndicate which maintains its own reinsurance facilities.

 

  b. Any Pool or Scheme (whether voluntary or mandatory) formed after March 1, 1968 for the purpose of insuring property, whether on a country-wide basis or in respect of designated areas. This exclusion shall not apply to so-called Automobile Insurance Plans or other Pools formed to provide coverage for Automobile Physical Damage.

Section B:

 

1. This Contract excludes business written by the Company for the same perils, which is known at the time to be insured by, or in excess of underlying amounts placed in, any Pool, Association or Syndicate, whether by way of insurance or reinsurance, formed for the purpose of writing any of the following:

Oil, Gas or Petro-Chemical Plants

Oil or Gas Drilling Rigs and/or

Aviation Risks

 

2. The exclusion under paragraph 1 of this Section B does not apply:

 

  a. Where the Total Insured Value over all interests of the risk in question is less than $250,000,000.

 

  b. To interests traditionally underwritten as Inland Marine and/or Stock and/or Contents written on a Blanket basis.

 

  c. To Contingent Business Interruption, except when the Company is aware that the key location is known at the time to be insured in any Pool, Association or Syndicate named above, other than as provided for under subparagraph (a).

Section C:

 

1. Nevertheless the Reinsurer specifically agrees that liability accruing to the Company from its participation in Residual Market Mechanisms, including but not limited to the following, for all perils otherwise protected hereunder shall not be excluded herefrom:

 

  a. So-called “Beach and Windstorm Plans” and so-called “Coastal Pools”;

 

  b. All “FAIR Plan” and “Rural Risk Plan” business;

 

  c. Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (Florida), Louisiana Citizens Property Insurance Corporation or any similar state-run insurance corporation;

 

  d. California Earthquake Authority (“CEA”) or any similar entity.

 

2. However, this reinsurance does not include any increase in such liability resulting from:

 

  a. The inability of any other participant in such Residual Market Mechanisms to meet its liability;

 

  b. Any claim against a Residual Market Mechanism or any participant therein, including the Company, whether by way of subrogation or otherwise, brought by or on behalf of any insolvency fund (as defined in the Exclusions Article);

 

  c. Any assessment or surcharge levied on the policyholder and therefore not a liability of the Company;

 

  d. The Company’s initial capital contribution to the CEA;

 

25 of 26


Table of Contents
  e. Any assessments, other than interim and regular assessments, from a Residual Market Mechanism included in subparagraph 1(c) above;

 

  f. Any expenditure to purchase or retire bonds.

 

3. The Company may include in Ultimate Net Loss for any Loss Occurrence covered hereunder only the liability attributable to that Loss Occurrence. If the relevant entity does not specify what portion of an assessment is attributable to each Loss Occurrence, the Company may include in Ultimate Net Loss in respect of each Loss Occurrence a percentage of the Company’s assessments from the relevant entity related to the calendar year in which the Loss Occurrence commenced, regardless of when assessed, such percentage to be determined by dividing the relevant entity’s losses arising from the Loss Occurrence by its total losses for the calendar year.

 

4. The Company will deduct from Ultimate Net Loss amounts received as recoupment of any assessment that has been included in the Ultimate Net Loss, provided the recoupment is directly allocable to the assessment (“itemized recoupment”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to recoup such assessment. Any amount received as an itemized recoupment of any assessment (whether under this Contract or any predecessor contract), and therefore deductible from Ultimate Net Loss, shall not be included in the subject premium of this Contract.

However, if a state levies assessments but does not allow itemized recoupment from policyholders, instead allowing the Company to file an overall increased rate, any such premium increased thereby shall not be deemed to be a recoupment that is deductible from Ultimate Net Loss. Any recoupment received as part of a general premium rate increase, not specifically itemized, shall be included as part of the subject premium of this Contract or a successor contract, as applicable.

 

 

 

NOTES:

 

Wherever used herein the terms:

  “Company”    shall be understood to mean “Company”, “Reinsured”, “Reassured” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsured company or companies.
  “Contract”    shall be understood to mean “Agreement,” “Contract,” “Policy” or whatever other term is used to designate the attached reinsurance document.
  “Reinsurer”    shall be understood to mean “Reinsurer,” “Reinsurers,” “Underwriters” or whatever other term is used in the attached reinsurance document to designate the reinsurer or reinsurers.

 

26 of 26


Table of Contents

LOGO

INTERESTS AND LIABILITIES AGREEMENT

(the “Agreement”)

of

Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd.

(the “Subscribing Reinsurer”)

as respects the

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

Effective: December 31, 2012

(the “Contract”)

issued to and executed by

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

Pawtucket, Rhode Island

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

(collectively, the “Company”)

The Subscribing Reinsurer’s share in the interests and liabilities of the Reinsurer as set forth in the Contract shall be 100%.

The share of the Subscribing Reinsurer in the interests and liabilities of the Reinsurer in respect of the Contract shall be separate and apart from the shares of other subscribing reinsurers, if any, on the Contract. The interests and liabilities of the Subscribing Reinsurer shall not be joint with those of such other subscribing reinsurers and in no event shall the Subscribing Reinsurer participate in the interests and liabilities of such other subscribing reinsurers.

This Agreement shall become effective at 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, December 31, 2012, and shall be subject to the provisions of the Term Article and the Special Termination Article and all other terms and conditions of the Contract.

Premium and loss payments made to Guy Carpenter shall be deposited in a Premium and Loss Account in accordance with Section 32.3(a)(1) of Regulation 98 of the New York Insurance Department. The Subscribing Reinsurer consents to withdrawals from said account in accordance with Section 32.3(a)(3) of the Regulation, including interest and Federal Excise Tax.

 

Effective: December 31, 2012     DOC: January 23, 2013
U3Z8000E   1 of 3  


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Brokerage hereunder is 1.00% of gross ceded premium.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as follows:

On this      day of         , in the year of 2013.

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

 

Effective: December 31, 2012     DOC: January 23, 2013
U3Z8000E   2 of 3  


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

and on this 14 day of February, in the year of 2013.

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

/s/ John R. Berger

 

 

NARRAGANSETT BAY INSURANCE COMPANY

NET RETAINED LINES QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE CONTRACT

 

Effective: December 31, 2012     DOC: January 23, 2013
U3Z8000E   3 of 3  

EXHIBIT 10.25

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Shareholders Agreement (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of this 11th day of December, 2012 and entered into by and among (i) the shareholders of the Company whose names, addresses and equity interest in the Company appear from time to time on Schedule I hereto (together, the “ Investors ”), including Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitt’s Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda (“ Third Point Re ”), and Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited, a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at 4 th Floor Wessex House, 45 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda (“ Hiscox ”), and (ii) Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitt’s Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms that are used herein and not defined elsewhere herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

R    E    C    I    T    A    L    S

WHEREAS, on June 15, 2012, the Company was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda;

WHEREAS, the Investors own all of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), which are the only shares of the Company issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, in order to provide for certain governance matters relating to the Company and other matters in respect of, among other things, the holding and Transfer of the Shares (as defined below), the Company and the Investors have determined to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES .

(a) Legends .

(i) Any certificates evidencing the Common Shares and any other shares of the Company that any Investor may hold from time to time (together with any shares of the Company issued with respect to any of the foregoing by way of a share dividend or distribution payable thereon or share split, reverse share split, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, exchange, subdivision or combination thereof, the “ Shares ”) will bear substantially the following legend reflecting the restrictions on the Transfer of such securities contained in this Agreement or as otherwise required by applicable law:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION THAT WAS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT (I) AS PERMITTED UNDER BERMUDA LAW, INCLUDING (WHERE NECESSARY) AFTER OBTAINING THE CONSENT OF THE BERMUDA MONETARY AUTHORITY, AND (II) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, UNLESS SUCH OFFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION OR IS OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. AS A CONDITION OF SUCH TRANSFER, THIRD POINT REINSURANCE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD. (THE “ COMPANY ”) MAY REQUEST A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT, TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER.

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME) BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN INVESTORS IDENTIFIED THEREIN, INCLUDING CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. THE BYE-LAWS OF THE COMPANY CONTAIN OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES. COPIES OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT AND THE COMPANY’S BYE-LAWS HAVE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AND ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.”

(ii) If any certificates representing any Shares held by an Investor do not bear substantially the foregoing legends, such Investor shall, as promptly as practicable following the request of the Company, deliver all such certificates to the Company to enable the Company to place such legend on such certificates. In the event that the restrictive legend set forth in Section 1(a)(i) above has ceased to be applicable to the Shares held by an Investor, the Company shall provide such Investor, or his, her or its transferee(s), if applicable, at his, her or its request, with new certificates for such Shares not bearing the legend with respect to which the restriction has ceased and terminated.


(b) Additional Investors . The parties hereto acknowledge that, subject to Section 2(c)(iii) , certain Persons may become shareholders of the Company after the date hereof. As a condition to the issuance of any Shares to any Person, the Company shall require such Persons to execute and deliver an agreement in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in the form of the Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Investor shall Transfer any Shares to any Permitted Transferee, unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to such Investor shall be deemed to be to such Investor and all Permitted Transferees thereof, and no Investor nor any Permitted Transferee thereof shall acquire additional rights as a result of any such Transfer (e.g., if an Investor Transfers Shares to a Permitted Transferee, such Investor and all such Permitted Transferees shall (in the aggregate) have the right, subject to the terms set forth herein, to designate one (1) person to the Board).

(c) Information Rights . During the term of this Agreement, and for so long as Hiscox holds Shares representing at least 1 % of the issued and outstanding equity interests in the Company, the Company shall provide the following to Hiscox:

(i) Monthly Statements . As promptly as practical after they are provided to the Board, the unaudited monthly financial statements (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements) of each of the Company and the Fund and its Subsidiaries beginning with the month ended January 31, 2013;

(ii) Quarterly Statements . As promptly as practical after they are provided to the Board, the unaudited quarterly financial statements (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements) of each of the Company and the Fund and its Subsidiaries beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2013;

(iii) Annual Statements . As promptly as practical after they are provided to the Board, the audited annual financial statements (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements) of each of the Company and the Fund and its Subsidiaries beginning with the year ended December 31, 2013;

(iv) Annual Budget . As promptly as practical after it is approved by the Board, a copy of the annual budget of each of the Company and the Fund and its Subsidiaries beginning with the budget for the 2013 fiscal year;

(v) Audit Reports . Promptly following receipt thereof, one copy of each audit report submitted to the Fund by its independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company or the Fund and its Subsidiaries;

(vi) Reports to Creditors . As promptly as practical after it is provided to any lenders to either the Company or the Fund, any material report that is provided to such lenders; and

(vii) Requested Information . As promptly as practical, such other financial information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by an Investor entitled to information pursuant to this Section 1(c) .

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 1(c) to the contrary, the Company may withhold from any Investor any information reasonably determined by the Board to be competitively sensitive.

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS .

(a) Election of Directors . As of the date hereof, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) consists of four (4) members. From and after the date hereof, the Investors shall take all action within their respective power, including but not limited to, the voting of all Shares owned by them from time to time and entitled to vote, required to cause the Board to (i) consist of four (4) members or such other number not less than three (3) members as the Board may from time to time establish, (ii) include a number of directors designated by Third Point Re that constitutes at least a majority of the Board, and (iii) for so long as Hiscox (x) holds at least 1,200 Shares and (y) owns Series B Shares of the Fund in an amount representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the value of the Series B Shares of the Fund acquired by Hiscox on the date hereof, in each case as valued as the purchase price paid by Hiscox for such Series B Shares, include one (1) director designated by Hiscox (the “ Hiscox Director ”), subject to the right of the Board to approve such nominee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), it being understood and agreed that the initial Hiscox Director shall be Jeremy Pinchin. The Hiscox Director may, upon written notice to the Board, nominate any person to be the Hiscox Director’s alternate Director (an “ Alternate Director ”), subject to the right of the Board to approve such nominee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), it being understood and agreed that the initial Alternate Director for the Hiscox Director shall be either Adam Alvarez or Damien Smith An Alternate Director shall perform all of the functions and duties and have all of the rights of the Hiscox Director at any meeting at which the Hiscox Director is not present. Unless (A) prohibited by law or applicable rules or regulations of any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system on which the Shares may become listed or (B) such committee is formed to consider a transaction between Hiscox and the Company, the Hiscox Director shall be a member of each committee of the Board for so long as Hiscox has the right to designate a director pursuant to this Section 2(a) . Hiscox shall forfeit its right to designate the Hiscox Director upon the occurrence of a Call Option Trigger Event, following which Hiscox shall cause any person designated by it to the Board to resign from the Board and any committee of the Board (and, unless otherwise requested by the Company, the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any Subsidiary of the Company or the Fund) with immediate effect. If Hiscox fails or refuses to cause any person designated by it to the Board to resign

 

-2-


therefrom (and from any other committee of the Board and the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any Subsidiary of the Company or the Fund), in each case in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 2(a) , then Hiscox hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary of the Company as his or its attorney-in-fact in Hiscox’s name and as its act and deed to execute all such documents and do all such other things as the attorney-in-fact shall, in his or its absolute discretion, consider necessary or desirable in order to effect the removal from the Board (and any committee of the Board and the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any Subsidiary of the Company or the Fund) of any person designated by Hiscox to the Board (or any other committee of the Board or the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any Subsidiary of the Company or the Fund).

(b) Replacement Directors; Resignation . In the event that any member of the Board is unable to serve, or once having commenced to serve, is removed, resigns or withdraws from the Board (a “ Withdrawing Director ”), such Withdrawing Director’s replacement (the “ Successor Director ”) will be designated, where applicable, by the Investor that initially designated such Withdrawing Director to the Board; provided , however , that if the Successor Director is nominated by Hiscox, the appointment of such Successor Director shall be subject to approval by the Board (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided , further however , that in the case of the resignation or removal of a director pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a) hereof, the Successor Director (if any) shall be designated by the remaining member(s) of the Board. The Investors and the Company agree to take all action within their respective power, including but not limited to, the voting (or execution of written consent) of Shares owned by them and entitled to vote to cause the election of such Successor Director promptly following his or her nomination pursuant to this Section 2(b) .

(c) Matters Requiring Approval of the Hiscox Director

For so long as Hiscox shall have the right to appoint the Hiscox Director pursuant to Section 2(a) , the Investors agree that the following actions taken by the Company shall require, in addition to the approval of a majority of the Board, the approval of the Hiscox Director:

(i) any amendment or modification of the Management Agreement that would disproportionately adversely affect the rights and powers of Hiscox as an Investor relative to other Investors without consideration of any factors (including, but not limited to, the Quota Share Agreement or any other relationship or agreement between Hiscox and the Company) other than Hiscox’s equity ownership in the Company;

(ii) other than the agreements set forth on Schedule 2(c)(ii) hereto, any agreement, transaction or other arrangement between the Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of Third Point Re or any of their or its respective officers or directors, on the other hand, provided that no approval of the Hiscox Director pursuant to this Section 2(c) shall be required for any such agreement, transaction or other arrangement whose terms are no more favorable to any such Affiliate of Third Point Re or any of their or its respective officers or directors than the terms likely to have been obtained by the Company from an unaffiliated third party in an arms’ length transaction, it being understood and agreed that if any such transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Board acting reasonably and in good faith based on independent advice or information, then such transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this Section 2(c)(ii) ;

(iii) engage in any activity other than (A) the management of the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement, (B) any other investment management or advisory services or similar or related services, (C) any ancillary incidental services necessary for the provision of investment management or advisory services, or (D) any business, or provision of goods or services consistent with those conducted or provided, as applicable, by insurance or reinsurance companies;

(iv) the issuance of any equity security of the Company, or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any equity security of the Company, to any Hiscox Competitor; and

(v) any amendment to the Company’s Memorandum or Articles of Association or similar constitutive document that would disproportionately adversely affect the rights and powers of Hiscox as an Investor relative to other Investors without consideration of any factors (including, but not limited to, the Quota Share Agreement or any other relationship or agreement between Hiscox and the Company) other than Hiscox’s equity ownership in the Company.

3. TRANSFER OF SHARES; ISSUANCE OF NEW SHARES .

(a) Resale of Securities; Transfer Restrictions .

No Investor shall Transfer any Shares other than in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 3 . Any Transfer made in violation of this Agreement, including this Section 3 , shall be null and void and of no effect. The Company shall not record on its share transfer books or otherwise any Transfer of Shares in violation of the terms and conditions set forth herein. Other than in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Sections 3(b) , 3(c) , 4(a) or 4(b) , no Minority Investor shall Transfer any Shares without the prior written consent of Investors holding a majority of the Shares; provided , however , that a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee by any Investor for bona fide estate or tax planning or similar purposes or to a controlled Affiliate of such Investor in connection with an internal corporate restructuring shall be permitted so long as, prior

 

-3-


to the completion of any such Transfer, the transferring Investor shall have delivered or cause to have been delivered to the Company and the other Investors an executed copy of the joinder agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto, together with such other documents as the Company or the other Investors may reasonably request in connection therewith. No Investor shall Transfer any Shares to any Hiscox Competitor without the prior written consent of Hiscox. In the event that any Investor is an entity, the restrictions on Transfer set forth herein shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to Transfers of any direct or indirect equity interests in such entity to any Person. Any Investor proposing to Transfer any of its Shares as permitted under this Section 3(a) or pursuant to Section 3(b) , other than to a Permitted Transferee, shall deliver to each other Investor a notice (a “ Sale Notice ”) with respect to such proposed Transfer setting out the relevant details thereof including the terms and conditions of the Transfer, the consideration to be paid and the proposed date of the closing of the Transfer. Such Sale Notice shall be delivered no later than 30 days prior to the proposed closing date of such proposed Transfer.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if Third Point Re or any Permitted Transferee thereof (the “ Initiating Investor ”) proposes, pursuant to a bona fide arm’s length agreement with an unrelated third party other than any Hiscox Competitor, (A) the Transfer, directly or indirectly, of all of the Shares of the Company then held by Third Point Re and all of its Permitted Transferees, (B) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into any other Person or Persons, or (C) the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person or Persons (each event described in clauses (A), (B) or (C), a “ Sale Proposal ”), then the Initiating Investor shall deliver a Sale Notice to each other Investor setting forth the details of such Sale Proposal no later than 30 days prior to the proposed closing date thereof. The Initiating Investor shall have the right to require each other Investor to participate in such Sale Proposal (the “ Drag Right ”), the exercise of which shall be clearly stated in the Sale Notice. If the Initiating Investor exercises the Drag Right, each other Investor shall be obligated (which obligation shall be enforceable by the Company) to participate in the transaction (a “ Required Sale ”) contemplated by the Sale Proposal, and, if applicable, to sell all of its Shares and otherwise to take all necessary action to cause the Company and the Investors to consummate such Required Sale, including, if applicable, voting all Shares then owned by such Investor in favor of, or selling any Shares owned thereby in, such Required Sale and waiving any appraisal or similar rights such Investor may have under applicable law with respect thereto. For avoidance of doubt, no Initiating Investor shall have any Drag Right with respect to any proposed transaction to which any Hiscox Competitor is party.

(ii) Each Investor shall execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including executing any purchase agreement, merger or amalgamation agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement or related documents, as may be reasonably required by the Company or the Initiating Investor in order to (as applicable) Transfer its Shares and otherwise to approve and consummate a Required Sale in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 3(b) , and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Investor shall be required to make to the proposed transferee or purchaser in the Required Sale substantially the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements as the Initiating Investor agrees to make in connection with such Required Sale, and agree to the same conditions to such transaction as such Initiating Investor agrees (except that, in the case of representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, agreements and conditions pertaining specifically to such Initiating Investor, each other Investor shall make comparable representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements and shall agree to comparable conditions, in each case to the extent applicable and pertaining specifically to itself and only to itself); provided , however , that, all representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by all Investors severally and not jointly, and any liability of the Investors thereunder shall (1) be borne by each of them on a pro rata basis determined according to the aggregate proceeds to be received by them in connection with the Required Sale, and (2) in no event exceed, with respect to any Investor, the net proceeds to be paid to such Investor in connection with the Required Sale (it being understood and agreed that, with respect to representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements pertaining specifically to any Investor, only such Investor making such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall have any liability in respect thereof, subject in all cases to the limitation set forth in clause (2) immediately above).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(b) , in the event that all or a portion of the purchase price in a Required Sale consists of securities and the transfer of such securities to any Investor would require either a registration under the Securities Act, or the preparation of a disclosure document pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act (or any successor regulation) or a similar provision of any state securities law, then, at the option of the Company or the Initiating Investor, any one or more of such Investors may receive, in lieu of such securities, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the securities that would have otherwise been received by such Investor in connection with the Required Sale, such amount to be determined in good faith by the Board.

(iv) If any Investor fails or refuses to vote or sell his Shares as required by, or votes his Shares in contravention of, this Section 3(b) , then such Investor hereby grants to the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary of the Company an irrevocable proxy, coupled with an interest, to vote such Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(b) , and hereby appoints the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary of the Company his or its attorney-in-fact, to sell such Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(b) .

 

-4-


(c) Tag-Along Right .

(i) In the event an Initiating Investor provides a Sale Notice with respect to a Transfer of not less than a majority of the Shares then owned by such Initiating Investor and its Affiliates that is otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and Section 3(a) and, if applicable, such Initiating Investor does not exercise its right to require other Investors to participate in such Transfer in accordance with Section 3(b), then each other Investor (the “ Tag-Along Investors ”) shall have the right to sell, at the same price (subject to the provisions below), an amount of Shares equal to the Shares the third party actually proposes to purchase from the Initiating Investor multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Shares owned by such Tag-Along Investor and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Shares owned by the Initiating Investor and each Tag-Along Investor exercising his, her or its rights under this Section 3(c) . Each Tag-Along Investor shall exercise the right provided by this Section 3(c) by delivery written notice to the Initiating Investor within ten (10) calendar days of the date of such Sale Notice stating whether he, she or it elects to participate in such Transfer. Any Tag-Along Investor that fails to notify the Initiating Investor within such ten (10) calendar day period shall be deemed to have waived his, her or its rights hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3(c) , in the event that all or a portion of the purchase price consists of securities and the Transfer of such securities to the Tag-Along Investors would require either a registration under the Securities Act or the preparation of a disclosure document pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act (or any successor regulation) or a similar provision of any state securities law, then, at the option of the Company or the Selling Investor, any one or more of the Tag-Along Investors may receive, in lieu of such securities, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the securities that would have otherwise been received by such Tag-Along Investor, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(iii) The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall not apply to a merger, reorganization, consolidation, liquidation or winding up involving the Company (provided all holders of Shares are treated equally in connection therewith) or to Transfers by the Initiating Investors in connection with a bona fide pledge to, or similar arrangement in connection with a bona fide borrowing from, a financial institution. The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall also not apply to a sale or other Transfer pursuant to which an Initiating Investor has exercised their rights under Section 3(b) .

(d) Preemptive Rights .

(i) In the event that, in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement, the Board determines to cause the Company to issue equity interests in the Company or other securities or interests exercisable for or convertible into equity securities of the Company (“ New Shares ”), in each case other than with respect to (A) the issuance of New Shares in connection with the granting or exercise of employee share options or other share incentives pursuant to the Company’s share incentive plans and employment arrangements as in effect from time to time or the issuance of New Shares pursuant to the Company’s employee share purchase plan as in effect from time to time and (B) the issuance of New Shares pursuant to or in consideration for the acquisition of another Person, business or assets by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase of share, merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or otherwise, the Board shall cause the Company to provide written notice (a “ Preemptive Rights Notice ”) thereof to each Investor at least twenty (20) days prior to the estimated date of such issuance. The Preemptive Rights Notice shall set forth a summary of the material terms of such New Shares, including the estimated amount of New Shares to be issued, the estimated purchase price therefor and the estimated date of issuance of such New Shares. Each Investor shall have the right (a “ Preemptive Right ”) to purchase a portion of the New Shares equal to up to the number of New Shares proposed to be issued multiplied by the percentage of equity ownership of such Investor in the Company as of the date of delivery of the Preemptive Rights Notice.

(ii) Each Investor that desires to exercise its Preemptive Rights hereunder must exercise such Preemptive Right within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Preemptive Rights Notice from the Company, and any failure to exercise such Preemptive Right within such time period shall be deemed a waiver of the Preemptive Right in respect of the New Shares referred to in the related Preemptive Rights Notice.

(iii) The election by an Investor not to exercise such Investor’s Preemptive Rights under this Section 3(d) in any one instance shall not affect such Investor’s right as to any subsequent proposed issuance subject to this Section 3(d) , provided that such Investor continues to be an Investor as of the date of delivery of the Preemptive Right Notice in respect of any such subsequent proposed issuance.

4. CALL OPTION; PUT OPTION; MARKETING; NON-SOLICIT; NON-COMPETE .

(a) Third Point Re Call Option .

(i) Hiscox hereby grants to Third Point Re, and Third Point Re hereby acquires from Hiscox, an option (the “ Call Option ”) to cause Hiscox, or its Permitted Transferees, if any, to sell to Third Point Re all of the Shares of the Company owned by Hiscox, its controlled Affiliates or any of their Permitted Transferees, if any (the “ Call Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of Section 4(a)(ii) at the Option Price.

 

-5-


(ii) Upon the occurrence of a Call Option Trigger Event, and so long as a Call Option Trigger Event is occurring, Third Point Re may exercise the Call Option by executing and delivering written notice (the “ Call Notice ”), to Hiscox stating that it is exercising its call right under this Agreement and specifying the delivery date for the Option Price and the Call Shares, such date to be no later than 30 days following delivery of the Call Notice. If Third Point Re delivers a Call Notice to Hiscox, then upon delivery of the Option Price for the Call Shares by Third Point Re to Hiscox or its Permitted Transferee, as applicable, Hiscox or its Permitted Transferee, as applicable, shall promptly, and in no event later than the 3:00 p.m. New York City time on such date of delivery of the Option Price, Transfer and deliver the Call Shares to Third Point Re free and clear of all liens or other encumbrances.

(b) Hiscox Put Option .

(i) Third Point Re hereby grants to Hiscox, and Hiscox hereby acquires from Third Point Re, an option (the “ Put Option ”) to cause Third Point Re to purchase from Hiscox all of the Shares of the Company owned by Hiscox, its controlled Affiliates or any of their Permitted Transferees, if any (the “ Put Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of Section 4(b)(ii) at the Option Price.

(ii) On December 31, 2017 and December 31 of each year thereafter, Hiscox may exercise the Put Option by executing and delivering written notice (the “ Put Notice ”), to Third Point Re stating that it is exercising its put right under this Agreement. If Hiscox delivers a Put Notice to Third Point Re, then upon Transfer and delivery of the Put Shares by Hiscox or its Permitted Transferee, as applicable, to Third Point Re free and clear of all liens or other encumbrances, Third Point Re shall, in no event later than 30 days following delivery of the Put Notice, deliver to Hiscox or its Permitted Transferee, as applicable, the Option Price for the Put Shares.

(c) Marketing .

(i) Except (i) as required or expressly permitted by this Agreement, (ii) as may be necessary in order to give the notices to obtain any prior regulatory approval, (iii) as necessary to consult with affiliates, attorneys, accountants, employees, or other advisors retained in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) as required by court order or otherwise mandated by applicable law, the Company shall not issue any news release or other public notice or communication or otherwise make any disclosure to third parties relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and referencing Hiscox by name, without the prior written consent of Hiscox, it being understood that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to afford Hiscox the right to review and comment on any such communication prior to making such communication or disclosure.

(ii) Hiscox shall have the right to reasonably consult (with an employee of the Company or a member of the Company’s management available or a meeting or conference call) with the Company regarding (but, for the avoidance of doubt, no right of consent to) any potential investors in the Fund who have expressed interest in investing in the Fund to the Company and are indentified by the Company, in its sole discretion, as reasonably likely to invest in the Fund (each a “ Potential Investor ”). The Company shall provide notice to Hiscox upon identifying any Potential Investors, and allow a reasonable time period, as determined by the Company, for Hiscox to consult with the Company after providing such notice. Hiscox shall have the right, but not the obligation, to send one (1) designated representative, subject to the approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), to attend any Fund-investor presentations and shall be, to the extent commercially reasonable, as determined by the Company, involved in the fund raising process for the Fund. The consultation right described in this Section 4(c)(ii) shall at all time be subject to compliance, as determined by the Company, with the operational guidelines of the Company and the Fund, so as not to cause the Company or the Fund to engage in a trade or business in the United States.

(d) Non-Solicit . Hiscox hereby agrees that until the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, Hiscox, its Subsidiaries and its controlled Affiliates will not, and Hiscox will not permit any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates to, without prior written consent of the Company, solicit (i) any Person who is, as of the date of this agreement, an investor or shareholder of the Fund, (ii) any Person named on Exhibit B (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 4(e) ), or (iii) any Person previously listed on Exhibit B who is or becomes an investor or shareholder of the Fund from and after the date such Person is or becomes a shareholder of the Fund, other than, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, any Persons that are Excluded Persons (as defined below), to provide, or commit to provide, capital to any open ended investment fund or any side car or collateralized reinsurer with a competing investment strategy managed by Hiscox the primary purpose of which is investing in property catastrophe risk; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent Hiscox, its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates from (i) engaging in any activities of a type currently conducted by Hiscox, its Subsidiaries and its controlled Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business for such Person, or (ii) engaging any third party placement agent who is not an Affiliate of Hiscox or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates, from conducting (x) a bona fide, general, non-directed solicitation or (y) a solicitation directed at any of such placement agents’ existing contacts.

(e) Amendment to List of Covered Persons . Exhibit B shall include the names of not more than 30 Persons (none of which shall be Excluded Persons) at any time proposed by the Company, and may be amended at any time prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, at the written request of the Company (an “ Exhibit B Amendment Request ”) to be promptly transmitted to

 

-6-


Hiscox on the terms and to the address set forth in Section 7(a) and Schedule I , respectively, to add or remove the name of any Person from Exhibit B; provided that no Person shall be added to Exhibit B if such Person is an Excluded Person. “ Excluded Person ” means any Person that (i) has or has had, prior to the time at which such Person (x) becomes an investor or shareholder of the Fund or (y) is sought to be added to Exhibit B, as applicable, an existing business relationship with Hiscox or any of its Affiliates, (ii) is generally known to Persons in the insurance industry to have sought exposure to, within the past 5 years, or to be seeking exposure to, property catastrophe risk, or (iii) is a Person who is not, at the time the Company submits the applicable Exhibit B Amendment Request, reasonably likely to become, at such time or at any time in the future, an investor or shareholder in the Fund. If Hiscox believes in good faith that a Person that the Company proposes to add to Exhibit B pursuant to an Exhibit B Amendment Request is an Excluded Person, Hiscox shall have 10 business days from the receipt of an Exhibit B Amendment Request to provide the Company with written notice that Hiscox believes the Person identified by the Company on the Exhibit B Amendment Request is an Excluded Person and provide any applicable evidence of such (such written notice an “ Exhibit B Refusal Notice ”) on the terms and to the address set forth in Section   7(a) and Section 7(a)(ii) . If the Company does not receive an Exhibit B Refusal Notice within such 10 business day period, Exhibit B will be automatically amended and updated as set forth in the Exhibit B Amendment Request. If the Company does receive an Exhibit B Refusal Notice within such 10 business day period, the Company and Hiscox mutually agree to work in good faith to reach a mutually agreeable settlement as to the inclusion of such Person on Exhibit B. If a Person named on Exhibit B is or becomes an investor shareholder or limited partner of or in the Fund, such Person’s name will be removed from Exhibit B effective as of the date Person became an investor shareholder or limited partner of or in the Fund. Exhibit B may not otherwise be amended, and no Person’s name may be added to or removed from Exhibit B, except pursuant to the terms of this Section 4(e) .

(f) Non-Compete . Third Point Re agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it shall not and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to enter into any other similar partnership arrangement the primary purpose of which is investing in Catastrophe Risk; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4(f) shall prevent Third Point Re or its Affiliates from assuming exposure to quota share transactions or sidecar or collateralized reinsurer equity and/or debt.

5. TERMINATION .

(a) This Agreement shall automatically terminate (i) on the date on which each Investor shall have agreed in writing to terminate this Agreement, (ii) upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or (iii) with respect to any Investor, on the date that such Investor shall cease to own any Shares in the Company, as applicable, provided that the terms set forth in this Section 5 and in Sections 6 and 7 shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to any Investor.

6. INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT .

(a) Terms Defined . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meaning set forth below:

Affiliate : shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person.

Agreed Court : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c) .

Agreement : shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Alternate Director : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Board : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Call Notice : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii) .

Call Option : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i) .

Call Option Trigger Event : shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any termination of the Quota Share Agreement by Hiscox (other than any termination by Hiscox pursuant to Section 5.3(b) of the Quota Share Agreement);

(ii) the entry by Hiscox or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates of any substantially similar partnership agreement with any catastrophe reinsurance fund entity or investment manager, or the sponsoring of the launch of any new catastrophe reinsurance fund entity (it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, the ceding of exposure by Hiscox or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates pursuant to a quota share reinsurance transaction or the issuance of sidecar equity and/or debt shall not be included within the meaning of this paragraph, unless such ceding or issuance to any Person is accompanied by an equity interest, of any magnitude, in such Person or any affiliate of any such Person, in which case such ceding or issuance shall be included within the meaning of this paragraph); or

 

-7-


(iii) during the annual negotiation of the Quota Share Agreement, Hiscox does not agree to cede at least the lesser of (A) $50 million of annual limit or (B) 15% of the total property catastrophe business limit that is projected to be written by Hiscox in the following year in the three initially specified zones (i.e. U.S. Northeast, U.S. Gulf and U.S. Mid-Atlantic).

Call Shares : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i) .

Common Shares : shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

Company : shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Company Valuation : shall mean, on any given date, three (3) times the gross revenue of the Fund for the twelve (12) month preceding such date, excluding any revenues of the Fund generated on assets under management directly controlled by Hiscox and its Affiliates or Third Point Re and its Affiliates.

Drag Right : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i) .

Excluded Person : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) .

Exhibit B Amendment Request : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) .

Exhibit B Refusal Notice : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) .

Fund : shall mean Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd.

Governmental Authority : shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any supra-national, governmental, federal, state, provincial, local governmental or municipal entity and any SRO or other self-regulatory or quasi-governmental organization, in each case exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions or pertaining to government (including, in each case, any branch, department or official thereof).

Hiscox Director : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

Hiscox Competitor : shall mean any Person engaged in the selling of property reinsurance with gross written reinsurance premium per year in excess of $100 million.

Initiating Investor : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(i) .

Investors : shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Joinder Agreement : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(b) .

Minority Investor : shall mean any Investor owning fifty percent (50%) or less of the capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

New Shares : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(i) .

Non-Solicit Party : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) .

Option Price : shall mean, with respect to any Call Shares or any Put Shares (as the case may be) on any given date, the Company Valuation on such date multiplied by the ratio of the number of such Call Shares or Put Shares (as the case may be) divided by the total number of Shares issued and outstanding on such date.

Permitted Transferee : shall mean (i) with respect to Third Point Re, any Person that is a controlled Affiliate of Third Point Re and (ii) with respect to Hiscox, any Person that is a controlled Affiliate of Hiscox.

Person : shall mean any individual, partnership, joint-share company, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority.

Preemptive Right : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(i) .

Preemptive Rights Notice : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(i) .

Potential Investor : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(ii) .

 

-8-


Put Option : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(i) .

Put Notice : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(ii) .

Put Shares : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(i) .

Qualified Public Offering : shall mean the sale, in a firm commitment underwritten public offering led by a nationally recognized underwriting firm pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, of Common Shares of the Company having an aggregate offering value (net of underwriters’ discounts and selling commissions) of at least $50 million, following which at least 20% of the total capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis shall have been sold to the public and shall be listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market System.

Quota Share Agreement : shall mean the Quota Share Agreement, dated as of December     , 2012, by and between Hiscox and Third Point Re Cat Ltd., as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

Required Sale : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Sale Notice : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

Sale Proposal : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Securities Act : shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor statute thereto.

Series B Shares : shall mean the Series B non voting shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd.

Shares : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a)(i) .

Subscription Agreement : shall mean that certain Subscription Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Hiscox.

Subsidiary : shall mean any Person of which a majority of the capital share or other ownership interests having voting power to control the actions of such Person are directly or indirectly owned by the Company.

Successor Director : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) .

Tag-Along Investors : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(i) of this Agreement.

Third Point Re Director : shall mean each director designated to the Board by Third Point Re or its Affiliates pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) of this Agreement.

Transaction Documents : this Agreement, the Quota Share Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and all other documents, instructions or contracts entered into in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Quota Share Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Transfer : shall mean any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition or encumbrance. For the avoidance of doubt, no encumbrance created by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall constitute a “Transfer” for purposes hereof.

Withdrawing Director : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) .

(b) Directly or Indirectly . Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

(c) Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Trial by Jury . This Agreement and the rights of the Company and the Investors hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws thereof. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto hereby agrees that any claim, action or proceeding by such party in respect of this Agreement, the Company or any other agreement or document being executed in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only and exclusively in the Supreme Court of Bermuda (the “ Agreed Court ”), and not in any other court in any other country, it being agreed that the Company shall have the right to bring any claim, action or proceeding in respect of this Agreement, the Company or any other agreement or document being executed in connection with this Agreement in the Agreed Court. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-9-


(d) Section Headings . The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.

7. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given; (ii) on the day of transmission if sent via facsimile transmission to the facsimile number given below, and confirmation of receipt is obtained promptly after completion of transmission; (iii) on the day after delivery to Federal Express or a similar overnight courier; (iv) on the day of transmission if sent via electronic mail to the electronic mail address given below; or (v) on the fifth (5 th ) day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed, to the party as follows:

(i) if to any Investor, at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of such Investor shown on Schedule I , or at such other address as such Investor may have furnished the Company in writing in accordance with the terms set forth herein; and

(ii) if to the Company, to The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitt’s Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda, Attention: Manoj Gupta, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company may furnish to the Investors in writing in accordance with the terms hereof, with a copy to Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (facsimile: (212) 728-9616), Attention: Michael Groll.

(b) Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (i) consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed, (ii) documents received by each Investor pursuant hereto, and (iii) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to each Investor may be reproduced by each Investor by photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and each Investor may destroy any original document so reproduced. All parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by each Investor in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

(c) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , that, except in connection with a Transfer otherwise permitted to be made by an Investor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, no Investor shall be permitted to assign any of its rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Board and Investors holding at least a majority of the issued and outstanding capital share of the Company. Any attempted assignment by any such Investor in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.

(d) Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, with (and only with) the prior written consent of (i) in the case of an amendment, the Company and each Investor, provided that if any Investor shall cease to have the right to designate a member to the Board pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the consent of such Investor and each Permitted Transferee thereof shall not be required to effect any such amendment to the terms set forth in this Agreement unless such amendment disproportionately adversely affects the rights and powers of such Investor as an Investor relative to other Investors without consideration of any factors (including, but not limited to, the Quota Share Agreement or any other relationship or agreement between Hiscox and the Company) other than Hiscox’s equity ownership in the Company, or (ii) in the case of waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7(d) shall be binding upon each Investor (whether or not such Investor consented to any such amendment or waiver).

(e) Severability . In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Investor shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

(g) Specific Performance . The Company and each Investor hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled at law or in equity) to seek injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

-10-


(h) Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any Person that is not a party hereto, and it does not create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

(j) Agreements to Be Bound . Upon acceptance by the Company of a Joinder Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by Section 1(b) , Schedule I or Schedule II , as applicable, hereof shall be amended to include the applicable joining party and attached to this Agreement and be effective with no further action or consent required.

(k) After Acquired Securities . Each Investor agrees that all of the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all of the Shares now owned or which may be issued or Transferred hereafter to an Investor in consequence of any additional issuance, purchase, Transfer, exchange or reclassification of any of such Shares, corporate reorganization, or any other form of recapitalization, consolidation, acquisition, share split or share dividend, or which are acquired by an Investor in any other manner.

(l) Lost, etc. Certificates Evidencing Shares; Exchange . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing any Shares owned by an Investor and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of a bond or an indemnity satisfactory to it, and upon surrender and cancellation of such certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like tenor and for the number of securities evidenced by such certificate that remain outstanding. Upon surrender of any certificate representing any Shares for exchange at the office of the Company, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in exchange therefor new certificates in such denomination or denominations as may be requested for the same aggregate number of Shares represented by the certificate so surrendered and registered as such holder may request.

(m) Confidentiality . The Investors each acknowledge that they are aware of confidential and proprietary information regarding the Company (it being agreed that this Agreement and any other agreement executed in connection herewith and the terms hereof and thereof are confidential and proprietary information for purposes hereof) and its Subsidiaries, and may become aware of additional confidential and proprietary information, and, accordingly, each Investor severally agrees not to, directly or indirectly, (i) make disclosure of such confidential and proprietary information to any third party, neither while such Investor is a shareholder of the Company nor at any other time, without the prior written consent of the Company, except (A) disclosure shall be permitted to any member of such Investor or any Person that would be a Permitted Transferee of such Investor or any member thereof or to any legal counsel, accountant or other professional advisor to such Investor or any such Permitted Transferee, provided that such Investor shall advise each such Person of the confidential and proprietary nature of such information, each such Person shall agree to maintain the confidentiality thereof in accordance with this clause (m), and such Investor shall be liable to the Company and the other Investor for any disclosure by any such Person that would constitute a breach hereof if such disclosure was made by such Investor, (B) disclosure shall be permitted to be made to any financing source or potential financing source (including lenders or potential lenders) or purchaser or investor or prospective purchaser or investor in, of or to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, or any such Investor or any Affiliate thereof, or any legal counsel, accountant or other professional advisor to any such financing source, purchaser, investor or potential financing source, purchaser or investor, provided that the Investor disclosing information to any such Person shall advise each such Person of the confidential and proprietary nature of such information, each such Person shall agree to maintain the confidentiality thereof in accordance with this clause (m) and such Investor shall be liable to the Company and the other Investor for any disclosure by any such Person that would constitute a breach hereof if such disclosure was made by such Investor, (C) disclosure shall be permitted to be made to any Person with whom the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof conducts business or proposes to conduct business so long as such disclosure is being made in the ordinary course of business and in furtherance of the business interests of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (D) to respond to or otherwise in connection with any audit or litigation or if compelled to do so by any Governmental Authority in which case (to the extent possible) such Investor agrees to give the Company prompt notice so that it may determine whether or not to seek a protective order or similar protection and, in connection any action, each party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the other party, or (ii) use any such confidential or proprietary information except for purposes of monitoring its investment in the Company or otherwise carrying out its duties to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. For purposes of this Section 7(m) , confidential and proprietary information shall not include information which is or becomes generally available to the public other than through a breach of this Agreement.

(n) Terms Generally . The words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific section, paragraph or clause in which such word appears. All references herein to Sections shall be deemed references to Sections of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The definitions given for terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. References herein to any agreement or letter shall be deemed references to such agreement or letter as it may be amended, restated or otherwise revised from time to time. Whenever required by the context hereof, the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.

By:

  /s/ Manoj Gupta

Name: Manoj Gupta

Title: Director

 

INVESTORS:

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.

By:   /s/ Tonya L. Marshall   /s/   J. Robert Bredahl

Name: Tonya L. Marshall

Title: Executive Vice President
and General Counsel

   

J. Robert Bredahl

Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Operating Officer

 

HISCOX INSURANCE COMPANY (BERMUDA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Jeremy Pinchin

Name: Jeremy Pinchin

Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


Exhibit A

JOINDER TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT , dated as of [ ] (this “ Joinder ”), by and between Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”), and [ Name of Joined Party ] (the “ undersigned ” or the “ Joined Party ”). Capitalized terms used in this Joinder but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company and its shareholders are parties to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of [•], 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Shareholders Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1(b) of the Shareholders Agreement provides that any persons becoming shareholders of the Company shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of the Shareholders Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned desires to execute this Joinder to the Shareholders Agreement to confirm that it is bound by it.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees as follows:

1. Representations and Warranties . The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The undersigned is acquiring (or has acquired) the Shares for its own account for investment and not with a view towards the resale, transfer or distribution thereof, nor with any present intention of distributing the Shares, and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under any applicable securities laws. The undersigned has no present or contemplated agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation, indebtedness or commitment providing for the disposition of the Shares.

(b) The undersigned understands that certain restrictions on resale may apply under existing law and that the Company makes no representation or warranty that resale of the Shares by the undersigned will be legally permitted.

(c) The undersigned is a sophisticated investor with sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in equity securities to properly evaluate the merits of the transaction contemplated by the issuance of the Shares to the undersigned and that the undersigned is able to bear the substantial risks associated therewith for an indefinite period of time. The undersigned has independently, and without reliance upon the Company, and based on such information as the undersigned has deemed appropriate, made its own analysis and decision to acquire the Shares. The undersigned acknowledges that the Company may be in possession of material non-public information not known to it (the “ Excluded Information ”). The undersigned agrees that the Company shall not be obligated to disclose any Excluded Information under the Shareholders Agreement or otherwise. The undersigned understands that the consideration paid for the Shares may differ both in kind and in amount from any distributions that may in the future be made in respect of the Shares, and that such distributions may consist solely of securities. It is understood and agreed the Company does not make any representation or warranty whatsoever with respect to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), properties, prospects, creditworthiness, status or affairs of Company, or with respect to the value of the Shares.

2. Agreement to be Bound . By executing this Joinder, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, including but not limited to those relating to restrictions on Transfer and forfeiture of Shares, as if he or she were an original signatory to the Shareholders Agreement.

3. Notices . All notices to be provided to the undersigned under the Shareholders Agreement shall be sent to the following address:

[ ]

4. Governing Law . This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely therein.

5. Successors and Assigns . This Joinder Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the undersigned, provided that the Joined Party shall not be permitted to assign any of its rights or obligations pursuant to this Joinder without the prior written consent of the Board. Any attempted assignment by the Joined Party such Investor in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder to the Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT LTD.
By:   

 

Name:

Title:

 

[Name]

 

*

 

JOINDER PARTY
By:   

 

Name:

Title:

 

[Name]


Schedule 2(c)(ii)

 

1) Management Agreement

 

2) Employee Leasing Agreement, dated as December     , 2012, by and between Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd.

 

3) Employee Leasing and Services Agreement, dated as December     , 2012, by and between Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. and Third Point Re Cat Ltd.

 

4) Cost Allocation Spreadsheet annexed hereto.


Exhibit B

 

  1. Permal

 

  2. Crystal Capital

 

  3. AIM Capital

 

  4. OUEM (Oxford)

 

  5. Belfer Management

 

  6. LGL Partners

 

  7. Dock Street Capital

EXHIBIT 10.26

EXECUTION VERSION

THE USE OF THE FOLLOWING NOTATION IN THIS EXHIBIT INDICATES THAT A CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND THE OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION: [***].

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

THIRD POINT LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

December 22, 2011

KEP TP Holdings, L.P.

and KIA TP Holdings, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: James J. Connors, II

Pine Brook LVR, L.P.

60 East 42nd Street, 50th Floor

New York, NY 10165

Attn: William Spiegel

Third Point Advisors LLC

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email: JTargoff@thirdpoint.com

Attn: Joshua Targoff, Esq.

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Chesney House

1st Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 06

Bermuda

Attn: General Counsel

Project Hat Trick Letter Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to ( i ) the Joint Venture and Investment Management Agreement (the “ JV/IMA ”) entered into on the date hereof among Third Point Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd., a


Bermuda class 4 insurance company (the “ Company ”) and Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Third Point ”) and (ii) the Agreement Among Members (the “ Agreement Among Members ”) dated the date hereof among Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (“ Holdco ”) and the members party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the JV/IMA.

Simultaneously with the execution of this Letter Agreement, the Company shall enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party with the other parties thereto, which will govern the investment of certain members in Holdco for the purposes of owning and operating the Company and Holdco (the “ Transaction ”);

In consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth in this letter agreement (this “ Letter Agreement ”), the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Covenants of Third Point . For so long as Third Point or any of its Affiliates is acting as the investment manager pursuant to the JV/IMA or any successor agreement:

(a) Without the prior written consent of each of Kelso and Pine Brook, not to be unreasonably withheld, Third Point will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, manage more than [***]% of the total assets of a Competing Reinsurance Entity, provided that the foregoing will not prohibit Third Point or its Affiliates from accepting investments by a Competing Reinsurance Entity in any TP Comingled Fund in an amount that exceeds [***]% of the total assets of such Competing Reinsurance Entity without the prior written consent of any of Kelso or Pine Brook.

For purposes of clause (a) of this paragraph 1, the following terms will have the following meanings:

Competing Reinsurance Entity ” means an offshore reinsurance company the principal business of which is property and casualty reinsurance.

TP Comingled Fund ” means a fund, managed account or other similar investment vehicle managed by Third Point or an Affiliate of Third Point, whether currently existing or newly-created following the date hereof, in which multiple Persons hold equity interests.

(b) Third Point agrees that, following the date hereof, neither Third Point nor any of its Affiliates will raise incremental capital in the Third Point Funds or in any newly-created funds or investment vehicles managed by Third Point (collectively, the “ Existing and Future Third Point Funds ”) that pursue an investment strategy that is similar to the strategy described in the Guidelines, to the extent that, following the raising of such incremental capital, the value of the Net Asset will equal an amount that is less

 

2


than the product of ( i ) the Applicable Percentage and ( ii ) an amount equal to the sum of ( a ) the value of the Net Assets and ( b ) the aggregate value of the net assets of all the Existing and Future Third Point Funds. “ Applicable Percentage ” means ( A ) at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, a number equal to [***] multiplied by a fraction ( i ) the numerator of which [***] and ( ii ) the denominator of which of which is [***] and ( B ) at any time following a Qualified Public Offering, a number equal to [***], provided that in each of case ( A ) and ( B ), the Applicable Percentage shall in no event exceed [***].

(c) In the event that, at the time of the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, Third Point or any of its Affiliates is acting as the investment manager for the Managed Account pursuant to the JV/IMA, then from the time of the filing of the preliminary registration statement for the Initial Public Offering with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Initial Filing ”) and until the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, Third Point shall cause all of its existing hedge funds not to accept any investments from existing or new investors, provided that such restriction on Third Point’s hedge funds shall no longer apply in the event that (i) the Initial Public Offering is not consummated within 3 months following the Initial Filing or (ii) the Initial Public Offering is abandoned following the Initial Filing.

2. Certain Covenants of Holdco . From the date hereof and until the date the JV/IMA is terminated in accordance with its terms, Holdco shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries that are formed before or after the date hereof to ( i ) become a Participant or ( ii ) enter with Third Point into an agreement similar to the JV/IMA pursuant to which Third Point will act as the investment manager in respect of a percentage of such subsidiary’s investable assets equal to the percentage of investable assets invested by TP Re with the Joint Venture.

3. Other Agreements . Prior to an Initial Public Offering, each of Daniel S. Loeb, KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P. and Pine Brook LVR, L.P. will discuss in good faith, taking into account the views of the lead underwriters of the Initial Public Offering as to the effect on the marketing of the Initial Public Offering, entering into a voting or other similar agreement intended to facilitate the consummation of any sale, winding-up or liquidation of Holdco initiated in accordance with Bye-law 79.1 of the bye-laws of Holdco.

4. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification by Holdco . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Holdco (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless each of KEP TP Holdings, L.P., KIA TP Holdings, L.P., Pine Brook LVR, L.P. and Third Point (together, the “ Founders ”) and their respective Affiliates, and the respective stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners and employees, and agents of each such Founder and/or its Affiliates from and against, and shall reimburse each indemnified Person for, any and all Losses that at any time are imposed on, incurred by, and/or

 

3


asserted against such indemnified Person arising out of, relating to, and/or in connection with, the Agreement Among Members, Holdco and/or Holdco’s assets, business, and/or affairs; provided that such indemnified Person will not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent it is determined by a final and binding judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Losses arise out of such indemnified Person’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a material breach of this Agreement or the Agreement Among Members. Any indemnification pursuant to this paragraph 3(a) will be made only out of the assets of Holdco and no member of Holdco (including the Founders) or any other indemnified Person will have any personal liability on account of such indemnification. For purposes of this paragraph 3, “ Losses ” means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, counterclaims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, and/or settlements of any kind, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether known or unknown, whether due or to become due, whether arising in common law or equity, whether created by law, and whether or not resulting from third-party claims, including interest and penalties and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses for attorneys, accountants, consultants, and experts incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

(b) Advancement of Expenses . Any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to paragraph 3(a) (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the amount requested for advances of Indemnified Expenses (a “ Notice of Advances ”). The Indemnifying Party will advance all reasonable Indemnified Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with any claim (but not for any claim initiated or brought voluntarily by such Indemnified Person) in advance of the final disposition of such claim, without regard to whether the Indemnified Person will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such Indemnified Expenses upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person to repay amounts so advanced if it shall be determined by a final and binding judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Party as authorized by this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party shall not impose on any Indemnified Person additional conditions to advancement or require from such Indemnified Person additional undertakings regarding repayment. “ Indemnified Expenses ” means all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, retainers, court, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, bonds, witness fees, costs of collecting and producing documents, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the types reasonably and customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a proceeding.

(c) Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Indemnified Person shall be liable to Holdco or any Party for any act or omission by such

 

4


Indemnified Person in connection with the conduct of the business of Holdco unless such act or omission constitutes Disabling Conduct on the part of such Indemnified Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Indemnified Person acting under this Agreement or the Agreement Among Members shall be liable to Holdco or to any Party for breach of fiduciary duty or otherwise for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement or the Agreement Among Members. “ Disabling Conduct ” means, with respect to any Person, such Peron’s fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence or a material breach of this Agreement or the Agreement Among Members as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

5. Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in this paragraph 4, nothing in this Letter Agreement shall confer any rights upon a Person or entity other than the parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Each Company Indemnitee, in relation to paragraph 3(a) is intended by the parties to be a third party beneficiary under this Letter Agreement and, to the extent permitted by law, each such Company Indemnitee has the right to enforce directly the terms of such respective paragraphs.

6. Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement and the other Transaction Documents set forth the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is intended to supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements among such parties with respect to such matters.

7. Jurisdiction; Service.

(a) The parties agree that any action or proceeding against a party arising out of or relating in any way to the terms of this Letter Agreement, or any person’s rights under this Letter Agreement, shall be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case the action or proceeding shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan.

(b) Each party waives any objection to the exercise of jurisdiction by any of such courts and to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court.

(c) Each party agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in paragraph 10 below, and agrees that nothing in this Letter Agreement shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(d) EACH PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT

 

5


OF, ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

8. Governing Law . This Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

9. Counterparts . This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Letter Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

11. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the addresses set forth in the notices section of the subscription agreement dated the date hereof between Holdco and the applicable subscriber party thereto (or such other address as a party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other parties).

 

6


Sincerely,
THIRD POINT LLC
By:  

/s/ Josh Targoff

Name:   Josh Targoff
Title:   Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

as of the date first above written:

THIRD POINT REINSURANCE LTD.
By:  

/s/ John Berger

Name:   John Berger
Title:   CEO

 

8


PINE BROOK LVR, L.P.
By:   PBRA (Cayman) Company
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ William Spiegel

Name:   William Spiegel
Title:   Director

 

9


THIRD POINT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Josh Targoff

Name:  
Title:  

 

10


KEP TP HOLDINGS, L.P.

By: KEP VI (Cayman) GP Ltd., its general partner

By:

 

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:

  James J. Connors, II

Title:

  Director

 

11


KIA TP HOLDINGS, L.P.

By: Kelso GP VIII (Cayman), L.P., its general partner

By: Kelso GP VIII (Cayman) Ltd., its general partner

By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Director

 

12

Exhibit 21.1

Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

List of Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Formation

Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd.    Bermuda
Third Point Re Marketing (UK) Ltd.    United Kingdom
Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. (1)    Bermuda

Third Point Re Cat Ltd. (2)

   Bermuda

Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. (3)

   Bermuda

 

(1) Owned 85% by Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and 15% by Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited.

 

(2) 100% of common shares held by Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd.

 

(3) 100% of voting shares held by Third Point Reinsurance Investment Management Ltd. Non-voting equity shares held by various investors. As of May 14, 2013, Third Point Reinsurance Company Ltd. had an investment commitment to the Third Point Reinsurance Opportunities Fund Ltd. of $50 million, out of total commitments of $94.7 million.

EXHIBIT 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 14, 2013, in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

/s/ Ernst & Young Ltd.

Hamilton, Bermuda

July 15, 2013

EXHIBIT 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that John R. Berger, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ John R. Berger

Name:   John R. Berger
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and
  Chairman of the Board

Dated: May 7, 2013

EXHIBIT 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Christopher L. Collins, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ Christopher L. Collins

Name:   Christopher L. Collins
Title:   Director

Dated: May 7, 2013

 

EXHIBIT 24.3

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Steven E. Fass, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ Steven E. Fass

Name:   Steven E. Fass
Title:   Director

Dated: May 7, 2013

 

EXHIBIT 24.4

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Mary R. Hennessy, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for her and in her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ Mary R. Hennessy

Name:   Mary R. Hennessy
Title:   Director

Dated: May 7, 2013

 

EXHIBIT 24.5

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that William Spiegel, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ William L. Spiegel

Name:   William L. Spiegel
Title:   Director

Dated: May 7, 2013

 

EXHIBIT 24.6

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Joshua L. Targoff, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ Joshua L. Targoff

Name:   Joshua L. Targoff
Title:   Director

Dated: May 7, 2013

EXHIBIT 24.7

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Christopher S. Coleman, whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints J. Robert Bredahl and Tonya L. Marshall, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement of Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and reform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

By:  

/s/ Christopher S. Coleman

Name:   Christopher S. Coleman
Title:   Chief Accounting Officer

Dated: May 7, 2013

EXHIBIT 99.5

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-N

 

 

APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

BY FOREIGN BANKS AND FOREIGN INSURANCE

COMPANIES AND CERTAIN OF THEIR HOLDING COMPANIES

AND FINANCE SUBSIDIARIES MAKING PUBLIC OFFERINGS

OF SECURITIES IN THE UNITED STATES

 

A. Name of issuer or person filing (“Filer”): Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

 

B. This is (select one):

 

  x an original filing for the Filer

 

  ¨ an amended filing for the Filer

 

C. Identify the filing in conjunction with which this Form is being filed:

Name of registrant Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Form type S-1

File Number (if known)                                                                                                                                                                        

Filed by Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

Date Filed (if filed concurrently, so indicate) June 18, 2013 (concurrently with S-1 filing)

 

D. The Filer is incorporated or organized under the laws of (Name of the jurisdiction under whose laws the filer is organized or incorporated)

Bermuda

and has its principal place of business at (Address in full and telephone number)

The Waterfront, Chesney House, 96 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda; +1 (441) 542-3300

 

E. The Filer designates and appoints (Name of United States person serving as agent) Registered Agent Solutions, Inc. (“Agent”) located at (Address in full in the United States and telephone number) 99 Washington Avenue Suite 1008 Albany, NY 12260 (888) 705-7274 as the agent of the Filer upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, subpoenas, or other papers in:

 

  (a) any investigation or administrative proceeding conducted by the Commission, and

 

  (b) any civil suit or action brought against the Filer or to which the Filer has been joined as defendant or respondent, in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States or any of its territories or possessions or of the District of Columbia,


arising out of or based on any offering made or purported to be made in connection with the securities registered by the Filer on Form (Name of Form) S-1 filed on (Date) June 18, 2013 or any purchases or sales of any security in connection therewith. The Filer stipulates and agrees that any such civil suit or action or administrative proceeding may be commenced by the service of process upon, and that service of an administrative subpoena shall be effected by service upon, such agent for service of process, and that the service as aforesaid shall be taken and held in all courts and administrative tribunals to be valid and binding as if personal service thereof had been made.

 

F. Each person filing this Form stipulates and agrees to appoint a successor agent for service of process and file an amended Form F-N if the Filer discharges the Agent or the Agent is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf of the Filer at any time until six years have elapsed from the date of the Filer’s last registration statement or report, or amendment to any such registration statement or report, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filer further undertakes to advise the Commission promptly of any change to the Agent’s name or address during the applicable period by amendment of this Form referencing the file number of the relevant registration form in conjunction with which the amendment is being filed.

 

G. Each person filing this form undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to the securities registered pursuant to the form referenced in paragraph E or transactions in said securities.

The Filer certifies that it has duly caused this power of attorney, consent, stipulation and agreement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pembroke Country of Bermuda

This 18th day June 2013

 

Filer: Third Point Reinsurance Ltd.

  By:  

 /s/ Tonya L. Marshall

  Name:  

Tonya L. Marshall

  Title:  

Executive Vice President, General Counsel

& Secretary

This statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

  Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.
  (By)  

 /s/ Eric Wolz

  (Name)   Eric Wolz, Assistant Secretary
  (Title)   Authorized Agent for Service of Process in the United States
  (Date)   June 18, 2013

 

 

 

 

2